/--. -*
V
..y.
"-^^^^^
/
SYLLABIC DICTIONARY
OF THE
CHINESE LANGUAGE;
ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE WU-FANG YUEN YIN,
WITH THE
PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHARACTERS A8 HEARD IN PEKING, CANTON,
AMOY. AND SHANGHAI
By S. wells WILLIAMS, LL.D.
" Very true it is, that a careful selection of expressions must precede tJieir extensive u»e
remembering this, and in the hope of affording some aid to scholars, the purport
of many books has been^iere brought together into one."
SHANGHAI:
-A. I^ E I^ I C -A- isr I> Tl, E S B "Z"!? E H, I -A. 2?T IS^ I S S I O IST I»ItBSS
1889.
PREFACE.
Fifty-two y ears ago, Dr. Morrison ended his labors on his Chinese Dictionary with the
sentence, " Thanks to Heaven's gracious Providence, Canton, April 9, 1822," as the
expression of his thankfulness that he had been enabled to bring the seven years' toil to a
close ; and in his own copy, presented to me in 1834 by his son John, he had written
nnderneath it, " Glory be to God on high, Nov. 12, 1828 ; R.M." — as if the recollection of
the day on which the first sentence was printed, had only deepened the satisfaction he felt
after six years at having seen it through the press. That work will ever remain a monument
of his industry and scholarship ; and its publication in six quarto volumes by the East
India Company at an outlay of $60,000 was a just appreciation of its merits.
Since then, many similar works have been published, dictionaries both of the general
language and its chief dialects ; but their editions were small, and during a course of years
they have either become exhausted, or are very scarce, while the number of students has
increased tenfold. Thus the works of Medhurst, Bridgman, Callery, and G0N9ALVES,
are now almost unknown ; and the only lexicons available for the use of Chinese students
have been the reprint of Morrison's Syllabic Dictionary, Maclay's Fuhchau, Douglas'
Amoy, and Lobscheid's Canton, Vernacular Dictionaries.
These considerations led me to regard the preparation of a Dictionary on the syllabic
plan, as the way in which I could best facilitate the study of the language. My fii'st plan
was to rearrange my Tonic Dictionary of the Canton Dialect, and fit it for general use ; but
I soon saw that its incompleteness required an entire revision. I accordingly commenced in
18G3, and took the Wu-fang Yuen Yin as the basis for arranging the characters, instead
of following Morrison, to whom this vocabulary seems to have been unknown. It was
easier and safer to adopt a native arrangement of the syllables, than to undertake to make
a new one as he had done, and this Dictionary, therefore, follows that work almost exactly.
Though its pronunciation differs probably from that heard at any one place where the
kwan hwa is spoken, it is probably nearer to the general average of the spoken language,
as heard north of the Yang-tsz' River, than it would have been to reduce it to the speech
of a single city or prefecture, as Peking for instance. In a work intended for general use,
t 82911
VI. PREFACE.
this approximation is better in one point, that it allows every student to mark the varia-
tions from this standard as heard in his own region ; moreover, it is what the natives them-
selves look for in their own dictionaries. We can hardly expect anything nearer than this
general approach to a uniform pronunciation of Chinese.
I have consulted all the works of my predecessors which I could get, and have ex-
amined each character in Morrison's Syllabic Part, in Gon^alves' Diccionario China-
Pvrtuguez, in De Guignes' Dictio'nnaire Chinois, and in my Canton Dictionar}^ Dr. Med-
hurst's translation of the lOanghi Tsztien has been much used, but the principal source for
definitions has been its original, wliich, imperfect as it is according to our ideas of a lexicon,
is still the most convenient work of the kind in the language. The etymological definitions
are drawn fix)m the Selected Characters Care/ally Examined Jib ^ '(S fS, ^ dictionary
published in 1787, and furnishing good definitions of all the common characters, whose
ancient foims are explained.
The end aimed at has been to give the meanings of a word, and to illustrate them with
phrases, adding the colloquial uses where they could be ascertained. The limited extent to
which I have carried this part, has only served to show more strikingly how much there is
still to do, and how many collaborators are needed to do it eflfectually. Wlien local dic-
tionaries of the leading dialects have been published like those issued in the Canton,
Amoy, and Fuhchau dialects, it will be possible to compare the local usages of characters,
and learn their differences from the authorized definitions. Many expressions now regarded
as unwritten will probably then be found to have once had proper characters since
forgotten.
In such a comparison of dialects the natives have done nothing ; for few or none of the
colloquial meanings are given in the local dictionaries of those three cities, though one would
have supposed that their principal object and benefit would be to illustrate the local usages of
words. The literati, however, despise all such im^oads upon classical usage, and except in the
hwan hwa, the colloquial has never received their attention. This is not to be wondered at, and
probably it has been the only way to maintain the purity, if not the sense, of the >vritten
character and language ; for confusion would soon arise by using local characters instead of
authorized ones. "When the knowledge of books increases, and men can rapidly pass and
repass across the countiy, the kwan hwa will, perhaps, become more unifonnly and widely
used, and the local dialects, like those once current in parts of England and France, gradually
give way to it ; or else, the wider difiusion of knowledge will compel the people speaking
one dialect to reduce it to an alphabetic form, discard the complex characters, and crystallize
their speech into a separate tongue.
Mr. Marsh says the distinction between the written and spoken languages in Europe
was once far greater than at present, and has diminished as education has advanced : —
PREFACE. vii.
* " It is difficult for Englishmen and Anglo- Americans, who habitually speak much as they write, and write
much as they speak, to conceive of the co-existence of two dialects in a people, one almost uniformly employed in
conversation, the other almost as exclusively in writing. Yet such was the state of things in England, from the
Conquest at least till the middle of the XlVth century, and such is the case in a large part of Europe at this day.
In Italy, for instance, there is almost everywhere a popular speech, commonly employed by all classes in familiar
oral intercourse, and so far cultivated that it can be, though it rarely is, written ; while, at the same time, the Iwgiia
commune d^ Italia, or, as it is often called, the Tuscan dialect, is known to all as the language of books, of journals,
and of correspondence, and is also employed as the medium of religious and scholastic instruction. But this literary
tongue, at least in those parts of Italy where dialects widely different from it are habitually spoken, always remains
to the Itahans themselves essentially a foreign language. This fact Biondelli states in stronger terms than a prudent
stranger would venture to do upon the testimony of his own observation, in his Saggio sui Dialetli Gallo-Italict\ X.
" There is a similar discrepancy between the written and spoken language in many parts of Germany, though
the diii'usion of literary culture in that country has made the dialect of books more universally familiar than in most
European nations. The oriental traveler Seetzen, whose journals have lately been published, sometimes makes entries
in them in the Platt-Deutsch of his native province, and states expressly that he uses that dialect, in order that
those passages may not be understood by strangers, into vi'hose hands his papers might chance to fall." — G. P.
Maksh, Earlg Literature of the English Language, page 337.
If these differences still remain in those civilized countries, much more are they seen
'among the half-educated people of Asia, where the literary classes have tried rather to encum-
ber the road to knowledge than to help the student over its difficulties ; who is compelled,
as it were, to waste most of his energy in sharpening his ax before he can cut down the tree.
«;. The plan of a Chinese lexicon to satisfy all the needs of a foreigner, should comprise
the general and vernacular pronunciations, with the tones used in various places, and the
sounds given to each character as its meanings vary. The history and composition of the
character, its uses in various epochs, and its authorized and colloquial meanings should be
explained and illustrated by suitable examples. All this knowledge should be methodically
arranged so as to be accessible with the least possible trouble. But even when arranged and
ready, the foreigner would find it to be incomplete for all his purposes by reason of the
local usages, as another extract from Mr. Maksh shows : —
" I may here notice a widely-diffused error, which it may be hoped the lexicographical criticism of the present
day may dispel. I refer to the opinion that words, individually and irrespectively of syntactical relations, and
combinations in phrases, have one or more inherent, fixed, and limited meanings, which are capable of logical
definition, and of expression in other descriptive terms of the same language. This may be true of artificial words —
that is, words invented for, or confined to the expression of arbitrary distinctions and technical notions in science or
its practical applications, and also of the names of material objects and of the sensuous qualities of things ; but of
the vocabulary of the passions and the affections, which grows up and is informed with living meaning by the natural,
involuntary processes to which all language but that of art owes its being, it is wholly untrue. Such words live and
breathe only in mutual combination and interdependence with other words. They change their force with every new
relation into which they enter ; and consequently, their meanings are as various and exhaustless as the permutations
and combinations of the ten digits. To teach, therefore, the meaning of a great proportion of the words which compose
the vocabulary of every living speech, by formal definition, is as impossible as to convey by description a notion of
the shifting hues of the pigeon's neck." — Second Course, page 383.
* t
If this be true of English or German, it is still more applicable to the Chmese language,
whose painstaking students have quoted a vast number of phrases in their two great
lexicons, viz., the Treasury of Good Sentences -flU ^ Si iff in 110 volumes, and the Classifi-
cation of Dissyllables Sjf ^ ^ ^ in 120 volumes. In these their aim has been to show
viii. PREFACE.
the different uses of the same word, but the variety of material bewilders the student, and
he soon despairs of finding any connection between their meanings. But there are other
difficulties in the way of making a complete Anglo-Chinese lexicon. There is, as a prelimi-
nary, the vast extent of the literature to become familiar with, which demands much and
protracted study. Neither is it easy to find exact equivalents for single Chinese words
in English ; and to render their combinations into corresponding phrases requires long
practice in writing and speaking. 'If concrete terms like ^, ^, or ^, arc so unlike as to
require some explanation when rendering them by hooh, 2)en, or ink ; much more imlike
are abstract terms like those relating to mental or religious exercises. This every one knows
who has tried to teach our ideas of sin, righteousness, or salvation by ^, ^, or ^, their
nearest equivalents. Then again, the native scholars who help us are trained in a different
school, and their ignorance, carelessness, and deceit have all to be guarded against. They
do not like to appear ignorant before a foreigner on any subject, and are usually ready with
an answer, whether to give the name of a flower, to render a distich, or to state the location,
of a town ; trusting, perhaps, that their pupil wiU never inquire into the matter. In my
own case, hundreds of questions could not be revised by cross-questioning others, and errors
have probably crept in which will require more time to correct than it did to make them.
The subjects to be explained comprise all branches of knowledge, too, some of which are not
very familiar, and on this account, accuracy, which is the thing most wanted, is especially
difficult of attainment. Added to this, the effort to find the meaning of a sentence originally
written wrong, has not unfrequently perplexed both teacher and pupil. Chinese books are
very rich in misprints and misuse of characters, and having no stops or punctuation, and
no capital letters to denote proper names, a phrase is easily misread or misunderstood.
The early associations of the native with the language and its literature are wanting to
the foreigner, and he often fails to relish an allusion because he is ignorant of the incident,
or appreciate a metaphor, because he cannot tell what object is referred to. I have tried to
ascertain as near as possible the names of natural objects, for which I have consulted the
Chinese Herbal ^^^Q, the Book of Nature ^ "Py B|, and the Names and Pictures of
Vegetables, 1\S ^ ^ K B ^ ; but in religious, medical, legal, and mercantile teims,
much remains to be done. The common uses of many words in all these departments
are unlike in different parts of China ; and this confusion can only be removed
by further comparison. The book word for a flower or a disease often differs from the com-
mon name, which itself changes in remote parts of the country. We are not }'et acquainted
with the botany, zoolog}-, mineralogy, or nosology of China well enough to recognize in the^
poor descriptions of native autliDrs the objects of our inquiry. For instance, the jasmine is
called ^ ^ :J£ in Canton, but this name denotes the four-o' -clock in Peking ; in one city
the tI^ >!l^ is the papaya, while in the other it is the quince. Again, the panda of Nipal
(Ailurus refulgens) is probably intended by the ^; but one would need to know well
PREFACE.
IX.
*fchis animars habitat and appearance to recognize it under the description of " a sprightly
animal like a small bear, with short hair, but yellowish."
The misuse of words in passing from one dialect to another can be illustrated by the
name given to the people of Swatow, This was hok-ld, j@ ^^ i.e. people from Fuhkien ;
but when- the Cantonese heard hok-ld, they wrote it as they heard the sound, ^ ]^ being now
the name given to the people of that prefecture, and the Cantonese of the present day puzzle
themselves to know why it was applied to them. No Chinese scholar has examined these
dialectical changes, which are an ample source of many colloquialisms in every dialect.
I have followed Eitel's Iland-hook of Buddhism, F. P. Smith's Materia Medica, and
Hobson's Medical Vocahidary, for terms in those branches. Mr. Wade's Category of THen
and his Course of Colloquial Chinese, Edkins' Grammar of the Shanghai Dialect and his
Progressive Lessons in the Chi^iese Spoken Language, Maclay and Baldwin's Dictionary of
the Foochoiv Dialect, Legge's Translation of the Chinese Classics, and Bridgman's Chresto-
mathy, have all furnished their quotas. I^^^e_ not, however, mentioned my authorities
in the bod y of the work, lest I should cumber it. The examples and phrases number about
53,000, and are not repeated when it could be avoided ; nor is their pronunciation added,
for as the work is intended for students in all the dialects, each Avill read them in
the one he is learning. A space is left under each character, if one wishes to write the
local sound beside the Pekingese, which has been carefully revised by Eev. Chauxcey
Goodrich. The colloquial use of a character is placed by itself Maclay's Dictionary is
the authority for the few given in the Fuhchau dialect, and my Canton Dictionary for that
dialect. For the Shanghai dialect, I am indebted to Miss Lydia M. Fay, of the American
Episcopal Mission ; and also for the Shanghai sounds given in the Index, and — what
involved far more work, — a careful oversight of the manuscript before it went into the
printer's hands. The Amoy sounds in the Index were furnished by Eev. W. S. Swansox
and Rev. W. McGregor. The long list of surnames owes most of its accuracy and extent
to Rev. Dr. Blodget of Peking; and the careful revision of the proof-sheets of the
Introduction and Index by Mr. A. Wylie has contributed everything to their accuracy.
Other friends have aided in whatever way they could, by whom during the progress of the
work many points have been cleared up.
The number of characters in this work is 12,527, contained in 10,940 articles, and
placed under 522 syllables, which follow each other alphabetically, aspirated syllables com-
ing after the unaspirated. Those syllables which begin with ts, on account of their number,
are placed by themselves after iz^*a?z. When a character is described as unauthorized, it
merely means that it does not occur in K'anghi, for several of those thus designated are in
good use. The edition of the Wu-fang YuenYin, which I have followed, has 10,48 G characters,
including scores of duplicates ; but the full edition contains 41,247 words, or nearly as many
as are in K'anghi's Dictionary. I have brought together all the sounds and meanings of
PREFACE.
a word under its most common sound, in order to avoid repeating the character. The'
characters in Morrison's Dictionary are arranged under 411 syllables, (not distinguishin"-
between aspirated and unaspirated sounds,) and their total number, including hundreds of
duplicates, is 12,674. In De Guignes' Dictionary there are 13,933, of which 1040 are
duplicated forms ,- in the Canton Dictionary, 7850 ; in the Fuhchau Dictionary, 9390 ;
and in G0N9ALVES, 7670.
The tables scattered through the book will serve to elucidate many points occurring in
the course of study, and save reference to other works. They are placed as follows : —
PAGE PAGE
Listoftbo Chinese Dynasties 33 1 Insignia of OflScial Eank 698
Emperors of the Sung Dynasty 831
Emperors of the Mongol Dynasty 1134
Emperors of the Ming Dynasty 599
Emiierors of the Manchu Dynasty 995
Personal names of the Manchu Sovereigns 2GG
Kings of the Kingdom of Lu 556
List of the Twenty-eight Constellations 824
Twelve Horary Characters or Branches 54
Ten Celestial Stems 309
Tlie Sexagenary Cycle 355
Twenty-four Solar Temis 974
Poetical Names of the Months,..,., IISO
Names of the tombs of the Ming Sovereigns 544 Eighteen Provinces and Colonies 743
Capitals of China under different dynasties 404 j List of early Feudal States 491
The Introduction is designed to furnish some explanations respecting the scope of the
work, the orthography employed, the construction of characters, and such hints and helps
in commencing the study of the language as practice has proved to be useful. Those
paragraphs respecting the affinities between the general spoken language and the south-
eastern dialects, are short and imperfect compared with the subject, but may lead to some-
thing fuller. The whole subject of comparison of dialects has not been worked out, because
there are not sufficient data on which to found either reasoning or deductions. The short
lists of dialectical soimds prefixed to each syllable, may furnish starting points to students
at various parts, to mark the local diflferences from the Wu-fang Yuen Yin.
In concluding these remarks, I have the satisfaction of feeling that the labor spent
upon this work during the past eleven years, in the intervals of official duties, will now be
available for students in acquii'ing the Chinese language. Its deficiencies will be hereafter
supplied by others who will build upon their predecessors as I have done ; for the field is
too vast to be explored or exhausted by even many laborers. The stimulus to past cfibrt,
and the hope that it would not be in vain, both sprang from the desire to aid the labors
of those who are imparting truth in any branch to the sons of Han, especially those
religious and scientific truths whose acquisition and practice can alone Christianize
and elevate them. At the end of the forty years spent in this country in these pursuits^
I humbly thank the good Lord for all the progress I have been permitted to see ill
this direction, and implore His blessing upon this effort to aid their greater extension.
United States Legation,
Peking, June, 1874. S. W. W.
INTEODUCTION
SECT. I. — THE MANDARIN DIALECT AS EXHIBITED IN THE WU-FANG YUEN" YIN.
The speech of tlie great body of tlie educated classes
among the Chinese, called by them the kican hwa ^ |^
or Official Language, and known as the Court or Man-
darin Dialect, is spoken throughout the regions north of
the Yangtsz' Eiver, without much variation in its idiom
and grammatical construction, and very extensively in
the provinces south of it, except in Fuhkien and Kwang-
tung, to such a degree as to make it the prevailing speech
in sixteen of the provinces. In most parts of the two
above-named provinces, the vernacular presents so many
variations from it in those two respects, that educated men
arc obliged to specially learn to speak the kwan hiva, in
addition to the general study of the characters, in order
to carry on oral intercourso with their educated country-
men at the north. This peculiarity of the Chinese
language, — that of having many sounds for the same
symbol, like the different names of the Arabic numerals
amonj_< European nations, probably at first attached also
to the Egyptian symbols; but the phonetic element there
triumphed at last over the symbolic, and the Egyptian
became finally an alphabetic language. Not so with tbe
Chinese written language ; tins still maintains its ideo-
graphic character, and is now used as the written medium
for the intercourse of more human beings than any other.
The forms and significations of the symbols, too, have
altered so slightly that inscriptions a thousand years old
are read without difficulty, and books written thirty cen-
turies ago are daily quoted as good authority both for
style and for precept.
It is not surprising, perhaps, that such an ideographic
language as this was invented ; for the first thought of
one who tries to write an idea, is more likely to be to
picture it than to attempt to express the sounds by which
it is s[X)ken. The greater wonder is that it shoiild have
lasted so long, and exerted such an influence in per-
p6tuating and unifying the people who use it. Xations
who wrote in alphabetic languages were, it may be, not
near enough, or civilized enough, to influence the very
early Chinese, so as to fairly place the question before
them of adopting an alphabetic language instead of their
own ; but after the introduction of Budhism, and the ex-
tension of the Imperial power of Han as far west as the
Caspian Sea, this point must have presented itself to many
minds. But no trace can be found of any serious effort
on the part of native Chinese, to discard the characters
and reduce their own speech to an alphabetic form in
Devanagari, Persian, or any other character. In the ages
succeeding the introduction of Budhism down to the
present, this symbolic language has maintained itself
intact. This is owing, more than any other one cause,
to the difficulty that minds, long trained to associate
ideas with separate pictorial symbols, find in associating
them with combined symbols or letters, expressing only
sounds. Educated Chinese are ready to acknowledge
that other nations cau write down their speech by letters,
and understand it perfectly ; but they have been trained
so thoroughly to trust chiefly to the eye, to obtain the
full meaning of an expression, that nothing else will
serve. The laconism and energy of their written language
over their spoken, tends too to confirm them iix this habit,
and prevent a fair trial of an easier mode of conveying
thought. To a true disciple of Confucius, the notion that
his teachings can bo conveyed in any other form than the
very characters he wrote them in, is almost preposter-
ous ; — it is stronger than the feeling among Moham-
medans that Arabic is the only language fit for the
Koran, and ha^ more to support it. But in these days,
this question will come to the front with increased power ;
and the difficulty of using such a cumborous medium to
introduce new ideas on every subject, among millions of
ignorant people, will force a solution. At present, their
language seems to be the greatest intellectual obstacle to
the advancement of the Chinese ; but naturally, they will
not reject it until they themselves see the need of another
and easier ; and vital Christianity alone cai\ furnish the
stimulus, guide, and reward of such a change.
It is not designed here to enter into a disquisition on
the many interesting points connected with the origin,
construction, and modifications of these characters ; or to
discuss the inception and growth of the great variety of
sounds now given to the same character in various parts
of the land. The present object is to furnish the student
xu.
INTRODUCTION.
with such explanations as will facilitate his use of this
Dictionary, and a^d his progress in acquiring the written
and spokea language.
The Chinese have adopted three modes of arranging
the characters in their dictionaries, each of which has its
special advantages. These are, the natural method, in
which words of a similar meaning are grouped under
IcadiufT heads ; — the analytic method, by which words are
arranged under certain determinatives called keys or
radicals ; — and the syllabic or rhyming method, by which
words fall into certain classes according to their ter-
minations.
Of the first kind, the ^ f| or Ficad/f Guide, is the
best known, and first in ago of philological works extant
in any language. This ancient relic is usually ascribed
to Cheu Kung, about b.c. 1100, but it was completed
by Tsz'^hia, a disciple of Confucius, nearly seven hundred
years after ; and remodeled into its present shape by
Kwch r'oh, about a.d. '280. It is etill in constant use,
and its quaint illustrations and archaic expressions illus-
trate both the ancient manners and language of the
Chinese. It is divided into nineteen sections, some havhig
several subdivisions, containing for the most pait a natural
arrangement of characters under the sixteen beads of kin-
dred, houses, utensils, music, heaven, earth,, mounds, bills,
waters, plants, treey, insects, fishes, birds, and wild and '
domestic animals. These are preceded by a more strictly |
philological part in three sections, explaining ancient
terms, words, and phrasea. The first section gives the first,
and almost the oniy attempt at a treatise on synonyms
in the Chinese language, but it is too meager to be useful
to the foreigner. For instance, the character -^ is de-
fined by the following group of words, {^, ^, j^, R^, jj^,
|j|, IS, 1^, "ind 1^, each of them in certain cases having
the meaning of announcing, enjoining on, <tc.; but there
are no examples of their use. The work is now reckoned
as the last of the Thirteen Classics.
It has bad many imitations, which, though much modi-
fied, have generally assumed the form of encyclo|)edias of
greater or less extent. One of the most useful of these
classified dictionaries is the valuable 3 ^ I^ "^ c
Pictorial Book of Nature, published in the Ming Dynasty
in 106 chapters; wherein various objects belonging to
Heaven, Earth and Man, are treated of under sections
like those in the Heady Guide, and every article has its
own picture and explanatory letterpress. Useful as this
class of books is to furniih materials for the lexicographer,
the cumbersome arrangement forbids their general use as
definers of characters.
The second, or analytic plan has grown out of the con-
struction of the characters. When a writer wishes to
express a new term, the genius of the language leads him
to unite a symbol denoting 8cni>e, with another expressing
sound rather than quality ; though sound and quality are
sometimes both attended to in tho composition of the new
symbol, tho phonetic part not being used simply or al-
together for its sound. It has also a signification of its
own, and is sometimes so chosen that that shall furni.sh
part of the idea to be conveyed by tho new character;
though this remark baa many exceptions. For instance,
in Pekingese, j^ tho nose, joined to J| a bag, means the
nose stopped up by a cold ; it is read nang\ in ^ different
tono from ^nang, its primitive, but evidently alluding to it.
As the number of characters increased, they were grouped
by their natural or most prominent feature ; thus the
names of stones, birds, or armor, were ranged under the
symbols ^, or J^, or -^^ these being common characters
for those things already in use.
The earliest work on this principle is tho |^ ^ or
Discourse on Meaning of Words, published about a.d.
100, wherein the characters are arranged in 514 groups.
The/were rearranged by Ku Ye-wang of the Sui dynasty
(a.d. 543^, under 542 radicals ; and again in the Sung
dynasty by another writer under 544. In the Ming
dynasty, tho compiler of the ^ ^ ;$; ^ or Origin of
of the Six Modes of Writing, reduced them to 3G0 ; and
about a century after, they were fixed at their present
number of 214 in tho ^ ^ or Classification of Cha-
racters. This method of grouping characters, and arrang-
ing those placed under each radical by the number of their
strokes, has proved to be so convenient, that no altera-
tion has since been made in their order or number. It
was adopted in the JE ^ jiS. or Explanations of
Authorized Characters, the ^^^ Sl w Emperor
K'anghi's Dictionary, and the J^ ^ fll jfe? or Selected
Characters Carefully ExamlnedT three of the most com-
mon dictionaries now in us&
The third, the syllabic or rhyming plan of arranging
characters by their finals and tones, was adopted later
than the analytic, but has been more extensively used.
Tho confusion and divei-sity found amidst the works in
each of these three classifications, prove the inherent
difficulty of the attempt ; but the readuiess with which
general and local rhyming vocabularies are made, proves
too, their adaptability to meet a want, and the tendency
of the language towards an alphabetic arrangement.
The number of finals, at first 206 in tho T'ang dynasty,
was reduced to IGO in the Sung, and tho initials were
thirty-six. Subsequently these were rearranged and re-
duced by various authors, but all adhered to tho mode
of combinmg initials and finals brought from India by tli*
Budhist priests ShSn-yoh \j^ %^ and Shan-kuug f»jl Jit,
during the Liang dynasty, a.d. 510. The ^'X.^M^
probably the largest dictionary in any language of the
world, is airanged on this rhyming priucinle. and all tho
local vocabulariea
INTRODUCTION.
XUl.
> It is very ditBcult for us, who are habituated to the use
of letters, and their combinations into syllables to express
the words in our Western languages, to appreciate the
perplexities and difficulties of a Chinese scholar when he
tries to represent the sounds and tones of his own language.
In doing bo, he can only employ other characters ; but
each one of these, too, having no inherent sound, perhaps,
in its turn requires to be more accurately sounded, by com-
paring it with a third. To him the words Ji? or Jg[, are
indivisible simple sounds or names, as a or o are to us ;
but we describe them as li or fung — words of two or
four letters. If an Englishman finds himself at fault
in trying to read Spanish or Welsh correctly, because he
pronounces the words according to his own letters ; — and
those people are still more perplexed, perhaps, when they
try to read English according to their own letters, while all
use a common alphabet to express elementary sounds ; —
how much more awkward does the Chinese philologist
find it to express unknown syllables by known syllables.
The plan now adopted is to express the sound by taking
parts of two other words and combining them. For in-
stance, the sound of ^ is expressed by uniting -^ and
1^ to make ^, i.e. /-u and w-dn to make fan, or as we
should express it, dropping two out of the five letters, and
uniting the rest to form the new word. But as the
sounds of all three characters may be unlike in different
parts of the country, the next thing is to quote another
character of the same sound, as ^, to indicate this one.
This difficulty of accurately exhibiting the sound is seen
in the variety of characters quoted in K^anghi's Diction-
ary, which have been used by lexicographers to combine
and express the sound of the characters they were defin-
ing ; and this new sound, in its turn, is sometimes used to
express the very sound of those characters used in writing
its own. The following directions for the nati\'e student to
find a character in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin will illustrate
the dilemma both teacher and scholar feel in this respect,
and in order to show it more clearly, only the tones are
given, and not the pronunciation of the characters.
" Suppose a man wishes to find the character cj] 5 he runs the
word through the five tones, i"/] j^) * wX !fl^ ' '^vliich as it has
the same final with ^^y^i s^j ^? ^ j enables him [to perceive
that it is to be looked for under the j^p final. Turning then to the
table of initials, he sees tliat it belongs to the light-lip soimds
iM ^ ■^)' and runs it over, saying?;;^, '^, %\ ^, cjg^,
and ascertams that it comes under the initial c Jsl- Now tins character
(J§t as an initial, is known because it is derived from^^ ; by
, coalescing them in spelling, as ^^ ^:^ ; we thus get tj^, c^,
c1^' c >^' ['"^-l uncler the same initial, and the last one] c^J^T sM
'M !S^^' '^) li^s all the five tones complete. Tliis is the waqj
\T0-) way, and it can also be called the lengthwise (|^) rule.
"But if one wishes a shorter way to find this same character
\.Cjj\i let him run over the sounds (^> (J^j c3*> I'jji c^|)j
and he will immediately perceive that it comes under the sound
jqp} the fourth of tlie finals ; looking there he will see it arranged
among the characters under <)P,' t'^e first one in the shang p^ing
tone. This is the woof (^) way, or it can also be called the cross-
wise (^) rule. This wai-pand woof way is certain, and there is no
more convenient and direct manner of ascertaining the sounds or
characters than by thus following them along and across. All other
sounds can be ascertained in the same way."
It would be just as impossible for a Chinese, able only
to speak his own language, to learn how to find a cha-
racter from these du-ections if he desired to leara to read,
as it would be for a foreigner who had just landed, and
could not speah a word. Both of them must learn the
sounds of the characters from a Hvuig voice ; both must,
so to speak, be introduced viva voce to the acquaintance
and name of the character, as they would to the name of
a visitor, or a row of flowers. The impossibility of writ-
ing foreign sounds with Chinese characters, so that native
scholars can thereby read the words and study the books
of other languages, is thus seen in its full difficulty ; no
doubt, it has had much to do with the isolation of this
race, and the formation of their national character. The
student in every other civilized nation can study foreign
languages through his own ; but however well a Chinese
may read or speak the English language, for example,
he cannot open its treasures to his countrymen by a
grammar or praxis, so that one of them could, otherwise
unaided, read or learn it. The Budhists tried to iQtroduce
the prayers of their religion from India to their fellow-
disciples in China, using the Chinese characters; the
result was only a rude trausHteration of the Sanscrit
sounds, to which the meanings were originally given ;
these sounds are still recited but their sense is mostly
lost. It is safe to say that their symbolic language has
shut out the people of this land from mental intercourse
with their fellow-men more than any other one cause.
Foreigners have also arranged their dictionaries on
three different plans. One is the analytic mode, under
the 214 radicals, as has been done by De Guignes,
Morrison, Medhurst, and Lobscheid ; or according to an
abridged series of radicals, as elaborated by Gongalves.
Another is the phonetic, adopted only by Callery in the
SysLema Phoneticum, in which he grouped characters by
their primitives. The third is the syllabic, in which the
characters follow one another alphabetically, as has been
done by Morrison, Medhurst in his Hokkeen Dictionary,
Maclay and Baldwin, Goddard, Douglas, and Williams.
It is the plan followed in the present work, and is on
the whole the most useful to the foreign student, for it
brings together homophonous characters, arranged in the
order of their tones. Such are most frequently inter-
changed and mistaken by the people themselves, and
those which a foreigner has most need of discriminating
XIV.
INTRODUCTIOIs.
He is certain in sj^eaking, at first, to confound words oF ; it gives no information about the reasons for the ^fftrk, or
different tones, but written with tho same loiters, m ^ym j to what part of the empire it is applicable It is a fair
'j;g smoke; ^yen "g words; yen^ 3?E a swallow, which
are widely separated by their construction. A native also
usually confuses characters having tho same tono ; and if
all such are grouped together, their similarities and dis-
tinctions are more readily seen. Another advantage is
the facility thereby afforded to the foreigner, who is
leamijigH,he language with tho help of a native teacher,
to find tbo word he hears, which he knows not yet in its
written form, or may not Lave had coirectly given to him.
Further, the synonymous forms of the same character,
which arc sometimes alike as to their primitive, as )I§f and
ffi[ and \f^ ; aj{)erhaps, more frequently occur under tho
same radical, as |^, Bf^J, Efil' fi% can, in the sylla-
bic arrangement, all be seen at once. The addition of
an index where every character is placed under its proper
sample of the style of prefaces to Chinese bv)ol:s, wherein
one looks in vain for hiformation or practical directions.
PBEF.ACE TO THE KDITIOX OF 1710.
Those who heretoforo engageJ in tlio preparation of Uictioiwiies
diJ, as they shouU, Ciu-cfally learn nnl go tin-ough the ilassics uiid
nil tl:e miscelUueous wiithws of noted scholars. Tlie niunbcr of these
works, advantageous to learners, is not e.isy to retkon ; some of them
are still preserved, and others luive hecn quite lost ; the fomier arc,
to tliii day constandy in tho hands of learners, but the latter are, to
thogieat re':;;ret of all, gone utterly, niid cannot bo described. Of
these the ^ ^ or Stndy of Cliaractcrs is one. Books of this kind
are not of equal worth, but among those which have of late years been
in use and are still regarded by all scholars as precious as an oQleer's
signet, the ^ ^ or Classification of Characters stands preeminent.
In this work tho characters are an-anged in classes according to their
strokes, undwhen one lias asccitained tho niunbcr, ho can then find
the one he seeks. No one can do without it ; the venerable professor
and old student, as well as the tyro and young learner, each and all
need it.
But these persons still do not all know that th» book called Wu-
fang Yuen Yin, a work in which tho combination of the [initial and
finalj sounds can be seen at a glance i* even superior in seme respects
to the ^ ^'. lis compiler is Fan Tung-fnng ^ Ijj^ ^ of Yao-
shan ^ ill in tho district of T'lmg-sLan ^ |lj M in tho south
of Cbihli. This book not beuig often seen in the shoi», 1 rather un-
expectedly met with it On looking it over closely, and examining
its plan and execution, I was Buri>rised at tho carefulness displayed.
Five Regions, i.e. North, South, East, West and Center, ^ ji,q j^j^^, ^^f ji,g *^ ^ depends on tho number of strokes in a cha-
which denote all the land. It is a vocabulary of the
Court Dialect much used in Central and Northern China.
It was first published in 1700, about the same date that
tho literati employed by K'anghi had finished tho The-
saurus and Lexicon which reflect so much credit on bis
radical and stmke, furnishes all tho aid required to find
it, when the epelling is not known. Tho Chinese have
never added a radical index to any of their syllabic dic-
tionaries, for such a help would be quite useless, unless
to indicate the page on which a character occuiTcd. The
native who wishes to examine tho local vocabulary in
another dialect must, therefore, first Icam the system of
initials and finals on which it is planned, or trust to a
native of the locality where it is used.
The groundwork of tho present Dictionary is the Wu-
fitng Yuen Yin JOj % ''^ or Original Sound* of the
racter, but this on their sourids.
Tliore is besides the plan on which [this manual is arranged], that
followed iu the >^ ^» viz., grouping together tlungs belonging to
heaven, both eingle and in pairs, but not going beyond the dual
powers and tho five elements, so tliat tho five elements are under tho
reign ; and, perhaps, was suggested by tho former of those I j,gj^j ^f heaven, the five regions under that of earth, and tho five tones
worliS. Tho editions have been numerous and all exhibit ^^qj. ti,at of sounds. Such a work only requires tho redundancies
sli'^ht variations in the arrangement of certain characters.
An earlier work'of the same sort had, however, appeared
in the 13th century, — the »f» i^ tf ni ^^ Original Sounds
and Finals in Chinese, in which the characters are ar- i nitei).
to bo removed and the four or five tones to bo carefully indicated to
make it complete. But then tlus aiTangement [of the x\ wJ
I is really a natural one, and not one which man ma<le out (or can
ranged imder nineteen finals: and it would have been
better if the compiler of tho present work had followed it
in this respect. A third b(X»k, the 4> j^ ^ y|j or Com-
plete Finals for Central C-hina, presents tho characters
arranged according to tho several organs of tho voice, as
dental, Ungual, palatal, guttural, <fec.; but, as this system
involves more attention to tho initial than the others, it has
not obtained so wide a circulation.
Tbc defuiitions given in the Wv-fany Yuen Yin seldom
consist of even a score of words ; Imt this brevity was in-
dispensable for the general usefulness of the manual, where
only tho principal meanings were needed. A translation
of the preface of the edition of 1710 is here inserted ; but
In tliia work the author has selected tho twelve finals y^
with reference to the twelve musical jiitch-pipes, and tho ("no funda-
mental tones of voice ; and these with tho twenty initials ^ l^ he
has chosen, make tho warp and tho woof, tlie lengthwise and the
crosswise ; by combining these according to his ndcs, one can find
tho sound of any character. If one wishes to practice the combination
of soumb, and counts over tho 36 finals on his fiiigeis, he will laid
the plan hero adopted very much easier ; it is like an esssiy in which'
only tho ideas are wanted, or an agreement which has culy the bare
stipulaUons. In the Canon of Shun it is said, "Notes depend on
prolonging the utterance, and they are harmonized among themselves
by the pitch-pipes." If oue wUl carefully examine this work, they
will find that this principle has been observed. Original sounds may
INTRODUCTION.
XV
without doubt properly be called those produced by harmonizing the
pitch-pipes of nature with the sounds of nature.
Those who may daily use this work will at a glance so readily see
the mode of combining the initials and finals, that they can have no
need of rules. But how then is one to find out characters when only
the number of their strokes is knovm? I myself really regret the
number of those books which have been lost, leaving only the -^ ^
Classification of Characters presei-ved.
In the spare moments of my public business, I have got out a re-
vised edition of this work for the booksellers ; and perhaps it will
thus get a wide circulation ; but those scholars who carefully use it
will most certainly find many things to add to it.
September, 1710. Written by Nien Hi-yao of Kwang-ning, a
district in Manchuria.
This same man, Nien Hi-yao, afterwards enlarged the
book until he had introduced nearly all the characters in
the language. He published it in 17^8, iu four thin
volumes, and several editions have since. been printed; its
extensive list of characters makes it a useful manual. In
the preface ho says that, when compared with the first
edition, he has " added five out of every ten cha'iacters,
and expunged ono out of every ten."
Ln arranging the initials and finals, the compilers of
the Wu-fan(/ Yuen Tin sacrificed accuracy to brevity, and
hindered the ready search for a character, in order, a[>
parently, to make a short list of finals for the memory.
Its twenty initials arc actually thirty-six, and the twelve
finals expand to twenty-nine in the table of sounds } or to
thirty-eight if those in the juli-shing be reckoned sepa-
rately. The characters in this tone, which in Cantonese all
come under the first four finals, are here transferred to the
last six finals; "because," says the compiler, with truly-
Chinese logic, " the first six finals {ien, an, ung, ang, ixi,
and ad) are light and clear like heaven, and it is not
suitable to mix with them the heavy and gross sounds of
the juh-shing, which are therefore scattered amojsg the
last six finals {u, o, e, a, ai, and i), these being gross and
thick like earth, and assimilated to the juh-shing, which
therefore are distributed among them."
LIST OF TWELVE FINALS.
The finals are represented by the following twelve
characters, which include fourteen others, and twelve iu
the juh-shing, making thirty-eight, accordiag to our mode
of writing.
1. T-ien ^ includes i-an ^ and h-uen |fj.
2. 3-un \ includes p-m ^.
3. Jj-ung II includes Ung "^ and \-<ing ^.
4. Y-ang ^ includes h-iang ^.
5. N-«M ^ mcludes ch-ew j^.
6. Ng-ao ^ includes w-iao ,^.
7. H-ii J^ includes h-uh f^.
8. T-o ^ includes i-oh J^, and l-ioh ^.
9. Sh-e ^B includes h-iie |j{;, y-eA ^, y-iiek^yim^
t-{€A
m-
10. M-a ,B| includes p-a/i /\.
11. Ch-ai ^ includes k-iai ^.
12. T-J J^ inchides i-ui i|, \&-u ^, s:' ^^, 'rh Ifo
and vi-a '[g, with i-eh ^g, j-ufi ^, Uk fj, and
LIST OF TWENTY INITIALS.
The initials are represented by the following twenty
characters, which are subdivided into thirty-six by separat-
ing those having a medial vowel.
1. P-ang i^.
2. P'-ao f^.
3. M-xAi ■^.
4. F-\mg p,. _^ ^
5. T-Q\\ :::.y and tw-an ^.
6. r«-u ± and tw'^-an f,^.
7. iV-iao J^ and mv-a,\\ P^.
8. Zrci 'If and Iw-an ^.
9. C//-uh fj" and chw-axig ^.
10. Ch' -ling ^ and chw^-ang ;||J.
11. Sh-'ih. ^ and shw-&ug |^.
12. J"-ih andjw-an ^.
13. Ts-'ien ^ and tsw-an :'^.
14. .7:.^^ioh fl and tsw^-an '%
15. <S'-z' 3^ and siy-an ^.
16. F-un ^.
17. K-m <^ and Icw-a. Jfjj..
18. K'-\&o ;|:§ and hiv^-?k |§.
19. IIlv-o J>X, find h-ao jfj.
20. TF-a ll^ and ng-an ^ and the suppressed initial,
as in ai ^ or uh ^.
If all the possible comljuiations of these initials and
finals existed in the Icwan hwa, there would be 13G8 syl-
lables, exclusive of tonal variations, to bo written with
our letters ; but the actual number of groups is 400. and
of these several are almost undistinguishable. There is
some difficulty about dividing words having the termina-
tiong loa, loan, and ivaag^ for the Chinese regard them as
finals ; and some other deviations from the native rules
are also required by the exigencies of an alphabetic
system when applied to their spelling. Some of them .are
caused by the medial vowel / as shen for shien ^, —
(spelled Y^ 5^ sh-'i Vicn) ; and others by the imperfect
vowels, as ?S2' for fo« -^^ to distinguish it from tsi ^,
but in this, the greater accuracy of alphabetic writing is seen.
The following table includes the combinations of ini-
tials and finals in tho Wu-fang Yuen Yin, with a leading
character under each syllable, and also shows the juh
shing in separate columns, making 532 words in all. The
actual variations in speech from the given sounds in this
manual are almost endless ; but it is as needless as it 13
impossible to ascertain and try to express them all. Each
student will learn them for himself.
xvL TABLE OF INITIALS AND FINALS, WITH
FINALS. CH CH' CHW CHW* F H HW J JW K K^ KW Kw'
L L\V M 1
A
AH
AI
AN
IN
ANG
JtNG
AO
E
EH
EI
EN
EU
I
lA
lAI
JANG
lAO
lEH
lEN
IH
IN
ING
lOH
lU
ittN
litNG
OH
SZ'
u
tt
tJE
(lEH
tlEN
UH
ttH
UI
UN
UNG
cha
cli'a
m
chwa
...
...
...
hwa
Jwa
kwH
kwa
la
ma
** 1
man i
chah
ch-ah
fah
kx.ili
....
ai
m
chai
ch'ai
ehw'ai
....
hiu
m
hwai
kai
kai
kw;ii
ku Hi
)di
Iw.n
a.
mai !
M 1
man 1
PI j
miin
mang
Chan
Chan,
oh'iin
• • • •
#
fan
hail
hwan
Jan
J wan
kan
k;.n
,1:
kwan
kwan
m
an
m
ch&n
fan
hun
A
Jan
kan
k An
anjf
Chang
Chang
ch'ung
chwanK
chw ang
fanit
haiig
hang
hwang
Jang
^ j M
kaiig 1 l^'ang
kwang
ft
kw'ang
laiig
—
ch-ilnir
....
in
Jang
kang king
M i
mang ,
chao
ch'ao
bao
Jao
kio
kao
lao
niao
:^ chd $ ch'^
....
....
itj*^
^k'ie
....
l^meh
^cheh ^ch'eh
....
....
I^Jeh
J_L11
....
w
kwci
ijfleh
....
fi'i
....
• • • «
....
kw'di
lei
m
mei
1^
Chen
m
clren
chwen
3
chw'en
^
—
cheii
ch'en
fell
lieu
....
Jeu
ken
P
k'cu
^"kT
|pjk.i.
leu
men
jt^"'
ilfcch'i
.' * * '
J|hia
ifD'^h
....
....
a»
M^
—
....
....
... 1
;jpkia
—
...
^
....
....
m
hiai
hiane
....
....
kiai
k'iai
....
...
kiang
kiao
k-iaiig
1*
kiao
kMeh
Hang
11
biao
m
bieh
liao
niiao
kieh
lieh
m
mirh
^ch'ib
bicn
....
kien
l|lkin
Iff
k-ien
....
lien
mien
_Li:
—
ifchib,
....
....
^hih
J^hin
^*ih
Jl^k-in
king
....
:^iih
jDmU.
....
....
....
....
....
....
„ . _
^lin
ling
.... J^min|
chint;
ch'inK
m
hirnt
king
....
ming
m
miu 1
....
hioh
job
n
kloh
kin
kioh
k'iu
lioU
....
....
ft:
biu
liu
tr-
biUn
...
....
killn
m
k-iiin
1
....
....
|J,hiuDg
....
....
....
'^k'iUng
....
....
W
....
....
i^iho
tf^hwo
....
(@ko
^ko
:i$kwo
»">
*"■•
choh
m
chfh
....
foh
boh
m
hv»oli
....
koh
k'oh
m
kwoh
m
kw'oh
loll
mob
....
....
....
....
I
j^rch'u
....
^fu
ri>'"
....
....
.... l^kn
^k-u
....
....
1
. 1
....
....
^JU
^kU
igk'u
....
....
. . .
....
....
....
kiieh
ktien
knh
....
JiiL
hUth
kiieh
m
k' lien
....
lUeh
—
fuh
hllen
A
Juh
...
men
ft
chuh
chai
ch tih
huh
hwuh
k'uh
• \
IdU
mub
....
....
....
^kUh
^k'Uh
^lllb
chill
h« ui
Jni
chiin
,*
Chun
• • • .
hwun
m
Jun
....
kwun
kwnn
m
lun
....
■^
ChUDK
ch'ung
fung
hung
Jung
kung
k'ling
lung
m
nmng
CHARACTERS
TO ILLUSTRATE THE SYLLABLES. xvii.
N
NG NW P
p^ s sir SHVV sw T t' ts ts' tsw tsw* tw tw' w y
#: J....
na
1 pa
p'a
i'li 1
ta t'a
tsa
m
wa
m
wall
ja
vail
1 ^
1 pa
sha
m
nail
nai »
nan
ngai
A
pah
—
m
sail
shall
m
swah
tah tah
01
tsah
ts'ah
....
pai
m
p'ai
MB
sai
m
sliai
shwai
tai
a
tai
tsai
ts'ai
...
wai
m
yai
niiiin
nwan
pan
p'an
Ran
m
shan
shwan
swan
tan
t'a a
m
tsan
m
tsan
tswan
tsw an
JLiXr
twan
t« "an
wan
...
1 . . . .
nang
nang
m
nao
ngan
7^
pan
pang
pang
p'an
pang
m
p'ang
shan
tsan
....
....
3SC
wan
yang
sang
if
sang
m
sao
,i^
shaiig
shwang
taug , fang
tsang
tsang
ts'ang
ts'ang
....
3E
wang
IT
ngau
shang
tang
m
fang
m
wang
pao p'ao
shao
7]
tao
t'ao
tsao
Iftii;
w
ts'ao
yao
— —
f
....
Jfctj sie
i^BU
jg^ts'ie
ll^ts'eh
....
lfye|
1
•^seh
•g-sheh
1 ....
J
{^t'eb
glj tseb
....
n«
52?
pi^i
35
p'^i
1
....
....
w6i
m
yen
neu
....
shen
j
1 "
....
• ....
•■ 1
ngea
....
1^9
p'eii
it ^ ••••
seu shen
tea
feu
it
tseu
^ i....
ts'eu '
#.ni
....
JtP' ^p'i!W«' i^i:^^'
^ti
li"
^tsi
^ts'i
....j....
*-i
....
....[.... 1 ....
.... 1 ....
y...
....
•-!••••
I •■
niang
siahg
tsiang
ts'iang
nian
....
m
piao
m
p iao
siao
....
jTi/y.
B
tiao
f iao
t&mo
It ....
ts'iao
....
nieh
pieh
p'ieU
sieh
tteh
fieh
tsieh
^ ....
tsieh !
nien
pien
]^P'n
1M
p'len
/Ep'ih
nnP''"
p'lng
sien
'[*-sih
-f-ehih
tien
5;
t'ien
■ >r.
tsien
ts'ien
nlDff
nioh
IIIL.
-- •'
....
.... ! 6^tih
jE^fih
^tain
^ts'ih
^Hts-in
Sy">
>CJ» sin
....
....
gyinj
ying
P-ng
M
sing
ehing
....
T
ting
fing
m
tsing
Is'ing
sioh
tsioU
11
ts'ioh
nia
piu
siu
siilti
tin
m m
tsin j ts'iu
yiu
ts'iiin
....
...
....
i ....
If "«:?ll"«'
••iJitP^'l^P'o
4*"»
^ to
|^.fo
^tso
l^ts'o
^wo
....
ft
noh
'".1
Dgoh
^ 1
poll 1
m
p'oli
BOh
t3 82'
m
shoh
shwoh
toh
foil
tsoh
tsoh
...
woli
yoii
....
....
....
....
....
....
^ tbZ'
jlt ts'z'
,% "■"
1
lipuj
3.^
B^ ««
^sh«
^tu
±t.u
jji§;tsu
^SU
....
i
....
....
fj.tsu
....
^^"
.,., .
....
^
■ ' ' * 1
Riich
i
....
—
tsiieh
....
^ 1
yii-h i
j
siitu
.... m
tsiien
tsuen
....
ill
yiien
pull puh
8U!l
shuh
tall
full
tsuh
IE
ts'uh
yuh
....
'life 8"h
....
1
....
....;....
--—
.........
—
SI
Dai
shui
—
.... m
tui
tui
m
tsul
m
ts'ui
1
nan
nang
j
Kun
shun
... m
tun
fun tsan 1
tsun
1
j
—
vun
....
....
—
Wt 1 tt
sung 1 shnng
—
tung
f ung
tsung
m
ts'ang
m
yxing
XVlll.
INTRODUCTION.
In the Canton dialect, according to the local vocabu-
lary, (here are C3 finals and 23 initials, producing only
707 different words to bo wiitten in an alphabelic list,
including those ending in ihojuh ehing.
In the Fiihchau diak-ct, there are only 33 finals and
lo init'als enumerated. But the real number of finals is
increased by remarkable inflections of words falling
in the upper and lower juh shing, so that Maclay and
Baldwin's Dictionary enumerates 90 finals, and gives 928
syllables, of which scores are colloquial
The dialect spoken in and about Changchen, near
Amoy, is exhibited in the -p Jl '§ or J''ifteen [initial]
Sounds. It has 15 initials and 50 finals, which produce
8-i G Fyllabj^, including the modifications of tbe^uA shing;
the Lumber of distinct enunciations in that dialect in-
cluding all tonal modifications, is not far from 2500,
ac»-'ording to Mcdluirst ; and this is nearly the number
spoken in Fuhchau. According to Douglas' Amoy Dic-
tionary, the variations heard in the two prefectures of
Changchau and Tsiienchau much exceed this number.
In the Swatow dialect, and that heard in the south-
eastern part of Kwangtung, which has much affinity with
the Amoy, the number of separate syllables, as given in
Mr. Goddard's Manual is 074, less than either of the
three preceding. The dialect known as the Hakka
dialect, spoken best in Kia-ying cheu, has not been so
much studied as those, but it has marked peculiarities,
and approaches nearer to the Icxcan hwa than either of them.
The speech heard at Shanghai and Ningpo, and
througlaout Kiangsu and Chehkiang, assimilates still more
to the Icuxin hwa in its idiom and pronunciation, whicQ is
probably the reason why no native vocabulary has been
published in it. The Rlv. C Kei-ih, of the American
Episcopal Mission had prepared a copious vocabulary of
the Shanghai dialect ready for printing, but il wjus lost.
A carefully prepared list of syllables in the Shanghai
dialect, by the late Dr. Jenkins, contains C60 words ;•
and he reckons 33 initials and 44 finals as corai)ctenL to
combine all the sounds in it. The specclj heard at Su-
chau and Hangcbao diflfers but litl'o Irom thai at Shang-
hai and Ningpo.
The kwan hwa spoken at Pek'ng. and indeed with
inconsiderable variations in the provinces of Chihli and
Shantung, has received nmch attention from Me Wade.
In the Ils'n Ching Lxi he cniuuejatcs 25 initials and 43
finals, and places tho number of distinct eyllabks at 397 ;
in the Tcu-er//'Cfn\ he has refcained the initials and final?;,
and increased 1*^0 syllables to 420; which probably in-
cludes nearly all the distinct words used by tho j)eople.
It is much Ic^ss than in any of the preceding dialects, and
not one half of the variety heard at Fuhchau, which is to
bo ascribed chiefly to tho suppression of the juh Jtmg.
The number of initials given by Mr. Wade is 25 instead
of 3G as in the preceding table, as ho follows more strictly
the Chinese mode in tho arrangement of words in tho
initials chw, kw, hw, &c., putting them under tho finals
beginning with u ; which thereby correspondingly in-
creases their number. It is not easy to decide which is
the best way in an alphabetic arrangement.
%
SECT. n. ^SYSTEM OF ORTHOGEAPHY.
If the diJfficuUies of illustrating and analyzing the {
sounds in their language are almost insurmountable to
Chinese philologists, the results of the various attempts
of foreigners to do so have not the less proved tho in-
hereat difficulties of the attempt ; and a comparison of
their various systems does not encourage the hope that
anything like uniformity will ever be attained. In
addition to the different powers given to vowels and
consonants by English, French, and Portuguese ginologues,
when nsed to express tho same Chinese sound, each in
their own tongue, as ton, ou, and « for 2, > or wun, oucn,
and ven for '^, we have a raoat troublesome discrepancy
in the modes of writing tho same sound in the same
language, especially in English, ki which more has been
written than in all the others. Not to quote many
instances of strange S[)elling, as tadge-in for ^ ^ ta-jin ;
see-ue for J^ siu ; hiotiei for Jj^ hiiJ; taa-mua for -^ J^
to vm; czzi cio for;f^ ^ liieh-kivo ; tar-gam for ;^;^ 'o-
ngan, <fec., the more elaborate systems devised for writing
the sounds in tho mandarin and local dialects, present a
series of perplexing anomalies and variations hard to
imderstand, and which renders it difficult for a person who
has studied one dialect to learn tho sounds in another.
Tho Protestant missionaries at Amoy and Ningpo have
published thousands of volumes in those dialects in a
romanized colloquial, which they teach in their schools ;
but a native of Ningpo, able to read it with ease and
imderstanding, would find Jiimself completely nonplussed
if he tried to read the Amoy colloquial according to
the sounds he had learned at home. The natives of the
two cities are unable to converse with each other in any
case, but previous consultation among the missionaries
would, perhaps, have led them to adopt a similar mode
of writing tho vowels, diphthongs, and consonants common
to both, before these beginnmgs of new alphabetic lan-
guages had been laid.
INTRODUCTION.
X.X.
The embarrabsments of recognizing the Cluineso clia-
racfcers when written in alnkibeiic letters, >vere noticed
by Da Giiignes in 1813, Jbel'oEo ihey hud reached their
present diversity. Speaking in his Dictionary ' of his
changes in P. BasileV system of orthography, he remarks,
"I havo jiifat explained the reasons which Jiavo led me to
suppress certain letters and to eiinplify the oithography,
and now add a labloto show tho changes, so tliat readers
can reccgni2i8 the pame words in different authors. I
refer only to \voiks written by the mission ari.os, and not
to those issued by other Europeans ; the mode of pronoun-
cing our lettcriS not being uniform, in Europe it is ira[)os-
sible to g've a general ;'ule. In the account of Lord
Macartney's Voyage, ior instance, what the missionaries
writo KieU'long-ta-ouang-iij the Englibh write Tchien-kv.ig-
ta-wJuxng-tce. The letter h is certainly aspirated, but it has
not the sound of tch in English ; the vowel %i of the word
lung is sometimes pronounced o in English, but it is then
short, and it is long in long, when it has the meaning it
has in this phraiio now quoted ; the letter h is needless
in whang, for the word ouava is vxot aspirated. I will
say nothing about tee, for such an orthography is fit only
for an Englishman."
In this Dictionary, an attempt has been made to apply
one system of spelling to five different dialects, and
though the result has not been entirely satisfactory, it has
shown that their discrepancies can be reduced to some-
thing like a classification, and their vowels and diphthongs
assimilated much more than has hitherto been supposed
possible. To this end, it is necessary to permit some
latitude to the value of the simple vowels according to the
consonants which precede and follow them; diphthono-s,
too, mu^t have eomo freedom as influenced by various
consonants. For instance, in lun \^ and sun ^^, the
ralue of the final un is altered a little by the initial ; and
when a medial vowel is inserted, as in likn jf£% and suen
*m^ it is desirable to indicate the change if possible, by a
ditierently marked vowel. Such diversities as this,
however, cannot all be noted by any system.
In words ending in some d'ph' hongs, a change in the
initial will throw the syllabic into a new class in one
dialect and not in another ; thu3, In ^ and mei j^^ in
mandarin keep the older forms of Idi and taui in Can-
tonese; but atFuh-chau, one is read /o? and the other mui
This final ci, unknown in both those cities, in the north
inclines to ei and ui according to the initial, but both
never have the same initial, as iei and tai, pei and pui.
Tlpe diversities and analogies of this kind among the st^veral
dialects will no doubt in timo receive more careful study
than has yet been given to tliem, but the materials are
at present not su-fficient to lay down rules or adduce com-
parisons. But I think that this list is adequate to express
all their sounds with sufficient precision.
The syst' m uf writing th.; eoands now era|)loyed is
nearly thoB-. mo as that foriuerly followed in the Tonic
Dictionary of the Canton Dialect, as far as that is appli-
cable to kwan hwa. In order to diminish the use of ac-
cented letters, the long a in father is written a instead of
d; and this involved t4ie change of the short a in
quota io d ; and-.of «'«, as oio in howl, to ao; the diph-
thong ai, or the English /, is altered to et, because the cii
represented the broad sound as in aisle; the terminations
id, idng, idi, and (dh, have also all dropped their accents.
Other ways adopted by previous writers to express the
same sounds are added, so as to facilitate reference to
their modes of spelling
VOV?TXS.
1. — a as in father; written a by Bridginaa, Grodd.rd,
Jenkins ; a by Yates.
2. — a as in quota, variable ; written a by Bndgman ; <?
and u by Morrison ; u by Edkins, Bouncy ; <? by
Maclay ; u by Goddard ; e by Do Gaignes, Gallery ;
c by Wade j Ct and e by GouQalves.
3. — e as in men ; written e and ii by Medhurst ; e by
Maclay ; e by Callery.
4 — ^asin grey, ox a \\\ say ; written e by Gonial ves,
Po Guignes, Maclay, Douglas; ay by Morrison,
Medhui-st ; ci by Wade.
5. — i! as in there, or a in fan, hat; written a by Maclay ; a
by Goddard ; a by Yates ; a by Edkins; £ by Douglas.
6. — i as in pm, and never occurs as a final ; written e
and i by Morrison ; ^' by Maclay ; i by Douglas ;
i and e by De Guignes, who writes y when it is the
medial vowel.
7. — e as in madime, and left unmarked [i\ when a
final ; written e by Morrison, Medhurst ; y by De
Guignes when final ; i by Wade, Macl^, Douglas ;
Ce by Bonney.
8. — o as in lung, or aio in law ; written 6 by Bridgman,
Maclay ; o by Gongalves ; d by Jenkins ; aw
by Bonney ; an by Edkins, Yates ; o- by Doty ;
& by Douglas.
9. — 6 as in no, crow; Written ow by Momson; 6 by
Bonney ; ou by Gongalves ; o by Maclay, Douglas,
Goddard ; o and 6 by Yates.
10. — <> as in koniq, a German sound^ written o and 6 by
Callery ; e by Wade.
11. — u as \nput, hull, and seldom heard as a final j writ-
ten 00 and u by Morrison ; ue l)y Callery • y by
De Guignes, Gongalves.
12. — u as 00 \xi.fool, or o in vwve, and left unmarked [u]
when a final ; written oo by Moi-rison, Medhurst ; u
by Goncalves; ou and o by De Guignes; u by
Wade, Douglas.
13.—^ as in June, abuse; written 6i by Gron9alve8i eu by
Morrison j m by De Guignes.
XX.
INTRODUCTION.
14._— u as in turn or ea in learn ; written eu by Edkios,
Yates ; e by Maclay.
DIPHTHONGS.
1. — at' as in cdsle; written di by Bridgman; ae by Mor-
rison, Medhurst ; ay by De Guignes.
y. — ao like ow in howl, prolonged ; written aou by Mor-
rison ; cm by Gon9alves ; du by Bridgman ; ow by
Bonney.
3. — au as ou? in now ; written ow by Bonney.
4. — ei as in Iteight, or i in sigh ; written ttj by Douglas,
Bridgman ; I and ie by Bonney ; ei and ai by Gon-
^alves.
5. — ^i as eyi in greyish ; written ei by Morrison, Wade ;
oei and ei by Gon9alves.
G. — «i as oti in souse, ehorter than No. 3 ; written ow
by Morrison; eu by Gallery; ou by Gon9alves, Wade.
7. — eu as ou in Capernaum; eu by Maclay; c^-u by
Bonney ; ea by Gonqalves ; eo and oo by Devan.
8. — ia as in piastre, or ya in ^rd; written ea by Mor-
rison, Gon9alve8.
9. — iai and iao, each letter sounded ; written cae and
caoM by Morrison ; eau by Gon9alve8.
10. — ie as in siesta ; written ee by Morrison, Medhurst
11. — ie as ea in fealty ; written ie by Jenkins.
12* — to as yaw in yau;« / written eo and <•() by Morrison.
13. — iu 08 eiv in pcty / written m by Bridgman ; eu? by
Morrison ; ieou by De Guignes ; ieu by Gron9alve8,
Maclay ; ce-iie by Bonney.
14. — in like ew in chewing prolonged ; written to by De
Guignea
15. — oi as in hoil; written oy by Morris(xi; oc by Douglas.
16. — bi as owi in knowing ; written ot by Maclay.
17. — «a as in Mantua, each vowel sounded ; written oa
by Douglas, Do Guignes.
18. — He as iu duet ; it runs into iid when a final.
19. — ui as euvy in dewy, or omi in Louis; written ouy by
De Guignes ; uy by Morriaon ; oei by Gonijalves.
20. — ui as oot in cooing ; written uei by Gongalves ; uy
by Morrison, Bonney.
ANOMALOUS VOWELS.*
21. — Vn, a sound like /»?i with closed lips, as a suppressed
cough ; written m by Medhurst* Douglas.
22. — ^ng, a nasal made by closing the nose, a whining
sound ; written ng by Douglas, Goddard.
23. — "' a nasal in the middle of a word as ki^a, or oftener
at the end, as pi*^ ; more distinct usually than in
the French vin ; written n by Edkins.
* The lato T. T. Meadows objectetl to the term Imperfect Vowels
for the sounds here brought tc^ther, skying that " an imperfect
vowel w really an irapoBsibility." In this he was Btrictly correct,
perhaps, but still they resemble suppreseed vewels, and by groBping
tli«m, may ba better illustrated.
24 — s£, tsz\ a peculiar sibilant ; tbe first can be made by
changing di in dizzy to s, and 6|)eaking it (piickly ;
written s:e by Morrison ; sii by Gon9alve.s : sm and
Ui by Wade ; si by Edkins ; ss by De Guignes ; «
by Gallery.
25. — di and sh\ like the preceding but softer ; iliey are
often uttered by a person who Ktutlers, as if iii
speaking chin or shin, be could not get out tbe n ;
or like the sound made when chiding a cbild for
making a noise ; written chih and shih by Wade.
26. — 'rh, like the word ar; written o/rby Gon^alves ; irh
by Wade ; urh by Morrison ; cul by De Guignes ;
eU by Gallery ; ta- by Jenkins; rh by Edkins.
C0N3ON.\NT3.
Of these, only h, k, m, n, ng,p, and t, occur as final letterg.
1. — h as in bar.
2. — ch as in church ; written tch by Dc Guignes.
3. — cA' the same sound aspirated.
4. — d as in dun.
5. — 4) ^^ i" djctzar, or J in Judge; written j Dy Yates,
Douglas, Goddard.
6. — dz as in adze,
l.—f as in fann.
S.—g as in gag.
9. — h as in hung; as a final it is nearly suppressed.
10. — /*' before i and u, a .sibilant sound resemUing an
afiected lisp, and easily confounded with sh ; written
/is by Wade, /*' bj- Edkins, sh by Jenkins.
11.—^' as in the French./B/TUJrw.
12. — ^• as in king, kick ; written c by Gon^alves.
13. — k^ nearly the same sound, but softened and aspirated.
14. — I as in lion.
15. — m as in man, ham.
16. — n as in nun.
17. — n£f as in singing ; written ^ as an initial and m as a
final by Gonijalvos ; fig initial and in final by Gal-
lery ; gn by Medhurst ; gh by De Guignes as initial.
18. — p as in pot, lop.
19. — p^ the same sound aspirated.
20. — s as in sand; before i, it closely resembles No. 10.
21. — sAasin shall; written ch by De Guignes: x by
Gon^alves, Gallery.
22. — t as in top, lot.
23. — f the same sound aspirated.
24. — ts as in wits ; written ch and f by Gon^alves ; z by
De Guignes.
25. — te' the same souai aspirated.
26. — V as in viive.
27. — w as in tmnt, zco ; when it follows another conso-
nant, as chw, hw, kw, &c., it shortens as the two
coalesce ; for this position Wade and Goddard use
«, and Douglas ; written v by Goiigalves ; v and on
by De Guignes.
INTRODUCTION.
XXI.
::8. — y as in yard; written i by Callery, Goncjalvee.
29. — z as in zone.
30. — zh as z in azure.
One object kept in view in this system has been to
abridge the use of accented letters, to do without which
altogether has by all writers been found to be impracti-
cable, consistenily with accuracy ; and another has been to
adapt fh<3 spelling to the use of English readers. How
far these objects have been attained, practice alone will
show ; but it is not an unimportant thing to the student,
how a word is written, ibr the spelling insensibly aflfects
his pronunciation. For example, the word |^ is sounded
like/«H^, or zhung, or rung or ziing. by different persons in
Peking; and constantly reading it in one of these modes
conlirms him in that pronunciation, while another mode
will influence another person.
The present attempt to harmonize the 80unds of the
five dialects by one system of (spelling, has this element
of error, that I have not been able to consult natives of
Fuhchau or Amoy, and hear their pronunciation. In the
brief list of corresponding sounds given at the head of
every syllable in the Dictionary, there are no doubt both
errors and deficiencies, owing to this disadvantage. Here-
tofore, oach dialect has been spelled without reference to
the sounds in other dialects, and this has caused needless
discrepancies, which become apparent when a comparison
is instituted. For instance, the o in note is not heard in
the north, whei'e the o in long prevails ; while in the south,
this last is rather unusual, and has been the one usually
marked with an accent, though taking the whole country
together it is by far the most common, and the o m note
ought to be marked. In the north, no word like
kifii occurs, with / ( as in machine ) in the middle ; and
in the south, no guttural "^ begins a word ; but the
short i in pin is a thousand times the commonest, and
should be left unaccented. These peculiarities render it
difiicult to adapt one system to all the dialects, and
not employ many accented letters in some of them ; but the
thhig is net impossible, and with a good degree of accuracy
too. The greater difficulty is to get those who have become
accustomed to their own modes of writing to adopt an-
other more generally applicable. A few remarks on the
preceding lists of vowels and consonants will explain the
changes they undergo in various positions.
VOWELS.
1. «. — This occurs in all the dialects ; it is never^to
be sounded as in English fan, hat
2. a. — The common use of u in English as in sun, to
represent this sound has made it a perplexing one to
write ; and the phrase, " The mother b?rd flutters o'er her
ycwng," shows that in that language it is very differently
written. I prefer a to«, c, e, e, or u of other authors, chiefly
because it is less liable to be mispronounced by the
general reader, except the last But that letter is needed
to write another sound.
3. €. — Along t4ie soutliern coasts, this vowel is heard
alone before consonants, as meng, kek, veh, but northward
it is usually preceded by ?, as in lien ; when followed by n
it constantly inclines to the sound of a in 77ia)i, and even
that of a in far. When lised in ieh, seh, it often changes
its quality according to the succeeding word into o or e.
4. e. — This vowel occasionally occurs at Fuhchau in
the middle of a word, as in heng, tek, before a decided con-
sonant : and at Shanghai and Swatow, in nasalized words,
as L"i\ pe" ; but it is almost always a final, as c/ie', me, or
succeed ng i or ii, as tie, hile.
5. e. — This is rarely heard in the nortli or at Canton,
but in Kiangsu and southward it is common alone, as in
len, seh, pe^ ; or more commonly preceded by i as in piet,
pien, siek, lieng ; in all these words its tendency is to
broaden out into Hang, sian, as at Amoy and Swatow.
6. i. — This vowel is always written in the middle of a
word, as tning, kik, lih ; in the latter class of words it
apparently ends them, but even then the vowel approaches
the next [/], so that tih and pih become ti and pi. As
a medial vowel in diphthongs like ia, ie, it is one of the
commonest sounds in the langu£ige, and undergoes very
little alteration.
7- i. — This vowel occurs only at the end of words in
the kwan hwa ; but is often heard in their middle in tl;e
southern dialects, as pin, ling, kit, &c., where it will be
more likely to be pronounced aright if accented. I have,
therefore, written it hke the last vowel (i) when it is a
final, in order to reduce the number of accented letters,
as the final i in English is usually written g as in mightg,
and there is little danger of confusion. Mr. Wade uses
t for both the sounds in tree and tritn, apparently to save
accents, and they do run into each other ; Maclay trans-
poses / and I, as I write them, to i and i, for the same
reason ; but in those southern dialects the medial vowel
in the dipthongs ia, iu, iau, is always short, and thus two
sounds are given to one symbol, which is undesirable.
8. 0. — This is the only sound ol'the vowel in mandarin,
and almost always as a final ; but after b, J and ]}, in
the southern dialects, it often runs into the next, where it
also occurs in the middle, as scnig, lot, kok.
9. o. — This sound, as in note, is not heard in mandarin,
but, from Shanghai southward, it is so common that it
has usually been left unmarked ; at Fuhchau it is common
in yong, siong, Ibi, &c., occurring in many words which
have an a at the north. At Amoy and Canton it is less
frequent. To mark such words seems to be more likely
to insure their proper pronunciation, than to expect the
English reader to pronounce tong and toi, as (owng and
toioy ; though, on the other hand to and pok are more
like to be sounded like toe and poke, than like taw and
XXll.
tSTRODUCTION.
pawL Jt is a choice of diflBculties, but the argument in
favor of wriling o and o as in lonff and h, is not a littl ;
strengthened by the vrst preponderance of the first sound
throughout China.
10. V. — This sound is not often heard in the soutiieru
dialects, but is common in Kiangsu and northwird,
chiefly ius a final ; the e in che, a in tsan, o in toh, and u in
tu. each and all run into it in one place or another ; in
Chihii. it characterizes words which have a tendency to
become guttural.
11. w. — A difficult Bound to express uniformly, as it is
so much modified by the letters before and af*«r it, and
rues into thi' next ; it is never heard as a final, but unites
with « as a medial, as is noticed under vxi and w (Nos. 17
and Consonants 21)- Maclay writes the sounds ?' and ?/
alike, but they are not the same, and especially in
Cantonese are kept clearly distinct as in sun, sut, shorter
sounds than soon, soot ; while kun, kut are like coon, cost ;
in the word sung, the \owel is evidently a prolongation
of sun rather than of h-un. Common readers will no
doubt often mispronounce such words, until they hear
the rifjht sound.
1 2. I'l. — The frequent use of this vowel as a final makes
it desirable to reduce the number of accented words by
leaving it unmarked when in that position, or in the juh
shing. as tii, tuh, where alone it occurs in mandann, and
maiking it in the middle as mun, j'ut. In Canton and
places north of it, there is a tendency to sound this final
as o before certain initials, as mo. po, for t/ju, pu.
13. it. — This vowel sound occurs in all the dialecta in
the middle and end of wordss, as chii, shiin, piii, ngung,
af:, &c., or foUowuig the vowels ?, a, e, and e, sulLiing
difterent modifications with each of them ; its ICiidtncy
is to run into u (No. 11), but the changes are slight
It has been generally written in this way.
14. ii. — This is not found hi mandiirin, and is not a
common sound. It runs into and ' when preceding a
couHonant ; it is a common final in Shan.f^hni, and in
Swatow and that region ; in Fidichau it aieo precedes
other vowels as chiiu, simh, ngiiimg ; but these combina-
tions are limited to a small district. Some would per-
haps, write it d, which it nearly resemMe.^. had it not
been prolonged as if followed by an r, as in the English
words turn, bird, her.
DIPHTHONGS.
1, 2, 3. at, ao, an. — Thcbe three are almost everywhere
hea-'d only as finals, and the two first form, when pre-
ceded by J, the common triphthongs, iai and iao. In
Fahchau, they are followed by h or k, as in ;x?-A, patd:
The third sound is '«ritten ou by Wade, but the risk of
mispronouncing wordg thus written as soo, hoo, and not
SOU', how, owing to the common use of ou by the French
to express a final u, renders au or cu preferable ; the
English ow for au is also liable to confu^^ion, as seen in
the sentence, '• The row of flowers mw flowed to the
toto-Ymc." Morrison used ow to expressljotii au and 6 {ie.
now and ru>) in two of his works.
4. ei — This final soimJ, unknown in mandarin, is
common \\\ Cantonese, whero it is carefully distinguished,
from «V, but the two seem to run into each other further
north, or ci is changed to /, and No. 5, ei.
6. CH — It is doubtful whether the distinction between
this final and No. 3 is sufticiently deal" to authorizo two
forms of writing them ; at the North the pronmiciation
of characters Hke ^ cheu, ^ leu, ^ sheu, is u.sually
quicker tlian the pronunciation of the same* words c/tau,
kciu, sliau, in Caiitoneso and other Kouthern dialects.
They are very much alike, however, and the chief reason
for separating them was to indicate this diversity, which
is not a fanciful one.
7. cu. — This sound is rarely heard as a final, and ib
most common at Canton ; -.X Fuhchau the second vowel
is often prolongetl in fl, 9s seiing, while at Canton it is
also shortened into a, and forms one of the most cha-
racteristic sounds in that dialecL
10. ie. — This diphthong is imknovvn at Canton, where
the i take its place, as in sin for sien, but reappears as one
goes north. When followed by n or m, it turns into itin
or iam, ien or tan at Swatow and Amoy, and ieng at
Fuhchau ; at NingjX) and Shanghai it is again supersed-
ed by in and /'*. In all words having this diphthong
before n, there is difficulty at the south in distinguishing ie
from rV'/ but at the north this difficulty is mostly confined
to those words where the i is merged in the other \ owel.
11, 12. ie, io. — These two havo some affinity, but they
do not run into each other; both are oftenest found in the
juh shing, and their variations from the mandarin into
other dialecta are so capricious as to bo irreducible to
any rules which would be useful.
13, 14. iu, Hi. — The first of these occurs mostly Jis a
final in all the dialects, but it i.s also heard in mand;u-in
l)efore m in a few words ; the second occurs only in the
middle of words, and then is rather a [)r()longation of
iu ; it is hardly ever heard in Fulikien or Kwangtung.
15, 16. 07, oi. — Both these diphthongs are confined to
the extiemo south, and the latter seems to be jieculiar to
Fuhchau ; they are easily distinguished
17. na, — The distinct sound.s of both vowels are often
heard at Swatow and Amoy, hke too^n, loo-an ; but else-
where wa (see Consonants No. 27), better represents this
diphthong to the English reader than oa or ua, as they
arc liable to be too much separated.
10. fie, tie. — The first of these two is most easily
distinguished from the other in those words which
are in the three first tones, but as most of the
words are in the /uU shing, and followed by the
INTRODUCTION.
XXlll.
h, they are in practice nearly alike in sound.
19, 20. ui, ui.< — The second ofthese is distinctly marked
in the Cantoneso aider initials like k, t, and ts, but they
everywhere glide into each other and into el In Fuh-
chau, they run into i and o?, and at Shanghai into e, both
of them being everywhere heard as finals.
ANOMALOUS VOWELS.
21, 22. '»i, n^. — These two words are heard from
Shanghai southwards in the ct/iloquial ; tbey are really
vowel sounds, and at Amoy they occur preceded by a
consonant, as s'nff, Km or hm.
23. ". — This nasal sound is unknown at Canton or
Fuhchau, but occurs at Swatow and Amoy, and more
frequently at Shanghai ; though hardly so marked, and
not found in the middle of a word ; the raised » is pro-
bably its fittest mark, though in the romanized Ningpo
dialect it is undistinguished
24. 5^', ts£, c?e', zz' ■ — These foiu: are the only forms of
this sibilant ; the first two are common in mandarin and
at Canton, but all arc entirely unheard between Swatow
and Fuhchau. The last two are heard mostly at Shang-
hai, and the regions of Kiangsu and Chehkiang.
25. c/«', sK. — The characters spoken with these pecu-
liar vowels get their full sounds of clti, cUi, and shi as
one goes south from the Ta.igtsz' Eiver. The apoco-
pated form is unknown at Canton or at Fuhchau. The
Wu-fang Yuen Yin indicates the full sound of chi and shi
as the standard, and in this work they have, therefore,
been all arranged under tlwso syllables, while the con-
tracted form is placed under each character. It is pro-
bable, that of the two forms chi, shi, and ch\ sh\ the
latter is most generally heard.
26. 'r/i. — This sound is seldom heard south of the Mei-
ling, and its pronunciation is uniform ; the many foreign
modes of writii'g it show the diflScuIty of expressing it
satisfactorily. In Peking, it is often heard as if preceded
by a consonant, as mi^rh, wrh, frh, &c., wh;cli i.s caused
by the elision of an intermediate final, the full sound
being w% 'rh Pg |jg, xvan \h ^ '^,/dng'rh ^ Ig, &c.
CONSONANTS.
1. b. — A common initial at Swotow and Amoy, but
unknown at Canton or Fuhchau : it reappeai\s at Shang-
hai in many of the words so spelled at Amoy.
2, 3. ch, ch^. — This initial and ts, ts\ are interchanged
so much and so irregularly all over the country, that it Ls
impossible to follow their variations. In Canton, they
are used as initials very nearly according to the spelling
of the K'angki Tsz'tien and Wit-fang Yuen Yin, but as
one goes north, they mingle in a greater or less degree,
and many nativou carmot tell them apart. At Swatow
and Amoy, ts is heard doubtfully only before a, o, and ti ;
but on reaching Fuhchau, it is altogether merged in ch :
both reiippear at Shanghai, but mostly applied to a dif-
ferent set of characters, and this interchange continues
more or less along the valley of the Yangtsz' River.
4, 6, 11, 5. d, d.,j,dj. — The first two of these initials
are very common around Shanghai ; the last is also beard
there and at Swatow and Amoy, but none of them at
Canton or at Fuhchau, where such words begin with t
or y. The digraph dj is preferable to the single j for
writing it, since it is a harsh form of the softy so common
in mandarin, and not so likely to be mispronounced as the
slmplej is. At Peking, d is often heard befor-e « and u,
and the initial < often becomes <f, and they runs inior;
as da for ta, and ran for j&n.
7. / — This common initial is unheard from Swatow
to Fuhchau, h almost everywhere taking ils place ; it
occurs in all other dialects.
8. g. — This initial easily rans into ng, and their dif-
ferences are sometimes imperceptible. At Swafcow, Amoy
and Shanghai, both ng and g are clearly heard as initials ;
at Canton and Fuhchau, the ng is just as plainly spoken
in all words, and none begin with g. Morrison and Med-
hurst wrote g alone for iho inandarin, but ng is more
nearly coiTect.
9. h. — This, at the beginning of words, is the same
initial aspirate as in the English words hung, holy ; but
to extend the use of the le.tter and make it entirely silent in
words beginning with an aspirated d,por t as consonant, as
Medhui-st and Douglas have done, is injudicious, owing to
the sounds which j-)h and th have in English, and which will
always mislead when the uninitiated read them But to
those who have been long accustomed to the use of h
final, as the best sign for expressing the indistinct /m/i shing.
Wade's application of it for a few of the Pekingese sounds
in other tones is still more perp'exing and needless. The
characters to which he often applies it as ^ shih, ^ chieh,
^ yeh, &c., are never heard in the juh shiug, while he
leaves it off in 0^ ti, ^u, ^ te, &c. Such use, therefore,
tends to mislead those who are not acquainted with the
local patois, and even to them it is a perplexity.
10. h^- — This sound is not heard in the four coast
dialects, in which it drops the sibilant sound, or takes an
initial y, or more rarely an s; it is common at Shanghai.
The digraph hs adopted by Meadows and Wade does not
exactly express it, for there is no proper s in the sound, and
sh is too much ; if one puts the finger between the teeth,
and tries to speak king or hii, he will probably nearly
express this sibilant initial. The Spanish x, as in Quixote,
comes near it, and would be much the best symbol, if it
were not that it would be mispronounced by the com-
n:on reader, as in xiang ^ xin 'Jff , &c.
12, 13. k, k\ — As a final, from Shanghai to Canton
this consonant always indicates the juh shing of those
words whose other tones end in ng, as ping, pile ; hmg,
hah In Kiangsu, it is often doubtful whether the wcid
XXIV.
INTRODUCTION.
ends abruptly enough for an /'. or should be written h.
The aspirated initial k before i and« is one of th3 difficult
sounds in the mandarin, and is often heard like ht, ch or
ka, and still unlike all these. j
14. /. — Along the southcni coast (his initial is often |
pronounced as n before a and /; not so frequently before ]
i, 0, or?*; but all over China there is a curious inter-
change of the two letters, which perplexes the foreigner |
At Amoy, / often approximates the sound of d j
15, »,. — This letter occurs as a final from Canton to \
Amoy, in those words which end in ii in the hcaii htpa;
but there seems to l)e no general rule guiding the change, |
as many regain the n. It is unheard at Fuhchau and j
northward, but reiipijears in Kiangsi. As au initial, m
often changes into b at Amoy and Swatow.
IG. 17. », Tiff. — These two liquids are employed as
finals in every part of China ; Ijut in Amoy and Shanghai,
they often take a nasalized form As initials, 7i often
interchanges with /; and vy in the mandarin is elided
into a guttural fl or <i, as ^'ffdn, ^'Jo. csi^ecially in Chihli ;
but this niitial is the most capricious of all, Jind its
changes are irreducible to a general rule-
18. 19.p, ;/. — As a final, this letter only occurs in
many parts of the coast provinces south of the Yaog-tsz'
Ri^ er, in the /«// sh'ng of those words whose other tones
end iu in in Cantonese, as kini. Lip In mandarin such
words always end in n. As a final, p is unknown from
Fuhchau northward, but .'is an initial it generally follows
the mandarin, except in Kiangsu. where it alters into b
in some of the tones before certain vowels
20. 21. 5, sh — These two initials play the same part
among the Chinese as they seem to have done among
the ancient Israelites, and form a true shibboleth by which
a man's nati\ e place can be detected. They are used at
Canton at the beginning of nearly the same words which
divide them in the Wto-fany Yuen Yin ; but from that
city going coastwise to Shanghai, the sh nearly every-
where turns into s or ^, and reJ4)pear8 generally when
further north • there are, however, many exceptions over
this wide range. Between Canton and Macao, for instance,
the 8h is changed in many words, as shui "^ becomes
mi; and just the same difference cxi.sts between Peking and
Tientsin i, yet in SzUiwui'hien, a district west of Macao,
most of the words which at Canton l)egin with 5 take the s-h.
22. 23. i, {. — This letter occurs as a final in the
same regions with p; and as p always follows words
ending with m, so the t shows the juh fh'ny of words end-
ing in n in the other tones; the modes of variation from
the fourth tone in mandarit\ into the abrupt consonants k\
p and ^ in the three southern dialects, have not been traced
suflSciently to lay down any rules; at Fuhchau, the finals p
and t are not heard. As an initial, ^< becomes (f in certain
tones in those parts of Kiangsu near the Yangtsz' River.
24. 25. ts, ts^. — These are much interchanged erery-
where in China with ch, ch^; and, in consequence, many
words in this Dictionary will be sought for under one of
them which have been placed under the other. In the
regions from Swatow to Fuhchau, it is entirely superseded
by ch, and in Shanghai is mostly n.sed in those words .
which at Canton and Peking begin with ch.
26. r. — This initial is heard chielly in the Yangts/'
valley, where it begins words elsewhere commencing
with f or ir. It is unknown at Cdnton or Poking, and
the regions around those cities
27. w, ifo, Itxca. — This letter is employed as an initial
consonant in this work, as in uxiny, wdn. The Chine.se
^\yc\\ word.s beginning with kw, sw, &c., as kti-tcany for
hcany, su~uvi/i for sivan, &c., where the mefl'al \owel is
so closely joined with the initial, that it is more distinct
for us to make the initial out of both. Others, however,
treat them as separate. Wade and Goddard u.se u as in
shuo f^, 8uan JJJC, Ac; De Guignes and Douglas use o,
as hoany ^, hoat |§, <fec. ; but the general method has
been to use tv, and regard the letters shia or hiv as the
initial. The medial vowel is itself modified by the preced-
ing consonant, and afler t or p it i^ much more distinct
than after k or h; but an Engli-hman is less likely to
misread a word written Zmw/i or ^?m/, than if it be written
luan or ioan, guat or yoat. Besides which, as stated above,
the diphthong va is more distinctly heard at Amoy and
Swatow in many words ending with a vowel as sita,]^"'""-
In Fuhchau and Amoy, the initials cf^, /*, k, /, in, n, iiy,p
and s are followed by to ; i.e. by this medial vowel, making
this class of initial more frequent there than elsewhere; at
Canton, kw is the only initial of this kind, and ffw, hu'
and kw at Shanghai Though the Chinese divide by the
initial consonant, as ^ "j^ hj-kioan for 5(8 timn, their
ignorance of alphabetic writing makes their practice no
guide to our mode of expressing such sounds; and the use
of to is attended with the least risk of mispronunciation.
28. y. — This letter is used only as a consonant in this
work. De Guignes used y to express the final / and
f, as in ky |£ and tscty H; and some others write the
diort I va. the diphthongs ie, ia, &c., with it. At Xingpo
it has been thus employed, and when the i is doubled, as
in niiny, nvh, the use of y, as in nytny, r,yih, is perhai>s
preferable. In Peking, some words beginning with y
change it into r before u and «, as riiny § for yuny,
meh for ^ yu£h ; but it is an exceptional deviation
20. 30. z, *-A.— The initial z begins many words at
Shanghai and Nuigi^ which elsewhere begin with ts or
5, and forms a marked feature of the speech of that
region; it is unknown in Fuhkien. and is limited in other
directions as in Kiangsi and Nganhwui. The initial zh is
a change from j in Peking and its vicim'ty, but does not
extend very far, as it is unknown in Shantung.
INTRODUCTION.
XXV,
SECT. III. — ASPIRATES.
These words which commence with th, chw, k, kw, p,
t, tw, is, tdW, are, according to our spelling, divided into
aspirated and unaspirated characters, but the Chinese
philologists see no connecbion between them. Indeed
they have no well-understood name for a hard breathing
like an aspirate, and the usual term |1^ ^ is of foreign
origin, which no native scholar can underetand without
explanation. In alphabetic writing, when the aspirate
begins the word, as hcaiff j^, hwang ^, it is plainly
marked by the letter h alone, which distinguishes ang
from liXing, and ivang from hwang. But if this letter be
written after other consonants, especially p or t, the word
is liable to be mispronounced as jihing {Jing) Zp., or
thing ^ nt least by Englishmen. De Guignes used it
in words like hhoaeng =^, tchhouang ^|j, ihsioiian ^ ; but
a Frenchman would liot err in this way. He was fol-
lowed by Medhurst, who in order to avoid the mispro-
nunciation of words like th{7ig |^ wrote it t^hing, placing
an aspirate before the h ; Douglas omits the aspirate, as in
than j^, p/«', ^ ; but there is such a risk of confusion,
that they have not been followed elsewhere.
The Greek eplritus asper [*] is. now generally re-
garded as a sufficient and easily-written sign, to indicate
the aspirated words under the above nine initials ; but in
cases where a printing-ofBce does not afford a proper
aspirate [ ' ], an inverted comma [ ' ] must take its place.
In this Dictionary, the aspirated characters immediately
I follow the unaspirated, and are not all placed in a new
I series by thenaselves, as is done in Maclay's Fuhchau,
and Douglas' Amoy Dictionary. There are 136 aspirated
syllables in the Wu-fang Yuen Yin, not including those
under the initials h and kw, which number 41. In Can-
tonese, there are 157 of the former and 40 of the latter ;
but Medhurst in his Hokkeen Dictionary enumerates
281 aspkated syllables in all, many of which are col-
loquial. There are fewer aspirated words in the Fuhchau
dialect, and their number appears to decrease as one goes
north.
Aspiiated words have been classed as surds, to distin-
guish them from the unaspirated, or sonants, but this
distinction seems to be inappUcable in relation to Chinese.
Such woids are continually changed from one class to the
other by the compilers of general and local native vocabu-
laries, even when the initial consonant does not change.
If we compare two or three dialects with each other, we
find that the aspirated and unaspirated words are not
fixed; onedrops, and another takes an aspirate, especially
undei the initials k and h. Learning the aspirate is an
important subject to the student, who will find it benefi-
cial to read over lists of characters of both kinds with a
teacher, so as to distinguish them.
In some respects they are harder to learn than the
tones, as the distinction is very delicate to our ears, and
is more a matter of memory than of imitation.
SECT. IV. SUING OR TONES.
It would bt! better, for many reasons, to introduce the
term shing into philological works upon Chinese, than to
try to explain the foreign word tone when it denotes the
curious feature of Chinese words by which their meaning
is changed according to the inflexion of voice used in
speaking them. In English we speak of a whining tone,
a guttural tone, a hoarse or harsh accent, but the shing
of the Chinese are quite d'iierent from such modulations
of voice, which affect only the sound of a sentence or
important word, and not its meaning. There are cases
in all languages where accent and emphasis alter the
meaning of particular words, and some may choose to call
such moduiations the tone, and compare them to the
shing of the Chinese, but the two are hardly comparable.
In the Burmese, Siamese, Shan and Assamese languages,
there are remains of the same system of shing which
prevails in Chinese ; but in those countries the shing are
not found in every word, nor do they involve their mean-
ings to an equal degree.
The shing in the Chinese language really partake of
the nature of vowels; and as tlie vowels in western
languages are constantly undergoing local changes which
give rise to particular patois, so have these dehcate
modulations suffered various changes in different parts of
China, till they are involved in a perfect maze of obscurity
and contrariety.
The mode of representing the shing in an alphabetic
language, must of course be entirely arbitrary, but only
three methods have been adopted. The earhest was
that of Fourmont, De Guignes, Morrison, Medhurst, Dou-
glas and others, of marking the vowels with different
accents. De Guignes employed fiNC, as ywi, yun, yim,
yan and yiih, to indicate the differences in the sounds of
M- 9i }% 5^5 ^' ^"*^ ^^^'^ series of tonal accents has
attained a wide use since his dictionary was published in
1813. Dr. Morrison employed only four marks, as diang,
Chang, cMng, chdh, to represent 5|, :^. j5|. |j)|, ^^, where
the upper and lower p^ing sh'ng are indicated by the same
XXVI
INTRODUCTION.
sign ; he left the aspirate unmarked. This raode was
adopted in form by Medburet in his Mandarin Dictionary,
but altered in fact by dropping the accent for the upper
p^'mg shing and writing chung for the lower p'ing sking.
In his Hokkeen Dictionary, he increased the four marks
of Morrison to seven, but altered their application in order
to distinguish the seven tones in the Amoy dialect ; in
this Louglas follows him. These were written ktvun,
kufun, kwun, hvut, kwun, ktcun, hviln, kwut, to show the
local differences between the sounds of the characters
^» m^ ^' #' II' tg. II)' ?t' tlias "8'"g or^lv five
accents to show seven sking, and these not in the same
way as De Guignes had employed them.
The strongest objection against using marks at all over
vowels to denote the sJiing, is that they materially inter-
fere with those marks which show the i)Ower of those
vowels. In De Guignes' Dictionary, the aspirate, tone
and vowel marks are all put over the word ; and Med-
hurst was obliged in the same way to write keen, kedouh,
kei\ where one sign is for the prosody, and the other for
the fsliing. At present, in Amoy, where the missionaries
have adopted bis system of marks in their roman'zed
books, they have contrived to eliminate all prosod'^al
marks aflPecting the vowels, except that of o in no, and
in long, the latter being written o. No tones are mtrked
in the romanized books published at Ningi», and of the
two, this is the best way.
A second mode, employed by GonQalves, is that of
marking the shing by a figure after the word, as 1, 2, 3,
4, to represent the same five shing which De Guignes
denoted by five accents ; but it is diflBcult to understand
why he did not write them 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, at once, and not
use an inverted period for the p^ing sliing. The following
sentence, — ^ve are his comi-ades., ^ '(|'5 ^ "fe 65 ^ pI" 's
written uo2 7)ienl xe3 fa i/4 hv2 li'd by Gk)n9alve8
in his orthography and tones, where the mark for the
p^ing shing in the fourth word t'a would easily be over-
looked. He applied the same five signs to indicate the
eight shing in the Canton dialect, which necessarily mixed
them up so, that no reader could jxssibly decide what the
figures meant, and get the right tone. Meadows recommend-
ed four figures loo, to represent the two p^ing shing and the
two tsch shirig, and he has been followed by Wade, l)ecause
it is the simplest So it would be, if there was only one
system all over China. Wade applies the figures 1, 2,
3, 4, to the upper and lower p^ing shing, shang shing and
k^ii siting, so that each one represents a different tone
from that denoted by Gon<jalves. The sentence above
quoted would be written in the Peking dialect, wd^ 7nen^
shih^ t^a} fti liuo^ c/ii^ by him, and this comparison
sliows the confusion which would ensue, if the use of
figures was extended to the various dialects, antl their
number run up to seven or eight. In his Gi-ammar of the
Shanghai Dialect, Mr. Edkins has contriveil to eliminate
all tonal marks except an a{)ostrophe [ ' ] and a comma
(* ' ], as 7a« ^ for the shang shing and iau' ^ for the
k^a shing; but they are entirely insuflScicnt lor general
use, and rather confu';ing in his work. The capabilities
of the printing-oflice probably influenced his adoption of
such queer signs.
The third mode, which was begim in Bridgman's
Chreslomathy, and has been adopted by Yates, Lobecheid,
Cfoddard and Baldwin, is a modification of the native
mode of indicating the tones. Chinese authors do not
usually indicate the .</«n_(7; but in certain cases where a
v:cx\ has two tones, with two corresponding significations,
they mark the tone by a semicircle on the corner of the eha-
j racters as oh ^, and « j^, or tu J^ and foh ^ ; in
I these cases, the second signification is the one marked.
[ This mode has this advantage over the other two, that
the marks are easily understood by the natives, and are
applicable alike to all dialects without risk of confusion.
Though all modes of denoting the shing must be alike
conventional to the foreign reader, only the native method
can be used for both Chinese and English with equal ease.
Thus the sentence / irish to go andch it, — ^ngo yao^ 'tseu
^ts'ien k'ii' tso', '^ W-"^ s1^ ^' W- '« '"ead 'nfo tV
'fsau sfoVrt Att' tsir 'lie 1^' ':^ stt i' fM' •" 'he Can-
tonese, and the different tones of the first and last cha-
racters are as accurately and easily indicated in one lan-
guage as in the other, but could not easily Ijc so by
means of figures or accents appended to the characters.
If figures are used, there ought to be a double series,
employing 1, 2, 3, 4, for the upper pHng, shanf, Vti, and
Juh, and 5, 6, 7, 8, for the lower ph'ng, sluing, k^il and
juh, so as to make them applicable alike to all dialects ;
otherwise, as in the example cited alxjve from GonQalves
and Wade, they fail of being read correctly. Native
scholars always call the tones by their names, and do
not number them.
It is a great help to the learner to have the tones
marked on the word, and several years practice has
proved the ease with wliich the native marks are recog-
nized. In writing the names of persons and places for
foreigners, no one adds marks to designate the tones,
bat in a work designed for the beginner, the tones can
easily be distinguished.
Every character in this Dictionary is marked with
its proper tone for the nan htva, according to the Wu-
fang Yuen Yin, They follow each other in the order
of that work, shang "pHng, hia pHng, shang shing .nnd
k^il shing ; words in the juh shing being placed by them-
selves. Underneath each is given the Peking pronun-
ciation in its tone in that city, with a blank . sjiace for
the student to insert the sound in any other dialect.
The five tones of the nan hwa and the four tones of the
INTRODUCTION.
XXVll.
J:
T
T
T
T
K
¥
±
*
A
[>]
[J
[^]
cn
CJ
skang
Ma
Ua
hk
Jm
juh
ipHny
smng
k^ii
juh
m>
M
'^
w
m
Pekingese, are marked according to the same system
adopted in my Tonic Dictionary of the Canton Dialect ;
in which the whole eight are given as in the following
series.
12 3 4 5 6 7 8
± ± ±
^ m. ^
[J V] [']
shang shang eJiang^ skang
p^ing shing ^•^w
lu Peking, the tones of these eight characters are
easily marked by the same set of signs; —
.ia '#. % M m '^ •& M
In all the soutLiern dialects, the shing are commonly
divided into _tl ^ and 1* ^. or an upper and lower
series. They are also more generally called Zj^ ^ and
]\ ^ ; the fiist term denoting the two even tones, the
second all the others, grouped as the deflected tones.
East of Canton to Fuhchau, the second and sixth or
upper and lower s/tan^ sfiing, coalesce in exactly the
same sound. In the region around Shanghai, the two
series are subjected to other modifications, according to
Edkins, who enumerates twelve modulations heard in
the shing of words, and enters very fully uito the subject,
illustrating each one with examples.
The names which have been given to the s/«V7y by
foreigners. Lave usually had inorc or less reference to their
native names- For instance, the _tl ^ and '^ Z|i ^
have been called the upper and lower nionotone, primary
and secondary smooth tone, upj)er acute and lower even
tone, and high and low even. Other tones have also
received many names, but as sooa at; the learner begins
to perceive their real nature by talking them with the
natives, he naturally uses their names as the ones which
most accurately describe them.
As this work is chiefly intended to aid in learning the
written language, the student is referred to other
treatises* for general and particular descriptions and
illustrations of the shiiig in the various dialects. After
* Prefaces to Morrison's Dictionary., Vol. I, to Medhurst's
Hokkeen Dictionary and Douglas' Dictionary q/ Amoy Ver-
nacular., Dyer's Vocabulary of the I uhkien Dialect., Macla/s
Dictionary of the Fuhchau Dialect^ Williams' English and
Chinese Vocabulary., and hla Easy Lessons in Chinese, pp. 48-55,
Gallery's Systerna Phoneticum pp. 68-72, and Chinese Repository,
Vol. Ill, pp. 26—28, Vol. IV, p. 172, Vol. VI, p. 579, Vol.
VII, p. 87 ; but the fullest description and critical examination of
the tones are to be found in Edkins' Shanghai Grammar., pp. 6-70,
and in Wade's Course., where exercises on them are given.
reading the authors referred to in the note, it is probable
that the student will agvee with Edkins, that the
Chiiiese terms ^ _f; -^ A. '' ^o not in the majority of
cases, represent the actual effect of the sound on the ear.
When first adoplfid they must have represented the tones
of the dialect spoken by the writer who selected them ;
but when applied according to universal practice, to the
sounds given to the same characters in other parts of the
empire, they convey no idoa of the actual pronunciation."
Yet the characteristics of the shing are alike in all parts
of the country. They are not, strictly speaking, either
tones, accents, medulationb, brogue or emphassis, as these
terms are used in Earop«an languages , but p«haps more
neaily resemble muoicai notes, and are best illustrated
by the variations of pitch and time in an instrument.
Mr. Hartwell says, " the ching have five elements, viz.,
pitch, quality of voice, inflection, stress, and time," and
he has neatly explained those heard at Fuhchau by
comparing them with musical intervals and their varia-
tions on the staff, taking the middle line of the stafl" as
the key-note of the speaker's voice. The note G struck
successively on a vioiiu, an organ, and a flute, for ex-
ample, strikes the ear very differently, just as the voices
of a child or a man do ; yet Lhe three sounds are the
same* on the gamut, and the note chords on all the in-
struments. But let G sharp be struck on one of them, and
we feel the discord ; it is not the note at all. So in respect
to Chinese shing ; if the right shing be not spoken, the
right word is not spolien, it is some other word. For
instance if a person says ku' instead of Jcu ^ an
orpJian, he does not say the word for orplian at all, be
says that for ^^ old, or ^* Jlrm, or ^' to hire, or
some other word, equally unhke it in meaning. The
shing constitutes an integral part of the word, and has
nothing to do with ctre^s or emphasis ; they always retain
their peculiar force, whether at the beginning or end of a
senteocj, whether asking or replying to a question,
whispering or scolding, soothing or menacing, — they re-
main ever thj sane. A native seldom or never thinks
whether he has the right tone or not, but speaks as he
learned it from his infancy ; just as an Englishman has
no difl[icrlty in uttering the words thai thing is i/ioroughly
thf-as/ied, wiiich to a Frenchman or Dutchman is well
nigh impossible.
If one has a quick and imitative ear, he will learn the
tones while learning characters and expressions, and by
mixing with the people his ear will unconsciously catch
the right sound. Let him not be perplexed as to their
nature, which has nothing mysteiious, but imitate the
sou7ids as well as the words of the sentences he hears, as
he would learn a tune, or when trying to mimic another,
and not try to find out certain rules by which he must
train his voice. The full exercises given by Mr. Wade
XXVUl.
INTRODUCTION,
in his Course, or the sets of examples drawn out by
Edkins in his Shanghai Grammar, or similar exercises
made by the stiident for the particular dialect he is learn-
ing, as is recommended in the Canton Tonic Dictionwy,
and in Medhnrst's Ilokkeen IHctionary, can profitably be
read over and over until the ear is trained to the tones.
It is not difficult for a foreigner to Ijo understood in
Chinese, even if he does misapply the shifiif of many
words ; but one is alroost sure to imitate and learn the
correct tone of the commonest words as he becomes
familiar with them, if he pays a little attention to them
at the outset, and feels that a vicious pronunciation will
be harder to correct, than it is to learn a good < ih; at
first.
The unchangeable nature of the written character ha.s
probably had a powerful influence, in forcing the people
of China to pay close attention to their sounds, in order
to avoid the confusion which would ensue in speaking
dozens and scores of homophonous words. It is abeo-
lutely necessary that a language so very meager in
vocables, should have some contrivance to supplement this
paucity, and natural that its speakers should endeavor
to qualify their sounds and vary the modulations of their
words, if thereby they could facilitate intercourse and
render speech less liable to confusion. The set phrases
in which the Chinese usually convey tlieir thoughts, tend
to enlarge ibLs paucity of sounds, and it is easier to
learn the right tones of sucli dissyllabic compounds than
of single words.
One chief difficulty which i.s mti at the out^t in iliis
study, is the strangeness of having a different modulation
for every word. It is as if one were made to talk up
and down the gamut, and apply do. /v. vii, fa, sol, la, to
all his words. Such delicate differences and modulations
would never bo reUiined in au alphabetic language, as is
shown by the Japanese losing them in those words
adoptetl from the Chinese; and in the Burmese, Shan
and Siamese languages, where they are heard more
distinctly in many words, they are not general, and
cause little trouble. Practice in speaking, with careful
attention at first to the right .^^>?^ will soon make a
habit that will gradually become ea.sy; if the student
does not leam then) in this way, no ndes will matCTially
help him.
SECT. V. — OLD SOUNDS OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS.
The Rev. Joseph Edkins has prepared this section, to explain the principles adopted by ihe earhj Chinese
philologists, in spelling and loriting the sounds of their language ; and to give the sources from which he made
o7it the lists of old sounds placed at the beginning of each syllable.
1. K^mghi's Dictionary. — The first source of this
old pronunciation of the characters is the K'anghi Tsz*-
tien, where it is registered in the most convenient way.
The system of spelling therein used, called fan ts^ieh j^
•^, can be illustrated by the character sin f^, which is
spelled sik-lim ^ >|^, and the reader is directed to
take the initial s of the first word, and the vowel i and
final m of the second, and call the word sim in the p^ing
shing. Fah ^ is spelled hong-pap J^ ^, to bo read hap
in the juh shing. Ch^eu f^ is spelled fH-r/M |j|[ jfj^, to be
read da in the p'ing ."hing. Kih ^ is spelled hii-bp Jg
j)[, to be read hup or kip. Ma J^ is spelled mclt-kia
^ 1» , to be read ma. Tick |^ is spelled doJdet |^
)j§, to be re«d diet.
From these examples it is seen, how the two cha-
racters are combined in each case to indicate the sound ;
the first giving the initial only, the other the medial
vowel, the final vowel or consonant, and the tone.
The books from which the spelling is quoted, are the
Kwang Yun ^ j|g, Tavg Yiin ^ |[^, and other works
chiefly of the T'ang and Sung dynasties, in which tbe
spelling of a thousand years ago is registered. The
remaining specimens of the oldest mandarin literature
date from the later Song of Hangchau Tbe pronun-
ciation of the Mongol dynasty of Yuen is known from
the Bashpa monuments. A comparison shows that tbe
modem mandarin pronunciation was then in a state of
formation, and fully preserved the letter m among the finals.
The present kvKin hmi cannot be taken, therefore^ as
a guide in reading the phonetic signs of the fan tsHeh,
but they must bo derived from the values furnished by
the Sanscrit alphabet, as employed in the formation of
the ^ j|^, or Sorted Fincds, a volume found among the
introductions to K'anghi's Dictionary.
The thirty-six initials there used are to be read with
their corresponding values in the Sanscrit alphabet, in
the following mamier.
I.k
^k'
l^s
^"fe-
3Sgt
m^'
^^l
^n
^ ch. t
m ch^ t^
^ dj, ^1
^ni
«p
n- 1"'
jfeb
mm
mf^v
t^'P'
^ V, b
Wl V- 1)' '"
^ts
JH ts'
t^dz
<6 «
BS ch. th
^ ch^ ts'
^dj.dz
^sh
#,yy
m i^''
f^y
l3i«>
The emperor's preface and decree following it dated
1710, should be regarded as proof that the pronunciation
of Shun Yob J^t ffy '^ *" ^ taken as the standard in his
INTRODUCTION.
XXIX.
dictionary. This involves three things : — 1st. That the
pronunciation of the old middle dialect, as still spoken
in Hangchau, Suchau. and the adjoining region, furnishes
the initials. 2nd. The dialects of Canton and south-
western Fuhkien, and partially the old middle dialect,
furnish the medial vowels and finals. 3rd. The standard
of comparison for ascertaining and verifying the old
pronunciation as preserved in dialects, is found in the
Sanscrit alphabets and in the old dictionaries.
It should be remembered too, that Shan Yoh, who
framed the syllabic spelling with the assistance of
Hindoo Buclhists, lived in Kianguan, when the court
was at Nanking, and when Budhism was in its most
flourishing condition. The transcription of names in
Julien's ^'Methode" proves plainly that the thirty-six
initials are to be read as in the old middle dialect,
checked and verified by the Sanscrit alphabet.
In reference to the second particular, the value of the
finals is known by comparing the local vocabularies of
the Canton and Amoy dialects with the tonic dic-
tionaries used by scholars in. all parts of the country.
For example, the f|p g^, or Poetical Rhymes, gives the
finals much as they are pronounced in the south-eastern
dialects, though the latter must yield when at variance
with the tonic dictionaries, as being the older authority.
Thus, ^^ is fap or pap, not hwat as at AilQoy, or fat
as at Canton, or hwak as at Fuhchau.
In further elucidation of the above particulars, the
usage of Japan, Corea and Cochin-China may be
appealed to; for the transcription of Chinese sounds
anciently made in those countries, is an index to the
contemporary sounds as employed by the natives of
north and south China. It may be known at once
from these three transcriptions, that the true final of ^
was p and not t From all this it can be fairly inferred
that the present mandarin is as modem in its sounds as
it is in its idioms and syntax. The _^ ^ and "^ 2ji
consist of the old Z[i ^ split in two ; the surds and as-
pirates go to make up the J; ^, and the sonants, liquids
and nasals, the f Zj[i. In regard to the other tones,
the surds and sonants have united in the Jl ^ and ^
J^ ; and in the mandarin heard at Nanking, in the \_
S^ ; in that spoken in the northern provinces, the /^ ^,
has become irregularly distributed among the other tone
groups, but a critical ear can still easily recognize it, al-
though its name is altered.
In the Canton and other dialects, the sonant in-
itials ff, d, b, have hardened into k, p, t, and are
distinguished from the old surd series by tones and dif-
ference in pitch. For example, ti i^ (formerly te) is
distinguished from ti j^ (formerly de) by tone at Canton
into ^^ and ■^-, as well as change of finals into tei^
and ti'; at Shanghai they are ti and di, the initials
being changed ; but in kwan kwa, both are read tV
Method of finding the eld sound of a word in LCanghi. —
Look in the tables of rhymes, tbr the value of the pho-
netic signs used to spell it in Shu fan tiieh. For instance,
wang ,§ is spelt with mo-pong |^ -ff. and is to be read
,mong ; for ^ is in the tables under the initial jg in the
column 0^ and ^ for m; and under the final tung ^ in
the column ^ and ^^ for p.
The old sound oi pHng ^ is spelled with he-pang ^
7)C> and is to be called ^ng. That of kuh ^ is spelled
with ko-hot -^ ^, and is called kot,. In these two cases,
be' j^ is found under b in the tables of rhymes, and <o
■j^ under k.
The old sound of h'a j|| is spelled with kii-nya jg ^,
and is to be called ka'. The surd initial k is found by
noticing the place of Jg under ^ in page 12 of the
second series of tables of rhymes, and the final a is ob-
tained from the position of ^ in page 1 in the second
division.
In regard to these tables of rhymes, the second and
fuller series, is the most useful in helping a foreigner to
determine the ancient sound. The first and briefest is
mtended as a guide in fixing the tones, and does not
give information on the final consonants, »«, k, p, t. It
is useful for natives who speak the kwan hiva, and
require tables of sounds in a transition state from the
old to the new, but foreigners should use the second
series.
The second series of tables of rhymes can be consulted
to determine the initial letters, whether p or b, t or d, k
or g, &c. ; also to discover the ancient tone, which often
differs from the modern, as in de f^ which was at first
'de', but is now nearly everywhere heard d'; and lastly,
to learn whether ng, n, m, k, p or t h the final con-
sonant, although there are many irregularities iu the last
three finals. But for the vowels, the information given
in K^anghi is not sufficient, for they have undergone
greater changes than would be readily understood from
the tables.
The student must not expect to find in the laiig Vun
all the words employed in the body of K'aughi in spell-
ing sounds. These words are quoted from older diction-
aries, and are too numerous to be all embraced in the
tables, though quite enough of them are registered.
On the initials. — The reason that there are two groups
beginning with ch, is that in some varieties of the old
middle dial-ect, words in the first group are distinctly
heard ch. ch\ dj, while those of the second are heard ts,
ts\ dz. In certain cities, on the other hand, all are alike
pronounced ch, cli, dj.
The reason that in the series under f there is an
aspirated f\ is not that the old pronunciation had two
/s, but that / came from an older p and p^- The com-
XXX.
INTRODUCmON.
pilers of the tables, finding that in certain dialecta, both
f and p existed as the initials of some characters, and
/ and p' as the initiate of others, separated them in the
tables- It may be that f was then the reading sound,
and p, /?' the colloquial. la modem times along the
southern coasts east of Canton, the /' is usually changed
to A.
Initial h occurs in three places. In the p series, it is
the mandarin p as applied to words whose initial was
formerly h. In the sonant division of they' series, it is
applied to wokIs now having f in mandarin, but which
formerly had f, and before that h. \\\ the nasal division
of the / series, it is attached to words now ])ronounced
with 10, formerly with m, and hi ct'rtaia dialects with h.
The existence of a double h f cries, is explained by the
fact of a former strong and weak aspirated initial, as is
still found in the old middle dialect.
The initial j or r should really be n?, as it is given in
the list of old sounds subjoined.
On the Jinals and viedial t-owels. — It will be conveni-
ent for the student to write tlu'. final consonants and
vowels in the margin of his copy of K'anghi's, Dictionary
opiX)8ito the tables. In the first page headed ka |^, the
first division reads ka, ha, ka, kak; the second, kia, lia,
kia, kiat; the third kie, kiet ; the fourth kict or kit In the
fifteenth page, the first division is kam, katn. ham, kap; the
second kiarn, kiam, kiain, kiap. The southern dialects
retain the old final letters, and their local vocabularies
may therefore be used, to get the needed letters thus to
be put in the margin.
The approximate values of the sixteen classes in the
second series of rhyming tables are here given : —
1. — ka, kak, kia, kat, kiet, kwa, kicak, kiikt.
2. — keng, k^eh, king, kik, kung, kck, hi&ng. kiok
8. — keng, kek, king, kik, kiUng, kwok.
4. — kung, kok, kiting, kiok.
5. — pei, pek, ki, kit, kw^ei, ktit.
C. — kai, kat, kiai, kiat, ki, kit, ktoei, ku'ut
7. — ku, kuk, kii, k^ok.
8. — kan, kat, Itien, kiet, kwan, kwat, llnfv. k-inz-t
9. — kam, bam, kiap.
10 — tisem, km, kip.
11 — ken, kety Jan, kit, kwan, kut, kiun, ktuei
12. — kong, kok,
13. — f:ic7ig, kiok, kwong, kwok.
14 — kau, kok, kiau, Hok
15. — keu, kieu.
16. — ko, kok, kiok, kak.
2. — The Kioaiig Yun J| ^ This dictionary has
been recently reprinted, and is readily to be obtained ;
it dates from the seventh century, and is one of those
most commonly quoted in K'anghi as authority for old
sounds. In it, all words having the same initial and
final are placed under one heading, so that it is in fact
a syllabic dictionary. The principle of arrangement is,
however, tonic, all words in the p'ing shing being first
registered, and then ilioso iu the dhang shing, l^ii shing
and jah shing, ibllowing each other in this order;
those words falling ander tho p^ing shing are divided
into <wo jMirts, owing to their number. The Kuang
Yun, like otlier tonic dictionaries, is syllabic, though
its arrangement appears to be iiccorduig to the tones.
The words are, of course, not placed in the order of
our alphabet, but begin with ^tung ^, tung ^. an
order which lias since been adopted with variations in
some other tonio dictionaries. It .seems to ha\e been
invented by tho compilers of the Kioany Yun, as it is
there first found. The Wu-fang Yuen Yin and the
Canton Fdn Ynn begin with the final ien.
Tho sounds givea as Old sounds at the bead of each
syllable in this Dictionary were ascertained by a skilled
Da*/ve, who compared each character under that syllable,
one by one with the Kwong Ynn. So far as the two
vocabularies were found to bo identical Le wrote out the
words. After this list was prepared, the old pronun-
ciation Was added, following chiefly the authority of the
Kwang Yun. The old prounciiJtion thus ascertained
agrees in most essential points with that of K'aughi's
Dictionary, but the variations caused by vowels are much
more complex. During the formation of the present
kwan hua, tbo variations of the syllables became muoh
fewer; but it is hopeless, probably, to try to restore
exactly the sounds as they were used by the compilers
of the Kwang Yun.
We can only draw an outline expressing the chief
features. Tho simple syllables used by the Budhists to
transcribe Sanscrit words can be correctly ascertained,
but moro complex syllables cannot be restored. Vowels
are the most evanescent parts of words, easily become
modified, and an exact orthographic representation of
their nicer shades cannot bo obtained. The following
changed have taken place in their value: — the modern
is from a, eu from u, u from o, i from e, iau from ciu,
ieu from u, ei from i, the imperfect vowel in s£ from
I or a, i from ei or ui, ya from 0, a from e or 0, d
from i'.
3. — Old Poetrij. — Plwnetics. The complete merging of
/ ha an older p, and of A in an older k, takes us back
to an age contemporaneous with the old poetry. A
great narrowing of the range of the hissing letters s, z,
ta, sh, &c., is a mark of the same |jeriod. At that time,
ch was probably lost entirely in t, and dj in d. The
rjesearches of native scholars, and the existence of dia-
lects like the Amoy and Swatow, without an /, and with
a contracted ch and s, tend to this conclusion.
To that earlier era in the historv of the Chinese
INTRODUCTION.
XXXI.
language, belongs the dropping of final letters from a
host of words spelled in the Kwan^ Yun with vowel finals
only. The rhymes of the old poetry require that many
words now spoken in the k^a shing and other tones,
should be read in the fuk Mng ; which implies that such
words once ended in a consonant.
In th-e list of old sounds, the words are arranged
somewhat as they apply to the characters found under
that syllable in this Dictionary, but it was impossible,
without rb-k of confusion, to give the sound opposite each
character with the Pekingese. They represent only
partially the changes that have taken place in the old
Chinese {)ronunciation, through the elision of the final
consonants from words now referred to other tones. The
sounds are therefore chiefly from the Kv:ang Yun, and
not more than 1200 years old. Perhaps when the
phonetic characters have been fully examined, and all
the lost consonants restored, it may be possible to carry
this inquiry farther, and restore the language to the form.
it had when the phonetic characters were made
SECT. VI.— RANGE OF DIALECTIC
The peculiar nature of the written language makes it
necessary to explain the use of the word dialect, which
has been objected to as not applicable to the various
forme of local speech heard over this wide land. 8ome
assert that they rise to the dignity of a language, like
the Spanish, Italian, and other offshoots from the Latin;
while othei-s regard them as tnore like the patois ^eard
in various parts of Spain itself, where each, amidst its
local expressions, retains the idioms and laws of the
Castilian. The essential unlikeness between the variations
heard in speaking those alphabetical languages, and the
greater discrepancies between the sounds given to the
ideographic characters, will explain the wider use of the
term in Chinese, but certainly does not elevate them, into
the rank of separate languages.
The differences t)etween the speech heard at Canton
and that at Shanghai, ar-^ indeed far greater than those
between any of the local dialects lieard in Spain, for they
aft'eot the idioms of the language j yet both are still so
int mately connected with each other and the mandarin
in the meaning and tones of their words, and laws of
their syntax, that they cannot properly be called any-
thing but dialects, although three persons speaking them
arc mutually unintelligible. A d/'alect k defined by
Webster, — " The form of speech of a limited region or
people, as distinguished from others nearly related to it ;"
and this is applicable to the Chinese dialects. It is also
defined a patois, but this term as well as brogue, is far
too cond-acted to describe the difierences between tho
!-peech of Kwangtung and Kiangsu provinces. The
word patois is more applicable to tho varieties of a
dialect, like thost; heard at Shanghai, Ningpo, Hang-
chau, and the interjacent cities, where one can generally
be understood at each place, if he s|}eaks the other verna-
cular correctly.
Tho fundamental fact, that no character has an inherent
sound, has tended to make and perpetuate these dialects
throughout the country ; and the general ignorance of the
written language by the people at large, has helped to '
multiply and modify them still further. It, however*
entirely misleads to describe any one of these as '• no
mere dialectic variety of some other language, but a
distinct language ;" for until a new sense be given to the
word, such a description conveys a misconception of the
relation between the spoken and written languages. So
varied are the sounds heard even in one province, as
Fuhkien or Nganhwui, that if it were not for the bond
of the same written medium, the people would probably
long ago havo crystallized into separate nations through
their inability to understand each other. It is also an
error to term the written language a dead language, and
say, as Dr. Douglas does, that it " is not spoken ia v.wj
place whatever under any form of pronunciation," and that
" learned men never employ it as a means of ordinary oral
communication even among themselves " The exercises
in Wade's Course and tho Hung Leu Mcing or " Dreams
of the Red Chambei',"' are proof enough that the Lwan
hwa can be, and i.s written and spoken like any other
language. The conversation of the officials in Peking,
too, can all be written in proper characters without any
difficulty. No one will dispute the remark that no two
Chinese pronounce their words alike, even in any one
dialect ; but this does not weaken the remarkable power
of their written language to maintain the solidarity of the
people.
The extent to which a dialect is spoken, is therefore a
point varying according to one's ideas of what is a
dialect ; but some general notion in regard to the matter
can bo obtained. Native scholars give us no information
on this point, for they are unable to compare local
pounds by means of characters which their readers will
pronounce Uift'erently ; for instance, how can a man in
P^'king tell hi^ readers that ^\\ is read tigoi- at Cantou,
gtoe-^ at Swatow, ngwoi' at Fuhchau, and ^nga at
ShaiJghai? The ktmn hwa ought perhaps, not to be
calk'cl a dialect, but rather to be regarded as the Chinese
spoke;! language, of which the provincial speech in Can-
ton 0*" Fuhkien Ls a dialect. The fact that it is uni)itel-
XXXll.
INTRODUCTION.
ligible in those cities, does not invalidate the statement,
that it is imderstood generally in fifteen of the eighteen
provinces, and is everywhere spoken by those who pre-
tend to a polite education. Mr. Edkins regards Peking,
Nanking and Ch'iiigtu, as the centers of its three mark-
ed varieties, and the wide separation of these cities,
whose inhabitants, as a whole, have no intercommuni-
cation with each other, and yet can orally convers^e, all
the more proves its claim to be the Chinese sjX)ken
language.
In this wide area, the isaiiking, called ^ *^ ^^ and
jf •§ or true pronunciation, is probably the most used,
and described as '^ f j- 0^ "^'J, or the speech everywhere
understood. The Peking, howevor, also known as ^[^ ^
IS" ^^ ^ ji^ ^^ ""^ '"*^^*' fashionable and courtly, and
like the English sjwken in London, or the French in
Paris, is regarded as the accredited court language of the
empire. The two most striking differences Ijelween
them, consist in the change of the initial k before « and
u into ch or ts, and the distribution of words in the'
Juh shing among the other tones. In Peking itself, words
are constantly clipped in speaking, and the finaln n and
r){f often coalesce with their next syllables, as Uien "rh
■^ ifil into ti-r'rh ; but such variations and ijcculiarities
are endless, and do not constitute dialectical differences.
So far as is yet known, the range of mountains divi-
ding the basiiis of the Min river in Fuhkien, the Pearl
river in Kwangtung and others in southern China from
tlie Yangti^z' kiang, forms the chief dividing line of a seiies
of local dialects, in which the frequency of abrupt final
consonants and Da.sal sounds strike the ear Neither of
the local vocabularies issued at Canton, Changchau or
Fuhchau, give one any idea of the extent of country
over which those dialects prevail ; but probably they are
not spoken in any considerable degree of purity by even
one half of the inhabitants of the two provinces south
of the Mei-ling. Their divergences from tlie general
language and from eacli other are almost endless, but
their peculiar syntax, and the limits of their use, have
only been partially investigated. It is this feature of a
different idiom which has attracted the attention of
native philologists, and they therefore sjieak of the
dialects of Kwangtung and Fuhkien as unlike the s^jeech
of Honan and the north.
There are foor well-marked dialects in the whole
province of Kwangtung, but that called the Canton >
dialect is probably spoken by more people than any of
the othere. Next to it is the Hak-ka ^ ^ dialect,
which has its center at Kia-ying cheu, prevails in t^e
northern and eastern part of Kwangtung, and is — owj.ng
to the wandering habits of the emigrants from f.hat
region, — said to be more widely understood. It is the
usual form of Chinese heard in Borneo. The Cantoi lese
called )^ -^ or plain talk by the people, is marked by
the rarity of the medial i, from the kwan hvoa and the
Fuhkien dialects- Words like lien JJ, Uang ^, hia TC,
kiah ^, hioh Jp, hiu {fc, Imng 52,, kiai j§, &c. become
j li'n, leung, hi, hop, hok, yau, king, kai, <fec. ; the only
exception to this rule is in the final iao of the mandarin,
which uniformly ends in iv, as liu for iao "T, hiu
for hiao ^. Aivother feature is the fret]uent change of
aspu-ated words beginning with // or k, into a breathing
or labial consonant ; for instance, k'i ^, hioan Sf(, k^o
5^, k'cu p, k'oh, Jg, I'ang j^, &c., change into hi,
fun, fo, liau, hot, hong, <fec. A \eiy few words, un-
aspirated in mandarin, take an aspirate in Cantonese,
as h> ^ becomes kwVi, and holi |^ becomes k^ok. No
such alteration takes place under other initials, but there
is a tendency to drop the aspkate. One feature in
which this dialect, particularly around the city of
Canton, corresponds to Pekingese, is the regularity with
which it retains the initials ch and fo, and their alhliated
Bounds s.:' and t<: and the final ng, though in the inter-
vening region of nearly two thousand mi^es, these initials
and sounds are frequently changed, altered, and inter-
changed in a most [wrplexing manner.
In Cantonese, the initials chw, hw, h\ j, Iw, nw, sw,
ahw, tsw, and tw of the kwan hwa, and the initials d, dz, v,
and ^, heard along the Yangtsz', arc all unknown. No
word begins with dj as at Amoy, but south and east of
Canton there is a tendency to add ng before words begin-
ning with a vowel, as i J^ becomes ngi ; and to substitute
8 for 8^*.
Compared with the dialects of Swatow and Amoy,
the Cantonese like the kwan hxjcu, has no nasal sounds, nor
does it ever change the inicial in to b, or alter the finals
M and ng into contracted nasals, jis ching j^ into ch"e or
chicn ^ into chu/'u. Unlike the dialects in Kiangsi,
Chehkiang and Fnhkien, it has only one sound for a
character in speaking or reading, and the number of
unwritten words in the colKxpiial is probably not one
tenth as many as at Amoy or Ningpo. This peculiarity
of a re?:ding and colloquial sound for hundreds of com-
mon characters, the two running parallel to each other
something like the two sides of a railway, forms a great
adOiition to the labor of learning to speak and read those
dialects; but in Cantonese, as in Pekingese, there is
liothing of the kind.
The Cantonese dialect has only 17 among its 33
finals, which make the Juh shing in k, p, t. These are
grouj)ed in the Wu-fang Yuen Vin under the first four
finals t'ien, jAn, lung and yang, which there have no juh
shing. In the latter work, words ending in u, a, o, e, at,
and i form this tone, but in Cantonese none are heard
under these six finals. For instance, the series ,^ '^
^' ^ is read ^tang, Hdiig, tang'', tdk^ at Canton ; but
/
INTRODUCTION.
XXXIU.
ill the north, the series ^^ ^|g ^^ gj^^, iis read ^tu, Hu,
tu\ tnh^, where the last word would, at Canton, be
found under the series ^tdn, H&n, tdn\ tctty The ter-
minations in the juh shing at Canton follow one rule.
Words ending in ng, have it in ^', as ^king. ydng, king^ kik^ ;
those ending in m have it in p, as Jam, Ham, lam\ lap^ ;
and t-hose in n have it in t, as Jcon, Ucon, kon\ kot^ .
This holds good at Swatow, but at Amoy they are all
Bounded gently, and p and t often lapse into h, as if
dropping back into the mandarin. At Fuhchau they
are softened to h, which prevails further north, but the k
is retained, and the m vanishes.
Of all the dialects thus far examined, the Cantonese
is among the most regular. No words are clipped, no
character has two sounds, and the variants in the 33
finals are few in proportion to the regular sounds.
Many books have been written in it by Protestant
Missionaries which are easily understood by the common
people. It is spoken westerly and southerly from the
city even into Kwangsi, but its northerly limits are unde-
fined ; eastward the Swatow and Hakka dialects soon
supplant it, though the people of Hwuichau fu ^, Jt| /j^
use the Fan Wcin as the Cantonese do.
The dialect spoken in Ch ^aochau fu Jl|5 ^"H /^ (locally
read Tie'chiu hu), in the eastern part of Kwangtung,
and in the adjacent parts of Fuhkien, is less widely under-
stood than the Cantonese, and is closely affiliated to the
Amoy in its general character. The people of the two
regions can understand each other without much diffi-
culty. It is spoken along the coast of Hainan I., and
is almost the only dialect of Chinese heard in Siam.
A Cantonese, on hearing it, notices that the medial i
reappears, and that it is used perhaps rather more than
in mandarin, as in liap^ 3^J£ for lih^ , tiat, ^ for chih, &c.
It has many nasal sounds, and changes n and ng into
such, as k^e |^ for kdng; or iw^^a J^ for tan; and often
drops the final k where the Cantonese retain it. The
initials b, g, chw, dj, miv, ngw, pw, are frequently heard,
and indicate its affinities with the Fuhcbau dialect ; as the
absence of sh, is, sz\ tsz' and /, show its separation from
that of Canton. Of these, sh usually becomes s, sz'
becomes sii, and ts becomes ch, aspirated ch^ turns into
t, and / is divided between h and p. No sibilant h, j, v
or d, occur in this dialect, as at Shanghai.
No native vocabulary has appeared in it, but a
email word-book has been publi^ed by Mr. Goddard,
and a beginner's* Wessons by Dr. Dean. The former,
referring to the diflferences between the reading and
colloquial sounds of characters, says that the colloquial
sound accords largely with the reading, and that the two
are interchanged in a great number of words ; while in
others, the reading sound is heard only when chanting
the classics. In reading aloud, all use the colJoquial*
sound, and hearers expect no other; and the explanations
made are rather of the thought than of the word^.
Characters having a reading and a spoken sound, how-
ever, seem to be much less in proportion to the whole
mass than in the Amoy vernacular. In the reading
sounds, the nasal disappears, and there is a tendency to
keep the m instead of the b, y instead of ng, y and w
instead of g, and other forms of the mandarin. There
are only seven tones, as is the case further east; but the
khi shing is inflected into three modulations called slvang
^^^u J: ^, ¥u shing ^ ^, and hia k^u "f ^, of which
the middle one is confined chiefly to the spoken language,
as the characters thus pronounced are mostly read in
the sJmng p'ing.
The dialect spoken at Amoy is heard throughout the
two departments of Changchau }^ jli-J and Tsuenchau
^ ^\\, and by the Chinese settlers in the Island of
Formosa, who went from those regions. The general
features of its changes are given in the -^ ^ ■^ or
Fifteen \_Initiat\ Sounds, which formed the basis of
Medhurst's Dictionary, though strictly applicable only
to Changpu hien f^ ^ |i^. lying south-west of
Amoy. Its spoken vocabulary is fully illustrated in
Douglas' Dictionary of the Amoy Vernacular. He
estimates that it is spoken by eight or ten milHons of
people, including its cognate variations. In the Fifteen
Sounds, the reading and colloquial pronunciation of cha-
racters with the tones are carefully distinguished. The
colloquial used by the people of this region differs wide-
ly from the style in which books are written, — as much
perhaps as anywhere in China. They substitute other
words or dissyllabic phrases for the single terms used
in books, and vary the inflection of even common words ;
giving them a nasal or coiitracted ending, or changing
their sound and tone altogether. The greatest part of
them are earlier forms of what is nojy accepted as the
authorized reading sound, which has gradually become
assimilated to the mandarin; but some are manifestly
derived from characters which have dropped out of use,
and some perhaps from an older aboriginal speech. A
more thorough examination of the written characters,
and their gradual changes in sound, would probably
detect their originals in many cases, as I have ascertained
in the Canton dialect in several words.
Medhurst classifies the changes which words undergo
in their finals and initials, as they pass into the colloquial
of Changchau, and has given the reading sounds and
colloquial enlargement of every quotation in his dic-
tionary. This dift'erence is so great, that a person only
acquainted with the reading sound, is not able to under-
stand a conversation in the vulgar tongue ; nor can a
person proficient in the latter make out the meaning of
any passage recited from a book not previously
XXXIV.
INTRODUCTION.
familiar to him. This is in striking contrast with the
more precise Cantonese, though the clifFerences in that
dialect between a phrase in the colloquial and in the
terser book style are not small.
The Fuhchau dialect, which is fully illustrated in
Baldwin and Maclay's Uictionaiy, Is more circumscribed
in its range than either of the preceding; it i& not easily
understood out of the prefecture, and is not spoken accu-
rately beyond a radius of forty miles from the city.
Comparing it with those .ilready described, its mast
marked features are, the absence of the abrupt finals p
and <, the universal change of the liquid finals m and n
into ng, the absence of all nasal sounds, and the prevalence
of initials with a medial u or w, as pwi, vgicohy muxing,
Iwok, &c. over those with a medial i, as chhty hitvg, miong,
(fee, though the two are constantly interchanged. The
final /*; is heard plainly from tliix point northerly to
Shanghai ; and, as it is elsewhere in the south, is the com-
pletion of the series in ihejuh shing, of words ending in
ng. There are several curious and peculiar anomalies in
the tables of tonal finuls ; an ^tdiu/, 'tang, teung\ (Jui\ ;
Jcbng, 'kong, lxiuvg\ kauk^ «fee. In comparison with the
Amoy dialect, the reading and spoken sounds of tlie
Fuhchau probably assimilate more closely. It is not
difficult to write the Fuhchau vernacular in the character,
so as to be read intelligibly by |x.'rsons making no pre-
tension to classical learning. This is done, as it is at
Canton, by selecting characters without reference to their
meaning, to express the colloquial sound ; to indicate such
words, the Cantonese usually preiix P mouth to a
character, as P|fe' for place; and FulK-hau people add
\ man as \f^ to know. In the Amoy or T'iechiu
dialects, the colloquial cannot be so satisfactorily written
perhaps, but even with all drawbacks, such attempts to
simplify the dialect, seem to be preferable to the
romanized books made in Amoy and Ningpo colloquial.
These completely cut ofi" the pupil from his native litera-
ture, and his labor is lost so far as helping him to
read that, while those written in the character do
much to introduce him to the knowledge of his own
language, as has been proved at Canton. The total
failure in India of the attempt to supplant its thirteen
languages, by a uniform system of roraanizing them, does
net encourage one to try to supersede the Chinese cha-
racter in the same way.
The speech heard throughout Chehkiang and Kiang-
su shows its aflinity to the kitxin hvxi in its gram-
matical idioms, absence of the finals m,p, t, and a general
softness of tone, in marked contrast to the abrupt finals
noticeable in Fuhkien and Kwangtung. But it is almost
as unintelligible to a Peking or Sz'ch'uen man, owing to
the numerous changes in the initials ch and is, s and sk,
n and y, the prevalence of J, r, di, zz and r, and an
almost unlimited variation in final vowels and nasals.
Mr. Edkins has carefully traced its variations and laws
over a large part of this area, in his Shanghai Grammar,
and tried to show that the ancient sounds of the Cliincse
language are still retained in many places within the
three provinces. His remarks are directed toward the
search he was making after traces of the old sounds given
in the Ktoang Yun J^ §^ and the K^anghi Tsz'fien; l)i:t
as they are applicable to the present subject, that of ex-
amining the range of dialects, I here quote tbcm with
some abridgment of details.
'•Nowliere do we find such an accurate general correspondence
with the tables given in K'angbi, as in the pronunciation of tbe
central provinces. Tlic tones are such, tbat the dictioBary system is
seen at once to apply to them accurately. The alnliabetical peculiR*
rities of the native tables arc found witli one or two doubtful ex-
ceptions to bo embraced tliroughout the following regicn. In tbe
north, the thick scries of consonants, g, z, &c. marking tbe lower
scries of vonls in tones 5 — 8, makes its appearance in Nan T*tuig-
chau J^ 5g jHl> a prefecture near the northern bank of tlie Yanj?-
tsz' River where it enters tbe ocean. Tlie trnnsition from t!ie </,
&e. heard at Shanghai to the /, &c., where the renion of the north-
ern mandarin is approached, is marked by the introduction of the
aspirate. Tluis Jfl changes to fP from di*, before it does to /»'. At
Chinkiang, tlio two pronunciations are mixed ; and there the five
tones of the /iiran hwn cross the river and extend to Nanking. .Ml
round liangchau Bay, the two correlate series of consonants and
the foiu'-tone system, mnik the colloquial ; Chusan, Ningpo and
llangcbau on the south, are at one with Sungkiang, Suchan ami
Ch'angchau on the north; and probably tbe whole of Chehkiang
province has substantially the same speech.
" Passing west from the point where the tlu^e provinces, F>ib-
kieu. Kiangsi and Chehkiang meet, we find that the thick con-
sonants partially prevail in Kwangsin fu and Kiencli'ang fu, near
tbe bonlers of Fnlildcn ; but at Fuhchau fn ^ JrH f^i a little fiu'-
ther west, they disappe.ir and are replaced by aspirates. Instead
of </(■' ^ the people say t'i*; insteavl of iliinr/ ^^ they say if^ing,
&c., through all words beginning with k, jt, I, in the lower series.
Tlie same |)eculiarity marks the speech of Kiaying chan in the heart
of Kwangtung. At the capital of Kiangsi, tbe a.^pirates are beard
only in the hia p'inff, where they shoidd properly Imj ; and in tbe other
lower tones the words aro distinguishal tVom the up|ier tone«. only
by the tone, and not by a ( hange in the initial. North of this city, on
both sides of the Poyang lake, the broad consonants occur acain.
Through Nganhwui, a connecting chain of dialects links the broad
pronunciation of this region with the similar system extending over
Chehkiang and most of Kiangsu. This line extends through Ning-
kwoh fn ^ § J^i hut .loes not reach the '^'angtsz' River on the
north, nor Ilwuichan fn fU 7^^ J^ on the south ; in this city two
patois are hejird ; in one of lliem, two sets of tones arc heard, thosa
used in talking being distinct from those in reading, ami independent
of the different pronmiciation of the reading and spoken sound.s,
which seems here to reach its ma?:imum. In one district hereabouts
three dialects are heard, so rapidly does the speech vary. West of
the Poyang lake, the initials g, d, b, arc heard around tbeTungt'ing
lake in lliuian, showing the same system of Bronunciiition as at
Suchan in Kiangsu, which goes to prove that the native table* of
sounds given in K'anglii are founded on what i.s now a provincial
system. Of the three abrupt consonants, k oidy is heard at Shang-
hai ; but at Fuchau ^ jl^ t and ;» are heard with their correlates
m and n, but no k final ; at Nank'ang fu "^ M M- ■**'«** ^^ **••
P'oyang lake, ;* and m are represented, but no k or t, and the
filisjs n and ng are confounded."
INTRODUCTION.
XXXV.
The Japanese learned their first use of Chinese cha-
racters from this region, about A. d. 250; and that
language may still be quoted for many original sounds
of that ijeriod ; they call them Go-on ^ -^ i.e. ^ ^
^ " sounds of the Kingdom of Wu," and by means of
their kana or syllables, have probably nearly retained the
first pronunciation. For instance, P^ ^ is read saku-
ban by them, while it is chbk-hivan in Amoy, and tsok-
rmn at Canton; f^ ^ is saku-bi//o in one, and che-
peng and cha-ping in the other two j i^ % is saku-ban,
chbk-bun and tsolc-mun respectively. The second phrase
has altered most of these three, and the |^ appears now
to have lost it juh Mng and abrupt final in China. The
variations in Japanese are however often so anomalous,
that their pronunciation cannot now bo accepted as con-
clusive for ancient Chinese.
As distinguished from mandarin, the Shanghai verna-
cular has no sh, ch or j ; and changes s, sh, cIi and is,
with the sibilant h, into dj, z or dz, but not uniformly ; y
and j easily run into n or ni; the k is retained in many
words where the medial i follows it, and sometimes length-
ens it, as king becomes kimg ; f and w often become
V, t becomes d, the final k is soft and easily confounded
with the juh shing in h, and the final n often turns into
a slight nasal. These few peculiarities may serve to
mark the most promuient dissimilarJLies. The eight tones
ia the Shanghai dialect are divided into two series of four
each as in Cantonese : but unlike that dialect, characters
otherwise written with the same letters in the difierent
tones in Canton, change their initials in the Shanghai to
correspond to the tone. Thus the initials k, t, p, and
k', p^, t\ f, s, sz, ts, tsz, and ts^, tsz^ and A' indicate the
word to be in the upjier series ; while g, b, d, b\ v, z, zz,
dj, dz, I, Wh, m, ni, ng and n show it to be in the lower
series. These distinctions are so marked, that in writing
the dialect in alphabetic letters, only the shang shing and
k'ii shing need to be denoted by signs. No such influence
on the initial is noticeable in the southern dialects nor in
mandarin, but it faciUtates their distinction to a foreign
student.
Attempts have been made to write the Shanghai
dialect (called fu bak i |^ or local plain [talk] ) in the
character, and the success was such as to warrant the
publication of a variety of religious works in it. They
are not hard to learn, even by children, though the
proportion of colloquial characters is greater than at Can-
ton. It has been romanized too, and on a different plan
of spelling from that used at Amoy and Ningpo ; but the
trial which Mr. Keith began in 1860, has not been pro-
secuted to any large extent.
Eev. Messrs. Pearcy and Crawford published an in-
genious mode of writing this dialect, by devising a system
of symbols or letters for the initials, finals, tones and
aspirates, which could be neatly combined into a logo-
type, to denote the sound of the words. The writing
somewhat resembles Corean in its general appearance,
and is not difiicult to leam. A few books have been
printed in it, but it has never been adopted by others,
and has far less to recommend it as a substitute for
Chinese than the roman letters.
The Ningpo dialect has, it is said, a much greater
proportion of unwritten sounds than the Shanghai, and
no attempt has been made to write the colloquial in the
character. The dialect in that city differs less from
mandarin than the Shanghai, which is perhaps ascribable
somewhat to the greater literary reputation of the region.
At Ningpo, the initials z, dz and t, for s, sh, ch, h\ are
unknown, and no final k is heard ; the frequent use of the
initial ni and final b, and change of e for a, also mark
the southern city. Its idioms are often unlike those
heard at Shanghai, and more nearly approach the pure
kwwi hwa.
The differences of speech among the people in various
parts of the central, western and north-western provinces
have not yet been studied minutely, and cannot usefully
be analysed until more data have been obtained by those
living at places remote enough to form suitable stations
for comparison.
The anomalies and variations in pronunciation and
tones found at the points now noticed, are very great and
perplexing ; but better knowledge of the intermediate re-
gions would probably enable us to classify them. For
instance, the tones called shang p^ing and hia pHng at
Hankow, are just the opposite in actual sound to those so
called at Tientsin ; the juh shing is retained in name at
the former place, but it is not perceptibly different there
from the hia pHng, while at Nanking the two are unlike.
The comparisons now made are therefore imperfect, — per-
haps erroneous too in some points, — and are chiefly done
to point out what has been ascertained, and the nature of
the diversities.
In order the better to compare these dialects now noticed,
the reading sounds in eight of them, given to the
characters of a portion of the Emperor Yungching's
discourse on FiUal Duty in the || ff ^ |ll| or Sacred
Commands of K'anghi, are here arranged in parallel co-
lumns. The first column contains the sounds of the Wu-
fang Yuen Yin; and the others have been kmdly furnish-
ed by friends who are familiar with the vernacular of
each place, and probably fairly represent the main peculi-
arities of the reading sounds over the greater part of
seven provuices. It is plain from this table, that though
the characters are not primarily designed to express
sound, their early sounds have been wonderfully preserved
by means of the binary mode of spelling brought from
India twelve centuries ago.
xxxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
PRONUNCIATION OF AN EXTRACT FROM THE SACRED COMMANDS IN EIGHT DIALECTS.
*
! MANDARIN.
1
PEKINO.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
j MNGPO.
1 FUHCBAU.
j AMOT.
1 BWATCW.
j CANTOi*.
1 ,fu
cfu
cfu
cVU
,vu
,hu
<bu
(ba
ifu
#
hiao'
h'iao'
biao'
bio'
biao'
bau'
1
bau'
hau»
hao'
m
'che
Vbo
Hse
1 'ts^
'tsie
: 'chia
'chia
'clua
'chd
%
jt'ien
ct'ien
(t'ien
.t^-
A-
1 ct^eng
i t'ien
t"i
.t%
z
jChi
cCb'
,t8z'
ct8
,t8z'
<cbi
(Cbi
rCbit
<chi
%
,king
ccbing
jkin
ckifing
,kymg
,king
,keng
,k"i»
king
i«
ti^
ti'
ti'
di'
di'
te»
to>
ti'
ti'
z
,chi
cCh'
,tsz'
<t8
,tez'
(Chi
,chi
,chu
(Chi
^
i'
i'
i'
ni'
i'
npe*
1 »'
ngi*
i'
K
(Hiin
tinin
smin
,ining
ming
1 jnafng
shin
jinin
jinSn
Z
(Chi
cCb'
,tsz'
M
1 ,t82'
i cChi
1 ,cbi
,cbii
i <cbi
ff
hing'
bV
(bin
yfing'
1 h'ing'
haing'
heng*
beng*
! bSng'
H&
'ye
'ye
'ye
'*«
' 'ycJ
ya'
>
>
ya' 1
1
A
jSn
(ZhSn
slftn
^niSng
jftn
s<^
Jin
jnang
jyfin 1
%
pub,
pu'
pu,
peb,
peb,
p6k,
put,
put.
pat,
^
(Chi
.eh'
,t8z'
,t8
,cb'
<ti
,ti
chai'
,cbi
#
hiao^
h'iao'
biao'
bio'
hiao'
bau'
bau'
bau'
bao'
^
fu>
fu'
fu'
vu'
vu'
W)'
hu'
p(5*
fu'
#
'mu
'mu
'mung
'mu
'me'u
'mu
'bo
'b6
*m6
n
tub,
jtU
teu,
tok.
dob,
tiik.
.tokj
tokj
tbk,
^
pub,
pn'
pa,
peh.
peb.
pok,
put.
put,
pat,
J^
,8Z'
csz'
,BZ'
,8Z
,BZ*
,8U
,8U
sii'
.BZ'
it
fu^
fu'
fu'
vu'
vu'
bo'
bu'
p(-'
fu'
#
'mu
'mu
'mung
'mu
'meu
'mu
bo
'bo
'mo
fi
ngai'
ai*
ngai'
e'
ai'
ai'
ai'
a'i'
oi'
^
'tsz'
'tsz'
't.Ez'
'ts
'tsz'
'cbu
'cbu
'chti
't8z'
;2:
(Ohi
cCh'
,t«z'
ctS
tsz'
<chi
,cbi
(Cbii
,chi
'd^
fiva.
(Bin
thin
cwng
,8in
<8fng
;Sim
,8im
,sam
¥
M
cbu
thu
c«
tWU i
jbu
,bo
,hu
iU
>^
,fang
,fang
iang
,fong
,fong
(hwong
(hong
bwang'
/ong
,kH
jCh^i
jCb'i
J>
idj'i
,ki
jki 1
,k'i
sk'i
*
wei'
wei'
wei'
vi'
vi'
e'
hi' :
hue'
mi'
m
Ji
ili
Ji
ili
.li
lie'
li' \
»H
U*
^
jhwai
^bwai
jhwai
iwe
jWe
jhwai
sbwai
tbwai
iwai
ffi
pao'
• pao'
p^ao'
po'
bao'
po'
p'au'
p'o
'p'6
I8f
<ki
jcbi
,ki
,ki
.dji
cki
,ki
cki
.ki
' 1
>P
pub,
pu'
pu,
peb, 1
peb^
pbk,
put.
pdt, 1
pat.
II
inang
snang 1
Jfin
snang i
,n&ng 1
iD^ng
Jeng 1
jneng
^niing 1
INTKODUCTION.
xxxvii.
g
MANDABIN. ;
1
PEKING.
HANICOW.
SHANGHAI.
NINGPO.
PUHCHAU.
AMOY.
SWATOW.
CANTON.
tsz'^ 1
1
tsz"
tsz"
z'
Bz"
cbiiii^
cba*
chii*
tsz*'
Pi
'pa I
'pu
pa'
'pa
'bu
pwb^
po*
>
<p^
M
jhan
jhan
^han
iho"
jbe»
ibang
jban
^ban
jbon
4^
puh,
pu'
pa,
peb,
peb,
pbk.
piit,
put,
pat.
m.
jnang
snang
<lan
jnaug
(laang
sneng
jleng
jneng
snang
i
tsz"
tsz"
tsz"
z'
sz"
chuii^
chu*
chtf
tsz*'
3K
ci
<i
(i
ci
<i
e
i'
i'
i'
Mil
jW^i
jwdi
jWd
iW6
jwd
jai
iiii
jui
jwei
^JS.
fu'
fu'
fa'
va'
va'
ho'
hu'
p6'
fa'
#
'mil
•^mu
'mung
'ma
'm^a
'mu
'bo
'b6
'mo
m
'che
'cho
'tse
'tsd
'tsid
'chia
'chia
'chia
'che
m
'stan
'shan
'san
'sang
'sing
'sing
'sim
'sim
'sham
m
cjin
jm
(yin
cyang
(ing
ring
fim
(im
jam
M
csting
^shang
<san
,sang
cSing
(Sing
tseng
s"ia'
<Bbing
^
ch'ahj
jch'a
ts^a.
ts'ah,
ts^ah,
cb'ak.
ts'at,
ch^at.
cb'at.
m
ibing
ih'ing
ihin
cyang
sybag
ibing
iheng
ibeng
$yiug
^
sehj
seb'
sd,
sab.
seb.
saik.
sek,
sek.
sbik,
^
siao'
siao'
hiao'
sio'
'siao
ch'iu'
siau'
cb'ie
sia'
i>j
tsehj
jtSO
ts<?,
tsabj
tseh.
cbaik.
chek.
chek.
tsak,
J^
wei'
wei'
w6V
'wd'
wd'
siii
jiii
cui
jwei
;S
jcbi
cCb'
,tsz'
cts
^tsz'
(Chi
<cbi
(Chii
jChi
'hi
'h'i
'hi
'hi
Vi
'hi
'H
'hi
'hi
p$
,t'i
st'i
.tl
,di
,di
jt'e
it'e
it'i
jt'ei
A>j
tsehj
jtSO
ts6.
tsab.
tseh.
chaik.
chek.
chek.
tsak,
^
wdi'
w^i'
jWd
Ve'
we'
jiii
jiii
iui
iwei
z
jchi
<cb'
,tsz'
,ts
jtsz'
jchi
(Chi
(Chu
,cbi
s
cyitt
<jvi
cyu
cy^
^iu
,iu
,ia
M
,yaii
fl
jhing
ib'ing
jhin
sysng
sbang
jhdng
ibeng
5k"ia
ibang
fj
timg'
tung'
tung'
^dung
dung'
tctag'
tong'
tong"
tang'
M
tseh,
^tso
tsd>
tsah,
tseh.
chaik,
chek.
chek,
tsak.
^
jkw'ei
(kw^ei
'kw'^i
(kw'e
(kwo
,ki(5
'chi
(Wa
'kw'ei
#
pu'
pa'
pa'
pa'
ba'
pwo'
po'
p6'
pb'
-^f;
puL,
pa'
pa,
peb,
peb,
pok.
put,
put.
pat,
^
cli
Ji
.li
sli
cH
jli^
]i'
ili
ili
^
tsih.
tsi'
ki,
dsih,
dsih,
chik.
cbek^
chitj
tsat.
m
t^ung'
fang'
t'ung'
t'ung'
t^mg'
t'ong'
t'ong'
fia'
t'ung'
m
tseh,
jtSO
tsd,
tsah, tseh,
chaik.
chek.
chek,
tsak,
m
'ts^in
'ts'in
^chHn
'ts%g 'ts'ing
'ch'ing
'ch^im
'cb^im
'ts'am
ft
shih,
jsbih
BZ',
zok, sib,
sik.
sit.
chiOj
sbik,
ft
jkii
(Cbii
,ku
jkii (Chii
kutf
ka'
ku»
M
xxxviii.
INTRODUCTION.
m
MANDAKIN.
PLKINO. 1
HANKOW. 1
8BANGUAI.
NINGPO.
FUHCHAU. 1
AMOY.
6WATOW. '
CANTON.
fei
fei'
fa'
fr
fi'
bie'
bot^'
kui»
fei'
H
4
4
H
'l
4
4
1
4°
4
^
'yang
'yang
'yang
'yang
*yang
'y6ng
'yong
'yang
*y(iur,g
VX
'i
'i
'i
'i
4
4
4
.J.
M
wl
kiao'
cbiao'
kiao'
kio'
kiao'
kau'
kau'
ka»
kao'
^
chi'
cb"
tsz"
ts'
tsz"
cbd'
cbi'
cbi'
cbi'
M
iJU
jyu
J"
i^
««
cii
4"
i'
<"
J*
icb^'ug
jcb'ang
jts'Sn
jzang
jdzing
jsing
jseng
iseng
jsbing
A
Ji^n
jj«n
^.n
,ni.:ng
cj n
i'ng
ijin
iJin
jyan
fuh,
,fu
fu,
vok,
vaub,
biikj
biu'
tb"iu
fok,
m
w(5i'
wei»
iw6i
wo'
wd'
jui
jUi
jiii
jwei
%
sLeu'
Bbeu'
8U'
dzii'
siu'
seu*
siu*
siu*
sbau'
(Ida
(Cbia
(kia
,kia
,cbio
M
,ka
(kia
,ka
M
fihih,
sbib'
6Z',
sak,
sbeb,
Bek,
sek,
sit,
Bbat,
n
(ineu
jineu
imii
,mu
(Doeu
jDoeu
,bo
mong'
^mau
^
,Bhang
^bang
,8an
<Bang
<8ang
<8eng
,8eng
,8"d
,8bang
«
Ti
'U
Ti
'U
ai
%
li
li
ni
6
poh,
*pai
pd,
pak,
pah,
paik,
pek,
P^,
pak,
ft
ki'
chi'
ki'
ki'
ki'
kie'
k^'
koi»
kei'
il
,king
ccbing
,tin
,kiSng
(tying
,king
<keng
tkeng
,king
«
tying
tying
jyin
cyang
lyiDg
I'Dg
jeng
jyong
tying
li^
(Sin
,8m
(bin
,8iiig
(Sin
^aing
,Bim
jsim
(Sam
U
lib,
li'
li,
lib,
lib.
liki
lek,
lat,
lik.
m
(kii
(Cbii
ctoi
.ku
(Cbii
kiitf
ku»
ku'
,ku
^
ts'ui'
ts^ui'
ts'ui'
dziie'
ze'
cboi*
cbui*
cb'ui
sui*
:^
fu'
fa>
fa'
vu'
vu'
W
hu'
pe»
fu*
#
*mu
'mu
*mung
'mu
'meu
*ma
1)0
T)6
'm6
jchi
,cb'
<t8Z*
<te
.tsz*
(Cbi
(Cbi
jCbii
,cbi
®.
teh,
jtO
W,
tab,
teh,
taik.
tek,
tek,
tak,
fl
shib,
sbi'
BZ*,
zeb,
sbib,
Bik,
sit,
sitj
sbat,
If
tt'ung
jt^ung
jt'ung
jdung
jdung
jtung
jtong
jtang
it'ung
^
bao'
bao'
^bao
*o
bao'
W
bb»
(ban
bao*
S
jtMen
,tHen
.tW
jt'i"
A'
ct'ieng
,t'ien
jt'ien
ji'in
^
Vang
Seang
'wang
'vong
Vong
'wong
'bong
'bwang
'mong
@
kib,
jcbib
ki,
yA
kieb.
kik,
kek.
kck,
kik,
A
<jan
jjan
jlan
,mang
Jan
t'ng
ijin
jnang
jyan
'l
'tsz'
Hez'
'tsz'
'ts
'tsz'
'cbu
'cbu
'cbii
'tsz'
k
yub,
jyii
7^,
ybk,
yob,
iik,
yok,
aui»
yok,
n
pao'
pao'
pao'
po'
pao'
po'
po'
p6»
po'
^
.ts'in
•
jts'in
(Cb'in
1 cts'ing
1 (ts'in
(Cb'ing
,cb'in
cb'in
(ts'an
INTRODUCTION.
xxxix.
>©
! NANDAEIN.
1 PEKENG.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
NINGPO.
rUHCHAU.
AMOT.
SWATOW.
CANTON.
1
,ngan
(Dgan
,ngan
cang
(an
(ODg
(Un
iin'
jan
T
<yii
<yu
jti
cii
(U
(ii
i^
ci
<U
M
wan^
wan'
wan'
men'
v^n'
wang'
ban^
(bwan
man*
yili,
<yili
h
ib,
yihj
dk,
't,
cbek,
yat,
i
tsz"
tsz"
tsz"
z'
tsz"
chuii*
cbu»
cbu'
tsz'*
<tang
(tang
ctang
,tong
ctong
ctong
ctong
(tung
,tong
ft
nei'
n6V ,
W
ue
ne
noi*
loe^
lai^
noi*
i '«
tsin'
tsin'
kin'
dzing'
zing'
cheng*
cbm^
cbm*
tsun*
1^'
,k'i
jCh4
jcL4
J^
«dj'i
,ki
,ki
,kU
«k'i
I'd'
(Sin
(Sin
,hin
^sing
(Sin
(Sing
(Sim
(Sim
,sam
*!•
wai'
wai'
wai'
nga'
w6'
ngwoi'
goe^
'gwa
ngoi*
i§
kieb,
jchid
k'id,
jit)
djieh,
kiekj
kietj
kietj
k'l't,
yi
jCh'i
jCh'i
cji
idj'i
ski
,ki
,k^i
«W
fi
'lib,
li'
li,
lih,
lib.
lik,
lek,
latj
lik,
gi
'kin
'chin
'kin
kiang'
'king
^king
'kin
'kun
T^an
*
(Shan
jBhan
jSan
csang
(Sing
(Sing
(Sfn
(Sin
(Sban
n
tsiehj
jtsi^
kid,
tsibj
tsib,
chiekj
chietj
cbatj
tSl'tj
m
yung'
yung'
yung'
ynng'
yiing'
iiung*
yong^
eng'
T^i
m
4
'i
'i
4
'i
^i
'i
<•»
4
m
jk%
jch'in
jch'in
ckiang
t^jing
ik^ung
jk'un
^k'iin
jk'an
»
fuh,
^u
fu,
vbk,
voh,
hiik,
bokj
hokj
fokj
^
jlao
Jao
jlao
clo
jlao
,Io
^16
jlau
,16
^
'i
1
'i
'i
U
'i
^i
q"
'i
nt
Jung
,lung
ilung
Jung
<lung
Jung
jliong
jlong
jlnng
#
hiao'
h4ao'
hiao'
bio'
h'iao'
hau'
hau'
hau'
hao'
^
'yang
'yang
'yang
'yang
^yang
ybng^
'yong
'yang
ye'ung*
#
jWU
j-WU
jWU
(VU
jVU
s^
jbu
jbo
jmo
f
poh,
poh' ■'
po,
pok,
poh,
pauk,
P'ok,
pak,
pok,
^
^
yib,
yi^
1
ya^
yib, .
%
ekj
ekj
yiki
'yin
*yin
'yin
*yaDg
'yi"g
*ing
^im
'im
'yam
■is
'tsiu
tsiu
'kiu
^siu
Hsiu
'cbi'u
'cbiu
'cbiu
Hsau
#
. ,wu
jWu
jWU
,vu
jVU
iP^
jbu
jbo
jmb
»
hao'
hao'
hao'
ho'
hao'
ho'
ho"'
hau*
h5'
tjir^ft
'yuiig
'yung
>^ng
*ymg
'y™g
^ung
'yong
«yong
"yung
W
teu'
teu'
tu
dii'
teu'
tsiu'
to'
to*
tau'
'han
•ban
'ban
Tiang
^ban
'k'ong.
'bun
'bun
Tjan
#
,wu
jWU
jWU
,vu
jVU
iU
jbu
jbo
(mo
^
hao^
Lao'
hao'
ho'
hao'
ho'
ho"'
hau*
hb'
:t
hwo'
two'
ho'
hu'
heu'
hwo'
ho"'
hue*
fo'
M
jts^ai 1
jts'ai
jts'ai
jZd
jdzd
jchai
jtsai
jcb'ai
jts'oi
A
|xl.
INTRODUCTION
■"
■
1
MANSABIX.
FFXPHS.
BAKKOW.
SHAJNCHAI.
KINGPa
FimcHAn.
JMOY.
8WATOW.
CANTON.
,SZ
,8Z^
tSZ*
(8Z*
.8Z'
(Bii
fin
sai'
fiz
,t8*i
ts^i
,ch'i
,\&\
,184
,cb'e
,ch'e
,cb'i
,ts'ai
^
Hsz'
( ^tsz*
'tsz'
'ts
Hsz
'cbu
t8U
'chii
'tsz*
i^
Hsnng
*t8nng
tSODg'
tBung'
tsUDg
chuUng'
chiong'
choBg*
t8ung'
®
'shi
%h'
^8Z'
'sz
w
'su
'8a
'sai
'shei
M
ii
ji
*i
ji
,b1
t^gi
*gi
jDgi
li
X
jwSn
iwan
jwan
tvang
jvan
jung
ibiin
jbun
tinan
*
wei'
wei
wdi'
vi'
vV
e^
bi'
,bue
mi'
#
pi'
pi'
pei'
h6*
1
b^'
pe^
pi'
pi'
pi*
ro
,'rh
;rh
,'rh
c'rh
,'rb
ii
tji
tju
|i
1^
jch^'ng
jcb'ang
jts'jin
,dzang
jdzing
fvag
jseng
jseng
jsbing
^
k'ioh,
ch'ue'
ch'ioj
chiek^
cb'obj
k'auk,
k^ak,
kok,
kVuk,
^
'■fvx
Vi*!
Vi
'yu
'yiu
"m
Mu
u»
*yau
^
jyii
iT"
«^
4"
.ii
jii
.u
4"
jii
m
,t'ui
jt'ui
,t'di
,t8ud
^6
fCbw4
fts'ui
jCb'iu
,t^'li
m
;rh
.'rh
/rh
>b
I'rb
ji
4Ji
tjii
|i
'kwang
^kwang
^kwang
%wong
'kwong
'kwbng
'kong
*kwang
'kwong
z
,chi
<cb'
.tsz'
<te
,t8Z'
(Chi
,chi
,chu
(Chi
*»
d'ii
{Zba
i«
|ZU
,zh'
i»
ti^
«j«
««
^
,tsang
ctsang
(tsan
ttsang
<tsang
jcbe'ng
,cbeng
,cbeng
<tsaDg
^
Hsz'
'tsz'
*tsz'
%
^tsz*
'chU
Hsu
'cbii
'tsz'
w
'bu
80'
%o
'su
'so
*8a
Vo
'bo
*6b0
il
wei'
w^i'
wdi'
wd'
we'
oi^
lii'
ui\
wei'
^
,ku
jChii
,ku
ctu
,cbu
M
cku
.ku
M
lg
'ch'u
*ch'u
Va
«t8'Q
*ch'
'ch'U
'ts^u
^cb'u
Wu
%
puh,
pu'
pu,
peb,'
peb,
pbk,
puti
put,
pat,
m.
(Chwang
jchwang
(tswang
<t8ong
tteong
<cbbBg
<tsong
cbang'
,cbong
*
(fei
,fd
,fd
cfi
cfi
cbi
(bui
fbi'ii
cfi
#
hiao'
h'iao'
hiao'
hio'
b^ao'
bau'
ban'
hau'
bao'
»
shi'
Bh"
8zf'
zs'
zz"
eiiii'
8U'
8u'
BZ"
#
(kiiin
(Chiiin
(kiun
jkian
(kiiin
,kung
(kiin
fki'in
,kwan
^>
pub,
pu'
pa>
peh^
peb.
p(')k,
put.
piitj
pat,
(Chung
(Chung
ftsung
jtSUBg
(Cbuiig
.tiiiig
(tiong
,tong
(Cbung
*
,fei
cf^
,fci 1
cfi
,fi
cbi
,bui
,hui
cfi
#
hiao'
h'iao'
hiao'
hio'
h'iao'
hau'
hau'
hau'
bao'
fti
li'
U'
li'
li'
li'
le^
li'
«li
li'
w
jkwan
<kwan
(kwan
,tw6'
.kwii"
(kwang
,kwan
,kw'a
,kim
^^
pub,
pu>
pu,
peh,
»pch,
pbk,
putj
put,
pat,
^
kir^'
chiug'
kin'
kiang'
kj-ing'
keng' 1
kcng'
keng'
king'
n
'H
^d
^di
cfi
.fi
<bi 1
,hui j
,biii
cfi
INTKODCCTION.
Xli.
■dttC
We
If
ft
MANDARIN.
PEKING.
HANKOW.
SHANGHAI.
MNGPt).
--
FCHCIIAU.
AMOY.
SWATOW.
CANTON.
■ ' ■
hiuo'
h^iao'
hiao'
bio'
b'iao'
bau'
bau'
bau*
bao'
iP'^Dg
iP'^ng
spuDg
(t-Dg
jb„D
tPeng
iPeng
iP'eng
tP'ang
Via
'yiu
'yu
'yu
'yiu
%
'iu
'iu
'yau
pA
pu'
pu,
peb,
peb,
pok,
put,
put,
pat,
sin'
sm'
bin'
sing'
sing
seng'
sm'
sm*
sun'
(fei
k
(fei
cfi
.fi
<H
(bui
(bui
cfi
hiao'
h^iao'
biao'
bio'
b^iao'
bau'
bau'
bau*
bao^
cben'
chan'
tsan'
tse"'
tsi"'
cbie'ng'
cbien'
chun-
cbi'n*
ch^an'
ch'an'
tsan'
dzang'
dzing'
teng^
tin*
tin'
cbun*
jWU
jWU
jWU
jva
jVU
i^
jbu
jbo
jmo
'yuDg
'yung
'yung
^yimg
^yung
'iing
'yo°g
'yong
'yung
(fci
<f«
jfei
cfi
cfi
<ti
(bui
jbui
cfi
hiao'
b'iao'
biao'
.bio'
b^iao'
bau'
bau'
bau*
bao'
(kiai
(Chie
jkai
tkia
(kie
(kai
(kai
(kai
(kai
hiao'
hHao'
biao'
bio'
b^iao'
bau'
bau'
bau*
bao'
'tsz'
'tsz*
^tsz'
'ts
'tsz'
'cbu
'tsu
^ck
'tsz'
fan'
fan
fan'
vang'
van'
bong^
bun*
jbun
^n
nei'
nei'
lei'
ne'
n^^
noi*
l(^e*
laj*
noi*
jChi
,cb'
(tSZ*
.ts
,tsz'
(Cbi
.cbi
(Cbu
jcbi
shi'
8h'.
sz"
^BZ'
^z"
Butt*
BU*
sii*
BZ'*
Ve
y^
'ye.
^^a
Ve
ya'
>
'ya
ya'
TRANSLATION OFTHE -ABOVE "EXTRACT.
Now filial piety is a etatnte of heaven, a principle of earth, and
an obligation of mankind. Do you, who are void of filial piety, ever |
reflect on the natural affection' of parents for their children? Even
before you left the maternal bosom, if hungry, you could not have
fed yourselves ; or if cold, you could not have put on your own
clothes. A father or a mother judge "by the voice, or look at the
features of their children, whose smiles make them joyful, or whose
weeping excites their grief. When trying to walk, they leave not
their steps ; and wheu sick or in pain, they can neither sleep nor
eat in comfort, in order that tley may nurture and teach them.
When [their childi-en] reach mau'iS estate, they see to their marriage,
and scheme for their livelihood by a hundred plans, in which they
weary their minds and spend th->ir strength. Parental virtue is truly
as limitless as high heaven I I
A man who desires to recoranense one in a myriad of the loving |
acts ofhis parents, mttst'really devote to them his whole heart at
home, and exert aU his strength abroad. He must care well for his
body and be frugal in his expenses, in order that he may diligently
labor for them. To enable him to fully and filially nurture them,
he must neither gamble nor get dnmk, he must neither love to
quarrel, nor desire to hoard wealth for the use of his wife and
children. Though his manners and accompUshments may be de-
fective, yet his heart must, at any rate, be thoroughly suicere.
Let us enlarge u little on this principle. Tsangtsz' speaks thus
respecting it :— " It is unfilial to move and act without dignity ; it
is unfilial to serve one's prince disloyally ; it is unfilial to fill
an office without reverential care ; it is unfilial to act insincerely
towards a fi-iend ; [and finally], to turn a coward in battle is
unfiUal." All these things ve involved in the duty of a
filial soa
xlii.
INTRODUCTION
The same extract from the Sacred Commands has
been written out in the colloquial of the same dialects,
I except that of the Amoy ; but the example given in the
Swatow will serie somewhat to illustrate it. The
teachers at Amoy declared themselves unable to write
their colloquial intelligibly. Tho colloquial characters
used in one dialect arc not ofcourse understood elsewhere,
for the reason that they are sounded differently, and none
of them would bo used by an educated native anywhere
in writing even a common kttcr. It is, however, a dif-
ference in degree only in the Chinese, and not in kind*
from what is the case in every cultivated language in
the world, and its great extent is owing mostly to the
peculiar nature of this written language.
The differences between the style called jSC S *^^
book style, and ^ '^ or colloquial in Chinese are not
easily described ; but these seven examples will help the
student to perceive them, and mark the alterations good
written Chinese undergoes when it is spoken in the local
patois. Only in the first two columns, containing ex-
amples from Peking and JJankow, are all the characters
used in their proper signification. Tlie variety of words
exhibited in these examples, is not so great as a portion
of some other work would have been ; — tho ^ f^ "^ or
Millenary Classic for instance ; but this popular tssay
on Filial Piety sails the spirit of the colloquial belter,
and the benefita of this comparison do not depend on the
range of sounds.
OOLIiOaUIAL FORM OF THE EXTRACT IN SEVEN DIALECTS.
<^
C -li;
PEKING
'ii
.z
M
,Z
It
.A
M
cA
c5;
sit
6^.
cA
m
* 13.
.A
.^
cA
■^>
T»\ ^>
^ I fa
NINOPO TCUCB.
m
.it
^\
slA
AK
.1A
sw'tau
.A
i1-
.A
c5;
s^
sA
sit
4'
II
CASTOS
sA
^>
w
w
sA
Jig
PEKCCG
<^
,%
ffi'
65
I
65
in
s':f^
:^'
'■?
6i
y
s!i
RUANG.
$ I lie
NI>GPO,FCUCH.
.sw'tau <
%,
#'
y
'm
'm
'^ !
65,
65.
n-
'#
#'
^'
«)K
)i'
.t
^'
^'
s^
sA
'm
^'
'4
M
s¥
#)
\^^
<:?^
'#
'^^
ig.'
'f^
W
^,
:^^
w
.¥
sA
.^
'^
'ff
1t^
tt.
s^
'^
y
s5?.
sF'L
&'
fK'
'•?
c^
al^
s^
*f-
^'
c<L«
M
.^
«!'
W
M
#'
w
K'
'#
Jig
y
<P^
INTRODUCTION.
xll 1.
PKKING
irlis
(>^»J/
-nil
M
M
ell
'a
<^
it'
cm
cg3
^>
t'
IR'
'^
cl
.31
6i
'# I f S fill I >^
NlbGrOiFTjBCH.ISW'rAUJCA.NTON
m
M
M
cM
W
^,
t'
^'
c#
'±
^;'
t'
*'
tin
c1^
^>
< B
'E
3('
31'
1^'
.A
c a
c5C
*'
t^
c«
^^
'E
S'-
^.
<^
:^^
c#
If
%^
ci3
'E
M !
Peking'
I m
I SHANG.
%1^
cite
fi'
'B
C-
'n
r-
-s i 'ig
fi>U> ' <"H
-Ha.
' ,11
ml
C^Ca*^
^ — »
<m
cm
cm
M
cm
M
^'
cT>
Cjfc.
cm
^^
ti'
i^'
65>
•m,
W
5I>
0.'
w
n
c^
c±
c^
c<i5.-»
'^
'^
*,
-^'
y
ciL»
NI:gpo
4h'
.A
:^'
.A
ct
'^
^'
.A
^'
M
.A
FtJUCH. SW'taC CAMX>N
cii
'1
#'-
cf^
c^
51^
c«t
W
M
c7
fr'
la
#'
MS
Pi'
c^
sfr
ij-'
^W
^^
xliv.
INTRODUCTION.
PEKING
m I
Ik.
a
a
M,
ft'
M
W
c5K
.#:
elf
»'
fll'
.it
.A
.«#
^'
<1&
57%
E'
'4
'4
i'J'
njHCH. sw'tau.caktos
cfl
A'
1'
'IS
#'
w
.PS
>
^.
TEXT PEKiMOj HANK
#'
It
»IL»
< p
<5e
c1^ I W,
sHA.NG.:xiNCPo rcu^H. sw'tac
.t ^^'U
<1& ^
y
M
c6^
sin
.|p1
w
.A
.6^
M
V
'4
'^>
T
:^,
'4
If'
T
6^,
6i
cfH
'J©
^,
M
^,
.^
'4?
y
.^
%
iA
s-t
7&
i^ i Tf,
•5>
y
I iP
la'-
V
:^.
175
s«
3
r-
<5c
M'
'^
'±
^^
cA
'^-
tt
:^>
^'
^^
Fit'
a
:k:-
<^
Pit'
.A
INTRODUCTION.
xb
TEXT PEKING] HAMv. jSHANG.(NIN<3PO)Ft;HCH.ISW'TAr,CANTON M TEXT
m ! '¥
PEKING HANK. I SlIANO. : NINGPOFUIICII. .Sw' I AL'CANTOS
/*54*^
m
^':':
[7*1 c|b
^'i
-t. I
\iJ5
6^> I cf^ I ^'
lit' I c^ ~ hH i g'
®^
I ':
c^
<f^
cB^
'2g
^ !
C »>
W
<wa
^4*
iL"
cH?C
.P
^,
g^
i-
^-:^ i 4 <«« '''^^
""^ ■! t » r s'
^
M
m
M
(AM
;^ 'jK: c* : ^^
;if ct,
f#
: i M w
.#
M
[ ^
#'
m
-tn-
iff'
M
c1&
T
3*5
Hi,
;3t !j
.^
cA
c^
-'B-'
^
5t'
1^ •
^- 1 IS
.51 U^
w %_
'IS
M
M
m
xlvi.
INTRODUCTION.
%
^
m
m
PEKING
SHANG. INTKCPOiTFlTMCU. aw'TAUiCANTON
M
ACS.
I w
I -^
M
<^
I n'
I ^'
m
.1 F''^
;: I'W
I -ft'
w
Ik'
m
s>
If
.SI
B0;
I la.
<0>
'if
11
y
^^
'W
.ft
Mi
W
M
.ft
M
PEKING
HANK. SHANG.
^H
3ig
WL'
^^
M
ft'
M
I'T
.A
*'
^^
cS
j^
*±
M
;?^>
s'^
*,
oc"
<6^
<i6
<4
;?^>
r
,:^
Ji'
.=[#
#'
r
Pt'
(3S.
j NIXGPOFUHCH.jSW'TAC CANTON
'#
M
jE'
.1^
M
M
fir'
^^
.^
<^
^-
<IP
*'-
iA
> i tS
.If
IT
.If
fr '
*' #'
INTRODUCTION.
xlvii.
PEKING
I SHANG.
NINGFO FUHCH^STT'TAD
#
M
IflJXJ
1^'
f ! r
.ft
i w
'4
^>
c^
ft'
^*r
ft'
f
f
cir
I s^
^\ W
D3'
^>
.^
.19
ft'
PEKING
m i ^
Is \ \]li \ M
HANK. I SHANG. MNGPO FUHCH. ,SW'taU CANTON
I I ! I I
,-Jllt
<#^
m
c7
M
c6^
T»
'M
.64 '^
c4 *
ia
ci5
B'
it'
6^,
'± j
'if? I
n^
>N
r
IS'
f B.
M
^'
1^>
-1^
7£
.-t
cT^
it
TE
5^1)
fr'
11
A'
^^
'*
4'
Hi,
!^'
SECT. VII.— THE RADICALS.
When a foreigner commences the study of the Chinese
written language, the characters appear to be sio intricate
and senseless, that he is liable to be discouraged at the
apparently endless, wearisome task of learning so nixiny
unmeaning marks. A further examination, however, dis-
closes both order and use; and although the study is a
slow and diflBcult cue, there are meiliods of prosecuting
it so as greatly to reducQ the labor. One of these me-
thods is to call to the student's aid as much as possible,
the principle of combination which regulates the forma-
tion of the mass of characters, and by means of which he
can link together form, sound and signification. The
knowledge of all these is indispensable to every one who
wishes to become a Chinese scholar, and the imt poinl, —
form, is that on which be must bestow the ^nost pains.
Early associations invest the symbols of his language
with beauty as well as sense to a native, who has never
learned any other mode of expressing ideas ; and there are
xlviii.
INTRODUCTION.
no doubt a few points in which the Chinese characters
are superior to the alphabetic letters of the West. A
foreigner begins by (fegrees to appreciate their picturesque
symbolism, as he becomes familiar with them ; and as
sight is quicker than sound, ideas conveyed through the
eye often flash on bis mind with a force and distinctness
superior to the slower process of sound As no gramma-
tical inflections are used, the unaided characters serve as
pictures to imprint their meanings on the mind ; and
fancy helping the memory to store itself with these
changing forms, each idea gradually comes to be clothed
in its own appropriate embroidery. Associations of this
kind between the shape of a character and its meaning,
can be greatly developed by f-pecial attention, and in time
will become a series of links which will facilitate their
ready use. The short etymological paragraphs prefixed to
many character»in this Dictionary, furnish some material
in this respect, and will help the student to remember them.
An examination into the origin and changes in the
Chinese characters, an accoimt of their construction,
classification, and analysis, with examines of the. six
styles of writing, and the development or contraction of
difierent words, each and all offer attractive subjects for
illustration, and are interesting studies to the antiqaarian
etymologist Mnch has been written upon all these topics
by Chinese philologists; and foreigners have elucidated
them to some extent. A reference to the works of the
latter* is all that is necessary here, and a recommendation
to read them carefully. The information there given
cannot be repeated here, but it will materially assist the
learner of the language.
Every character may be divided, for convenience, into
two parts, called the radical and the primitive. Though
native etymologists Lave not dissected thorn in thiajvay,
the terms serve to distinguish the two portions; and if we
except tho two thousand radicals and primitives them-
selves, are applicable to far the largest i)art of tho words
in tbp language. The people never ieam their c hara cters
by any^issection or classiticatiouj but depend upon their
constant use to imprint them or» the memory, just as
we learn our numerals. Few, perhaiis none, of their
scholars ever learn the radicals by rote, and they arc often
at a loss to find h vvord in the dictionary WT^en (he
radical is obscure, as in ^, ^ or ^, they depend on
the list of diflicult characters given in that work, to
point out its proper radical.
The terms formative, determinative and key, have all
also been used, because the radicals indicate the general
* Introduction to Morrison's Quarto Dictionary ; Gallery's
Systema Phone.ticum, one of tlie best works on the subject ;
WUljams' Aa.sy Lessons in C/iiiiexp ; Chinese Repository, vol. iii,
p. 14 ; vol. ix, pp. 518. 587 ; Remusat's Grammaire t'hinoise;
Edkins' Chinas Place, in Philology.
meaning of a large portion of the characters. These
names are in sorao respects more accurate than radical,
but have not come into general use. Their number has
been fixed at 214 for about four centuries; and tho.se who
selected them out of the previous collections of 544 and
360, probably deemed it necessary to reduce them to a
manageable number. In doing so, the natural order
yielded to the artificial, so that a few incongruous groups
like those under -i-, ^. — , )\^, &c., could not be
avoided.
The Rev. J. A. GonQalves, in his Dicdonario China-
Portuffuez, further reduced the number to 127, but this
diminution has proved to be only an additional labor to
all who ase that book. His plan also involved an al-
phabetic arrangement, by which radicals having the same
number of strokes, were arranged in a regular sequence.
He made the letters, by taking the nine component parts
of the character ^, which the Clunese regard as com-
bining in itself all the strokes used in writing, and mak-
ing them into the following series \ ~-m~7j J ^ | j
/ ^. Characters having altogether the same number of
strokes, are arranged in this system, so that their first stroke
is one of these letters. Thus among characters having four
strokes, ^, ^, ^j, ^j, t^, would follow each other in
this order. The last three strokes never occurring at
the beginning of a character, reduces the whole prac-
tically to six letters.
In the Arte Chitut, he has classified 1412 of the com-
monest characters in this manner, adding the radical to
each ; but the plan nearly breaks down even in this
small number, and if extended to the whole language,
would prove to be quite impracticable. This ingenious
mode of arrangement is perfectly artificial; and in this
respect inferior to that by radicals, as it hides the natural
grouping which results from using them, and tho student
loses that important aid to learning the characters.
The native name for radicals is ^^or Class characters;
and a reference to the classified listen page 1153 wUl
show the general groups selected as classes. Tho student
is strongly recommended to commit them, so as to repeat
lliem iu tlair proper order and write them correctly, as
the firet thing he does. It is n ot necessary to learn them
byjlheir number, any more than it is the letters of an
alphabet; but it is well to divide them into groups by
the number of their strokes Mr. Wadcsorts them into 137
colloquial, 30 classical, and 47 obsolete radicals ; — rather
a fanciful division, which has reference chiefly to the very
useful exercises he gives to make them familiar ; the
obsolete ones are nearly the same as those marked with
a C in the list on jjages 1 151 — 53. A rearrangement of
some groups would improve them, no doubt ; and a few
new radicals, as j^ ^'^^' J^ ^ f'^W^^i 151 inulbernj, or "^
hemp, might be added ; but long usage, and their adop-
INTRODUCTION.
xlix.
tion in K^anghi, compels one to take them as they now
stand.
It appBars from researches into the cuneiform language,
that it also possessed something like the Chinese radicals.
" Certain classes of words," says Rawlinson, speaking of
the language of the Assyrians, '• have a sign prefixed or
suffixed to them, more commonly the former, by which
their general character is indicated. The names of gods,
of men, of cities, of tribes, of wild animals, of domestic
animals, of metals, of months, of the points of the compass,
and of dignities, are thus accompanied. The sign prefixed
or suffixed may have originally represented a word, but
when used in the way here spoken of, it is believed that
it was not sounded, but served simply to indicate to the
reader the sort of word which was placed before him. Thus
a single perpendicular wedge y indicates that the next
word will be the name of a man ; and a wedge preceded
l)y two horizontal ones »y tells us to expect the appella-
tive of a god ; while other more complicated combinations
are used in the remaining instances. There are ten or
twelve characters of this description." — Rawlinson'' s Five
Ancient Monarchies, Vol. I., page 270.
It may be surmised, that the use of such signs
arose at a time, when the written language of the
Assyrians was in a transition state between the symbolical
and the alphabetic ; and if they had been neighbors
of the Chinese, they might have adopted the former.
Chinese philologists have looked upon the radicals
chiefly as expedients to facilitate the arrangement and
search for characters ; and have applied their efibrts rather
to illustrate the composition and origin of the characters
themselves. In the ^ ^, they are arranged in six
classes, and under each class, the supposed number of
characters belonging to it is stated, with much information
about their origin and chabges.
1. Imitative symbols ov ^J^ like ^ moon, 608.
2. Indicative symbols or ^ I^ like ^ three, 107.
3. Symbols combining ideas or -^^ like Jg. tears, 740.
4. Inverted symbols or ^ ^^ like J£ standing, 372.
5. Syllabic symbols or ^ ^ hke|| a carp, 21,810.
6. Metaphoric symbols or f|| f^ like >^^ mind, 598.
It may be inferred, therefore, that the 2425 characters
comprised in five of these classes, include nearly or quite
all the ancient and original diaracters in the language ;
and that it is by the combination of a radical and phonetic,
that the vast majority of the words in the language have
been formed. The introduction of printing and the
compilation of dictionaries, have given more uniformity
and certainty to the characters, and there is now no
difficulty in ascertaining the correct forms. In a few
cases, slight variations, as J^ and ^, constitute different
words ; in other cases, a change in the arrangement of
the parts, as IpQ and J^, makes two different words-
The radicals rarely indicate the sounds of the characters
placed under them, but usually refer to their meanings,
and are generally quile conspicuous. Their position,
contractions and interchanges, are described in the fol-
lowing list, in which this analysis is confined to those
points which are of the most service to the student. The
interchange of radicals without altering the signification
of the character, as j[ft ^^^ i^- or ^ and j^ &c., occurs
mostly when the two are analogous. Thus, the radicals
>jj^ heart and ^ stone would never be interchanged ; but
the last might naturally be altered to ^ ffcm or ^ tile,
and the first to ^ man. As a rule, the primitives inter-
change most frequently, but the alterations in radicals
are most perplexing.
The different position of the two parts sometimes alters
the meaning and sound of the word ; this is seen in li
iJ^ijC to step on stones in crossing water ; tan ^ to thump,
as a vessel (a Canton word) ; t^oh \1^ to drip ; and tsah
^ an old form of ^ water dashing against stones.
In other cases, as in lah ^|i and yih ^^ the sounds
of the characters alter by the transposition of their
component parts, while their meaning, to fly, to soar, does
not alter ; but yih ^ to-morrow, differs in both sound
and sense. These and other changes are among the
curiosities of the language.
As the characters selected for radicals, comprise only
a small portion of the original characters of the language,
the rest must be distributed under these radicals. When
the radical constitutes an integral part of a character, as
in ^ 'i^, 35' -^5 ^^-i *t is said to be in combination ; for
if it be taken away, the remainder has no meaning. When
it is formed of a radical and a primitive, as in ^^, fijt
or ^, the two are described as in composition.
When the radicals have been learned, it is a good
practice to make them familiar by constructing sentences,
such as are furnished in Wade's Course, or Williams'
Ikisy Lessons. In doing so, the benefit of writing them
repeatedly cannot be too much insisted on ; for our
habit, when learning western languages, to pay attention
chiefly to sounds as expressing ideas, makes us soon
weary in learning complex forms like the Chinese ideo-
graplis. Sonae persons gradually give up studying the
written language, and content themselves with speaking
only, and thus by degrees lose even their acquaintance
with books.
In the following list, the contractions, and the C p re-
fixed to those radicals which are used only in^combirial
tion, are not inserted, as they are given in the Index list.
The word primitive is here used merely with reference
to the list in the next section ; and the application of the
remarks on each radical can be best seen, by referring to
the General Index.
INTRODUCTION.
T^e^JBUTi OF »► A. ID I C -A. 3L S
Shotving the position, changes and influence of each on its -compounds, with an analijuin of each gr&up.
)
A
A
n
ONE STROKE.
Of this incongruous group of characters, aboot a dozen
are prLnitives ; this and the next seven gronpt contain
many original forms. •
a This radical passes through the middle of the other
*hwun strokes in most of tlie characters, which have no simi-
larity of meaning.
This radical Is rather prominent ; bnt of tlie characten
only two are in common use.
Tills radical is tlie first stroke in nearly all its incon-
gruous compounds, most of the common ones being
primitives.
This is usually found on the right side like a hoc^ as in
^ \ but there is no relationship in meaning among
the compounds.
lliis lends the most iucongrvons group in the language ;
it contains "j*. ^^ and J > which are common primi-
tives ; in others, their little use renders the difficulty
of finding tliein less inipcrtaut.
TWO STROKES.
All the common characters are primitives ; it some-
times incloses the other strokes as 5, or is put below
as in r& , or on the left as in ^JJ-
This radical is placed on top, as ^C ' '' *** adopted
merely to group together several uicongruous and early
forms, as the lower half never forms another radical.
Tills group, with tlie exception of a few primitives, as
in ■^ and j\» &c., is a natural one ; the compounds
denote the actions, &c. of man ; the radical is usually
contracted on the left side, as jg" ; in others astride as
-^ ; it is described as ^ A }|S i"<l J^ jfc A>
or single-stand man, to distinguish it from No. 60 ^ •
TlJs is placed luidcrneath, as 7tt, &c., and is distin-
guished fiom No. 16 by a separation of the strokes ; its
compounds are not readily recognized, the upper part
being another radical in a few, or else in combination
as ^ ; they have no likeness of meaning.
Tliis and No. 9 are distinguished by this being placed
on top as ^) or in tlie middle as |^ j the meanings
ore incongruous, and all the common characters are
primitives.
This radical is placed above as in yfj^^ or l)elow as in .f^ j
some jnactice is requiretl to recognize it in the com-
pounds, which have no common significance.
"■^ 'ilie largest part of tliis group is really under its com-
' *" ^jxiund fHJ a cap, which being similar to ""^i
renders it difficult to distinguish ;^ and ^ ; in many
oUiers, as ^ :uul flgj it is in combination.
Tliis radical callc<l ^ JJ Jij or bald-precious cover.
Yih,
3
<Chu
4
P'ieht
5
Yih,
Kit eh ^
r
'iT'eu
.iJdn
iJSn
Juhi
12
14
lies over tlie other strokes, and does not envelope tliem
like the last ; there is some relationship to its meaning in
a part of the characters.
Jl
U
7J
IS
fTao
1i
Lih^
iPtt*
ai
<Pi
+
P
r
^ This is usually placed on the left, and all its compovinds
tr%ng refer to cold, wintry, «5i:c.. forming a natiu-al group ; it
is described as ^ ^jj ^ i.e. two^lot water, and
several chaiacters are interchanged with No. 85.
'A'f ^"* '* distinguished from No. 10 )\j by its inclosing
the other strokes in about luiJf the compounds ; in the
i-est it is underneath, or on the right.
< *^ ^^^'^ *^^ ladical incloses and supports the other strokes.
A an the opjosite of No. 13 ; the characters have no likeness
• if meaiung, and their place is not at fimt efcsily
recognized.
Tlie contracted form, caUftl ifti Zl j^ knife at-side,
is always placed on the right side, us in ^ ; hut the
regiJar form is i)laced below, as in ^ ', tJie group has
reference to cutting, severity, and uses of weapons, fonn-
ing a natural coUectiou.
In a few cases, as gy, this radical is put below, but it
is easily distingnishe<l from the last by not beuig con-
tracted ; the compounds relate to strength, fatigue, vio-
lence, &c.; several hybrid characters, as jjj^ occur
among them.
In neariy every character, pao incloses all the right side
of the other strokes as ^ ; they refer mostly to iilea«
of enveloping, bending, tS:c.
An incongruous group, both in form and meaning ; the
radical is usually on the right side, but sometimes on
top ; the most common characters are primitives.
^ The upper stroke is detache<l and shorter than in the
(rang next ; in both groups the primitive ia inclosed within the
radical, which depicts a place in which things can be
concealed ; it is called ^% ^ ^ or the picket-
fence ; the compounds denote chests, coffers, or drawers.
Tlie upper stroke in this radical projects ; the componnds
mostly mean to store, and many of them are in com-
mon use.
*^ Nearly all the common characters under this radical are
oAt'A) primitives, and it is placed in all parts ; the meanings
are unlike, therefore, and some practice is needed to find
them.
pi This radical is mostly found on top as fj, or on the
* right side ; the group contains many ancient forms, and
all partake somewhat of its meaning.
*^ Tliis railical, when on the right side as in most cases,
'resembles No. 163, as in j^ ; when at the bottom,
it is like No. 49 as ^ ; most of its common compounds
•ire primitives.
Some likeness is seen among the characters here, which
refer to protection, shelter, &c. ; it is known as ^ ^
p^i or '.he halo side do<lgc, alluding to No. 53 j^
Avith which it is often interchanged.
In this group, the raflical is in combination as in ■^, or
repeated as in ^, and not placed uniformly ; tlie
compounds are unusual and heterogeneous.
33
ar
flan*
,6--'
INTRODUCTION.
P30
y.'j Tliis occurs usually on the right side as ^, or under-
"* neath ; the common characters are jn-imitives, showing
traces of its meaning, and several have jtX ^o'" their
radical, making many hybrid forms now obsolete.
THREE STROKES.
Tliis is usually found on the left side ; whew it is at the
bottom or in combination, as •^, -^ or jg^, the character
is probably an original one ; it is employed to indicate
that the cliaracter is used phonetically, as fijjf I^F for
coffee, and msmy words under it in Kanglii's Dictionary
are of this kind ; voice, names, actions of the mouth, &C.
are the general meanings ; many are onomatapoetic.
r~J u* ■ lii this group, the radical incloses the primitive, as ^ '■>
I— J itLwui ^^^ compounds mostly allude to surrounding, shutting
in, &c.
±32 T'u is placed on the left or underneath ; the group
* T'u generally relates to things and kinds of earth ; several
cliaracters are interchanged with No. 150 ^ and No.
170 -^, a few with No. 85 ?JC and No. 112 !^ ; the
raxlical is called 5;^ i j§ kicking-earth at-side, in allu-
sion to its shape.
This has a long upper stroke, and is placed at the top
as in ^, by which it can be distinguished from the
preceding ; tlie group is incongruous, and the common
words are all primitives.
Tliis also is found on the top, and its transverse stroke
begins within the left one , which distinguishes it from
the next.
The transveree stroke projects, and it is placed under-
neath as in § } the characters are mostly obsolete.
More than half these characters are formed of another
radical ^j as P^ j their meanings aie incongruous,
though ideas of number appear ui a large proportion.
This radical enters so much into combination that its
compounds are rather puzzling, as y\,, and ^ j they
have little affinity in meaning, and a large part are
primitives ; it is mostly placed on the top.
Usually found on the left, Jis jgf , or underneath, or in
combination as ^ ; the group relates to females, beauty,
intrigue, lewdness, &c.
Tsz* is placed midemeath and on the side ; it is tripled
in a few as j^, and combined as ^ ; the compounds
mostly refer to cMdren, and to scholars, learning, &c..
This radical, caUed *^ ^ H and % M. W:
alludirig to the head and shoulders of a man, and lam
pung fau in Canton, covers the other strokes ; but when
they form another radical, it is not certain under which
half the character is to be looked for ; about twenty of the
compounds are formed of ^ contracted, as ^j all of
which refer to sleeping ; with these exceptions, the mean-
ings relate to shelter, houses, &c.
-JL' ** In this group, which is a miscellaneous one, the radical
J Js un is placed underneath or on the right ; most of the com-
mon words are primitives.
>J> t ;j. Nearly half of this group is formed of the character ^
as the radical, as ^J", aud show traces of its meaning;
the others fon:i rather a natural assemblage of ideas.
_i 43 This radical is usually on the left side, and its com-
/Lc Jran^ pomjjg ^re about equally divided between two of its
fon^is, except ^j which is used more than all the
others put together.
±
33
A
34
X
36
9
36
Sihf
-k
37
*
3S
^
SB
iMien
** Except in a few old words, this radical tovors the other
(Shi strokes on the left ; its compounds relate chiefly to the
parts and sesretions of the Uxly, &c. ; it is interchanged
with *^ in a few cases ; about twenty characters relate
to shoes, all havuig ^ for their real radical.
p., I Tins, called -^ !^ or half the grass radical, is on top,
or in combination as in V^ '■> few of them ai"e in use.
** This group is remarkably uniform in its meanings, which
(Ohan relate to the shape, parts, and names of moimtains ;
slum is placed on three sides of charactei^s, and when
on top resembles No. 40 *^ a little ; it is interchanged
with No. 32 i and No. 150 ^ in a few cases.
C\\ Chw'^n^^^ radical occi;rs in com.bination as /rj or -Tt > but
is mostly found on top ; many charactei"3 rei'er to
streams ; one name for it is Jl ^S or the three staves.
-|- ** All the common compounds aro primitives, in which
* kung is foand in combination, as ^^i or _£ or eC »
their meanings Dear no resemblance to the radical.
rj *•. Ki usually occurs underneath, when it resembles No. 26,
* as in ^ ; the three words ki ^5 * 2« ; ^'^^ ^^' &'
are often confounded in writing.
|X| »• A natural group, relating to cloth, Siish, flag, &c. ; kin
\\i (Kin is usually found on the left or at the botto-n, or jn com-
bination, as 0iP ; in a few cases, it is iuted-chauged with
No. 120 5^ ; it is spoken of as ;;^ jfl ^ «^ 6^^*'"
napkin at-side.
-y, »i All the common characters in this group are primitives,
•^ tXaw ^^ j.^g radical is iu combination, as ^ or i^ or ^ 5
their meanings are very unUke.
j^ ?? lliis collection contains really two radicals, ^ and X^,
"^ * both alike m sense; £J and ^ are examples; the
meanings exhibit traces of their influence.
r»3 The characters in this group refer to buildings, protec-
' Yen tjon, &c. ; in several the radical is interchanged with No.
27 J~^: and always found on the left ; it is called f^ pq
or the side dodge.
•jt »* This radical and No. 162 are used s^iionynaously, but
'^ '* also sometimes wrongly, as 3t§. for ^, and jOE for 5^,
&c. ; it supports the other strokes, and most of the charac-
ters relate to walking.
It. 86 Kung is placed underneath ; iujtnany cases it is altered
both, of which ^ and ^ is one.
-i^ ^f. This is easily confounded with No. 62 :^, andisinter-
^ ' changed iu a few characters ; the radical is on the right,
and its compounds usually refer to it.
3 " The radical is on the left, or combined as |^ or F^,
■^ cK-itng.^^^ underneath ; the reg\ilar compounds mostly refer
to its meanings, directly or figm-atively.
13 ** This is placed on the top as ^, or at the bottom as
^ ; the radical influences the meanings but little ; it
is sometimes called ^ |i| p|5 overturned hill radical.
y^ 89 Most of these compounds refer to stripes, plmnage, &c. ;
^^ fSan the radical is usually on the right, or iu combination,
as ^•
■jI ^a?-; Tliis radical is on the left, aud known as # j^ A
or SC jL y Vj referring to the appai'ent doubling of ^
man in it ; it resembles No. 144 fj, under which and
Hi.
INTRODUCTION.
H>
:S:
•1
fjS'»n
«s
(Kiocr
•s
No. 162 ^ are many svnonyme ; the group contains
ideas of walking, advancement, &c.
FOUR STROKES.
Tliese characters moetly refer to the feelings pa-aions,
mind, &c.; it is called >J^ >^ '^, or ^ t}^ J2> or
^ >& 5^' upright-heart side ; the contracted form
is always on the left as fljf » and the other beneath, as
^ ; the regular form is usually beneatli.
. Kwo covers the other strokes as ^> or combines with
them as ^, and then it is not so easily detected ; it
resembles No. 56 '\y and is interchanged with No. 18
jj in a, few cases.
This radical is placed over the other strokes ; most of the
characters refer to the uses or parts of a door, and a
few are interchanged with No. 169 ™-
.^ f^J^ The contracted form, «alled i^ ■^ jft and |^ i^
^, is placed on the left, as ^ ; and the full form
elsewhere, us j^ ; the group is a natm-al one, acts and
motions of the liand, ability, and power being the
prominent meanings.
-4-« •» Tills radical is never contracted, wlu'ch distinguishes it
-?» f CA» from the ifext ; there are some erroneous forms of the two
following iu the group, which is a uiiscellaDeous one.
jC P'uh ^® contracted form of the radical, called ^ ^ j^
^'l jR 5C ^ to distingiush it from the next, is on
the right pide, and is used in the common characters ;
the others ( about one half of all ) have the regular
form, as ^, hut aie seldom met.
-A. 67^ The contracted form is seldom used, and the radical is
^ i ^^«« placed variously ; the compounds generally refer to
streaks, variegated, mixed, &c.
Ideas of measuring, &c., run through this group, iu
which the radical is usually on the right or beneath ;
a few variants occur.
4
<Teu
fV ,A»n
Ideas of division are prombent in tliis natural group,
in which the radical is on the right side, except a few
like -^ ; the primitive is seldom another radical.
— t ,, This group has two radicals, and "^ has only eighteen
compounds under it as jjf^ ; the other is \\ a flag, as
written in Tg^ ; these compounds refer to the shape or
color of banners, maldng a natural collection.
-mJ' rt^ ' Tlie common character under tliis radical 0E has no
^"^ ' likeness to it iu meaning, and the rest seldoir. occur.
H^* This natural group refers to the sun, time, luminous, &c ;
•'»"> I the radical is usually on the left, and when en top it
resembles the next, as ^ ; some of these latter are
like others under No. 13 fj, as ]^ or ^ ; sometimes
the next radical and No. 134 p3 ^^ >vrongly written
like it.
^3 Yueh ■^ miscellaneous group ; f£ fonns the real radical of
* several in it, and all the conimon characters are pri-
mitives, rendering their search difficult ; a few of them
properly would fall imder the last radical.
^* Some reference to the moon or time is seen in mobt coni-
^«*«"> pounds under this radical, which is usually on the left;
it is tlien like the contracted fonn of No. 130 pg, but
practice will distiuguisU them ; others hamg it on the
right or at the bottom, as ^ or ^i are easily known.
n
^
ih'c'i
-J^ ^' A natural group, referring to trees and fruits wood
/Iv ainn, and wooden tliiuj^s; the radical is usually on tlie left,
but also at the top or Ixittom, and in combination, «»
^ and %
',. Tliis is eaMly confounded witli No. 66 ;^j as ui flfr
and $IJ[; ir :iii,l Xrs 30 P and 149 "h have several
interch.angcable fonns ; in this group, the characters
refertothe tones, condition, and foree of the voice, — on
the whole a natural collection.
When this radical w on the left as Jq^j there is an allu-
sion to its meaning ; but when in combination as j£ or
[^) or underneath as ^< no likeness is apparent ; it
is interchange<l with No. 60 ^ and No. 157 ff, and
rarely witli other radicals
Ja « y .• The proper radical of this group is |^ a rotten ijone^
contracted to ^ in the compounds, all of which refer
to whatever is dead, offensive, &c. ; tai is also inter-
changed with No. 104 ^, and is generally placed on
the left side, or underneath as ^, which last is the
radical of ten other compounds under it.
M^ ^ When shu is use<l as a radical, the primitive is never
■^^ toAii another radical ; it is place<l on the right ; characters
like ^1^ which appear to be under this, have their
radical on the left side, the rest l)eing f^ an euipty
skirt ; a dozen characters are also fonned of f^ saunJ,
with a primiti\e, so that there are really liiree radicals
instead of one in the group.
In this small group the radical is undemeatli the other
strokes, as in ^ or ^> most of tlie characters being
primitives.
Two radicals are here combined, of wliich pi heads one
h»lf as ^ ; and f^ a hare the others, as |^ ; none of
them are much used, but the latter are most alike.
•■ Most of these characters relate to uses and state i>f
iMao hair, fur, or feathers ; the r.idicnl is found oftenest on
tlie left, also on the right or beneath.
The tluve primitives iu this group J^i J^ and JS'
arc all found as ratlicals of some characters under it,
which consequently i-how no likeness ui their meauings.
These few characters all bear some relotiouship to their
radical, which covers the other strokes.
J^ •» ^ Some reference to the properties or the appearance of
/|V *Skui water is found in nearly all these words, makuig it a
natural group ; seveml are interchanged with No. 32
•f-. and No. 112 ^ } the radical is called .Zl 3& TJC
or three-dot water, when placed on tlie left, as in fl^ ;
it is also found beneath as yf^, find more rarely in
combination as ^ or ^'
This group indicates the appearance and eSects of fire,
&c. ; the radical is called 5(5| KB four-dot foot, and
in most of the comix)unds occurs on the side, or ui
about one third of the whole, as ^^i it is underneath.
In about one half of the characters, c/iao is contracted
on top, as ^ ; iu the rest it is found on the left ; it is
easily distinguished from No. 97 JUt by the dot.
Tliis small collection is very natural ; fii is placed on
top, and its 'compounds refer to a father, and hi- dif-
ferent appellations.
^,j. Two primitives ^ and ^ aro the conunou ciinrai ttrs
in this group, which all show slight aftinity to the radical.
»
iWu
•1
<Pi
•s
Shi>
IT?
iK*Hwo
•T
^Chao
H
ft
Fu*
INTRODUCTION.
liii.
^ I, This is a contraction of 7)^ a bed, and most of its com-
^pounds refer to tlie parts and fonns of a couch ; it is
placed on the left.
iJ- *i Some allusion to a plank, board, or parts of a house, is
/y P'ien* obser\'ed in most of these characters, whose radical is
always on the left.
-rr, »2 An unimportant, though natural group; the radical
^ i Ya imparts some of its meaning to all under it.
y|. 93 The compounds refer to the ages, colors, uses, and
'-p iNm jjurture of bovine animals; the radical, called |^ ^
5^ or the goring ox, is placed on the left, and seldom
underneath.
fv 84 The contracted form is always placed on the left ; else-
y\ ^K'uiru^here it is the full form, which then may be wrongly
written ^ ', the former is called ^ 3^^ ^ turned-
round-dog; and in Canton lai kau pin or dog-looking-
baokward ; it refers to wild beasts, fierce, lying, crafty,
&c.; some words under it, and Nos. 152 ^ and 153
^> are interchanged.
FIVE STROKES.
A sacied chai-acter, and therefore seldom written with
the final point ; it occui-s in combination in ^5 one of
its common derivatives.
•* The complete form is only used underneath, and leads
Yuhy the meanings of all its compounds, which relate to gems
and music : the contraction is the character 3E>
described as> ^3j. 2 ^ or ^ I ^ j it is also
interchanged with No. 112 .^ and No. 167 ;^-
•7 Tliis radical is placed on the sides, thus helping to djstin-
* guish it from No. 87 ^ ; the compounds all refer to
melons, gourds, &c.
** Under this radical, which usually occui's on the right
* Wa or bottom, are found the names of tiles, earthenv/are,
&c. ; it is interchanged with No. 108 M' No. 32 J^,
and No. 112 ^•
11. 99 There is one primitive ^j in tliis group ; the rest are
fKan unusual, but resemble their radical in meaning.
.p 100 One primitive ^ occurs under this ; in the others the
^T^ tShangradica.] is easily recognized, and all the compounds
partake of its meaning.
mioi No bond of connection pervades the meanings of these
Yung*
1^ •*
S^L iEiien
3E
compounds ; the primitives "j^ and
common.
are the most
102 Words hereunder mostlj' refer to land, cultivation, &c. ;
i T'ien it is usually on the left, and when placed above or
below as |^ or ^, is usually a primitive, of which
there are about twenty in the group ; several are inter-
changed with No. 32 32 and others.
— rt 103 Tiie common characters in this group are primitives, as
^^ * ') ^ and ^5 and all are very diverse in meaning.
rl04; This is perhaps the most natural collection of characters
Nihj in the language, as all refer to ailments ; the radical
is on top, and called ^ ^ BM or disease head.
y^ 106 The radical is placed on top ; the three common cha-
-Po/' ) racters under it have no uniformity of meaning.
al®* In most cases, poh is placed on the left, in others on top
-PoA) or underneath; the meanings usually indicate brightness,
light ; No. 132 g and No. 109 @ are both like it.
and No. 72 p is interchanged in a few cases.
M
113
6%*
114
^Jeu
X
'W
^
#,
«
107 This radical is placed variously, but is easily seen ; the
i^ ^ uses and parts of skin ai-e the common itleus.
*®8 Some reference to the radical, called :^ Jfll pfj, or
(Mtntj jj|gh radical, is observed in nearly all the couipomids ;
it is at the bottom, and in a few cases may be mis-
taken for No. 143 jJl,.
109 These relate to the eye and vision ; their radical is
Muh) usually fcund on the left, and when undernefith resem-
bles No. 132 p ; the contracted form, as in ^, is like
No. 122 I^J as in ^, but such are few; in the primi-
tives ^ or [g[, it is in combination.
110 This and No. 115 ^ are somewhat alike ; it is placed
iMeu on the left, and its compounds give the names and
describe uses of lances.
'•l* A large proportion of this group indicates a connection
with ^ short ; the others chiefly refer to aiTows, and
have tlie radical on the left.
112 This radical is on the left or underneatli, and conveys
Skihi something of its meaning to all its compounds ; it is In-
terchanged with No. 32 JZ. or Xo. 98 ^ ; also with
No. 96 ^ or No. 46 |Jj in many cases.
This is Tilaced on the left or miderneath ; the contracted
form -^ is not used in books, but resem.bles that of
No. 145 ^» as iu ^^ and ^^ ', it is hence called ^
^ 5y, in allusion to this similarity ; the group con-
tains words of a religious nature.
These few characters are mostly primitives, as "J^ or
•j^ ; they slightly resemble the radical in meaning.
"6 The appearance, uses, &e., of gi-ain, especially rice, are
iHwo leading ideas in these words ; the radical is on the left,
or in combination as y^ ', several are interchanged
with No. 113 jfi, chiefly from the use made of grain m
sacrifices ; it is described as ^ /fC ^y from its re-
semblance to the 75th radical.
"6 lliis can only be niistaken for No. 40 *^5 but it is not
Huehx alwavs easy 'to tell whether the upper or lower radical
detennines the place m the Qictionary, asm q or-^,
hoUowness, boring, and darkness, are prominent ideas
in the group.
117 The radical is at top, or on the right, or below ; several
are prunitives, and most of the characters allude to the
radical.
SIX STROKES.
"« This is on top, and called ft ^ 5M ^r bamboo-
Chuki flower top ; its compounds denote the kinds and utensils
of bamboo, with a few referring to >vriting.
This is placed on the left, and occasionally elsewhere ;
some of the characters interchange with No. 115 ^,
and nearly all refer to rice in the grain, or made into
cakes, spirit, flour, &c.
This natural group relates to the kinds and modes of
raising and making silk ; the radical is described as -^
^>, ^ 01" wind-sUk at-side, and is usually' found on the
left or beneath, rarely on the right as ^^ or in com-
bination as ^'
Kinds and uses of jars are the leading ideas ; the ra-
dical is interchanged with No. 98 5% ^^' No. 75 /fC ;
in a few cases it is oft;en written like No. 167 •^ »
unlike as the two are.
lAhy
119
120
Mihy
121
fFeu
INTRODUCTION.
tffi
125
136
|-j-| 122 Thig radical is on top, and called P9 ^ pf5 or tlie
fW| MFwn^rietter-foiir radical, from the resemWance ; it is also
coutiactC'l as in ^ ; a few like |^ suggest Nos. 13
IJ and 14 ♦"• J tlic meanings refer to nets and traps.
-y. ISO This is often contracted as in ^ and ^? or written
-p J long .^ jjjg ^jj j.^j^ j^g ^ . .^ jg usually on the right or
beneath, and several are interchanged with No. 198 |^;
the ages or colors of sheep, &c., arc common meanings.
T« 124 This conveys something of its meaning to its com-
^r4 ' ya pounds ; it is fonnd on all sides, and in combination as
^ j several are primitives.
Terms for age are the common meanings in this small
group, but in nearly ail the wonts the radical is con-
tracted, as ^ or ^^1 so as to puzzle the begiimer.
Tliis group is increased by many characters as ^ and
^5^ which should liiive been properly placed under the
other radical, as tlus one gives tJieir sound.
1*^ This resembles No. 1 15 ^ ; it is placed ou the left,
T-ei and the characters denote the uses and parts of plouglis,
harrows, &c.
This and No. 109 S are ot\en written so much alike as
to be confounded ; its comjiounds mostly relate actually
or figuratively to the ear ; it is place<l on tlic left, on
the top, or in combination as 5ft, and underneath.
Placed ou the right, or in combir.ation, as in Jp?
the radical adds nothing of its meaning to its coniuion
compounds.
Tlie contracted form and No. 74 ^ are written alike,
!is in ^K and JJ(|], but this group is the lai^est ; and
many characters Uke ^» which would be searched for
here, come under tlie other radical ; those under juh
have it ou three sides, and the full form is usually found
underneath.
tg *** Tliis is placed on the left, or in combination as in |^; an
ti*. £ C/j an incongruous group.
el3a 'fijjg jjj easily confounded with No. 106 Q, and occa-
^*^ eioually wrongly used for it ; it is mostly found ou top,
as in ^, which itself is again the radical of a dozen
compoimds referring to putrid smells.
This small group has no common idea running through
it ; the radical is underneath as gj» or on the left.
This is easily mistaken for No. lOG Q ; it occurs in
combination as in Jg^ or ^? or is placed uuderueath.
130 This radical is on the left, as %]', and the ideas of lick-
iS/tehf ing or sucking predominate, making it a natural
though but little-used group.
136 In these characters the radical is found underneath, but
Ch'wenn does not inllueuce their meaning.
*'^ A natural group, referring to the parts, uses, and po-
fCheu sitious of boats ; the radical is oii tlie left ; it is inter-
changed with No. 75 TjC and No. 85 7]^ in a few cha-
racters, but in some others erroneou;ly with Na 130
^, as %% for ^, in which "jj is the radical.
In tliis, the smallest group, its radical is in combination
as ^1 or ou the right.
The conditions of color are the leading ideas in tliis
small gioup ; seh is placed on the light, and must not
be confounded witli No. 1G3 G«' which resembles it.
-?
128
♦
129
1^
130
Juby
138
Chi*
134
a
&
138
Ad/t*
139
Seht
|b|h **• '^8 radical in its contracted form ou top, as in ^,
"" 'TV'aojg ^„u^^, -^ ^ Pi ^,. ^^f^. it i, t,,e i„,gg,t
group and one of the most nutmal, comprising the
names and condition of plants, vegetables, grasses, &c. •
it is interchanged with No. 75 /fC or No. 1 15 ^,
and others.
tj^ h" '^"^ radical, or its commonest compound J^, affects
/•ii {«« the meaning of its derivatives, wliich relate to tigers and
leopards, showing how commou they must once have
been; it covers the other strokes, or is pUced on the
side, as ^
Ai Jjl** Tliis natural group includes snakes, insects, reptiles, &c.,
" having characters interchanged with No. 195 ft and
No. 208 Jh, ; the radical is usually on the left, but
when doubled it is uiidemeath, as ^^ which makes
scores of synonyms.
iflT W*** ^'''' '■®*«'^'''^' ^'<'- ^^ M' '^"f^ 's knowni at, l&I, jfe
pP to distinguish it ; tiio radical is mostly on the left.
>j^ 144 Tliis radical incloses the primitive, as in fj^p j the left
^ *"^ half is the same as No. «0 >f ; the characters relate
to going or to lanes, and metaphors deri«°ed therefrom.
HH **• Tliis radical conveys a meaning to most of its com-
' pounds ; its contracted fonn is only on tiie left, as ^^,
and the full form at the bottom as ^» or divided as
^J » the contracted form of No. 113 /J\ resembles that
of tliis radical.
rnj' **• This radical is on top, and does not influence many of
|ll| Uw. jjg compounds ; it is usiuMilly called JS ^ ^ ie.
west radical, fi-om its common derivative.
SEVEN STROKES.
Q **T Uses of the eye, and emotions of the mind, are the
^^Q Atcrt* principal ideas of this group, stmie of whoso cha-
racters interchange with No. 109 H 5 the radical is
chieily on the right side, and sometimes underneath.
>^ 148 In this group, the u^^es, ages, and appeiirance of horns
^9 A'loAj are the leading ideas; the radical is usually on tiie left
or undemeath.
-•*- 149 Words ill this natural group express emotions, and ideas
^? ii'en pertaining to conversation, letters, &c. ; the radical is
liSually on the left or underneath ; some ciiaracters
are uiterchanged with No. 30 P, and a few with No.
61 t\J
j^ ISO Words in this group interchange with No. 46 llji
■^ ifttA> j^Q g5 ^J^andNo. 170^, all referring to valleys ; it
looks a little like No. 135 p when written badly.
— i 161 This group contains two radicals, one of which leads
I?. Teu* the meaning of those referring to pidse and sacrilitiul
vessels, as Rl or ^; tlio other is a contraction of No.
207 ssL' '"''^ vnosi of its compounds refer to drums.
*M This is interchnngcd with the next and No. 94 ^^ all
*6/i» relating to wild beasts ; it is found mo-.tly on the left
or undemeath, and in composition, as ^ J the group is
natural.
>^** This group is Uke the last, both containing many synoiiy-
< Ckai iiious Ibinis ; cUni occurs only on the left.
154 This occurs on tlio left or at the bottom, and in com-
biiuition as J^ ; tiie prevailing ideas in the group arc of
property, trade or honors, making a somewli.-it iinlnral
collection ; the radical is sometimes caljed '^ M 13
from the similarity of these two characteis.
ic
M.
INTRODUCTION,
Iv.
*
*
J£
1S8
fShan
i«e
m
a.
*** Most of the characters convey some idea of redness, ap-
Ch'ihy plied to earth or to the face ; the radical is found on
the left.
IS* This radical supports the other strokes as j|E j and con-
* Tseu veys somewhat of its meaning to the compounds : they
are fi'equently interchanged with the next and -with
No. 162 ^ and others ; only a small proportion of the
whole are now used.
1*7 This usually occurs on the left; the gi-oup resembles the
Tmhi last, and many characters are interchanged with it and
No. 162 j^ ; the forms and uses of the foot are the
leading ideas.
This radical is on the left ; it is interchanged with No.
130 ^, No. 128 %, No. 132 g, and No. 188 %;
a small and natural group.
This natural collection refers to vehicles ; the radical
is on the left, but in a few, as j^, it is beneath, or as
in ™. iuside.
In many of the compounds, the radical is doubled as
^ ; in others, as ^i it is beneath or on either side ;
their meanings have some similarity.
161 As a riulical or in combination, as in the common words
«« J^ Qy. ^^ tjjjs imparts no meaning to most of the
characters under it ; No. 168 ^ resembles it.
*•** The contracted form on the left is by some called ^
* j|g ^ poling-boat at-side, from a fancied resemblance;
this and the groups under No. 170 /^t No. 60 y\ and
No. 157 .£' all have some characters in common.
Except in a few cases, as -g^, the contracted form of
this radical, described as ^ ^ ^ two-lobed car, is
placed on the right side, as in ^, by which alone
its compounds are distinguished from No. 170 ^ 5
they mostly refer to land, places, inclosures, &c.
This is placed usually on the left, but others occur like
■^ or ^^ 01" ^ ; the characters mostly refer to
pickles or spirits, ar,d their effects,
>•** Tliis group is very heterogeneous and in-egulax ; the
radical is often confounded with its cor^ipomid 5^5 the
only character umch in use.
This is placed underneath, on the left, or in composition, •
as 1^ 5 making a misceUane?>us group.
This gi-oup refers to metals, their uses, shapes, &c. ; the
radical is usually placed on the left or underneath as
J^5 it is interchanged with No. 112 ^ and No. 75
TfC in a few cases.
The contracted form is on the left side ; the derivatives
CHany are little used; most of them refer to lengths, but others
to hair, showing that the radical is a contraction of No.
190 ^5 and not originally this one.
This radical covers the primitive as in p^' forming a
symmetrical group, most of which refer to doors, en-
trances, &c. ; it is sometimes used as a contraction of
No, 191 ™} because it is easier to write.
This is placed on the left^ as jJjj 5 in its contracted form,
which is sometimes called ^ Z^ ^ alluding to a
water bucket ; the characters mostly refer to places,
hills, mounds, &c.
These few characters are obsolete, though mostly refer-
riug to their radical, which is placed on the right side.
tt
172
(Chui
163
184
*Ym
166
167
166
169
iMan
170
Feu*
171
Tai>
This stands on the right as jjp, or beneath as ^,
but in a few as |g or "^ it is obscure ; it is often
interchanged with No. 196 J^, and most of the words
denote kinds or acts of birds,
f RE ^7.^ ^ natural gi-oup referring to rain, dew, mist, and theirif
Mv iw times, forces, and appearances ; the i-adical is on top,
•^S. 17*
but there are many compoimds as
is tlie real radical.
^
in whicli M
n
■pq" rp , . This is placed on either side as in ^ or 3^ and im-
* ^ parts a shade of its meaning to the compounds, and its
sound too to most of them.
The radical is really the primitive to a large portion of
this group, the other moiety of ttie character impart-
ing the meaning.
NINE STROKES.
The form, condition, and expression of the face are
described in this natural gi'oup ; the radical is on the
left or at bottom.
176
^Fe'i
176
Mien*
177
Kofi,
This is on the left or beneath, :i8 :^ ; it is often inter-
changed with the next ; the uses and articles of lea-
ther are described.
178
S Wei
179
^Kiu
180
(Yin
■ 181
Hiek}
This is usually on the left, though ^ and a few others
are exceptions ; the group describes the uses, garments,
&c., of leather.
Tills small and unused group is incongruous in its mean-
ings ; tlie radical is usually beneath as ^« and looks
like No. 175 11^.
Tliis imparts a shade of its meaning to nearly :ill its
compounds ; it is found on the left or beneath, as ^f .
and on the right.
Tlie motions, parts, and appearances of the head and face
are here given ; the radical is usually on the right, but
^ is an exception ; it originally was a form of No. 180
"§"5 and lias nearly superseded it.
182 Motions and effects of the wind are described in this
(Fun(/ group ; the radical is found on the right, but oftener it is
on the left.
The radical is the only word in common use ; its com-
pounds mostly refer to flying.
This is usually on the left as |p, but otherwise in a
few cases as ^ '> b some unusual characters it is
interchanged with No, 130 1^, No. 119 ^fv? and No.
.30 P ; the words mostly refer to sorts of food, appe-
tite, eating, &c.
The compounds are unusual, and in several skeu is inter-
changed with No. 181 ^ and No. 190 ^i the
radical occurs on all sides of the primitive,
186 l"lie radical affects the meaning of all its compounds,
fHiang which are seldom used ; it is usually placed on the left.
TEN STROKES.
Tlie characters all refer to the ages, colors, uses, &c, of
horses, and metaphors taken from them.
This large and rather natural group describes the
names and condition of bones ; the radical is on the
left, and is interchanged with No. 181 ^ and No. 130
1^ in a few cases.
The radical is the only word m common use ; nearly
half of the compounds have kao for their radical, while
.'$ leads the rest, and its compounds describe the con-
dition of walls, and are now mostly found under No, 32
183
\fF^i
184
Shihy
186
*Sheu
K 187
^tOt 193
^ Kuh,
189
(Kao
Ivi.
INTRODUCTION.
5^
iPia
-f- ; ill combination it is contracted, as in
iuid does not serve as a radicaL
This group describes the condition and uses of the
beard or hair ; it- has many interchangeable characters, I
and the radical is always on top ; feme of its real com- |
«- '^- i MhoH,
^
192
Vft'auff*
in
m
pound:, are contracted under No. 1C8 ^
This covers the primitive as in j^J» and is frequently
ivritten wTongly like No. 169 f^, which it resembles.
The only character ^ in common nse in this group
has no reference to its meaning ; and many of the com-
pounds are duplicate foims.
This is the radical of about half of its compounds,
which mostly lefcr to boilers ; the otlier radical is
jljj^ a steaming vjse, as in 2|^. whose derivatives refer
chiefly to steaming or Ixfiling, itnd gruel.
Tills is found mostly on the left, and is readily recog-
nized ; the number of comixxmds niiglit be indetinitelj
increased, for cabalistic sentences are often made, to
all whose characters this is added ; tiie names of
spirits, demons, stars, Sec, occur in this group, which
contains much to illustrate the idolatry of the Chinese.
ELEVEN 8TROKE8.
This is usually on the left, thougli (gl and others are
e.xceptions ; it is also interchanged both with No. 205
^ and No. 142 ^i butthe gronp is unusually natural.
In this natural group a few characters are interchanged
witli No. 172 ^ ; the radical is mostly on tlie right ;
there are many duplicate forms.
These characters pertain to the ta^ite and uses of salt,
making a small, natural group.
Tliis is interchanged with No. 128 ^ in some cha*
racters ; it is usually placed on top, and conveys ideas
relating to cervine imiuials.
Characters in tlus group refer to cakes and other tilings
made from wheat ; few of them are in use.
Some of the characters found lieie ought to have been
placed elsewhere, us ^ and ^ ; very few of those
properly coming under this radical are used.
TWELVE STROKES.
20X Tliis is nearly an obsolete though a iiatunU group ; the
iUwaagslmdes of yellow are the leading detinitions, and in this,
as in a few other groups, one wonders how so many
characters were needed upon sucli a subject
This is usually on the left, except in ^ ; in some it
is interchanged with No. 119 ;^ ; the characters
mostly denote kinds of millet, paste. &<•.
194
i^Kicdi
199
196
Jli X9T
C 199
see
. 392
m^chi
<Afir,
^ ' Ting
l^Sht
ai9
. Ts'i
ail
miKwii
214
Ideas of shades and combinations of black, vileness, &c.,
belong to this group ; the radical is on the left as in
lyS' or underneath as in j||(i in which cases the cha-
racter appears as if belonging to No. 86 ^•
This small, natural group has the radical on the left
of the characters.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
Several characters in the group are interchanged with
No. 195 jB . No. 142 ^ and No. 213 ^ ; they mostly
refer to reptilia.
Tliese few unusual words refer to tripods and braziers ;
the radical is generally luidemeaih.
This is usually foiuid above, as ^j which will prevent
its compoiuids being looked for under No. 66 ;;^ ; a few
words as b^ really belonging to it, are found under
No. 151 _H., because their right half is omitted ; they
denote sizes and sounds of drums.
Tlie names of rodents form most of these characters : it
is occasionullv interchanged with No. 142 Si% *utl No.
153 ^ 1 though in the main a natural group.
FOURTEEN STROKES.
Words describing the uses, fonns, and diseases of tlie
nose, &c., are comprised in this group.
These words derive their sound from the ratUcal, wliich
is properly the phonetic, and the renl radical is con-
tained within th^ lower part, as Jf ? many siniilarlv
formed compounds are distributed among other radicals,
the whole making a phonetic collection.
FIFTEEN STROKES.
Tlie forms, uses, and diseases of the teeth and gums are
described ; a few unusual characters are interchanged
with No. 92 ^ and No. 30 P-
SIXTEEN STROKES.
Like 210, many characters here shoidd have been
placed elsewhere, as only a few of those with lung refer
to a dragon, wliich really acts as the phonetic.
A natural group referring to tortoises, &c.; the radical
is also interc!)anged with No. 205 ^ and No. 142 Si,-)
in a few instajjces.
SEVENTEEN STROKES.
In this small group, several characters are interchanged
with No. 76 y^ and No. 118 ft ; the word ^ is
more used than all the others.
SECT. VIII. — THE PRIMITIVES.
That part ot a character which is not the radical, has
no name among the CHnefic, But foreigners have termed
iTILe primitive or phonetic Neither of iheso names is
entirely suitable, for that part of a character which is not
the radical cannot always be said to have Ix-eii formed
first, any more than that it always imparts its sound to
the united symbol For instance, in the character -^j
the combination of the radicals P mouth and J^ stljish,
to form the word for exalted, is ctymologicjdly sijeakiug
only apparent, since the upper half is really a contraction
of yj, b'l, which having now lost its full form, has become
simply Jj^ to the learner. In (his case, one half is just
as much a primitive as the other, and neitlier of them
imparts its sound to the cbauicter. Not so with the 35
INTRODUCTION.
Ivii.
derivatives in which this symbol t^ai -^ occurs, where it
unites with the radicals ^ ^awcf, >(j«/(earif, 7JlC^t.-a<6r, / ice,
&c. to make common words lika ^^ to carry, '{^ concord,
^ to rule, \^ to melt, &c. ; for in such it is properly a
primitive, in so far that in all of them it was a full char-
acter before combining with those radicals. Yet it is not
strictly their phonetic ; for these four aie now read fai, i,
chi and ye. Such combme d_wprds piobab'y take their
pres ent sound from this part in rather more than one
half of the total number of characters in the language,
wEatever they may have done in earlier times. Still it
misleads the learner so often to call it the phonetic, if he
looks to it to get the sound, that Marshman's term primi-
tive is preferable. When tha primitive does give its sound,
as under -j^ and its 83 derivatives, and was evidently
taken to express it, the term phonetic is proper ; and both
words are useful in describing characters.
Dr. Marshman was the first who investigated the
composition of Chinese characters in this manner. He
made a complete classification of all those in Kanghi's
Dictionary, so that their construction could be seen ac-
cording to their primitives. He applied this term to
that portion of a character which is left after its radical is
removed ; and used the word derivatives to express the
compound formed by the union of a radical and a primi-
tive. He found tha* the language contains 3867 of such
primitives, that is, characters which combine at least once
with a radical to form a third. He added the 214
radicals themselves, most of which also combine as primi-
tives with other radicals, and thus estimated that about
40S1 characters out of the 41,000 in the dictionary^
should be classed as primitives. The greatest number
wliich spring from any one is 74, but the average is less
than ten.
Of this total number, he ascertained that 1726 com-
bine only once with a radical to form a third character,
and as they are all derivatives themselves, they may for
all practical purposes be excluded" from the list. Such a
character is the derivative formed of *^ and ^ read
chmg ^ which afterwards combines with A to make
f^, and with nothing else ; another example is an old or
erroneous form of ^ with ^^ underneath, a mere synony-
mous variety of itself.
There are also 452 others, formed, generally speaking,
in the same manner from other derivatives, each of which
produces only two philological shoots, and may be dis-
carded for the same reason, their great rarity. These
together make 2178 characters, which as they are the
parents of only 2630 derivatives, and are themselves
mostly included under simpler forms, can have little
influence on the great mass of characters, and may all
be dropped from the reckoning.
There are then about 1689 primitives in the language,
from which, by the addition of 214 of their own number,
are formed at least seven-eighths of all the characters in
the Chinese language. This for all practical purposes is
equivalent to the whole. This number of primitives can
bo reduced still more without injury, by strildng oflF those
whqse derivatives form only three unusual characters, and
those which are obsolete or synonymous, by referring
them as sub-groups under their more conspicuous primi-
tives. In describing them they may be arranged for con-
venience into the following five classes, according to the
relation they bear to the radicals.
I. — The 214 radicals themselves, wJien used as primi-
tives. — There are only 127 of them included in Callery's
list, but these are of frequent occurrence. When two
combine side by side, as p^||, ^, ^, ^^, &c., the one
which imparts the sound is usually made the primitive
by its location in Kanghi's Dictionary, and the character
should be sought for first under the other radical. When
they are placed one above the other, as ^, ^, ^, ^,
&c., the signification of the word has mostly guided its
position in the dictionary, but no rules can be laid down ;
most of the characters so formed are themselves primi-
tives. Under the radical 7JC water there are 117 com-
pounds, which are made by combining it with another
radical, of which 59 follow its sound, and 58 do not, or
are primitives. Out of 115 similar characters under -^
wood, as many as 72 are sounded like their phonetic,
and about 20 of the remainder as ^, ^, ^, &c, are
primitives. Out of 101 such derivatives under ^
plants, as many as 78 retain the sound of the primi-
tive radical. Out of the 333 derivatives of this sort under
these three common radicals, only one \f^ has the sound
of the radical muh, and that is wrongly placed, seeing it
is a sort of bird, and muh is really the primitive. The
compilers of the dictionary were occasionally careless in
tEis respect, and have distributed characters erroneouslyj
according to their own rulesj^ as for instance ^ tine
hair, is found under ^^, and not under ^ its proper
radical. It is useful to know this arrangement, in order
the sooner to know where to look for a character in
Kanghi's Dictionary.
II. — Primitives formed of a radical, by an addition
which is of itself unmeaning, — When the radicals jveie
reduced from 544 to their present number, the compilers
of the ^ ^ were likely to distribute such of them as
were not important enough to use as radicals, wherever
they could most easily be found, without regard to their
meaning. For instance, '^ and ^, are placed under
H^ and >jl^; but the remaining strokes possess no
meaning when it is removed, nor have those ihrea char-
acters any reference to bow, mih or fire. All such are
among the most ancient and common characters in the
language, and number more than four hund red in all.
Iviii.
INTRODUCTION.
Most of them are contained in the list of difficult cha-
racters given after the Index on page 1239-
III. — Primitives formed of two radicals, or tohich can
he separated into two complete radicals. — Some which come
under this class, when analysed, have only a stroke or
two as one of its radicals, as tj^\ 'J', ^f-, ■£, ffi, &c. ;
bnt most of them as J^, ■^, ^, 4B) ^^- are readily
divisible into two common ones, and are most easily
le<imed by remembering their component parts. A few,
are composed of a radical repeated, as ^, ^, ^, f^,
||. (fee, which are readily noticed. The number of both
these kinds of primilives is over two hundred.
IV. — Primitives formed of three or four-radicals. —
They are fewer in number than the preceding, and when
their radical is removed, the rest is not usually a com-
plete character, but is divisible into two radicals. Such
are 7fC» S' ^' ^' ^» ^^^ which are much easier
learned and remembered as integral primitives than by
their component parts. About thirty characters in the
language are formed by the triplication of single radicals,
^ M' iS' i5^' ^' ^ ^^ °^ which only five are common
primitives. The last three classes together compose about
half of the 1G89 primitives, and. most of the elementary
Chinese characters.
V, — Pnmitives formed from a derivative by the addi-
tion of anotlier radical, or by the combination of two
derivatives. This class is, so to speak, of the third
generation, and one of its parts will therefore be found
in one of the preceding classes. Thus, ,^„ ^ and ^
may all be regarded as flowing from ^, however little
connection they may have with it in meaning ; and each
of them is joined again to several radicals as primitives.
Such is ako the case with ^, f^, and ^, wliose progeny
as II, B^ and f^ or % ^ and ^, with ^, ^ and
^, and others, all combine with radicals to form new
derivatives. A few of this class arc composed of two
derivatives, as ^^, Jjf, ^■. which form a small collection
easily recognized. The language contains many cha-
racters of this kind, which in classifying them by their
primitives as Gallery has done, must be left out ; but
when arranged by a radical, can be easily assorted.
They are not very common indeed, as ^^, ^, ;^, &c.,
but this dilemma of either rejecting them altogeiher, or
making the index tabic too cumbersome to use, indicates
the imj)erfection of this plan for general arrangement.
What the student is most concerned with is to find a cha-
racter quickly, and he soon sees that the practical point
to be decided is whether to have 214 or 1689 keys to
help him in his search. There can be no hesitation
about the relative facilities of the two seta of determina-
tives for this special purpose, and that the 214 radicals
demand the most careful study of tho two.
This combination of a radical and primitive to form the
great mass of the Chinese characters, whether the latter
half is used ajs a mere phonetic as in ^^, or to aid the
sense of the derivative, as in J^, is such an important
part of the language, that the student will derive advantage
from examining tha primitives to this end. The essay of
Marshman, contained in his Clavis Sinica, shows the
fascination that such an analysis of the characters bad
over him. An acquaintance with the general principles
which the Chinese have loUowed in combining them,
will doubtless assist in remembering the characters, and
whatever dimluisheii this labor is ad\ antageous. No one
who means to read and talk Chinese can avoid the
drudgery of learning its characters. I have, therefore,
made an analysis of the groups found under each of the
primitivea given by Callery, in the belief th.-.t a careful
study of it will repay the student, who wishes to become
familiar with the written language.
The number of primitives in his list is 1040, or about
two-thirds of the number collected by Marshman ; but
the derivatives from tho remaining 649 are proportionately
very few. Gallery has defined only the most important
of the words under each primitive, and the total mumber
of characters contained in his Systema is 12,753. The
highest number of derivatives is 74 under No. 285 ^, of
which he gives only 33 ; under No. 1040 ^ he gives
only 9 of the 30 which actually occur ; but his selection
comprises all that are in common use.
The primitives of the same number of strokes are
arranged in the following list under the six letters con-
trived by Gon^alves, and described in tho last section ;
and if their application be learned, it will not bo difficult
to find each character. I have followed his order and
list, because it will render reference to his work easy ;
but liis mode of arrangement seems to have only one
advantage, w'?., that it shows the jKesibility of such an
alphabetic 'levice. If they had been arranged by their
radicals, it woulc" bave rendered them more accessible.
It will be easy, however, for the student to mark the
number of each primitive in the general index, and that
will then serve as a guide to find them by their proper
radical. This list has been reprinted in Doolittle's
Vocabulary, Part III., page 455-478, where the common
derivatives under each are given.
INTEODUCTIOX.
lix.
IjIST of 1040 £»£«.IIwa;iTI^/'ES.
Aceording toCaUcry^s Syatema^Phoneticumj toith the common sounds, and an analysis of the^respective
groups under each.
Zj. Yih^
2
~f" Shih,
7i fTao
\ ^ Lih,
7
Tsitht
A
10
ti
11
A
12
(,Jan
A
13
X
14
X
15
Yin*
TWO STROKES.
^arf. 5. — The sounds under this primitive are yih, chah,
wah, yah, and kiu; the cliaracters placed under it as a
radical might also be reckoned ; it is a contraction, as
in ;f Li fo"" yM? ^^^ reappears in No. 150 /fL anKJ No.
88^-
Afflatus. — This group is read Vao and hvu ; the pri-
imtive is found in No. 194 ^j and perhaps also in No,
241 ^ ; it is never used alone.
Rad. 24. — This character has modified the meanings
of some of its componnds, which are read shih, ki, chin
and hieh.
A man. — This phonetic gives the sound to nearly all its
derivatives, the others being read chang and ta; it is
used as a contraction for Ko. 841 3C> ^^^ No. 513 t^
Hows fjom it.
Had. 18. — The half-score of characters under this are
read tao, except one or two read cA'm, and their meaa-
ings are not influenced by it perceptibly ; it is not the
same as No. 34 ^JJ? though the two are often written
alike.
Rad. 19.-^ The derivatives here are read lih and
lieh or liieh -, an offshoot ^ hieh produces a sub-group
in No. 659 -^j having no affinity with it.
Rad. 26. — This resembles No. 32 2»' *n<i reappears in
No. GG j^ and No. 267 ^ ; the compounds are read
Jan^ pien and i/uen, and in some of them it is a con-
traction of No. 127 \\l^-
Is. — This group is readna*, Janff and yin; there
is no similarity in the meanings of the characters.
Rad. 16. — This occurs more frequently as a primitive
than a radical, and is often used as a contraction for
No. 85S ^^ ; one or two are read /« and kiuh, all the
others /.».
Nine. — This and the last are easily confounded, and
No. 16 if is hiterchangcd in a few cases ; the leading
soimd is kiu, the others are kw€i, kao and siih.
Rud. 21. — Prom this proceeds No. 108 fiQ) with which
one of this group ^b is easily confounded ; the sounds
are pi, pin, isiii and yii.
Kad. 9. — Two of the compounds, 23 and p^j give
rise to a few derivatives ; the sounds are jdn, sin, shen
and wo, and the significations are equally unlike.
Rad. 1'?. — This is readily distinguished from the last as
a primitive ; the compounds are all read pa or pah
except J/V pai.
To regulate. — The contracted form of jj^ five is written
Uke th; 1 primitive, which is seldom met except in com.
binatiou one of its derivatives is read «^a»,the others »^
Rad. 99. — This occurs as a contraction for 09 in ^>
for §^ in Xm ' *D*i J^ i" ■^ » *b® compounds are
read yiu, yu, and nih.
1
16
fKtu
17
Pui,
X
X
±
To involve. — This is occasionally interchanged with
No. 10 yL> and several of its compounds exhibit soma
aiiinity in meaning; they are read kiu, kiao and sheu.
Rad. 25. — This is sometimes interchanged with No. 869
^ ; its derivatives are vead puh poh. Ju, and wai ; it
is not readily confused with itself when a radical.
THREE STROKES.
p|/^ To die. — This reappears in No. 217 }]t ^°d No. 488
fjg, and a common derivative [^ is often interchanged
with it, and regarded almost as a synonym ; the sounds
are wang, inang, and mung.
In. — This is now a synonym of No. 21 "x ' ^wt was
originally distinguished, and in those compounds read
wu, it is usually retained ; others are read hwa.
Rad. 51. — The largest part of this group is read kan;
others are han, ngan, Men, Men and hieh; Mo. 364 ■^
flows from it, and it is sometiaies confounded with No.
40 ~Y and the next.
In. — It U interchanged with No. 19 "^ in several cha-
racters ; its soimds are all yii and hil, but tiie- significa-
tions vary greatly.
A plateau. — The sounds here are like the primitive,
* except ^/L yueh ; their meanings are not influenced by it.
*^ Rad. 37. — This primitive is sometimes wrongly written
like No. 72 "^j^ as |7C for 1^5 and also ;^ ; its deri-
vatives are read to, tai and ti.
Chaaa*^ sto^. — This character is also written 5v' Partly to
^distinguish it from the last ; the compounds all read
19
iYii
20
fKan
21
mYii
22
Wuh
of
25
Yih)
2«
Hia'
fhang, and exhibit some reference to the meaning
their phonetic.
Rad. 66. — This and No. 75 P^ are liable to be con-
founded; its compounds are mostly read yih, others
being yuen and teh, the last 'j^ making a sub-group.
Below. — These few characters are read h^a or sha and
teh; they show no trace of the primitive in their mean-
ing ; No. 57 ~|» might sometimes be taken for it.
*J Rad. 48. — This primitive has a large sub-group under No.
^ 646 ^, and smaller ones under kiiing Jfl, No.
250 ^ and No. 384 ^ I its derivatives are mostly
read kung and hung, then kang, kiang and kiiing.
Rad. 32. — This group is read fu, mu and shi€; its
characters indicate no affinity with its meaning, and one
of them /ft leads a few derivatives.
Rad. 41. — Tills must not be confounded with the next;
it is used as a contraction for ^ by rapid penmen ; its
derivatives are read tsUn, sheu, cheu and tao ; %^ and
^ both lead off several others.
*• Talented. — This group contains many common words ;
* all but one ( ItO i"* ) **"® ^^^^ ^^^ i*) ^^^ *^cw' mean-
ings differ gi-eatl\-.
22
29
Ts'un
Ix.
INTRODUCTION.
32
33
<*'
34
3 ** i?af/. 57. — This character imparts none of its mean-
'~j (Kuvff ings to its derivatives, which are read kung, and
kiiing ; two of them ^ and ^. lead sub-groups of five
or sJK characters, and No. 15G ';/» niay come from it.
Rad. 49. — Tliis and the ne\t might, as primitives, be
joined in one, for they are seldom accurately written ;
this group is read ki mostly, also/>», p€i and kai ; one
sub-group under No. 331 ^ is large.
The tenth hour. — Tlie characters in tliis group follow
the phonetic, but their meanings have no likeness to
it or each other.
Sword. — This and Na 6 j} are similar in sense, but
their groups differ in sound, this being read ^an through-
out ; No. 332 JS* conies from this, but the form *fy is [
a contraction of ^l] ^chwang.
-fy. ty^ A to.— This reappear* in No. 610 "jg, and No. 165 ^
*" and other sub-groups ; tlie derivatives are read i, ti, cA»,
shi and to, none of them like itself either in sound or
sense.
TH *• Rati. 39. — The derivatives all follow their leading
J * Tsz' sound in this group, and also sliow an unusual affinity
with its meaiiiug.
jZ. 37 Or/iAan.— This is easily confounded with tlie List, but
"X A'ieA, ii jg seldom met ; the sounds of the derivatives are like
it, but their meanings differ.
yu as To beg.— Tliis primitive appears like an offshoot from
^ ^'^> No. 1 ^, but its affinities are with No. 6C4 ^ and
the 84th radical ~\, with which it is interchanged ; iu
compounds are read hih, yih, kih, hoh, koh, kuh
and kien.
^p* ^ A .iprout. — The subgroup under No. 210^ is the
*-^ ^ ** only important one ; the compounds are read toA, cAo,
tsih and tu ; and arc milike in sense.
A thousand. — This and No. 20 ^ are often mistaken
*^"for each otlier, but this is the least used ; its compounds
are all read ts*ien.
i-m ♦*• A ladle. — lliis primitive affects tlio meaning of a few
\) fjhohf characters under it ; their sounds are mostly clioh and tih,
wth/JoA, yoh, tiao and liao; By and j^ bolli lead
two or three compounds.
M ** Rad, 3G. — This character reappears in a lat^ sub-
'^ * groap, No. 265 ^ ] its few unimportant componuds
are read .siA and to.
^ ** Rad. 59. — A homophouous grouj), in wliic^i it is some-
_^ fShan times difficult to decide the office of the j)rimitive as a
radical or a phonetic.
Long. — This gives its sound to all under it except BPl
liu ; their meanings are various, and one |^ forms a
group of three.
AIL — Tliis aud No. 49 7L »'"e much alike, and the
next group resembles both of them ; these derivatives
are read Jan, except one contraction >!, pSng.
-+I *® /I pill. — Ita derivatives are all read hwan or wan, and
y*L iHfi'an some of them partake of its meaning ; this and the last
group are alike in form.
*f Forked — Tlie sounds of the compounds in this group
are rha and cAat, and the primitive evidently affects
the meaning of its derivatives.
I ^ Rad. 47. — The characters in this group are read cA'icen,
\fCnw en s^tt,, hliin, siiin and tsai, and their meanings have
verv little in common.
Jl
Sit^
^ tTs'
"K
<Kiu
/*L Fan*
:5C Choi
p
Ui
JL
SO
51
*A>eu
52
57
55
I y 'in
!k
Rapid.— This primitive is an altered form of No. 45 }\^ ;
its compounds are like it in sound execpt w^ \j{^, but
differ in tlieir meaning.
Rad. 38. — Tlie derivatives of 5C as a primitive are read
jii, but tliey are seldom met with, and have diverse
meanings.
Rad. 30.— Tlie few diaracters in which this is used as
a primitive are read k'eu ; the groups under No. 287
fm, No. 268 jiff and No. 169 ^ come from it, but
show no affinity in sense or souud.
Rad. 46. — Tlie few characters in this group are read
fonan shan or sieu ; most of them are in common use.
FOUR STROKES.
M Had. 68...— Tliis group is liomophonous except Tp^ and
%^ liao; the compoundis are diverse in their meanings.
*;* Rad. 70. — A lai^e and nearly lomophonous group, a
ftang fg^^ o,jiy being reati }>niig; the characters exhibit traces
of the phonetic in their meanings
ff„-g The nape. — This character flows from Na 9 JL o"'y
^in appearance ; its derivatives are read hang, kang and
kang, and some of them are like it in n>eaning.
••^^ Rad. 67. —.Some of the characters in this group are
5 Wan read „„„ ^nd /i», but more than liaif are wan; one of
them. No. 830 [it], leads a small sub-group.
Agile. — Tliis unimportant group is uniform in its sound ;
the phonetic is derived from No. 17 p and not from
No. 26 y , which it resembles.
Walking. — Tliis primitive is also written ^ or 5l>
though the two characters are unlike ; the sounds are
chin, shdn and Inn, and their meanings are very
dissimilar.
B9 Rad. 86. — The compounds are all read hwo, and one or
^Uwo two partake of the meaning of their phonetic.
Rad. 61. — The sound sin or tsin pertains to all iu this
group, except flli^ another form of ^cAi; the mean-
ings have no noticeable resemblance ; No. 403 ^
shows the other form of the radical.
Origin. — Tliis is easily written so as to resemble No.
JC ' ^'uen r- -ft-
***'* 55 /L» and from it flows No. 294 jq ; its derivatives
are read j/uen or wan.
•2 A well. — Some of the characters are somewhat like
* Tsing their phonetic in meaning ; they are read t.ting and kuug.
J? A husband.— Tim primitive resembles No. 163 ^ ;
* " its compounds are JiomopLonous throughon., and care-
ful search might bring to light a little reoeniblance in
tlifiir meanings to the jihonetic.
To speak. — Tliree or four derivatives are read hwun,
the others are yun ; none of them alike in their
meanings.
Rad. 9C.— Tlie characters under this phonetic are all
^read like it ; it reappears in No. 223 ^ and No. 3533J>
besides groups under ^ and -fj of three or four words.
\V70A Unfortunate. — This properly flows from No. 7 [^ ;
it occurs again in No. 267 ^ and is often written f^\
its derivatives are mostly read ngoh ami ugai or yai.
^•'^ Oblique. — This f-mall group presents traces of the pri-
/.siVAj mitive in its meanings, and is like it in sound.
•* Contrary. — Tliis primitive resembles the last in form ;
its compounds are read pan and fan, and many of
#
1Z $^'«"
-T- 65
*Fan
them ptirtake of its leadhig idea of opposition.
l:^TEODnCTION.
Ixi.
it
:f-
5
f}
^
m
7S
m
*
f-
?!
•9 iJaJ. 43. — Tlie sounds of these eoinpounds follow their
ilJM prinative, but it has had o perceptiUe influence on
their ineauing.
TO The forearm. — The derivatives are mostly read hung.
^Kiong and this primitive is often interciiajged with No. 156
^ll\ ? the meanings of many of them allude to a twang
or vibration.
^l Kot. — Pile sounds in this group are puh, peu., feu and
JPuAj p^i^ and the meanings of the characters show no resem-
blance ; Jso. 138 3S i'' often interchanged with it, and
No. 3C8 -^ is derived from it.
tVi- Rad. 94— This and No. 23 71; are often -vvrongly in-
*"^"terchanged ; this groujj is read k^iien and j€i ; and the
compound 5a! i^ ^ g""^ e.-; ample of ideographic writing,
il/a^ua/.— Tlie derivatives are identical with the sounds
of their phonetic, but their meanings show slight resem-
blance ; No. 228 ^ is sometimes wrongly written like
this, and it is interclianged with -^- in many cases.
74 To cut cff.—ThQ sounds isi this gi-oup are tsteh and tsi,
Tsie/ujboth which the phonetic has; the meanings are very
unlike.
7* Rad. 69. — As a primitive, this gives none ef its mean-
^Kwo nlng to the compounds, which are read h'ca, chao, hwan
and hwo ; No. 437 ^ flows from it.
Rad. 92. — Tlie compounds in this group mostly foUow
their leading sound ; others are read hia, Ma and
chwen ; No. 424 ^ is interclianged with jt in
several characters.
A short dress. — This and' sAi' TfT aniarket, are nearly
alike in form, but this is the phonetic, and half the
compounds follow it ; others are read pei and tseh ; the
sub-group of five under X\} is read shi.
Rad. 65. — The group under this as a primitive is more
important than that under it as a radical, and it is not
easy to draw the hue ; tlie sounds are chi and ki in
equal proportions, with tliree read kwS.
Ob.icure. — This resembles "^ \ its compounds foDow
its sound, and in several of them ^ takes its place
^•om mere identity of sound.
«o Had. 75, — The few compounds under this primitive are
* read 7nuh, hiu, hiao and sung, of which No. 278 f/jC
and ^ form sub-groups.
To give. — This group is read yii, sii, shn, chu and y^ ;
in combination the primitive is often written hkc No. 36
•j^ ; and one or two of the compounds have a few
derivatives.
To lead on, — The compounds under this character par-
take sliglitly of its meanings ; then- sounds are yin., shan
and chdn.
The second hour. — The derivatives are read ch'eu and
76
fYa
7T
Fa*
78
79
Mien*
St
Yu»
82
< Yin
83
(■h eu niu ; their meanings show no similarity to it or each other.
-ff. •* A chord. — This often occurs wi itten ^ in obsolete fonns,
and resembles No. 230 -^ ; (lie compounds are read
kwai, kii(fh^ h'iieh, yiieh and wte'i, a miscellaneous group.
"^ •* - Nct.—T\i\s character is easily confounded with No. 103
^^ * jt' '^"'^ i*^ seldom ocoirs iu combination; its sounds
arc all like the primitive.
B^ Would that. — This group regularly follows its phonetic
iPa throughoui ; the compound.", s-how wt resemblance in
signification to i* or Ciich other.
n
ft
p
-ft
T,7
Fahi
88
iMao
S9
S0
iNiu
ot
{loo
92
Puhi
93
^Tan
Deficient. — The sotmds under this primitive, which re-
sembles ^, are jah. fan and pien; their meanings
are ftiO more diverse.
Rad. 82.— This group is read mao., with the exception
of three read, hao and muh; the meanings of the cha-
racters are unlilje,
Noon. — The compounds are read jom, ch^u and hu;
one of them g^" leads off three or four in a sub-group.
Rad. 93. —The few words in this group are read niu.,
lao and kien ; they have no similarity of meaning.
Fair. — This primitive resembles 5c heaven, but that
forms no derivatives ; its sounds, are yao, ngao, hiao,,
yu and uh ; one ^^ leads a small sub-group.
Rad. 66. — The forms of the radical and primitive
differ a little, but this resembles No, 78 3c i" some
cases ; the dervatives are read muh, in€i.
Cinnabar. —The primitive gives its sound to five com-
pounds, the rest being fead chen, nan, and tung; it
might have itself been elevated to be a radical.
94 Uniform. — An unusual similarity runs through the
c IwJi meanings of this group, wliich is read i/un, kkm and
tsin ; one derivative jH^ has three under it.
96 Rad. 74. — This gives its sound to all its derivatives,
Yuehy and traces of its meanings can be detected iu two or tliree.
96 jDo not. — The sounds in this group are ivuh, hwuh,
Wuhi jjiuh and luan ; from one of the characters proceeds
No. 466 ^) and there are other small sub-grotips.
^f Up to. — About half of this group is road kih ,- the rest
Kihf are chah, hih and sah^ suggesting a contraction from
other forms to explain the sounds,
®* Rad. 76. — The Bounds of k'ien, Men,, kan, yin and
JCierr chjii, occur in this group ; in many of the characters,
it is not easy to decide whether yj is the radical or
primitive.
Rad- 69. — No similarity in meaning is seen in these
derivative.;, which are read kin, Mn, yin, k'i, tsiang
and so.
To ascend. — These compounds resemble their primitive
in sound and sense ; and one of them ^J is often sub-
stituted for it.
Rad. 63. — More than usual uniformity appears among
the derivatives, most of them being read hu, with ku
and tu ; No. 769 ^ is derived from it, and ^ and
]^. both have a few followers.
Rad. 87. — The compomids arc similar to the primitive
in sound, and some of thein partake of its sense.
Rad. 79. — This primitive is a little like No. 85 j^y
the derivatives are read .sheh, shuu, teu, ku and yih,
and show a few sub-groups ; some of the compounds
properly belong to the radical.
7b .•'pront —Half of the derivatives are read tun ;
others aie chwen, tsUen and shun; there are two or
three small sub-groups.
To tran.'jorm. — The compounds of tliis group are read
hwa and ico, and several of them are modified by
the meaning of the p.imitive.
Rad. 80. — The sounds vary much among these deriva-
tives, but iheir ii.eanmgs are even more dissimilar ; it is
not the same as No. 174 ^•
lo look up. — Tins is not the same as No. 175 ^ ; the
sounds are a^g, ylng and y:tvg, and the sense of the
primitive appears in many of the compounds.
99
(Kin.
100
fShinff
101
Hu*
102
' Chao
108
iShu
104
t.T'un
105
Hwa*
108
Shi>
107
iAng
Ixii.
INTRODUCTION.
1ft
10«
♦Pi
110
fKin
111
iia
^
114
7u»
Rtid. 81. — Thb primitive comes from Na 11 t, and gives
its sound to all under it, but no trace of its meaning ;
No. 354 ^5 and No. 685 ^ are connected w-ith it
Crttel. — Some likeness of soimd appears in this group ;
'""^ it is sometimes written jXj' and or 'pj-
Now. — The compounds are read Idn and king, but
none of them follow the meaning of the phonetic.
Sign of admiration. — This and the next are easily
distinguished ; the group is small, and nearly uniform
in sound.
To divide. — Tlie idea of expansion or division mns
through the words iti this large group, two-thirds of
which follow the sound of the primitive ; the rest are
T'dw, pan and piiu
**p Conjine-i. — Much nniformity in sound, as ^t and hiai
pervades tliis group, but only a few of its words resemble
the primitive in sense.
Rail. 88. — No trace of the meaning of the primitive is
seen in the compounds, but all of them agree with it in
sound ; ^ is an e.<camplo of a modified radical.
;?< ll-» Rad. 89. — Tliis group is nearly uniform in sound ; the
>\- illiao primitive affects the meanings of only one or two.
r^ lie Equal. — Tlie sounds of these compounds are unlike, and
* ""■^ in many cases they follow No. 434 <^ with which
some arc interchanged.
^U *^^ To permit. — Much dissimilarity in pronunciation occurs
yu 'iun in this group, and the meanings have no reference to
the primitive.
•M **^» Bad. 90 — This rules the sounds of only a pftrt of the
^sCAw'ani/conipounds, the rest being taiang ; atA imparts its
meaning to none.
t L **• Rad. 77. — Tliis group agrees in sound with its phonetic,
LL» *C%» and a trace of its meaning is seen in several of the
compounds.
Rad. 72. — An incongruous group in both sound and
Rigni6cation ; qQ is regarded as a contraction of {f! by
many.
Qj m Within. — This imparts its own sound to none of the
1^ N€i* compounds, which read nah^ or jui* or noh^; nor are
their meanings like it
pfa m Middle. — This gives the scnnd to all its compounds,
T' c Chung and traces of its meaning appear in all the common
ones.
yl-^ *■* Few. — Tlie sounds chao, tniao and sha appear in tliis
jr ^Sliao group ; their significations show little influence from the
primitive ; 12 character occur under the radical ij^,
liaving this for their radical, aud partaking of its
meaning,
FIVE STROKES.
A vestibule. — One sound runs through this group, but
its meanings are incongruous ; it is contracted to —
in some characters.
To carry on the back. — A group nearly uniform in
sound, but diverse in its meanings ; some of them are
interchanged with No. 35 J^-
Rad. 116. — A trace of the meaning of the primitive
appears in many of the compounds, most of which are-
like it in sound.
^Ei Fa? T^-^fRs ♦■»s«n^.— This is derived from No. 7 Q» but
while the soiuids are alike, the meaning of the deri-
vatives show no affinity with it.
Rad. 117. — An incongruous group in soinid, as lih, lah,
*ah ; and their meanings show even more diversity.
12»
*C/tu
~J^ ISO
-»2. iHuen
7f^*Yung
,V isa
B
lie
, *Chi
IM
Jiht
111
N€i*
isa
^
*
t-*-* 134
T *Cfat
/\ lliiehi
las
Lih,
iP'ing
1S4
Wi>
^j- 135
i'7
Tso
isr
Pnhf
-^ 13*
f , !»•
~zr ^**
^%J Shih^
7^ ***
it aing»
*14S
SL A'ii'
144
■ST **»
Pj <A'o
R 'Ping
|9t Tuahi
p. 14«
mshuh,
-A- **•
^ tPaii
Chahj
11. 151
Lord. — A group uniform in sound, and one where the
sense of many characters shows the influence of the pri-
mitive ; j^ is another form of \ij which is found under
No. 65 ^.1 from which tliis flows.
Rad. 95. — This affects the sounds of all its compounds ;
which are more numerous and common than those in
which it is a radical.
Always. — Tlie sounds in this group are nearly uni-
form, but their meanings show no trace of the primitive.
Mu-it. — Tliis leads the sounds as pi or pih ; and No.
708 i^ lieads a sub-group of one of its derivatives.
Peace. — 1 he soiuids in this group are p^ing and pang;
tlie meanings are various ; f^ is nearly the same as ^
^ch'ing.
Not yet. — This and the next need to be distinguislied ;
its sounds are wi or m<r>, aud its meauings of^cn indi-
cate incompleteness.
Knd. — The sounds here are unifonn, and tliere b a
trace of the primitive in the meanings of most of the
words.
The left. — This gives its sound to the group ; No. 522
^ and No. 629 ^ flow from it.
TopulltMt. — Tho sounds of pah or jioh, jah or fuh
aro common in this group, whoso characters have no
reference to the primitive in their meanings.
Great. — Tliis is a derivative from No. 71 /^ j its sounds
follow the iffiiuitivc, but not its meauinjjs.
Right. — This has some affinity to No. 231 ^ in sound
and fonn ; its derivatives are all sounded alike.
Rad. 112. — This group has no reference in meaning to
the primitive, aud the sounds are very unlike. ^
Cloth. — Tliese characters agree in sound, and ^ is
modified in its form, and may bo of a different origin.
Correct. — Unifonn in sound ; only a few of the charac-
ters indicate aifinity with th& meaning of the prin.itive,
which seems to proceed from No. 119 \r, '
To depart.— These characters are read k'ii, kieh and
fah : the primitive influences the meaning of very few
of thenu
Vast. — A group nearly uniform in soiuid, but various
in its meanings ; it resembles No. 248 E and the
radical S i" forni.
Able. — Tlieso characters derive their various somids
of io, ho and ngo from the primitive, but their mean-
ings show little analogy to it ; No. 446 p^ and No.
650 ^ flow from it
Cyclic term. — No similarity in meaning appears in this
group, but all follow it in their sounds.
To bind. — The sounds of this group are uniformly like
their phonetic ; it is oflen contracted to l^-
A medicine. — Tho meaning of the primitive affects none
of the compounds, but their sounds chuh and shuh re-
semble it.
Origin. — These characters mostly denote rudeness;
they are read pan a.\vlpoh, and No. 528 j^ is probably
derived from it
A tablet.— The sounds of this group are unifonn, but
tlieir meanings have no similarity.
Rad. 99. — Tho pronunciation is kan, han and kien ;
and a trace of the meaning of the primitive is observable
in tliis group.
INTRODUCTION.
Ixiii.
ffi
}^Yueh
3
18* The aye.— The souuds here are sM, i and sie/i ; their
'S'/'i* significations vary much ; it is sometimes interchanged
with No. 289 ^, and No. 542 ^ is an oSfslioot.
Ancient. — This group is read ku and /lu, but their
meanings differ widely ; No. 497 ^ and No. 544 'gQ
are derived from it.
An ax. — This group is similar in its somids, but not
otherwise ; the primitive must not be ^vritten like ^j^
a cyclic character.
Not so. — The sounds here are /uhf and y^?, but no
hkeness to the primitive can be traced in their meanings.
2o extend.-^The primitive gives its sound to the com-
J.55
1S6
^ " •' pounds; it is perhaps derived from No. 31 ^•
157
iNi
158
iMin
^
M
*
±
leo
<Oiao
isi
fKia
A nun. — The souuds here follov? the primitive ; the
meanings are incongruous.
An official. — One sound pervades this group, which yet
exhibits no likeness in its meanings ; H^ is a hybrid.
The people. — Uniform iia sound, with the exception of
HfG mien ; in some of the compounds "^ is improperly
interchanged with it.
To call. — ITie compounds are read tiao, choc and shao ;
their meanings are diverse ; it is contracted to ^ in
some cases.
To add. — Tlie soimds in this gi'oup are k\a^ with a few
ho and ki^; the meanings however show few traces of
its meaning.
*■** Ah! — The sounds follow the primitive, which itself
* " recurs in No. 784 ^ in a small ^oup.
163 fQ lose. — The words here are read cheh; tieh and i ;
bhih) their meanings indicate little affinity with each other.
*** Rad. 100. — More resemblance exists in this group to
tShang the sound than the sense of the primitive ; No. 595 is
one of them.
Mountaineer. — This is derived from No. 35 J^ \ the
characters are read t'o and », and few of them are
common.
Suddenly.— 'TliQ primitive gives its sound to neai'ly
half the group, the rest being fso/j, tsieh and tsu; No.
611 ^ is one of its compounds.
Rad. 115.— Tlie characters, not like the primitive in
iHwo their sounds, are read su ; their meanings are all un-
like it.
jTo embrace in. — Much uniformity of sound appears in
this group; many characters resemble the primitive in
sense.
A phrase. — Tlie compounds are read kii, keu and heu
tir hii; it is sometimes written SJ, but not correctly.
Rad. 107. — Besides the regular sound p'i, a few are
read po, or p€i ; the meaning of skin appears in only
three or four.
To reprimand. — The sounds of this group are cheh, su
and ioh ; several of them refer to breaking ; it has no
affinity with No. 99 Jf-
Rad. 97. — Words in this group are read kwa, ku or
hu, but none of them relate to melons.
Winter. — Tlio sounds in tliis group are tung, Vang
les
IM
Cha^
1«7
168
tPao
169
176
iPi
171
Chehi
173
■^ ( Tung and chung, and a few of the characters refer to cold,
tC 17* Bottom. —About half of these derivatives are read ti,
and the rest c/n ; in some of the latter ^ is inter-
changed with J^ the primitive, which is not the sarne
as No. 106. J^-
W^Mao
JX. Tai>
t< 177
in tK'iu
178
3
Poh^
9ii
180
^Tsz'
#
181
Pan*
^
182
Ling*
^
183
fChdn
a
184
fYuen
#
185
Pien*
^
186
f7ai
#
187
*Mu
U
188
iNu
^
189
Yeu*
A.
190
Chen.
tj 192
M.
*Tsie
tx 194
'^ Had*
¥
Kiahf
196
fShdn
P 197
^77 iKioa
Morning hour. — This group is read wi«o, liao and liu ;
its significations are incongruous ; yP an egg is aber-
rant, and No. 673 ^ leads a large group.
All age. — These sounds are uniform, and a trace of the
primitive is seen in several of the compounds.
A hill. — This group is mostly read like the primitive,
but few of them show its influence in their meaning.
To give. — This is uniformly sounded fu, and in many
of the compounds something of the primitive is apparent.
Rad. 106. — All except three rend pa, follow the primi-
tive in their pronunciation ; only two or three resemble
its meaning.
To stop one's-self. — The sounds are nearly uniform in
this group ; it is sonietimes confounded with No. 301
Half. — The prinAitive imparts its sound to all the deri-
vatives, and its meaning to a large proportion.
To order. — A uniform group ; the primitive is some-
times used as a contraction of No. 1040 WL '
Thick hair. — All the compounds but two follow its
sound, but only one or tv/o of them its meaning ; No.
780 ^ comes from it.
A viarsh. — These characters differ in sound and sense
from the primitive, which is also written ^ •
A casque, — Half of this group is pronoimced pien and
half is /an ; the primitive is sometimes written ^p>
but not correctly.
A terrace. — A variety of souuds as », tai, chi, si, yt
and shi occur in this group ; it is often a contraction of
No. 945 ^) in those read tai.
Mother. — An incongraous group, for part of them are
compounded of the radical Jj^ not, and part of '^ to
string on ; No. 340 -^ flows from it.
A slave. — The sounds here vary from vu into nao, na
and t^ang ; there is no similarity in sense among the
derivatives..
I'own (7. —Tlie sounds here are nearly uniformly yeu or
yao, but their meanings do ndl resemble the phonetic.
To divine. — Among its compounds some, are read
nien, tien, tieh and shen; [one of them is No. 387
YjJ making a sub-group ; it and No. 153 p are often
misprinted for each other.
This. — A few are read chai, but the other derivatives
are uniform in sound with it.
The dawn. — About half a dozen of tlus group are read
tah ; in some the primitive is often contracted to No.
901 ^^? because of the sameness of sound.
Furthermore. — This much resembles the last ; the
souncis tsii, cha, chu, tsu and tsie occTir mider it ; No.
370 ^ flows from it.
A signal.— Some derivatives are read hiao, but their
significations vary much ; it is deemed to be derived
from No. 2 *5'
A scale. — The compounds are read kiak^ hiah^ chah
or yah ; they show no trace of the primitive in their
meanings.
To report to. — The characters here are nearly uniform
in pronunciation, and have a slight reseniblance in
meaning ; this and the last must not be confounded.
I'o scrape off. — This small group is incongruous, and
the primitive is often A\Titten ^ erroneously.
Ixiv.
INTRODUCTION.
Q 19S Elder brother.— Isone of the compounds are read like i ^ «*,
Ju tHiiing it, and none of them exbi'it any traces of its meaning. | y^J-*»«
|-| 19© Only.— AW the ccmnpoimds are read like it, but their j
A series. — These all follow the sounds of th» phonetic,
aud No. 578 ^ is a compound which leasts a few
others.
>"i *CM meanings vary much
|J r| aoo Middle.— lio&t of these follow the primitive in sound ;
TTV c^"^ ^^yp ju-g road ytng, and one derivative No. 588 5^ j
leads a group. j
Ba** Had. 102.— All but one of this group are read like it, j
i 'Pien juid tliey all refer more or less to its meaning.
T|. *03 From, by. — This group is read siu. chu, tih, chnt and i
^q S i'" t/tu, but in none does the-uieaning of the primitive &\>- ;
pear. I
rt| 203 Gradually.— One sound runs through tliis group, but
Tj" * ^ <^" nothing of the primitive conies out in the uiecuiings. ;
m
*^ Punishment. — Tl is group is uniform in sound, but lias
illing j)ono in signification; it is perhaps derived from No. 62
g«*3 To aid. — One sound runs- through all these characters,
iKw'angaai some of them slightly indicate the meaning of the
primiuve.
qju- 324 Martial. — A few of these are read sung; one deriva-
tivc j{5( foi-ms two further compounds itself; No. 154
1^ No. 2;i3 ^, and No. 235 ^ are easily cou-
Ibunded with it.
_|s. 335 jI model. — Tliese generally follow their primitive iu
nrL J*®* Catalogue.— Shan is the most common sound in these j ^. Shch^ ,souud, but it does not inliuence thei^meam*ngs,
'"J Tsieh^f^yf characters, Avhicli are incongruous in meaning,
3«6 Four. — A similarity of sound pervades this group; the '.
primitive is often printed to resemble |5 ^ l^ece.
236
A /breigner. — lliis group is read i and fi ; the pho-
netic is sometimes wrongly interchanged with » No.
301.
r— 1 30« jI desert. — All these are read nearly alike, and iir a ; jrip 31T _ Ashes. — Tlie sounds here arc hwui, kwei and tan; a
jPt ^Kiiing j^j^g p^^ jjjgj.^ j3 ^^^ tiUusioa to .space ; No. 291 (^ [ /7^c/7't»» few .how somethuig of the primitive in their meaning.
and No. 293 [p] are like it j J^ ^^^^
*»T To no ow<.— Besides ch'uh, the sounds fdiih, tuh and j
C/t'uJty cJiou occur ; the meaning are very diverse.
s«s
Constant. — Two of these are read Mng ; the primitive is
sometimes written like Na 73*5 **"<! ^o. 245 B.>
but there is a clear distinction between them.
To arrange. — The sounds are lieh and li, but none of
Therefore.— Tho Roimds arc » and tsz ; the frimitivc j T^l j. r i • •
(/ "^ ,,,,e3. \ y^4 J^ieli^ the compounds show much trace of the pnnutive
is changed to tiie old fonn |j in some cases.
SIX STROKES. !
*•• A /e//er.— The sounds here are nniform, but the cha- j
252'* racters do not take after the iirimitive, itself derived j
from No. .% ^. |
310 ^ house. — TliCse compounds are read cVa, but they are |
CAe/i* J3QJ; uniform, in meaning ; it is itself derived from No. 39
311 Peace. —Nearly uniform in sound ; the primitive is part.
313
_A^ 318
%
316
fCICung
Also. — Usually read yih, but none of the compounds
resemble it in meaning ; No. 1024 f^ is often con-
tracted to this, especis'ily in thoee. characters where it is
placed over the radicah
jRad. 145. — Uuifomily read •", but nothing of its signi-
ficuiion ajipcars in the couipoiujds. !
To join. — Tlie sounds hiao and yao occur in a few j
cases, and a trace of the primitive is often seenjn the j
derivatives. I
To Jill. — The sounds here are uniform, with one ex- !
ception ; it is often WTitteu ^ in formal books.
_L* 316 The tenth hour. — ITiis group is read kai^ hiai, kiai.
^^ Hai* /;qI, and Itai, but the primitive afifects none of the
meanings.
• tV **^ Ample. — These follow one sound, and traces of tlie
J\litIiWH7ig primitive reappear iu some of the compounds; it flows
from No. 18 C- and ^ makes another form 'of it.
-y ^^* Had. 123. — Besides yanrj, many of these are read
I ' i ^ c"g siaiiff, aud three or four of them refer to the primitive.
This group is uniformly read kiien ; the primitive is not
iu use, and reappears in No. 453 ^ and No. 666 J^ j
it was anciently a radical.
.M^ ^* lind. \\9. — Tlio founds are alike in this group, with one
XIV M* (, .eption ; the compounds show no meaning of ths pho-
n« ic; one of thcia fonns a .sub^oup, Na 631 j3S>
< four.
y%*Kii&n
Was* A hundred. — This group is read poh and moh, aud iu
Poh^ one or two some influence of the phonetic appeal's.
.^^ 3S1 To have. — Besides yiu, others are read hwid, w^i and
'^ * J'l* wii; a few show tiaces of the meaning of the primitive.
-J-- 333 /Jar/. 126. — Most of the sounds are 'r/t, nai or null,
"^ ''''^' being aberrant ; from it flow No^527 ^ and No. 936
^, two small groups.
^ 393 To complete.— Tvio are read .<;/fl«^, tu exceptions to
P\ lUi'iag cli'ing ; their meanings sometimes partake of its ovm ; it
is not the tame as No. 224 ^ or No. 235 J^-
-*^ 334 To prtserrc. — About half are rend tsien and ts'un ;
TX* 4 Ts'un none exliibit any decided trace of the primirivein their
meanings.
^ 336 The eigfilh Aot/r.— Thia primitive is not to be written
/X •:i^'> ^ which nearly resembles it ; the soundj are incon-
gruous.
^^ 836 To 6ra^.— With Aw'o, the rounds of Vu and hu also
'^1 fKw^ occur ; in mimy compounds some ideas of bragging or
grandeur are noticed.
2rr **^ ^d. 133 . — n a) f a doaen words are read tieh ; the others
^ CA»* are chi, but their meanings are disimilar.
338 Jiad. 1-8.— Tlie sounds in tliis group are 'rh or m* ; few
< lih of them relate to the meaning of the phonetic
|. 330 A 6at(wi.— Much diversity of sound exists here, as two,
^ <A'«-^» ^^^ ^.^,-^ f^iai and kiat; No. 4i:i ^ is derived from it.
^u, 246 yi ten pie— In this group all differ from the primitive,
^ S~'* the sounds shiy chi, fang and tai being common ; No.
697 I|^ flows from it.
#341 To examine.— \ small uniformly-80«iud*d group, but
*K'ao -with very dissimilar meanings.
44t 343 Tb uowW.— AU but one are rc:id «*«!; the primitive is
^^ i Tsai not in use, but niobt of the compoimds show traces of its
meaning.
-f-. 343 /b(fti?ia<e.- Modifications of tlie sound W, as kieh,
pt A'iA, Jdeh, mall and kinlu occir in this group, whkh is very
infiongruous.
^
INTRODUCTION.
Ixv.
.-4/ 244 Hai. 125. — Most of these are nnifonn in sound, but
y^ ^Lao iiave no con^nion bond in their meiining.
-^ 246 Xo publish. — The sounds hwan and i/uen prevail under
— ' c^wen ^jjjg primitive, which is much like No. 228 J[ and
1^
247
,67
ft
2B3
Kar?
264
-^ 248 jln official. — The compounds are read nhi, and have ap-
•^^ ' parently got theii' sounds from |g, a history.
Jhd. 146.— This is also used as a contro.ction of j^ in
t^ and H^ and others ; the sounds are 67, shai, tsien
and shin.
E248 27(6 drin. — These are sounded i, with one exception,
* but their meaiiiugs vary much ; it differs from £ a
statesman.
— j^ 24» ji tltorn. — Besides tsz' the sounds tsieh or sidh occur ;
y^ iTsz' this is liable to be confoiuided with its derivative No.
323 ^j and the two are often miswritten.
^it 260 WiMn. — Two of this group are read k'iUnff, but their
•Tb ^K'ung meanings indicate nothing of the primitive ; a sub-group
appears in No. 836 ^•
.^ 261 Altogether. — Those not read liung, are read hung, and
y^Kimg* a few exhibit traces of the signification of the phonetic.
■^t *** jRac?. 129.— Most of these are read M; othe« are <s!n,
^r ^«''> pih and yu/i, and their meanings are equally diverse ;
No. 569 f^ is a sub-group.
Rad. 138. — In this group lean nans into han, yin, yen
and IHen; one derivative No. 300 ^ gives rile to
others, as No. G24 ^j).
Rad. 124. — The sounds in this small group change from
the primitive into hii and i; No. 948 /^ heads a large
sub-group.
To aid. — A group uniform iu sound, and from one of
•^ the compounds comes No. 660 ^ ; the character ^^
is much like it.
**8 To separate. — The sounds are mostly kieh, Iciah and
A(e/(j yeh; the immitive alters a little in composition; two
sub-groups, No. 567 ^ and No. 809 ^ are iinportant.
Rad. 127. —Uniform in sound, this group is diverse in
meaning ; No. 409 ^ is often contracted like it.
Rad. 121. — All but one, s/e, read lilvc the primitive,
which also ^ves its meaning to one or two derivatives.
Red. — In a few words chu runs into s/m, but the group
is nearly homophonous, and several show traces of its
meaning.
First. — Considerable diversity of sound exists in this
group, as si and shang are applied even to the same
character.
Equally. — The sound Men runs into yen^ hing and hi;
it is often contracted to ^T*' and the contraction of No.
435 ^Sf is y^f which is sometimes confounded with it.
Rad. 135. — The sounds kwah, hwa^ koh, hoh and tien,
show the variations in this group ; the meanings are
very diverse.
A bouquet. — Uniform in sound, this group shows no
similarity in its meanings ; ^ is another fonn of it.
A decade. — A few of these read h'iUn for siHn, and the
primitive is occasionally written as No. 359 ^ and
No. 565 /g from likeness of sound ; ^ leads a few
other derivatives.
m
^ 286
267
L€i*
268
(Feu
269
fChu
260
(Sieu
261
(Kien
^
Shelly
283
: 'To
264
tiiuit
n
H
Ifil
*
267
S68
269
266 Many. — The sounds to, che and 1 are heard in these
<■'<' compounds, which are unlike the primitive in meaning ;
it is also used iis a radical under ^ the evening.
266 iVa?«e.— This group is uniform in sound, while the
fMing significations indicate no affinity with the phonetic in
meaning.
Dangerous. — The sound u)& alters into kw^i in most of
the characters, some of which resemble it in meaning.
Empress. — Jleu and keu are the sounds in this group,
but none of them show the sense of the i)rimitive.
Rivulet. — Pa/, vdh and iiioh are the sounds ; the
meanings show little lii;eness to the primitive, whicii is
altered to No. 131 7j< in badly-v/ritten character.
275* Rad. 144.— The compounds are read haJig, but few of
iHing them show any traces of its meaning.
271 To descend upon. — The sound kiang varies into hiang,
Kiang' Jin-ufj and l>ang ; the primitive is not used alone, and
differs from No. 348 ^ slightly.
^^7* Each — The most part of this group is read /o/;, then
* holh, kohl ^^(>^* ^^^ ^" j fi'O'^ i'' flows No. 504 ^ and
No. 865 ^.
*^' Rad. 137. — All the compoiuids read like their phonetic,
( Cheu but none of them have its meaning.
J^^*^ -A. sign. — The sounds yao, tiao, tao, chao and Ju are
tnao foiuid here, but the meam'ng of the primitive does not
appear.
Will. — These are read i and chi, but their meanings
show no reference to it.
To prostrale. — These are uniform in sound, but not m
sense ; it is easily distinguished from No. 278 ^ and
No. 72 y^, from which it Hows.
Tojight. — All agree with their phonetic in sound at
least ; it must be distinguished from No. 176 "ftj and
No. 345 ^
To desist. — The sounds are uuifonn in this group ; one
of tlie compounds ;l^ is sometimes used for itself.
He. —A. small group, uniform in sound, but diverse in
meaning; tlie right half is used also as a synonymous
form.
280 Towards. — Hiang runs into shang in some of these ;
'"'^ it is to be distinguished from No. 206 pi and No.
291 1^1
281 Ead. 143 — The sound of hiieh glides into sUh in many
Uuehy of these characters, and one is read si.
2*2 An official charge. — With one exception this group is
readyfn ; the primitive is sometimes abbreviated to i
in composition, which is seen also in No. 373 ^•
283 A district. — One sound runs tlirough all these, but their
iCheu meanings show no simiJaiity.
?f* Altogether. — The sounds of is'uewandsAioan run through
this group ; No. 478 ^ is somewhat like it in form.
To Join. — Besides lioh, the sounds hoh, Idali, kiah, shi/i
276
276
Fuhy
277
Fah%
278
illiu
279
286
Boht
and k^h occur ; it reappears in Nos. 679 ^ and
837 ^ ; several words bear traces of the meaning of
the primitive.
286 To bellow. — The group is uniform in sound, but tlie deri-
cMeu vatives bear no affinity with the meaning of their
phonetic.
287 As, if. — Most of these follow their leader, s/at and *«
" being exceptions ; it is som.ewhat like No. 188 jX*
Ixvi.
INTRODUCTION.
*,
S
380
fYin
Ml
17
^•8 Light. — A group nearly uuiform in sound, cne only
(i^TwaT^ being read Auny, but showing little analogy to it in
meaning'; No. 699 ^^ is derived from it.
To draw.-~The sound « prevails, hntf/eh and sieh are
also heard ; some of the derivatives interchange it with
No. 162 IS-
Because. — Yin is altered to yen in four instances, but
the meanings of the words bhow no affinity ; it is Inter-
changed with No. 536 ^ in some of them.
Same. — A group uniform hi sound ; many of the
P? J 2*uny derivatives contain an allusion to tubiilar things; it is
like No. 20G [B] and No. 293 @ in its shape.
ojj s«a Crooked.— Tliis small grouj) is unlike b sound and
tuj K'ii/if sense, one being pronounced kiimg.
293 To revolve. — Tliese characters arc uniform in sound,
UJw^i tind many of them presene something of the primitive
in their meanings.
ii» *»* Tojimh. — Hwan, kioan, wan and yuen are the soands
yjQ t Wan of these derivatives, m which no similarity of meaning
appears.
» I 385 ^and. — Sha and so divide these characters, and in a
{j^ (Sha few a meaning like a sandy color or roughness can be
traced ; No. 123 *J? is the origin of this priuiitive.
■A> 390 Bad. 160. — Tlicso characters iiave no siuiilarity in
nP (Sin sound or sense, and :night be properly referred to the
radical ; the real group is under No. 933 f^
Had. 149. — Tliese words might have been projwrly
referred to the radical yen, as their meanings par-
take of it.
Tft '^* -^^ expanse o/ watfr.—Tlaa resembles No. 217 )|t ♦
liu and s/io are the sounds, and the derivative j^
becomes a primitive In I9K pulse.
-^ *«• Penad'mg Hang and pang are the sounds, but in
J tiling none of the compounds is the influence of the primitive
to be seen.
Xf *f* Conscientioujt. — Liang, long and niang are the sounds ;
J^ iLving jj Q^Qch resembles No. 253 ^j and is sometimes inter*
changed with No. 624 |^j one of its derivatives.
•^t ^l Brother. — Uniform in sound with their primitive, seve-
i^-* ^»* ral of the characters show traces of its meanings ; it is
sometimes written like No. 226 ^ making a few syn-
onyms.
^M Ead. 161.— The sounds are all tMn and shun, and
the primitive is liable to be mistaken for No. 402. ^•
.^fL 303 ^ precept. — Klai and feai are the only sounds;
"jtXt Kiai* and several words exhiftt some analogy to the primi-
tivA in their meaning.
-L, S04 To compress. — The largest part are read k-ichy others
■^^ * are kiah, hiah, fdeh and tsieh; ff^ is read shen; and,
unlike ffi hieh, the primitive is interchanged with No.
285-^ and No. 621 (H in a few.
Incantation.^^Tho characters exhibit traces of tho
primitive, from which tLey dififer in sound ; one ( g[ )
becomes a primitive.
**• /. — Wu, yii and va are the sounds ; the idea of forcibly
i Wu stopping is found m half of the derivatives.
-tte *®^ A hound. — Uniform in sound, the group is diverse in
y B( iMang meaning, and contains no word in common use.
Not. — These derivatives are read /)^t and />t; it is derived
387
iYen
398
I Liu
m
m
3EL
PI
80ft
iWu
flJ
*
«
*Feu
from No. 71 /^ , and resembles that group in meaning.
-pb* ^?** To overcome. — These are read koh and k'ing; two
y\j Aortj common derivatives are synonjnus.
'TXt '*• A rivtilet.~This group is read king, /ting and kang;
* ^ it is often contracted to ^ in rapid writing.
^.* Illicit. — All are read ye'; and the primitive is probably
contracted from ^, with which lialf of the derivatives
are still written, as flp a cocoa-nut
^A SIS 7J, turn pale. — These are divided between poA, puh and
■^ ■"''> p^; but there is no similarity of meaning among
them.
-Jt **? Will- — All are read like tlie primitive, but they have
A5* C'ki* no likeness to it in meaning.
MU' Cheh ^^^"^'^''^ ^P'"'^- — 1^"^ resembles No. 417 ^1 but is i
* not properly interchanged with it ; nearly all are read '
cheh.
SE "•• To handier — These characters all follow their phonetic,
vV I^wig* but not in its meaning.
3C Tj„f> Filial duty. — All except one ( |^ kiao) are sounded
laao, but no connection in their meanings can be traced.
il* Kioh ^'^ refuse.— This is often written ■^ and a^B) but
'not quite correctly ; the characters are read alike, but
are seldom used.
**• Bad. 156. — The derivatives are luilike in sound and
sense ; and only one of them \ ^ tu) ia much used.
-pf *** /2at/- 151.— Teu is the common sound ; others are read
XL Jeu jii^ .,^„ mid twan ; but no reference to the primitive
appears in its derivatives.
wti fjf^^ Bad. 159.— Besides those read dtf, two are read ^
cJtan and j^ ^•'«, which show a referenoo to tlie mean-
ing of the primitive ; it is tripled in one aberrant form
ff hing.
Bff I' - To chanqe — .\11 but two, f^ and fj5 ying are read
" kaitg, but no similarity of sense appears io any of them;
No. 573 ^ is derived from tliis.
•dSr •■■ To begin. — In this group, Ju and pu are only sounds ;
No. 648 J^ is formed from it.
^t 333 Tfl j,ntf. — Three are read sung, the others arc shuh,
* suh and shah ; it is often confounded with No. 249 J^
even in well-printed books.
"SK" '^ Bad. 164. — Four are read ym ; two do not really be-
long to the group, though they (tsiu fS and §5) cannot
well be placed elsewhere hi tliis system.
•pfe '•• To ask. — All these are alike in somid, but their senses
^J^ iA'iu differ greatly ; many are common characters.
ijfr r-AgA To break.— Ovit of this group only two (3^ and ^
* shi) vary in sound, but there is no general connection
between them in meaning.
S3*^ To promenade. — Most are read yung, and the others
Yung are tung and sung ; some of them are interchanged with
^ or No. 720 ^-
^3y ,^^ This group is nearly uniform in its sound of tsin, one
J^ Tein being read eieyi ; no similarity in signification appears.
j<- 339 A prince- — These characters are read kiun and hiun;
^k ^Kiun none of them show any allusion to the phonetic in their
meanings.
E^ 3^ A t^tareliouse. — All here are read kiih, but are rarely
/'V A'iiAj used ; the primitive itself more than they all.
B*f * To s/mn.'-AU here agree with tlie prjauti-c in sound,
I A't' and some slightly in meauing; none of them ai-e much
in use.
INTRODUCTION.
Ixvii.
"fit Lieh)
"T* Feu
y^ 336
3c T'o»
y^ 338
S
341
^ 342
343
'5t«
^J «L»
^
^
%
346
Kiohf
347
^Mien
348
>1- 349
300
iYen
-fct.'ri
Pa^jfince.— This sub-group comes from No. 34 ^ and
is read nien, no, jan ovjdng ; the primitive is sometimes
badly written lilia No. 466 ^,.
That.—k\\ are read no and na, like the primitive, but
they resemble it onlj' in sound.
A pinch. — All agree with its sound lieh, except two
read lai ; it is like the ne::t.
Trustful— '^0 last and next are liable to be con-
founded Avith this ; all under it are rend fu or feu, jii
or piao, but their meanings show no agreement.
Stable, — These characters are read sui, no, w^iand t*o,
and their senses vary much ; it is not often coufounded,
with No. 457 ^j which it resembles.
To sit. — All these are read like the primitive, and four
of them show traces of its meaning.
Bad. 150. — This gi-oup is read /luh, kih, yuh and suh;
one character -^ reappears in ^ with the same
sound and the sense intensified.
A kingdom. — These follow the primitive only in their
sound ; it resembles No. 256 $jj a little.
Each. — More than kalf are read like the phonetic, the
othei-s are hw€i, hat, and one \ -^ »«in, } reappears
in ^^* min and ^s fan.
A pavilion. — This is occasionally written ^j but it is
often confounded with No. 350 5^ j the group is uni-
formly read t*inff, and the idea of elongation runs
through their meanings.
To armmnce. — Kuh, Jiuh, kao and hao arc the sounds
in this group ; the character 1^ shows the integration
of two ancient characters.
Adorned. — Tliis gronp is read siu, yiu and teu, and a
common character is found under each sound ; the primi-
tive resembles ^ bald, which forms ^g tuh and ^^
tui, and this last again forms ^^ j but this small
group is not worth separating.
Advantage. — The characters are uniform in sound, but
exliibit-no likeness in sense; it is altered to ^> but not
in good usage.
/. — This collection is sounded too and ngo, but no trace
of the primitive appears in the significations.
Bad. 148. — These characters arc all read kioh ; one of
those put among them %L properly belongs to No. 27.
To refrain. — Tliis group is read mien and ivan, with
m^i and wan ; it closely resembles J£ a rabbit,
which forms a few derivatives.
To meet. — This group is read fung and pung ; the
primitive is derived from 3^ luxuriant; it is not unlike
No. 271 ^ and even No. 401 ^, but cannot be thus
written ; a jlarge sub-group occurs under No. 774 ^•
A dipraty. — The compounds are read It, a small group
much in use.
To delay — Most are read yen, and others tan, shen
and. sJCT,- this primitive is so nearly like No. 341 ^
that they are often confounded, audi this one is wrongly
numbered with eight strokes.
Gmtented.—}SoiQ than half of these are read tiao from
^ one of its derivatives • the others are read yiu,
SIM and siao; the radical is usually placed in the right
comer, as in f^ { the form ^ reappears in fj^ to
wash, and seven other characters.
m
^
*
354
<-pi
355
iYU
3^2 Nomads. — This group is pronounced like its primitive,
Tihf but their significations show little resemblance to it.
a 3*3 Insensate. — This is derived from No. 65 J, and its
AwTWZ^goinbirjiitions are read ktv'ang ; the primitive is some-
times improperly altered to No. 223^-
Joined. — This is a sub-group of No. 108 i^Q, and its
sounds are all pi, but their meanings are imlike in all
respects.
/. — Tlie soiuids here are yii, tu, sii, c^M and sM ; the
primitive is often written ^ wrongly, and a com-
pound ^ reappears in a s\ib-group of three or four.
^A^ 356 To contain. — This gi'oup follows its leading sound, and
CI ^Han some have tried to find traces of its meaning in them ;
it resembles No. 182 ^ when -vvritten badly.
To Jiope. — A group read hi, ch'i and hiu, but showing
no similarity to the primitive in sense.
^^ 358 J}, barter. — The sounds of tui and shut, with those of
yZi Tui jui^ shwoh, toh and yuelu, are heard, most of them
touimon characters.
Elated. — This gi'oup is sounded tsun. tswan, tsii and
.so. showing the uncertainty of the piionetic element ;
the fonns of this and the next are to be carefully noted.
Certainly — This gi'oup is mostly read ngai and at, with
i and si ; three of the derivatives are Uke the primi-
tive, an interjection.
J I 361 Robust. — These characters are read like their primitive,
71.*- iwang ^^j^j^jj jg itself derived from No. 118 tj j none of them
indicatQ any affinity in meaning.
Floiuin^ loater. — Tliis small group is read tsah, or tsan
in some dialects ; the primitive is sometimes -vviitten
P^» like No 483, and oftener Jf, neither of them ac-
curately.
tK 363 A step. — This group is read /)W, e.xcept two that are
^ ■^«' pronounced cheh or sheh.
Dry. — Four characters are raad kan, the rest are han;
they are derived from No. 20 ~p5 and many deriva-
tives in the two groups are synonymous ; J^ is hke it
in form.
To cfec— This is also written ^t but the briefer
form is also coiTect ; the compounds are read hke it,
and the two mean much the same.
g 366 lifid. 147.— Most of these are read Men, others kien,
ytk Kim'* ypn and tien; it is a natural group and easily distin-
guished from those imder the radical.
^ 367 Bad. 154.— All are read p€i or pai; it is not always
"^ easy to discriminate between this and No. 490 ^j
especially in badlj'-{irioted books.
^^ 368 Quickly.— Pinn an I chlng are the sounds in this small
-^ iPing group; three of tlieui ) elate to juarriage contracts.
ffl[ °f^' Bad. 166.^ All are read I, except M. '«a» and 'IS.
^ kwei, bub none of them derive theii me:inings from it.
Hft ?w To help.—This is derived from No. 193 JL' and the
"^' group lollows its soimd ; their meanings are tlifferent,
but one may force a connection in ^y and say it is the
iron which lielps the fanner.
gil 371 To divide. — These words are read pieh and pah, and a
v" Piehf little ingenuity can discover traces of tlie meaning of
jneh in most of them.
jcr 372 Jiad. 163.— All are ^eadyt'A oryeh; but the mean-
£2i i'*/'» ings of the derivatives differ entirely from the primitive.
357
,Ui
358
Tui*
^Siun*
seo
<U 362
364
<Han
psf 365
S Nieh,
Ixviii.
INTRODUCTION.
373
idling
X=3
To report to.— Tliis group is read_ dfiry, except ^ i JJM^
f/Znj, but the raeaiiinjjs vary according to the radical ; I
^ reapi)ear8 in the inb-yroup No. 886.
^* , To twist— 'U^ is contracted to jg in coininon books ;
its similarity to No. 703 ^ often leads to mistakes ;
most aro read kiien, others are yiim and Idkn.
A vertebra. — This is often written without the connect-
§375
'JU« iiig line, vith six strokes ; meet of the cliaracters are
read id, two are read Zri/, and ^ forms a sub-group
of three.
M 37« Ed. 157.— The few compounds in which this serves as
/i^ 7.suki a prin;itivc aro mostly read c/iofi, with tso/i or tsufi, but
none refer to its meanijig very clearly.
8 377 Wearied. — All this group follows its leading sound,
K*wan but none of them its signification ; it is easily confounded
with No. 499 ^» and care is required to distingiush
them.
[» 373 To en/ alcMfl. — All are read vm or yii, but their diver-
TV .S W''a sity of meanings shows that tlie primitive has had no
effect upon them.
|A| 379 JJifjh- — Tills group is read t.iin, cMn or rJiin ; its rnean-
■^^ S Clian ings bear no affinity to tlie primitive.
>|j, SS0 IJke. — About half of these are read siao; others are
'R Sia(f s/iao, tsiao and cltao; a sub-group is found under No.
658^.
EIGHT STROKES.
^±* S^l Ancestors, — Tliese arc pronounced tsuni; and cJmnff;
7J\ fTsung there are several synonjnns, and the phonetic is often ex-
changed with iS and with Na 582 ^•
t^ 882 Tojx — Tinp, c//an and tiett are the common sounds,
/t Tinfjr but the diversity in meanings is greater.
47*r* ^3 To environ. — About half of tliis group is read >/um, and
yjSt^Yucn the others ?ra« ; the primitive is now and tlien contracted
to ^, as ^ and ^ a plate.
/A, M Empty. — Tliis primitive is derived from Na 27 JL» m
* -^ that sound is heard in threc-fourtlis of the characters,
others being read k'iang; many of them, too, are like
it in meaning.
Right. — All of this group are read «, but most of the
characters are unlike the phonetic in meaning ; it is
written like ^L. ^ery often.
. . — — An officer. — Some of tliis group vary tlieir sounds from
B ^h.wan fi^an into wan and /den, but show no indication that
the primitive has influenced their meanings.
fu C/en ^ "•<"■'''<'"• — '^^^i* *' derived from No. 190 |5» and
* fo]lo\v8 it in sound.
jjfc ^^ A canaihine. — Tsieh and snh arc the only sounds under
3C Tsieh) this primitive, which has two or three ideographic deri-
vatives.
3*8
J
*±» SM
3«3
304
1=1
$
M
tPei
To sp«V.— Tins can be mistaken for No. 608 ^■< but it
is never used by itself , tiie sounds are p€i, fcuy peu, teu
and pu, and their mea.ings arc still more unlilvC.
390 jI soldier. — Tlie compounds in ihojuh shing are sounded
Isuhi t^^ or suh; tliose in the h'U shing are tsni and sui.
♦*** Age. — This group is uniformly read kaug, but the
t,hdng primitive is used more than all its compounds.
^^ In, at. — All in this group are read yii, eycept two ; the
* primitive is changed to f^ but this form is rarely seen
in the compounds
A jire/ecture. — Tl.is is derived from No. 178 ^j
whieli has tlireo sub-groups, but they are seldom inter-
changed with this , their pronnnci.ition is like the
primitive.
Nigld. — Half the comiwuiids arc read yih; the lest y£,
one of which p^ deuotes tho right voice of a bird.
3?* To nourish. — Tliese are read like the primitivs, and one
J «'"> of the comfK,nnds is a sj-nonym of it.
-^^ fM 7b e/yoy. — Tliis is to be distinguished from No. 299
tF* litang -^ . .^ ^„^^^^ jwo sub-groups, Kos. 727 |[5 and 728
^l 5 (Jiun, tun and shvn are the only sounds in it.
-^ 397 ji metropolis. — Most of the compounds we read Uanq,
'^ * '"^ then king, lioh and kiang; No. 863 "^ and No. 803
^ form two sub-groups.
tyrr 398 Only two of this gi-oup ore in common use, one of
JJjv (Shan xtliich is read tan; the jniinitive is not used.
^^ 398 Strong. — llsese characters are all read kiang; the
^ < ' " primitive ii -vrntten 5^ "nd ^ in most cases.
JI/< *^ A Jlame. — Most of the derivatives ju-e read tan, others
,yv i 1 en jure yen, fhan, jriao and /aih, and a few of them
refer to it in their meanings.
Tjjte *^^ To offer. — I'tnig, pung ainlpang are the sounds in this
.^K Fung"* group ; the primitive is often wrongly written like No.
348 ^) in consequence of the similarit}' of sound.
E *•* Rid. 168. — niese characters are all read r/«ij?7 ; the
J?C J C7»'rt/i<;derivatives are more used than those under the radical ;
it is sometimes miswritten like No. 302 ^
^fCf /» >-, ^ defnme, — Tliis is abso vrntten |^ and there seems
** ' to bo no tlifference lietwecn the two ; they botli look
like ^^ kiiiig, which has do derivatives ; the sounds
are imifornily t'ien.
Military. — This group is mostly read icm, the derivative
kR pin being the chief exception.
A wife — All aro read tn'i, hut ui none of the-n can
any trace of the primitive be seen.
A treddle — This is often written ^j apparently to
show the radical plainly ; the sounds of <«»«/«, tieh, sheh
and sha arc heard.
7%e dhonlder. — This group reads like its phonetic, but
none of the characters are much used.
Surprising. — Tlie sounds » and ki are tlie only ones in
tliis most niHucrous group under one primitive ; tlireo
or four of its compounds as ff^ waving, ^ flonrisliing
and "^ to send, form sub-gi-oups.
To come en. — Tliis group follon-s the phonetic; the
primitive U sometimes written ^ when it resembles
No. 257 ^.
A clff. — Tliese characters .ire read ^a> and ngai, but
only one of them has any reference to its meaning.
**•* Straight. — Tlie sounds c/i»A and theh are the cliief ones ;
* No. 074 J^ is derived from it, and care is neces-
sary to distinguish the two.
**' A pig JettfTcd. — The sounds in this group are rhtJi,
Chuhi ^lung, dioh and tuh ; it is derived from tlie radical
^ a pig, and is often carelessly written without the
crossed line.
*^' Suddenly. — The sounds in this collection range between
1 en ypji Hiifl ttgoTu, yeh imd iKjoh.
-h 404
-^ 40«
^
*
it
407
fKien
408
,Ki
409
(.La*
410
f Yai
INTRODUCTION.
Ixix.
*"•* How. — The sounds here are nah and noh, as well as
■^'<"' nai, but only one word is in common use.
■CIS To reach. — Tliis sub-group is derived from No. 237
^ J and is uniformly read tao.
^ </r HcrP'^ly-~'^^vi primitive differs from No. 296 ^
and is sometimes written ^ in pedantic or ancient
st} le ; the derivatives are mostly read hlnej, and half of
them mean to note ; it reappears in No. 927 -l^-
fcFV ***
Wi^Tsu
To tal'e.— This resembles No. SU J^L ; about one-half
of the characters change into iseu and cl?eu; "No 864
2 '■ forms a sub-group.
■*18 To sTiow out. — From the similarity in sound, this is
" sometimes interchanged with No. 752 ^ 5 the deriva-
tives are read piao.
419
Tuh,
Poisonous. — Thisgi-oupis read tuh, except J-jj: tai, but
has no unity of meaning ; the incorrect form ^=£^ is
occasionally seen.
^te 420 ]^ad. 174.— Some confusion exists in these derivatives,
19^ < Zstn^t many of which properly come under the radical; all
are read tsing, except ^f3 f^S ^"^ many of them
relate to color.
i|^r*"j Augury.— A. sub-group from No. 239 ;^ j its
•^' ^^"' characters mostly refer to suspension, and are read kwa
and hica.
5^ 48a J road. — These arc mostly read Ivh., with miih and
dki^ Luh^ ;i;it;^i; their meanings seldonihave reference to the primi-
tive.
y^ *^ An eminence.— This, resembles the preceding, but is
^f^(Lmg never interchanged with it ; the characters are read
linff or lanff.
pC *** Second to. — The prevailing sounds are vgoh and ya;
tin's primitive forms sub-groups under gg and ^ and
No. 819 ^•
426
JEa-it.'
-This resembles No.
532
n jf ^jLJw^i. — xmo icociuuico a.xu. c.o.a ^gji;. in poftrly-printed
books ; the compounds are read tung except ^ chdn^
but their meanings have no likeness.
^^ 420 Affair. — Uniform in wund with the primitive, but
"** o«t showmg no affinity to its meaning.
"Ty *^J Extreme. — Tlie compounds of this phonetic follow its
* sound, and it is almost a synonym of 7^^ its most
common character.
I® H laJi "^ limn. — This is regarded as a contraction of 5,
^"^ * and the full form is also found in jvell-printed books ;
the characters are mostly read hwoh.
^- Robust. — Tins resembles fl^' and its full form ^
seems to have been often intended in the compounds ;
No. 946 ^ and No. 995 _^ form two sub-gi-oups;
IcieTi, hien, shu, kin, shan and kdng are the somids
under it.
nS? ^^1 ^^'^^'^P^' — '^^^ group is read kwoh, hwohotyuh;
^""* there are sub-groups under No. 794 ^ and ^
elegant
M^43l Two. — Tlie sounds in this group are all Hang, and a
'Liang tinge of its meaning is seen iu several of them.
EX
432
tLin
433
Sikf
A forest — The sounds Ian, Un, shan and /iz'n occur
under this primitive ; it is not the same as jjll|[, with
which it is occasionally cor.founded.
To cleave. — 'Hiis is derived from No. 99 Jf ? and the
group is tmiformly sounded .sik, but tlie comi)ounds show
nothing of its meaning.
-44' 43S
^ iKi
m Sihi
437
{ Tsan
438
^Cheu
n
439
iilidn
440
<2ai
441
MiKiiih,
:5»5t **3
A pine. — lliis is derived from No. 116 ^> of which
It is a sub-gioup ; all are read sung, but Lave no
likeness of meaning.
This. — A large and homophonous group; three small
sub-groups flow from it, as ^ a foimdation. No. 284
^ that, and ^ bluish.
A ncientli/. — The sounds sih, tsik^ tsoh and t^ioh, in the
jiih shing^ and cha, tso and isle in the shang shing
H heads a small
sub-group.
Light. — Tlie sounds of toCT, c^wn and Ysan are common
in this group ; some sub-groups are formed from it.
To sweep. — Sao and fu are the sounds ; one derivative
^ is another form of the primitive, which is not in use.
Rad. 169. — Two are read wan, and the others man;
some of them properly belong to f^ as a radical.
Rad, 171. — Tins group mostly belongs to ^^ as a
radical, and it is impossible to decide under which class
to look for a character.
To dwell. — Eegular in its form and sound, and three
or four of the group show some analogy to the primi-
tive in their signification.
To Lend. — The sounds are Miih, kuh, kueh and huh ;
the primitive comes from No. 207 {l{> with which it is
occasionally interchanged.
. To connect. — The soimd of these characters is mostly
^yt thohf choh, then clmi, toh and li; an idea of continuity is
often seen in their meanings.
^j 444 ji letter. — The sounds here are uniformly ^an, but the
|ai| iUan significations are unlike.
•jT. *45 First. — A small collection, read mang ; the derivative*
SB. Mang* are of trifling importance.
f^ 446 _;! particle Tlie compounds are ngo or o ; it is one of
* ^ several sub-groups derived from No. 145 PJ •
^S r.f > To receive. — All but one ^ wan of this collection are
-^ ^" read sheu, and that is rarely used.
.,<9- 443 To approach. — This gi"oup is read yin ; there are few
-*-'-^ '" common characters except Ji and ^(^> the last of
wliicli reappears in >^ a soaking rain.
J^^ *f® . Ornamental. — One of this group is read kwei, an ex-
>|V"* Ts^ui ception to the usual sound of fo'ui ; four or five are
common characters.
^^ 4BO To dissent.. —This group is read chung and tsing ; some
7* iCli^ff-of the v.'ords affect the meaning as well as the soimd of
the primitive ; it is interchan^ied with No. 420 "pj'-
ju 451 Jlad. 175.— Most of this group read fe'i, the others
7r tFe'i arc read />a» and ;;e*; the distinction between it as a
phonetic and a radical is dubious.
-^ ■tsz United.— The sounds oi ping, pung and p^ien occur in
TT iPmg ^^^ gi-oup ; the primitive is often contracted to 9r»
and may be sought for luider six strokes.
f$^ 463 yi ro//.— Tliese arc all read hiien, and a trace of its
^ Kiiev* meaning is perceptilie in many of the derivatives ; where
the radical is placed underneath, ^ is sometimes con-
tracted to No. 219 ^j which thus becomes a synonym.
Mn *'^f 7b /.7;o(t'.— Uniformly read cA;, this group has no simi-
7>H iChe larily in meaning.
•^''S ^1 law. — This collection of characters is read c/./, but
^'^i* tlieir meanings are very diverse.
— ' - —
M
Ixx.
INTRODUCTION.
m
m
457
nvei
461
Fuh,
402
M <
463
j^ 466 Pendent. — TLo sounds cAw, to, shut and j/ue oonir in
•ffi* iC74«» the group, in which no affinity of meaning is seen.
To depute. — Tlie sound w^ varies into ico, jut., Jwa,
n€i and vyat; this primitive is like No. 336 ^j and
the two are often written wrongly.
A pinch. — Tlie sounds of this group follow the primi-
tive, and in many of the characters some glimpses of
Us meaning are seen.
Fat. — All are read y^i, and one or two show some
analogy to the primitive, as ^ ill from obesity ; it is
interchanged with ^ in one instance.
*^ A fnend. — This group is read /Ja/J^, >vith one or two
(,Pdng read ping ; a sub-group of nine characters is formed from
^> many of them synonymous forms of it.
To sitbdue. — All are sounded /uA or pu/i; this group is
properly derived from y^, to govern, under which are
found ^^ to recompense, |]^ to blush, and others.
Crime. — Tlieso are sounded li and l^i; their meAnin^ts
differ widely from the primitive.
To open. — One character ^ cJiao is peculiar in its
sound, and the primitive always covers the radical
Around. — So many in tliis group are read tiao, that the
tCheu more usual sound clieu is made doubtfid ; their meanings
have no affinitj-.
Ar-t ^•^ A kiln. — This group is all read t'ao; the primitive is
^^ ^ "* derived from No, 258 -^j and the two have many
synonyms.
.A^ 466 Suddenly. — Nearly alike in sound, as hwuh oTuk, these
4S** Hwuh^ characters also present many analogies in their mean-
ings ; the primitive proceeds from Na 96 ^> and is not
the same as No. 563 ^».
A ;«■<.— This character proceeds from y a mortar, and
its compounds are read /<ien, yen, hem, kan, tan, ,-Jian
and kiah; ideas alluding to cavities occur in severaL
Joyful. — Many of this group are 8T,-nonyms with those
under No. 99 Jy^ and resemble their primitive in
sound and sense.
A fault. — 'Dicse cUffer wholly in sound and sense, and
no analogy can be traced ; the primitive ^^ tsan
resembles it ; ^^ P^ and f ^ are all its derivatives.
A cJuld. — This is often erroneously written y^ viao;
the group is read V/i, » or ni, a few varying, and many
show a trace of the primitive.
An instant. — This is often contracted to 9^, and like
No, 467 ^ and No. 953 ^, is derived from ^ a
mortar ; its compounds are all read yiL
Rod. 172, — As a primitive, this is confounded with kia
^) and must bo regarded as the same ; a sub-group is
formed from -g^ a sparrow, which then resembles No,
626 i^£, 5 the sounds slaii, stti, tui, hwii, wii and cJtun
occur under it.
Taffety. — This group is read poh, mien and kin, and
one of them j^ has two derivatives.
Had. 170 — The derivatives are all read /cu except j^
/>«, but their meanings are unlike ; in tome characters
it i» contracted to No, 208 g j when the radical is
under.
475
M men*
UK
463
fllin
^ Kii?
470
s'rA
471
tn J
hun
461
ShiO
M
m
Pohy
474
*Feu
Despicable. — This group is mostly read pi, then j>€i
and/)at; it is often incorrectly written like No, 498 •^•
-B; ijjn^^ Obscure.— T\ns character is altered to -^ in those
* \vhich are read min, apparently to indicate their dif-
ference from those read hwun, which more resemble
the primitive.
^^ 4TT To think on. — The sounds nien, nieh, yen, jan, tien and
ij^ iVtcn* shan occur in this group, but none of the characters
assimilate to the meaning of the primitive,
^< 476 JlaJ. 167.— As a phonetic, this gives the sound of kin
--*^ * '" to niue, the others being read i/in and cfiao; ^ forms
a sub-group of three.
^f\. *T» Food. — This group is uniformly read hiao, but no like-
^^ iHiao xtesa is traceable in its meanings ; it a made of No. 113
^ placed above 0^ flesh.
To join. — Tjiin, the lusual sound, rarely runs into liien;
the meaning do not correspond.
A cottage- — This is derived from No. 262 p > with
which it has some synonA-ms ; in p^ and p|f it is
altered from the radicals ^ and ^- ,,
*■• To carve. — Tlia corapoimds are read luh and poh;
■^'^^ No. 684 J^ is much like tliis in appearance.
/^ 483 Wild land.— Theso are often read clii; the primitive
*^ * " is also Avritteu "^> but is not interchanged wth No.
363 ^'
h* ^* A younger undo. — Tlie sounds liero are thuh, ttuh, tuh,
^t Shuh) tsih imd tsiao; their meanings are quite unlike,
.^ «5 ]Villing. — This group is read kang and shih ; the prim-
" *^'''Vff itive is a little like No, 479 ^^
*•• To excel. — Tlie sound c/ioh varies into chao in nearly
t'/foA) ]xal£, others being read tao and tiao ; it must not ^jo
Avritten .^> as that is used only as part of No. 8C0 JgJ-
1^ **T A tiger. — This is regarded as another form of Rad, 141
■^ /fej and all the compounds are so read ; No. 672 ]^
and j£; each make a small sub-^roup,
ta *•• NoneoJ. — This group is srunded «;«;«/; the prunitivo
I i ong .^ socielimes contiacted to j^j which more easily tlis-
tinguislies it from the next.
iT7| *•• A peak. — These compounds are all read kang, but have
I J <"<9 j,g resemblance in nseaning ; ^ is altered to jj^. in
some of them ; this and the la.st are easily confuunUcd.
*^ To prepare. — This group is read/cu; the phonetic is
often written like No. 367 ^> with which it has notl>-
ing in common,
1^. ♦•* An obstacle. — The half of these are read ngai and the
Tj^ ^gfi* rest tch; the primitive has some relation to No. I'lO
^ in some of the synonyms,
Jffl *•* Fruit. — About two-thirds of this group ngrtc »
/V* Kwo Sound /Lvco, but the others, read Ai/o, lo, uo, hwa and
kwan, are so much in use, that the primitive is no gniile
to the sound,
BH *** Bright. —One of this small group is read nt&ng, the
™ i^iing others ming; there w no leseiublance in the meauiugs.
*f* To alter. — M^st of these derivatives are read tlh. oiliers
!«/'> t, yih, sih, <»«' and Mtn^ ; the primitive is similar to
No. 592 :^ light,
a**" Li.e. — //«•«« take ^ the jiluce of /jjt'un in about oue-
fKwun third of this group ; in bacUy-printed books the primitive
resembles No. 065 jQ, clear.
4
A
^
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxi.
Jf
497
4S8
469
tK'iun
1^
•*»« Distinguished. — All are read ch^ang ia this group, and
iCh'ang the primitive is shadowed fortli in the meanings of
many ; its form resembles No. 597 ^ •
<S<a6Je.— This flows from No. 153 "^j and the group
is Dearly uniformly sounded, kv, ko and hoh being
variants.
To give.—ThXs primitive differs from No. 475 ^?
though confounded with it ; the group is regularly
sounded pi.
A granary. — This and No. 377 [^ are easily con-
founded, and the similarity of their sounds kiun and
k'tviin is a reason for particular care.
*•** A law. — This croup follows the phonetic tien; one
variant is read fun ; in some cases, No. 953 jo^ is
badly -written like this.
*•* Siiil. — Tills group is read shang, chang and tang ;
bhang similarity of sound may lead beginners to confound this
and No. 715 "^ > several sub-groups flow from it, as
No. 870 ^, No. 1032 ^ No. 786 ^, No. 914 ^,
No. 858 ;^- and others.
Heary. — This gi-oup is read tah ; in a few of the com-
pounds it is interchanged with No. 698 ^ from iden-
tity of sound.
NINE STROKES.
SS2
Takf
*•* To publish.— This flows from No. 245 0,, but it
^liin jjas utt^Q j,i common except soimd ; most of the
-words are read hiien ; No. 555 ^^ is interchanged with
It.
S04
Koh^
A guest. — This offshoot of No. 272 ^ differs from it
in sound, kiah being most common.
i^^ 608 Suddenly. — One sound, tuh guides this group, but no
VV -TttAj ingenuity can detect any uniformity in the Siignificatious.
*I*M **? Confitant. — This group somewhat resembles No. 503,
* ""but it is a sub-group from No. 228 J^, and aU the cha-
racters are read kang ; none are much used.
^tVj^ 607 A sovereign. — lu combination this is occasionally in-
^ terchanged with No. 755 ^ and altered to J^> but
the group is nearly uniform in sound and form ; shi '^
is an anomaly. ,
Bad. 180. — The use of this character as a phonetic or
a radical is often perplexing ; most are read ngan, the rest
yin, yen and h'in; some cf them are good examples of
ideographic -writing, as 7^ sick in sound for drunk.
fl^ y ■ -^ pennon. — This is also coiTectly \\Titten ^^ j the sounds
' ^ are all yin, but the meanings are unlike ; it resembles the
next in its form.
To concede. — This appears to be derived from No. 35
*2j and is often contracted to ^^ iu coixunon books ;
the compounds are read i and shi
A measure. — The somids here are tu, toll and tuh ; it re-
sembles, but is not likely to be confounded with sih ^
a mat, as that forms no compovmds.
Wise. — A group nearly all read ^en and ngan; the
correct form is contracted to ^ in well-printed books.
^An arhor. — This sub-group arises from No. 4 J j and
is sounded iVing ; the primitive varies into >^ at all
times.
603
elm
610
ii>hi
611
, 612
Yen*
613
' i T'ing '
7^ 622
/^ 614 To revert to. — The primitive lias been superseded by
-"^ * one of its compounds, Ko. 8 9 f^j which leads a sub-
group ; tho sound;; i\r?.fiih iind/nA. and many characters
show traces of the primitive in their meaning.
*d^ **^* An army. — Tlio sounds in this group are kiiJn, hiim,
— p- i^Kiun yy^),^ hw7.n, /aeon and hive'i, but in only a few cases is
there any hint of the meaning of the primitive.
t**'® Rad- 185. — Of tliis croup, only two of the four come
Skeu under it, which are read tao.
jt^ 617 Before. — A liomophonous collection read tsie?!, but
hI'J S Isten only one or two of them show traces of the primitive in
their signification.
^^L 618 To report to- — TLis might properly have remained a
^ ■ sub-group of No. 22 1 ^j with Avhicb it agrees in sound.
^y ^ S19 To nwr,orializc, — These characters vary iromtseuio
•5^ Tseu* cheu in a few cases ; the primitive is easOi' confounded
with No. 633 ^ unless care is taken.
^^ ^ 620 2yie spring. — This gi'oup is read ch^un nearly through-
out ; No. 732 ^ is sometimes confounded with it, by
being contracted to this form.
j^/^ T- 7 A cjoffer. — This flows from No. 304 ^^ of which it is
* a derivative ; tlie groups resemble each other in sense
and sound.
To fall. — The compounds are read to ; the primitive is
otherwise written |)^ without altering its sense ; the
sub-group No. 833 flows from jj^, but the others are
unused.
rf" *23^ Majestic. — This is sounded m'6', but the characters are
^Ww < Wei unusual, nor liable to be confounded -vs^ith those under
No. 233 ^ if care be used.
ji 624 ^^/. — The sound /weji varies into Hen, chen., Aan and
'^^ kan.1 and one derivative ^ originates the few under
No 884.
-^ 625 Bad. 181. — Many of the derivatives of tWs primitive
^. Hieh^ when used as a radical, show the difficulty of deciding
where to put them ; j^ reiippears in No. 847 ; the
sotmds are sii and fan.
W*2S Bad. 176. — The similarity of sound has ruled this
Mien group, Avhich in many cases decides whether to put it
here or under the radical ; tlio meanings are incon-
gruous.
"27 Tender, — Tlie sounds in this group are jwan, no and
^Jwan rauan; the meanings in several cases exhibit traces of
the primitive.
82* To hasten. — One character is read fan, and the others
^Pm pan ; the form of this primitive suggests some affinity
to No. 149 ;$;.
>T, Great.— Th\5 flows from No. 265 ^ ; the sounds are
mostly clia and a few na ; they bear no resemblance in
meaning.
830 To seal. — The derivatives which have this primitive on
iFung the side are read fung, those -vnth it on the top are
mostly readjoa«^.
831 TAis.-^Most of these characters are read chu, and
CM others are read to, chiS and sii; three small sub-groups
occtu- under ^ chu, ^ shu and ^ chu, and a fourth
under No. 812 ^ still larger.
To select. — This primitive is often carelessly -written
ke No. 425 ^ > one compound reappears inNo. 10
^ j most of the characters are read lien, and a few
kien.
m
632
^Kien
Ixxii.
INTRODUCTION.
S33
<yen
-r-^ 584
Mi
835
Lahj
M
%
3K
To conceal. — TUs m reuiiy :i sub-group of -5* yen. but
that L::s only 0:0 or iwo corj|)ouini-j ; nearly sdl are
read yen ; yah and an being the exceptions.
Ilnj'py. — Most of tlib group are sounded fu or fuh,
tlie rest are pih ; ^ forms a sub-group of four cbarac-
tP.V6.
Cruel. — Tliis group is read IJi ; the primitive resembles
a compound of N'>. 1.49 "^jj but the tv.-o are easily
distiuguishcd.
•^ 7b i/a//t/p.— The prevailing sound yin alters to yen
c 5 '« mid kicn in a few cases ; the phonetic often interchanges
with No. 290
^-^ To JeaiVe.— Tills resembles the character ^ shwa, but
* that forms no compoumis ; the sounds are uniformly yao.
538 Mutual. — A nearly lioinophonous group read moai^ and
^^iang shwanj; and the meanings are totally dissimilar ; under
No. 1007 ^ is a small sub-group.
;Ai ^^ To examine.— Tills primitive resembles No. 785 /^
' in sound, and both may be derived from No. 192 ^ '■>
its sounds are all cha.
**• Excessive. — Shan., cJiaiu tan, kax, #A« and chan, arc
jSAim* the sounds in this gi'oup : their meanings are even
more diverse.
641 Certain.-— Host of thio proup are read wj^" ; oi.ly two
*Meu follow the primitive in soiuid, and none in nicauiiig.
-jy- 642 A leaf. — The nmnerous sounds here are rend yeA, «ieA,
5^ Ych) tieh, cheh and eheli, and in several its meaning can be
traced.
|te *^ South.— k uniform group in sound, but unlike in
rt* jAan meanings.
dbg *** /foMJ.— Apparently derived from Na 153 cfj but its
•W f ^« etymology shows a different source ; its sounds are all
hu, but its meanings diverse.
=^ 545 Soft — These are read jau and nao; a large number
•yfC ^Tcu exhibit traces of the meaning of the primiUve.
Strang. — 'Die radical is usually placed under the pri-
mitive, as ui Jjy wu ; this group is read nieu, inu and
jnuh.
To build. — The derivatives are all read itien, but almost
none of them exhibit its meaning.
o. 548 ,1 dwelling. — The characters in this group are read
;He Wuh^ wuh or nA, but none of the meanings of the primitive
enter into them.
E3 6fi9 7//«*ory.— This resembles No. 572 ^^ and some care
% Kiii* is necessary to distinguish Uie two ; the sounds aie
kia aiid hia,.
j^ 660 72aJ. 178.— It is sometimes doul)tful iuthisproup which
■flp i IV'ei should belong to the primitivo and whkh to tue radical ;
wii is altered to hw^t and t in a few cases. I
jy 661 Tocorry. — These derivatives are sounded ./u, but their ^
-•^ " meanings are iucongnious ; it is allied to No. 3C7 ^•
Ai 662 Beautiful. — JJivun is the usual sound ia tliis group,
^> Z/wnn'except one or two read <ir«n; the meaniugs are some-
tiines like the phonetic.
^[^ 663 ^//. These arc all read sti or si; their meanings have
1^ <'^'" no relation to that of the primitive.
m 664 Eyebrows. — k group read vidi tlirougtout ; the old
/H iilei j.^^^ ^^ ^^^ phonetic (^ is often used.
j-c^ 665 Up to. — About half are read yuen, the re.st are nwariy
667
548
Meu?
647
Kicn*
Yuen* liican and huen ; tiie friinitive is mteruhangcd with Na
928 ^ and No. 527 ^ ia a few cases.
JS. .^*® , ^« elevate — 'llie sounds are ddmj or diang ; but their
Ujeaniiigs i-.ie incongruous ; it is often written -^
under eight sti-okes.
X^j**^. 7b r^<ttrn.—Tl.ese compounds are read hoA, except
"* Auei ]^^]^ . tiia group is very diverse Li its meanings.
^.658 i7-'(fy.— About sbt are read fung or hiieh, the others
^ are all chung ; tvo(|^J and jft) reappear in sub-
groups of tlu-eo each.
TS A'^ "^^ '"''^" — ^ ""ifonn ^roup under chah, except a few
|J3 Can fly read shah or hiah ; the compounds show no affinity hi
meaning.
tEJ^ *?J*. Autunn. — Tlie usual sound of ts'iii varies into tsiao
^ < /•<*»« and chtv in hulf a dozen instances ; some find traces of
tlio phonetic ia several characters.
-Si, '?* J^fl- I8G. —These compoiuids fire alike ui sound, but
XT iHtang j,avg „yt much tiuiilarity in meaning.
>fet **^ -4 'f fw/i. —This pioup 13 mostly read hung, one being
i3j C"u«y sounded Xr^A, ia v.hich it is evidently interchanged with
No. 458 ?j^, Jis some of the others are with 'a]-
)^<7^v'i«/i«-^-'*^'''''y ~"'^'^*" '*''''*^" iS^ "^'"1 »&' <"■ contracted to
^. but has no connection with No. 4C6 j^» ; the
sound U'ung varies into diw'aug hi two cases.
Tgfe 684 ^'u//. — One of tliis small group occasionally varies into
Im, < J («y chd/ig, but Jt is readying in all common words.
gp. 636 y[ aliielil.— Tun, shun, aliin and cJiwen are found in this
/IJ lun group ; the meaiL'ngs are very milike.
jg *•* A */iy>.— Nearly nil of this group are read pien, whiwli
/fro 7^ien alters uito/j//j and />rt;j in two or three cases; traces of
the prhnitive are seen in several words.
'7 -^ deed. — lliis is derived from No. 256^) of wluJi
Na 809^ forms luiother sub-group ; its sounds are
imlike, vaning into hi, Lich, Idch and sieh.
XA- 688 To iaundtte. — Out of this gi-oup of yen, one character
t*T * Yen. is pronounced Ifien ; the primitive itself is ideogiaphiu.
V^ Liih ^ '""'■ — ^ derivative from No. 252 "^ ; the mtauings
^^ * in the group are unlike, though their eomids are all luh.
J^ 'T? . ^1 II- — All of this number are read kiai or hiai ; .souie of
Q (A'tat them indicate an influonce of the primitive in tlieir
meanings.
Kg •''* Had. 182. — Most of this group are read fung, then
1^ tt''*i9 Jan or Ian; the bignifications are sometimes ideo-
grapliic, as J^ a feughiug.
&L Twaii* ^^ J'lagment. — TliIs is very sunilur to No. 549 ^,
but their dissimilarity in sound helps to distinguish them,
as each group follows its leader.
lS5 Pien" C'f''^^"*'^*''— A sub-group derived from No. 321 J|,
unUbrndy sounded jiien, but incongruous in meaning.
f^ *•'* J'jitpcror. — One .'ound hwang nmnes these derivativea,
S""""'^hut tlicir meanings liave little analogy to their phonetic.
P75 Also. — These arc all somidcd tsih; the primitivo is
* written hko No. G24 Jsl) in poorly-printed books, and
No. 974 SJj flows fixjiu it.
^^ lieu ^ pvince. — This and ^^ are evidently tlie same piinii-
* tive, but this form h mostly used in the compounds,
which arc sounded Leu or keu.
H7 '^'7. .ilnoW Z.'v//)fi;w.— Thisand No. 598 p^ aro8unU).r iu
r*J ^ Yii fonn, and many denvatives under both are soundeil
alike ; half of tliese aie read kii.
to *78 To I roted. — A l.omophonous group read pao, into
\/\t <Pao whoso n'.eaiiin<;s the primitive does not entei" to . ; •
percejitihlo degree.
iP
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxiii.
^
CVS Ti conceal. — The sounds of yen and ngian occur in these
*" characters ; this is a sub-group from No. 285 ^5 but
the two have no analogj\
"t* To assent. — The sounds are yii, shu and teu, mostly
^ " the former ; this and No. 517 m may hastily be con-
fused.
^/lX. «81 7I leaflets — Half are read t^eu, the others ^/iw and siu ;
PI sTs'eaTj^ proceeds from No. 32* W' ^i* the analogy between
them is undiscoverable.
v^ 6«2 (^a_y.— This group is entirely homoplionous ; in many
^^ «,^SMW7 of the compounds it is interchanged with ^ and ^•
5jU 6** iZat/. 183. — This group is quite unnecessary, as the
JVQ (.J'^i cnaracters under the radical contain all but one.
tdc; ,^*t To explain,— This i> similar both to No. 482 ^ and
No. 412 ^ i most of the derivatives arc read clncen,
then twan, »/mc?j and /jwej.
y/< 838- Drains. — This gi'oup is all read nao ; its meanings
iif *iVao occasionally allude to the primitive.
jt 5»0 Virrjinitij. — KS\. the compounds are read c/zwj;;, but
J^ ^Ching their meanings bear no likeness to the- primitive.
. |. 687 //". — This group is read joh, jd, noh and rJi'oh; it
•^ «^o/i> *g derived from No. 189 ^j but their meanings are
diverse.
-HMj* 688 Flowery — This group is read i/ing, and its phonetic is
Zr^ t^^ntji ,-^erivec' from No. 200 :^> but the compounds seldom
take after it in signification.
H. S89 Sprouts. — A few in this collection change iniao into
Pcf ^MiaOi mao ani nao, but none indicate any affinity with the
primitive.
^ 600 Light. — Tliis group is read ijuh, and one derivative
•W*. Yuhy has supplanted the primitive.
„| 591 Law. — Most of these words are read tsehortsi; and
^'4 Tsehy none indicate that the primitive has perceptibly influenced
their meanings.
The sky. — This resembles No. 494 ^j and in many
cases is confused with it ; Nos. 767 ^r and No. 798
}^ form sub-groups ; tlie^sounds zreyang, fatiff, tang,
chang and shang.
To be. — The somids shi aai ti about equally divide this
group, one of the easiest to recognize.
g^K S3* Mysterious. — Uniform in its sound viiao, this is derived
»1X <Micui ^.^^^ -^g^ J23 >]^, with which its meanings have the
most -affinity-.
i^ 896 A s.'ar. — This group is read -.st/vy-a-nd ia/J/;; the primi-
^^ t^^"g tive is derived from No. 164, ^, and one or two
derivatives arc lilce it.
« 608 Whof — A large group sounded Ao/i, m^oA, koh, hieh^
^f Hohi yeh, Idelhi hiah and n' ; -^,is often used for its primi-
tive, and p^ leads a small sub-group.
Illicit. — The sound of mao changes into /«^/, fung and
Mao' suh in soUiO characters ; this primitive is often con-
tracted to g in combination.
Alone. — Yli, yu;ig,ngeu and y^eu are the sounds j it
somewhat resembles No. 677 -j^v and reappears in
No.. 921 ^•
^iYang
m
693
<Shi
fiS8
iYu
"w^ j.^j-1 To flutter. — Uniformly saatided isiki tlie derivative ^
"^^ " ^ has three under it, but they are not common.
^9^ c >> To think.— 'Yhxa is hke Jg, favor, whose four com-
pounds are rarely met; thiai^aup is sounded !.s\^i, sai
and tsai.
pf. ^^., To /ear. — A group read wet, and similar in foim and
><. yVei sound to the next, but presenting no likeness in sense.
M Wei^ Stomach. — Tliis primitive resembles ^ a helmet, but
that fonr.s no compounds ; these are read w^i and kivti.
j^ Tu^'t 7o./n5rAi!eM—Tlii.s phonetic is like No. 994 ||, v.-ith
^ ■"i/''"> which it is oftea interchanged ; the words in thjs group
are aU pronounced ngoh.
Ija ®®* To CTWe.— This flows from No. 293 IffI, with whijh it
5*— * <,Hwei jg often interchanged, and a^jrees entirely in its .sounds.
tjl 605 _4 y}j.y mouth. — These derivatives are sounded kwa., ko,
IRJ (Kwa Icwo, ho and wo; the primitive is not in use, and one
compound ^ leiipijears in No. 924.
■|-fi ®^* Biginrdng. — The sounds twan, chwen, Jui, chui and
rni <.2ti!a22 shwan, occur in this group, whose primitive is ii, con-
tracted form of ^ singly.
TEN STROKES.
To rule. — This, a sub-group of No. 296 '^j is read
tsai, tsz' and hai ; the primitive exerts no influeuco on
the sense.
jjp. «^ ToJiUacracLc — The primitive is reg^irded as an old
'^^^ "^orm of ^, and covers the radical ; the si;b-:iroui)s are
No. 1004 ^", with ^ and^; *!•" rounds are kien,
hien, seh, chai and sai.
A hou-tehold. — Tliese derivatives are all read kia ; it is
not a sub-group of No. 412 ^^5 nor should it be con-
founded with No. 623 ^•
fil** To injure. — The sounds are haiy hiah, koh and hoh ;
Hai* several of the characters are not imlike it in sif^niiication.
Oil
C7iu>
607
Tsai^
60d
fKia
^
Narrow. — This is derived from No. 166 ^j witli
which it is sometimes interchanged ; the sounds are
all c/ia.
612 yi ho How. —A sub-group from No. 172 ]S>.] thederi-
f^^a vatives are uniformly read wa.
65' Patient. — A group having little in common in the
iYung meanings of its characters, which are unifonuly read
yung.
•^* This has now become an imperfect character, often
iJ-tsg conti-acted to 4-^ in common books; No. 8'>6 ^ forms
a sub-gvoup ; the sounds SLTQying, yung, king, lao, loh,
liao a,ud kidng.
P^ p^^ The sj<ie.— An offshoot from No. 64 ^ ', the derivatives
-^ - •S' arc like the primitive in sound, but show little likeness
in ti.eir meaning ; a small sub-group occurs under ^•
jj-. 618 Urfjent. — These compoitnds are read isih, but their
^ff^ Tsihf meanmgs are very incongruous.
j^ 6l7 (Jreat. — These derivatives are read fang, and most of
/^ 5 TasiTf^em are in common use ; it is not likely to be con-
founded witli Ko. 720 ^
y^ 618 Roijal robes. — Alike in their sound kwan, these com-
.^ '■Kwaa pounds sliow no affinity with their phonetic.
1^ 619 Tliis. —A group read tsz or tsi, and having two small
■^^ i^"^ sub-groups ; the primitive is properly written YiL, but
contracted to ^ and ^•
rfy'_ 620 2o rear. — All the compounds are read cAa/<, and a re-
pg Chuh) tnarkable similarity is to be seen in their meanings.
^^ ^?^ . Muined.—Thh primitive resembles No. 647 ^ and
still more .^? to compassionate ; the derivatives are
Boimded so, tsui and shwai, and are in common use.
Ixxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
HP J
Tflr 8SS Had. 189' — In composition this is often contracted a,
V^ i.l^'io YiXiiQ^ as seen in No. 935 ^ and $ ; the sounds are
kao, hao, kiao^ hiao, hoh and 8un(f.
*^ eaa 0bscure. — This primitive ii more frequently written
vw^ i » 9 Jj^^ to distinguish it more easily from No. 625 f^
and No. 609 jf^ ; its compounds arc all read munff.
7 A man. — An offshoot from No. 300 ^> and easily con-
founded with No. 575 gp in badly-printed books ; the
sounds are uniformly long.
h sas Great. — The compounds all read cfmng, are few and
*-*Chung not much used, so that they are less likely to be mis-
taken for those under No. 623 ^•
\ Tj 7 Eminent. — A variety of this primitive, written ^g
* with eleven strokes, is considered to be more correct ;
this and No. 796 '^ are unlike ; Itoh and kioh are the
common sounds in this group.
' 637 Obscure. — Ming is changed to mih and mien in a few
* i^*n9 cases ; this group has many characters exhibiting a
trace of their primitive.
• •*• A lamb — Kao and yao are the only sounds ; the primi-
* t "*five is derived from No. 218 "S^ but its compounds
show no ofiinity with either.
. 939 7'g differ.— T\iQ complicatetl form ^g is sometimes met
• iCha y^th jn tlie compounds ; their sound* are cha, so, tsi<
and <so, the last showing the influence of No. 186 ^•
New moon. — Tliis primiti\'e shows some aflBnity with y^
to hiccup, the source of No. 810 /ffi, but only in ap-
pearance ; the somids are soh and su.
To bewitcfi. — This is a sub-group of No. 220 ;^> and
the compouuds exhibit traces of the primitive in their
meanings.
^^ Backbone — This group is read tsih, and one or two of
■I sxn, the derivatives show some analogy to the phonetic.
•33 _4 kingdom. — This group is sounded tsin and cMn or
^ " * chun ; the primitive resembles ^ fai, which makes no
compounds, and there is less likelihood therefore cf con-
foimding the two.
Simnle. — A group read 5u, whose phonetic is very
similar to Na 641 ^, both of them relating to silk.
"^^ !^j .^'^ ^'"^ — ^ irooP whose original sound keu varies
-W ^^ into kiang in four characters ; — an unusual change.
^S •*• Disgrace — Most of the derivatives are read juh, others
Tr «/««> riuh aud ncu ; they often show a trace of the primitive.
IS •?' Origin. — lliese arc generally read yuen ; one is tsiim,
jfFt » 5«en and the characters show Uttle reference to the primitive.
M*3* Summer. — Hia and sha arc tlie sounds ; the primitive
" looks a little like No. 971 3J contracted, but they are
totally distinct. ^
^* CM To effect. — These characters form a sub-group under
^^ No. 237 ^5 and many arc like those in meaning ; they
all follow the leading sound chi.
7b increase. — Tliis is contracted to ^j which is
similar to the aberrant character ^ everywhere ; its
usual sound tsin becomes tsien in some cases.
A cord. — Nearly all are read soli, others are sheh or
sih ; the primitive resembles No. 634 ^ in form and
meaning.
Had. 187. — This group is mostly read ma. the others
are cJian ; the derivatives have no likeness m meaning
to their phonetic.
m
Soh>
•31
iMi
•34
Su'*
Tsin*
e«i
Soh^
•48
•Ma
m
#
•4S
Hohf
Kttng
«4r
c Yuen
•4S
Kih»
iKo
•SI
m.
M
tSv
f3
j^^ A shell. — This prunitive was origin ally fj^, now altered
to accommodate the radical on the left, as in ^ J
their sounds are koh. keu, kuli, huh, kioh and hlo/i.
A gexagenarian. — This primiuvo flows fmn' I.'o. 244
^j but the meanings in tliis group are unlike cither ;
most of them are read shi, not k*i.
How t — This primitive is also written sL and -^j but
in the compounds the correct form is generally followed;
their sounds are hoh, koh, vgoh, yeh, kai and ngai.
Tribute. — The sound kung in this group shows an
aflinity with No. 27 Jl» and the whole character reap-
pears in No. 1039 ^ ; kung runs into lung and hung.
A robe. — Tins resembles No. 618 ^, and is contract-
ed to ^^ in writing and common books ; No. 928 jg^
flows from it ; the sounds are yuen.
•49 rr. "rf**
r. To publish. — This and No. 748 S are very easily
' ^^ ^ ■'
confounded ; m forms a sub-group ; the sounds are/u,
/oh, pu and pon, the last being most common.
Had. 193. — This primitive has two sounds ; the com-
pounds read ii A , io/i and hoh, show considerablo uni-
formity of meaning with its less usual signification of
division.
Elder brother. — A derivative from No. 145 Pj" ; the
characters are all read ko.
A chestnut.—Thh phonetic rules the group under it ;
the character |j| is very similar, and has seven deriva-
tives ; the t-.vo are easily mistaken imless care is taken.
Pi> ^o prepare. — Tliis primitive is often written "l^j and
incorrectly j|ff, both of which lead one astray when
searching for it ; pi, pai and pift are the sounds.
^^\ Surmise. — The radical is placed on tlie right in these
cliaracters as in Ifjl ] one sub-group occurs under No.
895 4^ ; the sounds are kan, han and wah.
2jj^> Tq recede — This is interchanged with No. 682 j§.
in a few characters ; one alono is read tun.
Weak. — Tliis group has tlio sounds nioh, joh, nao, nih
and niao ; the primitive has little intlueuce on the
meanings.
Late. — This is also written like ^ a rhinoceros, under
eleven strokes, and both forms are correct ; the sounds
vary from .ti to ts'z' and chi.
To expand. — These characters follow the sound of their
Chen primitive with two or tliree exceptions, some being read
both (Jien and nien.
Fragments. — This appears like a .«iub-group under No.
380 '^» with which it shows r.o convection in sense or
sound ; all its characters are read sieli.
Eibs. — Similar in souud, these characters are unlik'e
in form, a few being written jjj, which are regarded
as synonyms.
,„. To steam. — This flows from No. 255 ^ and has in-
* *"^ fliienced many of its compounds, all of which are read
ching.
^* Grandson. — Tliis primitive resembles ^ to join, and
j.bun g^pjj Qf thrm form sub-groups ; these are ail read <un,
but have no similarity cf meaiung.
•^ To lade out. — In this proup tlio compounds all diHbr in
^'iao sound from tlicir piimitive, which resembles No. 467
06B
J oh J
•SO
,Si
«S7
es3
Siehy
•S3
JUieht
IpJ in shape ; all being read t'ao.
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxv
0S3
rhi
How ? — These characters .'ire rend Id, /.'i and hiai in
nearly equal proportions ; severul hub-groups occur.
_^^ eS'i jiir. —These cl'.aracters are mostly reud hi, but show
3^ ICi^ little affinity with the meaning of their primitive; which
is aja ofifshoot of No. 38 ^, varied in form.
^^ 635 To mount. — Tliese characters are read c/u'n^r, shiri(j or
Ttsl idling shdng, but none show much affinity in meaning with the
primitive, which resembles No. 456 §[f in its old form.
fi^ 7§' •^ derivative of No. 219 ^, resembling J^ emperor ;
ii/V f nff .^ .g ^ contracted character, and the radical is placed
on its right side, as f^ Sec; the sounds tang, ."hmg,
ying and ching occur ; two or tluee sub-groups occur.
tS^ rp /'oJJer.— Formed like j/"!' from two sprouts, this prjmi-
-^ f *' " five imparts its meaning to few or none of its com-
pounds, which are read tseu, tsh and chu.
tjg l ®®5 Pottery.— THia prim.itive, which is an ofifshoot of No. 258
Th S i^fo ^^ jg ^^g^ written ^ ', the compounds are all read
1/ao, like it.
y(^ KM ^^ brave.— Thb primitive, No. 838 ^ and No.
844 ^5 all contain the same radical ; this group beai-s
no afiBnity to it, and its sounds kieh and tsiek are ud-
like.
.^jtt «79 A manner. — This group is read pan, but is not con-
/^X f^Fan nected in its meanings ; its compcimds are in common
use.
^3 r^^^j -^ f"^^ — Uniformly soimded shen, the primitive in this
vi^ bhen group imparts its meaning to none of its compounds.
A horned tiger. — Tliis occurs interchanged with No.
507 'Jf^ ; the primitive is also read ti, and the sounds
si, i and cki are heard, but ti most of all.
To detain — Other forms are ^ and ^5 which puzzle
tiie student, but this is most correct ; the derivatives ai-e
all read liu.
t^ iCtoj f'"^^-—^ derivative firom No. 411 lltj for which it can
"* 10 mistaken ; the common sound chdn becomes tien and
alian in many cases ; No. 1029 ]^ forms a large sub-
group.
Aged. — These characters are read sew, sAew, sao and
stao ; the primitive has no perceptible influence on them.
To pity. — This and the next two resemble each other ;
ffi 684
7^ ^Ku-ei
686
iPi
Had. ]'94-. — Kwc'i is the common sound, witli htrai,
kwai, tc^i, ch'eu and shei' ; it is i-ometiuies djfficult to
decide whetlmr si cliaracter belongs to the phonetic or
the radii:iil.
To help. — Tins group is read pi; the phonetio is
sonetimes inconectiy written g^ or pgj both of which
mislead in searchii;g tor it.
^ «so A Jlea — The compounds are read sao, and show no
, ^Tsao likeness of meaning to their primitive.
. 687 A granary. — Most of t!:ese characters are read isiang,
(.Ts'ang Qil^Qis avQ chwang or ts'ang; but their meanings are
quite xmlike.
To^e^/ien — This primitive is contracted to^™ and ^^ ;
its usual sound Icien is changed to fc'en, lien and chart,
in one third of the derivatives.
688
(Kien
s
689
690
'^m
^
m
672
673
iLiu
674
67S
*Seu
677
It
'Si'^j these characters are sounded sih.
Fetid. — Many of these compounds are like their primi-
cw' ti\e, which resembles the next; they are read cheu,
k'eu, and heu or hiu.
-^T* -4' target— The compoiinds differ from their plionetic in
-^»«"> meaning ; part of them are read yao.
Kao '^^ eminence.— Thxi is also Avritten ^ and ^j with
' 11 and 12 strokes, which perplexes the search icx its
compounds, which ai-e read kao and kao.
Black.— Tins, primitive and No. 775 ,% are easily
mistaken, but the greater use of this as a phonetic and
that as a radical will help to distinguish the two.
621 To dart — The derivatives are in common use, and
Sh(i their sounds shC or tsi^ are analogous.
*^83 To pursue. — A few in this group are pronounced tut,
and interchanged with No. 654 J^j but the greater
part are read chui
Advantage. — The sound yih or i changes to «*, 7igai
or ngoh in a few words ; no uniformity -of meaning ap-
pears in tlie group.
An elder. — Nearly uniform in their sound wang or
^n i^^^'^ffung, most of these words have no sympathy with the
nieaning of the primitive.
^f 691 Mulberry. — These compounds all read sang, but theii"
^•^ i^iang meanings show no refereiice to a mulberry.
^b ^f? Able. — The sounds ndng, nai, tai and Uiiiig are all
BE ^.Ndng ^^^^^ .^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ _ ^^^ ggg n g^^g ^Qja-v..
-^ ^?. Stupid.— Thi^ is occasionally contracted to -^j but
^^ * without authority ; the sounds of clao and cheu take
the place of chi in some of the compounds.
:^ 694 Hartshorn.— 1i\& phonetic gives its name to all these
-^- (Jung compounds, few of which are in use.
•_5rf- 695 Tea.— This group is uniformly read ch^a; the primitivo
^ ^^^'"' resembles No. 355 ^ a little.
■^ ,^f PZan^s.— This resembles No. 667 ^ in its meaning,
• ' \ ' * JL *i ao \\\\\\
both being regarded similar to the radical fVf ; its com-
pounds are read ts^ao.
Ti-ne.— This is a derivative of No. 240 '^ ; its
compounds are all read shi, and. most of them remotely
refer to its meaning.
To Jly. — This is continually interchanged witli No. 853
^j and the compounds all have the somid tah.
m
^
M
697
iHhi
698
Tahf
.f^^^ Brilliant.— This is derived from No. 288 5!^ ; the
^characters are read hwano, but their meanings differ
6SO
,Wu
r Chui
•i-
700
Kuh^
3C
ng,
greatly.
Rad. 188.— This group can be easily distinguished
froni that under tlie radical ; the sound kuh becomes
A«A iind hwah in one half.
761 2o ?«trea.s-e.— These derivatives ai-o read tsih and suh ;
Tsihf they are incougrouous in their meanings.
, A sty.— This is easily discerned from No. 499 l^ ;
"'""' the phonetic gives its sound hicun to the compouuds.
An officer This is often contracted to_J^> even in
in form ; the
//i
703
s Yuen
704
^-j^ ess
ifU tShi
A preceptor. — The sounds are shi and thai; the pri-
mitive has no analogy with the perceding.
^
705
Tahy
well-printed books ; it is like No. 374
sounds j^we/j, yun and sun are found.
pl'a^„,._Tl)is is also written M. with nine strokes ;
the sounds of the characters a ary from tvdn to yun,
wuh and ngao ; and most of therii are in common use.
A sight of. — Part of these compounds are read tah and
part kwan ; a sub-group is found under J^j, J the primi-
tive bears resemblance to No. 852 ^'
Ixxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
res
jjui 70* iZba? ? — The sound k'i changes into nffai, ha* and kai
JS3L *K*i ill most of the derivatives, whoae meanings are more
incongruous than their sounds.
Fragments. — This primitive resembles No. 782 ^,
and is ofVen written ^ : eo is the common sound of
the derivatives whose meaning:! refer to communication.
ELEVEN STROKES.
Secret. — Tlus is a sub-group under No. 132 tj^ through
^^ one of its compounds, which also forms other
groups, all of which are sounded vi* or mih.
A robber.— This is often written like ^ a cap ; the
compounds are all read ken.
To venerate.— Th.^ primitive pives its sound jrin to most
^ i 57n of ty^ group, the exceptions being read yen.
k^ 711 ToLdjeat.—Shuh, suh, and stu are the sounds ; a
•fS Huhy glimpse of the primitive appears in some of them.
•S"- ^*' ./I JoTKf J.— The primitive regularly gives its souad to
J^fCTiany all its compounds, but its meaning to almost none of
them.
•Ty> 713 ^{ ior</er.— Most of this group are read king; an
,^ Kitif* errant sound kiang is heard in a few, enough to render
all uncertain.
■^t W* A rt>o<.— This is e.itily confoonded with the next, but
m\ Tiky their sounds are unlike, these being read iih, tsieh and
sheh; i^ fonrs a smaU sub-group.
^ 715 To fonsu/A— Similar to the last, it is less frequently
fflj ^Shang found in combination, and all the -characters follow the
sound of ahang.
Xjfc 716 To revert to.— This and the next resemble each other ;
jBSE tSiien the sounds of the derivatives are all siien, and their
meanings have considerable aiBuity with it.
-Ijfc ^'•^ Kindred.— SmWax to the preceding in form, its sounds
)Pi 7xuhi are unlike it, following the primitive tmh, except in one
or two cases;
718 il/any.— The compounds ore read cM and cheh ; one
i'M) <o"i" "■ sub-group, but the primitive imparts
nothiug to their meanings.
'*» Rad. 20O.— Tlie Cliinese found some diificulty in as-
^■^^ sorting the«e characters, whose sounds are ma, vio, mi
and man ; as many now under the radical, should have
been placed under the primitive ; No. 1025 Jp makes
a sub-group.
fta© Common Part of this group is read jung and others
^ ^ *"^ y«i(7 ; the primitive is contracted to ff', and ofteninter-
cljanged with No. C27 ^ •
ET»l Tran^u?'/.— These derivatives follow tiioir leader k'ang
fICangin sound but not in tense ; this pruuitira and No. 391
J^ resemble each other in form &ai. iound.
J 708 Jiad. 198.— This group and that under the radical are
" ■"^> qj,ite unlike ; these are all read luh but one, S-«cAtn,
which forms two compounds.
t 793 Productions. — Uniformly UVo the phonctio ch'an in
1 *C%'an Qound, this group shows no Ufcenessof meaning in the
characters.
■J. 72* To separate.— Fart are read chi, but mow are /» ; one
"^ ' derivative (^ leads a sub-group of 12 characters, most
of them synonymous forms.
Ci 726 To drag.— Theao few characters are alike sounded kfien,
t/Cien nuj the meaning of tlio primitive appears in each.
'^^* , A /e«f/er.—Tliis primitive lias fou,r sounds itself; its
Shwa*^ compounds are read luh, soh and s/itrai, none of them
bearing much likeness to it in meaning.
727
B
JR
f^Kwohj.
Its
A suburb. — This is derived from No. 39t) 1^, with
^vhich some of its compounds are interchanged ; thpy
are read kwoh ; its shape resembles No. 802 ]f^ and
the next.
.7*? ^''^ ■'— This, h'ke Ihe last, is derived from No. 396, and
* resembles No. 744 ^ and Na 742 ^ ; its compounds
are read shrJi.
"^n. T^ Great. — This group is all read yang, but the number
.^^ t ieny do not all retain a trace of their primitive.
^ 730
7S1
732
^
m
Ashamed. — Tlib resembles No. C29 ^. but it occurs
less Iroquently; the soundsare all siu, and thejneanings
unlike the primitive .
Rainbow. — This lieaJi a .<ub-gronp nnder No. 19 ^,
none of which bear mudi likeuess to it in meanhig, and
the sounds are j/ii, shu and hu.
. To trituratr. — Tliis and No. 520 ^ look much alike,
'«*■ iShung but tliis is the least common ; most of the comp<m!id«
are read chwang, ch'ung and shwavg.
j^ ^'^ ^1 besom. — The sounds here are htcui, stii and siieh ;
those read hu^i often jiiuerchange witli No. 820 j®>
Emm bimilarity of sound.
■jhg 'I?* A rule. — Most of the characters in this gi-oup are read
Oti^A tvet lcw€i, others are hw6i ; their meanings sometimes show
traces of the primitive,
^fc 735 To blame. — Tlie Boimd tseh changes into tsih, tssf
^^ Tsehi and chai hx n large proportion of the derivatives, whose
meanings exhibit little allinity witli each other.
To split. — Tins is an obsolete character, wliioli gives its
sound li to most of the compounds, though its meaning
to none.
An echo. — A bomophonous group read »; many of the
characters exhibit the idea of bla<ikncss.
Troubled. — This group is read tsih and tsuh, and many
words in it are allied to the primitive in sense as well as
sound.
Lively. — These compouncls are all read chufang or
^^^^Shwmngg/tipafig^ but none fhow the influence of their primitive.
THE 74» JJquj T — A gnmp where the phonetic yen leads the sounds
ifiij « 1 en of the compoimds, but does not inliueuce their meaning.
tfc^. 7*1 Proud. — Nearly miifonn in its sound ngao, tiic otbeis
"^^^gtu? are read ao or yno and cliui ; a few resemWe the
primitive in sensa
±1. 742 To taite.— Tliis is like No. 744 ^ and Xo. 7J8 ^,
^rt Chihi but occurs more trequently ; roost ot the words are read
chih or chi, and others tien.
^TL 7*3 Soundtnrf stones. — Tlie sounds are kinq, hiny and
f^ King* .ihing ; this character is obsolete,, and often contracted to
7*» for its compound ^•
Apt — These derivatives are read «, aieh, jeh and shi ;
it closely resembles No. 742 J^^j and the two are often
confounded even by natives.
Jlidden. — This group is read nih, with the exception of
^ teh ; the compounds show some traces of the pho-
netic in their meaning.
To connect. — A group whose compomids follow their
ii/ten phonetic lien, but none of them resemble it in meaning.
747 To decapitate. — The sounds here vary from chan to
< *" tsan and tsien ; jj|lj leads a sub-group of three.
Ch -en '^'o^«^y— Tliis andNo. 048 .^ are frequently confonnaed
in poorly-printed books; the group is read chwen
and twan.
738
iLi
787
/'
738
Tsihy
739
ft
744
/>
745
Niht
746
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxvii.
fA
Skuhs
765
TaP
T ^*^ A place. — The sounds here change fi-om fc'w iato yii,
H. (I^ii Jceu^ ngao and cli'n; their meanings are altogether
diverse.
'^**, To resfdVe.— This is often. incorrectly written $^, which
is another form of ^ di'ih ; the coiripounds are read suli,
sen and nwan.
W751 Dignity. — All the compounds are read ts''ao, like their
c Ts^ao phonetic, though few are influenced by it in their signi-
fication.
& ''** ^^ signalize. — A large and regular group in its uui-
7T^ iP'K^o ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^f j^^^^^ ^ fg^. compounds, as ^J and ^,
lead small sub-groups.
■gg 753 To mount. — About half the compounds are read sien
^^ (Slen like their primitL\e, the others t-^'ien.
y^ 2,^* Varnish. — This primitive resembles the radicals ^
wheat and ^ millet, hut those do not occur as pho-
netics ; this gi'oup is read tsih and sih.
A girdle. — The sounds here are chai, tai, ti and chi ;
some traces of the primitive appears, which is inter-
changed with No. 507 ^ in many cases.
Nearly all are read han, others are nan and tan ; the
primitive is not used ; No. 1027 ^ is a sub-gTOup.
A few. — The primitive gives its sound Idn to mo6t.of
the compounds ; ^ leads a small sub-group.
Equal, — This somewhat resembles ^ a couple, or
altered to ^§ ; the coumpounds are read man and
man.
I 759 Violent. — The phonetic gives its sound k'iang to all
* ^under it ; the fonn 5S is commonly used, but is still
reckoned as having only eleven strokes.
jeo jj, console. — This gives its sound to most of its, com-
W^ei pounds ; they are read wei or yu/i.
7«i To leak. — A small group, uniforaily read leu, and many
-t-CM of its characters analogous to the primitive, which is
contracted to J^ in poor hooks.
To practice. — This groxip is read sih anAcheh; the
meanings are unlike the primitive.
To fiy high. — The leading sound is liu, but liao^ lao,
luh, Idao., kiu, miu and ckeu are also heard, rendering
them all doubtful to a beginner.
Dark. — The right half of tliis character is an earlier
form of itself, traces of which are to be detected in the
compounds ; the sounds are uniformly yin.
To know. — Tlie few derivatives are read siA,. but their
meanings are totally difl'erent.
ft
77::i
17i>
773
'Si
774
fFimg
-d^ 75C
^ Han'
■^ 757
^ fKin
^fe 768
J^ fMm
m
#
762
Sihy
763
Liv?
764
765
Sihy
Tsad* '^"^ ^^"'^^^ — ^^'' sub-group comes from No.-. 342 ■^ ;
^ 767
its derivatives are nnifoi-mly sounded tsao.
'^■^Shang A? offshoot from No. 592 ^, and an idea of
injury runs through the group; the sounds- are shang,
then tsiang and tang.
To sacrifice. — About half of this group is read tsi, and
the others chi, ckai, tsai, si and chah ; a sub-group of
seven comes under ^ chah.
To follow. — Tliese few characters are read hu, like their
phonetic ; but are unlike it in meaning, and not much
in use.
■^^ 770 A bushel.— These characters are read huh, but then*
/tT Huh) meanings are dissimilar.
ifi^ r^^ 7b ./o/&2».— This and the two next are similar; half
'TO;cy5wj5fofthis group follow the sound is'ung, others are read
sung and chwang.
768
Tsii
769
Hii^
776
776
777
(Teu
m
Impeiial. — A small group, read yii, whose words show
some affinity in the meanings with *he primitive.
To transport. — The derivatives are read si and sien ;
the primitive is like No. 771 |3§i but it does not in-
fluence the meaning of the words.
To meet. — This flows from No. 348 ^j with which
its compounds agr-ee in sound, and often in sense ; nearly
one half are read fiing, the rest pung.
Rail. 196- - The sounds vary to i*f/o, TOny and niao ;
this and No. 680 ,^ resemble each other.
Already. — The compounds in this group are read hi,
kai and keu; the primitive resembles No. 675 gjlj
but is more used.
A helmet. — The few derivatives under this primitive
have no affinity with its meaning, but are all sound-
ed teu.
778 To j^ili — The compounds are read sah ar.d sliah^ and
Shah J tije original meaning crops out in some of them.
779 2o covet. — An unimportant group, luiifomi in it» sound
{i ^an of fan , but showing no affinity in meaning.
7*° A counsellor. — This is occasionally interchanged witli
f^sau ^^ gjg ^^ and altered to ^ and ^ ; the com-
pounds are read tsaii, san, shari, sliun and chan, and
most of thein have some reference to confusion.
7^^ Accustomed. — The derivatives follow the phonCtic kwan ,
except 5[ shih, and some of them partake of its mean-
ing.
/-o, A Mcs^.—This resembles No. 707 ^ ; the characters
mostly follow their leading sound ch^ao, tsiao and sao
being the variants.
'•* A leader. — The derivatives take the sound of tsiang,
'(T.nang and the primitive, in a few cases is interchanged with
No. 687 J^ from their similarity of sound.
A groan. — Tliis is a sub-group from No. 162 ^j
and the characters follow its somid 7iu with a few ex-
ceptions which are read h^ia.
A tiger. — This primitive is sometimes written like No.
which is allowable ; the
& 784
P^ ,Hu
t^ '86
jjg^ c T.so
857
L 1 but more often
787
7B6
Molly
789
iLeu
compounds are read cha, t.s'ii and tso.
*^ rn. A hall. — One of the sub-groups under No, 501 ^ J
^^^ ^ " most of its membere are read (ang and a few chang.
Rad. 197. — All the derivatives with one exception, king,
are read tu, and the primitive conveys its meaning to
only one of tliem.
Not. — The radical is usually written beneath the primi-
tive, and in a few cases as ^ and ^) ^ and ^^
its position varies tlie sense ; the derivatives are read
moh, mu and ma.
Poor. — This group is mostly read leu; others are lit,
and one ^ .sA«, forms a sub-group No. 984.
7®** Long. — The phonetic gives its sound 7nan to this group,
iMan but no clue to the meanings, except in one or two cases.
781 Finished. — All these compounds are readpik, but their
Pih) primitive does not influence their meanings at all.
782 /2e?nariai/e.— The sounds in this group are i, yih, fan
and diih ; ^ leads a sub-groiip of four; in K'anghi's
Dictionary this character is reckoned under twelve
strokes.
To involve. — About one half of this group is read lo,
the rest are Ui and tah; the primitive is akin to No.
881 g and No. 985 ^p|, with which it is sometimes
interchanged.
/»
793
■Lei
Ixxviii.
IXTRODUCTION.
794
Kwoliy
A kingdan. — Derived from No. 430 ^ 5 tlie cotnponnds
in tills group are mostly read kwuh like tho phonetic,
mth whose meaning tliey have no aSinitj-,
'** Sorroic. — Ilwaii, uan and clian are the only sounds ;
Hwan' tjjQ primitive is sometimes wrongly written for No. 928
A peak. — 'fhis is very similar to No. 626 ^> and the
two are not carefully separated in books ; it is like JE
ft bird, which is made from No. 472 '^•
TWELVE STROKES.
A gutter. — The somid of this is given by No. 144 £
with which it has no other affinity.
7S6
7»7
K'ii
M
m
^
T?* To *caW.— This is derived from No. 692 ^, and all
t '"^ its compounds follow its sound tang but not its sense.
^•» To bum. — This has be< ome obsolete and is sometimes
^''"*' pedantically witteii y;\, with thirteeij strokes ; the
sound* are c/«i7/, chi and shih.
*•*• A youth. — The sounds are fung, chung and chvang ;
" -^its sound and fonii resemble No. 658 Tgi with which it
is never interchanged.
•**• Tliis is now obsolete, and its derivatives are read cheh
^ '''*■*» and sah ; it resembl(« No. 825 "% and is still less
like No. 815 IK-
•*• Sincere. — Tliis heads the largest sub-group imder No.
<'^"" 39(5 I^, of which No. 727 ||5 and No. 728 ^ ar«
two others ; the sounds are tun and tui.
'p. , JTien. — This is derived from No. 397 fl(> but has no
likeness to it in sound or sense ; the wonb are tsiu and
tsuh.
^* Good. — Tliis phonetic gives its sound <*Ae»i, but has no
^Sfien appreciable influence on the sense of the compounds ;
it differs from No. 818 $•
MS
iLin
813
^
4^
Will<>-Kisp. — Tliis guides to the sounds of all its com-
pounds except tlu-ee read Hen ; and an idea of frangibi-
hty runs tlurough many of them.
Fatigue. — Tliis is a derivative from No. *614 ?!? 5
the compounds all follow its sound, but rarely its signi-
fication.
To suspect. — This is also written jJE in most of its
comix)unds, but the second form alone is a synonym of
J^ sill ; jui is tlie coinmon sound.
Two. — This comes secondarily from No. 25 "^J, under
wliich ^^ is a simpler form of this character ; this
group is read 'rh, ni and ch*i.
Pure. — This and No. 567 ^i^ are derived fh)ni No.
256 i|) ; its compounds arc mostly read kieh, and
some of them arc akin in meaning.
t-.. . T/iat. — This is derived from |BX? which unites with
* three radicals, one of them forming this sub-group,
which is read kiie/i and kive'i.
*** To light. — A group whose members are read Hao and
^Liao lao^ but their meanings vary indefinitely.
Prodigal. — Tliis is derived from No. 531 ^, which
806
(,Lao
SOT
808
809
Kieh ,
(6hd
sends oflF four or five sub-groups, of which tliis is tho
largest ; its conipomids arc read c/j<? and cha, and are
written sometimes with No. 529 y-
*
814
815
'A"flf«
Impious.— TiaH is often interchanged with Na 780 ^
and No. 1028 ^ J it is also incorrectly wTiiten ^.
which itself lead:* u group of three : t lie compounds are
read foa«, tsien, c/idn and //.
One. — This group is sounded gl/i, i and .'/c' . the
words exhibit no likeness in meaning.
To dare. — Tho somids hero vary from kan ., i
hien; its nearest resemblances are No. 801 ^% and
No. 825 ^.
Virtuous. — Tins ^ves its sound to a few derivatives, the
others being read jao, kiao., hiao, nao and shtm.
■^^ **T /I tamlxjurine. — These compoimds are read p^ang like
^yi P'lVig their phonetic, but show no trace of its meaning.
f . 818 -^
^ , (,T. .Tog. — This resembles No. 804 ^ ; the soimds are all
^^ /rt, except two or three read cJ'i.
■ ■ 819 - -. ZfXZ
SA «r , Evii. — Tliis, derived fror.i No. i24 5H' is read both ten
'*^ ^ * and ngi h ; its compounds are found under both sounds,
and partake of its meaning.
-^ *SO tJrace. — This group frequently interchanges its phonetic
,u*» IJnux ^jjjj ^ ^ sub.gronp of No. 733 ^" ; the sounds are
hw^i and sui.
±ti W* A hedge. — These are all read fail, as well as the larger
^4» s an g„j^group mider ^» to which belong eight compounds.
yg» ^^ Ample. — Tliis differs from No. 867 ^. though they
*^ ^ are interchanged ; besides the sound fan^ a few are
read tien and sin.
jfag *^ Tlus. — Apparently derived from No. 436 ^t tliis priWi-
'^* *•' * tive exhibits no likeness in sound or sensf
few are read si, but most of them ss'.
jgj^ 824 lii,ci, 201. — The derivatives are mostly read hwaitg,
Mi^'fO'^and others hang: No. 996 ^ is a sub-group.
^f ^* To scatter.— This is so much hko No. 801 ^ that
^^ * "" some r.otice is desirable of their ilifTi'rrn 'cs : sah, sie.a
nad san arc the sounds.
<6%ao
Morning. — Most of tho derivative
.■^^d diao, )^
m
ndao being the only exception.
82T A sort. — This group follows the sound of its primitive,
Htangi ^^^^i resembles i^ k'iuig, a word that has four
derivatives, f^ and -J|| being tho most common.
•*• To deceive. — Tlio sound- here are ytdt, kiie/i, hii<h and
Yuhj n-ii/i, and modifications of these ; the meanings are in-
congruous.
•29 Xo seel: — ITiese compounds aro reiKl sin ani 1 fan ;
• i^iit none of them indicate any influence of the primitive on
their mcam'ngs.
8SO Pity Tliis group is alike read 7nin ; the primitive is
'''''" derived from No. 56 ^C I'atlier than No. 459 f^-
•31 Jnterealarg moon. — These characters are read both juu
./nn* and j'wan, tho i)rimitive has both sounds ; its foni
resembles the last and the next.
Leisure. — As a primitive, this is also written ^ and
Jli,
^, though these three forms ai-e not wholly synony-
mous ; the sounds are about equally hien and kien.
^g •as Weak. — The compounds, which are mostly read - h'nn,
^ft Chtc' ensiiQYf no iiilluence of the primitive, wliich is sometime*
interciianged with No. 437 ^•
BB •** To coneede. — This gi-oup h;is many sounds, as nun,
^ Sui^ ,^ii„^ chivcn, tsiien and tswan ; the meanings have
nothing in common.
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxix.
^
r.- jForei^n.— This is sometimes improperly
* *"* some of its compounds are read s/«'w, fan^
leads a sub-group.
' f Opulent. — 111 some of these derivatives simply gg is
t -''^'^^9 -vvritten, but the full form is better ; the group is read
hmg.
,y^/ .if/Miton— This derivative from No. 2o0 "^ is incor-
y-nulit ^.gpjj^. -y^-ritteii without the dot ; most of the coinpomids are
an-anged in Kanghi's Dictionary under the YS radical.
i??T To reply.—Tin?' i» often contracted to ^ in the com-
"'* pounds, wluch are read <a^ and cliah; it is derived
from No. 285 ^i being one of its five sub-groups.
838 This group furnishes one character read cAwen,
Slmr? and the others are shun ; all are in common use.
839 y^ 5e. — Tlie sound of xoii is heard in nearly half of
Wc? this gi'oup, the others being read Aw^j, wo and hvo^i;
^^ forms a small sub-group.
written
pan and;/o;
No. 963 '^
rp. To ascend. —This resembles ^ tang a vase, which
^ "^ J forms only one or two compounds ; this group is mostly
read tang^ others are chang and ching.
842 J]) issue. — Tliis group is reaijah, J^i aaid poh nxpuh'
* /Jg leads a sub-gi'oup of four read fei like itself.
843 Down. — Half of these are read tsui or chui, and the
Ts'u? rest chwen and kiao ; no influence of the primitive on
their meanings is perceptible.
844 None. — This is occasionally interchanged with No. 404
p^ ; its compomids are read wu, hu and /u, and
some of them as ^ and ^ lead others ; a character
like this ^^ also heads a gi'onp of six, read wu.
j^c Grand. — TJiis character, derived from No. 622 il^,
influences many of its compounds, indicating lofty, noble,
&c ; the common sound JcHao is changed to kioh in a
few.
Certainly. — About half of this group is readyen, and the
others nien ; thia and No. 997 ^ are somewhat alike.
and all
i^
W* 7s'an(7'^^''*^'^'^"~'^'"* ^°*^ ^^' ^^^ » ^''® ^^^^h mistaken.
846
(.Jan
847
Necessary. — This is derived from No. 525
its compounds follow its sound sii.
848 Elephant. — Only one of these, read shang, differs in
Siang* sound from the primitive, which bears a resemblan e
to No. 852 ^.
849 Repeating. — One of this group is read U, and the others
^ Juh ; the primitive comes from No. 514 ^J? with which
it is interchanged in a few cases.
*?P Scorched. — Tliis may be regarded as derived from No.
* 472 '^, and its derivatives are all read tshw ; their sig-
nifications have a little affinity with it.
®'^^ To congregate. — Tliese are read tsah and tsih, and one
jst/f, of tjig three is a synonym of the primitive.
^* A crowd. — Traces of the meaning of the phonetic, wliich
Chung') gjves its sound clamg to all the derivatives, occur in
several of them.
2j^l^ United. —Like No. 837 ^, this is derived from No.
285 ^ ; it may easily be confounded with No. 698
^ ; tlie compounds are read hih.
®** Illustriom — This gi-oup foL'ows the primitive in its sound
(Isun tsun, but not at all in meaning; it resembles No.
748 $
858
,Ki
867
ItkS 869
fi^ 'Tsui
#
and this is usually written ^ to diminish their like-
ness ; the derivatives are read tsang and sang.
Several. — This regularly follows its phonetic A-i; in a
few cases, like ^ the primitive is abbreviated, but
oftener to JLj as |J[, for |jg, &c.
Empty. — This is sometimes written like No. 785 ^j
and seldomer like No. 784 p^ 5 tlie derivatives are read
k'ii and hit.
CTJ'Xnn Ap'f'op. — This is one of the offshoots from No. 601 f^>
and is also written -pjc and j^ in some of the deriva-
tives ; their sounds vary from chung to chang.
A beak. — This group is pronounced tsui like its phonetic,
wliicli influences the meanings of the compounds.
Flowery. — This is often contracted to ten strokes ^
as it is a sound character, but the dictionaries place the
wqfds under twelve ; they are read A tra, yehoryih and
w€i.
Flourishing. — This word is troublesome to find, for it is
contracted to 5^ and ^^j but the dictionaries place
such luider twelve strokes ; they are read mang.
Had. 20S. — One of this class, ^5 forms a sub-group
of eight, and another §![ of four derivatives ; the com-
pounds are read Ae/i, m4i and »«o/;, chiefly the latter.
A prospect— Thiu like No. 803 )^ i^ an ofiFshoot of No.
397 5fC '•> the sounds under it vary into ying., kiiing,
hung and kao.
Important. — This is a derivative from No. 417 ^ ',
the compounds are read tso/i^ chwai and tsui-^
A road. — This is derived from No. 272 ^5 and the
characters are all read lu like the phonetic, of whose
meaning there is no trace in them.
J^"*.* Honored. — Two derivatives under this, H and Jg)
form sub-groups, and the former is often interchanged
with it ; they are mostly read kw^l, others are <«», *
and wai.
Alone. — This is not unlike No. 822 J|[ in form and
sound ; the compounds are mostly read tan, then cken,
.then, toh and ii.
To buy. — This phonetic leads the sounds of all its deri-
vatives, and one of them No. 973 J heads a large
sub-group, though some etymologists separate them.
77«c/ce^- Tliisand No. 930 H^ resemble each other;
the compounds here are all read puh or poh.
.^'* Spacious.— This offset from No. 501 f^ has a few
(tn ang (.jj^i-j^cters under it wliich follow its sound cHang ; it is
easily confounded with the next.
ZJj-o/fceJz.— Tliis is like the last and more common ; inos*
of the characters are read pieh, tlien pi, and ideas of
injury pervade most of them.
THIRTEEN STROKES.
Intention.-— The group of characters which flow from
this primitive are all read i or yik, and many of them
partake of its meaning.
A griffon.— TM-is resembles No. 839 ^ a little, but
it and its derivatives are seldom met ; they are read
ckai and tsien.
A /<a?<;/i:.— This is easily mistaken for ^ a wild goose,
but the latter seldo^: occiu-s ; its derivatives are all read
y'lng, and |^ leads a sub-group.
881
'Mang
862
Ileht
863
'King
864
Tsu?
86B
866
867
iTan
868
Mai^
% Puh,
871
Pi^
:^ 872
mj 873
/j^ ' Chai
'^'Ylng
Ixxx.
INTRODUCTION.
S75
87*
SSI
<,L('i
SS2
Tsahy
Z-f^ SS8
^
*Kan
8S5
y'rt//,
sse
Skimj*
ssr
Fan'
TieJiy
^3 891
883
Sla. «•*
|al .S/(e//,
Frugality. — A derivative of No. 688 y^, witli wliicli
it is rarely interclianged ; this primitive gives its Bound
lien to nil but two of its compounds read chan and tstvan,
but its meaning to none.
Concord. — Tliis is also written -g^ and g^, but these
forms aie not common ; their sounds are yti'ifj and tcunp.
An obsolete character, where the radical is foun<l
between the lower parts, as j|^; tlie characters are
read lo, lei and yitiff.
To state to. — This group derives its sound from lin Mk
a granarj-, and the two are considred tlie same primi-
tive ; the derivatives are read lin and Ian.
Grand. — Tliis is often interchanged with No. 867 ^
from the similarity of sound ; tliese are read to», shen
and chen.
RifflU. — This group is read « throughout, and some of
the characters show affinity with the meaning of the
primitive. •
T/iunder. — This and No. 98r> fff resemble each other
in sound ; this group is read /«fi, and the derivatives
occasionally intimate the meaning of the primitive.
Sordid. — Tills is tierived from Kad. 179 3£ ; its com-
pouuds are read isah and sah, and partake somewhat
of its meaning.
To follow. — Tliis sub-group under No. 622 ^, is
frequently interchanged with it, and its derivatives are
read sui ; one of them M has six flowing from it.
To exdte. — A derivative from No. 624 j(f^ ; the char-
acters in this group are read kan and han^ and many of
them partaice of the sense of their phonetic.
To peixtive. — This is not an offslioot from No. 416 ^,
but from ^p. altered ; all its compounds are read tah.
Holy. — This is a sub-group imder No. 373 Jl? and
is oflen cxjntracted to aK ; its derivatives are read
ch'ing or ch'ang.
Bold. — Tliis is apparently derived from f^ plants, but
the sound indicates Xo. 528 y^ as its origin ; tlie sounds
pan and Jan are curiously confused in the group.
Sharp. — This was at first written I^^i but this is now
the proper form, and is also contracted as in ^ ; all are
read tieh.
To strike. — The compounds in this group are read k-ih
and hi ; they have little likeness of meaning.
A border. — Occasionally interchanged with No. 759
^7 and most of the compounds are soanded kiattg ;
5H leads three or four derivatives.
Trader. — Tlie compounds are also read kia., and are in
common use.
To prohibit. — ^This group comes from No. 432 -pfCj with
which it has little affinity ; the compounds are read kin,
and look a little like tlie next.
Grievous. — Tliese characters sound like their phonetic,
which resembles the preceding ; they all contain the idea
of suffering.
Avaiicivus. — This is contracted to ^, and its com-
pounds are read sheh, seh and ts'iang ; several of them
partiiko of its meaning.
Ahiliti/. — Tliis forms one of three sub-groups under No.
G5^S f^ > its derivatives are read kan and hwan.
■^t ••• Serious. — This properly has thirteen strokes, but tha
^1 Stih^ characters are placed under twelve in the dictionaries ;
they are read suk, siu and siao; j|f forms a sub-group
of eight.
Bft ■•^ A palace — 'Iliis group is read tien and tun ; the charac-
95s Tien ters are not much used.
J^fe *f* A model. — The meaning of this phonetic appeals in
^HT* Pihf several of its compounds, which are read pi, />i/t, poh
and mih ; the group is easily (lIjtin.r.J--lied froM No.
1014 ^•
5KB ^"^ Rough.— Jn the dictionaries, thi^ 1^ ...uwicil with twelve
JHb Shehj strokes, v.liilo it rrally has fourteen, and this discrepancv
caases some difficulty in liuding it ; the compounds par-
take of its meaning and are sounded seh and sah.
^^ ***.» '^o love. — Tliis {sroup is \miformly road H^ai or a» ; most
■^fL Ngai of its characters have the idea of obscurity.
' Sff ••^^ To direct. — C%e/j is the common sound, and taii, gen
/B (Chen and ahen are the otliers ; their meanings are quite un-
like.
Afjj 803 To explain. — Tliis group is about equally divided be-
^f Kiai* tweeii kiai and hiai; the primitive is merely a pliouetic.
jB^ ,^. . Minute. — Tliis can be easily mistaken for No. 977 ^ >
"^ * its corr.pounds are read wr'i or 101, and a few of tliem
are like it in meaning.
-^^ ••* Fat. — This group contains the sounds Isuian, tsui, tsuen,
and tsun ; No. 1003 "^ fonns a sub-group.
13^ ,.. . An imperfect chai'acter, to wliich No. 953 ^ lj«ars
' most likeness ; the compounds are read hioh, kio/i, k>h
and hung ; it is often contracted, as ^p for qp in ix>orly-
printed books.
^M 80S To break. — Tliis leads the sounds of its compounds, and
^K 'liw^i traces of its meaning are see:i in several of them.
AL ••T To respect. — The four sounds of this primitive reap|)ear
7f% Kihy in its compounds, as k-ih, gao, hih, hoh, kio/t and kiao,
the last tlie commonest ; this and No. 741 ^ look
alike.
wfa »•• Obscure. — Tlie derivatives in this group are read ngao
-^^ ^ •''" and guh ; it resembles J^j which has only three deriva-
tives read yuch.
Birds. — This jtroup is read L^in; its meanings ha\-e
no likeness ; this and No. 724 ^ resemble each other.
To follow. — This is sometimes mistaken for 3^ which
has itself seven derivatives read dmh like it ; these are all
read sui.
911 yi//. — Tlie sounds under this primitive are tsien, sien,
7s'ien yg„^ hien, kien and /«en, of which the last preponderates.
^*'*., 7b asse;n6/e.— This and No. 855 ^ are h'able to be
"'"* confounded ; half of the characters in this group are read
kwii; the others hwui, tc€iand kwai.
813 ^ village. — A small group read hiang, whose phonetic
</l"">9^^ liable to be mistaken for ^ kUng, but that has no
derivatives.
OuyiA— This is a sub-group under No. 501 ^ ', it is
frequently contiacted to ^ in cheap books ; all the
compounds are read tang, but their meanings follow
their radicals.
Fighliiuf This primitive which resembles j^ a place,
gives its sound to most of its compound?, of wliich others
are read kloh and kih ; two of them lead two or three
derivatcs each.
Ngacf
909
<,lCin
> 910
^i
^^ 814
816
A«>
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxxi.
916
917
913
^
^
930
Ye/,y
<;i5s» 931
"^ iNitiff
934
iTsi
A vase. — TLis pbonetic in similar to No. 785 ^ and
No. 857 |g ; the compoiiucls are all read hi, and the
most common one jgj| leads thirteen derivatives also
read hi.
To captivate. —This, primitive, No. 981 ^ and No.
999 1^ resemble each other in sound and form ; the
group is read lu throughout.
FresA.—This israther a sub-group of tsan ^, Avlijch
leads four ether derivatives as ^ and ^^ ', not many
of either ^roup are in common use.
s.*'® A ymr. — Tlie sounds in this group are kwei^ hwui,
*" wei and i/ueh ; the primitive is contracted to ^* and
other fonns.
820 To respect— Tliis group is read kin^, and most of the j
^">fr ciiarractei-s are in conmion use ; it looks a little like I
No. 870 jSfJc
|,|/^^^ A myriad.— Tins oflshoot from No. 698 ^, itself re- '
iippears in a sub-group, No. 970 f^ ; its derivatives ;
are read tcaii, tun and mai. 1
Bad. 203. — This gi-oup is read min, yin, ying and shing '
or shang ; it is easily to be distinguished from that ,
under the radical. j
Birds singing.— In this group, the compounds are read i
.sao, tsiao and tsao, moetly the latter ; the idea of dis-
cord appears in many of them. \
Overpassing. — Tin's comes from No. 605 j^, and I
imparts its sound kivo to half of its derivatives, the i
others being read chwa. |
926 2o farm. — This group is mostly read nung, then nang
cAm/i^' and ?2ao; many of the chai:acters relate to density or j
thickening. I
A case. — This is used as a contracted form of No. !
1021 ^, but as a phonetic has no likeness to it, all
the derivatives being read li or fi.
To direct. — Tliis is derived indirectly from No. 416
^j and one compound ^ has three or four under it;
the sounds are yih., i, shih, iseh and to/i.
Delicate. — This and No. 555^ are sometimes inter-
changed ; its compounds are read hwa?i, hiieti, pien,
yum, shivan and siieu; some of them have one or two
derivatives.
An insect. — The characters in this group are read chuh,
ciioh, tuh and shuh; No. 1037 Ji§ is an offset, and
one or two other sub-groups are found.
Patrimony.— Thb resembles No. 869 ^,. and is com-
paratively a small group, whose members are read both
yeh and nieh in some parts of the country.
FOURTEEN STROKES.
Happy — This being a sacred character is contracted
to -^ with ten strokes ; its compounds are read ning
and nang in equal proportions.
A guest.— Tiiis, is often changed to ^ as being more
easily written ; the words are read pin or pien.
Recrimination.— This h derived from No. 296 ^ by
duplication ; its compounds are read jnen and pan, and
most of them are placed under the IGOth radical.
Ead. 210.— Many of the characters which properly
come vmder this phonetic are placed under the radical
in Kanghi's Dictionaiy ; the derivatives here are read
isi and ckai.
922
923
Sao»
924
926
927
Yih^
J&, 928
-^^ iKiilng
929
Shuhy
936
illao
93S
Heroic—The: characters in this group are read hao;
the primitive flows fi-om No. 622 j^, and is somewhat
like it.
Necessary.— Thi^ primitive, also written ^, is some-
times interchanged with Ko. 847 ^, which it resembles
in sound and sense ; it flows from No. 527 ^j and the
compomids are lead jil, 'rh, neu and sii.
YoM— This is contracted to '^ in composition ; the
derivatives are read 'rh, lo, mi, nai, ni, ching, nieh,
si and sien ; Jpf has six derivatives.
rTsanq •^"f-— One derivative under this ^ lias fom- under it,
•^ which and the others are all read tsang.
To dislike. — This is read both yen und yeh, and its
compounds are read yen, yeh and yah, cliJefly the
first ; their meanings show some traces of the pniiiitive.
An obstacle. — A small group whose compounds are
read ch'i and ti.
To congregate. — This is occasionally interchanged with
^^. 417 J^, and looks like No. 852 ^ ; the deri%'a-
tives are read tsil, tsung, <Jieu and chung.
•** Longevity.— Tliis gi-oup contains the sounds cheu, tao
bheu and chu, but none sheu ; the primitive is written in
many ways.
943 * "■-
Tsieh ^^t^reepted. — This resembles No.j_1010
937
,Rh
939
(Yen
949
941
Tsu>
m.
and is also
written ^|)J J its derivatives are all read tsieh.
Glistening. — Foi-med by duplicating Rad. 155 ^j
whose meaning it has partially kept ; the words are
read koh and hia.
A terrace. — This group follows the sound tai of its
phonetic, which is often contracted to No. 186 "^j and
also to ^ wiili thirteen sti-okes.
To examine. — An offshoot from No. 429 ^j this primi-
tive has affinity with its derivative No. 995 ^ ', the
sounds are Lien, yen., kien, but chiefly laiu
Completed.— AW but one ^ nai of this group are read
tsin, and there is much affinity with the primitive in
their meanings.
Plumagery.—Tliis primitive, an offshoot from No. 254
^j does not affect the sense of its derivatives, which
are read tih, tiao, yoh, yao, chao and choh.
Diligent. — Tliis is often interchanged with |^ one of its
derivatives, the two being regarded as synonyms ; their
somids are yin and wan.
To ndtivate.— This is derived from No. 436 ^, and
its compounds are all read tsih.
Steam. — The compounds under this character are read
hiiin and hiien ; it has no affinity with No. 558 ^, nor
will No. 1032 ^ be taken for it.
Suspicion. — This conveys its own sound i to about half
its compounds, the rest being read ngai, ying, chi and
hai, and some having two or three sounds.
To give. — This resembles No. 905 f^, but still more the
word ^ hing, which has foiu- derivatives read hke it ;
this group is read yu, kii and sii.
954 ^ prison. — The derivatives are here read both yoh and
^ "" } yuh in different places ; one is a synonym of its primitive.
8^5 To cmmect. — Part of these characters are read hi, and
^'^ others twan; some of them are like the primitive, j
which is contracted to |^ -
944
Holt,
94*
iTai
946
(Kien
947
Tsij?
948
Tih^
949
^Yin
HI: ^^^
S Tsih:,
^ 961
^ dJiiin
962
c7
953
<.Yii
Ixxxii.
INTRODUCTION.
^t *?*.j Sagacious. — Tliis is often contracted in writing to ]^
"^^ "* under twelve strokes ; the compounds are read jui and
^^^ r/'^'T To wea.ture.— This flows from ^ citi/i, wliich lias
also ^ shwang as one dcrivatrve, and No. 1033 5^ as
nnother ; jjHjl is frequently \\TOi)gly written so as to cover
the whole characters as ^^ » the sounds arc hwoh and
u;o/i, Au and. hwa.
'^S *** I^rcaminq.— This perplexes one hy its varied forms, in
"^ ^ which ijlf and "^ predominate ; tlie group is read
mung and inung.
HB *i' J A necklace.— 'Tias is fonued of Rad. 154 ^ repented,
and has its derivative in No. 1015 g^ ' *^^y *"* "^^
read ^* >',<;.
^3 oeo Manifest. — This has been superseded by its common
SRT ^Hten ^jg^j^j^tive HI, which itself lias a few off-hoots ; the
soiinds under it are hien, sliih, sih and ngaii.
To send — Tliis primitive resembles No. 682 Jt^) but
is not an offset from it ; the derivatives are iJl read
hien, but show no likeness ia sense to the primitjve.
To mattJi. — This is constantly contracted to JCJ ! all the
compounds are as jnuch used ns their leader, whose
soimd tut they follow.
FIFTEEN STROKES.
7o;W7'.- Tills flows from N:>. 840 ^j uu ■ jis ucn-
Tatives are read s/ifin.
' ••* To write. — Tliis group is read si€ ; its characters are
f *6«^ little m use.
f »«» A Xr/teA«J.— This and No. 817 ^ both come from ^
I 5^" " cAw, a band of music ; jl^ h^s also three or fDur com-
mon derivatives, r.ad thu tmd sku; this primitive is
very often written ^ under 14 strokei
L.. ^ Broad. — This comes from No, 824 jjfj and its com-
' "-'"'^ pounfls are read kwang, hung and kwoh ; one or
two exhibit some naalogy to-it.
1^
^K^ien
•«a
Tui'
»a3
^Shan
967
iPiao
Iridescent — This seems to flow from No. 722
«
in comiiosition it interchanges with ^ mid ^ in a
few cases, and all the derivatives are read p'lao.
*«• A shop. — This is often ^vrongly written, as if the lower
*' part was ^ uik, but the two are unlike ; this group is
reail chan and chUn.
••• To nourish. — Tliis group is read yang., but its members
(tiang indicate no likeness to their phonetic, which flows fro;n
No. 218 ^.
Severe. — Tliis is derived from No. 921 ^j'but resem-
bles it neither ui sense nor sound ; the cUaracters are
read U.
S70
K
•71
< Yiu
972
niehy
973
Mai^
974
Ttie/i,
Affiicted. — lliis i.s son.etimes contracted to ^» but
only in poorly-printed books ; the compomids are read yiu
anu_7ao.
To inmmt. — This comes from No. 243 '^; its compounds
arc few and infrequent, and all follow its soimd hieh.
To selL—TliU comes from No. 808 ^1 but its sounds
are not so unilbnn ns that ; most of them jire tuh, then
yuh, s/im/j, ttu, tih and wnt; their meanings vary greatly.
A joint. — This derivative from No. 675 ^ leads a few
common characters read tsieh ; it is contractecl to^p
by rapid penmen.
M
•J» £ssential.—Th'a leads the sounds of its derivatives, a
*. few changing from chih to cJii; it is contracted to ^
even in g'XxJ printing,
979 liustic. — The deiivatives here follow the sound /« ex-
-^M ceptone read Hi; they have no likeness in meaning.
f'hinn ^ /♦'*'•■«• —This is .sometimes contracted to ^ in com-
lination, and resembles No. 903 flj ; the derivativei
are read ching and c/d.
•'• P/ea^urc. —The characters in this group are read /..//,
■^^'i yoh and sholi, but mostly Uh ; their meanings often
refer to splendor ; ^ leads three derivative.-.
•J^ Pruden'. — Tliis primitive <]oes not give its touml, :;s
•^ the derivatives are read chih; No. 854 ^ suggests it
in part
••o Bristles — Tlio deriv.itives in tliis group are read lieh
and I'th ; in common books it is contracted, as Jg for
SS and one or two others.
99X _^
j^-p To rejkd — This primitive resembles No. 917 ^ mid
No. 999 ^ in its general form, and shows some affini-
ty in sound with them both.
^^ To exteriniaate. — Some of these derivatives show a
■^•«^»litt]o affimty with their primitive; most of them are
read mieh and ica/t.
P*% ^'^«^- — This (iives its sound pao to half of its com-
""^^ pounds, and the others are read jwh; they frequently
fchow some trace of it» many meanings.
j^f,^ Number —Tliis is an offshoot of No. 789 Jl ? its com-
pounds are read s/tu, .«e« uud scJi, and show- no simila-
rity to tlie meaning of eitlier.
^l^l .??«/(&.— Tills group aud those under No. 793 ^ and
No. 881 ^iu-e alike read M, and then- compounds
are often interchimged ; Sll ^^^ 12 derivatives, and
^ has six, beside others ; is contracted often to
X as ^» even in v/ell-printed books.
To stop. — This flows from No. 692 ggj and is often
contnictetl to ^^ in conmion books ; its sounds are pa,
pi, ]t€i and pai.
SIXTEEN STROKES.
Grandec-i. — This priiritive .•oincwhat resembles No. 872
5^> but the group is quite unlike ; one character is
read /i«», and the otlieis hien.
iVcffr.— Half of this character is sometimes wrongly
written '^j wliich is a synonym of ^ the hazel ;
the derivatives are read t'han throughout.
••• lind. 212. — Tlie gi'oup placed under this i-adical con-
i Lung tainsi many in which it is properly phimetiu ; the
prevailijig sound is limg, with a few read chung, pang,
sih and cAeh.
IT . To cmhoswi, — Tliis character is contiacted to 5^ in
iiiwa% ^j.if
coinposition ; its derivatives are read hicai, and jj^
leads a group of three.
.??* To ascend. — This flows from No. 219 4Jrj and in sound
ilang --» "^ *
is like No. 666 ^> and seems to be a contraction of
one of its compoimds ; the group is read tdmj through
out.
99S f^?
ji , Sudden, — This group resembles No. 626 '^ in sound,
and No. 948 ^ ia appearance ; it is read ho/i, but
the compomids me not much lued.
Pa*
98T
99S
; Ts'in
INTRODUCTION.
Ixxxi
111.
Ei
S93
994
m^
M
Generations. — This is often written J^ under 14
strokes, but the dictionaries follow this form ; it is also
contracted to ^ as in ^j when the radical is under-
neath ; all are read lih.
Simple. — This is constantly interchanged with No. 603
^j both fomis being regarded as correct ; the sounds
are all rifjoh.
To observe. — This primitive is derived from No. 946
_^5 but in practice the latter is contracted to ^C,
nearly like- No. 420 ^3C' as i'^ la oli^e ; t^e sounds
are all la?i.
To trust. — This is often contracted in composition to
No. 535 i^]-, and the right side is also written lilce ^5
its derivatives are read /az, lah, tali and Ian.
A swallou:— Tins and Nn. 846 j^ are often taken for
each other; the words in tliis gi'oup are read yen like
the phonetic.
To resuscitate. — Tliis gi-oup is sounded sm throughout;
the characters are seldom met.
Black. — Many derivatives under tliis character partake
of its meaning, and all but three read lii follow its
sound; it resembles No. 917 ^ and No. 981 M- ^^^
form and sound.
Courageous. — This group conforms in its sound hiai to
its phonetic ; the characters seldom occur and are diverse
in meanmg.
Often. — The derivatives from this phenetic are all read
pin ; few of them are much in use.
1002, Suspend. — These characters are read A«en, one of the
H'lei? sounds of the primitive, of which one of the three is a
synonym.
A law. — This is an offshoot from No. 904 pq? but the
lower half of the primitive is often altered ; the com-
pouBifc are read hi and lioh.
SEVk^NTEEN STROKES.
Impediment. — This primitive comes from No. 608 ^j
and its derivatives are often interchanged vrith those ;
all are read kien.
r. To encourage. — This is contracted to ^- in common
<' ^'^"5' books ; the sounds under it are mostly jang or yang
with siang^ niang and nang.
1003
^Hi
993
^Laa
sss
S97
Ye,,-'
993
999
c Lv.
loeo
IJiai^
leoi
iPin
1003
1004
'^Kien
A victim. — This resembles No. 880 ^j but occurs less
frequently ; its compounds are ail read hi.
1013 Had. 214. — llie chai'acters with this in it as a radical
^oh) resemble each other in sense, and those r.nder it as a
phonetic are alike in sound, except yv ; ^ has four
derivatives.
A JauU. — These characters are read sieh and yeh ; the
primitive is r.ot derived from No. 898 jb+ which resem-
bles it in constructio)!.
101<^
Sieh)
1015
c Ying
' 1016
{Ts'waii'tsw'au
An infant. — This is one of the derivatives from No. 959
P^ ' '^^^ compounds are all read ying., but their
meanings have no connection.
(■EG>{T£EN STROKES.
To conceal. — The characters in this group are all read
they must not be confounded with those under
No. 980 ^ read lah.
i?*T iMixed. — Tiiis is indirectly derived from No. 851 ''%,
Jsah) ■' KBMf I
and is a little like No. 1027 ^', its compounds are aU
re»d tsah.
lOlS To whisper. — This imparts a trace of its meaning to
Aieh^ some of its derivatives, which are read ji/e/*, cheh and
shell.
1019 A nobleman.— T]m characters in this group are read
Tsio/i, shvoh, tsiao and tsioh, but show no likeness in meaning
to their primitive.
1020 To return— This primitive leads its small company wth
^Kwi'i its own sound /cw^i., but gives none of them any of its
meaning.
1021
m.
\ s-/**J»r/^*"^'':/™*''-~-^'^^"^'^*^^'® ^^°^ ^'^- ^^^ W) tbe sounds
'^'"' •^me uuifbrnily shicang; it is frequently interchanged
with No. 739 ^^
1008
S Lien
a^
To connect. — This flows fi-om ^pj which itself has a few
other derivatives as §§ ^^'^'^ Wv > t^i^ group is read
lien and lin.
A barricade. — These characters are uniformly read Ian,
and from one of them |^ flow six derivatives ; the
primitive is an ofihoot from No. 532 ^.
Minced. — This can be mistaken for No. 943 ^j from
which it differs in sound ; the derivatives are read tsien,
chan., tsan and sien.
p,, A leveret. — Tliis primitive is often contracted to ^P
^ ' in common books ; its derivatives are read chan and
tsan, and one in common use is tsai.
1012 Fresh. — A homophonous group read sien; the primitive
is not unlike No. 998 MK in form but not in sotmd.
1039
cLan
1018
(2 sien
fSien
.-TT-. ,, Abundant.— T\a& and No. 926 jg: arc constantly in-
-^ c''"wj terchanged with each other, but not quite coiTectlj';
the sounds fung and yen are the usual ones in this
group.
-^^ 1022 j^n iris. — About one half of these characters have the
"^ Att-a?t gQ^jjj kwaih, the rest are hwan ; it is contracted to ^
in rapid writing.
Bg 1023 To dread.— Thh and No. 1034 ^ differ a little in
'gg A'm> form, and altogether in sound, this group being read kii
throughout.
(NINETEEN STROKES.
To bind.— In some of the comm.on derivatives, this
primitive is contracted to No. 212 as ^ for ^ ; the
sounds are chiefly liien or Iwan, then wan, man, shwan
and pien ; two or three small sub-groups are formed
from it.
Without.— This is an offshoot from No. 719 ^» and
some of its derivatives are interchanged with those ; all
here are read mi.
Elegant.— This is derived from No. 722 ^ ', in some
characters it is contracted to No. 247 |5 or No. 724
"^ and even to ^fl the upper half; the compounds
are read li, si, sz and shai.
Difficult.— Tlds is hi form an offshoot from No. 756
^5 the derivatives are read nan, no, ni and tan, some
of them having two sounds.
and '&1 which
I ^ i!^j To help.— This is also written
j -^ '""" perplexes the student as to the proper number of strokes ;
' the last contraction resembles No. 813 ^j with which
I it is sometimes interchanged ; this group is read tsan,
j tswan and tsah.
I ^- **?* Summit.— Tliis is derived from No. 674 S(h a"d agrees
j ^^^ < "''" witli it in sound ; the compounds are read tie7i, and
I show a little likeness in signification.
1024
cLiien
102S
(Mi
1020
Li*
1027
iNan
Lxxxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
fPien
Side. — This is properly a sub-group of ^, whicli itself
has six derivatives, some under both l)eii)g interchange-
able, and all read pien.
I 1031 j{ net. — Tliis group is read /o, and some of the chamc-
', c Lo ters partake of its meaning.
' 1032 ji clan. — The sonnd fang sliows this group to be a
^^'""^ derivative of No. 501 '^, and net of No. 862 H ;
its meanings are unlike cither.
/// > Offering. — This is contractecl to jg/( even in well-
printed books ; the sounds of the compounds are Wen,
yen, hwan and yah. ,
h"oh ^^ /**""• — Th^s comes from No. 1023 Jjmi and some-
what resembles No. 957 35 5 the characters are read
kioh or koh and hoh.
^•35 Severe.— This primitive may be regarded as derived
" fi-om No. 815 Ipf? with which it has no likeness in
sound or sense ; u few derivatives are read ngan, most
of them yen.
TWCNTY-ONE STROKES.
To oppress. — The few derivatives in this group are
read pa ; their meanings often indi.ate pressure, and
the compUcateil primitive is sometimes contracted.
Appertaining. — Tliis flows from No. 929 j^; and is
often contracted ti) ^ ; the derivatives are read chuh
and shuh.
TWENTY-TWO STROKES.
A bag. — This primitive appears to he derived from No-
1005 |j|, and is often abbreviate*! in writing ; its com-
pounds are all read nmig.
TWENTY-FOUR STROKES.
1930 To donate. — This primitive seems to conic from No. ()46
!FC' hut its derivatives are read kung, kan and chwnng,
and it« parts contracted to ^ ii» some cases.
r- Spirit. — This is contracted to No. 182 -^ &nd ^ or
^) but not iadiacrimiuately ; the derivatives arc read
ling.
1036
<Pn
1037
Shuh
1038
iNanq
Those who are curious to follow the manner in which
these primitives unite to form groups and sub-groups of
derivatives, will easily bo able to do no by running one or
two through the radices It will soon be perceived
how far they really serve as phonetics now, and how
cautious one must be in deducing the sound from the
primitive, especially of words in the juh shim/. This
combination of radicals and primitives is easily paralleled
in other languages, especially in Greek and German,
whose facility of compounding and decompounding roots
and prefixes gives than such power and variety of ex-
pression. If there was a ix)ssibi!ity or use in a universal
language, in which mankind could convey their thoughts
irrespective of the sound of tho symbols, the Chinese
seems to be the best fitted for it, inasmuch as the system
of combination here explained is susceptible of infinite
development to express almost any name or idea.
Out of this whole number lOG characters are either
imperfect, contracted forms, not in use, or such as are
rarely met with, leaving 934 common characters, most of
which occur as often as any of their compounds. One
advantage of learning this list, is the readiness it gives
the student in reckoning the number of strokes in a
character. When it has only a few strokes as ^fl, ^ or
jg, there is no hesitation in the search; but when their
number is over twelve, as in Pfi, §^ or |||, it saves much
time to know at sight, that they are to be found under 1
14, 13, or 21 strokes respt^ctively. It is easy to ascertain
the strokes by inspection, after becoming familiar with
their constrnction, and is more rapid than to count them.
For instance, P|j| is composed of P mou(/i joined to ij
the 256th primitive, and ^ the 2Iltii radical, making
21 strokes, under whi'.'h numl>er it is placed. In others,
like ifg, or ^ or ^J, where the component parts are not
so easily separable, to know by sight that the characters
occur under 12, 14, and 17 strokes res{)ectively, is worth
all the previous labor spent upon learning tho primitives,
in the time it saves.
Gallery has given a score of pages containing sentences
constructed out of the primitives, in order to assist in
learning them. It will be worth more to the student to
make and write sentences himself, out of tlie characters
contained in tho two preceding lists, and thereby faniilia-
rizo himself with their use. Tho practice of repeatedly
writing the characters, is tho best way to imprint them
on the memory ; but it may be made more serviceable, by
trymg to form them into sentences. The proper manner
of forming a character can best be learned by imitating
a native as he writes, and it is the only way to produce
well-sliaped characters. It is not worth while to spend
much time in using the Chinese pencil, for we are more
famihar with the [len ; and to make an accurate charactw
is more important than to write an elegant one.
X
SYLLABIC DICTIONARY
OF
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.
See also under the syllables yai and NGAI. . Old sounds, a, ap, ak, and at. In Canton, oi and ai ; — in Amoy, ai and e;-
in Fuhchau, a and ai ; — in Shanghai, a, e, ya, and yih ; — in Chifu, ai.
From hand and really as the
phonetic; it is interchanged with
iyai }j^ to defer.
To rely on, to trust to; to
push away; to carry on the back;
to place alongside; to force, to
crowd, as with the elbows; to
graft; to strike on the back; to
be the object of, to suffer, and tbus
it becomes the sign of the passive ;
next, near, contiguous.
^ ] to be next to each other ;
to lean on.
;# ;^ [Jj I ^ he has powerful
friends.
] -f^ a student's surety.
j P^ 1 .P t^ go from door to
door, as a beggar ; to gad about.
I ^ back to back.
1 "^ jH "sfe I can't get in, — for
the crowd.
] tr "^ ] 'T '^ ^^^^ beaten ;
I was tbrashed, or struck.
1 B^ towards evening ; late in
the afternoon.
] M !^ 3£ brothers nearly the
same age.
] 1* — • :^ I have waited already
a year.
1 5£ i^ H ^^ procrastinate day
by day, to delay till the time
has passed.
In Cantonese. To lounge, to
lean against ; to lie down ; an
interjection of surprise, sorrow, or
pain ; to beg or ask.
] 'F 6'^ li^ down a little.
1 BS ^ lean it here, as against
a wall.
] ^ ^ it will answer.
1 ^ f^ I intreat you.
1 ?•& *^^ ^^^^ • ^vhew ! an ex-
clamation also written as be-
low, and in other ways.
An interjection of surprise,
mixed with regret or self-
i reproach .
] p^ baiya 1 it indicates
more distress than our heigh-
ho ; akis ! alack !
I Ifi5 ^ 1(3 T «^ ^^«''^'' J I'^e
made a mistake.
just now knew it.
From rain and to visit as the
phonetic.
The heavens covered and
adorned with clouds ; a cloudy
but briglit sky ; obscured.
I ] the beautiful clouds
are scattered about.
^ fair clouds.
I cloudy hill-tops.
From clouds and to desire; hke
the hist.
Cloudy, obscure; sky cover-
ed with clouds ; murky.
] ^^ dull or cloudy ; applied to
spectacles, as they can relieve
sight ; said to have been brought
from Malacca in the Yuen
dynasty.
C^^^ From plants and to visit.
p^ Beautiful and luxuriant ve-
\ii getation; shady, flourishing;
tine, graceful, stylish, pleas-
ing.
I 1 3E ^ * ± tlie many
accomplished officers in the
king's employ.
^ ] dignified and courteous.
^ j a rich emerakl color, as
of a lawn or grassy bank.
^ I shady groves.
J From earth and to cover.
Dust rising in the air; ob-
scured, as in a dust storm.
^ I -^ clear, pellucid water.
C^ 'ft fl ] ^^e mud tiu-ned into
light dust.
^^ I ;^e^r^ to get beyond
the defilements of this dusty
world, — as when becoming a
priest.
f
m
ai
AL
ANG.
ANG.
> "^ From da rk or hody, and to nend.
The sccouti form is iinuaaal,
and confined to stature.
Low of stature ; diminutive,
short, squat ; to lower.
I ^ or ] A or ] ff a
pigmy, a little man, a dwarf.
1 fr5:^J|[ of rather low stature.
^ .^ a short fat man.
^X^^ 6^ *-0*> low ; squat, dimapy.
"^ ■^ make it lower, as a door.
^ |f{ too low; very diminutive
m
From eye and a bank; very often
read (at.
The outer comer of the eye ;
to raise the oyc and stare at.
] @ to look at fixedly.
I ^ to glance at angrily, to look
at aside threateningly.
M/L> From a place and advantage;
yi^^ tlicprimitivcisrcgardetlbysome
■ J i-atlicr its .a contraction of ^^ t\,
great nuinlx'r ; it is interchanged
with tigohj Jff2t dangerona.
A pass, a defile ; in difficulties,
straits; narrow, confined, straitened;
urgent, exacting, stern; distressed;
narrow-minded, low-lived, illiberal;
impeded, as a path.
^ ] narrow, as a pass; viet.
contracted, as one's views.
I ^ a narrow lane.
] P a defile ; the approach, as
to a fortress.
^ ] })oor and distressed, as
from calamity.
1^ I a dangerous pass, as a
mountain path ; met. unjust.
1: ^ ^ I i 4» appalled or
excited, as if in i)erIlous straits.
i) From to eut and hnn-.
Cooked rice which has turned
sour ; moldiness on food ; a
kind of cake.
^ 3! "^ 1 when the food has
become sour.
^ M M 1 ^l>e footl was sour
and moldv.
Sparing, niggardly.
llJ~^3 From vionth and a knot; it is
ryK^ also interchanged with P^ tho
) crow of a cock.
at,
An uneven or unnatural tone
of voice ; to chirp, as birds ; to
cackle ; to hiccough.
] p^ to belch, from wind in the
stomach.
Apart of these xharacters an also pronounced tiGxaa. Old sounds, ngung and yung. In Canton, ong and ngonj
in Amoy and Fuhchau, ngong and yang; — in Shangliai, ngong;— in- Chi/u, ang.
iCing
Shantung, the raccoon
og 1^ was once called ] \^
by the ])eople.
From 8W71. and high; to be dis>
(^'a^ tinguished from ^u ^rnao.
^ang To rise higher and higher, as
the sun ; to issue ; to elevate ;
grand, stately, as a house ; lofty,
imposing ; dear, as a price.
"^ to carry tho head high,
jl exorbitant; the price is rising.
] ] self-possessed ; not
afraid of men; satisfied and elated.
^ ] tall, imposing; proudjhaugbty.
1 ^ W A 1^® entered in a digni-
fied manner.
^ t^ a pompous manner.
•dhr
I
Tho original form is composed
of (j ei'cu and P a seal; tho
> second form ia most common,
and must not bo confounded
with ^ inao, or Jp Uitng ;
it is liko tho last.
Great, high, to raise the head, as
an attitude of expectation; used by
speakers forI;high priced;strenuoua.
^ifii& ] ^l^e prices vary; they
are now cheap and now dear.
1^:'\JkUMt} ] public spirited
and energetic, yet still self-pos-
se.ssed.
^ I ^ tfc I ^lo Dot P>ty myself.
Q Tho torned-up eaves of a
J^ Chinese roof, called ^ ^
^ang and jj^ ] ; when the gable or
ridge-pole is turned up, it is
called ^. ^^j J| or mag[)ie's tail
at Peking; and :^ f^ B^ or golden
pheasant's head at Canton.
^.
m
m
Also read yihy A horse-post
is ,1^ ] . Also hard, strong.
An angry horse is ] ]
one who throws up his head;
iCtng startled and prancing.
Bead jZtu. A horse with a
white belly.
I 1 ^ M. Si!) ^ ^^^'^'' ^"rst-T that
can go a thousand li in one day.
iuuf
The navel.
§^ ] the navel.
B^ 1 M f^ a windy colic.
^ A basin, a dish ; a gurglet ;
a water jng ; a sort of tureen ;
atuf an earthen vessel for beating
time on ; overflowing ; sleek.
^ ] a Avatcr ewer; broken
lottery ; {xjtijherds. (dm lent esc)
I j^^ ^j^ hi« good keeping is seen
on liis back, as a fat man.
f^ ] a soup-tureen; water-coolers,
a vessel to cool things in a well.
(Cantonese.)
] ] rich and <ibundant, liko a
spring.
^ ^ an ancient name for old
spirits, generous and rich llavor.
CHA.
CHA.
CHA.
Old sounds, ta, tafc, tap, tak, da, clat, and dak. In Canton, cha; — in Sivatoiv, cha; — in Amoy,..ch6 and t'a; —
in Fiihchau, clia; — in Shanghai, ts5, scj, z5 ; — in Chifii, tsa.
To 2)]ace the finger on a
tiling, for the purpose of se-
lecting it; to take, to press
down, to feel.
The seal) on a healing sore.
a cicatrix, a scar.
From v:ood and fierce tiger or
raft ; tlio second form is com-
monest for the fruifc, and is
a raft.
also used for (^ch'a
A sour red fruit of the pize
of a cherry, a species of haw-
i\iom{Cr(doeguscnveataM\(\]^iinna-
tifiJ(i), common throughout China;
the fruit is called J^I^i^ and [1]
i^ jfX at Peking; and jlj ] olse-
vhere; the acid is much esteemed.
[Jj ] |d£ a sweetmeat or jam made
from the haw.
I ] the ay of magpies;
mFrom wood and to olstruct;
used sometimes for the preced-
iurr and for Asz V^ sediment.
^cUa °' * '^
To put wood in the way to
post the passage ; to lie near to ;
conterminous and opposing ; name
of a place.
P-JL^ An unauthorized character.
"^ The sound of indistinct ut-
fdta teranccs ; a lisp.
I 1 6^J^I'4 [tlie spar-
rows] are twittering and calling to
each other.
PlicPic 1 I ^vhispering together.
In Cantonese- A final particle,
implying a short time.
^ [Tj* I wait a mooient !
yj^ From xt;ater and to examine as
Y^^ the phonetic.
(C/ut Sediment, refuse, lees, dregs,
grounds, settlirigs; the re-
siduum left after expressing the
juice ; the gar hies of an article.
] y5^ feculence, leavings, siftings.
/V ^ ] hroken star-aniseed.
•^^ j shell-lac.
^ ] the refuse left after prepar-
ing drugs ; a second decoction.
Head cha^- Name of a stream
in the south of Shensi.
.cJia
^Jin
H Eed upland rice called ^^
It3^ I by some authors ; the
zha term is local.
") The third form is properly used
only for pimples on the nose.
Discolorations or cracks of
} the skin, supposed to arise
from the obstructed perspi-
ration ; a pimple, a blotch ;
J pustules.
JM I chapped ; a cracked
and rough skin,
jg I ^ wine blossoms on the
nose, sometimes called |^ ;$lj
or flour thorns, from the pus in
them.
Irregular teeth ; uneven, dis-
torted teeth, sometimes call-
ed snaggle-teeth.
From great above many, and is
regarded by the etymologists as
a contracted form of ^ ; it ia
Bometimcs written '^ but not
quite correctly.
To open out, to stretch open ; to
bluster ; to extend or display, as, a
cause.
] =* to boast.
] j5 to o]^)en the door.
] fl ^ a vain disposition
and unwieldy person.
^ ^ I ^ the two original pow-
ers are vastly spread out, as at
the creation.
iZ^
M
,cha
ITot close grained, said of
some kinds of meat ; a scar ;
to adhere, to stick, as paste ;
cohering, close together.
Broad, si)reading horns, such
as are largest at the base; to
strike an ox across the horns.
'j^ ] twpanded horns.
From Korda and to hoast; the
second form is oljsoletc.
To speak hesitatingly, not
straightforward ; afraid to
speak out, loticent ; angry,
disturbed in mind.
] 1^1 incoherent talk, like that of
one confused and afraid.
Also read ^rhwa ; the second,
and most common form at Can-
ton, is unauthorized, and has no
doubt been altered from tlie
first.
.►HI
r.W.
.cha
To take up, as by the fingers;
to seize or take, as animals;
to grasp, to clutch, to grab ;
take firmly, to hold fast; to work,
RS a bellows; to squeeze; a handful.
1 ^ It Iv'e got it safe ; hold it
Steady.
1 M >^ to work a bellows.
] — • p^C 1 S^^^ '''' ^'^S handful.
] ^H to keep a gambling-table.
1 TfC %■ ^ water-sogged pork; it
is sometimes watered to increase
the weight.
1 ^ W to blow the fire-pipe ; to
act 83 a scullion.
Jj|f ] ^ I have security for it.
I ^ PP ^ ^6 ^^0^*^^^ ^^'*^ power.
j ^ hold it tight; I've got it fast.
ftt^ ] ^ there is nothing to hold
on by, no security for him ; also,
a nickname for a Budhist priest.
1 ^ §i^ to double up the fist.
1 '^ to crush to pieces.
To open ; to widen out.
I l^lj/ to expand ; to come
out, as flowers; to spread out,
as th 9 embroidered plaits of a
Chinese lady's skirt.
] 1^31^0 to open out the fingers.
ih*
^clta
CHA.
CHA
CHA.
c^ »^ An exclamation of regret and
5/PL fiurprise ; to chant or sing.
*c/ia Bead tsii-- To curse or
scold at.
mA^ Sometimes written %jp., but not
r* p- qiiito correctly ; see also under
A condiment offish, prepared
by finely bashing it with rice
and salt, and setting it aside till
fermented.
1 ^^ a species of edible Acalopha,
or iHjrhaps a Medusa ; it is de-
scribed as red like coagulated
bldod, and draws crabs after it-
' ] ^ a general term for biliary
and otlier calculi ; bezoar stones
found in animals ; this term is
probably a foreign word imitated.
<Hb^* A water plant, called ground
|ll hemp ; the ancient name of
*cha a district near the present
Kia-hing fu in the north of
Chehkiang.
Also read ,/.«s*. Tones of a
pipe. A basket for charcoal
is called \-ha, at Changsha in
Hunan ; a basket with a bale.
] bamboos growing irregular-
ly ; uneven ; also to play on a
flageolet.
An unanthoriied -character ;
also read fchd.
^cha To tread on, to walk throngb;
to step on.
1 "- 1^ i^ I g»t my feet covered
with mud.
] ^ to walk through the- rain
and mud.
fg * 3 The original form is composed of
pk [A lost or forgotten, and ""^ one
I inserted in it; as if on going
' out, a man should got ono and
then stop.
At first; for a moment; a
while; unexpectedly, inadvertently;
now, at this juncture ; hastily,
quickly, on a sudden ; hesitating,
as if something was in the way.
m
] S 1 ^ now it is cold and
then it is warm ; very fitful, as
the weather.
] f^ abruptly, at once.
] ^ I hapi)ened to see it ;
it was suddenly seen.
I [||[ by sudden stops.
> A running sore ; a chronic,
severe disease,
c/tti* 1 JB,c< scrofulous sores under
the cars, running sores on the
neck; in Canton, the mumps
is so called.
] 1^ severe sickness.
rtA^> A loud rude noise ; the nwse
HP* of crunching, as of hogs
c/za* when eating ; for a moment ;
a loud noise.
] ?j t" run out the tongue, as
when surprised or alarmed.
In Cantonese. A particle, im-
plying doubt, it may be so ; also
a final sound, denoting it is so;
I see iU
^^ «> From v:ords and suddenly as
|« O tlio phonetic.
c]ia* To deceive, to impose npon ;
to feign, to make believe ;
artful, cunning, false ; fraudu-
lent, underhand, pretending.
^ ^ 1 Si ^"5 '^"^^^ ^^^ pro-
tended to be foolish ; a wise
man acting as a fooL
|J[j ] to extort by false proifnises.
JP ] to delude, designing, treach-
erous.
1 i^ supposititious, false ; coun-
terfeit.
j ^ ^ to feign to be honest.
] Ji^ to sham defeat ; to diulk
from the enemy.
]f5 ] clever at imposing on one.
1 m ^^ f^'o" ^o be asleep.
^ ] to cozen, to cheat out of.
I |g to disguise ; to pretend to
be hid away.
Sjh 1 to force out of, to exact,
as taxes; to falsely demand,
as a debt.
^ ] protean, changeable, fickle.
From wood or spirits and nar-
row; the verb is often written
* f^ at Canton, but incorrectly;
the second form is usually
employed as the verb.
A press for extracting oil
or sugar ; a press for spirits ;
to press in order to extract the
juice, as from fruit or sugar-cane ;
to squeeze, to press down hard.
I ^ a house or shed where oil
or bean-c^ke is pressed-
JIJl j an oil-press.
JS 1 ^ ^I'"'^ ^'^^i ^ ^resa for pres-
sing the mash.
P 4H ^ ^ sig^ ; groaning ; a loud
Q noise, <is when calling one.
cJui' I ] the cries of birds.
I ^ to suck wounds.
chit'
i
From to worship or insect and
ancient; the second form is
used as a contraction of fStl,
beeswax so often, that it is nob
much used in this connection.
The imperial thanksgiving
made to earth at the end of
the year for the crops, was called
^ ] in the Chen dynasty; the
allusion was to the binding up or
hybernation of things at that
season.
1.,^ > Prom fire and leaflet ; it is inter-
'jt -r* changed with *^ chahy.
cha* A crackling sound, as of a
clap of thunder or burning
thorns ; a discharge, as of a gun.
] H" a sharp clap of thunder.
m
One of the small branches of
the River Han near Sui chau
c/ta' m the iiorUi of Ilupeh ; this
name is also given to four
other streams in the empire.
■ > Careless about ; not arran fjed
in the middle, or nicely.
cka' f^ 3]f ^ ] to do work in a
slovenly, heedless manner, —
alluding to the disorder in a heap
of stones ; the phrase, however, is
variously written.
CH^A.
CH^A.
CH*A.
Old sonnda, jnoetly i'a, fap, attd i'aTc, with one or two in do and dot. In Canton, ch'a, with two or three in t'so ; —
in Amoy, ch'a ch'e, and tS ; and nearly the same in Swatow ; — in Fuhchau ch'a, and a few in ta ; —
The fingers crossing each otlrer,
which the character is supposed
to represent ; it is also inter-
changed with Jl[% and ^ ch'a\
To cross the arms, to in-
terlace the fingers ; to fold the
bands, as in bowing; diverging: a
crotcb; a place wbere roads diverge;
a prong, a fork ; cross-roads,
^ ] a pitchfork; ^ ] a silver
fork; ^^ ] fish-grains.
^ ] a trident ; also, a trivlum.
] j^ to r«ast or toast on a fork.
1 ^^^ ^" interlace the fingers
and make a bow.
^ ] the play of throwing up
tridents and catching them.
To fork up ; to nip ; to seize
with pincers or a fork ; a fish-
prong or grains ; to take up
with the fingers ; to drive
out ; to pitch out.
1 lij '^ turn him out
] J^ ^ fork it up ; — as when
putting a thing on a high nail.
-c/i'a
From clothes and crotch;
also read ch'a^.
it is
^cUa The skirt of a robe ; the flaps
of the skirt.
^ ] the opening of a petticoat,
where it is not sewed to the
bottom.
] ^ the upper half or seat of
a pair of trowsers, worn by
ditchers and workmen.
A quiver, called usually ^
^ or arrow bag.
From 2E the left or wrong, and
>^ uneven branches contracted ;
also explained as things done in
two ways, i. e. things wrongly
done, which cannot be straight-
ened.
in Shanghai, dsC ; — in Chifu, ts'a.
To err, to mistake, to miss the
mark ; error, fault, difference ; a
discrepancy ; an excess ; unassort-
ed, unlike.
] ^ ^ "^t much unlike, nearly
the same.
] ^ 5^ very different, dissimilar ;
you are quite mistaken,
] fg a mistake; ] fgiHtostep
wrong ; a blunder, a faux-pas,
] ~ S(5 ^ differs a little ; they
are very much the same.
^'SiSSI^ 1 respecting the
different sorts of wines.
1 '^ 52( '" Pe/i;«/,(/ese; extraor-
dinary, unusual, as a lusus
naturae.
1 ^ differing ; they are unlike.
Read ^rlthii. To send, as an
envoy; to commission, to act for, to
manage vicariously ; a minister, a
legate, an envoy ; an official mes-
senger.
1 ^ ^ bailiff, an agent.
^ ] official messengers, who
serve in turn.
] ^ governmental business.
^ ] the escort or guard which
conducts a criminal.
] f^ a policeman, an official un-
derling.
"^ ^ ^ ] to send a chancellor
to hold an examination.
^ ^ 1 ^^ ^ I ^ government
courier; the first is one who
goes to Peking.
^ ] an attendant, an official
servant.
Read ^ts^z\ Uneven, projecting
irregularly; discrepancies; to make
a distinction ; to go wrong, to act
differently.
^ ] not uniform, unequal ; not
to do as one was expected.
^ W ] ^ every one has bis
own peculiarides-
I^ ] ^ ^ no difference being
shown to the excusable or the
less guilty.
A final sound used in chant-
]> ing, to prolong the line ; a
(Chhi euphonic particle, Hke Oh 1
f|l From hnife and sent.
fj To take up a thing with a
(C/i'a fork or a bodkin ; a small
javelin.
M ^ 'P ] 1^ to stick a fork
into a bit of meat and take it up.
i-^ A young girl, for which J^
c \vJ c'^^'-^'-'' ^^ ^Iso used; an easy, re-
^chhi tiredlife of leisure and respect.
Read toh^ Another; that one.
The character ^ ^tu was once
used instead of this, showing
that the use of tea dates from
earhest times; it was afterwards
changed by dropping a line, so
that it became, as one etymo-
logist analyzes it, a JHlj' yV /N
or plant for man, the shrub itself
was onco called ^^, and the last
gathering ^ ; it must not be
confounded with ^ to respect.
The tea plant ; the name also
includes the genus Camellia, and
forms part of the names of many
plants which are infused, or which
resemble tea ; the earliest gather-
ing of the leaves; a tea, an infusion
of any kind.
^ ] green tea ; M ] black tea.
] ^ and ] $^ tea pressed into
cakes and brick tea ; there are
many forms of each. ^i
] ^ cured tea, the tea leaf; but
leaf tea is ^ | intimating
that it looks unprepared,
f^ 1 ^^P^ I ^'^fS I to drink tea.
^ ] ^ bring in tea ; used some-
times as a polite request to stop
and take a cup.
1^ ] to hand tea to visitors.
6
OH'A.
^ ] or fjji ] or ^ ] or 153 1
to draw lea; to prepare and
bring in tea.
] ^ a tea-pot.
] U^ or 1 ^ a tea-cnp; ] 1%
or ] ^ ft saucer ; the latt«!r
gets its name from its boat-
sbapc.
] JL a small side-table or st.ind ;
a teapoy.
] m or ] ^ fi tea saloon ; a
restaurant.
1 ^lii '^r ] W ^ tca-sliop, a tea
dealer's store.
J^ ^ ] first rate ton.
A ^^ ^ baksbisb ; a fee, bonus, or
privilege.
jui; ] to fire tea, as in curing it.
1 ^ a tca-ins|)ector.
1 5|C or ^f^ 1 broken tea, refuse
tea, stems and leaves mingled.
] "^ tbu flower of tea ; also, the
Camellia plant, especially tfie
G. japonka; tbo C. oleij'cra
produces tbe ] fj[| or tea oil.
t.U-» From hand and tea ns the
«I>^^ plinnctic ; it is an unauthorized
-J-^T* character.
,c/(, a rjijj j.^^^ jj,^^ iQ smear ; to daub,
to spread over ; to cross out,
as in a writing.
] 5^ to paint witb cosmetics.
] 1^ to spread a plaster.
] 3^ to rub ointment on sores-
1 :f^^ P [ia to disguiso one's face.
1 6 J^ ^ ^° wliiten bis nose ;
i. c. to flatter, to agree with.
In Pekingese, read ^ch\i. To
mix togetber, as sand and lime, or
mud and mortar ; to get jammed,
as carts in a gateway.
A mode of reckoning grain
wben reaj>ed, one j-A'vt being
jc7t'a equal to four liundred ''inng
^ or bandfuls.
^ ] name of a ^^art of an-
cient Bactria.
Deep and retired, as tbe fur-
ther rooms in a mansion,
jc/i'a ^ !^ 1 liis two eyes
are very sunken.
CH'A.
A bouse injured, and ready to
fE>:, tnmblc down.
/'' ' 1 M i: T ;?; Pi ^ 4
don't sit under a decayed,
rotten roof.
The first is also read j's'o ;
occurs used with the next.
A skiff, a long sballop called
>J» ^ or small bottom, in
Hunan ou tbe liiver Siang.
Eg ] salt boat ; a scow to
tnuisport suit.
1 Pn ^^ '^ ^^^^1 *^escribed as like
a skitt" ill sbajjc ; it is probably
one of the carp family.
To fell trees, to bew, to chop ;
drift wockI for a flo.it ; a raft,
in wliicb it is interchanged
with tbe next.
] I be fairy raft, refers to a
story of Jf >'<''■■' -I- 'I, one of the
eight genii.
^ I to ride a rait : to sail on a
ship, to take a voyage.
1 :f^ wood cut unevenly.
^ y|\^ From TK wood and Jl. vwrning
( |--t under it ; it was originally the
,''li\l same with l^anohstrnction; and
in combination isof ten changed to
|e| , without altering the meaning.
A raft, for which the last is now
used.
Toexamine officially; to inquire
into; to look up or over, jus records;
it appears that, I have learned, hav-
ing ascertained, <fcc.,and much used
in dispatches, when commencing a
statement.
El or :R J] 1 <l>e great
raft, which in the days of Yao
floated 'twelve years around the
globe ; it is thought by some,
without any evidence, to refer
to Noah's ark.
^ I to ask abont especially, as
when there is ^ ] apolicesearch.
] ^ to examine, to scrutinize.
] 1^ to patrol the streets, as the
1 'J^ IbT '"" Jiiol'*- g'l'ird does.
] 1(5; I find it has been received.
1 4i to audit accounts.
•j^B
CH'A.
Also read chehy
isagreeing, not fitting.
V/t'ii ] 1^ incongruous, not cor-
resjKjnding.
*-4i'ir» 1 Much the same as \'^ ,ch^a.
}\'\j A handsome young lady, an
*■ elegant girl.
§1 !/i 1 "ic ^ ^'°^ ^°y ^^^^
^cJAi a beandfiil girl.
] ]^ a Taoist name for vermi-
lion, or for the fairy which springs
out when oxidizing quicksilver.
rt^p.' I From wonth and to rehj on or
r'w I '^"^'^'^ ; it '8 like the next.
tt>i->> I To vociferate, a.s when an-
JJ-+^ J gry ; to sputter, to talk
c7At' thick; to grind the teeth ; to
grumble at; to disdainfully
upbr.iid ; to pity.
The first is read ^cha h\ f^ ]
•^ -^ tbe name of a god fabled
to have l)een a son of ^ Jf^, bom
about n. c. 1200, in a I'all of flesh.
He is the Chinese form of tbe In-
dian cajza or go<l of the thunder-
bolt ; and is pictured as riding on
two fire-wheels through the sky,
wielding the lightning.
Bead (ta, in the Sanscrit word
M ] 1 atata, the third frozen
bell, whose damned can only say
atata, because their lips are
Btifiened.
Read ta\ To set down a cup
at a sacrifice.
In Fnhchau. To trouble, to
interfere with.
JQ ] to cause a failure.
5 Like the last. Totalkextrav*
gantly, to vaunt, to talk big ;
Ma^ to deceive by brag and talk.
1^ 1 to vaunt one's self.
] ^ strange, incredible; hard
to believe, amazing.
3 From insect and divclUng ; it is
•^ a synonym of 11^ *t'i'a.
hW The large s.ea-blubber or jelly
fish (Mcduca) that floats on
the ocean ; it is described as like
a sheep's stomach, but having no
ch'a.
CHAH.
CHAH.
belly, body of a dull white color,
eyes red as clots of blood, and
drawing crabs \vitb it ; another
name is 7]^ -^ water mother ; it
is sometimes eaten.
) An unauthorized clmractcr.
A shred, a fraguient of pot-
ch\i' tcry is ^ | ^ in Pekuig ;
when used as a verb, to split
otT, it is pronounced ^'-h^t. ; as ^
■^1 5i '^'^ break or snap off even.
) A stream dividing up into
streamlets.
c]t\i^ ^ ] ^pj a river in Liaotung,
and one in Hanyang fu in
Hupeh.
H j ^ ^^^^ union of three streams.
^^^J. > From hill and divided ; this and
1 1 1 the next occur used for ^ch'a ^
cli\t^ a fork.
The place where roads meet ;
divergent paths.
] j^ a place where the road forks,
a town at the head of Nankow
Pass.
3 I !§• P a trivium, or meeting
of three roads.
In Felcingese. Wrong, as going
astray ; pained.
^ 1 "T y^^ ^'^'^ going wrong.
] 1* ^ "J* a pain in the side,
as physicians say.
^ 1 6^ 1$ ^ digression, an epi-
sode : irrelevant talk.
From tree and fork; used with
the last.
Divergent branches; crotch of
a tree ; a fish-prong ; a kind
of rake, a pitchfork.
■ 3$S M ^ ^ ^ 1 the forests
on the hills send out their
branches ki spring.
5^ a pronged stick.
i^ {y^ a pickpocket who slips
an arm out of his sleeve
In Pekingese. An offense ; a
flaw in the conduct.
ffi T I 5i something unlucky
has happened.
^ ] 5i to seek a fault in one ;
to criticize others.
Old sounds, tat and tap, with a few in dap. In Canton, chat, chap, and one or two in tsb ; — in Amoj, chap, chah,ani.
chiuat;-— in Fuhchau, chalc, chwok, and cha ; — in Shanghai, isah;~ in Chifu, tsah.
From ^t•oo■(J and a slip.
3 A thin wooden tablet, ancient-
ly used for writing ; a thin
slip of wood ; a paddle ; a
letter ; often interchanged with
^1] v.ri tings, documents ; a direction
from a superior to a subordinate a
little below him; plates or folds of
armor ; a severe epidemic.
1 '^ orders from a superior officer.
^ ] writing tablets ; blocks cut
for books.
^ ] your letter, your esteemed
favor.
^ ] a letter, so called because
one was fabled to have been
taken by a wild goose.
] ^ an order received ; similar to
^ ] the letter under reply.
^ ] an untimely death.
^f fv From sillc and a slip of wood.
^ff^ ) To bind the arch of a bow ;
fCha to luck in ; to wind around
and bind up ; to tie in a bun-
dle; to make secure ; a bundle.
— ] ;^ a nosegay, a bouijuet.
I 1^ to tie up, as in a roll.
] ^ to set a camp, to intrench.
] lljj to bind the feet of girls.
] 1^ to hook or tie open the bed
curtains.
1 ^ tic it up tight ; as when one
] ^ tightens his girdle.
_1.| From hand and a slip ; it is in-
T L-v terchanged with ^ij to stab; also
clui nsed for the last.
To pull up, as weeds; to make
or cut out paper images ; to prick,
to ])\exce ; to bind or fasten, as the
slips in a wattled fence.
1 ^ ^ c^t out to the hfe.
] ;j^toembroideracertaindesign.-
JJ ] to stick with a knife.
] ^^ to stick a pig.
] t?^ ^ ii ■"■ cannot exert myself;
I am too \veak to do it.
•jh\, A small species of cicada,
J^^:, striped and marked on its
fclict wings,which leaps far; it is also
called ^ 1 or wheat locust.
P^ ^1 1 a kind of Truxalis of
green grasshopper, which makes
a dull noise; the name is applied
to a chatterbox, a woman whose
clack never stops.
^\' A water bird, with a long bill
t^^i and plumage of a lark, com-
jc/ui mon in Chehkiang ; it is pro-
bably a sort of sandpiper
(Tringa) or dunhn; the jjC 1 as
described, include water birds like
plover, snipe, redshank, or lapwing.
:^ ^ ] red-breasted plover of
Chihli. "
^ I ^ the eastern reed sparrow
(Calamo, dyta orientalis.')
^ J'JC j woodcock {_scolopax.')
From to ansiver and a hiife ; the
composition of the word alludeg
^ totheoldway of cutting writings
on bamboos. The word chop,
BO much used by foreigners, is
derived from this through the
Cantonese pronunciation chap.
Occurs interchanged with <^»
but this and ^ f a/i,-are different
words.
tcha
CHAH.
CHAH.
CHAH.
To prick, to puncture ; to stitch
in, to embroider; a docnment, a
paper; a particular kind of paper for
dispatches; a contract; a diploma;
an order from a superior officer ; a
warrant or patent ; to write out, as
a list of prices or items.
15 I a stationer's sliop.
I -^ anciently a memorial to the
throne ; now an order from an
officer to one under liim.
^ I a diploma purcluised by a
Kien^d)ir|.
] ^ pP charge it in account ; —
a Cantonese phrase.
] ^ '^ contract for goods.
] ^ to settle for gooils to arrive.
1 M ®^ *'* agree \\\)o\\ the price.
^ ] to lodge at, as in traveling;
to be an officer at a phice, the
one holding the post.
I "^ an order fiom government.
■ Wwl * From grass and issminj as the
^W phonetic.
^cha Sprouts and shoots appearing
above ground ; animals grow-
ing stronger and larger ; to sprout.
m^ ] jt ^ the orchid puts out its
sprouts.
M I 1 ic ^ i^ first it sprouts,
then it grows up high, — and
lastly it docaj's ; said of plants.
^:^ ] Jj£ ^ the oxen and sheep
grow strong and large.
Read c1i^a\ A sort of herb ; a
dandelion is called ^ j 3jK in
Chihli.
From rain and words.
) Pattering of rain or flashes
ipka of lightning ; a multitude of
v»ices; name of a place and
river in Chehkiang.
^ ] I flashes of lightning.
^ j I the rain patters down,
^
_ I the hall was full of
loud talking.
Read sah^ Suddenly.
1 WJ ^ '^1^ *^be hail poured sud-
denly down.
N&.^. To sew and hem ; to sew to-
n^^) gether, as strips of cloth.
^:X^ From words and to h,xdl grain.
p m ) Verbose ; to talk much ; to
^cha mutter unintelligibly.
] I5!§ to grumble at with mut-
tering ; incoherent words.
I
tA double hem or border on a
) robe ; to bind the loins.
cha ] ^ a sheath or a fan, worn
in ceremonial dresses.
U^ To shot a city gate; the
/Jffl) board or gate which shuts
ch\i^ off a sluice or Hume ; to stop
a door by a board.
"F I Wi P"^ "P *''<* front-boards ;
i. c. to close the shop at evening.
^ ] a kind of tester or frame-
work over a brick bed, on which
clothes are hung.
P rt I Vom a gate and a $cale ; similar
|EH| tr) tho last.
jc/ui A flood-gate, a water-gate ; a
lock in a canal ; a dam ; any
thing placed to impede progress; a
barrier, a guarded gate; a turnstile;
a gate in a stockatle ; a barricade
of ixjsls ; to shut a gate. In Fuh-
chau, applied to the front curtain
of a .sedan.
1 "^ •'^ guard-house at a barrier.
1^ I a pass ; a barrier, like th.'^t
formerly at Macao ; to shut the
gate.
5^ ] an aqueduct ; a sluice ; a
waste-weir with gales.
^ ] street gates, common in Chi-
nese cities ; they serve to prevent
the assemblage of mobs, to divide
off the ward.s, and aid the police
in arresting thieves.
1 P'] a guard-gate ; to bar a gate.
M'^ 1 P^ '^^ iXawdi guard at the
passes.
^ ] opn the barrier ; take up
the portcullis.
^ 1 ^"' 1 :^ ** gate-keeper.
I ^ the Grand Canal is so called
in some part« of its course.
Vi^l To wink ; to move the eyes
P/O^ about.
'rha ^\ e, ^ §i Ah, see how
chaii' he winks 1
] @ to wink the eyes.
1 01 ^ 6^ X ^ i» t^'« twinkling
of an eye. i» a very short time.
^ D3 P'l im -^ # to intimate
one's wishes by a wink without
speaking.
dia
they
From fire and leaf ; but the
uuauthorized forms are the
most common ; tho meanings
of this character vary in
different parts of the country.
To fry food ; to boil in fat
or oil ; to scald by pouring
on water.
] j^ to boil thoroughly ;
to fry.
-^ to fry meat balls.
^^ to fry crullers.
j^ to scald Ailantns leaves,
are eaten when tender.
In Pekingese.- The second is
also read cha' ; coal broken up into
fragments; bits; to blow up, to burst.
] -^ nut coal, or coal in bits.
1 ')^ ^oal of any kind.
1 its ^ bomb or mortar.
^ 1 the gun burst in pieces.
m>
The crowing of a bird.
P^ ] the mournful crowing
j'-A(f, of a jungle fowl or pheasant
From tnetal and to cho}) ; it is
commonly hut erroneously con-
tracted to fZl hi Canton.
A heavy pair of shears work-
ing on a rivet as a fulcrum at tho
end ; it is used to cut up ftxlder,
money, slips of sheet iron, and
such things ; to slice or cut open.
] ^. to cut grass fine.
\ 7} ^ grass-cutter.
^
cClut,
Also read tsan or tstcarif and
) used with the preceding.
To cut up or chop ; tho noise
of cutting fine.
OH«AH.
CH'AH.
CH'AH.
Old sounds, t'at and t'ap. In Canton, cWatland ch'a]p; — in Swatow, ch'at, sat,
ch'ap, and ch'ak; — in Fuhchau, ch'ah and sale; — in Shanghai, ts'
] ^ 'f'J ^^^® hslatriyas, one of
the Indian castes.
1 ilS "1 Sanscrit huliana, the 90th
part of a thought, reckoned to
be the 4500th part of a minute.
From *** a cover and ^ to
- X|^ sacrifice, intimating that when
-^-1^ 5 human efforts were unavailing
jc/i'o. to find out a cause, then sacri-
fice was tho best thing.
To examine, to get at the truth,
to inquire into judicially, to act as
a censor ; to criticise, to observe
closely, to scrutinize, to learn the
particulars; to sacrifice; to survey.
1^ I or ^ ] to examine careful-
ly, especially as an officer, like
the ^^ ] ^ provincial judge,
does.
] '[^ to ascertain the circum-
stances.
] ^ to examine and decide, as
a case.
^ ] a vexatious questioning.
ij^ ] to make a self-examination.
] I unsullied, as a reputation.
^ I ^ ^ ^le examined the
minutest points.
^^\^.M^B^ to candidly
examine an affair, so that the
people feel no sense of injustice.
] {ij to ferret out ; to search
and find, as a detective does.
^Jj^T Similar to the last, and often
""rzi. employed as a synonymous
»=f ^ for»i.
To inquire into every parti-
cular ; name of a statesman in the
Liang dynasty, a.d. 540.
From J) knife and
contracted.
to hill
ih^a A pillar or spire on the top
of a dagobah or shrine, from
Nvhu'h to hang streamers ; a tope
covering the ashes of priests ; a
Budhist monastery.
^ ] your convent ; said to a
priest.
^ ] a temple of Budha.
h ] to visit a temple.
I 5f£ a staflf for banners before
a temple.
L'/c^.
Form apestle ina mortar; occurs
J used with }^ and $^, to which
'^7 Cj it' gives part of its own meaning.
To hull wheat ; to deprive
grain of its husk.
§^ I a beetle to pound adobie
walls.
^ ] agricultural implements in
general.
From Jmnd and up to ; it is some-
times wrongly'used for the next.
To receive 5 to take or gather ;
to raise up ; to help 5 to lead ;
to bow with the hands nearly
touching the ground, — the saluta-
tion of a woman ; to tuck the
skirt under the girdle.
I 51 1^ K *^ introduce good
people to the great.
I|^ ] to get or collect.
^ ^. ^ I to labor without
adequate reward.
] j;-^ to bow very low, as the
Japanese do.
rom hand and to hull ivheat as
the phonetic ; it is interchanged
with the last two and the next.
i o insert ; to pierce, to dnve
into or stick in, as a pole in
the ground, or flowers in the hair ;
to thrusi into ; to set in a socket ;
to uiterfere, to meddle with ; to
insert, as stuffing in a fowl ; an
iron pointed [)ole uT crow-bar.
] Iji to transplant rice-shoots.
1 W to stick in a label or mark.
] ^ -^ -^ to meddle officiously,
to want a share in.
A 12 A 1 ^'ight bearers and
eight out-riders.
] ^^ to make an effort to get in.
I
1
]
h'ip, and ch'ah; — in Amoy, ch'at,
ah; — in Chifu, ts'ah.
I 5^ ^ i^ ''O stick flags in the
ears, when [^whipping a man]
through the camp.
^ to furtively secrete in
another's room, so as to im-
plicate him.
till ^ 1^ ^^^ "^^^ willows, and
you will have a shade ; — dili-
gence will get its reward.
P or ] 1^ to interrupt, to
put in a word.
]^ -^ to put out a flag, as
an auctioneer.
]^ '^ j^ to put grass in his
hair and sell him, as the poor
are obliged to do with their chil-
dren in distress.
^ I a narrow purse for keys.
^ ] to find a place for one, to
get one a situation.
I ^ H fi^ he cannot get away,
even if he gets a pair of wings.
] j^ *-" P'^*' i'l stuffing for roast-
ing ; in Canton, a concubine's
child is so called in sport.
h^^^ Sometimes used for the last.
JpE|> A spade or pick for turning
^cMa up the ground ; a large pin or
skewer for fastening the outer
garments; a flat hairpin, ornamen-
ted with feathers ; a carrying
beam ; a sort of crow-bar.
^ ] to carry a pick ; onct. a
farmer, a field-hand.
^^ I a little spatula for incense.
^i^ The name of demons ^ ]
y |A/T^ y whicli bring pestilence ; they
jc/t'a are the rahshas of the Hindu
mythology, the agents of evil;
also written;
i^lj by many persons.
Also used as the name of a foreign
country.
/>*-> Irresolute ; to boast ; to be
I'^j) diverted from one's purpose is
1 i^, said of disappointed
aims.
10
CHAI.
CHAI.
CHAI.
Old sounds tai, dai, dat, and dak, with one or two in tak, tat and dan.
and chi ; — in Puhcj
From pf even and 7J* t
u-orship ; tlio third form
nsed in the classics, and tlio
contraction is common in
cheap books.
To respect, to reverence; to
abstain from ; to guard
against, to purify, asbyfast-
itjg; or penanct; pure, serious,
reverential; a f-f utTy, acloset;
a retiring room ; a fine sliop, ax for
the sale of medicines; lenten fare.
^ ] to perform services for
releasing a soul.
■tf 1 S§ paper storks on which
the soul Hits to heaven; met. a
pander.
^ I he has only vegetable food.
I ^ to fast and not kill animals.
^ A. 1 iJl2 [onions]] are not re-
garded as j)i(ij nT food for fast days.
] JiJ] fasting days.
] ^. (o fast Oil the Budhist
festival of All-souls.
I ^J" Jip^'lT''™ — to aTaoist shrine.
^ ] to fast on vegetables.
^ ] a study; a library-room.
§ ] a student's room.
3|| ] elegant leisure.
] ^ to live at ease.
1 ^ respectful, modest
Read ^tse\ A mourning dress for
parents.
In Cantonese. A particle, im-
plying that it is so, it was said.
•ii A IS* 1 ^^'^*^ dared to say so t
^ fy IB 1?^ ] '*^ ^'^ j"st as be said.
Like the preceding, but res-
tricted toadwellinfr of thatch,
a hut ; while the last is a
more substantial edifice.
From wood and to bury.
Suckers springing from the
roots of adecayed tree; dead,
rotten wood in the roots.
In Canton, chai ; — in Swatow and Amoy, chai
and ehai ; — in Shanghai, tea and «a ; — in Chifu, tsai.
filial
From man and to llame.
To owe money; to bear a
burden ; a debt, ;in obligation;
freight or passage-money, so
ailed by the shijMJwnera.
y^ j to owe a debt
] ^ a creditor.
j A (^^r ] fl* ^" Cantonese a
debtor.
jg I to pay up, to settle a debt.
^ I to honor one's endorsement.
I'll" j to collect a debt ; whence
et 1 j& '"^ {.(^rva for the s[>irit
of a son who died befcjre he
could recompense his parents ;
and of an njipaid creditor which
torments the debtor.
jHr I to lend money, shave notes ;
it indicates usurious lending.
] j^ a miserable debtor, one
over head and ears in debt.
fg j a tavern score.
^ ] to spend riotously.
M jM 1 ^ '^o force one to pay
up, as by intimidation.
1^ 1 IW iSt the debt is of little
consequence.
5^ ^ ] a revenge due for an in-
jury received in a former life.
From wood and to fill o. crevice;
both of these are re^rded as
aberrant forms of 5g a faggot:
A Stockade for defense ; a
palisade; a hold, a guarded
retreat, like a hold, a guarded
retreat, like a Miiori pah ; a
cantonment or encampment,
a military station ; a j>en for animals,
a corral ; a brothel.
'^ I barracks ; a military post, a
cantonment.
jil I a temporary defense hastily
thrown up; a hill fortress, like
the New Zealand pahs.
^ ] to plunder a post.
1^ ] a bandit's hold ; and ] ^
is the wife ot the bandit chief.
1^ ^ ] a stockade guarded by
chevcaux-de-frise,
flu I a log-house fort.
^ ^ ] in Cantonese, a bagnio ;
and U ] is to frequent one.
^1
chai
,ch'
The original form is thought to
represent a crawling beast, and
resembles the second character;
the first is the I53d radical of
a group of characters referring
to feline beasts, of which the
second is the obsolete, pedantic
form.
To discriminate; a fabulous mon-
ster called ^^ I , having one horn ;
others picture it more like a deer ;
it can discriminate right and wrong,
and eats fire in its ravenous fury,
even to its own destruction • it is
drawn like a tiger on the wall which
screens a yamnnf as a warning t*
rulers against extortion ; provincial
judges and censore onco wore it .is
their insignia; .ind are designated
] ^, a term also applied now to
district magistrates in respect.
^ ] ^ 'i» ancient name for an
executioner's cap.
Read ^cht. A worm or grub;
reptiles without feet.
J ^ fj I progressing like a cater-
pillar. •
1^ I a sloping hill-side ; to descend
gradually.
=^% i%-^^B^ \ ^ if you
carry out your pnr[X)se, Sir, do
you think it will be quiet '/
A press for pressing the mash
in making spirits ; a kind of
strainer.
From disease and to worship.
A Wiisting disease; weakness,
like marasmus, distress, trouble,
care.
] a debilitating disease, slow
consumption of the energies.
Q I to bring disease on one's self
I ij^ atrophy of the bodily powers.
m
CH'AI.
CH'AL
CH'AI.
11
Old Botindg, fai, t'ap, t'at, running into d'ai d*at and d'ak. In Canton, ch'ai ;■
Blight changes in Swatow; — inPuhchau, chai, Mai, cha ch*a and tw^angj-
IX
h
m
From metal and a, fork.
A bair-piu; broad and curv-
ed, so that it will lie across
tbe occipnt ; onet. females.
] to divjne by a bair-piu.
] a bevy of women.
] a maid-servant.
I a thorn bair-pin ; met. mi-
serably i)oor, because sbe cannot
buy a metallic pin.
] 5^ 1^ g ber hair-pins and
ear-rings dazzle one.
M. ^.M I ^ 1'*'^ ^^'^^^ "^ phoenix.
^ ] ^ ^ a kind of medicine, the
stem ol' an epiphytic orchid of tbe
genus Dendrobium, whose dried
yellow stalks are likened to hair-
pins, and look like liquorice roots.
Strips of meat dried in the
tl north wind, called j P^ were
fChal anciently prepared for winter
provision.
Read jfs^/. Rumbling in the bel-
ly ; flatiilent.
||.|>^ Froni vjood and this ; when of-
-JL- ficers went into the wilds, tlioy
- * . stockaded their lodges; ^ c?ioi'
jC/tta jg jjQ^ used in this last*seuse.
Brushwood; faggots, firewood,
fuel ; to stop «p ; to screen, to
protect ;' like the next, to make a
burnt-offering to Heaven, as Shun
did on the mountains.
— • }G ] a faggot of firewood.
^7 ] 6*^ a woodcutter, a lumberer.
^- ] firewood split up for use.
• 1 M ''•' knotty stick.
^ ] to split wood.
] -^ kindling wood.
] fi "I" ] H ^ qnantily of fire--
wood, or faggots.
] ij^ fuel, wood.
] f^ my coUage, my humble
fitode.
7K W. ] ^'Infted timber, or that
wiiich has been rafted.
%'l ] i£ ^ if <^''y sticks are put
near the fire, — they will ignite ;
mef. don't go too near temptation.
^ ] a poor stick, a useless feUow.
*^ ] lean as a lath.
] ^^ an empty pated fellow.
1 Mf^'f lil Jlj [SlJun] sacri-
ficed burnt offerings in order to
the mountains and streams.
jj;\;^ Originally written like the last.
(Vj \ To burn faggots in sacrifice;
^ch^ai the firewood used in a sacrifice
to Heaven.
^ 1 XU ^ 3^ JpilJ to worship the
gods by burning a heap of wood.
|tX£ A kind of sudorific medicine,
(~pf^ ] yjjj, otherwise called mouse-
j"/i'a^ ear; ^ j^Q is another mode of
writing it.
HjH^ A dog whining for his food ;
crvfC 1 PM ^^8^ snarling over their
^diKii food.
From beast and talent, but the
combination is said to allude to
L its leanness, as like a stick of
^_J» wood; the second form is not
|-^ yj so correct as the other.
ich\ii A lean and tawny beast
akin to the dog ; it loves
rapine and destruction; the wolf;
onet. wicked, wolfish, truculent.
1 1^ ^ ^^'^^'^ (cams hipvs) ; in
ancient times two animals were
here designated, of which the first
was the common wolf, the otHer
a [smaller species, or a hyena or
lynx, to which the description
answers better ; |^ -^ it now
denotes the wolf alone, and ] ^
includes the jackal ; met. evil
beings who tempt man.
] M*^ -M ^ wolf stops the road,
— said of bad rulers.
1 ^v} '1 jackal, or a wild dog.
'M in 1 ^*-'^^^ ^^ ^ ^voJf-
55 *6 in J^u^Min ] he has
a tiger's heart and a wolf's face ;
— the latter is said to smile on
seeinof a man.
li
''clival
-in Amoy, ch*ai, elf a, t*6, and han; with
• in Shanghai, dza ; — in Chif u, ts'ai.
From man and even together.
A class, a company, persons
^c¥a^ of the same sort ; a sign of the
plural.
^ 1 "'^ a* ] "'6 ; ourselves ; we
together.
jji ] we comrades, all of us chums ;
persons of the same rank or age.
IpJ I the same kind or class.
] 1^ good fellows, comrades.
m. ^ From foot and single ; it is
also read ^chw'en, but more
commonly read chw'ai'; the
second form is vulgar, and of-
ten pronounced Hs'ai, while
both are synonyms of JJc (ts'z'
which itself also occurs read
fClo'ai.
To tread on, to put the heel
on ; to stamp, to trample on ; to
raze, to destroy.
I jif step on it firmly.
J£ ] the heel ; to tread on.
I ^" IJill i^ stepped into the mud
over my foot.
] ® JR i^ tr<-'a<3 on the water-
melon skin ; i.e. to trip one up ;
to .delude you.
I ^ i^ t-read on it.
1 i^ & to walk on stilts.
»?l 1 5f ^ to take a ride over the
fragrant grass, — a spring ramble.
1 J£ IID j^ to stamp angrily.
I to tread on a slack rope,
an acrobat ; also a thief, who
uses rope ladders.
ili 'M M ho has destroyed the
camp ; to remain victorious.
J^ ^ «f trampled to a jelly,
as in a crowd.
From insect and myriad ; but
the ancicut form resembles a
squirming scorpion.
Hi
m
mi
A sting in the tail, as in the
hornet or scorpion.
I a bee's stiag.
^ iSn ] to wind the hair like
scorpion's tail.
12
CHAN.
CHAN.
CHAN.
Old sounds, tam and dam. In Canton, chan and cham; — in Swatow, cham, chw^a, fia, cAtVand chan ; — in Amoy, chain,
ch'an, chien and tam; — in Fahchau, chang and tang; — in Shanghai, <8e**; — in Chifu, tsan.
From words and to incroach;
it is also read ehehf
To talk and gabble ; to joke
with, .-IS children ; guileful, art-
ful talk ; incoherent ; to convey
one's words; occurs used for Uwari*
%^ to be hoaxed.
1 til ^o whisper in a friendly way.
1 H piquant raillery; sarcastic.
'if
^chan
From chariot and ox, allnding
to a battle field, or to an ancient
military execution bj destroying
a criminal between two chariots.
To sunder, to cut in two ; to
decapitate by public e.xeculion ; to
cut off, to root up; to sever, as
intercourse ; temporary, shortly ;
furiously, bravely ; faded, forgotten.
] "fj to decollate, as is done in
cases of j fp or capital crimes.
] f^ to subjugate [a refractory
state]; to destroy; to prune trees.
] ^ to cleave or cut open.
J^ ] to cut [a criminal] in twain.
^ ] to oversee an execution.
1 fE ^'3 posterity is all, cut off,
as of a great rebel.
] Hf Ij^ to break off all inter-
course with,
1 ^ U ©c to cut an iron nail ;
met. deci(>jd, certain, fixed.
1 IS lis ^ '■^ sever the influences
and aura, — as in geomancy.
1 ^ flO A [t-lie tr<x)ps] forced
the defenses and carried the place.
Used with the last. A wine
cup made of jade, deeper
than the lam[)-ci]p.
^ ] fine, beautiful cups.
From dish and small.
A shallow cup for oil; a wine
saucer; a classifier of lamps
and glasses of wine.
] j^ one lamp.
] a cup for a water-lamp.
chati
chan
13 1 ^ ^ I^ M 7K t'le brass I |j|g)
cups of llie ice-venders are rat- (f}^^
tling briskly to invite purchasers.
''chan
chan'
Formerly used for the last in
fj§ ] a wine goblet; it is now
jvi appKed to spirits, which be-
ginning to clear itself is allow-
ed to remain over winter.
] fg turbid liquor not yet settled.
To fly swift and powerfully
like a falcon is ] ] , refer-
ring to its darting here and
there for its prey.
Read itsien. Martial ; ] ]
warlike.
From wood and small.
A covered loft; a scaffold, a
terrace ; a way made along a
cliff, a i)athway or bridge in
narrow, steep places ; a hearse ; a
bamboo tumbril, for which the next
is also used; the body of a cart ; a
storehouse, a ware-room ; a work-
shop ; a pen or corral surrounded
with stakes or boards; a small
bell ; a kind of fragrant wood.
I M ^ warehouse, a go-down.
] Ifl. storage ; the price paid for
storing.
1 1^ *''' V^^^ ^'vcr and along a
steep cliff.
J|| ] a horse-pen orstable; a corral.
J^ I to put into store.
1 ?E * plank road, a corduroy
way.
A carriage arranged for
sleeping in, used by army
officers.
1 $§ a sort of ambulance ;
also, a kind of hearse.
] ]^ a mihtary chariot
i> A sheep-cote, or a pen staked
around to guard sheep.
chart?
clian'
A striped cat, perhaps a
species allied to the tiger cat.
I ^ a tiger shedding its
hair, or having lost most of
its hair.
chan
chan'
From silk and to secure.
A seam which has opened ;
to rip, to rend, to come apart ;
cracked, split as bark ; a
bint, an inkling.
{J ] a slight defect; a hint, a
slight idea of.
1 ^ ripped ; to rii) open seams.
^ ] the corol of a flower, or the
separate petals.
^J ] to calk, to pay the seams
in a beat.
^ €i * tfe IS 1 tl'c rice did not
look plump, but shriveled.
chan'
opened
Like the last. An
scam in a garment.
^ ] to sew or patch
seam ; to mend uiothes.
From water and very.
Deep, clear, tranquil, as
tsan' water ; culm, serene, as placid
moonlight ; to sink, to im-
merse ; to soak in, to imbibe, as a
sponge ; to steep, to ftioisten ; to
receive, as benefits; excessive, as in
dissipation, addicted to dregs.
] j^ an affluent on the north of
the Yellow Kiver, in Hwai-king
fu in Honan.
] ,§, imbued with favor, said of
the Emi)eror'8 kindness.
] ;^ or 1 j H ^ a heavy dew.
1 if (I'J bran new.
> To dip, as a morsel in sauce ;
j^ this character has been used by
some Protestant mi.ssionaries
for baptizing by immersion.
] ^ to put the i)cncil in ink.
\ Wi *-" ^'^^ » ^^ ^'P *"^^ ^®'
through.
CHAN.
GH^AN.
CH'AN.
13
JU t* J From to stand and incroaching
jl'lrt as l-lie phonetic.
c/uiu' To stand up ; to stand still ;
stopping, standing; a stage, a
fixed governmental post; a journey,
a day's travel.
§^ I the distance between post-
bouses; at the end is the ] ^M
or stage-house.
— ] !§■ one stage ; it is about
one league or ten U in length.
] -j^ stand still ; stop !
] ^ on his feet ; standing.
] 1^ stand off a little.
I ji§ ^ stand up ; get up.
^ ] to engage to make the stages,
as cartmen are often hired to do.
From pearl and together ivith
or frugal; the last character is
sometimes read wan^, and the
first also tswan^ and tsan*.
To impede, to interfere with,
^ I as by underselling; to sell
^i*i'» J at a profit, to gairj ; to palm
chivan^ off, as poor goods; to over-
charge, to ask an exorbitant
price; to mistake; to earn, to be in
the receipt of.
] ^ to make a profit.
] ^ ^ it has been very profitable.
jjfp fif ] to double the cost*
] ^ f^, I had the work for my
profit ; /. e. I got nothing but
bother for my pains.
] i^ to get just a living.
1 f^ ^-^ palm off on one.
I ^ ^ to reap disappointment
and sorrow.
i^ W 1 "J* ] Z> M ^ made
nothing on it ; there is no
gain in it.
i>^5 ) From earth and unhj.
^2i To border or dylw which
chan^ defines the limit of a grave ;
the bounds of an altar.
Old sounds, t*am, dam, fan, shan and ts*im. In Canton, ch'am, ts'am and ch*an; — in Swatow, ch'am, cham, sw"a,
chien, siam, ch^am and Man; — in Amoy, ch'am, san, and sw"a; — in Fuhchau, chang, sang, ch'ang, and
ch'iang ; — in Shanghai, is' ail, and ea" ; — in Chifu, ts'an.
From hand and luily.
To stab or prick ; to sustain,
to push, to support by the
hand ; to supply what is
wanted, to repair, to make np ; to
divide with, to foist in ; to wedge
in ; to pull out; sharp; pointed.
] ^ ^<' uphold, to support and
lead, as a cripple.
] ^ — 'l^ make another share;
as when stock is to be increased.
I ^ to fill a crack.
] I^ to interrupt another, to take'
the word out of his mouth.
1 ^ ^ ^ ^^c^^ name for plated-
ware.
feeble and tottering.
] ^11 ^ |iS to put inferior sorts
in, to dilute, to foist in, to mix.
1 ft ^ 1^ ^^^ them all properly
for eating.
To cut off"; to cut into, as
when testing the purity of
^ch^an sycee.
] ^ to cut apart
Used for the last. A chisel ;
_ abore for cutting or piercing;
(Chhin to cut out, to engrave deeply.
^ ] coulter of a plow.
^ ] a boiler for seething and
decocting medicine.
1 ^>^IB he carved on the cha-
racters for a memento.
■i^^if A tree called ] ;{;g which
c\ySl grew near Confucius' tomb,
(Ch^cm having hard whitish wood and
large flowers ; it was perhaps
a "magnolia ; sharp pointed ; a
water-gate.
1 '^ ^^'^ ] terms for a comet,
referring to its tail ; the first is
also applied to a rebel leader.
Formed of hare and an animal
described to bo like the mnntjak;
, several of the combinations
jc/tVt/i under this primitive, which
seldom occurs by itself, embody
its leading idea.
A crafty hare full of dodges;
artful, wily, cunning.
I -^ a crafty rabbit, which has
several holes to its burrow.
From Kords and
phonetic.
ivily as the
its^an To humor, to flatter ; to mis-
represent, to gloss over; to
traduce, to asperse, to detract;
to insinuate bad motives, or conceal
good traits ; cozening, slandering,
fawning.
] 1^ name of an ancient tripod.
] (^ to cajole and then malign.
1 ^ to grumble at.
] pQ to intrigue against.
] ^ a traducer ; to asperse people.
] "g ^ 1^ calumny brings trouble
on one.
] P ^ >5W he is everywhere
vilified,
^ "f ia ] °"^ sovereign listans
to slanders.
The rippling sound of water
is ] ^§ ; applied also to the
icli^an sportive leaping of fish ; per-
epiration of the hands and
feet ; water gurgling throngb
a hole.
:^sCal
11
(JHAN.
To goiirmandize, to love
good eating; greedy, glnt-
Lonoiis. Tile second fomi
.dso means to sip or taste;
to peck at.
P ] \ oracious, gluttonous.
I^ ^ I not particiilarabont
one's fo(xl, not fastidious ; not much
appetite.
A cliff J a Ligh peak, a sum-
mit that rises above the
clouds ; the first form is
)» commonest.
] ^ a craggy, steep ascent ;
rocks piled up, high preci-
i>^^ J pices.
jtJ^[l Also read itsmi. A kind of
Sj^l monkey, found in Yunnan,
icL^uii. tin: I |j|I], whose description
allies it to the duoc ; its swift-
ness on the trees is said to be like
that of the flight of a bird.
From ^ to hear, and ^ emi.
7ient contracted.
\-li\in To produce, to breed, to bear;
the inci-ease of anything; a
birth, a jmrturition ; productions or
resources of a country; the natives;
an estate, a patrimony ; an occupa-
tion, livelihood ; a sort of flageolet
or Lirge reed with three holes.
1 ^ real estate, a property.
fli ] H to found or buy an estate.
^ ^ I to divide the estate.
M ^ ^ 1 ^^« estate is totally
lost or dissipiited.
li in ^ 1 "■''^''ted all his patri-
nicny, as by gambling.
i I or 2li ] the productions
of a region.
^ ] constant occupation, means
of living, a regular income.
^ !} lo iiicrease; to bear a child.
HI ] difficult Labor, as from mal-
f<jrmatiun or wrong presentation.
^ ] a midwife. «
^ I a tonic for pregnant wcmen.
>j. ] un abortion.
CH'AN.
I p^ the vagina, a medical term ;
it also means accoucheurs, and
] ^ is the art of midwifery.
To breed domestic animals.
"Windings among bills.
i^ ] a devious path among
hills, a goat-path.
^sfzhl Name of a small stream, a
^/jC. leagne east of Si-ngan fu in
^clt\in Shensi, a branch of the R. Pa
^ ^. which flows through
] ] waters bursting out.
To put a shoe or patten on
the bare foot.
From metal and to produce;
tho Becond is an old and un-
usual form; used with the next.
A tbin iron plate; a shovel,
a spade; a plane or shaving
tool, like a spoke-shave , to
cut and pare; to smooth, to
level off. In Fuhchau, to shell otY
or scale, aa the plaster from a wall
with a chisel.
^ I or |g ] a rice shovel, used
by cooks.
] ]\\ to scarp hill-sides, to dig
into bills.
""* M 1 i^ ^ Bet of tongs and
shovel.
1 ii^ ^ ^ to root up plants ; to
extirpate root and branch.
i| "^ Interchanged with the last.
•J To spade up, to level oft' ;
.1 ^ to trim, to pare down ; to
rlj cut grain; to cut with a
"cA'a/i weapon or edge-tool.
] JJ to plane or sharfjen a
razor by shaving the edge,
'f^ 1 *^'" ] ^ ^ ^'''■k fragrant
wood, or sandal-wood shavings,
burned for perfume.
] f^l to smooth off.
1 ^ ^" wound, as with an ax
slipping.
'I
cn'AN.
A sort of tree growing in
Nganhwui, which produces a
ch\(n fruit shaped like a peach,
nearly two inches long, of a
yellow color ; when cured by salt
it tastes like a plum.
Read '^shan. A mattress.
^ Composed of three ^ sheep and
^ ^ ^^ S house contracted, to represent
cJi^an slicep huddling under a shelter.
Sheep crowding as each one
tries to get out first ; to put in
confusion, as records or books
disarranged.
To ride a horse barebacked.
1 li ^ J[^ to ride without
^ch^an a saddle.
f rf^ Intended to represent a spit
y^ or gridiron for roasting flesh,
''ch^an and the meat on it.
^chwhin ^11 JtU ^ ;p^ 1 like a joint
of meat skewered on a spit.
'> (,'omplete virtue, as shown in
one's life well s^jent in good
cithm' actions ; a company, a group
of people.
(l^ To regret, to repent ; among
Budhists and Rationalists, a
chhai' class of ritualistic works,
which are intended to be
used ns manuals.
1 ']^^^jf to reform and do right,
as submissive insurgents.
;> A dog crunching his food;
gnawintr, crushing between
cUhiM,' the teeth.
In Cantonese. A word of indig-
nation ; to devour.
^ \^^ ] here then, eat it I
fii*> 1 r»l ^ 65 S!f yoii've clean
gobbled up all uiy dinner 1 —
said to an importunate sorner.
' J An earthen pitcher for boilijig.
S ] a sort ofjug for making
"cl^uit,^ congee, common at Cantor.
CHiN.
CHlN.
CHIN.
15
Old sounds, Un, Um, and Mm. In Canton, ckdn, cham, and tsun ; — in Swatow, chin, chim, ti6n, tiam, cham, chidn, and
t{ni; — inAmoy, tim, chin, chim, and chivi ; — in Fuhchau, cMng, ting, chSng, tong, and tSng ; —
in Shanghai, tsang, with a few in dzang ; — in Chifu, chin.
*^* 1 From lit wpright^ndi J^man
iinderneath, but its present
composition is explained to he
from @ the eye, \^ for 'fy
to change, and (_ for ^^ hid-
den, referring to the power of
genii to change and ascend to
heaven.
To change the corporeal into
its pure essence, to become one of
the genii ; among Taoists, it means
divinity, immortality, no dross, es-
sence; true, real, sincere, unfeigned;
ta act as the soul prompts; gemiine,
unadulterated ; authoritative, as a
classic; spiritual, pure, ethereal; in
reality, tTuly, no mistake, in fact; a
likeness or portrait ; actual, not se-
condary.
1 IE truly, indeed, actually is so.
] -[j^ it is really so.
^ ] it is true; he says the truth,
/f^ ^D ] ^ I don't know whether
it be true or false.
] ^ the true image, as seen in
a glass.
] /f; J:g utterly unworthy of trust.
] >C* ^^'^^ hearted, ingenuous.
] Jig true, orthodox principles.
^ ] throughly do a thing ; ear-
nest to get at the truth of it.
1 ®^ ^'s veritabla property, as a
stolen thing proven when claimed.
] ^ the true ruler ; Heaven ; a
Moslem word for God.
5^ ] heavenly endowments, refer-
ring to temper and heart.
] A » phantom of a man, is one
who-^ ] possesses divinity, and
therefore can become invisible.
S 1 "f i$ ] to draw portraits.
/f; ] original source or vocation ;
first condition, said of persons
or things; but ] :^ is the
real cost of a thing.
P3 I are the lour great disciples of
Laotsz'; named Chwang-tsz' ^
•^, W5n-tsz' ^ ^, Lieh-tsz'
^Ij ^, andK'ang-sang-tsz' J^ ^
•^ ; they are worshiped with him.
Zlt^ From worship and truth.
c/|IJ^ To be blessed because of truth
(CJid)i in worship or prayer.
11 J^ Dropsical swelling, like iuia-
flj^a sarca; a puffy swelling of the
^chciii legs.
From tile and a kiln; it is also
read * kien.
^clidii To mold ; to model, as a pot-
ter does the clay; to act
on, to fashion, to mold another's
mind, to make like 5 influenced,
guided ; to examine, to distinguish ;
to act on reciprocally; in epitaphs
used for alarm, or whatever hor-
rifies; to avoid; plain; a potter,
a modeler in clay.
1 ^ H sl^ to fashion and guide
all things, as God does.
1 S'J A ^ to discern men of
talents.
A bright blue orchid, the
^ij" 1 which grows in the
"ckaii south of China ; other names
are j;^ ^ ground fir, and
ill If; M toad orchid,
- - g^
From 3i fi"^'"' ^^^ 1^ hushy
hair contracted ; the second
► is a vulgar form.
Whatever is noble, precious,
or beautiful; rare, impor-
tant ; excellent ; a prize, a
rarity, a delicacy; to prize,
to esteem,
^pearls; ] |^ ^ pearl sago,
named from its pearly look ;
1 ^ iti t^'^- Spiraea or meadow-
sweet, from its white corymb; and
1 ^ /ft ""6 of the names for
maize; — all refer to their resem-
blance to pearls.
^ precious things.
91; a delicious, savory taste.
^ a dainty.
^^
SH
chaii
1
] ^ precious and rare.
j i^ an auspicious token, as a
just statesman in a reign.
B 1 A ift # the things which
are prized by mankind.
-^ "Ig; ] the first man of the age.
1 ]^ to esteem very highly, to be
careful of; to treat with great
formally ; ceremonious.
in ^ -fc 1 ^^'^^ ^ pearl in the
palm, said of a daughter.
A ] :t ^ Si M how can I hope
to have all the delicacies 1 — the
eight pearls are kinds of game at
Peking, viz., venison, wild boar,
pheasant, gazelle, bear's paw,&c.
From metal and all or ten ; the
second is the common form.
A needle; a pin; a sharp
probe, a cauterizing needle;
a sting, any sharj), thorny
thing ; to probe, to prick ;
pine leaves.
or 1^ ] or i^j ] to thread
a needle.
1 Hi m embroidery, fine needle-
• work.
1 Bio ^ the stitches are coarse.
^'Pj ] tobegforexcellentneedle-
work; met. she is very skillful.
§1^ 5^ ] ^ hair-pin used in Canton.
^ |ig ] a drumsti-ck needle — a
Cantonesu name for a pin.
in ^ 1 M ^^^^'^ sitting on a cush-
ion of needles, — is a troublesome
or unsatisfactory affair.
1 ^^ rules for the acupuncture,
i ^ to cauterize ; to probe.
JIJ, j^ ] a barometer.
^ S I a, thermometer.
1 ^^ exactly opposite, like two
needles ; >■ e. their ideas are
just the same; exactly in point;
diamond cut diamond.
1 )k 'M ^Ic '"e'"^"? petty, close, lit.
one who sai'es by sewing skins
and scraping iron.
1
16
CHXN.
CHlN.
CHJtN.
Interchanged with tho last.
J |Q>Q A probe, a needle ; to pierce ;
chdn to warn, to exhort, to urge a
reform, to expostulate ; ad-
03 on it ion, apj)eals to rel'orm ; max-
ims warning i)eople ; pointed, cau-
tionary.
'5 1 ^'* 1 $^ surgeon's probes,
formerly made of stone.
] "g or ] ^ warning words,
admonitions.
j ^ restraining laws.
1 5!ifl£ *^" crititiso defects, to probe
another's faults, to satirize.
] ^ an ancient ofticer, like a censor.
A^ The neeclkfish, as thecharacter
c^U^ imports ; it is described as a
^cMn slim,small fish like ibe Lmcoso-
ma, or Chinese white-bait, and
noted for the extension of the snout
like a bodkin; it is the fjejnifcon-
phus in/trmedtus, called ^ ^ |
(or ^^) at Canton ; i-e. the long-
short bodkin ; in Kiang^ian, it is
known as the F& M "ffi or scoWincr
«*»v ^m: mh% o
old-wife.
From peck and very ; giTiiig the
sound.
fihdn To pour from or into, to
empty out, to ladle ; to add
to ; a ladle or cup ; to deliberate,
to adjust, to arrange.
1 @^^ ^' # it will be better to
consult about it.
j ^ to pour out ••tea.
I ^ y it is all well settled.
K3 ] carefully talk it over.
] Hi to discuss, to settle by con-
sultation.
•1*H* A kind of wood good for
<TEi ''arrows J it is probably one of
chAti" the conifers, like a larch or
juniper ; a target.
] 'j^ a mushroom or fungus found
on this tree.
] ^ a target ; to kill criminals
by making a target of them.
Read $Mn', a synonym of ^
tho mulberry fruit, also called
^ I mulberry seeds.
iji^^ An old name for the bag tied
c'j*jU)^ to a honje's head when bait-
^clldn ing him, now called JB| ^
^ or horse bucket-bag.
From stone and to incroach ;
used with the ne.Tt.
1,^
^chdn A bUxjk on which to beat
clothes ; a square stone or
block ; an anvil; a stone with which
athletes exercise their strength by
lifting and pitching it.
1 Wi * l^>«r(l used by butchers ; a
chupping-board.
^ ] a horse-bltxik ; a stotie to
which criminals are chained.
^|lj I to lift the weight, as soldiers
do, to test their streitgth, like
throwing the discus.
^ j a straw anvil, or stone to
beat plants on ; also, an old
term for uiy husband ; as if he
were a block for me to beat on.
7^-H* Cofistantly used for the last,
f nlPs with which it is nearly sy-
^lidn nonymous.
Bead Jian. Peaked, like an
upright stone ; hilly.
1 IflSftWl? the lofty peaks
pierced the sky.
2£ '& 'ff 1 ^ ^^^^ stones were
piled up like pillars on both
sides [of the dyke.)
^ g| ] a name iu the P5n Tsao
for a meteoric stone from Lui-
ckeu fu on the mainland north
of Hainan I.
From extreme and to enter.
The utmost, the highest de"
gree ; extrt mely ; to reach ;
a multitude, many ; to col-
lect
"Q" j^^ ] may all ble.«!sings set-
tle here; a phrase put on doors.
^ I P9 ^ Ills bounty reached
everywhere.
^*> Also read ftsHn. Abvmdant,
</^^ exuberant herbage ; bushy
fflidn trees ; accumulated, a collec-
tion of; to wear on tho head.
Jt. 3^ ] ] how abundant is the
foliage [of this peach 1]
1 ^t\ rt3 ^'i" kerchiefs worn on the
,head bytheboatwomenatMacao.
^ The Chinese hazel or filbert
is 1 -^ {Coriflns hcteru-
C/iUtl
J) hijlla) shaped li ke t he pekan
nut ; it growsin the northern
provinces, is smaller than
tho European nut and more
oily; a thorny tree, like those in
quickset hedges, whose spinis were
once used for mourning hair-pins.
I I overgrown with thorns and
brushwood.
\t^^ One of the small headwaters
<■*>!> of the K, Hwai in Honan ;
^cltdn also, a river in Hupeh ; to
reach.
I j abundant, as a crop; thick-
ly placed, as houses ; loose,
easy, comfortable.
']!0ft5 '^'^ ''^"^ ^^^ head, as when
^^ weak or sleepy ; a peaked
'c/«i» head.
<_Lit^ From tcood and vialking.
^yL -A. pillow ; a rest for the back
*c/«i» in a carriage ; a stake to
fasten cattle ; to ose as a pil-
low ; to lean on, to pillow on ; to
lie on the side ; contiguous, con-
terminous, adjacent.
1 M'lP'How;^ I a kind with
an ear hole.
] frj: a bedfellow.
] ^ in bed, asleep ; while asleep.
] ^ the occiput ; the neck bone
in fishes.
^ 1 "§1 y^"^ occiput is thick, —
Viet your friends arc strong.
P^ I the socket of the door-hinge.
] j^ in bed; in private, secretly;
a wife.
I& lli M 1 li^' pillowed his head
on his bended arm.
^ 1 ^ S °°^^ ^ *""*" *^^®P with-
out anxiety.
] KS M '^ cares disturb his rest.
Is H' (^ 1 ^iirning and roUing
on my pillow — restless.
CHAK.
CHiN.
CElN.
17
1 _L ^ to die of old age, to die
in one's bed.
/fC 1 ^ the stick leans against
the wall.
] ^^ M M insufficient bed-
clothes; niet a poor man.
^1 MM he sleeps quietly, he
has no cares.
As if composed of J^ and |^,
meaning the 7iec/'c pillow, or
''chdn the sleepituj hove; i.e. the
occiput, that bone of the head
on which one rests in sleep-
ing ; or to droop the head.
Eead Han. Filthy.
Read ^tdn. Silly, in the phrase
] j|^| foolish looking.
<^t|^^ Bright, clear as a gem ;
v;^ transparent.
''Chan
<^n|^ From H field and 3^ -pearl
VX"^ contracted, as the phonetic.
''chdn Raised paths between fields »
dykes over drains ; a border 5
to come before the gods; to an-
nounce to the Terminalia that the
Emperor is coming to visit the
border ; the origin ; to terminate,
as life.
1 i^ ^ frontier.
f^ 1 'te ^ the dykes vs^ere con-
tiguous.
Q ] paths for landmarks.
*^>i^A. To twist a cord around, to
Tj^^ bind ; to revolve, to turn ; a
*'chdii revolution ; a single thin gar-
ment, for which the next is
most used ; crooked, obstinate.
] J^ crabbed, mulish.
1 If to go around.
Plain, dark garments ; sum-
mer clothes of one thickness ;
border of a dress ; a figured
garment.
1 M '^ single grasscloth or linen.
%Wt 1 3^ the brothers all wore
black.
cMn
From disease or jlesh, and
jpearl contracted, referring to
theirform; c/i'an* J^ issome-
times wrongly used for it.
Pustules of any kind, a
rash ; eruptions, pimples,
sore lips or fever sores ; fever break-
ing out in sores ; measles : — to
• remove which, the ^ %^ ^ ^
is worshiped.
Jfg] ] small-pox pustules,
d^ 1 a sort of carbuncle.
Jf{ ] -^ to have the measles or
scarlet fever.
^, 1 small pimples, as in measles.
c^^^ To ascertain the state of ; to
O^^ verify, to examine, as when
*'chdn a disease shows itself.
1 W- t^ ^^^^ the pulse.
1 ^ to interpret a dream.
CB^Q^ From eye and a contraction
Py^ of fire ^ and hands joined JY
*ckdn as in ^^, which is not the same
as this character, though some-
times miswritten for it.
The pupil of the eye, the want
of which makes one blind,
jf^ ] the subtle germs of
good and bad things ; — used
in this phrase wrongly for J|^'
incipient.
From cart and hushy hair con-
'chdn To turn, to revolve ; to move ;
to act in behalf of ; a cross-
board to lean upon in a carriage ;
met. a carriage; distressed, sorrow-
ing ; cramped ; pegs for cords in a
lute ; the last of the 28 constella-
tions, including the stars (3 6 rj via
Corvus.
^ ] wains and carriages.
I fS it 5^ the carriage went
rolling on its way, or revolving
in its rut.
^ ^ 1^ ] military carriages
in niunbers.
I ^ compassionating; kind feel-
ings towards one.
] ^ kind thoughts of, to think
of and do something for.
'chdn
^ ] curbed, discontented, as in
a treadmiB sort of life,where one
is kept down by power.
L:^ "1 The second character is in-
tended to represent streaming
> hair ; as a primitive, its mean-
ing in most cases is lost.
Bushy, thick hair; black
and abundant hair.
1 ^ iO ^ his bushy hair
was like a cloud.
'W fg^ Similar to the last,
jJ;Lj^ Beautiful black and glossy hair,
''chdn shining like a mirror ; black.
Read jjin. To dye black.
To tie; black and thick, as
hair; close-woven, thick.
I ^ fine and close, as cloth.
Ill ] 7 ^ whose black hair
will not change its color ?
I M^ black, a deep black.
t^tl /v To restrain rising anger and
[{■^ not show it in the eye ; to
^chdn keep one's equanimity by a
strong eflfort.
M W IM ^ S ^ f«^ and
remarkable are those who can
be angry and not show it.
AL2) From metal and true as the
rnlH phonetic.
chdn To press down ; to repress, to
keep in subjection ; to guard,
to keep in order, as a pjiss ; to
protect and oversee ; to restrain or
forestall evil influence, as pagodas
or peaked hills do ; a mart, called
;/c 1 'feJ' a great manufacturing
place, of which there are four in
China ; in the days of the jQL ft!
Wu Tai, it seems to have desig-
nated certain cities or palatinates,
whose rulers had superior privileges
from their power and subordinate
territory.
1 ^g to maintain superior power
over things which | ^ repress
evil, as charms on a door linted
do noxious influences.
] ^ a name for the planet Saturn.
^ I an idolatrous procession to
quiet demons.
18
CHAN.
CHlN.
CHlN.
] !^ charms, spells; magic.
1 ^ to invite the gods to come
to a hanse to protect it
I jIg to quiet the fears; to repress
bieels.
] 7{f ai. fejitrepot, a trading-mart.
I jj^ a fair ; a town more impor-
tant than a village, Uit less
than a district.
J^ ] ^ ^ to awe the whole
land iuto peace.
1 *»? to guard, to keep watch
and ward
i^ ] provincial rulers, both civil
and military, who ] ^ guard
and soothe the whole iK.'ople.
j ^ a brigadier-general, a mili-
tary officer next under a glj ^
3^ or major-general ; there is
at least one in each province.
►^ Originally written with Tfl* boat
(altered to ^ m"'^"' ^ fire, and
chdii* jY hcnids joined, now contract-
ed ; the combined idea refers to
the virtue of light and limits of
man's power.
In early times a common word
for I, me ; but appropriated by Ts'in
Chi-hwangti, n.c 221, for the royal
We, Ourself ; subtle, incipient.
1 ^? <*"'' royal self, our Imperial
Majesty.
I ^ our virtue.
1 ^ ^6 ^^^ ^^^^ 5 — '•^^ rt'ply
written on the cards sent to court
by high provincial officers to nak
after the Emperor's health.
^(^ 1 the incipient springs of the
germ not yet acted on ; the first
idea of; a protoplasm.
From bird or spirits and walk-
ing.
A bird like the secretary
falcon, also called [^ -jj ^,
"c/idrt" ^ ^^^^^ ^ '""S' ^^^^^ ^^*^^^
and red bill : it eats snakes,
and is supposed to be so
noxioos that fish die where it
drinks, the grass around its nest
withers, and its feathers steeped in
epirits make a virulent poison ; in
this sense, the second from is used;
some parts of thisdescription accord
better with the bittern, as its voice
is noticed as remarkable; a poison;
virulent, venemous; mortal, deadly.
1 is poisoned wine.
I ^ destructive, poisonous.
^ ] 2^ lie drank poison and died.
^ iSc ] ^ dissipation is like a
deadly poison.
The head of a beetle or mallet;
a plant, whose leaves when
burned, furnish a mordant for
fixing colors; it is probably a
kind of saltwort or Salaola.
chdr^
^|-» ^ From rain and to »^A» or excite;
^7^ occurs used with the next.
cMn^ To shake, as thunder does ;
to quiver, to tremble, to strike
with lightning; to awe, to move ;
impressed by, startled ; to quicken,
as a fa'tus; to alarm, to intimidate,
to arouse; thunder; thundering,
terrible; marvelous; surprisingly.
^ ] an earthquake.
1^ 1 struck or killed" by lightning.
] ^therattling sound of thunder.
— ] one outcry, one shake.
j 3Sf l^f T'fied ; to scare terribly.
] ^ incensed, irate.
] j^ to strike with awe
1 ^ ~r «l>attered by the concus-
sion or noise.
j ^ to move, to disturb; to act
on, as the vernal sun on nature.
] ^-j» the fourth of the eight dia-
grams; it refers to the quicken-
ing movements of nature.
^ ^ 1 1i ^t M '"^H trembled
with fear at his awful presence.
^ 'jt^ 1 ^ brilliant are the
thunder and lightning.
^"a 1 :tM/(^ 1 S'lotone
but regards his movements with
tremulous awe.
I ^ a Budhist name for China,
the last word being intended for
the Sanscrit stan, a country.
3 From /land and to s?iafc«; similar
to the last.
chin> 1" °^"^^' ^^ Jogft'e; to stir
up the energies ; to excite, to
stimulate; to issue forth; to rescue,
to save; to reetore, to put in order,
to repair; to flap, as wings ; to ter-
rify ; to uphold ; to receiv e, to con-
tain; to stop; to call back ; from j
unsteady,trembling; ancient; many.
] HI) to set about a work, to be
up and doing.
1 ^ ^^ ^^^'^ iioxn danger.
I f^ to encourage ; diligent.
1 ^ *■"* I*"^' "P or out of, to raise
up or from.
1 f^ -^ ^ ^" animate the mind
to obtain an object.
^ ] {9 ;^ 1>^ is one who can
arouse the country.
j ^ to shake the dress.
1 !& in 2^ from of old it has
been so.
] »f(|j to alarm.
] ^ to go on prosperingly, to
flourish.
^ ] the hand unsteady, trembling.
^ j ^ ^ ^^'8 great eneryg has
made his family famous,
1 1 M [I'k^'] t^grets on the wing.
] iSt fw JP'!* ^^ ^'•'^ °^®''* ^^^ '^P
to exertion.
] jfl >^ Q cuddled up in a heap,
as a scared child. (^Cantonese^
Kead ^cMn. Numerous; plenti-
ful; honored, noble; ^ f|J -f ^
] ] /^ it is right that your des-
cendants, should be in [likej flocks.
/t^) A lad of ten or twelve years ;
chcai* ] ^ gentle lads, such as play
a part in idolatrous proces-
sions ; a horse-boy, a hostler.
'^> Liberal ; rich, affluent ; to
give, to relieve ; a largess, a
chdn? charity: bounty, supplies.
] ^ to aid the distressed.
] ^ to feed the hungry.
] il]!^ to commisserate and assist
m "
strike or stab ; the noise
felling wood.
didn'
ch'jln.
CH'iN.
CH*AN.
19
Old sounds, din and t'in, -with some in tHm, dim and dam. In Canton, ch'an, ch'am, and shan ; — in Swatow, tien, ng'tm,
Urn, tir,, sin, and chien; — in Amoy, chin, tin, t'im, sin, Van and tien ; — in Fuhchau, ching, ting, t'ing, t'dng,
sing and ch'aing ; — in Shanghai, ts'ung, dzang, tse"' and yang ; — in Chifu, chHn.
To get angry, to rail at;
passionate; scolding.
.^ ] or ] »^ to get very
angry.
3fe /f» ] ^ he never scolded him
at all.
seek to irritate you.
Bead
bully.
iuc 7^ i
^tHen. To bluster, to
flSI anger filled his breast.
m
||l^ From eye and true.
i lU^ '^^ S^^re at ; to stare angri-
^ch a, 1 1 ly at a person.
] 35a 4t J^ incensed beyond
all bounds.
1 ^ ^ ^^^ ^^^ ®y® °^ ^^™ ^^
anger.
''^Jl^ From gem or pearl, and ^
. sombre abbreviated; the se-
cond form is unusual.
c^/1^ -A. beautiful precious stone ;
fh^dii a rarity, such as tribute
bearers bring.
5C 1 7K "^ beautiful gems and
natural curiosities.
From city and forest.
A superior district in the
fh an south of Hunan, on the head-
waters of the R. Siang ; it
extends along the northern slopes
of the Nan-ling.
^il. To stop ; good, set in order,
c'rir ^^ trappings or attire.
fh'un \ III a sort of feather or
hair flounce, which was ap-
parently sewn along the hera, some-
what lil^e the fringe on the ancient
Persian dress.
tt^ Uneven ; j ^ irregular, as
(/^^^ the peaks of mountains or the
clM)i tops of trees.
fCh^un
Mdvi
Jll "I The second of these is also
^^ read ''t'ien.
To stretch a thing out ; to
pull out, as an elastic band.
] ^ to pull and work the
dough, as a baker does.
From J^ a pl^ce, and /fC
ivood, joined with ^ going ;
the etymology refers to the
virtue of the element wood in
the state of China; the sur-
name (^ch'an is only written in
the first form, the two last are
mostly read ch'an^.
To arrange, to set in re-
gular order, to spread out ;
to dispense ; to diffuse ; to state, to
express carefully, to lay before, as
an officer; to reply; what has been
stored long; a long time, of old;
stale, not fresh ; turned, as eggs or
fruit; driedup, worn out ; many, all;
path leading up to the hall ; a
feudal state of the Chen dynasty,
lying southeast of the present capital
of Honan, comprising also Ch^an-
cheu fu ; it existed from about B.C.
1100 to 477; thirteen princes are
enumerated.
f^ ] or ^ ] to state to a su-
perior officer; the phrase is em-
ployed by consuls when addres-
sino- a governor.
^ I or ] Jlj to seat or rank in
due order.
] JM f^l'0''t;d, as grain ; obsolete,
out of date, inapi>licable.
1 A !^ <^'"'^ ^^^S ^" the employ,
an old hand ; a veteran.
1 g^ to arrange in place.
1 1W ^ ^ statement or plaint to
the Emperor.
I 1^ the old grain in the granary.
;S^ ] |g f ^ to lack food in ^C/Mn;
m<t. to be short of supplies.
] ^ dried orange peel, — lit.
'•old skin."
] ^ a case of long standing.
fj§ I f,^ ifl^ to spread out the em-
broitlered tester ; met. the wed-
. ding-day.
^1 H A °'^ ^"<^ antique, out
of date, as curiosities.
Read cfid:/''. A rank or file of
soldiers ; a battalion ; an army,
troops, forces ; to place in rank, to
set in array, to marshal ; a battle,
a fight; as a classifier, used to
denote a gust, blast, burst, or time,
a shower, a short space; transitory,
a little while.
I J^ ill the fight.
I' j to go into battle,
^p ] to deploy or post troops.
^T ^M 1 the van, the front troop ;
the front of the battle.
^ ] defeated the army.
] ^ the force of the army ;
Valiant, martial.
/ij^ ^ 1^^ ] he braved the enemy
and rushed on the foe.
^ ^ A 1 g^t a woman to start
tlie quarrel.
^ j^ ] besotted with, infatuated,
to act silly about.
;^ J sleepers for the floor.
—» I ] ;^ it is growing colder
and colder.
— ] J^ a passing shower.
— 1 is a P"ff ^^ smoke.
— I BJJ _- I ;j[; 01} one while
you know, and then you don't
know.
'-' ] tK M one explosion of fire-
works.
A medicinal herb, regarded
as good for rheumatism ; the
^ch'dii "g 1 or -g ] ^, a fra-
grant i>\ant( Artejniaia abrota-
num)i from whose leaves a decoc-
tion is made for fever patients to
drink.
20
CH»1N.
CH<iN
CH'iN
From earth and deer, as thcBe
animals raise a dust when
^ _ herding.
* Dnst, small particles; mo-
lecules, atoms, exhalations;
traces, example; to make one's self
dusty ; »itt. the dusty worlxl, the
age; worldly vice and pleasures;
confused and troublous days; in
Jjiidliisvi, lleshly perceptions of the
senses, as the 7^ ] six bai/a
lOjiiUina, or outward conceptions.
] jt^ dufct, dirt.
^ ] to dust things.
] ^ j|B ^ covered with dust
] ^ grimed in; dirty, as a beg-
gar's face.
] J2 ;^ «"* cloud of dust.
^ ] (o wash down the dust, —
lo feast a friend on his return.
^ ^ j to follow another's ex-
ample, to walk in his dust.
ig£ I or ] -fg: or /L I the toils
and vexations of this world ; a
13u(lhi8t idea, designed to extol
asceticism.
i& I passions, evil desires.
j^ ) it shows the dust, as black
cloth.
j^ ] the dust cleaner, — a poeti-
cal term for the wind.
^ — 'MA 1 ^^'^^ perfectly clean.
TJie original character is sup-
posed (o represent a man bend-
ing low; it forms the ISlst
,Cll a)i radical of a few miscellaneous
cliaracers.
An attendant, one who is
subject to ant)ther ; a vassal ; a
minister, a courtier who can spe&k
to his sovereign, a statesman ; to
serve in office; to bend before; to
rule, to act the lord over; only
Chinese statesman use it for I in
their memorials.
;§■ ] prince and minister, one of
the five social relations.
^ ] a loyal officer.
I»^ 1 "'■ ^ 1 •'^^ officers at
court ; statesmen.
^ ] civilians.
^ I military officerB.
and fjt dregs; the first is read
^shiin when used as a surname.
^ ^ ] ^ all nations submitted.
;^ ^ ] I, the high officer, used
only by the highest grades of
officials.
^^^11 '''® king's power and
officers reached everywhere.
^ W ^ 1 i >6 ^^^ "<-'ver had
the feelings of an officer.
^ j a rebellious or contumacious
officer.
1 ^ '"y chamberlains and concu-
bines, i.e. my imix^rial household;
it is also used by these people
when s|)eaking to their master.
mm»h%jT>m 1 though
the body [of Reason] be small,
the universe caniiot sway it.
ij^i^ '\ From water and walking ; but
(■^ /^ some derive it from jfC water
m
ch^n ^^ fitnk, to immerse, to put
under the water ; to quash,
to suppress ; lost, destroyed,
depraved, ruined ; muddy ; deep,
dull, as oolors ; a ba.s8 or subdued
note; confospfl ; a lake, a tarn.
1 fSf '^t, irretrievably ruined, as
tlic lost in hell.
] ^ drowned ; doting on ;
victimized.
I ^ to quash a case.
1 2^ to stifle or cni8b,a8 an affair.
"f* ] ;^ j^ nine to ten it will sink;
the odds are rather against it.
^ 1 3! ^® J^ ^*^'7 ^'^^•
1 j^ sunk to the bottom.
1 ^ lost, sunk, gone down ; no
hope for it
j ^ the garu-wood, ^ila, or lign-
aloes {Aquilaira agallochum),
prized for its fragrance ; the j^
] ^ is a sort of Agave, deemed
to resemble it.
^ the eighth heaven, or epi-
cycle of the Bndhists.
] ^ a small feudal state in the
Cheu dynasty, now ] jffj IgJ«
on the River Sha in Ch'Sn-cheu
fu in the east of Honan.
] tJc i^ river in Cli'ing-tu fu in
Sz'chw'en.
I
In Pekingese. Heavy, a synonym
of ^chunff ]^ weighty.
^ f§ ] excessively heavy.
fe/t» The roe of tish ; the parts of
IM/m this character are sometimes
jCA'd/i wrongly transposed in Can-
ton ; and perhaps the character
^cli^un j^ t'ggs, commonly
used there, is derived from it.
* =\^^ Long continued, rainy dark
(Y,^^w e.'illier.
1^ l-^ I I dull, lowering ;
it looks h'ke rain.
The female of the |[| elk ; as
c f|-^> ' the sexes of this animal have
jcAVI/t separate names, it is to be
inferred that it was once
common.
-fpC Similar to c^//' ^ to shake.
c'fl'll To rub, to wipe clean ; to
^ch^dii give ; to adjust, to contract ;
to shake and cleanse.
I ^ to brush clothes,
j ify to arrange firmly.
] JgjJ shake and brush — the coat
^^ Hilarity exhibited in action,
c)!^/y as by children capering.
^cli'iU %^ %$i ] 1 hopping and
daitcing about from joy.
fc ^ The original form is supposed to
fr^ represent sprouting plants trans-
-^^"^ formed by heaven; it forms the
^hdn 161st radical of a small, incon-
gruous group of characters.
To excite to action, to move,
to influence; a day, a time; times,
hours, seasons ; a Chinese hour or
one twelfth of a day, but especially
the time from 7 to 9 a.m.; heaven-
ly bodies which mark the times,
and esixicially the sun and moon ;
applied as in ;;f^ | to the planet
Mercury; the fifth of the twelve
stems, over which the dragon rules ;
spots in the sky where no stara
are seen ; the elements.
^^ f@ Bt 1 *" ^^"^ "^ ^^®
Chinese day.
gh'in.
ch'xn.
CH^AN.
21
Jg. ] the heavenly bodies; the
zodiacal spaces where the sun
and moon meet in conjunction.
;}[^ ] the north star.
^ ] sun, moon and stars.
^4 1 ^ l*>"g incense sticks, de-
signed to mark time as they
burn.
^ ^ ^ I I vvas born out of
time, my natal day was ill-
starred ; unlucky.
^ g ] a biithday, a lucky day ;
as ^ I is one's birthday.
W X #: fl# ii "f £ 1. ^1' «f-
ficers will perform their duties
in time, in accordance with the
seasons ; i. e. the five elements
will harmonize with the four
seasons.
p^ Composed of p day, or bH
t J5^C <^^^'^'>' contracted, and ^ time.
^cli an (jij^g gjjj-j beaming forth; morn-
ing, dawn ; clear.
^ rJ I the cock heralds the dawn.
;g I a lucky day.
^ ] to-morrow morning.
1 "^ M illl *-^ ^"™ '^^^y ^"t<^ night.
] .^ JiJ I came at daylight.
1 "^ — jlS ^ T^^"ii a pastille
from morning till evening.
w^.^,^- From a cover and time as the
tjtt phonetic.
^h^dn Retired, rooms where the Em-
peror dwells.
^ I the maple rooms ; met. the
palace, the Emperor.
] j^ the capita], the imperial city;
the name indicates its seclusion
within the inclosing walls.
f^^ An isolated peak, like an
"^ aiguelle, tapering and lofty ;
^s'dn a steep bank.
'^ch^&n ^ j a medicine, probably the
^ ^ Scuttellaria or skull-
cap, but written wrongly.
^ \ the sharp peaks ; the old
name of a small feudatory in
Honan.
c^^UU A river in Han-chung fu in
\^ Slieiisi, a brancli of the E.
''cJMa Han; dXao cii^iti\ Hwang Shut
or Yellow Water : pure, lim-
ped; mountain rills; to soak; stag-
nant; puddles in ruts and tracks;
to get fish out of a fish-pool.
^ ] I long drizzling rain.
1 1 ^ ~F ^^^ falling tears came
fast.
^ ] footsteps filled with water.
Sand mixed in things; as in
\^ grain or dishes.
''ch'-Cin ^ ] gtittiness in the food
which hurts the teeth.
h\ Pekingese. Ofi"ensive; •^ ]
vulgar, n(;t in good taste ; sordid,
grimed.
ctfl?* Interchanged with the last.
t^\ Ugly, deformed.
''ch^dn j^ ] to hang the head in
confusion and shame.
Vinegar-like, sour.
_ I pi^ vinegar ; also
^ch^dn drunk.
very
'\
Dirty, dusty ; turbid water ;
obscure, as when the sky is
*cA'a/i filled with dust.
1 IM *^'^^y? begrimed, cover-
ed with filth.
C^-J| From Si
$51 '^*"'
Ik and to lead; also read
'^ch^n A rope by which cattle are
led, drawn through the carti-
lege of the- nose.
t ] to hold the ropes of a pall
or catafalque, as is done by the
bearers.
From ;^ to go, and '
hushy
hair, or pjj you contracted,
for the primitive.
To follow, to come up be-
c'/i'an' ^'"^ 5 ^^ a^sal of, to em-
brace, to improve, as an
opportimity ; to go to, as a fair ; or
to frequent, for which the second
form is most used ; as a preposi-
tion, at the time of; by, through.
%
:3^ ] ifl go and learn the state of
the market.
1 ^ to go to market.
] tfj to learn the secrets -of an-
other's art or trade.
] Wi j^i^t as I wished.
1 fl^ lH to improve the time or
occasion.
I ^ '^ to take advantage of the
chance or opportnnity.
1 M f^ in when there's a wind,
hi'ist sail.
I # W 1^ you did it when you
had the power.
] ^Pf" to go oil a trading voyage.
1 M ^ W M ''^^^'^ yourself of
this shower.
From a door out of which a
horse is going.
''chw^ang To thrust out the head, to
appear ; to bolt out or in ;
rudely, suddenly ; forcibly
to push ahead, and against
etiquette ; lawlessly.
1 ii to slip by the pass, to dis-
regard the customs' regulations.
1 tti 0^ to put out the head ; to
distinguish one's self.
Ml I M ^ *'° ^^^^ ^"' ^^ rudely
intrude.
I ^ P^ *'^ force open the office
door ; to rush into a yamun.
I jE to rush across [an oflScer's]
pathway.
I ^flff lij ^6 rushed out violently.
] ^ ^-^f a thief, i. e. one who
rushes hi at daybreak.
] jjj^ to induce calamities.
^ j 2 an epithet for the rebel
Li Tsz'ch'ing, who overthrew
the Ming dynasty, a.d. 1643.
, I I «) From disease and fire ; it must
^yC not be confounded with 5^ *chan
c ,jv with which however it is often
^"'^^ interchanged.
A fever which breaks out in
sores; a febrile feehng; a fastidious
appetite, longiug for delicacies.
>6 ^ ^ ^ 1 in ^ "t ll^e sadness
of my heart makes me feverish
like a throbbing head.
22
ch'xn.
CHAISG.
CHAKG.
It
Prom dress or wian and per-
so rial; the second form is
obsolete.
Inner garraenta next the
Ixxly ; ornamental but not
necessary ; to give effect,
to sbow off; to make a
largess, to dotate, to assist ; to
patronize, to befriend.
I f^ to help the priests by alms.
I f|3 a handkerchief carried in
tho girdle.
I ^ girdle fobs, as those for fan,
chopsticks, (fee
1 I& ^ fly-leaf in books.
] ■^ to beautify the person ; to
allure by meretricious arts.
J5j5 I put on for effect.
^ I to bring forward in illustra-
tion, to explain by figures.
^ ] to give custom to; to assist
in any way, as to a support; to
give strength to ; to toiwly,
)"\ To donate, especially to
Budhist priests for religious
purposes.
^ ] the recompense re-
ch^dn* cfcived by donors for gifts,
in being led to heaven.
I
|) The toood next to the body;
i.e. a coffin, especially the in-
ch^dn"* ner one; to gather fnggots.
if'^ ] a coffin, often detained
in a j-'g" I ^ or moi tuary-sbed
near the grave before intirment.
] ,f§ one name for the Elceococca
c. riliioliit, the favorite tree of
the Chinese.
Read kivan^. A water bucket-
t^ To shed milk teeth, nsnally
at the ago of seven years, as
cA'd/i' the coui[>osition of the cha-
racter indicates.
i
Old Bonnda twig and dung. In Canton, cMung ; — in Swatow, t^ii, ch*i4 and ehiing ; — in Amoy, chiong and tiong ;—
in Fahchau, tidng, t'idng, and chidng ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chifa, chavg.
IVom how and to lengthen.
To draw a bow ; to extend,
^chang^ to stretch, to open ; to draw
up, as a list ; to increase ; to
state, to proclaim to, to publish
abroad; to grant to; to appoint or
set out, to display for sale ; to
make much of; displayed, adjust-
ed ; to string a lyre ; to boast of ;
a classifier of things which show
much surface, as a table or bed,
paper, a proclamation, a chair, Ac
I ^ to hang up for display, as
festoons.
P^ ] to open out, as goods ; to
set up a business ; to sell ; to
re-open, as at new-year's.
-^ ^ ^ §3 ] I'^'® ^^^'^ uothing
to-day.
I H3 to open wide, as a door.
^ ] _^ ^ to have a brilliant
[shop] o|)ening for three days.
tfi 1 ^ S *•" "'"^G a parade, to
show off, to put one's house in
the best of trim.
] ;^ to make much of
1^ ] self-laudatory, boastful.
^ ] croes-grained, unreasonable.
1^ M.'ff 1 inopetuoos, incroach-
ing, unscrupulous ; to burst out
angrily.
I j[Ij a demi-god who protects
children from harm, much wor-
shi[)ed by the Manchus.
] ^ to make widely kr.owa
^ ] to lord it over ; but ^ ^
] is rather not to agree with,
to let alone ; no way to bring it
about.
^ D^ ;^ ] I have no idea as to
how it is; I cannot decide the
point.
— ] 1^ or 1^ J-— ] one chair.
1 H ^ r3 ('liftng tbe third bro-
ther and Li the fourth ; scil. two
common t^nrnamts ussed, as John
Doe and Richard Roe.
1 ^ wildly, furiously.
1 M i^ 1^ ^" t*st a net to in-
veiitlo others.
;^ ^ ] ]^ the surly dog pricked
up his ears.
1 "fe Rt 2i^ ^^^ spoil an affair by
sudden frijiht
1 ^ /A &fi maintain fully your
six armies in good order.
, ■ ^r * From ^ sound and -f* ten, re-
C_fepL ferring to the finishing of a
chana^ strain in music ; as a primitive
" it usually gives the idea of a bar-
rier ; it occurs used for ^ and
^t and others of its compounds.
A piece of music ; a character or
section ; an essay written according
to strict syntax; a pattern ; a state-
ment; statutes, institutes, rules,
items ; clear, beautiful, as the
Milky Way; variegated; to polish,
to decorate ; courteous, elegant,
as blazoury on a flag, or a piece of
weaving ; a display ; a grove ; a
classifier of documents; name of a
small state in the Cheu dynasty,
an old name for a maternal uncle.
^ ] a chapter ; an article or
pai)er. .
] ^ sections and paragraphs.
^ ] many documents ; several
papers or statements,
f^ "^ ] to write essays, such as
are presented at examinations.
CHANG.
CHANG.
.HANG.
2S
I "^ an ancient style of cap in
tlio Sbang dynasty.
j^ 1 a complete aliair, a finished
tiling, — icfeiring to a finished
composition, as ^ ^ ] means
an inelegiiut esscty; md. confus-
ed, in ditsorder.
^ ] adorned, variegated ; the
55. ] wtre emblematic figures
on ancient robes.
1 ^ regulations, rules of action,
directions ; bye-laws.
^ H ] giiitle tor selecting lucky
days.
^ I a memorial to the Throne.
^ I orders issued by the magis-
trates.
1 i^ ^^*^ under-secretary of the
General C<juncil, who receives
•decrwes from the Throne and
transmits them to the Inner
Council.
^ ] or f(] ] a seal, the instru-
ment to stamp orders.
] ^ the metonic cycle of nine-
teen yeare.
PP ^^ .^ 1 every article is well
arranged or disposed.
1 .^» "^' 1 ^ *^^^ p<iulpe or large
cuttle-fish ; large sized ones are
caught along the coasts.
J! ^^ Food, particularly fine white
<tJJC ^^^^ ^^^ ^li6 table.
<chwiff j^ |1]| ^ ] he laid up the
rice, or supplies, like a hill.
y^^^ ■ Cakes made of flour,
c p^^ ] 1^ a general name for
^i;/iu/lf/ hum, sweet cakes, biscuit, &c.
jj^^ A husband's father; while
c?S-^ ^ 1 denotes both his pa-
^e/taiiff rents.
5i ] a husband's brother.
' -^ Interchanged -with the last and
*~' the next.
scared oat
^Itang Fear; in the phrase ] \%^
terror-struck, alarmed, horri-
fied.
jjv-TTl Terrified j |
< |-¥^ of one's wit&
^hang
A-t^ To go fast ; 1 f:| to walk
(j-tp* in a great hurry, and as
fCliang when alnrmed ; to proceed
awkwardly.
^^A From feathers and elegant.
t ^^ The N'ariegated pelage of aii-
fCliang imals or plumage of birds ;
beautiful, adorned ; to ex-
hibit, to show ; to give distinction
to ; to make manifest ; i)lainly.
] 0^ clearly exhibited.
Hg I luminously displayed.
^ g* iJL ] his excellent sayings
were very impressive.
] -S DS J^ exhibiting his virtue
and dignity.
1 f^^ >yi_ ^ i>y his dispi'-^y [«f
liberality and humanity,] the
peojjle all trusted in him.
-^^fc, The camphor tree {Lauru^
('jJ^ caviphora.) said to be so nam-
fCliang ed from yu-chavg f^ ■^ the
ancient and classic name for
Kiangsi, because the tree
grew there.
I ^ camphor-timber,
I B^^ gum-camphor.
^ ] camphorated; a camphor odor.
^^TTJ A large tributary of the K.
c\-^^ Wei in the northeast of Hq-
^c/iang nan and south of Chihli, call-
ed the ^j j or Cross-flowing
Chang, from its course of west to
east; it has two main branches, the
clear and the muddy Chang; part
of its waters join the Pei-ho, and
part reach the ocean through other
channels.
1 /I,? ^ district in Kung-cliang fu
in the southeast of Kansuh.
1 'M J^ i'l ^^6 southwest of Fuh-
kien, about 35 miles west of
Amoy.
Tpi^ A kind of ancient stone or-
fpfe^i nament like a flat ruler, used
fC/ta7ig in state ceremonies ; a jade
plaything.
&^ ^ \ *^® attendants pre-
sented the batons.
^ ] to bear a son, because this
thing was anciently given a boy
to play with.
:^l|? An ancient feudal state, now
c-^I' part of Tai-ngan fu in central
^c/iuiig Shantung; also an ancient
city in ^\ Ku in Shantung ;
name of a largo province in the
Ts'in dynasty comprising the south
of Nganhwui, where Hwui-chau
fu lies.
■frnfelThe housings of a saddle.
cf-^ 1 in ("I- |(t \Ji) spatter-
Chang daishcs, an outer flap attach-
ed to a saddle to protect the
rider's dress.
A hornless deer or rauntjak
llydropotes inermis) akin to
the nuisk, known as the river
deer, common in Kiangsu,
with long tusks; it is a grace-
ful and elegant animal, as
the composition of the char-
acter intimates ; other small
deer are popularly so called.
^ I the silver or white clievro-
tain, — which appears when a
good king reigns.
1 Wi [ft'^gi'aiit as] the musk and
roebuck ; the terms J^ -^ and
]^ J^ ^f6 specially applied to
the roebuck,
gg g^ ] a Formosan deer {Cervus
Stoinholt^, so called from two
spots near its eyes.
3&^ A bird belonging to the
*^'Ti»^ waders ; another name is j^
Chang %% water-hen, and it is per-
haps a bird akin to the
^ I a book name for the
heron, called ^ ^ in Chihli
jacana or rail.
C^^^^ From hand and conatanily as
- * rf^ the phonetic.
^chang The palm of the hand, the
sole ; a webbed foot; a hoof;
to grasp ; to slap with tha hand ;
to rule, to control ; a jurisdiction,
what is under one's hand.
^ I the palm.
24
CHANG.
CHANG.
CHANG.
^ ] to clap tbe hands.
^ ] ^ ^0 scrutinize the hand ;
palmistry.
I ^ tlie b(X)k-keeper, a chief ma-
nager, the boss; an accountant.
ff — ^ I to slap once.
^ .^ 1 *•*' ^^'"6 a horse.
^ I to join the hands, .is Bui-
1 lists do in prayer.
] f§ ;£ ;^ to command the
forces.
^ ] to administrate a post ; the
control of an officer.
] ^ to direct a matter.
I ^ A '"^'^ overseer, a director.
] ;@j to teach and directi^ as a
cliis.s of graduates; ex ccU/tedrd
teaching.
] ^ a department in a yamun.
^' ^0^1 [he ruled the empire]
as easy as turning over the palm.
^ 1 bewildered, unmannerly, as
from fuming and bustling; from
he hiis lost his balance.
f^ ] a bear's paw.
till A 1 the cactus, more especial-
ly the flat leaved kinds.
4> The piece of leather used for
jPJ soles on Chinese shoes; a
''cluing part of a saddle ; a patch.
^T fS 1 ■? ''*' P"^ '^^ ^ i)atch, —
either cloth or leather, <iu shoes.
( / rt The family name of Mencius'
I / U mother, and still retained in
^clianff this form in honor of her ;
his own private given name
was ^ ^K'o.
') From a cloth and ext^ided; it
is iiitercliiinged with the next
iu some senses.
efuing'> .
A curtam, a canopy, a screen ;
a tent ; met an abode, a
a dwelling; a plan, a reason : to
calculate, to spread out; an ac-
count, for which the ne.xt is now
substituted ; to reckon, as an ac-
count ; occurs used for |^ to screen.
^ ] or I -^ an awning, a screen.
] III a banging screen, before a
door.
jff 3? ] an awning, as over a
court ; a great awning.
U ] to pitch one's tent ; to open
a school, to turn teacher.
] ]3 a tester, the tup fringe of
a bed-curtain.
^ I inireasonable, incoherent,
stupid, nnuldled.
'M 1 '** soldier's tent.
^ ] a scroll given to old j^ople
on their birthdays.
i^ ^ ] ^ scroll in gold letters,
sent to mourners.
@ ] or l)^ I a screen ; a curtain
hung around a bed or kung^ for
protection or concealment.
6 1^ 1 -^ the white clouds
screen the view.
^ ) — ^ A " beautiful bride.
) An Tinanthorized character in
general use for the last ; it af •
^ fords a good example of the
Cluing power of tiie radical in relation
to its influence on the meaning.
An account ; a debt, a claim, a
charge ; to reckon, to sum up.
It I **•■ ^ 1 to t'sti mate gains;
to reckon or settle with.
7 W' i ^(">'t. charge that in my
account ; it's none of my busi^
ness ; I'll not allow that item.
Jj^ ] to collect accounts.
] @ accounts; ] ^ a bill.
] ^ the counting room, where
the ] ?iE or ] ^ account
books are kept; also, the counter
in an inn.
J^ ] or ^ ] to clear off, to pay
] ^ or balance of an account
y^ ] to owe debts.
1 ^ ^^ -^ *^° ^^ embarrassed
with debts.
^ ] to let out money, to shave
notes ; to give credit.
P9?S 1 tocharge articles not really
bought, to foist in fancy items.
f^ ] to transfer the acxjounts
and debts to another, to make
an assignment ; to fail.
In Cuntonese. A synonym of
Va??^ Il^ a time, an occasion.
^ j^ — ' ] I came here once.
*
cluing^
From fieah or diaetue and to
increase; the first is also
read ^ch'ang, the intestines.
A swelled belly; a tume-
faction, a swelling of any
kind ; pot-bellied ; drop-
sical, puffy, tense ; to t-well
up; to grow big, as a boil.
jjj ] dropsy in the abdomen, as-
cites.
f5 ] puffed, a sense of fullness, as
from indigestion or repletion.
M 1 or ] ^ swollen.
^ ] to relieve the swelling.
] ^ the belly hard and puffed.
1 ^ flatulency.
I 1^ to charge interest on credit
(Fw/fcAaw).
Jnp > Like the last Dropsical swel-
chang'' places.
//^ lings, presenting puffy, hard
> The exlemion of tvater; an
overflow, a freshet; to inun-
chang^ date, to swell and wash over,
as the bank; to expand, as
iron by heat; applied also to prices
advancing, — a use common along
the coast.
"AC \ or ] j^ the flood is rising,
the water advances.
1 i^ ^'" j^ 1 ^^^*^ ^^'^^ '^ coming in.
] ^ or 1 Ji^ fill overflow, burst-
ing of the bank, a crevasse.
1 i^ ~r ^^^^^ ^^^^ water ; up to
the banks. ,
1 ^ T s^^'^l^^d and burst, as a
jug by the water in it freezing.
^0 ] ^ ^ the clouds in spring
cover the peaks.
M ^1^ M I ^^^ P"^^ ^'^^ ^^'
vance.
^ W \ 'fy the elasticity of a
fluid, — a term in mechanics.
] f^ '"v name for the Gulf of
Tonquin.
) From disease and section as the
phonetic.
chana'' Malaria, iasma, pestilential
vapors; noxious exhalations
that cause general sickness.
CHANG.
CHANG.
CHANG.
25
j[Q ^ an nnhealtby climate.
^ ] miasmatic, malarious.
] ^ a plague, an epidemic aris-
ing from malaria.
J^ ] noxious gases; vapors rising
on hills, which are deemed to
be injurious.
i::^> A dyke, an embankment; to
-^i* separate, as by a bank, to
dumg^ stop up.
) From pZace~and section.
To separate so as to screen
cliang'^ or protect; to divide off, to
shut up inside, to include ; to
embank; to raise a dyke; an inter-
vening distance that serves as a
protection; a barricade, trench, or
dyke, that divides or protects; a
terminus; a screen, as of cloth,
serving as a nominal defense.
I 1^ an intreLched camp.
^ ] a defense; to defend the bar-
riers; met. a capable minister.
^ ] a wooden partition.
] ^ whatever stops the onset or
path.
] {^ to close against ingress.
^ ] to throw up defenses,
jl^ ] to screen off, to rail off.
J^ I a protection on the border
or frontier.
^ ] a brocade screen.
A steep cliff, a range of
peaks, i!^ ] a line of steep
hills that serve as a limit.
^ ] green hills.
ll] 1 7^ ^. ^ ^^'^^ steep peaks
rise one above the other in the
distance.
W 1 W Wi tbe green paths wind
up the intervening bills.
r^ > A cataract forming, as the
p. composition of the character,
chang' a screen in tlie r-ye, indicates.
1 11 "I" 1 ^ * cataract,
more' usually called || :?|C ?! 01 A
meaning green water poured into
the pupil.
chang^
1 -.-J The original form is a combina-
^)L^ tion of 3C 'la^ti grasping "x* ton.
chang* A line of ten chHIt or feet,
reckoned in the tariff to bo
141 English inches; but it varies
according to the foot used, to even
less than 120 inches in some parts
of China; to measure; an elder,
a senior ; one worthy of respect.
] ^ to measure off, as land or
a room.
] ^ to verify a measurement, as
by officials.
^ ] ^ its measure has been
made or taken.
] ^ ^ ^ the measurement can
be ascertained.
— I ^ ten feet long.
^ \ a. wife's father.
^ I the Emperor's father-in-law.
] ;^ a (or my) husband; a man,
one who acts his part; a son.
I ^ a wife's father, often applied
also to other elderly people.
1 -f^ or ] -^5^ ^ a wife's mother.
^C 1 1^ ^ "^^"^ °^ ability, one fit
to manage; a capable man.
"jj ] the abbot of a Budhist
monastery; a monastery.
;^ ] an old gentleman.
\_^~) From man and a measure; inter-
changed with the next.
\t
chang^ Weapons of war, sharp wea-
pons; to fight, to come to
blows ; to rely on, to lodk up to ;
to depend on, as a man on bis
wealth or influence.
^T ^ 1 ^ ^^^ *-^® victory.
Wl ] °^ ^T fit ] defeated, van-
quished,
^ ] to join battle, as armies do.
^T ] <''" ^ I ^^ fig^t, to go into
action.
I ^ ^ 7^ to insult people be-
cause one has power (or friends).
^ ] to get an ally.
^ ) to confide a responsible
office to one.
^ ] to look to, to implore aid
iroin a superior.
£L I military arma
1 A ;^ >^ to trust on a human
arm.
p^ ] a palace gnard.
{^ 1 o'' Jul 1 to trust to, to
rely on.
-J^jrl*' From/fC ivood and ^^io rely on
/|\JL contracted ; used with the last.
chang^ A staff, a cane ; a cudorel, a
club, a shillelab ; shaft of a
lance; one who' leans on a staff,
an old man, aged; to lean on ; to
beat, as a criminal in a court ; to
bamboo.
^ ] an old man's staff, hence
the term ] ^ an old man.
] ^ ^P a village elder, one over
sixty years of age.
] -^ to confidently rely on.
m/k^"^^ 1 #fs nautual
confidence is the bond of friend-
ship.
^ I " staff holders," denote the
chief mourners for a parent in
a funeral.
% 1 JW ^ t" drill in order to be
ready for war.
^ I ^'' W- 1 ^^ abbot's staff or
crosier, usually made of tute-
nague; it is supposed to have
power to open the gates of hell,
and let souls out of misery, and
is therefore carried when masses
for the dead are made ; it stands
for the Sanscrit kalclxcrma, the
staff of begging priests; aged
women wear a hair-pin having
a Budha's hand, called by the
Bame name.
] — "g" inflct a hundred blows
— on the prisoner.
1 ^ A'f' g^^® ^™ eighty blows.
^ I to beat, as with rattans or
green bamboos'; there is a differ-
ence in the severity of these
two punishments, the second be-
ing the heaviest.
:fj ] or I ^J a bambooing ; to
beat a crimioal-
1 ^ to beat and then expose in
the cangue.
In Fuhchxm. A classifier of
BU^ar-cane.
26
Ca^ANO.
CH'ANa
CH'ANG.
Old Bonnds, fung, ■dtmg, "dgung and thun^. In Canton, eh' dung and a few aMungf — in Swotot^, eh*{ang, t{an,g, •"iV
•and i'HV; — ia Amoy, eh'iong, tiong, fiong and aiong ; — in Fabchau, ch'idng, fidng and a few $idng ; —
in Shanghai, ta'ang, dz'ang and a few ts'ong ; — in Chif u, cVang.
\~\ From the Q sum, end Q to sa^
J I I roferringto sunlight ; as a primi-
tive, itexhibitB some of its mean*
' **'*'" ing in many of the compounds.
The light of the sun ; efful-
gent; flourishing, prosperous ; fine-
looking, elegant, b«jauteou8 ; suit-
able, as just words ; increasing in
wealth or peace in which sense it
is used in shop names* powerful,
affluent; to illuminate, crowded ;
prosperity.
1 fiS abundantly; prosperous;
having many descendants.
■§ ] well off, lucky.
^ j splendid, brilliant.
I@ 5C ^ 1 ^® prospers who
obeys Heaven.
^^^>J5 ] it is really a lucky sign.
\ ^ d^ ^ ill luck follows after
good fortune is exhausted.
^ 1 iS^ ^ ''■ insures prosperity
to your descendant.
'^ ] plants of all kinds; all things,
the world.
^ ] the fiix stars of the Dipper ;
others give only the three stars
</> /i t9 in the Great Bear • and
others only the star Dubhe-
■iSj ^ ] b" ^^ bowed when he
heard good instructions.
To throw a cloak or other
garment loosely over one,
and" not to fasten it with
the girdle.
^0
Q
A herd of animals fleeing.
] U mad, ravenous, like
jch^ang dogs; insubordinate, boiste-
rous, seditious.
1 ^ jplj violent, acting like mad,
possessed.
( ilQ constantly interchanged with fp
^/' to lead.
^c/< aiig
-A singing woman,; her chil-
dren' cannot enter the examinations.
1 ^ o^ 1 ii^ • 'Courtesan, a
prostitirte, a strumpet.
5g ] to keep a brothel; to keep
a house of assignation.
^ I to be a whore.
I ^5 public wonaen-
J
The el^ant plant; the iBweet
f f — ^ flag, much liked by Win
^ch^ang Wang; applied to other water
plants Hke it.
] JUj the calamus {Aconta tcr-
rentris); its leaves are hung on
door lintels on the 5th of 4,he
5th moon to ward off evil influ-
ences ; a water Iris issometimes
wrongly so named.
From door and elegant.
The gate of "heaven, called
^h^ang | |^, kept by Kwan-ti or
the Chinese M.irs; it is also
applied to the em|)eror'8 palace
gates, and to the west wind, which
is a cool wind.
] p^ one of the gates of Su-chau.
From man and long ; it is also
read chiing.
^ch^ang Groping about, not knowing
the road ; madly ; blindly ;
to fall down.
] ^ the lares of a person who
has been eaten by a tiger, and
leads the beast to seize others ;
met. a tempter, an evil adviser.
I ] f^ bewildered, undecided.
1 1^ ^ ^^^^ man, a blunderer.
1 1 ^ 5^ jnl .i go*"g ^^®r® ""*1
there without any particular
riile, as one w*ho has no home.
k
The long insect, as the <}ha-
racter indicates; it denotes a
^cKang worm of the ctnti{»eile -family.
I j^ an old name for the
milk-|X'de (J«/i"), supposed to
^et into ^Hjople's ears.
From earth andZatd outf the
first form is correct, but the
second is most used.
An area of level ground fiet
apart, an open waste plat;
a field, a lot; an arena ior
any puipose, as driJI, gam-
ing, theatricals, or executions; and
•extended to study and examiaa-
tions ; a scacrificial ground ; a
thrashing-floor; a kitchen garden ;
a company of, .the society; a
classifier-of affars. a fit, a ^j)ell ; and
in some places of a job of work.
1^ I a parade-ground, a field for
dreviews.
^ I a building lot.
1 (^ '1 court-yard ; a lawn.
i^ ] 1^ among the officers; ithe
official style of things.
^ \ all are alike, as a nniform
set or body.
^ ] the field of battle.
^ ] an -execution-ground.
"^ I the tripos, the haM; as j^ ]
to enter the examination as a
candidate, eithercivil or mSitary.
^ ^ 1 to open a gambling-^iop.
^ fr| I dice-houses, gambling
tables or heJIs.
^ I or ^ ] a thrashing-floor.
i? "fe I a commodious residenoe;
a respectable neighborhood.
^ I to oversee a literary exami-
nation.
;^ ^ — • ] {this life is like] one
great dream.
<^ I a Budhist festival.
/?> ^ ] ^ he is unacquainted
with etiquette.
] t|« f^ 1^ to raise a disturbance
duringthe performance; to make
a little excitement at the fGte.
j|2 I an altar in the open air;
'the ground about it.
S ^^ 1 ^ place where a man is
cirticised.
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG.
CH'ANG.
27
k|l^ Prom jlesh and expanded.
</J^/ Tbe intestines, the towels;
^h^ang they are divided into the ^
I the large or lower intes-
tines and colon, which the Chinese
suppose connect with the lungs j
and the >]■» ] the urinary intestines,
which join the heart and bladder ;
met. feelings, aft'ectioiis.
J^ I or 1 JJt the bowels, the
inwards, the viscera.
]^ ] the rectum.
^ J^ I to stuff pork sausages.
^ j ^ a serpentine,windingroad.
'^ >ti» 1 kindly disposed ; tender
feeling for another.
f^ 1 ^ g'^'pi^g pains, as in cho-
lera ; spasms and gripes.
S '^ M \ ^^ h'ls his own lungs
and bowels ; — opinionated, self-
poised.
From man and reward.
To restore, to indemnify; to
^ch^ng pay back ; to forfeit, to atone;
to retaliate; to make amends,
to replace ; an indemnity ; restitu-
tion.
] to make compensation, as
for property destroyed.
1 >& ^ ^"y desires are gratified ;
to pay a vow.
^ A ] ^ a murderer forfeits
his life.
^ ] to pay up the indemnity.
] 5^ to pay back, to replace ; to
restore, as lost things.
M f^ }£ 1 ^^6 wants me to in-
deruniry for the loss — as of life.
WiMM ] '^^ will be hard to
fulfill his old wish, as for an
old man to get a degree.
From p the xvill aud ^ to
manifest; and the second, with
"jj" sweet, refers to tasting;
the first form is the best.
m
ig
^ch^ang
To taste, to test; to essay, to
prove ; to deliberate ; when
preceding another verb, it denotes
past time; usually, formerly, ever;
the autumnal offering of first fruits
to ancestors.
ffe 1 ^ x^ [^ he once tried to
hang himself.
j — I or ^ I ;^ first try it;
taste it once.
I — ^ taste a little of this.
I ^ hereditary property.
1^1 have tasted it; ^ ] to
try, to attempt.
^ ] not yet occurred; I never
knew of it; I have had no ex-
perience in it.
] 0^ I have ever heard ; it is usual-
ly the case ; and ^, ] is similar
— I have thought, it is common-
ly supposed ; these phrases are
opening expressions in an essay.
^ I entailed property, whose
proceeds are applied to ancestral
sacrifices.
■jpf ] who has tested if? — nobody
knows of such a thing, it never
happened ; jpf ] /J> :^ ^ovf can
it be otherwise?
I really have not been the one
who detained this ship.
One original form indicates a
man appearing above his dress;
as a primitive it serves chiefly as
^Chkmg a phonetic ; it forms tlio IGSth
radical of a few characters, most
of which relate to hair, as this radical
is regarded as a contraction of the
190th radical ^^ long locks.
Long in time or distance; ball;
constantly, regularly, always; used
to, skilled; grand, much used; di-
rect, straight; toexcel; to make pro-
fit; often occurs in names of places.
I ^ "long life" — a euphuism
for a coffin, in order to avoid
a direct allusion to death.
1 ^ ^ :^ ^ g''«en, old age, de-
notes the physical immortality
of the Taoists.
] ^ a long time, from of old ;
enduring.
] ^long-winded, as a great talker.
] IfiJ the long return or home, a
Biidliist term for thesoul's abode.
JJJ ] jfl to issue a notification or
report, as by a neighborhood
at Canton.
^ ] s^KMit more than the limit.
1 ^ ^^ length of a thing;, traita
of character, the long and short
of, the pros and cons, meirits of;
often answers to expediency,
trimming to circumstances; also,
a turn in affairs.
^ A.^ \ to speak of what men
excel in.
PI ] ii the door is constantly shut.
^ ^ ^ ] in what each one excels.
I jS durable, lasting.
•— M ^ ] changeable, no per-
severance, vacillating.
ft ] H ^■* M <-^6 profit was
reckoned at 3000 taels.
^ I J^ a common snake {Elaphia'^
near Peking.
Eead ^chang. Old, senior; su-
perior, greater ; an elder ; one who
ranks ; able to lead ; to excel ; to
increase, to grow; to cause increase,
to prosper; to think highly of, to
elevate; too heavy, as in weighing;
to swell, as wood, or a boil.
^ j head of a family, the pater-
familias.
I Hp the eldest son.
^ ikii^ 1 -'■ ^™ '^^^^'^ *'b^" you.
10c M ^ 1 ^ow old are you ?
^ I or ^ I a senior, a vener-
able person.
] ^ family of the oldest brother,
especially when he lives on the
estate.
^ I a constable, a headman.
^ I to grow larger, to swell, to
develop.
/P I 5^ he does not improve —
m his studies.
^ "F ?i[ 1 the good man's ways
prosper.
ri ^ ^ M 1 ^ ^ ^i» te
then come to see the elders ?
I ^ it bred worms.
^ ] bom and brought np ; train-
ed, reared.
1 lifc A^ ^ he praised the
other's good qualities.
1 A ^. Q^ it makes men wise.
Jlfc JSL ^ ^ 1 this custom (or
practice) cannot be suffered.
W ^ 1 ^ centurion.
28
CH'ANa
A pleasant fruit called ] ^,
<^j32^ the carambela or bilimbi
^ch^a^ff (Averr/ioa), known as the
^ ^ or willow peach at
Canton.
fe 1 13 a country called Udy^na,
wLicb Budba visited, in Korth-
westeru India, along the River
Subliavastu, noted for itsforeslsj
the Greeks called it Suastene.
] ^/, name of a masician -j^ ^
whom Oonfucius visited.
^P^nf From ;£. a hloxo and jl^ usual
IPJJL aB tho phonetic.
^jMnff Hi<5^h, level land; a plateau,
from which can bo bad a
wide view; open, spacious; to dis-
close or <3i8play; to rub bright, to
burnish.
^ ] a high sixjt, like a terrace.
% ] ^^ ^ 1 1^^<}^<1) ample, as a
mansion; spacious.
-~ Ir 1 ^ ^ broad, open space
of ground.
^ ^ ^ ] a dangerous, con-
tracted spot.
^illl^P 51 PI the business
still requires some further dis-
cussion; it is not yet finished.
From shelter and spaeimis;
the Bocond and unanthorizod
form is most common.
A shed, a covered place
not walled in; a tem^xjrary
erection ; a depot, a deposi-
tory ; a storehouse ; whole-
sale stores; an extensive work-
shop, a manufactory of government
stores ; a place to receive taxes ; a
Street of workshops; occurs iised
for a mine, as of silver.
jg^ j^ I a coal depot ; a coal
shed.
^ ] a raat sbed, erected for a
temporary use.
^ ^ ] a mint for casting cash.
^ ] an office for selUng lottery
tickets.
3^ ] a thatched shed.
^ ] a customs' or tidewaiter's
shed.
T-
CH'ANG.
Alarmed; ] \% nervous
and discomposed ; appre-
henave, disturbed.
C zr u From day and ever; occurs inter-
"71 \^ changed with ch'anij* '^ joyous.
SJi^ung A long day; remote; bright;
pervious, as when a ray shines
through ; extended, filled ; clearly
perceived.
I a long day.
The downy fearthers of a
crane or other long legged
bird, used in trimming fine
dresses.
j ^ a kind of cloak or
gown without sleeves, worn
by women; a shroud.
Hiovin of the crane, used in
adorning dresses; a pobe with
wide sleeves and faciiigs, worn
by actors.
Sft
^|I>> Great billows, raging waves.
y^* , Read Va»^. To leak, as a
^'"'^ roof; to run as water in a
gully; to drip; to penspuc.
I gg ^ to shed many tears.
] ^ the water runs down, as
from a roof.
] tii ^t^ 23^ *^® water drips down.
1 |tp to drip with perspiration.
I ^ an eaves-gutter; a water
chanueL
From moufh or pipe and
elegant ; tho second is obsolete.
L
/jirtj [To lead, as in siirging; to
mn I S*' before ; to act as a cory-
^^^T> pheus ; the leader or master
of ceremonies; to sing, to
^arol- to give or pass the word ;
to crow; anciently apiflied lo a
division of a night walck, equal to
one fifth of It.
j^ ] to sing and play quietly, as
amateurs who ] jj^ sing songs.
] ^ to call out one's name, as
at a levee.
CH*ANQ.
I I^ ^ to sing slowly ; and \
^ ^ to sing rapidly; are terms
used by theatrical singers, de»i-
ved from the wind instruments
used by them.
I 1^ to follow in singing, to join
the chorus.
] ^ to sing pays, theatrical
|)erlormances.
§|| I to thrum, and sing, to ac-
company an instrument w^th
the voice.
*!^ ^ 1 jS to beat the gong and
clear the road.
I j(9 to give orders at a ceremony.
I |g to call out rice [to the
corpse]^ — a usage in some parts
of China, accompanied with a
plaintive cry.
#t| t From man and rfs^nf'aa the
^p4 phonetic.
cl^ung^ A fine looking person ; a
leader, an exsiniple, a guide j
to introduce; to indtiee, to lead, to
seduce ; to start, as a tune.
I ^ to lead on, as a reconnoiter-
iiig party.
I j^ to head a riot
j "g to speak first ; to lead, as a
precentor.
] {Eg to lead and follow, as a
husband and wife.
"^ I an inventor, one who ] ^
invents, or takes the lead in
starting.
] — • p*{l to lead a troop.
Read ^cli^ang; and interchanged
with 1^, meaning a singing girl;
to sing; also occurs used for ^^
ravenous.
I ^ hired singers and actors,
both boys and giris.
M«|^ > From field and increasing ; it is
Mvhtt 'ho original form of tho next, but
-^ tho two are now distinguished.
•c/i^ang . , .. ,
A broad barren plot of ground
or country ; name of a place
in the old feudatory of Wei |S,
now the north of Honan.
] wA "^'i^^i'-lie waste .iiid neglect-
ed fieli Is — have no inhabitants.
CHANa
GHlNG.
CHlNG.
29
1^ ) Originally like the last.
The inner qualities develop-
cW^mg* ing; joyous, contented, in
good spirits; exhilirating, as
home music; penetrating, thorough;
spreading, fiUing.
] Wt hold, hardy; presumptuous.
1 'I^ gratified, happy.
^ ] delighted, as children-
1 ^5 pleasant conversatiou.
] ^ social feasting.
1 ^ the eleventh moon.
I jH according to one's wishes.
5§ ] or ] jg going through;
perspicuous, as a style ; clearly
expressed.
) Losing one's senses, acting
as if giddy ; large eyes.
^ In Pekingese. The eyes
blurred and swollen.
^ ^ f^ 1 *'^^ ^y'® ^s swollen
greatly.
J>^-> Disappointed in one's hopes ;
\\\, vexed ; dissatisfied.
c'lhmg'' \ \ ^ lamentable and pro-
voking too.
1 M W ;^ £ I looked for it
longingly, but never saw it ; I
was utterly disappointed.
J^^ J A case for a bow ; to put up
^^P^ a bow in the cover.
^Uang'' ^ \ ^ ^ath for a bow.
^ Originally formed of U a vessel
ll^ in which tJ^ grain ia fermenting,
i^h ang and (j a s'poon underneath ; it
forms the 192d radical of a few
obsolete characters.
Sacrificial spirits made by fer-
menting millet a,nd fragrant herbs,
one of which was turmeric ; to put
a bow in its case ; the case,
j \^ mixed wine.
Jg ] odoriferous spirits made from
millet, which it was thought
caused the gods to draw near-
] "^ aromatic herbs.
^ ] ^ j§l he puts «p his bow.
dr I one who prepares libations.
] ^ luxuriant, as plants grow-
ing vigorously.
Old Bounds are tangy fang, ding and ting. In Canton, chdng, chang and t^ong ; — in Swatow, ch^4 and cMng j — in Aanoy,
cMng, Ung, and tong ; — in Puhchau, cMng, and chang ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chifn, ching.
1^ J^ 1 ^ it's not easy to mea- ; hence Jj^ jgl, | is to fly kites,
sure lances with him. especially singing ones.
1 ^ P^ the difierence is very little.
I fi^ Jl ' "^ ' I came very near be- ]
ing gulled by him. {Cantonese.)
The original form is composed
of J^ claws and two yl^ hands
> pulling; as a primitive, its in-
fluence is apparent in several
of its compounds ; the second
form is a common coutraction.
^chdng
To wrangle, to contest, to
litigate ; to emulate, to strive foi
precedence; to debate; to differ:
used with chdng'' |^ to re|>i!Ove, to
expostulate with.
jfg ] quarrelsome.
^ petulant, unforgiving.
^ striving to excel, contentious.
^ to go to law ; litigious.
^ to laud one's own deeds;
to emulate merit.
^ to seize by force or process
of law.
3^ howbeit, still, (nevertheless.
^ obstinate, pig-headed.
^ to squable and wrangle.
^ to come to blows, in conse-
quence of I P or I "^^ get-
ting itito a disimte and angry.
I ^ self opinionated.
A fabulous grlfFon like a
c'VT' leopard, having five tails and
^hany a horn ; others describe it .as
like a flying fox.
] 1^ horrid, repulsive, hideous.
To open the eyes.
j to look at anally,
displeased at the sight of.
1 ^ — ^ B^ to open one
eye ; keep a watch over the
thijig.
From hamhoo and wrangling.
A sort of xirginal or harpai-
fhang chord, having twelve brass
strinjijs, and played -with a
plectrum.
M 1 j''g^''^'g stones hung in
porches, or under the eaves ;
they are attached to kites, and
to Ihrum a virginal.
] shrill piercing sounds.
•'?5^ "^^^ clanging jangle of me-
tals strnck together; a small
^luxng cymbal or gong.
^ ] the din of dnuns.
\ \ ^±:tE'^1|doyou
imagine that such famous scho-
lars are easily to be got ?
^clid)ig
Broad, open ; the echo in a
wide house ; ^painted silk;
I ^ ample, expansive.
The second form is not much
used, but is probably more
correct tlian the first, which
is also read tang'.
To sit and doggedly look at ;
to fix the eye on ; to gaze
at in a supercilious way.
H^ I the vacant stare of one just
awaked from sleep, before his
thoughts are collected.
so
CHiNG.
CH'ANa
CHIANG.
w
to pierce, to stab ; to file ;
to amasf?, as property ; to
c/iiing^ collect; to nerve one's self.
] 1^ to block up the way.
1 ;^ to get something between
tLe teeth.
^ ] determined; energetic.
1 ^ to take care of a family.
I B3 to break away, as a borse
from his halter.
jM 1 to embroider tambours.
I "J* ^ to make money, to get
rich.
I 3^ to get rid of one.
In Cantonese. To wedge in;
to calk.
I ;j^ III to stuffa fowl with san d
{Cantonese).
^ I to calk seama.
5;^<%> From words and wranghnff ; it
rt^M* occurs interchanged with its
> primitive.
To remonstrate with; to try
to stop oppression by expostulat-
ing with the ruler.
■^ ] to reprove and warn ; to
oppose arbitrary power.
m ] to- debate, to discuss faith-
fully with one; to dispute.
allowable io dispute one in the
imperial presence?
I _^ a race of pigmies, described
as being seven inches high.
> To draw a bow; to press
open anything so as to in-
chdng^ spect it.
'^ To burnish, to rub metal
bright. The second charac-
ter also means to stop up.
^ I to furbish a sword so
as to see one's face in it.
] ^ minium or red lead_
To unroll a painting or
scroll, Eo as to display it.
clidng^
chdng*
Old founds, t'ang, djang, and dang. In Canton, ch'ang and ch'ang; — in Swatow, ob'^ng, fS, amd t^ng; — »n Amoy,
t'eug, chong, choug, and ch'eng ; — in Fuhchau, ch'ang, ch^ng, and teng; — in Shanghai, ts'ang,
tsang, and dzang; — in Chi/u, ts'aiig.
k>*^ The original form of the next
i^-j*i two, now used in combination
* Z^ir as a primitive.
* ^ A prop, something to shore
up ; a }K)6t out of the per-
pendicular.
m
^h^dng
From hand and to prop ; need
with the next.
To prop, to shore up ; to
distend ; to fasten open, as
witli a stretcher ; to pole, to
push oft"; to buttress; to
open ont; to adjoin, bordering on;
to run up, as a firth into the land;
to prop, a fulcrum, a stay, a lean-
ing post.
I Jl* to pole a boat, — which a
generous man can do in his
bt^lly ; a metaphor for his liberal
views.
] jg^ to push across the ferry ;
Viet, to intrigue with officials.
^ ] to curry favor with one.
jt0 ^ ] 5^ the mist rises up-
ward.
j ^ ^ I can't help you much
— with the officers.
I :}^ to curtail, as one's expenses.
able to stand up under it.
Like the preceding.
A branch stretching ont; a
^hdng fulcrum, a prop; a horizontal
strip to support the frame,
as the slats on a be<lstead.
1 ti * bracket or truss to sup-
port a beam.
1 ^ S PI stretch open the
window.
ij^ \ a crooked brace.
In Cantonese, To expel, to
turn out.
1 Is ffi i ^^^^ °^ ^'^'^ ^'™ ^^^'
1 ^WL^'^ f*^? "P the jaw; —
t. c. to praise one's self.
J^^^ To eat much.
I p:^*' 1 i^ to gormandize, to eat
^l^dng to excess.
Often read ftsanff.
( ^:y The hair in disorder and
^ch'ang standing up.
] ^ untrimmed hair, short
and not combed smooth ; applied
often to the beard.
l|l^t\ From hill and n-rangling.
c Wj* To rise high ; overtopping, ex-
^cKdng celling; conspicuous, as a peak.
^ts'dng 1^ ] i|# i [like] standing
alone on the airy peak.
I 1^ dignifieil, high; used by
physiognomists as g^ ^ \ ^
he has a noble brow ; eminent ;
lofty, as a character.
A thorn on a tree; some-
times rendered a fagot, a
f/idng bundle, from the similarity
or misprinting of J^ and J^,
in dictionariea
f/t^ The tinkling sound of gems
(•J'"j' or sonorous glasses striking
^ch'dng together.
^ ] tinkling; a phrase in-
tended to imitate the sonnd.
ch'JLno.
CHAO.
CHAO.
31
C l/^ From man and granary as the
'|-33^ phonetic.
Us^duff A reckless fellow^ a son of
BeKal ; a profligate; so .the
people of Wu ^ or Kiangsn an-
ciently called those of Ghung-oheu
i|] »}\\ or Honan.
1 ■^ an old reprobate.
M j^ 5^ ^ 1 ^^ drove-off the kin-
gry wretches without any cause.
From ^vood and long ; it is often
wrongly used 'for the next.
xh^dtiff A prop, a stay ; the .two door-
posts; a riile; ito follow or
comply with.
,^;
I ;^ a side post or column ; also
to make one follow after.
jj^ ] a staff.
^ I one of Confucius' minor
disciples, whom he said was
under the power of his lusts.
■^ P^ ] standing in the door-
way on the sifl.
In Cantonese. The threshold.
-I'ltSC "^^^ common oravtge {Citrus
'('PJQ^ aurantium), or coofie oranrre,
.^cl^ang poetically termed ^ ^ the
golden ball.^ the shaddock is
also called by this name in some
parts 'Of Fuhkien.
^5 ] sweet oranges from San-hwui,
a district southwest of Canton.
] ^ dried orange skin.
] 1^ •'^'"l ] ^ orange sweet-
meats-; marmalade.
[Ij ] a wild fruit of the dogbane
f amilyt Me foc??V?r/s)like an orange
in shape and color, growing on
a vine, found in Kwangtucg ;
■used for a deobstruent.
p^9 A perch for fowls ; a prop ; to
< KJ"^ straighten or puU out, to
^h' ang tread on ; to roost.
^% I ;J: the ends [of the
Tjow] should be straightened ouL
Ziveral of ihese characters are heard as if sounded chiao. Old sounds, 'to, tok, do, and dok or dot. In Canton, oTiin,
chau, and shiu; — in <Su;a(oa(;,.chio, chie, ji6, ti6, .Bi6, tan, chau and tie; — in Amoy, :chia,u., tiau, chau, and tau; —
in Fuhchau, tiu, chau, chiu, and chwa:; — in Shanghai, taao, dzao, and dao; — in Chifu, tsao.
From day and to call.
The brightness of the sun;
bright, luminous, refulgent,
splendid; manifested; to show
forth, to display ; shrined on the
left in the hall.
] "q intelligible • perspicuous.
I B3 bright ; to fully understand.
1 ^ cleai, evident, plainly shown.
\ MI famous, renowned.
1 1^ ^ t,he empress' pdace.
i^ S ] ^ well known to all
the world, universally heard.
&. ] -^ ^% the .powon the right
and the row on .the left, i. e. in
the order of age or nearness and
precedence ; used only for the
arrangement ^of imperial ances-
tral tablet* in the temple, by
which the proper generation of
each person is designated.
31^ a^ ] ] Uje tye of Heaven
is clear; heaven is clear-
eighted.
] f^ iO t^ pi'ii" as when the
cover has been taken off.
3$ W ] 1 ^'^ reputation is
'illustrious.
] :§■ ^ the fillet of Queen Chao
of the Han dynasty, now worn
by the Chinese; it somewhat
resembles a small havelock.
■c/iao
From hand and to call.
To beckon, to motion to, to
hail with the hand ; to let
people know; to invite, to
induce, as by proclamation or hand-
bills; to entangle, to provoke, to
annoy, to excite; to raise, as troops;
to confess, to assume; self-crimina-
tion-; a sign-board ; a placard ; a
signal, a wave of the hand.
I Pf to call and beckon to; to
wait on.
1 ^ to proclaim an amnesty; to
invite rebels to submit.
] ^ engaged to serve, a& a clerk.
] ijljl^ a handbill, a poster for sale
of goods; a shop-card.
yf^W]^^ "Sick no bills here."
1 X or 1 ^ X A to engage
or advertise for laborers.
1 ^I) A '^ to hring a- son-in-law
into one's house.
] ^ a sign^board.
'B I nS* ^^ o^^'^^ *° the charge 1
he becomes responsible for it
1 ^P J^ <^^' 1 :^ to enlist volun-
teers, to recruit ; to raise a troop.
j^ ] to bring on one's self.
I ^ ® il to excite or beguile
people, — and then rob them.
I ^ § to entertain guests.
1 1 ^ "? calling and beckon-
ing is that boatman.
I ^( to introduce, to bring in,
as a convert or attache,
1 ^ ^ a ""equal to resist
him; I can't fend off.
^ j ^ -ft^ don't entangle your-
self with him; don't provoke
him.
\ M M.^ the lad who causes
profit; {. e. the God of Wealth.
I j^ to call home the soul — of
a man who died abroad.
1 'M poetical name for a crab,
which seems to call for the tide
to come up by moving its palpi
32 CH'lN.
] ^ P -gt be confessed his
crime by liis evidence.
1 |J[ to oifer a bouse to let.
To ridicnle another, to jest
c'T/i upon; to laugh and joko
cIkio with; railing, sportive allu-
sions.
^ ] a pa.squinade.
1 ^ to jeer at; gibes and jokes.
] ^ to rail at sarcasticiilly, to
abuse and ridicule.
^mm'U 1 m §1 he held up
a moth and a dragon-fly, and
laughed at the tortoise and drag-
on, — for they could neither of
them fly, big as they were.
ftHl Interchanged with the last,
cvHJ ^'"'' some say not properly.
chao To boast; to talk much.
] |Ki or ] I ^ the chirp-
ing and bickering of birds.
Read ^tao, in the phrase gj j
talkative, verbose.
CH^lN.
'i^ 1 ^ M ^ -^ be ordered
them to be exterminated, and
not suflPered to live.
hyj A. large bill-hook or
c$ PJ w^ 80 called in the
sickle,
region
^cluM of the River Hwai during tlie
feudal times.
The white skin which grows
( l_|M^ over a scar, called fl!|[ ^ or
chao ■ shadow cuticle.
<^^1
f.||^ From hand and datvs ; it is
^Hll usually pronounced fchaiv in
. Pokinjf, and often written j|^>
iP'^'-^^ but wrongly.
.chwa _ , . , , ...
To scratch, to tickle, to titil-
late ; to tear with the claws; to
please, to cajole.
I ^ to clutch, as a hawk ; to
pounce upon, as tidewaiters do
on smugglers.
1 -^ Hi^ scratched his face bo
that it bled.
I 0^ or I ~^ to scratch the
head, as when in j)erplexity.
] |g| to draw lots.
1 :^ ^ to [)e.ster another — till
he commits suicide, as is believ-
ed to be done by the spirits of
suicides to their enemies.
"Iff! Similar to ^chkto ^ a nest.
('I^tJ'^ a raised lodge erected in a
^c/tuo marsh to watch the crop ; a
kind of grass creel for catch-
ing fish ; to drag a net.
^cnao
.chao
- 1
Read tsiao, and nsed for
execute.
to
From 5\ sunrise and y^ a hoat
contracted to ^ moon ; the
second, meaning a sign of the
«un, is a pedantic form.
Thedawn,theopposite of siA,
^ eve; mornuig; early.
] ^ or ] B^ morning and
evening; early and late,
in a morning, in a trice ;
suddenly, quickly.
1 I ^ he comes every 'morning.
^ 1 (or -f-) gR i^ ^ I'ave you
breakfasted I — a polite morn-
ing salutation.
B^ ] to-morrow morning; some-
times used indefinitely.
H 1 ^i t^ "& ^''® inerrymaking
on the third day — after a birth.
•^ \ the 10th of the 2d moon,
wlien all the flowers are supposed
to open in n()rthern China.
1^ ;^ I ^ 1 never took a morn-
ing's [leisure].
1 j^ name for Corea given by
Wu Wanji when made a fief of
Ki-lsz' ^ ■^; the rulers prefer
it to jt'S ]^, and use it in oflicial
papers ; its meaning refers to its
eastern position, where the/res/i
morning comes.
Read ^ch'ao. k court, so called
because held in early morning; the
imperial pahice or court; to have
an audience, to go to court ; to
show fealty ; to hold a levee ; an
imperial audience; a dynasty ; a
reij^n ; the government ; courtly,
fashionable ; to visit a father or
elder; as a preposition, towards,
facing ; fronting.
CH^XN.
1 M ^"^ _fc 1 to go to court ; to
see his Majesty.
^ ] his Miijesty holding court.
f^ ] to take the reins of gorero-
mcnt.
1^ ] the high officers who sup-
]>ort or stand near the sovereign
at such times.
j(y ] Our dynasty; also called
3^ ] the heavenly or celestial
dynasty; its present style ] ^
or dynastic name, is Tsing Chao
jH^ ] the Pure dyna^^ty.
1^ I to change the dynasty.
] JB| to ride on horseback into
the Forbidden City ; — a mark
of high favor conferred on
grandees.
1 ^ "■* 1 P^ "'^ antechamber
of the audience-room.
] ^ a court-dress.
] ^ examination for conferring
the Haiilin degree.
in 1^ ] nil to reform and strength-
en the government
~* ] 3^ "F — 1 S each mon-
arch has his own set of minis-
ters.
H 1 7C ^ a l^lgli grandee of
three reigns.
*^ tip ^ ] the first rank sees
the emperor's face.
1 ± :i)^ -? ^ togo up the hrll.
i^ iJS 1 19 the devout heart
fixedly performs the ritual, —
said of priests when at worship.
1 ^ — ' ^l5 % move forward a
little, as when sitting back in
a c.irt.
] ^§ to invite one to court,
as was done in old times by
presents.
] ^' iU to worship the Goddess
of the Dipper — for long life.
The following list of the dynasties
which have swayed China, is made out
from tho Lih-tai Ti-ivavg nien Piao
S/TC ^ I ^ ^ Dipest of the
Kcipiis of Emperors and Kings; in this
work there is a historical synopsis of
tlio loading events of each year from
tho Han dynasty to the beginning of the
Manchu sway.
CHAO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
33
ABSTRACT OF TIIK CHINESE DYNASTIES.
WU TI KI 55. 'i^ f£ RI CORD OF THE FIVE RULERS.
BEGAN B.C. KEIGN1CD.
T'ai Hao -^ ^ commonly known as f^ ^ J^ Fui-lu sbr.
Yen Ti '^ ^, commonly known as ^|p j^ J3^ Sliin-uung shi.
Hwang Ti ^ ^, also called "^ ^ ^ Hien-yuen shi.
Chinese liistarians commeuce the r Ciirouology with the 61st year of this reign or B.C. 2637, which is
518 j'ears after the deluge, and 82 years.after Cdie death of Arphaxad, according to Hales' chronology.
Shao-hao tp l|^, named ^ ^ ^ Kin-t^ien sin.
Chwen-liiih %% J%^ named ^ p^ J^ Kao-yang sbi.
Ti Kiib ^^ t^f, named j^ ^ jp^ Kao-sin shi. — Ti Cbi ^ ^his son, included in the next reign.
Ti Tao ^ ^, named ^ Jl^ J^ T^ao t'ang shi.
Ti Shun ^ ^, named ;g" j^ |^ Yiu-yii shi.
NAME OF DYNASTY.
1. Hia~^
2. Shang^
3. CLeu j^
4. TsHn m
5. Han ^
6. Tung Han
7. Heu Han i
8. Tsin ^
9. Tung Tsin ^ ^
10. Sung ^
11. Tsl ^
12. Liang ^
13. Ch<an m
14. Sui P^
15. T^ing ^ -
16. Hen Liang ^ ^
17. Hen T^ang ^ ^
18. Heu Tsin ^ ^
19. Hen Han ^ ^
20. Heu Chen |^ |^
21. Sung ^
22. Southern Sung^^
23. Yuen x
24. Idling BJ
25. IVing ^
NUMBER OP SOVEREIGNS.
Seventeen, averaging 26 years to each monarch's reign.
Twenty-eight, averaging 23 years.
Thirty-four, averaging 25 1 years.
Two, one reigned 37 years, and one 3 years.
The beginning of Ts'in Chi Hwang-ti's reign is placed at B.C. 221,
and the end of the Chen dynasty at E.c 249 ; for 28 years —
7C r ^ TC J t^6 empire had no emperor. Some writers
divide this dynasty, making the After Ts'in endure 46 years
Fourteen, averaging 16| years.
Twelve, averaging l^jj years.
Two, one 2 years, the other 41 years.
The San Kwoh jr. m which divided China during this period
were the Han J^, Wei |^? and Wu ^•
Four, averaging Hi years.
Eleven, averaging about 9| years.
Eight, averaging 7 1 years-
Five, averaging 4| years.
Four, one 48 years, and three 7 years in all.
Five, averaging about 6| years.
The fonr last dynasties are kwown by the collective name of
Nan-peh ch'ao ^ ^^ ^ Northern and Southern Dynasties ;
the ^ Wei dynasty divided the country with them from a.d
420 to 550, under fifteen princes.
Three, one reigned 16. and another 12 years.
Twenty, averaging 14i years,
Two, one 8 years, and one 7 years.
Four, averaging 3^ years.
Two, one 7 years, and one 3 years.
Two, one 3 years, and one 1 year.
Three, averaging 3 years.
The last five shortlived dynasties are collectively known as
the Wu Tai JE f^ Five Dynasties; they had 13 monarchs
in 54 years.
Nine, averaging 18J^ years.
Nine, averaging 17 years.
Nine, averaging 9| years.
Sixteen, averaging 17 years
Seven rulers up to 1861, 217 years, averaging 81 years.
BEGANB.C, ENDED B.C. DURATSGN.
1766
1122
2205
1766
1122
255
206
A.D. 25
221
265
323
420
479
502
557
589
620
907
923
936
947
951
960
1127
1280
1368
1644
255
206
A.D. 25
221
264
322
419
478
502
556
589
619
907
923
936
946
951
960
1127
1280
1368
1644
From Ta Yu, B.C. 2205 to Pung-chi, a.d. 1862, are 4067 years, during which time 236 sovereigns reigned, eich about
439
644
867
40
231
196
43
57
106
58
23
54
32
30
287
16
13
10
4
9
167
153
88
276
17 years.
84
CHAO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
.chao
The original form represents
three talons ; it forms the
, 87th radical of a small group
of characters relating to claw-
ing; sometimes written like
^ as a verb ; the second and
antique form represents the
nails growing on the hand.
Claws of animals ; the talons of
birds ; to scratch, to claw ; to hold
in the claws; to grasp with the
fingers ; tnet. an agent, a minion,
a runner for, an aid.
1 iSI "'■ 1 ^^° ^^"^ '" pieces,
to dissever.
^ ] to bind a girl's feet.
I ^ or I fi agents, emissaries
servants.
IS 1 J$ fox-claws' skin, a kind
of fur of inferior sort,
g 1^1 ] a comprador's claws, one
who buys for hiiu; a purveyor's
assistant, a market-man.
jm ] ;i^ a name for the hawk's
c\n,v,(Artabotrys odoratissimus)
at Canton.
— 1 ^ a bunch of plantains.
] iS ^^ scratch.
^ I a kind of shears.
C J. f\ From hand and spear ; it mnst
Wjjn be distinguished from 'flfro^ I.
*duto To supply what is deficient,
to make up; to pay a balance;
to seek, to look for ; to exchange,
as money ; to barter ; settled, as
an account.
j 1^ j^ to pay off" the balance
of the account.
I ^ to seek for, to search.
I 1^ to exchange, as silver into
cash or billa
j P'J ^ ^'^ ^^^^ ^°^ employment.
I J£ Jt ^ make up the number;
renirn the full sum.
1 ^ supply the deficiency.
1 M -^ to change a bank note.
j JiJ ^ he has changed it, as
a bill.
] ^ ^ I cannot find it.
Read ^hwa, and used for ^h^va.
j^lj a boat, for which it seems to
have been miswritten.
cJ5
A fish-pond ; an irregular
tank, a pool.
^chao ^ ] a water-lily pond.
f^ ] pools and tanks in
parks.
Ifif I a celebrated, fine fish-pond
of Win Wang.
m7
?o cover the head.
PA ]\l ^ turban or cloth
^c/iao to wrap around the head, as
the Fuhkien sailors do.
o From to go and reaemhling.
To hapten to, to visit a suze-
chao* rain, ks very small fiefs did ;
a few; acute; a long time; to
pierce ; an ancient feudal state in
the south of Chibli and Shansi ;
its capital was the j)resent Chao-
ch'iug hien | :^^ 0, a town on
the R. Ffln.
1 iHi ;' prefecture in the south-
west of Chihli; and also a dis-
trict in the west of Yunnan,
south of Ta-li Lake.
I ^ a good while.
j^ ] to hasten, quick traveling.
0^ H ^ j I will return it to-
morrow, as a borrowed book.
P^^'i From ha'mi)00 and clavo m the
irCt phonetic.
chojo' ^ bamboo skimmer ; a ladle ;
a nest in a cave or under a
shelter, as distinguished from one
on a tree.
I f^ a wire ladle.
The first is also read c7iuA>
branches growing up straight,
y as in a cypress. The second is
also read c/io/i, a table. The
first is derived from 7lC xoooA
cJtOUp and ^B to wash contracted.
An oar, a scull ; a long,
steering oar projecting from the
bow; to row with an oar (its only
use at Canton, where it is some-
times wrongly written ^ to denote
the verb); to shoot, as an arrow ;
to throw away ; — these uses are
confined to southern dialects.
cltouP
] ^ to row an oar.
ffi >^ 1 row harder.
1 tH ® throw it into the street
1 '^ W rowed across the river—
at Canton.
] pfi ' to hit, as a target.
A basket for snaring fish
by covering them in the
mud; to catch, to cover over,
to shade, to protect, as a
vail or cover does; a pro-
tection from dust or wind ;
to envelop, to surround, as by a
cloud.
] ^^ to entrap fish in a basket
creel.
f|§ I a basket for fowls.
1^ ] a cover to keep the dust off
a sedan.
^ I a lamp-shade or globe.
i^ ] a sort of catafalque over a
bier; a [mil of any kind.
] "g yji" a vail, such as foreign
ladies wear.
I ^ a sort of cloak or hood.
— of barbel !
J Great, large ; rank, high, as
grass ; erroneously used for
c/iuo'' ^^, which is the correct cha-
racter ; and also for the last.
) To fry at a fire; a blazing
fire; the crust left on a pan
ckao^ after boiling or frying.
^ ] to fry in fat.
The original form represents
the lines on a tortoise-shell,
, after roasting to prepare it for
divination; the second form is
not common.
c/utc>
An omen, a prognostic; the
border of a grave or altar,
for which the next is used ; a
millioij, used chiefly in Budhistio
writings.
— ] a million ; as ||l j is mil-
lions and millions, a vast inde-
finite number.
CHAO.
CHAO.
CHAO.
35
] ^ the people, the mass of the
people, the million.
M ] ^ ^ the multitnde of his
men.
^ I a bad sign ; rather ominous.
ffi5fe 1 ^^ it is a sign of a
good year wiv.'n the snow flakes
haye six sides.
^ I a good prognostic.
^^ ^ 1 a foreshadowing omen.
^ ] tlie capital; a great city, a
vast mart ; its magistrate is ^
1 ^ ; he is now only found
in Peking.
t^lK) The bank around a grave ; a
Xn^ border, limit, or bound.
chao* ^ ] the boundary of a grave.
k) From banner and omen,
_ A flag inscribed with snakes
chad^ and tortoises, one of four kinds
used of old in the army.
1 iH banners and scrolls in
funerals or other processions.
^ J^b 1 ^ raise on high this
battle flag.
cliao'
-j-| I 3 From to divine and to cite.
1^ ) To prognosticate, to inquire
chao' by auguries, to divine.
The second form is very com-
mon, but not so correct.
* To commence, to lay a
foundation, to institute ; to
project, to devise; at first,
the beginning ; to rectify ;
to strike; to extend; capable, in-
telligent.
\ M, M ^^^^ ^^'^1 ^f Chao-k*ing
fu, lying west of Canton : it was
once the provincial capital.
\ -\' ^ Z2. ']\\ there were twelve
provinces at first.
] Ig the clue or rationale of a
thing.
\ ^ the origninal institution;
the first })lans.
^ 1 ^ M [•''s forefather's] vir-
tue laid the foundation of bis
prosperity.
^||) From meioi and fcnife.
^'J '^o pare, to Inp off; to trim
^cliiio an excrescence ; bright, clear;
a catch on a crossbow ; to en-
courage; to visit, to wait on.
I ^ to incite, to urge on.
'jrf > From mouth and Tinife, alluding
>v— I to the incisiveness of the cita-
» * tion ; its meaning appears in
^Cliao several of its compounds.
To call by words; to sum-
mon, to cite ; to require a subordi-
nate to appear ; to invoke.
1 .^ ^'' ^ 1 **" ^"^ called to court.
^ ] your gracious summons ; —
a phrase in a note of thanks.
^ 1 ^ If <^o not delay when
your father calls.
75 1 7a ^E'P *'^ convoke the six
presidents.
] 1^ to invite [the ghosts to their
feast,] — as priests do.
Wi I '^ ^ to send for an officer
to appear at court.
Read shad when used for ^, an
old city in Jii-ning fu in Honan;
the appanage of ] j]^ lying in
the present ^ >H'| in Shansi.
•^fTt^ From words and to s\jnnmon ; it
rtpl occurs interchanged with the
io proclaim, to announce, to
declare, as a king ; to instruct
by decree or order, as a sovereign
does, a usage that began with the
Han dynasty; to animate, to en-
courage; a royal proclamation, a
mandate; name of a small state of
the Laos people in the southwest
of China, a. d. 850, called ]^ ] ,
now Tsun-i fu, situated in the
north of Kwei-cheu.
*^. I a gracious proclamation, as
a pardon.
] ill^ or 3E ] a royal mandate.
] .^ to proclaim; and |^ ] is
to issue the proclamation.
^ 1 or gc ] or m. ] an Im-
perial mandate.
] ^ to consult with the Emperor,
PI
] p* a rescript from the monarch
to his cabinet.
1 ^ r^ ^ mandates, orders,
and memorials ; i. e. official
records of every kind.
^ ] 5^ 1* *^° issue a decree from
the Tlirone; to make an imperial
announcement over the empire.
1 "? .W ^ >^ I'e taught his sons
the principles of justice.
f^ ] a petty officer in the Han-
lin Academy who makes poetry.
5^ I the Emperor's will, which is
afterwards |^ ] proclaimed to
the [x^ople.
] ^ to give orders about, to direct.
From Jire and hrigM, i. e. the
light of fire illumining.
To enlighten, to shine on; to
regard, to care for, to oversee ;
to patronize; to front towards ; to
accord with, as a precedent; as,
like, accordding to, same as; light,
the reflection of light; as an initial
word, it often answers to whereas,
seeing that; something given or
referred to as evidence, in which
cases it is often used elliptically to
include much that has gone before;
a permit, a pass, a release.
1 f^ to look in a glass ; but
1 ^ ^ means a pier-glass.
] MH to p''iy attention to ; to buy
of, to patronize.
>H^ ] a blaze; fire, flame.
large candles or lanterns
used in temples or processions,
probably named from the phrase
^ M i^ 1 ^^y "■ ^^^^y ^tar
shine down on you ; a candle-
stick and candle are called a
^ ] or hand-light,
jg I or ^ I denote the direct
ray and the reflected ray.
1 ^ f^ ^^ '^^ '''^^ ^^^ pattern.
I IjJ? copy it so.
I f^ 1^ as you say.
] ^ according to the account or
number; the luimber tallies.
1 ^ T i shine over the world.
] 0|| to manifest, to consider.
^
m
36
CHAO.
CH^AO.
CH'AO.
j}^ ] to keep as evidence; a part j
cut off to be retained as a tally
or proof. !
i& ff 1 ^ I see into his designs, i
1 M "fifc ''o^'l' ^"" 5 gi^'® ^'™ * I
liglit, {IS to one going home by I
night. I
<iJ» I to understand thoroughly, \
as a friend. !
] ^ to oversee, or look after.
^ ] to regard kindly, to look
down on.
] "^ a communication between
foreign and native officers of
equal rank; to inform officially.
V^ ] evening, the evening gun-
light.
^ ] or ^ ] a passport, a safe
warrant, a paper that protects.
fr| ] a river-pass.
] ^ to look after, to be interest-
ed in; to intercede for; to over-
see, to regulate.
] ^ be it known ; whereas, refer-
ring to; — used in ofUcial papers.
■^ ] for you, Sir, to look at ; — a
phrase on a bill of goods.
i^ ] or ^ I illumine it, light-
en it ; t. e. please cast your eye
on this etition or paper.
] -^ or ] H ^ to take photo-
graph likenesses.
I ^ ^ photograph pictures.
JLtJ ^ Another form of the last.
/^H Bright ; visible
chao^ ^ ^ ] the Sampyris nocti-
luca or fire-fly.
] ] clearly seen and understood,
ifi' ?L 'i j| still are clearly seen.
M) To spade the ground to get
out bad soil ; to open up a
chao* fallow field ; a bank, a boun-
dary.
] f£ a wall to divide or screen off.
Several of these characters are heard cWiao. Old sounds, t'o, do, t'ok, dok, fio, djio, fiok and diop. In Canton, ch*ao and
ch'iu; — in Swatow, tie, ch'id, ch'au t'id, awU, and eh'a; — in Amoy, ch'iau, tfou, ch'au, chau and ch'a; — in Fahchau
ch'ieu, tieu, ch'au, and chau ; — in Shanghai, U^ao dzao, and taiao ; — in Ghifa, ta'ao.
From to go and to cite.
ISr To Step over, to leap over ; to
^ch^ao vault; to go before; to excel,
to surpass; to promote, to
raise; to bring up. or release from
purgatory, as Budhists do.
j ^1 above the average; or ] ^
belter than the common run.
1 ^ very clever; tine looking
and accomplished.
] ^ excelling, singular.
5C ^ 1 'tt '"^ heaven-born genius,
one of raro talents.
I i^ or ] ^ to promote over
others, to overslaugh other offi-
cials.
1 ^ [as if] restored to life ; to
save from death ; also to cause
one to bo rel)orn into another
life ; similar to ] tS O"" 1 I®
to leap the ford or abyss, i.«. to
release souls from suffering.
1 j|b f§ [like] leaping over the
northern sea; met. impossible.
] ^ one in the first rank of
$iu-h^ai or Liijin graduates.
,ch ao
m
The recoil of the bow after
the arrow leaves it; a bow
unbent.
^ ] a large bow.
^ ^ I ^ the red bows all un-
strung.
To be grieved ; extravagant
1 tM grieved, as a child
tcAVw mourning for his mother ; dis-
heartened.
JL>. 1^ From hand and few ; it is mnch
jH*^ interchanged with cA'ao* j|P
To seize a little, to take
some; to search, to hunt up; to
lade out ; to transcribe, to engross;
to confiscate, to escheat, to seque-
strate,
j^ ] to attack from behind, to
come on an enemy unaware.
1 ^ or 1 ^ or 1 to trans-
cribe, to copy ; as ] ^ to
write off the records of a case.
] 1^ copy it out fair, as from a
^ ] or manuscript copy.
] ^ to ^°c"Py*" official decision
1 'ft to beg, said only of mendi-
cant priests.
] ^ to search and seal up a
house, as when confiscated.
1 ^ M to embezzle money in-
trusted to one.
}^ ] the Peking Gazette; in the
provinces it is often copied out.
J|fc I to take out with a spoon.
1 5t ^ '^ copy other's composi-
tions, as at the examinations.
In Pekingese. Near, as a cross-
cut ; to fold up.
ik 1 IE go by the nearest road.
] ^ to put the hands in the
sleeves, and sit idle.
To barrow ground over after
ploughing; a harrow with
long teeth to break clods; to
scatter seed.
To speak for another, to
state a case in behalf of
another.
CH'AO.
CH'AO.
CH'AO.
37
mThe origiuiil form represents a
p-} nest ou a ^ tree under
,. Leaves.
^cli uo
A iK'st oil a tree, distinguish-
ed from /'*(> ^ one on the ground;
a liirkiiig-[)lace, a haunt, a retreat,
a den; used to designate the holds
or eauijis of an enemy or rebels;
to ncsilc; to make a nest; a sort
of pandean pipe ; a small ancient
state, now Ch'ao hien ] 0, in Lii-
cheu fu in Ngan-hwni, north of
Wnhii on the Yangtsz' River; it
was here in Nan Ch^io ]^ ] that
T'ang imprisoned Kiel/, the last
sovereign of the Hia dynasty, b. c.
17G0.
:g ] or ] ^ a bird's nest.
IS ^ t^ 1 ^^^^ birds have gone
to roost; 7)iet. a wooded, rural
region, the resort of birds.
I ^ to lodge, to sojourn at a
bouse.
^ I a resort of robbers; the
enemy's (who are always deem-
ed to be rebels) camp.
^ ] to rout out the robbers.
1 ■^ a sage in the days of Shun,
who when asked to take high
office, washed his ears to remove
the defilement.
^ ] ^ houseless, beggared, des-
titute.
] ^ to skulk in, as a brigand.
In Cantmese. Crumpled, wi'ink-
led ; rough, like a piece of coarse
pai^er ; shriveled, as dried fruit.
i(? iy iHi ^ )k Pt 1 as wrinkled
as a granny's face.
1 P;£ P;S wrinkled, creased, rump-
led.
A lake in Hoh-fi hien^ ^^%
in Nganhwui, which produces
^ch'ao gold fish ; its name, meaning
nesl tvaicr, has probably a
reference to its position.
From chariot and nest, referring
lo the form and use.
' cftKio ■^ turret or lookout place on
a war-chariot, from which to
observe the foe.
m
1
*Al»l ^'"o^ water and morning; refer-
yBKl ring to the notion that the water
-»!/-# every morning returns to the
fh'ao sea.
The early tide ; flood tide ; a
tide, called iiii ;t PffiJ 1^ # '' the
breathing of the earth;" moist,
damp.
^ ] to avail one's self of the tide.
] a fair tide.
] a head tide.
'^ and ] 5^ the tide is ris-
ing, the tide is falluig.
j ^ to become damp and heated,
as grain.
] j'J^ damp, as ground or a thing;
said too of ] Q tidal grounds.
^ j becoming damp again.
I ^ damp, miasmatic exhala-
tions ; met. stupid.
1 jfc i^ ~r ^-^^ ^^^^ ^s '^^^^ ^^
high water ; same -as | 2|5,
water is at its level.
1 jH'l M ^ pr*ifecture in southeast
of Kwangtung, whence ] ^^
means camphor in the north of
China, as it comes from there.
A marine animal, called |^
1^, said to sing in the night
(Ch^ao and go into the sea by day ;
the animal here referred to is
perhaps the lamantin, found,
in the Indian Archipelago.
c /l^ Tall, as a man; small.
1:^ ] 1 stately, tall.
'ch^ao j .^ ;f^ ^ a fine looking
tall man.
It 1 ^M JMM he rented a
small lodging and lived therein.
From fire and feiv ; the second
and third forms have gone out
of use.
vTo roast in a pan; to fry
in oil or butter till dry ; to
pop, as is done with kernels
of rice or maize.
|;^ ] to fry brown, to roast
to dryness.
I ^ to roast or fire tea-leaves.
] ^ to roast or brown rice.
''ch^ao
] ^ -^ or ] ^ Jg to roast
chestnuts.
1 ^ to fry and sell, as a travel-
ing cook or huckster.
]a[j[ ] fry it in fat
] ^^ to roast thoroughly.
'c/i'ao
Dried provisions taken for a
journey, as wheaten cakes.
■^ From mouth and fexv; it is near-
ly synonymous with the next.
'ch'ao A clamor, an uproar, a hub-
bub ; to wrangle, to quarrel ;
to disturb, to annoy, to interrupt.
] |g a violent altercation ; loud
sc(jlding; a brawl.
^ I quarreling together,
p^" ] to make a noise and a row.
j A ]5 to make a din in one's
ears, as the clang of cymbals.
^ 1 ^^ ^ ^ &^^^^ hubbub.
^'^ ] to raise a rumpus, as -evil
fellows do.
Eead miao'. The cry of phea-
sants or other fowls.
<^^ .K Used for the last. To annoy ;
P>^ graceful, light, nimble; rapid;
''ch^ao sto'ong; cunning, deceitful.
] ^ to disturb ; to trouble
another.
] fS troublesome and flippant.
] lit graceful ; ] j^ high.
ch ao'
From nvetal and a Jew ; or (J^?
contracted, with which it is
constantly interchanged.
A document, a voucher, a
government paper; a receipt; a
passport, warrant, or similar official
paper ; paper-money ; to take up,
as with pincers, or a pinch in the
fingers; to copy, for which ^fCao
^ is most correct ; a little.
1 M P''*P<2r money, of which
those under 1000 cash were
called >]■» ] small bills ; and larger
ones ^ \ great bills.
] ^ j^ a Government bank, a
bank of issue.
88
CH'AO.
CHJ^.
CHE.
I ^ an office for stamping duty
receipts on goods ; a douane.
^ I tonnage-dues ; port charges
on sbi[>s.
^ I to bum paper money to
Neptune
^ ] to force people to pay taxes.
^ I to waste money, lavish.
^ I historical readings ; studies
in history.
^ ] transit dues ; duties.
m4-^) To plough or harrow the
fYy ground.
cU^ao* ] 51 to cultivate the land.
^? 7jC H 1 when the water
is on rake it thrice.
1^'
A vessel rolling and tossing
on the water ; uneasy and
ch ao' j)itching.
M 1i :/fr 1 the vessel rolls
when the wind is high.
Ocoars used with ch'oh^ J^ to
ride.
chSio* To limp, to walk lamely.
did
cho
I
Firm.
] \^ firm, but not virtuous ;
one says, artful, clever at
Echemcs; and another defines
it, unautheuticated, unproven.
chS
Old sound, ta, tak, and tat. In Canton, ch6 ;
chie and chie ; -
From y^ to go and ^ people.
To cover, to screen, to shade,
to veil ; to cut short, to in-
tercept; to shut off, as light;
to protect from; and hence the
thing that protects, .-is an umbrella,
a parasol ; to care lor.
I ^ to hide from view ; to hush
up, to conceal.
] ^ to veil what modesty re-
quires; to parry, to evade, as
an accusation.
1 fife ^^ disguise, to excuse, to
throw dust in one's eyes.
1 ^ to screen from the dust,
j M to feikce off; to protect by
an incJosure.
— |g I a sun-shade or parasol.
"SS 1 an umbrella {Cantonese.)
j ^ 1^ to shade from the sun.
1 ^ ^ it will nut cover it ; it
can't be concealed.
1 ^ cover it over; to cloak.
1 ^ to hide, to conceal.
] ^ to stand between, to take
the part of; to impede.
^ to hide one's shame; tho-
roughly mortified.
1 loquacious ; great, discursive,
as talk.
— in Swato\i\ chia, ch6, and sa; — tn./lmoi/^cliia nnd gan; — in Fuhchau,
■in SItanghai, ts^ and tsd ; — in Chifu, oh&
To screen ; loquacious, bab-
bling.
1^ ] garrulous ; to vociferate,
as an excited crowd.
Used with the preceding.
To reprimand, to abuse ; to
ho[Hi for ; to deceive.
^ J^ I to talk much and
not to convince.
Said to be formed of @ .«<■//
contracttKi to Q white, and "^
a Btramjer contracted to resem-
ble y^^old; others|make it from
^ Tnany and ^ whits ; q. d.
one distinguished among many,
one having dclat.
AproruAin, this, that, it, which,
what ; wlien it is the subject of the
proposition, it comes at the end of
the entire sentence, and thus differs
from Jiff, which comes before the
verb; .is Z> U ^ tt ^ ] ^
j^ ;>^ ^ of those who succeed
without laboring, there are none ;
as a relative pronoun, ^ is now
colloquially used instead.
When following verbs, it forma
sometimes the concrete, and some-
times marks the person after a
verbel phrase; as fj ] a walker;
^ ] he who hits been capped;
1^ j the observer; he who looks.
As a disjimctive particle it is
preceded by .(fe, ; as rfi ^ | ^
f i. ^^^ ^ P^^ medium —
that is the real basis of a country.
After nouns it indicates a class
as jUi ] the foolish ; ^ | the
dead; ^ ] worllii.-s ; ^ •{'^ ]
people without affection; ^t ^ j
^ ^ I we who shall die first,
you who will die last
It also puts the noun it follows
in the al)straet, as g^ ] j)erfection ;
^ ^ I he who is perfect; ^ ]
nature; "j^ \ the origin; H .JU ff
j whatever is for riding in; p\* jjj^
] this midst of which we speak.
It is often used in this way be-
tween siu^le words or phriuses, and
puts them in .ipposition; ^ ] g|
jjt, heaven — a principle; ^ \
^ jjt^ hiuiianity [consists inj love;
f^ 1 ^ "ifc virtue, that is the
biisis; il ] 151' ill benevolent
people delight ill hills; ,^ ] ^
J^ the word )te ^ means to dwell
at (or in) a place.
As an adverbial particle, or to
arrest attention ; J^ | to com-
mence; — though at the beginning
of a letter, this sliould be rendered,
I who commence ; ^- ] formerly;
^ I perhaps; H ] recently; —
I once, this time only -^ ] —
j^ I now — then, hereafter.
yj, ^ what is the difference
between those who do not, and
those who cannot act?
t 1 -^ t^ 1 ^Jtbuman-
ity makes man happy, wisdom
profits him.
CHE.
CH'li:.
CH*E.
39
From reddish and that ivhich.
An ochre color ; a reddish
brown or carnation, like nan-
keen.
] /^ ochrey stone, used as a
coarse paint; it is haematite
iron ore, and one sort, called
"fC 1 •S^ 's brought from Tai-
chen fii in Shansi.
] !^ a felon's dress, which is
often made of nankeen.
I .^ ^J made the hill brown —
by clearing it of trees.
jA
1-
u^
J
From to go and words ; it was
originally read yen^; the con-
tracted forms are common in
cheap books.
To meet, to receive ; a de-
monstrative pronoun or par-
ticle; this, the nearest; here;
now ; this thing.
] ^ here; | fg this.
1 ;^ so, thus, this way.
I ^ such, this sort.
1 5i 6^ A people of this place.
1 1^^ -JH now, at this time.
] J^ 1^ M ^7 Jfc ^^^^ ^'^ inces-
sant rain
] ^^>\^ this affair, this matter.
1 ^ T t^ ^^^^^ beat's all !
In Cantonese. An adverb of
time, placed at the end of a sen-
tence; just now; shortly; momenta-
rily ; a form of the subjunctive.
^T '^ 1 ^^^ '^^ whip you.
^ P^ ] stop a moment.
;)~) The first is the form given in
j the dictionary, but the second
'>»»■* ja most common; the third
> L^"* ' occurs very seldom.
-1 r y <
X'>**. '. The sugar cane (Saccharum
officinarum') grown in south-
ern provinces, called "jj" ]
sweet cane, or \^ ] bam-
boo cane, and ^ | reed
sane; ^ ] dark or reddish cane;
I ^ sugaring sheds.
^!) 1 o'' '^ 1 *■" extract the
juice.
|fe ] boiled cane, hawked about
for sucking.
] -^ and ] ^ the refuse- after
grinding, cane shreds.
I ^ the cane slips for planting.
\ -^ tuft of top leaves.
ml
cho'
m
Sometimes used for the last.
Also a small tree, having
cho^ oval, acuminate leaves, on
which wild silkworms feed;
the Quercus or silkworm oak of
China ; the trunk is straight,
bows are made from the wood,
and the root furnishes a dye, once
used for making the imperial
yellow.
^ I a small, thorny sort, on
which silkworms also feed ; re-
sembling a scrub oak.
5 The common partridge or
'itt>>'v^ I ^^^ ; tlie grouse and fran-
c/io' colin are probably included
under this term in some
parts of the country.
t^^ ^ A sort of grasshopper ; also
/*p|j* an insect found in rat holes,
cAo' flat like a turtle and scaly;
it is probably a sort of bind
Isopoda, or wood-louse ; or perhaps
a large species of Porcellio;
another name is j;;; ^ ground
turtle.
] ^ a sort of serpent.
Old sounds, fa, fap, and fat. In Canton, ch'S ; — in Swatow, ch'ia, chi, and eh^i;
in Fuhchau, ch'ie, kit, and ch'ie ; — in Shanghai, ts'd and ts'a ; —
^ ] or IS ^ ] a one horse cart.
.ch'6
The original form is intended to
depict the body, wheels, and
axle of a carriage ; it forms the
159 th radical of a large natural
group of characters relating to
vehicles .
A wheeled carriage ; a cart,
barrow, coach ; a frame with wheels
in it, as an irrigating trough or
lathe; to turn a wheel, to turn over ;
a frame-work.
1 |& or 1 H ft a cart-wheel.
— 1^ ] one cart.
1 ^ or ^ ] ^^ a cartman; a
charioteer, a cart-boy.
5K ^ 1 iH -^ presume to arrest
your carriage, — to invite a
guest
] § the covering on a cart-top.
1 EH or ] IM or 1 ^ cart-hire.
] IHJJ an awning over the horse ;
the calash of a carriage.
JK, ] a windmill ; a whirligig.
H 1 :?i^ to polish on a \ ^ or
] ^ a turner's lathe.
It 1 a pulley; and ff ] |g a
pulley-block.
;^ ] or ^ ] a baggage cart
^0 ^ ] *" old name for the
mariner's compass.
>J> ] a wheelbarrow.
] j^ turn it over
] ^ to exact usury (Fuhchau.)
— in Amoy, ch'ia, ch'd and hu; —
in Chifu, ch'^.
^ I an elevator.
T 1 # ^ * ^ ^ .^n be has
just reached his jurisdiction, and
is not yet conversant with
everything.
1 "BU ^ the cart-way grass, the
plantain, {Plantago mqjor) used
as a diuretic.
I ^ to work gems, to cut
jade.
~ I the three carriages, a Budhist
term for three modes of crossing
sansara to nirvana^ as if drawn
by sheep, oxen, or deer, which
shadow forth the three degrees
of saintship; this term {ti-iyana)
is also written H | ^ ^ ^"'^
40
CH*I].
CHEH.
CHEH.
^ ^ tliree vehicles, and is
furtlier used for three develop-
ments of BiiUhist doctrine.
Read jX;M. and used for large
vehicles ; Imt both this f-o nd and
fliC are given it in sentences with-
out any real distinction in sense.
The eh.irioi in Chinese chess »
its jKiWers re.semble those of the
queen; the black piece is distin-
gui»l»ed from the wliite by being
written -jij, with A at the side;
a wheel in mechanics-
& I war ciiariots.
^ I a public office.
1 J^ £S P^J carriage and horses
at the d<.or; met. a rich man.
— 1 M .'^ '^^o horses to a chariot.
5^ 1 Of 1 ^Jl # the jaw-bone.
An ahnninons mineral, ] J^
with pearly luster, and veine(i;
ch'6 the opaque white official but-
tons for the E'Ath grade are
made of it : it is brought from
Yunnan ; the name seenm to have
been given from the veining resem-
bling that in the !^ '{^ «)r mother-
o'-pearl shell ; it is a kind of
pyrophyllite.
"4 Froui hand and to s-preaA open;
tho second is a common but
, vulgar form.
To tear open, to rive, to
pull apart; to tear away;
to pull up or on ; to haul,
to drag; to track.
] J^ haul it up on top; hoist I
I |)^ to pull apart.
1 il iit. W '■'^ ^'O's*- sail and
haul the t«>w-line.
ill:
^ ] haul it fast, as from sliding.
1 ft ^ ® to putt .in obstinate
donkey.
^ ] to gather up the thread of.
1 ^ ^^ 1 -jS^ to tear in pieces.
1 ^ l^j" t" hold on by the lapi)el,
as a child.
In Cantonese. To abscond ; to
clear out; to scud, to skedaddle ;
to send off; to go.
fU ] r^ Fmoff!
] ^^ to detain, to keep back.
] j[|| pull it close up. ,
cAVJ
'l\j open the mouth wide, to
ga{ie ; to loll the lip, a droop-
ing lip.
1 ^ ^''^ 0"^ consent, the
popular wish.
Old sounds, Ut and tip
tik, liap, siap and chih;
^ch^
From hand and ax ; explained
by a reference to frozen plants
snapping in two ; it must be
distinguished from ts*eh., j^
to tear.
To sunder, to snap in two,
to break otf in the middle ; to
annul ; to fold ; to oppress, to
repress ; to decide or discriminate
between ; to deduct ; to stop ; to
reprehend ; to injure ; to lose one's
heir ; to exchange or lose in trade ;
to make amends for, to set over
against ; to break and then rejoin ;
to abate, to lower ; part of a coffin,
a matted frame laid above it to re-
ceive the dirt; act of a play; to
be deprived of one's future peace
by dying unmarried, the succes-
sion being lost.
1 ^ to injure, to break.
1 ^=K to decide causes, clear the
docket ; to make a jail delivery.
^ ] ~J* broken or snapped oflF.
In Canton, cMp, eMt, and ship]; — in Swatow, chi, chiet,
in Fnhchau, chiek, niek, and tiek ; — in Shanghai,
1 fU "Tf ^ to condescend to all
classes.
^ 7£ I S m 'S ^^'^^ P'**'®
was reckoned at two stone of
corn.
^ ^ 1 IP to atone for error by
future merit, as officials do.
^ I to twine and bend ; to
allude to.
|g ] to reprimand personally ; to
take to task, sis an elder brother
has the right to do.
] f^ to abate the price.
1 ^ or ^ ] a discount.
] ^g to in<luce rebels to yield, as
by a defeat.
] /[^ ^ it won't break.
^ ^ ] jg what dividend will
you pay "?
I ifg to lose one'g mercies; to
waste things.
X A 1 ^ Rl @ to mortgage
one's labor to pay a debt-
tiet, niap and sip ; — in Amoy, ehiat,
tseh and seh; — in Chifu, cheh.
1 ^j" S^ to decide as umpire or
referee.
] ^ to sell cheaper ; to retail
] p[^ to decide equiUibly ; broken
in the middle.
itt ^ 1 M to obtain the honor
of a /aijin Irom the emperor; the
phrase refers to a legend con-
nected with the moon.
^ jg ] an untimely and disas-
truus shortening — as of life.
] fl^ "'" 1 ^ '^ money equiva-
lent for rations,
] j|^ greatly afflicted, as if broken
and ground to [K)wder,
] H reduced to extremities.
In Cantonese. To tickle; to
spatter at ; to spurt, as from a hose.
cho'
To join a seam ; to cut or
enfjrave.
1 ^ to join or rabbet plankg
together ; to sew a seam.
CHEH.
CHEH.
CHEH.
41
)To sting ; a sting, or what-
ever insects use to wound
tbeir enemies.
] P^ to sting the lips.
cho> ^ 1 or j i^ t^® *^"^^
skins of various sorts of
jelly-fish or sea-blubber, known as
'•^ -^ when alive. The last form
is most commonly used for this
meaning ; it also denotes a kind of
swimming crab, which is edible.
From mouth and to snap; th«
last two forms are seldom
used.
.J
iCho
Wise, sage, perspicacious;
to know intuitively; dis-
cerning; versed in, fully
aware of.
B^ ] sagacious, shrewd,
knowing.
I ^ judicial clearness; said of
the emperor Shun.
] intuitive wisdom, as of the
sages ; said of the emperor.
From water and to hreak.
) A stream in Chehkiang, a
cho* feeder of the Ts^en-t'ang
River, from which the province
I J5l derives its name ; it is said
to mean the bore or eagre, which
often breaks at the embouchure ;
also a river in the west of Honan ;
the province of Chehkiang; to
scour rice • to rain.
f^M \ Wm the door [of the
temple] looked out on the tidal
bore in the Chehkiang.
From heart and listening to
■whispers.
cho^ Afraid, agitated ; to subdue,
to influence, to bring under ;
pusillanimous, disheartened.
] ^ A >6 to win people's
hearts.
I "j^ cowardly, afraid.
The branches of a tree sway-
j ing in the wiud ; a sort of
fihp vine that climbs trees, like
the Glycine.
] ] the waving of trees, as
;^yi I ] the waving, flutter-
ing maple.
] J^ ^ a trailing plant that
runs over trees.
-%
' This is sometimes made synony-
* mous with Vieh^jQ^ but the two
I ■• are different.
A fold in garments made
when ironhig; a tuck; gathers,
plaits, or flounces, like those in
a Chinese lady's skirt ; plaited,
puckered.
#r I •? to fold, to plait ; to la|)
over, as when tightening the
dress,
'g' I ^ an embroidered and
plaited skirt.
I ^ to fold up bed-clothes.
From hand and to practise as
the phonetic.
c/iO '^o injure, to destroy; to fold,
to double together; to rumple;
to pile up ; a fold, a doubling ; a
paper properly folded, as an offiwal
document ; the paper itself.
1 IS to fold paper.
I -^ a document for govern-
ment.
^ ] a memorial to the Throne.
] ^ to bend the body.
] J£ ^ 18' to thank one^with a
graceful curtesy.
] ^ to pile or fold up, as gar-
ments.
^ I ^ a fleet courier.
I ^, to turn down the comer, to
make dog's ears.
] ^^ a written digest, a precis.
^ '] a paper for memoranda.
^ ^ 1 M yo" Jieed not fold it.
1 A ^ to induce one to give
in or come in.
j^ jg ] the last will — of a
statesman ; it is sent up for the
Emperor's inspection after the
testator's death.
An old name for a hog in
'J Honan and southwards; a
cho' term given to fat ones.
From cart and long ears, or
to take; both forms are used.
•^rt». I The sides of a chariot,
ift\> where the arms are carried;
^j^(p unceremoniously, abruptly ;
directly, without permis-
sion ; a disease of the feet.
1^1 must forthwith presume ;
— an apologetic phrase.
] f^ hastily, suddenly, forthwith.
"^ j to reduce to one.
1 S :^ ^ to sit all day -with
benumbed feel.
Topt Supposed to represent long
J^ L) ears, which are considered
cho* to be a sign of wisdom ; it is
now used only as a primitive,
seldom conveying any meaning to
the compounds.
^^ To take up other's words;
"^fj to quote or mimic what
chd* others say; verbose, talk-
ative.
From flesh and a slip.
H To slice off meat ; to mince,
to hash meat ; a hash
mutton, beef and fish.
of
A scabbard, a case for a
> knife ; one author defines it
cW* soft leather.
42
CH^EH.
CH*EH.
CH*EH.
oi3:'=E53:.
Old sounds, t'{t and t'dk. In Canton, ch'U and ch'ak; — in Swat»\r, t'iet, ch'6, and ehelc; —in Amoy, rfiat and ch'ili', —
in Fuhchan, t'iek, ch'ah, ch'aik and ehak ; — in Shanghai, ts'eh, ta'ak and sak ; — in Chifu, c^'efc.
•Ji'O'
From y^ to step and ^ to tap,
with to 7ear between them; it
is often interchanged with the
next two.
Pervious; discerning, perspi-
cacious; to penetrate, to go tiirough;
to remove; to peel off, to skin; to
cultivate during the Cbeiitlynasty,
a titbe; on a share system of
rental; mntnal division of crop;
a road, a bye-way ; to destroy.
\%, 1 ^^ %r 1 ^^ penetrate, to
fully understand.
1 J® ^ ^ ^ ^^^^ *"*1 investi-
gate to the bottom.
1 ^ IM lie alloted the re-
venue on the land.
^ i^ I superficial, not taking
pains with, careless.
1 ^ 1 ^? *-" understand tho-
roughly, from first to last.
] ^ to remove the dishes — when
the band played at sacrificea
] •j^ an order of merit instituted
by Kao-ti, b. c 201.
I ^^ the rule for tithing.
Similar lo the preceding and
easily confounded with it.
To remove from or to one ;
to recall ; to send off, to
reject, to set aside ; to flay.
^ ® 1 ■^ the wind whisked it
away.
I ^ to remove; to peel; to take
off, as a wrapping.
1 in to withdraw or cancel, as a
license ; to recall, as an ofllicer
from bis |X)st; to do away with.
1 tt 1 ^ ^^'^ sui)ersede an oflBcer
by sending another.
j@ ] -^ a syphon, used to decant
liquor.
^11^^ [Confucius] never
omitted to eat ginger at meals.
1 f^ to remove calamity.
1 /S» ^ ll& ^'^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^"^^
leave the table.
I .^ to carry off the [table]
things ; to remove, as a shed.
ch'o^
Occnrs wrongly used for jgj
. thoroughly.
ch^o^ Pellucid clear water, through
which the bottom can be
seen ; water exhausted, run out, as
in a channel ; to search out.
^ I clear, pure; wet. smcere in
heart.
1 i& ^ %»^ thoroughly search
a matter to the bottom.
Frora^ carriage and \g^thor-i
ou(jh contracted.
c/<'6* A rut, the tr.ick of a wheel ;
precedent, example ; to follow
a precedent.
iJi l^Ki ] to follow in the old
track; he acts as badly as ever.
fJI ] « dried-up rut; t. c . at the
last gasp, u.sed by borrowers.
1 ^I CS ^^^^ precedent can be
followed.
^ 1 M fx follow on in the old
paths.
The original form represents
a plant sprouting; below is
the root, with the culm shoot-
ing up and two plumules on
its sides ; it is only used as the
45th radical of a few miscellaneous
characters, some of which refer to
springing plants.
The form of the character is
intended to represent a number
slips containing decrees tied
<s'0' together-
A slip, a memorandum with
writing on it; to record on tablets;
a register, a list, an inventory; a
volume, especially one with a hard
or board cover; records; a census;
a patent or commission; to plan ;
to choose, to appoint.
^ I to enrol one's name in a
list ; to write in a list.
:tg jET 1 or y 1 or ;4 p I a
list of the population, a census.
P^ )t$ I a door register, giving
a list of the family.
M> ^':
3^ 1 to make a list of people or
things.
I ^ a b(X)k sealed in an envelope.
j^ ] an im[>erial re^stcr of
population.
1 ^ 3E 1^*^ ^^^ promoted to be
a king; to make atnan a king,
and give him the patent or
invest him.
~— jfi ] one register.
§ ] and ] ^ b{x)ks, d<x;umeut3,
archives, law-pa{)er8, <fec.
A 7^ 1 JBX t'^i^ historiogra-
pher then recorded the prayer,
saying.
From wood and slips; also read
shan^; nearly ayuonymous with
p3 ch'ah,.
ts'o'
dux'
A palisade; posts of a stock-
ade ; a railing of posts; win-
dow-bars ; moveable upright slats
that serve for a d(X)r.
P^ ] a sort of turnstile, a door-
way railing.
] ffii or 1 S or I 1^^ a street
stockade, or gateway of posts,
used to divide the wards in
a city.
JH ^ ^ ] the whole force raised
a stockade.
^ ] the guard at a stockade.
^ I a fence, a line of posts.
1 %% ^" inclosure of posts, as in
a corral.
having plenty to eat and a wide
park to sleep in, [the deer]
tnight feel ashamed at its keep-
er's kindness.
From stone and to hreak-oS. as
the phonetic.
To drive off an ill-omened
bird, which is building its
nest near.
] ^1^ ^ to destroy the nest of
such a bird with a pole, or by
stoning.
c/iVi
CHEN.
CHEN.
CHEN.
43
Old oonnds, tiam, tian, and tan. In
chiam, tiamiy chian, and tian ; -
^ f-f From p to divine and P mouth ;
11 g.d. asking by sortilege ;al30 read
cJian c?ie»i'\ and used with ^o'to usurp.
To divine by casting lots ; to
observe signs, to wait for a verifica-
tion ; to look towards, as an au-
gury ; divination, sortilege. ; a lot.
] ^ or ] |> to cast lots ; the
first is usually restricted to divin-
ing by thediagramSj- or by the
dried carapace of tortoises.
I /?* M ^ ^'^^^ prediction or
sortilege ; — - the reverse of a
] ^« ^^ 1 M ^ verified lot.
1 ^ consult the fates.
1 P ^ *''^ predict by what one
first hears ; to tell fortunes mere-
ly by word of mouth ; it is also
written P ] to guess events,
and have the words recorded.
^ :^ 1 'M ?E a gid guessing for-
tunes by the lampwick.
] ^ to decide a thing by sorti-
lege, as in bibliomancy.
] ^ to foretell the weather, as
farmers wish to do.
] ^^ to see a sign of ; to ■discern
the omens,
jg ] a posthumous command, an
order left behind one.
1 M ® Cambodia or Chiampa;
the second name is an imitation.
Canton, cMm and chin; — in &watow, chiam^-ch'^i, chian, and iian ; — in Amoy,
— in Fuhchau, chieng ; — in Shanghai, tsd'*, s6"' and cZse" ; — in Chifu, chen.
] -y a rug; if large, it is ;^
m
From water aud to divine.
( \ l_f To moisten, to tinge ; to re-
^chan ceive benefits, to enjoy ; to
participate in, to be a reci-
pient ; obliged, benefited ; infected
with ; aflected by, imbued with.
] ,§, to receive favors; I have
enjoyed kindness.
1 3^ g^*- ''' ^^''^"g^ your favor;
also, to make some profit on,
as a shoppian does thro ugh a
customer.
1 ^ Ift If corrttpled by > bad
company.
I
to catch a disease.
ff ] ^ the perspiration wet his
back.
^ 1^ i^ ] sorrow, and joy are
equally divided.
] y^ soiled ; influenced; infected;
it usually means ] J^ defiled ;
made turbid, dirtied, — literally
and metaphorically.
1 . I © ■& very well satisfied,
conceited.
^ fh 1 ^ the willow drops have
soaked his clothes [blue]; met.
he has become a siutscai.
Wi 1 ^. ^ I ^i^ deeply sensible
of your great favor.
Read tien'. The old name of
Loli-ping hien ||* Z[i |^ in Pihg-
ting cheu in the east of Shansi.
Read ^tSen. A" small stream in
^ II Jl^.in the south-east of Shan-
si, a branch of the River Chans.
chan
Interchanged with the last.
A drizzling, soaking rain ;
to wet, to soak ; pattering ;
soaked ; to moisten ; to be-
stow favors.
\ ^ dead drunk.
1 Wi ^^■^'' through, — -by the rain.
1 i^ ^"^ 1 ipf-'Soaked through;
moistened — by your kindness.
1 fl wet to the skin.
"^Wi \ ti tjlothes are so wet as
to cleave to the skin.
t *W' 1 \u hnbued with your
favors and goodness.
^ 1 ^ JS, when [the groufKl] is
thoroughly soaked.
From hair and faithful ; the
contracted form is oommon.
Felt of "any kind ; coarse
fabrics, rough and nappy,
chan ^^ ^"g^' ^^^P^ts blankets,
felted hats:-
] 1^ a felt hat'
] '^ a carpet bag.
1
a carpet.
iliK^fW 1 to huddle together
on the rug in winter.
'J^ ] a blanket ; a carpet.
35.^]^^ flowered rug ; a
Turkish carpet.
in :r^ it I [uneasy] as if you was
sitting on needles.
.m
A
xhaii
The second form is unusual,
and also means to hide away.
To turn around ; to remove ;
to follow ; to ran ; : — unable
to advance is jte ] , usually
referring to want of success
in life, unfortunate in one's plans.
] lame,.halting in one's walk.
A kestrel or sparrow-hawk,
)W with light grayish plumage,
han and swift and strong of flight
in pursuit of its prey.
I 1^ ancient name of a place in
Kansuh.
iO'l^ ^0 1 IJiie liawks and kites.
A'r:*;i»^From fish and faithful as the
P»|=r| phonetic.
chan A large sea-monster, the
sturgeon, described as 20 or
30 feet long, and weighing a thou-
sand catties; the mouth opens be-
low the muzzle, and a row ■ of
spines run along (he back and
belly ; the body is scaleless, and
the flesl) yellow ; it is al.-^ called
W\ ^, ''^^^ fi«'^ ; ^ ^\ imperial
fish ; "and ^, ] yellow fish.
] _%J( sturgeons and whales ; — to
wliich unscrupulous men are
likened*
<1
.chan
Congee or gruel ithat has
been thoroughly boiled, thick
aiicV rich.
] 5f? watery congee and
thick porridge.
44
CHEN.
CHEN.
CHEN.
Mach the same as the next.
< ai=K A silken banner of a reddish
^dian color, plain and triangular,
used in the olden time to an-
nounce the prince's order or ap-
proach, because he bad no em-
blazonry.
^ Si ] J® to set out and ar-
range an altar for worship ; it is
especially done by the Tao-
ists when honoring Tuh-hwang
Shangti.
From p\ a flag and yj crimson,
used with the last.
^chan A silken banner ; a staff bent
at the top to allow the banner
to hang well ; it was used to call
or to signalize a high officer ; used
for ^ as a final particle ; attentive.
] ^ a signal flag.
J]^ ] to respect or keep aloof
from.
] ^ a term for the five years in
the cycle having ^j iii them.
Jl "^ 1 ^ may he be careful.
^ I take it away ; reject it, as a
story.
"^^ Jh* A refl, hard, close-grained
<T74 ^^'<^^d 'found in western China,
^chan called ] ^ in irftetion of
the Sanskrit clianda)ia%x san-
dal wood, but including too the
Pterocarpus and Styrax trees ; the
wood is used for carvings, fine fur-
niture, and boxes.
<p5b^ Composed of /« high ]\ for
f/t~i yf to divide and g words; q.d.
Chan '° *^'^ '''8^ and unreasonably; aa
^ a primitive, its meaning seldom
appears in the compounds.
Verbose, tattling ; for which the
next is preferable ; at such a time ;
to oversee, to direct ; excellent ;
a goveniment augur in old times ;
to reach ; sufficient, more than
enough.
] ^ Jj^ the bureau which mana-
ges the households of the em-
press and heir-apparent; its of-
ficers are chiefly Manchus.
|J> "g ] ] the sound of low, un-
meaning talk ; gabbling; loqua-
cious.
] to carefully provide.
Talkative; nonsensical, wild
<ty^ or prattling talk.
^Itan \ ^ delirious talk of a sick
man ; heady, incoherent talk.
S I IS^r^T 1 |§ to talk like
a fool o€ crazy person.
Prom eye and to oversee as the
phonetic.
^clian To look up, to reverence, to
regard very respectfully; to
revere.
1 jRl to regard, look up to.
jKJl I H^ "]» these children look
up to you.
] fl^ to look up adoringly, as to
a sovereign; to have an audience.
^ 1^ ] to make mistakes in pub-
lic ceremonies.
JS ^ ^ I ^1 people have their
eyes fixed on you.
] ^ to long for, to anticipate, as
if with bated breath.
1 (i* n ^ I look at that sun
and moon ; «". e. upon my troth,
I am as true; a kuid of as-
severation.
JjQ ] to look at thoughtfully.
1 T& ceremonies of an audience,
ritual forms ; the term | jp^ Q
has been used to denote the
Sabbath, and ] j|S ^^ then
means Monday, and so on.
] 19 name of a portion of Annam
in the T'ang dynasty.
hPra^ A heavily laden horse • a
fj^p^ white horse with a black
^chan back ; a unicorn.
From wind and to divine as the
phonetic.
'"chan Anything moved off by the
wind, especially the water
when raised in waves.
j@, ^ ] the blast raises the waves.
^^ I to shake, as things in a
tempest
The original form ia composed of
f* hody and JL \vorkman re-
'^chan P®'^*'®'^ ^°^^ times, showing unit-
ed action.
To open out, to unroll and in-
S{)ect ; to expand ; to exhibit ; to
stretch out at one's ease ; to jodge
of, to look ink); to prolong; some-
thing great attained ; true, sincere;
-cheerful, pleasant.
I ^ to laugh.
1 M to raise the eye-brows, to
look cheerful.
1 "^ to blossom out ; to open.
I p^ to open, as a book; to
spread out, as a map.
] ^ to display for a sight ; to
inspect
] pjl to extend, as the time.
] ^ to exhibit.
1 ^ gratified, at ease.
2 j may you open this — a
phrase put on the address of a
letter.
:h ] ^ ^ to develop rare
abilities.
] ^ to display a bridal trousseau-
To bind up ; one says, to
?iix} away, as tears. This
Vwn character is wrongly re.id *nien
by many, in the sense of to
twist, to curl, to twine ; ^ | ^
■^ to twist thread ; ] |3 to take
or pay a quota ; but ^ is more
correct.
I |£ stretched as wide as possible.
] ^ a duster to wipe a table.
From carriage and to open out;
it is also read ^ch'an; and inter
changed with 'nten |k a roller.
To turn half over, to roll over
on the side.
] 1^ to revolve ; back and forth ;
over and over; to and fro.
1 ^ 1^ »S continually thinking
on, unable to forget.
pJC ] a water mill.
Read 'men. To roll on.
^ ] *"* JiE ^ the barrow has
rolled (or made) one rut
CHEN.
CHEN.
CHEN.
45
From body and faithful as the
phonetic.
*'chun Naked, nude ; without any
covering ; to strip.
1 :^ "^ H ^'^^^^ naked and ex-
posed.
\ ^"^M. stripped off his
clothes.
To tear off, as a placard ; to
peel off, as a scab ; the scurf
"^chan skin, the epidermis ; a scab ;
skin peeling off.
J^ i^ 1^ 1 [beaten till] his skin
broke and the flesh flayed off.
Eead tan'. The skin of the
face chapped and sore,
^^* The head awry ; shivering,
chilled through; trembUng,
chan^ shaking; unsteady, as the
hand.
IJ^ ] ^ the limbs shaking
with cold.
^ I shivering; and ^ ] tremb-
ling, either from weakness or
cold.
♦& H ^ ] so terrified that the
flesh creeps, as when in view of
danger.
1 ii ^ a child blubbering or
shivering, as when afraid.
Read isheii. To smell.
^■f£»'5 From grain and faithful as the
Ara^ phonetic.
c/^«„' A sheaf of grain ; grain bound
up in any way after it has
been cut.
ttj^) From horse and to roll.
^/Pi A horse rolling himself in
Chan' the dust, commonly called
fS^ ^ °^ 1^^ making
1^
a whirl or boiling the dust
cliari*
i^^
chan*
From 'property and a shop.
To scheme how to get the
chan' property of others by fraud
or robbery.
03) A kind of white veined wood,
well fitted for making combs
and spoons.
From man and to divine ; this
form is rather modern, and
y some etymologists call it erro-
neous; it is commonly em-
ployed to distinguish the two
tones and meanings of the
second form, which is also read
fchen. It is used for (Ch'en Q§
to see.
To usurp, to seize by force j
to arrogate, to take a liberty, to as-
sume; to possess; to trespass upon?
to take improper precedence of.
^ ] to invade and possess, as
fM fields for sowing.
1 5fe to presume ; to rudely take
or go first; to push forward.
] ^ 5^ to take what one likes;
to peculate, to take some profit
or advantage ; not considerate
of others.
] {{^ to forcibly occupy.
] ^ to demand or covet more
than one's share.
] i'^iP ^^ incroach a little, to
make a grievance.
^ ] to trespass on; to appropriate.
1 A ^ ^ to wheedle and get
other people's wises.
Read J:ien. Careless, superficial;
low; trifling; to skim.
1 IS ligtit, trifling; as ^ ^
j ^^ don't slight your lessons.
] ^ p§J ps: to hum, to read in
a low tone, as one turns over a
book.
In Pelingese. To pay close,
heed to ; to do faithfully.
I ^ ^' to attend diligently to
one's business.
pniii From weapon and single; others
.^Jr derive it ivom'^weapon and ^^
char^ wild heast contracted.
Alarmed, terrified ; fearful ;
to join battle, to fight with num-
bers ; a battle ; war, hostilities ;
military, pertaining to war ; anx-
ious dread caused by rumors of
war.
SJ" 1 or ^ ] or /fg I to join
battle, to fight.
] ^ drawn up in battle array,
on the I ^ battle-field.
] 5E ^ 1 ^ died in battle, as
a I J^ soldier.
j|l_ I or gfj" ] a long and severe
battle ; a bloody fight, as in a
prize-ring.
] ^ victorious.
] ^ drums sounding.
^T ^ I terrified, scared, as one
going into the melee ; to shiver,
as with cold.
] '^ or I "g paralyzed, tremb-
ling with fright.
1 1 IS |)S frightened, quaking
with consternation.
"p ] ^ to send a challenge, to
d^lare war.
^ 1 ii pugnacious, given to
quarreling.
ever yet got a victory without
having to fight for it?
\% I to play the game of morra
at a feast.
1 jlS ^ war- junk ; a man-of-war.
^ I a veteran, one used to war;
a long war.
1^ ] ^ a flag of truce, made of
board with these three charac-
ters on it.
4G
CH'EN.
CH'EN.
ch'en.
Old Boands, t'iam, t'ian, dian and t'am. In Canton, c/i'im, ch'in and shin ; — in Swatow, chiam, ch'ien, and t'ien;
in Amoy, ch'iam, ch'ian, tian and t'ian ; — in Fulichan, chieng, tievg, and ch'ieng ; — in Shanghai, /s'e",
ts^ and dxe" ; — in Chif iJ, ch'en.
J^Q From to see and to divine.
( t>^ To spy, to peep ; to glance at
^li'aii I -j^ to wait ia Jiope for ;
^ I to have a bly look at.
!^i|i^ A bordered curtain on a
< Ty'C '^^y's t;art, in which sense
^d^an it is liise the next two; a
coverlet.
^ $ ^ ] a lad/s chariot has
curtains.
'^%n^ 1 ^^^ hearse had a
fringe or curtain.
Kead ^Um. Feib clotlies.
From clothes and to oversee ;
the second form is least used.
An apron or flap; the skirt
of a robe, which shakes
when walking ; a covering
for the knees; to adjust the
dress ; flapping.
I ^^ or -^f I an apron.
1 1^ a screen, a covering.
] ] nice and trim, as a robe ; a
skirt flapping.
;p ^ — I not enough to fill
one apron.
] im ^ neatly dxeased.
Similar to the last; the second
form ia coo^moulj uaad fur
valance.
The curtain of a carriage
stretched along its sides; a
screen on an entrance ; the
lappcl that hides a se^m;
to break or snap off".
^ I . a bed-curtain fringe or
valance.
?S ^ "t^ 1 ^'^ ^'^^^ bedewed
his apron.
^|b Also written \'^ in this ^nse.
<iLti» Discord; a jarring noise.
jC/*'a?» ] 1^ the discord of notes,
harsh sounds that grate on
when the five notes do not
confuse each other, there is no
discord.
,cfi^an
Long, slender, as a stick of
timber; the pivot on which
c/i'an a rice beater works.
fe ^H 'Tl 1 ^® cetUr rafters
phyuld be slender.
Composed of 7^ dwelling, £
(I village, /\ eight, and j^
grnmid, to represent the li
xjcii which was allotted to each
J yeoman in a village; the second
foruv is unusual.
A dwelHng-lot assign^ to
a retainer ; a sIkh), a stall; a square
for a market ; a towi residence.
] "fjj a bazaar ; a market-place.
^ fj. ] ^ to inspect the shops
and market&
jc/«W
From silk
phonetic.
and ahnp as the
^chhin To bind np, to wrap, to ban-
dage; to entwine, to cling
to; to implicate; to molest, to
bother; intricate, involved; twin-
ing about; swathed.
I H to bind lip the feet.
] ^ to lace the waist.
^ ] hindered ; to iiupe)de one's
acts or movements.
1 yH ^'•^ P"'' "'* * tnrban ; but
] jjg ^ is the hire of a
harlot.
1 ^ a waist-bag for carrying
money or things.
] 1^ to implicate, to get around
one.
] j^^ to trip, as by a rope ; involv-
ed, obscure, as a moaning.
1 ^% bound by many ties, in-
volved with ; to entwine; met.
interminable ; protracted, as
illness.
] i^ wound round and round; to
bind about ; to cord; implicate.
j /|p jH he never stops, or gets
done troubling me.
] ^ to importune, to bother.
HI I it is hard to get rid of his
importunity.
[^ I delayed, hampered, as from
circumstances ; slow, as in re-
covery.
A small branch of the R. Loh,
mentioned in the Shu King;
jCA'a/j it rises in Mang-tsin hien,
.and flows south by Hie city
of Honan fu, near the entrance of
the R. I into the K. Loh ; and is
about twenty-nine miles long; also,
an affluent of the li. Han in Kuh-
ch'iiig hien ^ ^^ jg|, in the north
of Huj[)eh.
From foot and marlect as tlio
phonetic.
f.h^an To tread in, to follow in or-
der; to revolve; the motion
of the sun in his fixed orbit; a
course; a trodden path, a rut
EI ^ >^ 1 ^^^ ^^" '""v^s hi his
orbit.
M 1 «M
stars.
zodiac
1 M;> or 1
Tjf the courses of the
path of a star; the
[^ to follow a prece-
dent, to tread in the old paths.
From door and single.
To open ; to spread out, to
sAaw' enlarge from the original
condition; to expand, as by
instruction; manifest, plain.
I BJJ to state clearly.
I : fi^ to illustrate, to comment on.
] 3^ to make one to know.
]'^f ^~f ^0 enlarge the empire.
] J^ to explain what is obscure.
CH'EN.
CH'EN.
CHEU.
47
I g^ a city of Tsi, ii(}w Ning-
yanghien ^ |^ j|^tn south of
Shantung.
An old carriage altogether
worn out ; the canopy of a
''ch^an carriage.
;^ W I ] the ebony car-
riage is quite ruined.
^595 Incoherent talk, as of one in
p-^ a fever; irregular and incor-
^ch'an rect expressions.
From loords, and pitfall, or
an inner gate; the second
form has become antiquated.
To flatter, to cajole; 'to
lie to one by flattering, to
worship a god, or praise a
man, beyond what isdue to
them ; to pander, to fawn, to court ;
adulation, sycophancy; gratifying
to one's feelings.
^ ifO ^ I poor and yet no flat-
terer.
1 jH sycophantic ; to cajole, to
play the lickspittle.
1 1^ BX ^ to praise one, in order
to get his favor.
I ^ to laugh and joke with, in
order to please.
1 A Pf ^^ the batterer is des-
picable.
fl^ ^ 1 5 wanton music tickles
the ear.
] ^ specious flattery.
Jl ^ -7 ] ^e^t your superiors
withbut sycophancy.
'SB ^"^ ^^"^^ ^'''''^^^•
rm 1 .# flff ^ to laugh and
''cli^aii smile with one.
Etymologists derive tliis char-
acter from -2? to leave and ^
or _^ 'property changed and
combined.
To command, to order ; to
prepare ; to release.
] 5^ iil ifi i^ to keep ready mili-
tary means so as to meet tbe foe.
] in to muster troops out of
service.
1 fit} to prepare, to get ready for,
] ;^ to end an affair.
Also read ^cli^aii. To pull or
extend anything, to attempt
''ch^an steadily and 'persistently.
1 :^ T "fife stretch it out
longer, as cloth.
I ^ Ul try it on if he won't give
anymore; make the attempt to
get it.
%
To- strike, to beat
^ch^a/n
The foolish look of a sim-
pleton is I P^ ; — a gaping,
''ch'^an gawky look, as of a bumpkin.
From hide and to oversee ; the
second form is rarely used.
A flap to protect the dress
or the horse from the mud
when riding; spatterdashes;
a skirt to cover the dress.
saddle-cloths, housings; they
are made of thin leather.
i^ III |r| ] ili« piebald courser's
g;iy housings.
f/^i Small sticks resting on the
^ plate, on which to support
c/i^au^ and extend the eaves beyond
the wall.
P^^J A horse traveling very fast ;
jjCf^ a rapid canter.
p To open a door a little in
order to peep ; to obtain.
ch^an' 1^ ] to spy through a
crevice.
5 "Like the last; it is- also- read
ft i 671.
1^
ch^avk To spy or peep ; to look at
sideways; to eye another
privily.
|g I to furtively spy at.
Old, sounds, tu, t'ut, du, ddt, dju, t6k, and. dok. In Canton, chau ; — in Swatow, cMu and tin ; — in Amoy, chin, tin,
and liu ; — in Fuhchau, chiu, ch'iu, tin, teii, and chea; — in Shanghai, tseu and zeii; — in Chifu, chin.
.cheu
Composed of P mouth and J^
to use; the three next derivatives
are interchanged with it ; as a
primitive it usually conveys an
idea of everywhere, if it influ-
ences the sense of the compound
at all.
To provide for, to supply^ to
extend everywhere, to make a cir-
cuit ; to:environ ; plenty, enough ;
secret, deep; subtle; a curve, a
bend ; open, honest, the opposite
of J;|^ 'p ; to the end, extreme ;
entirely ; close, fine.
I ^ everything is ready.
] ^secret ; crowded, close toge-
ther^ well arranged, satisfac-
tory'; definite and particular;
no defect.
j ^ the famous feudal dynasty
of Cheu which lasted from b. c.
1022 to 255, under thirty-four
sovereigns; it was so called
because the emperor's power
reached everywhere.
I "j^ to treat friends cordially ; to
make a circuit ; circulating, as
the winds do.
48 CHEU.
I ^ to bring about a tbingi
to remove ill feeling, to carry
through; everyway complete.
] jE a broad road ; but ^ ]
means the windings of the road.
1 ^ or ] gg universal, every-
where, all around.
] ^ let all know ; universal
knowledge.
] BU /^ Jt public and open, with-
out selfish ends; nothing left
undone or slighted.
1 Ift g^^® ^i^ ^^6 whole duty
or tax.
^ ^ ] ^ I was dreaming that
I saw Duke Chen, i. e. I was
asleep ; said by Confucius, who
admired him.
m^ I a place in the south-west
of Shansi, now K^i-slian jf^ |[j,
where -j^ 5E planned the over-
throw of the Shang dynasty.
W^^ 1 i'J to fjiil to treat a
guest properly ; ^ ] also de-
notes a deficiency, "not enough,
to go round."
^felH Frequently used for the last.
r lfl^X. To revolve, to circulate ; to
^cheu inform the people ; a year,
j ^ ffiE is "^ay *J^e whole year
be prosperous.
] ^ ^ i& flows unceasingly, as
the blood.
•— ] one turn or revolution ; as
^- ] 3^ all the way around it.
1 @W M •'* hundred li around it.
] ^ ' — ^ he is ever the same.
^ ] return of the year.
A ^ Hurried ; j ^$ to walk in
( J/'*^ ail irregular manner; fluttered
^cheu and impatient; bustling.
H ffl Ff ''^ wealth and everywhere.
C^/R| To bestow, as alms ; to give ;
jsfieu and usually intimates a free
gift.
1 16. beneficent, liberal.
1 ^ to relieve the poor; help the
distressed i^eople.
1 |& to give to. I
CHEU.
J^^ 7{% ] the oflering or present
is inadequate.
i pi A heavily laden cart ; a wain
c'f/Rl overloaded in front ; heavy ;
jC/iCM low.
■+BEI Interchanged with (fao ^ in
cT/^J this sense.
flteu An evergreen found in Hu-
nan, furnishing a hard, tough
wood, good for presses, thills, carts
or poles ; the bark of one sort fur-
nishes a coarse papier ; a tree like
the Styrax; a [xAe for poling
boats ; name of a river.
In Fu/ichau. A closet, cupboard,
or cabinet.
<^
The original form depicted a
canoe, three cross boads and a
tnmod-np bow ; it is the 137th
^Cneu radical, and the characters
under it form a natural group.
A vessel, a boat of any sort, a
" dug-out ; " to go in a boat ; to
transixjrt ; if the |)eople are likened
to a water, the prince is the boat ;
a stand for a cup ; to carry in the
girdle.
] i|^ the captain of a Ijoat, or a
flotilla; I -^ a ferryman.
fpj J[^ ] ^ what did he carry
at his girdle *?
I f^ cargo of a vessel ; to Irans-
[wrt.
] ?^ on board a vessel ; a land-
ing-place; ] tJc :;^ ft!r the boats
are lying at Taku.
— ^ ^ I one punt, one dingey;
a wherry.
] $ ^ ^ the water and land
routes are parallel.
] ^ to boat it ; to take a thing
with one.
] ll] or Chusan I., so called from
its shape being thought to re-
semble a boat.
Aj^ To cover close ; to shade and
(■ \/4 conceal ; a veil, a shade.
^c/icu HI ] -^ ^ who has deluded
my beautful one?
] 5^ false ; to deceive.
CHEU.
ij^ A square frame or dash-board
ct75 "^ *ront of a carriage, sap-
f/ieu ix)rting and protecting the
driver's seat, and covering
the thills.
$^ ] bended poles, at the
end of the thills.
JSk^r From bird and boat.
cjy^ A sort of crested lark or bob-
^c/ieu o'-link, called f.^ 1 or || jy|
whose song is heartl in the
morning ; native writers liken it to
the magpie.
] "j* a narrow, long boat.
it I J '^^^ original form represents
f • • I t'^^®® mounds, around which the
^■^ ' u'ater flows ; as a primitive, it is
i^'^'^ used chiefly to impart its sound.
An islet, a place in the water
where men dwelt, for which the
next is now used ; a political dis-
trict, ranking next to a/« or pre-
fecture ; anciently comprised 2500
families ; of old a grand division
of the empire ; a continent ; a
dwelling ; a horse's rump ; a region,
a spot, a place ; a time.
I ^ a neighborhood, a hamlet
^ ] a district magistrate of the
highest grade, having a | (^
for his deputy, and a | ^ij for
his assistant judge or syndic.
^ I the nine divisions of China
in the daysof Yii ; met the world.
] ^ @ or ] g the city jailer ;
an inspector of roads,
f^ 1 a poetical name for China.
vJU ^'"""^ region and water; occurs
t l/l I ^""itten ^cheu ^, in old books.
^cheu An islet, one small enough
to be seen at once ; a place
where men and birds collect and
dwell ; the term is chiefly used on
thesoiithern coasts, ^ is morecom-
mou on the northern ; in Bwlhism,
a dwipa or continent ; J|f jp$ | is
the continent of '' those who con-
quer tIiospirit"(/*«n;ii-FrVi!?/ja); or
$^ 11 I "those who leave the
body," the great continent on the
east, whose inhabitants have semi-
CHEU
CHEU
cheU
49
circular faces ; and ^ ] " the
•upeiior continent," is iho nortlieiu
continent o{ kuru-fJwipa or uttara-
kurti {S ^ ] wliero the inhabi-
tants have t-quare laceB.
^ ] a low island - a bank awash
in a river or sea.
] pg alluvial fields; made lands.
•jlj ] the Nine Islands near Macao.
^^^ff To strike; to pluck out; the
c ^Tf. winding lines of hills ; a
^c/ieu place called Cheu-chiii | J|^
in Si-ngan fu in Shenbi,
south of the R. King, is so
termed from its winding val-
leys.
^-^-y From xvords and long life as the
plionetic.
Hurried, bustling; to impose
upon, to hoodwink.
?^ ^ ^ to deceive ; to delude
by misstatements; to make a
lying representation.
To grasp, as a fan.
1 Ml to flirt or hold a fan.
'■clieu
Tlie original form represents a
5C hand holding a f]l doth
in the I J house; the second
form with ba'Hitoo is most used.
To sweep up dirt ; a besom
of twigs; a broom, — written
only with the second form.
^ 5^ ] the sieve and broom
holder, — a term for a concu-
bine.
^ j ^ a species of goose-foot
( Chenopodium ^Kocldci] scojKiriu),
wiose tender leaves are eaten ;
it is cultivated in Chilili for be-
soms and coarse brushes, which
are prepared by simply drying
and trimming the whole plant ;
the book name of ^^ )g is per-
haps identical with it.
A kind of gibbon or macacus
/PJ found in Sz ch'uen, and said
'ch'eu to be as huge as an ass; it is
the female of the I: oh ^||.
and perhaps denotes a species
which has not yet been described ;
or it may be the dusky gibbon
{Hylohates fuwreus)
From flesh and inch, referring
to the pulse at the elbow.
'^elieu Tlie elbow, the joint of the
fore-arm, and also includes
the wrist or fore-arm sometimes; a
fore quarter of meat; to conceal,
to hold in the elbow ; to take by
the wrist : an old measure of 2 or
1^ cMh, — probably a cubit, or
the length fnmi the elbow to the
finger-tip; the Budhists say it is
the IG.OOOth part of a yodjuna, or
the 1000th })art of a mile.
I ^ /fg ^ as near as the elbow
to the side ; — a dear friend, a
near relative.
^ ] a fore shoulder of pork.
^ ] the elbow ; the wrist.
|£ I to hold one by the wrist.
W^ ^^ Wi 1 when he starts it
sticks to him.
^ ^ ] to fold the arms.
M ] ^ ^ the dangers of a bare
arm, — i.e. of want or exposure,
referring to a sleeve that reaches
only to the elbow.
-nil' 5 From spirits and an inch.
p3 J New, ripe liquor; pure, strong
ch^ea' spirits, thrice distilled, and
enjoined to be drunk by the
sovereign in summer ; it was pre-
pared for the libations and feasts
in the ancestral temple, and was
made iji tlie first rao<^n so as to
become mellow by the eighth
moon, when it was wanted.
1 ^ or wine money, was a vail
paid to chamberlains at a ban-
quet by feudal princes.
^ ] punished for having vile
spirits.
It
) A trace in a harness; the
crupi)er of a saddle, which is
di^eu made of wood and passes
across the haunches; it is now
supeiseded by the next.
] ^ or ] 3E •'^^' infamous rao-
njirch, whose crimes caused the
ruin of the Shang dynasty, B. c.
1122.
Used with the last. The
crupper of a liarness, called
c//ew' ] 1^ on ])ack-animals; it is
now usually merely a stick
across the rump, fastened to the
saddle by the ends.
) From I^ flesh and to \!c^ proceed;
not the same as the next.
ch^eu'* Descendants, posterity ; said
only of the families of gran-
dees.
] -^ the oldest son.
posterity.
the sons of high statesmen,
generations.
From ^ cap and ^ to proceed;
it is ofcen confounded with
the last, and with tuii* ^
stomach ; the second form
occurs in the classics as a
synonym, but is usually read
yiu?.
A helmet, formerly made of
rhinoceros' skin; it seems occasion-
ally to denote a visor.
^ ] morions and cuirasses ; de-
fensive arujor worn by warriors.
From a shelter and to proceed.
To hold, as the earth does ;
ch eu* all ages, past, present, and
future ; from remote anti-
quity till now.
^ 1 i a Oi ^ et yet the
l>ills and rivers in the world do
not change.
ch^eu
't'
%\
cii eu
From two P mouths over JL
man ; the first mouth was
* altered to words, in order to
denote the verb ; it was at
first the same as Jj^ to bless,
but was BubseqneiiLiy employ-
ed by the Budhists for the
dharani, a charm or magic
formulas, which are defined
^ g true words.
To curse, to imprecate ; to recite
over s|)ells; an incantation, an
iujprecalion, a charm to hurt an-
other; a litany, such as priests
50
CHBU.
CH'EU.
CH'ETT.
recite, and for which sense tbey
employ mostly the form ^£ aa a
leclinic, using it only as a uoiin.
;g; I or II ] to recite prayers
or incantations.
^ fM 1 '^'** charms addressed to
Kwanyin.
] ^ to cnrse, to blackguard.
^ ] to invoke imprecations on one.
1 M ^^ '■*'! arid curse one.
I ^ 5E ^'*y ^® ^'® ' curse him
dead !
p To ask blessings on ; to
fX[l4 bless, to pray lor ; a man's
ch'eu"* name, a statesman during
the T aug dynasty.
Is. i The seal character, called
I ^ or ] ^ fiom ChV'u ]
c/ieu^ >JC ^' '^ ^'^''' "tti^^i' t)t Siien-
waiig of the Clien dynasty
B. c. 80J, who inventeil this- form
of the character ; to study.
'5 From p day and ^^ to divide
p^ coutracced.
cJieu^ Daytime, daylight ; half of
the twenty-four hours.
] ^ ^ >i' or Z-'k]^ P^"S
on dny and niMit; unwasingly.
I f^ -f" ^ i'^ the day, collect
yuur rushes [and reeds for the
thatch]
1^ ] broad daylight ; openly.
m
cfitu^
^ a siesta.
' ] f^ ?^ t<* ^^rn day into
night, iis rakes do.
To peck, as a bird ; birds
twittering ; a star in Hydra.
,% 1 ^^^ Ijill of H bird.
^ ^ vtt 1 [the pelican]
never even wets his bill.
Als«> read ^chu. Talkative.
f ] loquacious, garrulousi
XpXt
cheu^
Considered by some to be
the same as the lask
To peck; the bill of a bird ;
a large bird with a crooked
beak which eats its young.
.ch'eu
Old, sovmds, t*u, t'ufc, du, ddt, d&k and
afid t'iu; — inFvihchau, t'iu,
Composed of •^ Ixand and 05
fri'in, wliicli is a contraction of
p^ to detain, as the phonetic;
the second form is not com-
mon.
To take out with the hand;
to lift; to take out, as a
dividend ; to levy or assess, as
duty ; to select, to draw, as a lot ;
to expand, as the plants in spring;
to utter aloud ; to raise water ; to
pluck up; to receive one's portion;
to whip ; a tenth, a fee. *
] Jj^ to levy duty on.
] |i^ or ] 7^ to take a fee or
percentage ; a commission.
1 tLl ii'jcct it : take it out
'^\ nWi m ^n M ^-i^e" the
plants throw out green shoots,
we know s^jring is coming.
1 ^ spasms or cramp ; but ] l^j
^ is an old punishment of
pulling out the tendon achilles.
1 — W^Mt co'ivulsed by spasms;
quivering from a fit.
t'6k. In Canton, ch*au; — in Swatow, oh*iu ond t'iu; — in Amoy, tin, siu, hiu,
ch'ou, and siu ; — in ShangJiai, dzeh, t8*eii and zeil ; — in Ohifu, ch'in.
1 7^ to extort; to exact illegal fees.
^ f i! 1 '(& ^^'■*'^'® 'i''" off with a
whip ; ^ 1 fi)^ I'll whip you I ,
jjdl ^ — ' I to add a tenth.
I ^ to go out, as on a visit.
] ^ 3^ BS I've no spare time.
'^ lib 1 ^ I cannot take the
time; also, I cannot release or
free myself, us from a visit
1 J^ Ui^ l^e took himself off ; he
ran away.
1 fel or ] § §2. to take a little
leisure or vacation.
] {^ to lay by a percentage, as
for expenses.
I ^ lift it carefully.
I {(^ to weight or heft the stone
— a martial test
] ;]& lift it by the bottom.
] ^ to levy taxes, but not to in-
clude ^J^ I illegal rates or fees.
1 ^ ^ to abstract the papers
of a case from court.
In Fuhciutu. To miss; ] ^
to drop a thread in weaving.
In Pe Icing ese. To smoke ; it is
also wrongly used for ^ to shrii^k,
to contract.
] ^ a drawer in a table.
1 jtH to smoke a pipe.
Vexed, annoyed.
I '1'^ dissatisfied, disappoint-
ed in one's wishes.
^ From disease and to jly high.
c/_^^ To be healed, to cure ; con-
^ch^eu valescent; to reform, as by
teaching; remedy; an injury.
^ ^ ^ \ ^o<^ he say he is not
yet Well?
^ I incurable.
^ ] healed; well; cured.
From man and long life; ooowra
used with the next.
m
ch'ea -^ company of four, a party;
a class, a sort ; a comrade, a
mate ; fellows, friends ; who ? to
cover, to screen.
1 ^ ^ circle of friends.
CH'EU.
CH'EU.
CH^EU.
51
pC I a partner, a match.
] -[§ a band of follows.
] ^ a clique, a ring, a camarilla.
] h^ ^ ^ who will do this
for hiiu "i
^ ] a young bride ; the phrase
alludes to the oriole's voice.
H l'J^ From. field and long life; used
Pl^i with the last.
Aihea -^ cu Itivated field, particularly
a field of hemp; to till; to
continue successively; to classify;
a mate, a class; who; formerly;
to aid.
•|g5^ I or ] ^ heretofore ; time
past, pffviously.
^ ^ fg ] to cultivate the ar-
able fields.
] 11 W M ^^'e <^iked fields are
ricli and fertile.
^ ] the ninc^ fields, denote the
divisions of Yii's Great Plan in
the Book of liecords.
] ^ who asked about it?
Ay^ From bamboo and long life as
J^^i tlie phonetic.
c/<^« To calculate, to compute ; to
devise, to arrange, to plan;
a time; a lot, a tally ; a ticket, a
tillot ; an ancient division of a night
watch, about fifteen minutes.
Is ^ 1 ^ how many times have
you read it ?
^ 1 "I' ^L 1 to draw a lot or
tally.
tM 1 to strike the hours, as a
walchnian ; a clepsydras.
^ ] to give out tickets, as to a
sou[) kitchen.
1 ^ to pilch reeds into a jar;
name of an old game.
5II 1 l|!^ l|g to plan strategy in
his tuiit; met. a high general.
] ^ or ] |l|<: to devise, tc scheme;
to set a trap for, to plan.
1 S: to settle and arrange, as a
way of action.
1 ^% ^ counter in play.
MM 1 ^ to calculate the whole
thing at once.
fj" 1 a tally or bamboo billet
^- ] ^ ® he never proposed
one plan ; he has no cleverness.
t^i^ Embarrassed.
] 5^ irresolute, undecided ;
^ch'eu unable to get on, wavering.
From spiritii and region as the
plioiietic ; the other forms are
unusual.
y To pledge a guest ; to urge
him to drink, or toast him
^ULj^ in rftnrn for his bumper;
(^ P* 4 ! to recou)pense, to make a
^cji'eu return ; to repay, to requite.
1 5^ t<> P'ly? ^s " ^*^^-
1 S^ pltdging, as a host and
gileSt.
- 1 - g^ ^ # i?| even the
interchange of wine-cups is not
a fortuitous thing.
1 |fi.| to return thanks, especially
by a return present
1 ^ to make a tliank-ofi^ering.
] ni <>•• 1 ^ ^ B '•> tli'i"k the
gods ; to acknowledge heaven's
favor, as in being saved from
fire <jr death.
^ 1 -iJi^ at a great ex]^)ense, as
for entertaining.
1 ^ ^ gratuity for services, as
when one | ^ requites for
trouble.
1 ^ to return an invitation.
■-'Itt Occurs used with the last, and
C 5 / n ^^^ chev? n/u to revile.
^cU^eu To answer, to respond.
] "^J- to reply to.
^B3 A single coverlet; a bed-cur-
<^ 1/^1 tain; to cover, as with bed-
^ch^eu clothes; an under-shirt
^ 1 coverlets and sheets.
] ijj^ a curtain.
Read ^tao. The sleeve of a coat
m heart and /row; also read
I J-* Fron
ck^eu Grieving, sorrowful; cast down
and anxious.
S *t^ S- 1 * sorrowing and an-
xious heart.
] ] careworn ; weary and sad
lookinjx.
A@ 1
"f'X' A medicinal plant with a
(g^^ bitterish root, called ] |^
fCh^eu and j;-^ Iff the ground elm ; it
is a S|)ecies of Hedysarum.
From grain and everywhere.
Grain growing rank and
close ; thickset, crowded ; a
crowd; dense, close tosjether;
viscid, stitl"; thick, as paste.
^ people closely crowded.
1 A ^ ^ '''■ "Vt^ry great crowd.
JS 1 A 4« 5^ ^ Ifest they should
lose each other in the crush.
1 6vl li 6^ there is both thick
£soup I and thin.
^tEl F"^*^™^ ^^^'^ and everyiuhere as
m/DI ^^'^ phonetic ; used with the
- '' "* next and last.
Thin silk; wash silks, like
pongee, senshaw, or levan-
tine; to bind; to wrap around, to
twine ; to hang with ornaments ;
thick; stiff.
^ ] stitf or raw pongee,
^ij ] soft or boiled silk.
] lit silks and satins; a general
term for silk goods.
1^ ] reeled pongee.
jf^ ] silk and cotton mixture.
S| ] coarse serge of wild silk ;
raw crape or pun jam.
] ^3 to wrap around, to inter-
twine, to wreath ; to hold con-
sultation with,
j^ I a kind of silk or thread
camlet-
1 c-ff ^ quilting needle.
] lil fine, close woven, beautiful.
>A I. Used with the last when denot-
c/ eu "^'^ ^''^"' ^"'^ threads for
^ weaving; a clue, a thread ;
to arrange the details of; to search,
as a cause ; to try the tone of a
string.
1 '^M. to investigate the causes of.
j^ ] to wind off threads, as for
weaving.
52
CH'EU.
CH'EU.
CH'EU.
From wordu and two birds; the
first is also used for ^ch'eii Qlli
to p'edge, and both are cou-
tracted to the next.
To contradict, to oppose in
fpheu, arginneiit; to recrhniuate ;
to abiior, to Imte; to compare
and verify, to coUjite; to reveufje,
to pay off, to requite; an eneiuy,
a competitor ; dislike, enmity ; to
cliiss; a sort, a mateb for or pair.
] P5 "'' 1 M\ "'' 1 ^ ^''^ same
kind; to class; to pair; an op-
|)Onent, a rival.
^ ] a wrong, a cause for revenge.
•^ ] to cherish a grudge, for
which one must ^^ ] get re-
venge; it usually means blood
revenge.
1 iiJC •'" enemy, an opponent.
P ] to asi^erse, to blackguard.
't^ 1 'f^ ''* \viiG-, to detest ; I
cannot endure him.
^ ^ 1 Hl to get the real market
price.
M' *M I ^ t" return evil for good.
An abbreviated form of the
last. An enemy; to draw
^c/i^eu spirits and pledge a guest ;
proud ; to unite ; a pair ; a
comi)ani<)n.
] ^ my opponent.
ij^ I two men urged on by their
unajjpeased dead ancestors to
destroy each other.
1^ -^ [^ ] I will be your com-
rade.
^ I to hand up or draw spirits.
^ ] an ai)peased blood feud.
] ] mortal enemies; very proud,
haughty.
Read ^^•m. A great portrait
painter, named Kiu Ying ] ^, of
the Ming dynasty, also known as
Shih Chcu ;g' ^ Stone Island.
A brace of birds; the alter-
cations of birds ; to wran-
gle, to bicker ; a silkworm
j^ J found on the Ailantus
xh eu ^'^^^'
.fL
'■ch'eu
^^ Tike panting or grunting of an
:-^fpI o.x; to go out, to issue from;
^ch'eu an old district in Hoiian.
] ^ an old name for the yak.
The orijrinal form resembles a
hand holding tilings; others say
it is like ~n '''"' iiisiflo of .
two, because the twelfth moon
is called ] ^ ^c.]i'e^^ yuehf
The second of the twelve horary
characters or branches ; the tjecond
hour of the day from 1 to 3 o'clock
A.M. or the fourth watch; it is
denoted by the o.x, and astrologers
say that {persons born in this hour
are likely to be dull.
>J, I ^ the nierry-andrews in a
play, the jesters ; also called
] Bill ; they paint their faces.
1^ ] seeds of the morning glory
{P/iar bites »«7j]^used as a pur-
gative.
From spirit and demon.
Abominable, ugly, deformed,
''cWcu vile; disagreeable, disgraceful,
sliameful, ashamed ; todislike;
shamefaced; ashamed of; to act
violently; to compare, to bear a
likeness to ; a sort, a group.
<v^ I an imhappy fate or lot
^ ] or ] ;^ ill-looking, as an
ugly face.
^ ^jl I brazen-faced, bardeued.
^ ] ashamed for — or of.
p]" ] shameful.
^ ] bashful, timid, maidenish.
] ^ scamps, vagabijnds, hood-
hnns.
J^t 1^ 1 ^ compare one sort with
the other,
^ ] a disgrace to the family.
1 ^- ))^ ^ ^ ^''^ disposition ;
ungrateful ; impertinent and im-
practicable.
jj> ] a uiiscreant; a mean wretch.
I ;^ or ] f J disgraceful conduct.
^ I to presume and act rudely.
^ K 1 ^ tbe reality is its re-
j)roach.
if 1 '""' H 1 ^^ opposites, good
and evil ; handsome and ugly.
^=\ ) Pwm ae//and dr)<j, allndinf? to the
Jbrf*. scent; several charaouers under
t( ) the rad cal g have th s primitive
iu combination, to wbioh it gives
a hue of its meaning.
The scent of a track followed
by a dog; to scent out; an odor,
a smell, now confined to bad ones;
effluvia, stench, putridity; disrepu-
table, unsavory ; to stink, to rot :
heretical doctrines.
) ^ a bad reputation.
1 1^ bi'd-bugs; met. foul-mouth-
e(l fellows.
] ^ 'i had breath; a. stink; — not
so noisome as |^ | putridity.
% 1]'5 ¥ *t 1 T they wiU soon
come to a quarrel.
|g ] ]^ :fp to have a perpetual
re[)roath — u|ion one's name.
] a foul breath; high priced,
exorbitj^nt; — a Peking phra.se.
1 Wi '"Stinking copper," denotes a
hardfisted miser, and au officer
who bought his jK)st
] M noisome, rank; putrid, as
fish.
] l» H ^ vile talk ought not
tt) be listened to.
1 ^ Q worthless, as a corrupt
thing, or a scamp.
Read^'u'. Fragrance; ta smell;
to injure.
I ^ smell it.
^ I a pleasant smell,
i^ 1 S flt how fragrant and in
go(xl seiison.
) To discard, to reject; bad,
disagreeable, in which Sense
cU'eu^ it is like the last.
M ^ ] ^ I don't wish
you to cast me oflf.
:^ > To go as if weary ; to walk.
In Cantonese. To sprain, as
^f^'^^' the ankle.
1 ^ Sill I sprained my foot.
^l ^ ^ Name of a stream which joins
"i^7>J the Yellow River iu M;mg
cA'cm' hien -^ j|j(t in the north of
Honaii ; it is about fifty miles
long; the efl^uvia of water.
CHT.
CHI.
CHI.
53
Old sounds, tei, tai, dai, ti, tat, dat, zbat, tit, di'k and d£t. In Canton, chi and chei; — in Swatoio, ti, ohi, chei, and si; —
in Amoy, chi, si, ti, chu, and che ; — in Fuhchau, chi, ti, te, chie, chai, and che ; —
in Shanghai, tsz,' sz' and dsz' ; — Mt Chifu, chi.
From dart and mouth, indicating
the rapidity with wliich know-
ledge is communicated ; it occurs
interchanged with chi* ^ saga-
city.
To know, to perceive ; sensi-
ble of, to a|jpreciate ; to manage, as
one who knows; to be acquainted
witb ; to tell, to inform; an inti-
mate friend, a fellow ; knowledge,
wisdom ; to remember ; healed.
^ I I heard so.
I ^ to notice, to advert to.
<^ 1 ^ self-conscious, having
emotit)ns, intelligent.
J§^ ] contented, satisfied.
1 li ^'^ ] il knowledge, infor-
mation ; to comprehend, to fully
know.
1 >^ ^ ^^ y"^^ should reform
when you see your faults.
f^ ] who knew it ? i. e. nobody
knows it ; unexpected.
1 >CS "'■ 1 U* JiJ] y^ ^^ intimate
friend, one who knows you.
1 tE ~r Ourself knows it ; the
thing is known to Us; used by
the Emperor as a reply to reports
and memorials.
1 M ^ aware of it ; I have heard
of it already,
"^ ] an old friend.
I J^ I am sure of it ; I know it
certainly.
/f> 1 !& ^ffl I do not know it
thoroughly, or the reason for it.
^ 1 ]^ 3li ^ niisprision of trea-
son ; accessory before the fact.
^ I il ^ ^^'^ doltish ; ignorant
fellows: ; uneducated r.iscals.
1 Hf ^ prefect; i.e. one who
knows tlie prefecture.
— j ip ^ a moderate scholar,
not well informed,
f^ ] -^ a fortune-teller, a sight-
seer.
^ j ignorant of, unaware ; un-
consciously ; unacquainted with.
.ch-
.cK
I ^ a private or confidential
clerk ; also, a sub-abbot or sub-
priqi;, a karmadana one who
looks after the food, guests, build-
ings, &c., in a monastery.
j ]^ to manage public affairs.
^ I the old-time sages ; ^fe 1
^' a foreign term for a prophet.
] jM '' patron, one who recom-
mends another to oifice.
] -^ or ] JIB to tell to, to com-
municate ; to inform in a semi-
official or private manner.
A plant called | -J^ which
appears to belong to Verben-
aceaa ; its seeds are used as
a cool i Jig medicine and ex-
pectorant.
An insect, the ] $^ or a
spider, applied to all the
Araneseor spider family; the
etymolgy of the name is
^H ^ i e. the insect that knows
how to /cill.
1 S^ ^ ^ ^'"S worna.
.^J^ The original form represented
^^ a plant issuing from the grotmd,
^ ^"TT* afterwards gradually altered to
^^'^ its present shape.
To go to, to progress ; to-
wards ; for, in regard to ; to pass
from one state to another ; the sign
oHlm ffenitive, when placed between
two nouns ; after the subject of a
verb, it becomes an expletive par-
ticle or like a partitive ; as a pro-
noun in the accusative, — it, him,
them ; which, what ; and in these
cases shows the action of the pre-
ceding active verb; occurs used
like ''cue ^ after a noun to make
the abstract ; or as a relative this,
that ; or to deni^te nouns in opjx)8l-
tion ; in most cases it must be con-
strued with the preceding word ; to
leave behind.
in
ia
I \ the person who hears it.
B|3 ^ heaven's plain decree.
-|pj then how will it be %
^ f(^ if so, how then ?
^ ^ there is no such thing.
03 .^ I have not heard of it.
^ ] that to which the
mind inclines.
] -^ -^ 1^ this same child (t. e.
bride^ went to her home.
3f^ ^ I heaven orders it.
^^ ^11 1 1 S& ^e did not know
the road there.
^ llO ;f S ^^ 1 to go and
not arrive at their destination,
is not uncommon.
;# ^ r^ I those who were three
years old.
jff ^pj ] where are yon going*?
4£ ] nothing of it ; impossible.
^ ] was killed or died; here it
is a sign of the past tense.
"M \%, \ A ^ virtuous man.
^^M%\ \ mm [virtue]
which is great and intiuential is
called holy or saae.
% 1 )lf ^E^ q|4^.^ben
the bird is dying, its note is sad
indeed;
3f^ ^'' ] jpl^ T'ienhea that goddess,
I. e. the goddess T'ienheu.
1 ^ ^ ^ flfc -'• swear to be faith-
ful till death.
PfcP A plant, often drawn in the
C^^^ mouth of deers, and regarded
^li as felicitous from its durabili-
ty; six varieties of different
colors are noticed ; the preserved
specimens, or wooden gilded models
of it are common in temples ; it is
a sort of branching boletus, called
M I ^ **'' ^ 1 "^ allusion to its
supposed power to prolong life ; the
Polijporus igniaras, or similar sorts
of fungus; bringing good luck;
54
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
vivifying; a flower like an orchid.
1 1^ tlie scsainum, wliich pro-
duces an oil, called ^ ^ from
its fiagrance, it is t.lie tU or jiii-
gili oil of the Hindus; the white
seeds are used in cooking, and
are 8[)rinkled on cakes, whence
speckled things are likened to
theiu, astbe ] j^ |J| or Corean
sahle, froMj the wliile hairs in it.
1 Bl ^ ^ the bouse of the Epi-
dendruiii, — a beautiful mansion;
Viet, to be intimate with tliegtnjd.
house.
^ j tlie ornamental orchid, refers
to a state umbrella.
1 -f fii •' S[)ecies of agaricus.
] pj fiekls of sesamum — in
fairy land, i. e. Ml. Meru.
■ I ^ The originffl form represents a
A^ hand breaking a bamboo spriij ;
^^^^^ it is the Both radical of a small
fCh group of incongruous characi.ers.
A branch, for which the next
is used ; those that branch oS, as
posterity ; to diverge ; to hold, to
witlistand ; to pay out, — and po-
litely, that the one who asks may
receive oT draw out ; to advance,
as on goods ; to succor, to pn )p ;
posterity, descendants ; a sept, a
tribe ; suljordinate, secondary ; di-
vergent, parting; to attend to; to
bear up, to stand firm;^o mea-
sure.
] 15 a watchman.
1 ffl <»•■ 1 I& to give out, as ]
X IS to pay wages ; and Q
t\i I ^ the daily outlay.
I ^ descendants; a tribe of.
^ I of the same clan or surname
j£ ] nearly allieil to, blood rela-
tives.
^ I a collateral branch of a
family.
] -^ a child of.
] ^ descendants.
I (jJill irrelaveut, vague, evasive,
A -^ 1 a* ^® delays in every'
thing be undertakes; be is ou-
willing to do anythhig.
] f^ to lend.
I f J^ to expjnd ; expenses, outlay ;
receipts and disbursements, as
given in by a steward.
j(^ I root and branches; father
and sons ; the original stock
and collateral branches.
^ ta ^ 1 * weakened, aUing
body is not equal to such work.
^ 1 ^ iS ^*^ waste the public
money.
^ ] ^ an agreement or contract
1 51S o<^t;nr8 in Budliist books for
China ; and ] J^ for the San-
scrit word chaitijn, a tope or
building that contains no relic.
f^ j to rel'use advances ; to sus-
pend payment.
-^ ] to gradually ?«deem [its
paper] ; to pay instaluients.
^ ] or -f- j;^ ] the twelve horary
charactere, given in the follow-
ing table.
USES OF THE TWELVE HORARY CHARACTERS.
The application of the Twelve Branches to the hoars of the day dates from before the time of the construction of the
Sexagenary Cycle (b.c. 2637), and is ascribed to the Celestial Sovereign. They are also called Ti Chi j^ JC Earthly
Brandies, and the animal which represents each branch is supposed to have great iaflaence upon the destiny of the person
born during the hour it rules ; the Mongols, Coreans, Japanese, Siamese and Annamese apply these animals to the same
signs; and the combination of the animal with the hours, and then with the zodiacal constellations, on through the points of
compass, and the elements, all furnish the groundwork for the astrologer's skill and nflucnce. To express European hours
it is enough to prefix Idao ^Ij and chiyig J£ to the characters; thus, chin<j-tsz' j£ -f is midnight, ^ "jj^ is 1 o'clock A.M.
and so tliroughout. Each Chinese hour is divided into eight k'oh ^ of fifteen minutes each.
TWELVE
SYMBOLICAL
ZODIACAL
POETICAL
1
POINTS OP
C0RKE8P0NDINQ HOURS. 1
BKAXCUKS.
ANIMALS.
SIGNS.
NAMES.
COMPASS.
l"sz'
•T
Shu II a rat.
Aries.
m^k
11 to 1 A. M.
is ^ H 3d watch.
NOBTH.
ChV-u
fl-
Niu 4i an ox.
Taurus.
#>lir^
1 — 3
is pg "g 4th watch.
N.N.E.fE.
Yin
'^IL
Hu J^ a tiger.
Gemini.
m ii w
3 — 5
is jx ^ 5th watch.
E.N.E.fN.
Mao
•tJII
T<u ^ a hare.
Cancer.
'^m
5-7
East.
Sh'in
m
Lung H a dragon.
Leo.
^ii^p.
7 — 9
E.S.E. iE.
Sz'
G
She i"^ a serpent.
Virgo.
-j<^m
9 — 11
is _[2 -^ foren(X)n.
S.S.E. |E.
Wu
^
Ma ^j a horse.
Libra.
$in
11 —1 P.M.
is j£ .^ noon.
South.
Wei
*
Yung ^ a sheep.
Scor{)io.
au>
1—3
is "f 4^ aftrrnoon.
s.s.w.iw.
Shan
*
lieu ^^ a monkey.
Sagittarius
ittill
3 — 5
vv.s.w.fa
Yiu
w
1 Ki ^1 a cocL
Ca[)neornus.
ff:!l
5 — 7
West.
Sub
^
K'uen ^ a dog.
Aquarius.
mi^
7—9
Is ^ 15 1st tratch.
W.N.W.fN.
Hai
^
Chu ^- a boar.
Pisces.
:kmm,
9 — U
is ~ |£ 2d watch.
N.N.W.fW.
«^
CHL
I 1^ From ivood and to diverge; it is
/|*"y interchanged with the last.
c/j' A branch, a twig ; a slender
upriglit post, while a leaning
post is called jf^ ; to branch, to
scatter; a tributary, as of a river;
a (Jassifier of slender things, as
pencils, pens, flowers, arrows,
spears, coral, &c.
— ] :j!g a flower, met. a pretty girl.
— - 1 ^ a detachment of troops.
] ^^ trunk and branches.
I i;^ to roost on a branoh ; met.
to get a post or literary position ;
a sinecure.
I ^ leaves and branches.
^ ^ ] to leave the subject, to
brancii ofl' to another topic.
] ^g an extra finger or toe.
S'J :^ 1 ^^^^^ shoots will
sprout ; (bisorders will spread ;
other contingencies may arise.
^ ®1 1 Ih ^^'^ ^^'^ "^^ venture to
become a pillar ; tnet. to take the
management.
From flesh and to diverge;
the second form is vulgar.
The limbs.
pg ] the four limbs.
] fl the body.
Jl 1 #_i!i «1™' small
waist.ed, said of young girls.
] ^ to cut into four quar-
ters; to quarter.
^Jj* From ivorship and reaching to ;
not to be confounded with jfc'j
JliPl sacrifice, though the two are
said to be mere variants.
A disjunctive conjunction,
only, but, not only, yet; to invo-
cate ; io respect, as when seeing the
gods ; awe, regard ; reverently ; to
attend k) reverently.
1 '^k ^^ venerate.
1 M ^'" 1 ^ '^^ reverently re-
ceive, as from the Emperor.
^m^.^M^ 1 I'e did not
regavd tl)e br!glit j)rinciples of
Heaven, or the awfulness of the
people.
jC/«'
CHI.
I pj" however ; still it can be.
] ^ to expect.
] :;^ — iif^ there is only one sort.
] I to revere what is reverend.
] j[[^ only this.
'From, flesh and reaching as the
phonetic.
CHI.
55
A thick, indurated skin on
the hands or feet ; a wart or
callosity on the knuckles, said to
proceed from eating too much
pickled food.
•^ JE. ^ 1 borny and callous
hands and feet-
Grain when first ripe, or be-
ginning to ripen ; to trans-
plant rice.
From flesh and excellent as the
phonetic.
M
ch!
Horned animals of all kinds,
whose fat is firm ; fat, lard,
suet, grease ; viscid juices or dried
gums of plants ; applied to mineral
bole and soapstone ; to grease, to
daub ; wealth ; glory.
Qgj ] cosmetics, rouge; though ]
1^ is the white cosmetic, and
by met. the fair sex, the girls.
J^ ] the fat of the people, their
money,
til i/£ A 1 to get out of disgrace
or poverty into honors or wealth.
1 ^ gr<^'f>^sy matter ; unctuous ;
md. wealth.
] fill ^" paint — the face.
i?g ] juice of flowers.
:^ ^ ] a red bole, nsed in mak-
ing certain ointments; alumi-
nous or unctuous earth.
1 $ f^ ,^ 'i'^ greased the cart
and fed the horses.
fl*H*7tC 1 a gum obtained from
a species of Eiiphorbiacege.
The character is supposed to
i-epresent yV a man with P
7, a seal underneath.
A cup to measure meat and
drink ; a goblet holding four gills ;
a syphon.
^ ] a syphon to decant liquor ;
m.et. to waste, to run out at the
spiggot.
3^ \ a jade or precious goblet.
_l»t^ From tree and goblet.
c i/lL a plant whose seeds are used
^ch' to dye yellow, the Gardenia
Jloribundu and radicas., called
1 "f *^^ ^ 1 5 the becho nut ;
when roasted it is the M 1 , and
is exhibited in fevers.
[Ij ] a small kind {Gardenia
Jlorida), of which the blossoms
of some varieties are used to
rcent tea.
j^ ] ■^ ^he Gardenia rubra.
] 1^ ^ ^Jf the jasmine and po-
megranate contend as to their
goodness.
From bird and to diverge as the
phonetic.
A lucky bird, referred to as
the harbinger of joy.
1 ^% supposed to be a bird akin
to the magpie, whence tiie ] f,^
^, a fine monastery in Shansi,
built about a. d. 40 by Wu-ti,
of the Han, derived its name.
RJt
.di
In Cantonese. A particle in-
dicating certainty; also that
the act was immaterial.
I ] -fj^ certainly it is so.
1 1 W^ the buzzing of bees.
Light down, like that grow-
ing under the feathers ; a soft
kind of felt or i lush.
^^ A stone plinth which sup-
p^ ports a tablet, called | Js^
jC/t' ' the socket ; to prop, to shore
up.
] ^ !S ^ prop up (or open) the
window, referring to such as have
hinges at the top.
f.^^ The base or plinth of a pillar
CT 3 when made of wood ; the
^ch' use of stone for bases and
pedestals has now become
general.
<l
56
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
C J^^ The original form rndely de-
^C lineates a person coining be-
cK liind another; its only use is
as the 34tl) radical of a dozen
nnnsnul cliaracters ; most ot which
are tlieinse'lves primitives, and re-
late to progressing.
C » The original form represents
1 1-*' pliints growing on a border,
J * ^ which they define; it forms the
^h' 77th radionl of characters,
chiefly relaiing to stopping,
modes of progress, &c.
To halt, to be stopped, as by the
edge of a lot of land ; to cease from,
to desist ; to be still ; to remain, to
wait ; right deixntment ; to dwell,
to lodge at; an object, that which
the mind rests satisfied in ; stopped,
as a congh ; hindered, di-tained ;
as a prisoner ; a final expletive ; as
an aih'ci'b, but, only, hinvever, not
to stop at ; but after a negative, it
often maUes a neat climax; — as
^^ia^T^ 1 in^i'^i^ved
him not as a son merely, but as
himself; used by the Budhists for
ten trillions.
j ^^ merely can.
/i> 1 H f@ "<^*' naerely three, i. e.
there arc more than that.
] iHl *'*^ stanch blood.
^ I he knows when to stop;
sagacious.
1 M- ^^ desist from ; it came to a
stop.
1 'T^ "fi ^'^^ "°^' °'" cannot be
stopped.
^ ] deportment, air; — but P
^ I means not to talk at im-
pr<'i)er times, to keep the door
of the lips.
1 j^ pacified; to calm down;
appeased.
*^ ] to forbid; prohibitions,
pj" ^ 1 pij ] stop when you like
(or must); i.e. there is no help
for it.
|tf ] ^ Q: a ra.scal who stops at
nothing, a reckless fellow.
^PJx 1 whither the i^eople tend,
the national center or capital.
4t '^ ] no fixed puri)ose.
^ I or f j^ ] deportment, bear-
ing; acts, conduct, doings
1 '^ ^"^ quench thirst.
^ ] to raise tlie foot — met. to
go a plowing.
Interchanged with the last two,
and used for the last.
cii The toes; the foot; a hoof;
to stop; a foun(hition.
1 ^ ^ t§ *" ^^'P '"'g'' ''"^ *^^"'-
tily and ii'ok pompous.
2£ 1 the left leg.
3E 1 M Ea '^'*' y"""" ^^^ conde-
scend to come here; — used in
invitations or notes to suj)erior8.
m^H 1 ple»se say which way
you wish to turn your mat —
for sleeping on ?
I^ 1 M ^ the unicorn's hoof is
given as a prognostic.
From earth and to stof ; it is
also written like the next.
^clC A foundation ; the limits of
a lot; fundamental; one's
country.
^ ] a basis, as of a wall ; a de-
pendence.
-j^ ] a dwelling-place; a lodging.
;Jj^ 1 a lot, a plot of land.
Pg ] the area of a lot
]^ ] old ruins, substructions.
'fit
.cli
Like the last, and nearly syno-
nymous with it.
The base of a wall.
1^ ^ j the foundation of
a city wall.
^ ] Cocliin-china; the first
halt of this name is a transcript
of this old Chinese name, and said
to have been given because in that
land men and women bathed toge-
ther: the other part was added by
foreigners, apparently because the
people used the Chinese langujige.
<5|l To accuse to one's face; to
pjll reprove bolilly; to impeach.
.ch'
jE
From plant and to stop aa the
phouetic.
^cJi A fragrant plant but bitter,
used for a carminative; it
resembles orris root and is the root
of a fleiir-de-iis {Iris Jlorentiiia), of
whicli the tineluffe is employed;
^ ] and % ^ and ^ @ are
common names, but some of the
roots so called may be derived
from umbelliferous plants like the
02y<ypoitax.
] 1^ name in the Tsin dynasty
of Si-ngan fu, now in Shensi.
: \I^ From water and to ttop as the
yi| phonetic.
^cH A small islet or bank in a
stream ; to stop at, as at a
watering-place or island in
the sea.
"^ rS "f! 1 ^™ong the pools
and islets.
From worship and to stop as the
phonetic.
It
^c/i' Happiness ; enduring con-
tentment; the satisfaction
which comes from attaining one's
end; to take pleasure in.
1 J^S J'O'' blessedness.
'M Q 1 "rflt I oTp ] may
you have this day's joy, or
daily joy, or abundant content-
ment; — forms of salutations in
closiiiglettens, denoting a desire
for the reader's happiness.
^ ] to be blessed.
4"^ lH i£ 1 Particularly anxions
for present felicity.
^ "F ^D 1 if our prince would
be hap[)y — in the good.
'A
From silk or kerchief and a
surname; the second form is
, unusual; silk or cloth was used
for writing before paper, which
was invented by ^ §X fip
Ts'ai King-chung, alias Ts'ai
Lun, about a. d. 100, of the
bark of the Broussonetia, old
rags, and fishing- nets, all oat
and rasped together.
Paper, stationery; a dooament;
classifier of writings.
*cA'
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
47
ij ] ^ to play cards.
1^ ^jjlj^ I to paper walls of rooms.
*— ] § one document, one letter.
] 5^ or ] I}|^ stationery; scroll
paper ; &c.
— 5^ ] a sheet of paper.
] J^ stamped and. scolloped pieces
representing money, scattered
along the way at fimerals to huy j
the quiet of malicious spirits. i
#& ij^ i^ I respect written paper, j
— wiiich is carefully gathered by
scavengers, who are paid lor
their work as a meritorious deed,^
lest holy names become defiled..
^ ^ 1 ^ *^^^^ ^'"*^' ^^ cottony
paper; it is found at Canton.
tf 'M 1 *■" "hiii'n the ])aper," a
Canton phrase for torturing in
prison.
M iic M'^M ] ..5i ^^«"} rip
0[)en that paper; i e, don't di-
vulge the secrets of the trade.
j^ ] to hand in a petition.
%■ ^ ] paper burnt in worship
to represent gold and silver.
^ ^ \ a sort mentioned as
brought from Europe in a. d.
280, which seems to have been
manufactured from the liber of
aloes.
^ ] a brass rim to flatten paper
when writing on it.
1 1% or 1 JL P''iper houses,
animals, &c., burned at funerals
to the dead.
] »\^ the paper match ; it retains
the fire by thrusting it inside of
a bamboo.
^ ] the fly-leaf of a book.
From stone and downivard ; it is
also written J[^ and read Hi.
A whetstone; a fine grind-
stone; even; smooth, as a
bone; to attend to one's conduct,
to observe the rules of decorum;
to level, to equalize.
\ Wi ^ ^ [as a friend] who
warns and polishes one.
i^ ^ ] "?■ to swing stone
weights, — a military practice.
'cli'
4* i5fe ] fi [Vi^c] a peak in the
current, i.e. a patriot statesman
an inflexible man; one unmored
at danger; the allusion is to tlie
Ti~chu hill in Shen cheu ^^ >}'i\,
in the west of Honan, which
interferes with, the channel of
the Yellow river..
From tree and onhj ; also read
chih^i it -was. a contraction of
hiiih) ;fjg an orange, but the two
are now distinguished.
A hedge-thorn- or spinous-
shrub; a variety of orange like the
puraelo, with a thick rind; hurtful,
injurious, like thorns; a peccadillo,,
a trivial oftense; an old name for
^J in !S^ in the southeast of
Sz'chHien on the borders of Kwei-
cheu.
1 ^ s^^''^ *^^ the Citrus- fusoa;:
and ] ^ denotes its dried
seeds and skin.
] j^Q.i\\e Iloveiiiadulcis; the en-
larged stems are used to flavor
spirits.
1 j^ thorns, prickles.
In Cantonese. A plug, a stopper,
a cork, a spiggot; to cork. Also
used for ^ as a classifier of flowers,
hanks of thread, or what is tied up
in parcels.
^ I a cork for a bottle.
] ^ cork it tight.
C rttt From 07ily and a cubit.
J\^ The foot measure of the Cheu'
'c/i' dynasty, which was as long
as a woman's' fore-arm, or
nearly the same as an English,
foot, divided into eight t;^, inches.
I ^ j^ f^ between a foot and a
cubit, i. e. a very little; very
near, close by.
] j^ ^ 1^ a near adviser of a
monarch, denoting one who is
a foot or two from his face.
C-|j|-t From carriage and only.
^^\ The end of the axle which
'c"/i' projects from the hub like a
finger; the hole in the nave
that keep* it in; forked, bifurcate;
an old name for Tsi-yueu hien ^
W- /I?, "' the north of Honau near
to Shansi.
jk^ I a erosa-roads.
1 "W 4"^ * monster of a donble-
headed snake, described by the
Chinese.
A bruise;, a swelling caused
• ^ by a blow or knock, which
Vi? does not breal the skin.
1 -^ ^ black and blue swell-
C J^^ This characteris composed of
It^I TJ" agreeable contracted, below
V/j' (^, a .ipoon; as a primitive it is
used phonetically.
Excellent, pleasant tasted,
delicate; meaning, intention; pur-
pose, design; scope, sense;, the
Emperor's will-; an order; a de-
cree, a ukase, a rescript.
1^ I to receive orders; always de-
notes the ^' I or sacred will,,
for which officers |^ | rsiqiiest
liis Majesty's orders.
il 1 or ] "IJ! fine flavored;, de-
licious, as a dish.
] p^ how luscious!
\ 'M' the import, the drift of; as
M \ -^'M this argument is
very recondite, or far reaching.
^^'^ ^ ^ ] an important re-
mark; a synopsis.
i^^' 1 M ^ti abhorred pleasant
liquor.
in
From hand and excellent as the
phonetic.
A finger;, its thickness is a
common measure ; a toe ; ^,
the third of the eight diagrams,
refers to the finger;- to point out, to
refer to; to- teach, to command;
to denote; a mode, a particular.
:k 1 «■"£ 1 or^ 1 ^the
thumb.
^ I or pj:i I the middle finger.
^ ^ ] the nameless finger, i. c.
the ring finger
58
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
^ ] the forefinger.
3 1 j^ ^^'^ thickness of three
fingers' breadth.
1 ^ ^ &^^ make gestures, to
gesticulate.
I ^ to show one how; to re-
veal to.
1 J7» j^ ^ to point out the evil
results of such a path.
] :^ ^ H or 1 ^ 1 15 to
make a feint, as in battle; to
point here and there, belool-
ing one.
I ^ to employ; to direct, as a
servant
I ^ certain; surely.
] ^ ^ it is doubtful, I can't
say certainly.
1 pk Bk M t-o ^^^k about the
weather.
] ^ to signalize with the hand;
title of a military oflicer of the
rank of a captain,
pp ] fi3 in a trice, quick as a
fillip; instantly.
] I?E ^ •'*'^ informer.
BlPf iO 1 ^ plain as your hand.
1 3'^ ^ Q *"" point to heaven
and swear by the sun.
1 i^ or ] ^j^ rebuke ; to cri-
ticise sharply.
1 ^ -^S t^'*^ henna flower {Luiv-
8omaiiier}nis);hvitihii ] ^ 1|[
dcTiotes the Impatient or bal-
sam, both being used to dye the
finger nails; the (jj ] ^ is a
species of Symplocos resembling
the Lawsonia, and* therefore
confounded with it.
To provide in store; to have
ready, as implements oi hus-
V«' bandry.
1 Tj ^M- t-l'c bills, hoes,
and. other tools were all pro-
vided.
From Kill and officeaa aphonetic.
A high and isolated peak ; to
'cA' piW, as in a hi Hock ; to lay up ;
provided with, as supplies.
^ ] to prepare stores, csiJecially
for public use.
'H^
1 |§ to collect provisions.
I "ft /Ji ^ firm and unmoved
(|il-^ A terrace or tumulus on
|l|lj which the ancient emperors
'c/i' worshiped the five Shangti.
■jg ] a place near Lohyaiy
iu Honan.
f .^|12fc The original form is intended to
'T|l|r represent the delicate linca in
• ** needlework, it is the 20Uh ra-
ck dical of a group of characters
relating to embroidery.
To embroider; to adorn with
braid or lace; braided; an embroi-
dered cap used iu sacrificing.
§^ ] to sew, to do needlework.
Jt»|-| t The original form was composed
•" p-^ of ^ clear, Ty seriatim con-
cA' ' traded, and 591 knon-ledije, now
deduced to the present form ; it
occurs interchanged with tc/»»
^ to know.
Wisdom, understanding;
knowledge of all kinds; prudence;
wise; sagacious, discreet; shrewd,
sharp.
] H brave and capable.
1 m ■'* goo^l' ^^*^''^^ judgment;
ii.ti'lligent wit.
1 ^ wise and discerning; iu
Budhist c-anons, the last and
highest of the six virtues called
priuljna, or intuitive wisdom ;
he who attains it passes on to
nirvana.
IJ jy ^ 1 "i ^® ^^^ become a
prudent man.
4t ] indiscreet; no apprehen-
sion of.
^— -^ I universJil knowledge, the
highest degree of intelligence
(^(ircajnct) attainable, and is aj)-
plied to every Budha.
— .^ Composed of JtL a pig's head,
\}^ -^ a dart, and two (j spoons
(>/^* > to represent the cloven foot.
A sow that wallows ; swine ;
they are enumerated by Mencius
in addition to pigs.
^ ] a wild boar.
HI "fj 1 t'WO brood sows — were
given to each cultivator iu the
days of Win Wang.
\ I a corpse cut in pieces ; — it
refers to a speech of a princess
of the TIan dynasty.
V^^ From ^ to reach and ^ to
cotue up behind)
cIC* To go or Cause to go, to
convey to; to accompany; to
visit; to intimate; to resign, to
give over to; to induce, to bring
on; to hazard; to regulate, to
order; tending to; a sort; an aim,
an end; when an auxiliary to a
verb, it is a causative, tliat, in order
to; as a super kitive, the extreme,
the highest degree } secret, niinuta
] -3^ A to tell a man; to send
to one.
1 '^ flfc ^ ^G came on that ac-
count; make him come.
^ I ^ jlb ^t is done for this end.
^ 1 ^D jlfl hi order that it may
be so.
fg I to induce one — to come.
^ \ to act for another.
] ^ to inform, to intimate one's
wishes ; to bow slightly, to nod
assent.
] fj; to resign office.
] ^ to send a dispatch ; — used
only for equals.
1 ftfJi the utmost sincerity.
/f» ZL 1 the two are not unlike.
jgL 1 the air, bearing, carriage of
a man.
] ^ to send wiUi, as a list.
Hi I to send compliments (or a
present) to one.
] :^ or 1 ^ to risk one's lifa
f^t ^ 1 JfJ to provide whatever is
needed.
] &I5 to inspirit men — in the
fight.
] ^11 to apply knowledge to final
causes.
— 1 flu W -E ^'"^ch took a
different method to reach the •
same end.
•^ I a resume ; in general.
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
59
M'''.
ch
^) From ailk and to caune ; occurs
iniercliaiiged wiili the last.
To mend garments ; to patch ;
soft, delicate ; close, fine in
texture ; torn, tattered.
^ ] beanfiful, exquisite, fine,
delicate.
^ 1 soft, elegant.
I^ ] liandsonie, suitable to.
j|g 1 fine, minute and beautiful.
^ ] ^ 1^ a well planned, cun-
ning falsehood.
' Composed of 7J ''^''''/'^ and 7^
ncomplete altered; it in inter-
chiiuged witli the next.
To cut and pare 5 to form;
to govern, io regulate; to limit, to
hinder, to prevent; to invent, to
make ; a rule ; a practice, a law ;
mourning usages.
] f^T to make, to do.
W fli 1 1 can only do so much ;
I am restrained by the rules.
^^ I laws, rules, restrictions.
P_^ ] to bring within rules.
] ^ fixed rate, as of land rent.
1 J* ^" ^^^^ rules; management,
plans ; to restrain and subdue.
^ ] \n"t'lj'1^il'ons ; to forbid.
^ ] to restrain ; to set a limit.
1 "^ an Imperial order.
] j;^ the Court, the seat of Go-
vernment.
PJ I the rule of a state; the Go-
vernment or Adminlstratioi\.
^ I the etiquette of Court.
^ ^ 1 H ^'^ Majesty is pleas-
ed to say.
^ ^ f ^ 1 C'"^" empress] ascend-
ing th(3 throne is termed c/ii'.
1 4 '^ governor-gene*al ; he is
addressed as ] '^ [your excel-
lency] commanding the army.
g ] self-restraint; g | 7f^ i±I
don't care, I'll not be hampered.
iyp: I attending to mourning; this
phrase is written on a son's visit-
ing cards for nearly two years.
t^ ] in deep mourning; the phrase
is put on doors to announce it
to friends.
^ I government prestige or pro-
perty ; what is issued by public
officers, or for public purposes.
j^ ^ ] an oflScer dying for his
loyalty.
-^fc||) From clothes and to form; it is
" - similar to the last.
To cut out, as garments ; to
invent, to make, to manufac-
ture; to compound, as medicines;
a mode, a pattern; a rain-cloak, a
fur robe.
^ ] well contrived, well done;
handsomely dressed.
1 5^ ^^ make, to manufacture.
out) clothes after the fashion.
jij- ] ^^ a good prescription, either
to ] 1^ compound medicuies ;
or to ] ^ decoct by boiling
or using fire.
^ "^ J'^ I put up according to
the old prescription.
i^ ] done by the Emperor, or
for him.
^ I a fox- skin garment.
From fish and to prepare as the
phonetic.
A fish whose head is esteem-
ed a delicacy, and prepared
by pickling.
] "fii nP the roe of a sort of
perch eaten at Canton.
^^ ^^ J From ivater and venerable ; also
Vr-fc read jz and it'ai.
c/i' Name of a small stream in
south of Shantung promon-
tory; and one in the scnithwest of
Fuhkien in T'siien-cheu fu, called
] ;|JiC'i"^'i'-«li"i; to govern, to rule
well ; to heal, to remedy ; to over-
see ; to form ; to try, as a legal
cause; to compare ; demanded or
required by tlie nature of the case;
practiced, experienced; fitted for
ruling, talented ; a prosperous or
good government ; the ruler's re-
sidence, or seat of his government;
a retired room or the cloister of a
Tao priest.
] "f ^ subjects ; those under bis
rule, the governed; Aose within
the ] J§ official jurisdiction of
a magibvcaie.
] ^ to attend to funeral rites.
I ^ to practice medicine.
I ^ to manage the family.
1 1)^ to regulate one's desires.
^ ^^ pj" ] there's no way of
managing him ; it cannot be
brought about.
— ' 1 — 'Mi ^^ times the country is
peaceful, and then it is disturbed.
] ^K to try causes.
^M 1 ^^ 1 IP ^0 try and punish
crimes; to sentence or condemn
prisoners.
•^ pjj ] -^ it was your doing.
I ^ ^ "1^ to govern the empire.
I^ 1 H ^ ^^s rule daily im-
proves.
ZE ] general tranquillity.
] itt ^ ^ fitted to rule the world.
}^ ] the prefect city.
1 Ifk A ruled by men, or by a
man.
jt^-h^'] The diffe
rl/ Ju two prob
I M l founding
^1
c/i"'
The difference between these
ibly arose from con-
their radicals.
To waft on; to store up
and provide for.
il^ 1 to gather in readi-
ness for a contingency, as
food or stores.
t-Jt^'i From man and straight,
|lS> To meet, to happen, to oc-
c/i' cur ; to hold, as in the hand ;
to manage, to attend to ;
happened, chanced ; a turn
in course.
J^ ] or iS ] .i"st then ; just at
this time ; it so happened.
] U^ ^ 'T^ U it hapi>ened
in the multitude of his affairs.
I the day on which the '®' |
("Kj or certain officer is in charge.
;|Q ] to meet rather unexpectallv.
1 J'ji the class which comes on
duty, or in turn.
60 CHI.
Read <Mh^ when used for chih^
]g the price of a thing; value,
worth of.
1 ^ ] is it cheap or not 1
7 1 *~^^^^^^ "^^ worth a
cash.
M I ^ il^ what is the price of Itt
^ 1 J^ -fifc "^ |t ^t is not worth
while to argue it with him.
From net and straight, but the
primitive is howefver regardcfl
as an equivalent of pa? ^
to cease'; the second, from
coDer and true, is less used, and
not always exactly identical
with it.
To dismiss ; to let igo, to
put aside and take another ; tO'es -
tal^ish, to make "firm, tojJlace; to
constitute, as a new district^ to
•arrange, to employ; to 'determine,
to judge, to decide : to buy, to lay
in goods ; when -used before another
verb, it often 4m plies merely present
action, as ;^ f^ ] ^ neither [of
the casesj need be toade •the>8ul>-
ject of inquiry.
^ I to build; to establish.
U^ ] to decide ; to sentence, as
a "Criminal.
^ ] to remove, as from oflBce; to
supersede.
1 i?(or 1 l)iThJf^tobuy(oT
«et*le for) all things necessary.
/$* ^ ^ ] "e '(in this shop) at-
tend to buying or j)enparing
oiir;good8 ourselves.
\ i^ ^ ^\, 111 have notlring to
do wkh it.
1 -^ ^ iii ''® wayofescj^w, no
place to hide myself.
1 ^ to take a wile.
] |g to buy an estate.
] -^ -^ "l^ 'chypish me in your
heart.
»^ /'^ 'P 1 unceasingly thinking
ot him.
] '^ to speak properly or accn
ratcly.
1 SjS ^ post-station.
1 E. t5£ ^ to settle on what
course one will follow.
CHI.
) From water and helt, perhaps
with an allusion to a girdle cross-
ing water.
Water congealed or imj)edetl
in any way ; to obstruct, to stop ;
left behind, untouched ; indigestible,
disagreeing with one^ discordant;
ito sprinkle; ^nled up.; a hindrance,
a stoppage ; stagnated.
\ jtt indigestion ; a stagnant
market, overstocked.
I ^ impeded^ to restrain.
I ^ unprosperous ; bad luck;
he don't get on.
.j|^ 1 ^'"^t& 1 an old fogy, vho can-
not adapt himself to new ways.
^ ] hindered, as a -case in -court;
stopi)ed.
] 1^ obstructed <; prevented from
doing or going.
^ I a stoppage in the fluids;
the nervous system deranged^
bilious ; out of sorts.
1^ ] constipation, bowels bound
up-; stiflened or congealed.
^ ] indigestible ; as ^ ] fat,
gross fo(xl.
^ ] to rdieve repletion •} to aid
digestion.
^ 1 fl^ ^ to tarry long in other
places.
2t ;^ j the '* ftve serious hind-
rances;" a Budhist term for the
gKtntchaklesa^ -or the jG.|||[ ^
five dull messengers which op-
pose perfection, viz ^ avarice.
|1^ anger, ^ foolishness, ^
irreverence, and ^ doubt.
J From fowl and dart as the
phonetio.
'cK * A ipheasant -or a franccftin, -of
which fourteen sorts are ^e-
Bcribcd ; to bunt pheasants ; an
•ombrasure on a wall ; a sort of
■curtain-wall ; to rule, or arrange ;
it pertains to yli ^ the sixth dia-
gram, because of its plumage and
cleverness.
1 !^ the Tartar or longtailed
Reeves' pheasant (Synnuticur) ;
also the common ringed pheasant
{F/iasiunus torquatus).
dC
CHI.
J^ ] the eared pheasant (OoB*
sojttilon).
j^ ] a book term for partridge.
I j^ the long tail feathers of the
Argus, which are used by actors.
1 ^ •' parapet wall.
I P'j ihe -sonthcria gate of the
palace.
Vtom.grain and a jthoTietic;
the third and foutth forms are
unusual.
Yonng grain ; grain sown
, late or self-sowed; small;
tender, young, delicate ;
self-concciteil, haughty.
^ ] young and tender.
1 "? ^'^ S 1 * -child ; a
youngster, a lad.
gentle, immature ; good
naturetl asthe young; child-like.
j the old and the young.
) From disease and office as the
phonetic.
The piles ; ulcers in the rec-
tum, which gnaw it like in-
sects,
and fy\> \ internal and ex-
ternal piles ; bleeding and blmd
piles.
^ il^ ] a fistula in ano.
I ^ sores in the rebtum.
'J The original form is designed to
represent a bird flying down, the
— *-* lower lino indicating the earth
^h which it has reached; it forms the
133d radical of a small group of
miscellaneous characters.
To go or come to ; to arrive,
to Beach ; the end or summit, as in
place, time or desire ; as an adverb
the greatest degree of, much, great-
ly ; and forms the superlative, very,
mo^t highly; good; SiA a preposition,
to, at, even till, up to ; respecting
as to, in order to ; the solstices ; a
pulsation at the wrist.
] j^ the very extreme.
3^ ] to reach it first.
1 B3 M ^ *^^ ^^*^ highest impor-
t.'ince.
1 1^ wholly sincere.
ft
CHI.
CHI.
CHI.
61
1 ifc lo gel to the place to stop;
rcicbcd tl.
I f^ I'he bost.
] j^ wiili respect to> as to.
] ]^ on I'bis accdtint.
pg I all arduiid, the fdtiri5ide&
I ^ '0 ^^ '^^^ ^^^ '^^*st.
^ ] ho will Tbc 'here soon.
I /?> tl inhuman, malcJvolerit ;
uiost Uucnlent.
/f, \ not good, ordinary.
I ^ one vho excels oih(*rs.
1 ^ fH '" ff^gard to what is saiA.
1 ^ ^ ^ even to old age he
was a vile intriguer.
1 M ^ '«"tue here at 'that time,
or on 'that day.
^ Bi ^ I ''^ g'^*^^ every wliere,
he is vei^^ Avild; also 'omnipfe-
sent, uniVersail. •
] that day ; in the Yih King,
it seems to tefer to a Sabbath.
mt
A ca:i*tiage so Ibnilt t'hat the
rout is lower than the back,
c/i'' or turns down.
] f^ to :go forward and to
retreat ; to raise and 'de[)ress ; t6
dL'spise and esteem; to regard 'one
highly and slight another.
') To walk hastily, to come in
abruptly.
c//" ] Sj^ to run in and oat ; to
appear and disappear, as a
servant does.
^kJ»# From hnnd and to hold; it is
^^X^ similar to the next.
c/<" To seize with the hand, to
grasp ; to iiold in the 'hand
when seeing a person; to presen't
to a superior; to enter, to advance;
to reach the edge ; to break down,
as trees from snow ; to loosen, as
ground.
I ^ij to tumble down.
;^ ] a sui[)erabundance, as of
snow.
^ I to hold firmly, as a bridle.
I )i^ ^^ ''"'^^ "P *"*^ present.
) From pearl and to hold; used
with the last.
A present of homatge given
when visitirtga superior, (it
Tequesting a favor 'of one, as
aJluded to in Proverbs Xviii. 16; a
fee when erttering school ; — ^^g^flrs,
sftks, birds, and fruit were given
in ancierjt 'time.
] •^ presents of cerefmon'y an*l
•obeisance.
I ^ to visJt with a pTesertt;
■bridal gifts.
& H'i^^ is 1 preseifts m(t?t
be taken wLen yoti 'cross the
frontiefr.
1 ^ wedding presenfts by the
female guests ;;gift to a teacher,
'especially the present annually
^ent by a.'tsin-si' as loirg as he
lives to the otlicers who passed
him at thfe highest examina-
tion.
From hird and holding.
•Birds of prey, accipftrine
birds; lawless. Violent, hawk-
'jike ; to seize by violence.
I ^ a sort of harrier, ■which
alights on cattle.
1 ,% /f* § hawks do not go in
flocks ; 7uet^ peerless, -unequaled.
1^ I valiant ; rtithless,
^ '^ ] J^ II soldiers who are
contested.
ilcad chi/i^ To doubt ; to strike
at with the talons.
^ ] uneven places in a road.
A heavy laden horse; a horse
with^roolced legs, 'ca'ased by
overloading.
^ 1 Z>tb^ t1ae hoTse
was 'ovei'laden and "coirld
not go.
From i|j> heart and J2 to go
contracted.
That on which the mind de-
termines; the will, the incli-
nation ; a resolve, a good determi-
nation ; a fixed purpose ; earnest
thought ; a sense of right ; to re-
cord, to collect and digest data;
statistical works; col ledted 'memoirs
on Various subjects, annals; — hi
■which it is used with the 'tiext ; an
•arrow-head.
i] ^, a iptirpfese ; the Hf ifl ; a. iriinA
for, determination.
^ I all 'one*s airiis.
] [^ inclination'; w'i^,-objedt.
^ I high;pnrpo3es, great thoughts.
^ I gOod Tesolution^ hearty
will.
^ ;f| ] ndt to be turned frdm ;
'cotiBcioiis of ipower.
1 ^ ^ M doi^'t l"se your cdu-
tage, don't be disheartened.
^ ] i A ^ ne'er-do-well ; a
reckless, shiftless waif,
j^ 1 W ^ *to foHo'W 'one's whim';
unsettled,
1 "^ jIb ™^ °^'"'^ ^^ fixed on this.
^ \ M. ^^ 'have a settled pm*'-
pose to finish the V/ork.
3 ^ ] Annals of the Three
States; they succeeded the -Han
dynasty, A. D. 221 to 265.
rA-J^5"] From ivord and purpone; th«
^•^^ : second form iS usually iread
y shih'j this use being confined to
the classics. Used for the last.
m
To 'remem'ber-; to record
for the purpose of remem-
bering ; to write in ; a re-
cord-; annals.
§ archives, records.
^ to keep in nrind ; to jour-
nalize.
^ Ifg ] ;^ to study much
and remembtS* it too
m ] llO /P 15 ^" unfading me-
morial of, as a work of geniou.
^ ] an epitaph, a -ealogy.
|~S-^^ From disease and purpbie tCB
rJiS^ the phonetic.
c/t" Black 'dr ted sp6ts on the
body ; 'a mole ^ a hair-mole.
Ij I spota on the face-; freckles.
I ^ the haurs growing oln A
mole.
I |g mark by which one is
known.
G2
CHI.
CHI.
CH'I.
-|rf-t> A medicinal plant from Shan-
illji si, caUed i§ | or jg jg, the
c/j'' roots of the Poljigula tenui-
folia and P. sibirica used iii
fevers ; another sort from Yunnan
is sweet, and is the root of a
different plant.
cir
To record ; to remember.
^^ ] to write or engrave,
60 as to be j)erpetual ; t«
indelibly record j to cut, as
in tlie rock.
] -^ Ji. ^ it is written on my
inwards.
M
ch
cir
From to see and record.
To judge by inspection ; to
hold a survey on.
A goblet of horn holding
ihraii^siihig ^ gills, anciently
used by elders; a tankard;
to tine one so many cups.
^ I to present the wine cup.
i^S*^ Said to be derived from ffior
•J lI--^ ^ to bind and lead, and Jj^
^/y' to stop; as a horse led or stop-
ped by his nose.
Prevented from acting or ad-
vancing, as a wolf stepping on his
own tail when retreating; hinder-
ed, embarrassed ; to stumble over.
^ I 4£ ^ [see how the wolf]
tripiK'd on his own tail !
Read tP The stem or pedun-
cle of a fruit, especially of the
date and pear ; the place or scar
of the gtem.
Enraged, angry at; to be
resentful ; the second also
means to stop, to desist
from; to hate; cruel.
^ ] incensed, enraged at,
irritated.
67J ] D ^i '^^ daily honored the
covetous and irascible.
M
ch"'
c//'
O From foot a.id proof.
, To stumble at something trip-
ping the feet ; to put the
• foot on.
j 1^ to stumble and fall.
> Many; this character is in
common use in the south and
west of Fuhkien.
] ^ numerous.
^0 4^
days.
wanting a few
ch''
m
ch"
To stab, to pierce ; to plun-
der, to seize ; to point with
the finger; to reach to.
To compare things together
in order to see wherein they
are alike; to try, to ascer-
tain.
^ ] -^ to inquire the price.
I I il :^ fi^ :1 ^ finJ out
the nie;Lsiire of that wall.
] ^f^^ ascerUiu the depth
of the water.
;J The seeds of a plant resem-
bling the gall-nut.
i/i" ;j^ ] a tree, otherwise called
M ilK? Vrkk]y elm.
^ ] another name for the ^]^
Achyranthes.
Fine bright eyes; to pass
before the eyes, to get a
sight of
From sun and to snap.
The light of the stars.
^ M 1 1 ^''"^' ^^^ hright
stars twinkle and glow.
Read cheh^ To illumine a
little; perspicuous.
113 1 ''i httle bright; it is light-
ing up.
;^ :^ j ] the torch in the
court is going out.
^1 M ^ t'^ make out and
present a minute statt^raent.
IHH'^ Stul)born, froward ; to dis-
l^C^ like, injurious to others.
cVi'' ^ 1 /F ^ neitlx r fnuvard
nor fawning.
1 tx I'crversely uusiuuite.
w
ch''
c:e3:'=i.
Old Mounds, t'ai, t'i, fit, t'efc, t'ap, de, da, dap, di, dit and dik. In Canton, ch'i ; — in Swatow, cli'i, t'i, chi, and li ; —
tTi Amoy, cli'i, ti, t'i, li, lii, and chi; — »» Fuhchau, ch'i, ti, t'i, ch'ie, and lie; —
in Shanghai, ts'z', dz', and ts'eh; — in Chifu, ch'i.
] ii^ or ] ^ heedless, stupid. "^ | doting on books,- unpracti-
i ^£ mad after ; besotted with. cal, [Kidantic.
] j^, rude and stupid, as a blun- 1 It s.ilacious, lusting after.
:m
From disease and doubt or
knoii'led'je ; the second form
> is least used.
Silly, foolish; inapt, simple,
luckless ; doting after, han-
kering, lustful ; wandering,
idiotic; out of one's head, daft .-ifter.
] i^ doting on, an uncontrollable
longing for.
c'h'
dering lout.
] ^ bound up in, very fond of;
Bet on.
^ ] afraid of, as timid childern are.
I ^ childish, imbecile.
1 >C* ^ i^» the unfounded hopes
of a fool ; a silly notion.
1 ^ W)^^ :^^ simple man
is far better than a crafty
Avonian.
CH'I.
CII I.
CH'I.
63
am not foolish or deaf, how can
I manage the family"? — I must
overlook some things.
AT>C| ^^'"^^ insect and elfin; also
(;7j' a dragon whose horns have
not grown ; a term a[)plied
tojcfuel men.
1 iiS^'" I i/^ stone Blabs \vith a
dragon carved on them, placed
between, or on the sides of steps
leading up to palaces or temples.
] J^ dragon handles on cups.
MA mountain elf, a brownie ;
an evil juonster, with a man's
C^i'
1^
face and a beast's body.
] '^ a hobgoblin.
From eye and elfin as tho
phonetic.
To examine things in a se-
ries ; to go from one country
to another to examine its
customs.
From inillet or rice and elfin.
Glutinous, pasty, sticky ; to
stick on ; to attach or glue
on.
] ^ ^ it sticks tight.
] !^ to entrap birds with
the ] ^ birdlime.
] lill sticking feet ; i. e. to sorn,
to sponge on others for meals.
■^>^ From si7/i; and ^ne.
cTFlP The fine fibres of the Doll-
^c 7<' chos bulhosus, or of hemp ; fine
grasscloth used for napkins.
It 1^ 1 ^ fi^^ly embroidered
linen.
] 7^ fine and coarse linen.
An ancient earthen jar or
amphora for holding spirits ;
some of them held a stone or
12 gallons, others half that
quantity; presents of wine were
sent in them, especially when bor-
rowing or returning books.
L•V^
1
Aj^ From hainhoo and table; q. d.
*> ^ bambooed beforfe the bench.
C I I
(.y^■• To flog (he hand, or beat the
mouth with a rattan or a
ferule ; to bamboo, to bastinado, to
scourge ; to correct. So as to reform
and make one ashamed of his bad
conduct.
I ili'^ the bamboos and sticks used
ill a yainttn for beating.
■^ to bamboo, to whip ; to
punish in the courts,
i^ to beat the buttocks.
13 "^ give, him forty blows.
)^ to flog with rattans.
1^ laws directing the degrees
of barabooing.
to beat with sticks. '
Composed of ^ insect under ~-*
the earth, and a JM sprout;
as a primitive it sometimes
gives the eensd of rude.
A worm ; ignorant, Unpolished,
rustic ; to impose upon 5 to despise
on account of ignorance.
I ^ the uneducated masses, the
iffnobile vulgus ; plain people.
] I stupid, unpolished, countri-
fied.
] p^ to contemn and use barshly.
^\ \ U ^ clevef and dull people
each think well of themselves.
1 ± f^ IL Ch'i Yiu first raised
rebellion b. c. 2637 ; a comet is
sometimes called | ^ ]^ after
him, because it foretells war.
J
Laughter; to laugh heartilyj
to laugh at.
^cVi' ^ ] ] to laugh aloud.
-^ ] laughing and smiling.
fl^ A ] J^ the people there laugh-
ed at him for — bis odd dress.
1^ ] to laugh at one's self, for
one*s blunders.
A kind of dog, apparently
from the Desert, called ^^ 1
having long shaggy hair ; it
probably denotes the fero-
cious shepherd dogs of the
Mongols.
From too wan and rustic.
A worthless, or ill-looking
^cVt' woman, one who acts ridicu-
lously ; a foolish woman ;
wanton.
I ^ a harridan, a crone.
^ 1 W ^' t« ^'ke «r hate the
handsome or plain.
I^Bf From bird and to revert.
<M^ An owl, of which there are
jcVt' several kinds which prey on
young birds; when used
alone, the goshawk, or some of the
smaller harriers, is denoted.
] ^1 or ^ 1 the white horned
or eagle-owl {Bubo maximus).
^ I orjjft ] a barn-owl; though
the night-hawk seems to be some-
times meant.
I 5^ to act violently and oppres-
sively; deceived, imposed upon ;
artful, said of people's customs.
I ^ a leathern bag.
^ I HW^^^beheldhis
sway by his reputation for stern
justice.
>|?||T1 The mackerel, at Canton is
cffnla^ so called ; two or three species
^cVj' of Caranx and Auxis are
Common there in the spring.
I
Eyes diseased and dim ; puru-
lent or smegmatic eyes, sore
^c'A' at the corners.
m u I # K s & tis
eyes were blurred and running, and
bis head snowy white; — old and
decrepid.
IfEj The crop of a fowl ; the en-
cfj^^ trails of a bird is ^jj ] , ap-
^cV*' plied also to the stomach of
a bullock or sheep ; tripe ;
the manyplus-
From 37C water and jft earth
contracted; q. d. where the earth
• i> is bored water coUecta.
A pool, a pond, a tank; a
fosse, a ditch or stagnant water ; a
receptacle for liquids ; the part of a
lute where the nuts are ; an ancient
M
64
CH'L
CHI.
GH'I.
ornamental cover or pall of woven
bamboo ;. a i)refecfcure east of
Nganking in Ngjanbwui.
bfC 1 ^ tai:k, a reservoir.
fS^ I a fisb-pond-
^ ] tbe city moat.
^ ] a great moat or canall
I ^ lX)ols and ponds.
^ I a batb-room, tbe wasbing
tank.
t^ I tbe beart ;; and ^ ] tbe
kidneys ; are Taoist teirns.
JS 1 I^ ^ ^ ^^^^ of ^"le and a
forest of meat; i. e. plenty.
^ ] tbe pool around the exami-
nation-ball in tbe Confucian
temple.
yj^ I four small stars near ^ ^
or Arcturus.
] *i? ^ [^ ^"^ ^°^ ^'^® *J tlii'ig
iu a pool.
ig^ ] tbe place for water on an
inkstone.
^ I uneven, not of tbe same
beigb tor length^ ] it ^ bow
tbe [swallow's] wings tlittereil !
^ I an ancient piece of sjicrificial
music ; a star nortb of tbe stars
i K A in Virgo.
A borse galloping; to go
quickly, as- a courser; far,
spread abroad ; fast, fleet ; a
courier.
1 Bj ^^ ^ rapid courier, a post-
man ; by quick post.
] j^ tbe imperial bigbway.
] Ml ^° ^^^® ^^ gallop borses.
] P ^ w^ running berc and tbere
will) wild stories and talk.
] '^ i^ ^ ^° earnestly strive, as
for honors.
] 1^ to drive fast; 7n€t. to act
for anolber.
I ^ to ride post.
J3 j^ 1 ^ tbe name has traveled:
everywhere; widesj)r<'ad, famous.
1 3^ '^ great gatbt-ring of people.
^ ^# \ in B ">«"'« toils
pass away like a shadow; — we
are soon forgotten.
C 1*7
.cW
jcVi'
To go « and fro.
] "^0 ixesolutej running,
bitber and tbitber.
Eggs or lar\'ae of ants.
) ^ condunent or picklb,.
in wbicb tbey £ouu a part.
From earth and reaching to ; also
read 'ti.
An islet ;, a ledge of rocks in
a stream ; lo bank in, to
stop ; an embankment ;. a place in
a river dyked up, as a platform.
^ ] a slope down. to. tbe water;
a levee.
in 1 in J^ [there will be grain
enough] to make an ialet or
l^ap a mound.
From earth and rhinoceros.
A porcb, a oourt in front of
jcV*' a ball ; a kind of open piazai
or vestibule, and tbe steps
l&ading up to it; tbe raised path
leading from tbe gate to tbe palace.
•f^ ] tbe vermilion avenue, J. e.
tbe emi)eror'8 palace, the court ;
it is also called 3E 1 or perfect
avenue;. and other names.
J§ I the courtyard of tbe palace.
>td| From to go and rhinoceros.
0i^^ Slow, dilatory ; lat/5, behind
icVi' time, tlie oppsitc of Hsao jp.
early; not urgent; to delay,
to walk leisurely ; to procrastinate ;
to wait for, not to hurry ; t;irdy ;
slowly and surely, by degrees ;
used for *m/i J^, in tlie phrase ]
^ then be ordered bim.
^ ^ ] be came too late, or after
time.
] ^ ^ 7k. you'll be too late —
to reacb tbe boat
!^- ^h 1 1 t^^ "5"" 's goi"o
down slbwly out of doors.
Jj^ ] I it was .therefore
delayed from time to time.
I "-^ P ^^'•'I't one day.
^ ] to put off continually, to
defer ; to eause delay-
^ ] irresolute; in doubt.
4"^ ] late, dilatory.
J|L' ]' J^^so<*ner or later I wiM
setile all tlie aoeouut
^ ] t(X)' late, hoo slow altogether.
5g£ ] to dawdle, to put off pur-
jiosely ;. dilat/Jry, slack.
^ ] far otl", remote.
3C 1iiJ 1 ^ the sky is waiting fur
tJie dawn.
1 — # ^^or 1 ~fT^iii(Ca/}-
tonese,) wait a little, rest a space.
;^ I to sojonrn ; to rest a while;
to wait for.
Also road ,>i; interchanged with
tlic last.
jcV/ To cut o[ien the hkin ; to dis-
member ; to cut and cleanse
a iisb.
^ ] tbe ignominious slow punish-
ment of cutting to pieces.
.Ia-I-^ From hand and office,
C4 \|' To grasp, to seize bold of; to
jc'/t' observe, to maintain, to direct
witli a firm hand ; firm, reso-
lute, decided ; a classifier of fans.
j{2 ] to manage, ti> take the direc-
tion of
^ ] to uphold, to assist.
1 iik. *o vindicate the laws.
] ^5 to demean one's self with
dignity.
] i^f^ to band a cup of wine.
1 1^ obstinate, unconvinced.
^ 1 -^ ;^ very capable ; having
good administrative ability.
H 1 ^ ^ to direct military
atiairs.
^ ] to bold iu tbe band ; — as
^ -^ I one fan.
^ ] or .^ ] ^ A firm resolve,
— as not to drink.
] ^ to restrain the passions, to
ker{) the body inider.
pj" ^ ;^ I 1 will try hard to at-
tend to tbe matter.
-f-.'^ A contracted form of ^, to
f AT-^ walk briskly; to apjiroach or
jc7<' recede with a quick step.
1 #g lengthened in time.
cn'i.
CHI.
ch'i.
65
A sort of bamboo flute with
seven holes, whose sound
resembles children's crying.
iS ] the earthen bell and
flute, were two sacrifical in-
struments that were employ-
ed to regulate the ceremonies ; met.
fraternal love ; brothers.
\\)tX\ Undecided ; to step over.
<Jt/»n 1 S^ embarrassed, and not
,c'A' knowing what course to take.
From clothes and a homed tiger
as the phonetic.
To take oil" clothes, to dis-
robe, to undress; to take
away oflicial iusigniu ; to put an
end to ; a fringe.
1 JSJi to strip off.
I ^ th i ck f e 1 1 for sleeping ; plush.
] ^ ]^ ^ to deprive one of his
button and leather,
ij^ jji^ |J0 ] he laid aside his
honors and insignia.
> "I From ear and heart, because
)( j> the ear reddens when a person
I is ashamed ; the second form
C-rf I is common.
J\ \V^ J Disgraced, humbled, asham-
jC7i' ed ; to feel shame, to blush,
to redden ; shame, chagrin.
^1^ 1 to be ashamed ; chagrin-
ed, mortified.
i^^ ^M. 1 ^^ y°^^ "^t dread
being ashamed ?
1^ j covered with disgrace.
^ ^ ] ^ to get laughed at.
] ^ afraid of a scolding.
|te I j^ ^ a brazen faced rascal.
4£ ^ 1 shameless, devoid of honor.
^ I confused, mortified; crest-
fallen; — used in polite language
when complimented.
] Mi ^ ^ asbamed of poor
ch)thes and food.
j^ ^ ] "^ i the master is sham-
ed by beating his servant.
] J^ ;^ he was quite disgraced ;
— 1^-^ \ i. the superior man
abominates a shameful act.
'f
Also read shi'
To cling to, to depend on,- as
jcVj' a child on its mother.
f^ ] to entirely rely on.
C />t^ From man and many.
\'^ Extravagant, profuse ; large,
jcVi' tending to expand ; superflu-
ous.
^ ] profuse, wasteful ; as ^ ]
^ ^ making a great show,
living high.
] ^g extravagances of all kinds.
I ^ a profuse outlay.
] ^ ^^ 1 B* exaggeration ; wild
talk.
^ ^ \ ^ divergent and small,
like the stars of the sieve.
Interchanged with 'c?i'i ^ gap-
ing, opened out.
To separate, to part; diffused,
spread out.
j JglJ sundered ; separated,
as friends.
A pretty woman, but worth-
less and wanton; airy, trifling.
jCV/ j^ ] a playful, seductive
girl.
Read shV or ^ii. A local term
in the state of Tsu for deceased
parents.
:^ ] or ^ ] a deceased father.
^rtrfl "^ ^^'^^ "^ * hill-side; a
pUi breaking away, the earth
'cW tumbling down; to loosen,
to destroy; a slope or bank;
a cliff.
S 1^ 1 to go up the hillside.
M^M ] the bonds of govern-
ment and society were destroyed,
as when anarchy prevailed.
Jl ] to fall, as a hill-slide ; to
break away.
Also read ^ch'ai,
A fragrant flower, called "^
] cultivated for its scent, and
which serves as a terra for
fragrant flowers in general.
*cW
The original form represented
the teeth appearing in the open
mouth; it forms the 211th
radical of a natural group of
characters I'elating to teeth.
The front teeth, especially the
upper ; the mouth ; words ; age,
years ; a sort, a class ; associates,
equals ; serratures ; to toothed, as a
serrated leaf.; to commence ; to
classify, as by years; to be reckon-
ed among; to record, to write in.
^ ] *^ old, elderly, advanced.
^ ] a father's equals and
friends — are to be respected.
; ] how old are you ■? what is
your age 1 to which the reply is,
J^ 1 Lor 1 1 ]# it iBy
days have vainly passed, &e.
; ] young ; undistinguished.
^
■^ fine elocution.
don't speak of him.
to gnash the teeth, in anger,
to begin to talk.
I ■= specious, wordy.
/^ PJf /{> 1 unendurable, like
gravel in the teeth.
1^ ] open-mouthed; protruding
teeth.
IL ] milk teeth.
1 ^ people of the same class.
^ I P ^ the population <laily
increases.
1^ t^ ^ I cutting talk ; impu-
dent ; rude and sharp.
j^ ] without teeth ; i. e. dead,
passed away; but the pbrase
ix ] ^ fi§ a" nieans, to the
day of his death he will have
no angry words.
] ^ the jaw ; also, to seat people
by seniorty, as at a feast.
^^W' M 1 hi the village meetings
place people according to age.
I §1^ the genealogical register of
the tsin-sz" graduates of one
examination ; /i|> A. A ] ^ be
gives no handle for people's talk.
^ I gold teetb, the nameof a tribe
of aborigines in Yung-chang fu
in Yunnan, whom Marco Polo
calls Zai-dandan ; they covered
the teeth with thin platea of gold.
6G CH'I.
^ 1 -ftl ^ liis teeth cbatter.
f& ^ ^ 1 eloquent ; wordy.
From ]'lant and teeth.
A weed, tlie H ] ^ or
pnrsl.ine {Pvrtulacu); it is
also known as J[CL Hp ^S^ or
inclon-st'ed greens; and ^
^ ^ "•" loiig-lifc greens.
c'U
Froti >^ jire and |^
sfanii couLiacted.
to under'
Tile IXaze or flame of fire;
nlarc, oirulgenee, splendor; a
dnz/k'of lights; to hum, to catch,
10 epread; raging, as lust ;ni]im'rous.
] ^ Mazing up; met. imperious,
ardent, as lusts.
^ ] Ujeir |x)wer was fierce.
i^ 1 fiiiiig lip
I ^ *'^ ''I'm tharcoal.
^ 1^ M M ] that you may be
prosperous and glorious 1 J^
niinnroiis, as descendants.
yMxik^X^W^^ 1 as if one
try to put out a blaze with oil,
the more you put on the fiercer
it burns.
•rt-I* ) I The Becoud form is uuusuiil ;
occurs written j^ chih.
A pennon or streamer with
a fringe, containing a motto
or inscription; a banner, or
flag, long and narrow, used
as a marker ; to fasten, as
with cords ; to tie on fringes ; to
make a minute of; to signalize.
"^ \ flags and pennons.
^ I to seize the flag, — to win
the prize.
^1 to pull down the flag, — to
conquer.
^ ] a ijennon woven in silk.
> To leap; to jump about or
over; lame, a signification
cV/' preserved in Kiangsu in the
phrase ] ^ a maimed band.
CH'I.
zi^PS^^ From to eat and break off.
^^^ A noioome smell, such as is
c7j'' made by burnt hair, putrid
meat, or noxious gas.
t^ > From earth and correct.
Adhesive clay, suitable for
c li ' the potter's use.
^ ] to mold in clay
iS ] ^" g^"!^ one'a way
with a pole, as a blind man
dues.
To stop, to detain ; once in
use among the people of Tsu
or Ilunan.
\^ j disappfunted ; irreso-
lute or vexed, as when one
is met by a sudden obstruc-
tion or delay.
.^ll } From hand and to limit; it is
P| ^ also read ch'ehy
c'/t > To obstruct, to embarrass, to
cfiu'' binder; to raise, to take up;
to select; to draw, as lots; to
pull; to grasp, to hold, as the
hands.
] ^ to draw lots ; to pull out, as
a ticket.
^ ] to restrain, to hamper ; to
extort by intimidation.
^ I to call back, as a falcon.
1 9i ^-o grasp the elbow ; to im-
pede, to bother; rigid ; cramped
and disabled.
] 1g flashing ; sparkling, as an
electrical machine acts ; scintil-
lating.
§^ ] to compel, to drag with
one ; to clutch and haul.
] 1^ to draw lots, as ofliccrs do
who are appointed to the same
rank, and thus decide .»here
each is to go.
I -^ to discourage, to throw cold
water on. {Catitonese)
CH'I.
^ l^ fi I ("r M) to make np
a prescription in the old way,
'^ ] ''j^ i^ now tight, now loose;
twitching, as one in convulsions.
From to eat or rice and joj
Food, victuals; meat and
drijik ; wine and bread; to
boil or dress food; sacrificial
millet
meat and drink; food, living.
^ 3^ the large dishes of
millet are Isbus borne in.
] A a cook.
] ^ a kettle or pan, used by
cooks.
From hra-nch and plume; tlio
first is used for @ in tho clas-
• sicft, also Bomotimcs wrongly
written ^i|, which means a
flock of buds flying.
A wing: a fin; in com-
merce, ^^ ] denotes the
^ ] or shark's fins.
M 1 or ^ ] to flap- the wings.
] f ^ a wing, wings; hence ^
] f^ is to be merry, to become
hilarious.
^ I fowl's giblets are sometimes
so called.
^ ] a brown colored finch, com-
mon at Peking.
] ^ ranged along ; bristling, like
the teeth of a comb, alluding to
spinous dorsal fins.
] I flying about; winging its
way.
1^ Kl I the dragon-fly's wings, —
a sort of fine gauze.
f' ^ "by stop at regarding
eating as the most important ?
c'A"
m
[^> The primary feathers of tho
wing ; a pinion, a quill ;
iitrong, rapacious, as a hawk.
CHIH.
CHIH.
CHIH,
67
Old sounds, tip, tifc, tik, dip and dit. In Canton, cbiit, chap, chak, cliik, and shik ; — in Swatow, tiet, chip,.^hap,
chek, chi, tek, sip, sit, sek and tifc; — in Amoy, chip, chiap, chi, ehek, tit, chit, ek, sek, and tiafc ; —
in Fuhchau, chek, chaik, chi, k'ek, t'ik, chiah, chi^, and che ; — in Shanghai, tseh,
tsak, dzeh, zoh, zuk, tsek, and dzek ; — in Chifu, chih.
,c/iih
The original form is composed of
two old characters, meaning a
hand seizing and ^ to terrify,
hero written like ^ happy, and
altered in combination.
To apprehend, to seize ; to
look after, to take iu hand ; to
pick up, to lay hold of ; to perse-
cute ; to bring and show ; to retain,
to keep ; to hold as, to look upon ;
to maintain ; to stop up ; what is
retained, as evidence ; what is
in the hand ; obstinate, set; engaged,
in, attending to.
] ;^ to take by the hand.
^ ] to keep, as evidence.
] ^ to draw lots.
] 1^ to maintain the just medium;
candid.
^ I biassed, prejudiced.
^ 1 or @ ] or ] ^ pertina-
cious, set in his way ; obstinate,
not open to conviction.
1 ^ M EL ^^^*^P ^^^ take) it, and
make the best of it, — as a bad
coin.
jBJ I a receipt, as of the reception
of 91. official document.
j -^ to take bids among stock-
holders.
I ^ to maintain the law, to abide
by the rale.
^ ] — ^ each follows his own
trade or profession.
^ a manager, to manage ; the
retinue of an officer, a proces-
sion ; as ^ 4S ] :^ ^ ^ those
who have ilothing to do with the
cortege ; officers who have no
reliiiue.
^ Ig. schedule of a procession ; a
list of duties of official retainers.
^ or ] fg ^ to set types.
] ^ to hold the pen, as an aman-
uensis.
] ^ vigorous, brawny, forcible.
JS I to arrest, is a criminal.
1
1
ckih'
] ^ a father's friend; and ^ j
a father's equal in age.
In Cantonese A heap, pile ;
a handful ; a group.
tt SI — 1 living together in
one community.
— I 7J^ a handful of rice.
From silk and to keep.
To tie up or tether an ani-
mal ; to connect, to secure ;
a cord ; a fetter, a shackle.
3^ to shackle ; hampered or con-
fined, as by duties or promises.
'n±\ iai^^^givehim
the ropes to bind his horses.
From horse and middle ; like the
last, and also .read shuh^
chihi To fetter a h orse ; a foot-rope ;
a restraint ; a bond.
5cB^M 1 lieaven has burst
our bonds.
From insect and to keep.
To hybernate; stored, hid in
quiet; insects or animals
burrowing or becoming tor-
pid ; gone into darkness.
H ] the fifth of the 24 terms,
from March 5th to 20th, when
the "torpid are exerted," and
spring begins.
■? ^ 1 1 ^ ^^^ pleasant ga-
thering of children and grand-
children.
animals that become torpid.
To lose one's courage or
firmness ; to show the white
feather; to give up, to sub-
mit.
^ 5S I ^S the brave man
has succumbed and yielded.
chi/?
chill'
.chih
From water and ten ; scil. ten
drops make a stillicidium.
Juice, gravy, drippings; slush;
the expressed juice, the li-
quor or best part strained off; sleet>
rain, and snow all i"alling togetlier;
delicate, pleasing to the tasta
1 f'^ juices ; sap, exudation.
7JC ] essence, juice.
^ ] the pot liquor, left after boil-
ing vegetables.
^ ] to suck the juice.
^ ] melting snow.
] i^ gravy ; inet. pleasing to tho
taste.
^ ^ 1 gr«'^pe-juice or wine.
^ i% 1 betel-nut juice and saliva.
?5 ^ ] ~P ^ cake or crust of
mortar hardend like stone; a
Peking term.
P
'chih
Represents the mouth with the
fcreaiMssuing from it ; much used
as a contraction of c/ii/i, ^ as a
classifier, but not quite correctly.
A final particle or tone ; a
disjunctive conjunction, but, how-
ever, yet; as an adverb, merely,
only ; but just, just then.
I 5it 0^' ] pT ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^"''y ^^
the right ; this alone is proper.
] ^ merely for the present ; on
the spur of the moment, incon-
siderately.
fg 1 ^ ^ ^ l^ut I don't want
it ; I just don't need it.
] "i^ merely have.
] /^ — ^ there is only one
thing or affair.
1 jIt flO E. J"^*" ^^^^ ^"^^ "° more.
J M j^^^^t observed, only saw ; it
came to pass.
] ^ obliged to, no alternative ;
only can.
# 4 5C 1 ^^^ mother ! Oh,
heaven I
1^ 1 ^ •? they rejoiced in that
he was an honorable man.
In Fuhchau. Used for ^ this ;
here.
68
CHIH.
CHIH.
CHIH.
From ^ property and ^f two
tuels pledged for it ; the abbre-
> vlated form is much like tun*
J§ a shiold.
,.,}^ The substance, matter, or
grosser nature of, as dis-
tiuguisbed from the aura ^
or subtle parts ; to substantiate by
evidence, to establish ; to appear,
as in court ; to cross-examine, to
confront, to set uwr against ; to fix
or settle ; to perfect ; opposite to,
aj)pearing in presence of; essential;
plain, not figured ; honest, sincere,
true ; firm, as a texture ; a disposi-
tion, a habit.
M, 1 ^''" i'k 1 ^^^*^ natural dis-
position or parts; the mind J the
constituents of a vapor.
■15 ] siibslance, elements of.
^h }t 1 niorpliinc.
nu ] disposition, capabilities.
I^j- ] to confront the parties, as
for proof.
] ^ to cross-examine or confront,
as in court.
^ ] a bitter principle.
if ^ 1 perspicacious, very clever.
] ^ a firm tint, said by dyers ;
a good disfxisition.
tS 1 W. ''*" honest disposition.
] ■(g evidence of, something to
go by, an earnest.
j ^ plain, unostentatious, not
extravagant.
^ ] elej,'ant, delicate.
1 il Jl^ A I'll ask people about
it, — so as to be eure.
jS^ and I are opposites ; plain and
flowery ; showy and real ; ele-
gant, polished and solid learning.
] ^ A J^ complete what con-
cerns your officers and people.
^ ] a good mind; brilliant, gifted.
Read chp A witness; a pledge;
an introductory present; a hostage;
a large market-place.
^ I to exchange hostages or
pledges.
] Jl^or ] fg apav?n shop; it is
less extensive and cheaper than
the ^ f^ or security shops.
] ^^ I pawned it there to
have the tax-
Used with the last.
A ticket J a token, passed as
cMP a pledge or security, when
pawning.
I ^ a check cut from a register,
as a ticket or share.
An ax or Latcbet ; an iron
^ ) block or anvil used by smiths
^chih or artisans.
From horse &ni.\ to ascend or to
step ; the first is the common
form.
A stallion ; to go up, as a
hill ; to cause to progress ;
'"" to promote, to raise ; to fix,
to determine.
jtf- f^ ] that was a good deed, —
meaning done from real love, a
secret act, unostentatious bene-
volence.
1^ 1 T ^ [heaven] orders the
melioration of mankind.
^ ] 35C exhortations to benevo-
lent acts.
,chih
iChih
Often wrongly used for the next.
Firm, unbending ; foolish.
I \^ not advancing, hinder-
ed by something.
From woman and to reach as the
phonetic.
The child of a brother; also
called ^ ] , while | ^ is
his son ; a nephew.
] ^ a niece, bis daughter.
^ ] a sister's child.
^ ] a wife's nephew.
-^ ] my nephew.
I ^ a niece's husband
^ ] young relatives, nephews
and cousins.
^ ] the sons of iujtn or isi'n-s^'
alumni of the same year,
•jfr I a term used by one's self to-
wards a father's chum or fellovr
graduate.
^ ] your " iornorant nephew," is
the subscription of one writing
to his friend's father.
Luminoos, splendid ; great
,chih
M.
The turnings and windings
of a mountain brook ; deriv-
ed from Cheu-chih hien ^
] ]|lj{; a district in the
^chih south of Shensi near Si-
ngan fu, where the streams
are much impeded in their
courses among the bills.
The second form is onnsaal.
3 ^ The rustling noise made
when reaping grain is liken-
ed to | ] , — in imitation
^cbi/i of the sound.
@ I to trill the fingers
acroes the stringy of a lute.
I
From wood and extreme aa the
phonetic.
Fetters, handcuffs ; stocks of
wood or iron ; to manacle, to
shackle ; to stab, to pierce ; to
stop; a thing to clog wheels;
a spike.
] |§ manacles and gyves.
1 ^ W ^ FpI fetter him but do
not ask iiim questions.
] §§ a linch-jiiii ; a wheel-chock ;
met. a censor of manners, one
who infiuences the tone of no-
rals.
A leecb.
) jfC 1 a bloodsucker, for
chih which there are several local
names.
chih''
I
15
From a place and extreme as the
phonetic.
To go up, as a hill ; flourish-
ing, as an age ; a sujx'r-
lative, very.
H very prosperous.
] an ancient name of Ngan-
hwa hien ^ ft S^ '" ^'"o-
yang fu on the liiver King, in
the east of Kansuh.
jj^ a good government, one
proved by the general prosperity.
CHIH.
cum.
CHIH.
69
To stop np ; to close, to fill;
,5 to obstruct; solid; the moon
c/«A' in j^ or nearly in opposi-
tion ; to pare oS.
^ I to hiccup.
1^1^ difficult to manage ;
impeded in every way.
j ^ a bedroom door ; an old term
for the entrance to a grave.
1 ^ to stop, to choke or fill the
entrance of.
^ ^T>% 1 ^± J^ there
are no doubt some difficulties
(or objections) in the way.
From insect and to stop up.
p An insect that burrows, the
c/i?7i' ] ^^ a sort of field-spider
that weaves a tubular web
on the ground ; probably a sort of
My gale or Atyphus; it is also
called ji ^ ^ or ground spider.
From metal and extreme as the
phonetic.
cfill^'' A small sickle or toothed
bill-hook; met. the grain
which it reaps, which was the bead
cut oft" short; an old name of Suh
chen ^ ji{\ near the River Hwai,
in the north of Ngan-hwui, during
the Han dynasty.
1 X'J to reap grain near the ear,
leaving the straw.
7J^ ] a sickle.
J^ ] to pay in the grain due -on
the government land tax.
From grain and to lose.
^) Orderly, regularly, in a se-
chili' ries ; to dispose in order ; a
station, a post, an office ;
usual, acquainted with; permanent;
clear, ex[)licit, as teaching; a
decennium, or increase often years
in one's life.
OP ] or |BE ] official rank or
precedence.
^ I or ] ^3. series, a rank,
f* '^ 1 1 methodical, lucid in-
struction ; an unsullied name.
] ] ^ -^ a graceful sloping
bank.
J^ \ official salary or perquisites.
2£ ^ 1 ] the attendants were
all in their places.
§^ 't 1 entered his seventh de-
cennary, as at Gl years.
5c 1 5c ^^ heaven's orderings
and scheme, as the human rela-
tions, five virtues, &c.
^ j ;^ g high ministers in the
Household Guards; they are all
noblemen and palace dignitaries.
From naplcin or clothes and
to lose; the second character
> also means to sew; a period
of ten years.
■^<^:>J A cloth cr paper case to
cnih cover Chinese books ; a
book-wrapper ; a satchel or
bag used like an envelope; to
arrange, as books; a classifier of
letters.
^ I or § ] a book cover or
wrapper ; a large envelope.
^35* — 1 ^^^6 public dispatch
To stitch, to seam; to sew.
) ] ^ to mend or sew
^chi/i clothes.
y^^ From bird and hand; it"ia often
jr^^ erroneously contracted to chih
J . . yi^i from the similarity of tone
A bird, one of a sort, not a
pair ; single, by itself; a classifier
applied to ships, boats, gems, ani-
mals, birds, insects, &c.; also things
in pairs or sets, when one is in-
dividualized, as legs, eyes, shoes,
cups, saucers, spoons, &c.; and to
things resting on a base or legs,
as a table ; following a noun, it
denotes several of the kind ; as
<^ I several oxen.
1 I -^ M ®^^^ ^"® ^^ ^ ^^^^•
""^ 1 i^ JIh ^"® foreign ship.
^ ] Ji] many ships have amved.
1 ^ ^ lb jH 5C ^"^ ^^^^ ^^^
not screen the sky ; — one per-
son is inadequate to do it.
^ H. 1$ 1 ^"e body makes only
one shadow ; — I am quite
alone, solitary.
I J^ I myself alone ; only one
in it.
'if^ i^ M 1 *^"^y * ^®^ ^^ them.
^ ] duplicated or by twos ; in
pairs.
Jr <IS 1 ^ [do n't despise this]
slip of paper and one character ;
i. e. my brief note.
^Hj From Kl flesh contracted over
^ehh To roast flesh ; to broil ; to
dry or toast before a fire ; to
cauterize ; to be intimate with, to
approach, to approximate; near;
to simmer in honey, as dates are
cured; warm, hot.
] ^ dried liquorice.
] ^ to dry thoroughly; as ] ^
^^ to dry clothes.
|§ 1 A in hashed and fried for
people's eating; pleasing all
tastes.
^ I very friendly with.
^ ] injured, as by bad company.
^ ] to parch in a boiler, as in
preparing drugs.
^ ] to cook or roast ; to burn.
] ^ to warm the hands.
*t^ ^ _t 1 rising anger; also the
internal heat coming out, — and
parching the lips.
XXtu '^^^ '^^se or foundation of a
^chih i^ ] ^ a place in Sz'-
ch'uen, noted for a battle.
From liand andpeop^eor stone;
the second is also read t'oh^ a
> synonym of j£ to hold.
To take up, to gather, to
chih collect ; to adopt ; to im-
prove, to brighten.
] I& ifi 35c ^<^ collate (or gather)
old books or phrases.
] IX ^" quote or plagiarize
others' words; to appropriate.
^ I to flourish, like a city ; to
enlarge, as a place.
^ ^ j^ ] his style improves.
I ^ not to get advancement; to
fail of promotion.
iK?
m
70
chill
CHIH.
From /oof and people; it is like
the next.
To tread, on, to follow after ;
to stamp, to leap; the sole
of the foot.
|g M I ^ to pass or leap out of
chaos or non-existence into be-
ing; no%v here and then gone.
J^ ] a leader of thieves, a sort
of Kobin Hood in early Chinese
history; hence ^ | j^ ^ as
unliKe as Shun and Chih, i. e.
as Peter and Judas.
m
Like the preceding.
The sole of the foot ; the
pHh foot of birds.
] J£ 1» to tread under foot.
^ ] a fowl's foot.
.chih
.chih
From & dart and a sound.
A sword ; others say, to
gather, or a synonym oi' sfdh^
Jjg or potter's clay ; it is
only used as a primitive,
without conveying any mean-
ing to its comjxjunds.
From ;;f^ silk and ^ to govern
contracted ; used for ^ a flag.
To weave ; woven ; weaving.
] i^ a loom.
I ^ to weave cloth.
1 -^^^ woven very beautifully.
1 1^ vveaver's thrums, ends of
the threads.
1 ^ *% ^ the blazonry of birds
on the flags.
j J^ to weave figured fabrics.
^ ] a name for the cricket.
1 5^ ^^ oflBcer in Kiangnan who
attends to procuring silk and
porcelain for the Court
From ear or hody and a sword:
the second ^orm is pedantic
^ L aud unusual.
To record events; to act
officially; to govern, to over-
see, having the direction of;
to uialie a thing important
or leading; official duty, title,
office ; used for I, when an officer
speaks of himself, as ] j^ I, the
8
cChih
CHIH.
Intendant; presents from other
states; single; really, certainly;
numerous, as duties.
I tJP to govern, to manage.
,] f^ in office; its duties; the
post itself.
>&D ^ ] t.0 confer an honorary
title or nominal office.
^ ] I, the officer; those who are
in the service, down to low offi-
cials, even when only titular,
call themselves chih^ and ■^ 1
when addressing a, sniHjrior.
] ^ an official title; an officer,
eitlier actual or titular, a func-
tionary of any grade under a
retl button.
!i^ I to deprive one of office or
title.
^ ] to receive an office.
I ^' a title ; official duties, of
which once the ^ | comprised
the various departments.
I I numerous, said of an officer's
duties.
^ ] to pay tribute; i. e. the ]
^ presenta or customary otfer-
iiigs to the Crown.
■J^ ] hereditary office or title.
] ^official duty; to specially
manage an affiiir.
Wt "^ ^^ ] ^" institute a post
and define its duties.
^10^^ retired officer who
is allowed to retain his titles.
These two«haracters are used
in ancient rituals with the
, siimo meaning, though not al-
together identical.
Pieces of jerked meat, a
chih foot or more in length,
fonnerly reckoned among
betrothal presents ; high, of not
putrid meat; sticky, adhesive.
^ ] pomatum.
chih'
From place and a step.
To ascend ; to enter on a
higher office; to mount, to go
up to; advanced, promoted;
to proceed.
] >tS to go up a ladder or stairs.
c/iih'
CHIH.
] ^ to behold from on high, as
God does.
§5 ] to degrade and to advance j
official changes.
] ^ to advance and retire, as to
and from the altar.
1 {(k IhJ f^ ascend that high peak.
^ I *^ ^ ^^ yo" ascend the
throne.
1 M'^SL ii^ '^^ ^ admitted into
the holy regions.
Composed of § eye, 'f' ten,
and E§ hidden contracted, for
ten eyes can see a thing straight;
ii is used for ^ and the next ;
and is easily mistaken for chin
^^ true.
To look ahead; straight, direct;
upright, blunt, outspoken, true ;
just, exactly^ to be straight, in
limiting, a per[)endicular stroke; to
straighten, to proceed, to go direct;
that which leads or directs; as
an a'h-erh, only, but, merely ; stiff
and straight ; purposely; suitable ;
the price of.
]£ I just ; the upright.
I gj" ;^ ^ to speak without re-
servation; to tell all.
^ and I , and also ^ and ) are
opjwsites ; crooked — straight ;
devious — upright.
^ self-evident doctrines.
^ he left immediately.
] jg ^ go directly on, follow
the straight road.
— 1 A g'> straight in ; — ]
^ go straight on.
— ] ;^ go straight ahead.
] >^ 5[g ^ I came directly here.
^T 1 P"""d it straight.
^ i true, fearless, blunt ; always
si)eaking his opinions.
fljl ] M stretch out your leg;
met. siretched-out legs, i.e. dead;
for which ] — is also used.
1 ^ 15 ^ tii«y <^"'y fl<^^i a
hundred paces.
|ig ] <*'■ if* ] st'if^lyi stiff-neck-
ed, willful ; honest, trusty.
^ 1 ^ 'K promote the men of
integrity, remove the doable-
dealing.
CHIH.
^ 1 ^D ^ straight as an arrow-
\M \ W3,ges.
^ /^ IIO 1 ^ ^ crooked foot lie
wished to make • a straight
fathom; i.e. give him an inch,
and he'll take an ell.
I ^ ^ M ^'<^'^' much is it worth?
] Wi -M Chihli province, e. i. the
province which superintends the
others ; as a ] ^ iW^ is an in-
ferior department, or a district
whose magistrate is not under a
prefect.
igl ] j^ all the provinces, the
governing and all others.
^fn^ 1 't* 1 don't believe every'
thing called true, or every strong
asseveration.
From tree and straight sxs the
phonetic.
chi/i ^^ plant, to set out ; to set
up ; erect, standing upright ;
to lean on, as a staff; to place, to
lay down ; a beater or mallet.
^ ] or ;^ I to set out trees.
1 4t /K ^^^ -^^'^ aside his staff.
^ ] door-posts.
^ I to produce plants.
] ^ to form a party or cabal.
j* ] I am very thankful for
you aid in Betting me up — in life.
CHIH.
To fatten, to enrich ; to pro-
;) duce, to prosper, to grow ; to
(C/ii/t be largely produced ; to get
rich, to amass ; price, value ;
to raise the price of; to appouit, as
to an oflice ; to set upright, hke
the last, to plant, to cultivate.
^ ] to appoint to office ; to
hoard or store money.
I ] even, level ; regular.
^ ] abundant, prosperous.
^ 1 Wi ^^ ^^^ ^^ greedy of
money, do not set your heart
on riches ; do not raise prices.
i^ ^ H 1 ^^^ nature flourishes.
1 ^ fii; ^PP^iiit upright men to
office.
M^Z^MM^'Z- 1 4 people
of the same surname must not
intermarry, lest they do not in-
crease.
^^BM^^ 1 ;2:wehave
fields which Tsz'ch^an got for
us ; — who will do so, when be
is dead ?
CH'IH.
71
The grain first sown; the
first grain that comes up ;
sometimes applied to the wife
first married.
] li i^ ^ first sow the pulse and
then the wheat [for the next crop]
"^''l&lf From hand and a plain ; it oc-
j'^l > ^^^^ written J^, bat this last is
more commonly read t'ih,
clii/i'
To throw down or at ; to
fling away, to reject ; to waste, as
time ; to pitch, as quoits.
] rJ5 to hit the mark,
j -^ ^ or ] ^ to throw dice.
1 "f or JH ] to throw down.
] ^ to discard ; to throw away.
1 IhI or ] 5g to return, as a
memorial to the writer.
1 7^ 1^ or ^ I to throw away
time ; to idly spend it.
^ ] >j5 ^ to throw stones and
brickbats to and fro.
] M^M [I'ke] the sound of
ringing brass striking on the
ground, — so is this rhythmi-
cal composition.
] ^ fj* to gamble {Cantonese.)
A large green caterpillar, the
I "jj^ which feeds on the
,chih bean; it is perhaps the larva
of a sphinx moth.
Embarrassed, bewildered.
] J^ irresolute, unquiet ;
cidh'' advancing and retreating, as
dancers do, or as v.'hen ven-
turing into a palace ; also the name
of the R/iododendron indicuvi.
Old sounds, t'ak, tik and t'lk. In Canton, ch'ik and shik ; — in Swatow, ch'i^, ch'ek, ch'ia, and t'ek ; — in Amoy,
ch'ek, t'ek, eek, and hwa; — in Fuhchau, ch'ek, ch'ioh, ch'iah, t'ek-ancZ sek; — in Shanfjiiai,
ts'ek, ts'ak, and sek ; — in Chifu, ch'ih.
From )^ a hody and 2* *° '^'""
derstand combined; it refers to
the fingers, for when tho hands
■were laid side by Bide and opened
to their widest extent, the length
seems to have been a popular
measure for a foot ; used for the
next.
A cubit, or the Chinese foot of
ten fs'wn'; it basin different dy-
nasties been divided into 8, 9 and
10 ts^un^ -^, and the present varia-
tions in its length in different parte
of China are equal to H ts'un' ;
by treaty the length is fixed at
14.1 inches English, or 0.3581 me-
tre French ; the fifth note in the
diatonic scale.
^ B3 1 or J§^ ] is the tailor's foot
at Canton of 14.8 inches; and
the j)§. J^ I is the mason's
foot measure of 14.1 inches.
^ ] a five foot measure.
[^ ] a carpenter's square.
] TJ* W ::^ ^J» there are different
sorts and sizes of the article.
i^ I -ij- what are its dimen-
sions °i
-^ \^ij that's a place
where etiquette is to be ob-
served, where you must mind
your ps and qs.
^
72
CH'IH.
CH'IH.
CHin.
/li*Wi 1 "^ "ot of full stature or
dimensions.
^ I ^ JJ^ a minor reigning very
soon after his father's death.
^ I or ^ ] a ruler, a ferule.
|g ^ ] a gextaiit.
Mi M 1 °36^"re its length.
■ — ] ^ ^ ^ ^"6^ epistle, a
sharp note; the — ] was a
name given in the Haa dy-
nasty to the tablets on which
the Emperor wrote his orders.
W 1 J^ measurable; what is done
by rule ; one who works me-
thodically.
H j )^ ^^® three foot bhide — of
the tirst emjxjrw of the Han.
H 1 ^^ '^ ^^^ of three cubits,
a stripling.
3 1 ^ imixirial laws ; so called
in reference to the size of the
paper used.
3 ] ^ Wi ^ three foot scarf,
alludes to a bowstring or halter.
1 -^ a circumscribed narrow spot;
insufficient.
||[i ] a two foot rule, struck at a
funeral by the undertaker to call
in the spirit.
From insect and a foot ; used
with the last.
Caterpillars of the family of
the loopers, or Geometridce,
called j 1^ or foot measu-
rers ; hampered, repressed.
Composed of y^ great over y^
fire, as shown in the second
f and antique form ; others say
of i^ and JX *'• *"• ^'■^^ earth,
botli referring to the dark itkin
of southern people ; the south
' pertains to fire and carnation ;
it forms the 155th radical of a
few characters, all relating to
red.
The third of the five primary
colors, a reddish carnation or cin-
nabar color ; a purplish light red ;
color of a newborn infant ; naked ;
poor, destitute, barren ; to redden ;
to strip, to denude ; any highly
polished metal.
] Q sultry; a very hot day.
c/i'ih'
ch'i/i.
I ^ the god of Fire.
] -^ an infant; the emperor so
calls his SHbjects, indicating his
love.
] ^ the equator, the south road.
1 # or ] If or ] y^ naked ;
stark, nude.
1 *ti> guileless, sincere ; it is an
appellation of Kwanti.
1 H^ ^ P^^ heart
"y^ ] to throw aces and quatres,
or the red faces of the dice.
] P red mouthed days, are
those on which the Cantonese
avoid bargains.
^ 1 ^ to bare the feet.
I ^ empty handed.
I ^ unoccupied wastes; pampas ;
a steppe.
] i the red earth country ;
an old name for Siam.
] IjG^ an old name for China ; ]
^ is another name used by the
Moslems.
•^ ] flushed from drink ; red in
theface;a8m:~,^X— ]
0^ his face turned red and then
crimson, — on being detected.
The ■econd is the earliest form,
composed of ) a shelter and
pPf pci-veree, contracted to the
tirst ; the second also means to
put a top to.
To expel, to drive far frwn,
to turn out of the house ;
to scold ; to strike or cuff, as with
the fist; to pry into; to point out ;
reaching far, extending to ; exten-
sive, broad ; salt or nitrous land.
] 3^ or ^ ] to expel, to thrust
out.
■J5 ] to reprimand, to speak se-
verely to.
to point out faults,
to blame, plainly.
i^
] -^ to blame, to reprimand.
] fi *'0 jiiggl« > legerdemain.
] T^ to dismiss from oflSce and
banish.
^ ] wandering, reckless; to
motion one off.
^ SI jfe 1 *-^G filchers and ban-
dii'j are numerous.
] j^ to degrade, or take away a
titular rank by a higher func-
tionary.
z?^ 1 -^ ISr iiij ^ it <loe^ not
point out the peculiarities of
things.
I -JH to spy another's conduct in
order to find fault ; to keep a
watch on.
From mouth and seven.
To cry out at, to scold, to
hoot at; to blurt out; to an-
grily order another ; to make
mention of.
] JuJ to drive out a dog.
] J^ or P^ ] ;§ ,^ to scold and
abuse ; to blackguard, to rail at
1^ ] to breathe hard, to speak
loud.
M^' I ^ |ll:ii please mention
my name, and present my r&.
spects — to your father.
~) From s<re>igtfcand to bind or or-
der ; the third form is also read
^lai.
y To try, to attempt • an or-
dinance; an order, what is
done by special command of
) J the Emperor, — for which the
next character is the ver-
bal form ; a charter, a special
permit or precept from him ; to care-
fully look after ; to have charge ;
to give in charge, as to punish ; to
receive warning ; the execution of
a charge ; steady ; urgent.
] '^ credentials, letters-patent
1 ^ l^y Imperial appointment,
a special title.
y^ ] royal orders, laws, precepts,
prohibitions, &c.
] f^ to bestow honors on an
otficor's dead parents.
] fj the Emperor's mandate pro-
nuilgated.
1 g* or ] ^ anlmi)erial order;
his Majesty's will.
1 ^ ^ charms containing the
'' special orders" of a god ; they
are hung on the lapd.
ch'ih
CH'IH.
m
t
dm'
From to eat, man, and strength;
it is often used for the last, and
must not be confounded with
shih fip to adorn.
To make a thing firm ; reve-
rent, careful, respectful ; to enjoin
on or instruct, as a superior does a
subordinate ; to direct, to command;
to adjust, to make ready, to pre-
pare to do; diligent; prepared.
I ^ to dispatch on public service.
^ ] to issue orders.
iH 1 to use care in doing.
j^ ] to strictly charge.
^J I I hope you will do it.
^ \ l^'fj to preserve order in
a region.
1 15 ^ ?i^ he fasted and kept
under his body.
^ -fi 1 ^0 I have respectfully
copied the orders for your in-
formation.
3^ !^ IJE I the war-chariots were
all ready.
CH'IH.
1 fiP<'^\^ ^ use diligence
to increase the productions of
the soil.
] ^[1 to. make orders known to an
officer, that he may do them.
From bird and method, be-
cause the cock and hen always
walk in proper order.
A beautiful water bird, the
'i^ \ which has a broad
and upright fan tail, descri-
bed to be like a rudder ; it
is perhaps allied to the mandarin
duck, though the muscovy duck or
the pied duck, is rather more
likely to be intended.
CHING.
73
1^,
chHK'
From tree and 'pattern; it is
also read shih-)
Name of a tree ; a thing
used in divination, in con-
nection with maple seeds and the
heart wood of the Rhamnus date.
jJtv To fear with respect and
j>^) veneration.
chhJi' I I to regard with awe.
,>^ The original form is intended
.,^ to represent a short step, or the
" ^ motion of the leg in walking; it
Ch in forms the 60fch radical of a na-
tural group of characters relat-
ing to walking and regulations.
] ^ the motion of walking;
when joined they make the
character Jiing ff to walk.
iW Hard ground, dried by the
Jv»*5 ^"^ ^"^ caked ; to enter the
ch'ih' ground; one says, water ap-
pearing, the ground becom-
ing damp, which is suggested by
the parts of the character.
cHih'
To chastise, to flog; the
sound of a thrashing or
beating.
oiEmsro.
Old sounds, ting, and ding in one instance. In Canton, ching, and one or two ch'ing ; — in Swatow, cheng,
teng, ohm, ch°ia, and t"e ; — in Amoy, cheng, and one or two chin and teng ; — in Fuhchau, chxng,
ting, and cheng; — in Shanghai, tsang, and one or tivo zang; — in Chifu, ching.
,chdn
Composed of ^ pearl and p
to divine ; or, as in an ancient
form, of ^ a tripod and f*
to divine.
To inquire by divination,
either by cowrie shells, coins, or
other things; chaste, pure, virtuous,
undefiled, uncorrupted; moral, high
principled ; a term for the inner
row of the 64 diagrams, the outer
row is named '^ hwui'
I ^Jj^ chaste, even to death.
] j£ firm in the right.
1 t& i'^li''ihle, trustworthy, faithful.
1 ^ honest, chaste ; undefiled,
as a virgin.
yK ] ^fM V^^^ ^"^^ unsullied,
virgin purity.
1 ^ ^ 1^ immovable, energetic
in maintaining the right.
] ^ the elementary parts.
I ^ a chaste widow, one who
will rtot marry again ; many
1 Hi ^ honorary gateways
are found in China to their
memories.
i^ ] a betrothed girl, whose affi-
anced died before the nuptials,
and she refuses to marry.
The chaste tree, a common
evergreen growing in northern
^c/id7i China; it is the -^ ] or wax
tree {Ligustrum lucidum
and L ohfusi folium); it is also
called ^ ^, because it maintains
its pure green color through all
seasons; its seeds, called ^ ^
^, are mach used as a tonic.
^ ^ ] a high statesman, a stay
of the realm.
1 ^ planks used in making
adobie walls.
From worship and pure.
Lucky, felicitous ; a good
omen.
1 y^ auspicious ; a sign
indicative of heaven's ap-
probation.
The name of an upper
branch- of the North River in
Kwang-tung, whence ] J^
was an old name for Wfino--
yuen hien ^ '^^ 1|^^ in Shao-
cheu fu.
,chdn
^cndng
74
CHiNQ.
CHING.
CHING.
^chdug
A-*^ From to go and cm-rect; it is
j^ ll^ interchanged with ^l in some
senses.
To proceed, to get on ; to
pass; as timej to reduce, to
chastise refractory states ; to sub-
jugate ; to levy taxes, to take
duty ; to be in the army ; to spy.
] -^ to reduce [;i feudal state]
by force.
] ]J^ to collect taxes by force.
1 ^ *"■ 1 1^ '^ exterminate, as
seditious rebels.
tij 1 ^ tE t« go to war against
barbarians-
Mm S/f 1 *"^ your months are
also going.
^ ^ 1 <^^o you go and coerce
them; — a punctive ex|>edition.
] fll" to demand with authority.
I ^ to collect taxes on the land.
] ^ imperial troops; an envoy
and his suite.
] j:b ^ clerk of the taxes iu a
district magistrate's yamun.
^ ^ -g I the travelers pro-
ceeded on their long journey.
Restless ; afraid.
] © or 1 # agitated,
nervous; unable to sleep.
1[ :§ W 1 to quietly pass
the nisrht.
^cluing
^chdng
IjE
^chdiig
To fry fish or flesh in a
pan.
From metal and correct.
Cymbals or small gongs set
in a frame, used to sound a
halt to troops ; a brass tam-
bourine used by priests ; the place
outside of a bell where it is struck.
ijD^ 1 the divine cymbal, a stone
drum spoken of in ancient books.
^M^M 1 the brazen cymbal
bangs in the tree; i.e. the sun
is shining through its branches.
Name of a woman ; a cor-
rect deportment, as the two
parts intimate; reserved and
modest, such demeanor as is
proper for a woman.
^c/idiig
.Ili^ The character is intended to re-
/CtS- present/ire under vajjorascend-
C i »»> iug. jt ia used with the next.
i '«"y Yapor made by fire, steam ;
mist, watery exhalations; to
steam; to cook by steaming; to
stew, to distil, to decoct; a multi-
tude; to act as a prince; a winter
sacrifice in the ancestral temple; to
enter, to make progress ; to bring
forward ; to set forth offerings ; all ;
clouds of dust rising like vapor;
to lie with or debauch superiors ;
liberal; generous; to lay down;
an initial expletive.
I ^ to steam thoroughly.
] |g to steam rice; the usual
mode of cooking it is in a 1 ^
or steaming-basket.
1 J^ 75 Ji ail the people then
had grain.
I f@ to distil spirits.
1 1
^ ^ ..
nergetic and splendid.
] ] ^ to gradually lead to self
government.
] ?JC ^ the boiler in a steamer.
I j^ to introduce into.
^ i ] ^ how Wan Wang rose
to be a true prince I
"fJL*' From plants and steam as the
7|j» phonetic; it ia interchanged with
*^',*** the last in some of its senses.
^cnd7ig ^j^^ ^^^.^^ ^^ ^^^^^ ^^.^^
used for fuel; small faggots; hemp
torches ; to rise, as steam ; vapor ;
all. numerous.
5C ^ 1 JS heaven produced all
men. •
1 ] H -t <^^^'y rising better
and higher, as a state, or when
doing business.
^ ^ ] the winter sacrifice
Read cliing* The reflection of
the sun ; the sun striking on odia ;
vapor rising through the sun's heat
m
^chdng
From disease and steam ; it ia
sometimes written like the last.
A disease of the bones, with
rheumatic p.'iins ; the »^ ]
a sort of syphilitic cachexy.
^(Jidng
^ ^ ] to eat but never grow fat.
^ ] is applied to withered fruit,
dried up while on the tree.
^1$. The cooked meat that fills a
c \>^\ sacrificial basin, at an offer-
^clidng ing ; swollen ; doltish ; to
ascend.
From ^ fine and ^ good
whi^i is explained, that by act-
ing right in small matters, the
moving principle will appear.
To set in motion, to induce*
action ; to act, and thus show the
proof or power of; to testify, to
witness, to make clear by proof;
to be calletl, to summon, to cite ;
to complete ; to seek, to hunt up,
to inquire after; proof; verifica-
tions ; fulfillment, as of a prayer
or hope ; to levy, as taxes ; to raise
or enlist, as troops ; an old name
for Ch'ing-ch'ing hien ^ ^ ||,
in Shensi, near the elbow of the
Yellow River.
I JS^t to gather, as the tribute.
^ ] verified ; proof exists.
Bfl I plain evidence.
I S^ verified ; we see its effects,
as of a g(H)d medicine,
lis 1 a!! b" unfounded assertions.
] Jf^ to enlist soldiers,
jt ] ^ to establish proof.
1 ^ ^ ^ to collect taxes and
duties.
] ^ an invitation by Govern-
ment for good men to serve it.
] ^!| I*) induce by a present, Jts
Balak (lid Balaam.
I ^ to visit often, to seek con-
tinually; to hang around, as an
idkr: to weary by coming.
^ ] to send the betrothal presents.
;^ ] or I ;^ a noble bearing,
a lucky look, alluding to the
/\ I eight evidences of good
fortune which the physiogno-
mists look for in one'.s face.
Read 'chi- One of the five
musical notes, regarded as corres-
ponding to fire.
CHING.
CHING.
CHING.
From (Unease and proof as the
pliouetic.
clidiiQ -^ swelling or hardness of the
abduuieii, supposed to proceed
from calculi or der.aiigement
of the pulse and viscera.
1 ?S. '^'li'^'T calculus-
1 ^a ^P'l^'"^ fi'^ni biliary calculi,
or Irora obstructions in the colon.
*'^^ Composed of "^ifto rap '^ a
IJ-^^ .-■7(t'((/, and J£ to i^lraiijhten; the
''c/idii(/ allusion seems to be to the farm-
er's work.
To place evenly, to adjust ;
to do with, to work on ; to re[)air,
to put in order, to mend; to marshal
to arrange, to make new, to trim
up; the entire amount, the wh(Je of.
] ^ to put things to rights, to
settle ; to organize.
j ^ to set in order, to repair.
1 1 ^ ^ regular ; in trim, like
a dress ; in due order, like a
procession.
I '^ to oversee, to repair.
] ifl f[f (Ig it is warm all the year
1 10 fM ^^ ^^ mend bridges and
repair roads.
] ^^ to lead on detachments in
order.
1 ^ ^ ^ grave, serious, precise
deportment •
] f^ to make right.
j ^ ^ ^•'" 1 ^ 6^ the whole
day, the livelong day.
1 fiS 'l&'ftil givehim thewholebill.
I i|^ ^ ^^ to reform a usage.
] [M'M ^^^ arrange one's dress
carefully, as for worship.
] 6^ 'PJ^ Tt^J ^^'^ whole and the
broken, those which are of first
quality and the inferior.
] ^ to mend a watch.
] ^ to spoil, as when trying to
mend a thing.
] ^or ] ^ to make as before;
to put in order.
1 1^ J^ ^*^ ^^^ ^ catch for one.
From sun and regular.
The sun rising, just appear-
*'chdng ing above the horizon.
cliwiy
# M iJ Bllg H 1 jnst as
the niglit shower stopped, the
sun rose on the earth.
P'rom hand and an aid or
'pint measure.
To lift up, to raise ; to
pull out, as from a slough ;
to rescue, to deliver.
1 Mi ^^ s^v*^ imm danger;
to rescue, as from hell.
^IkH^'X^^ to deliver the
people, as from fire and water.
^ From J[[^ to ^^''P ^^^ "~* one;
q. d. to hold on to one thing, to
maintain uniformity ; others
derive it from ~^ one and J£
ennutjh used in the sense of to
stop.
Correct, proper, legal, straight,
riffht ; not awry, erect ; not in-
cline nor deflected ; exact, as a
full-formed character; regular, con-
stant, usual, pro{x;r ; really, truly ;
orthodox, the opposite of ^ de-
praved ; genuine, as goods; the
first, the principal, of two colleagues;
to govern, to adjust ; to rectify •
what makes right ; rule, government ;
to execute the laws, to punish
capitally ; to assume or enter on,
as an office ; just, while, at the time;
a fair copy, not the first draft ; in
mathematics, plus, and fu^ -^
minus ; an old term for a trillion.
] pf» put in the middle ; the exact
centre.
] ^ I P^ is it straight or not "?
1 H W M exactly three hundred
taels.
1 ^ fl$ J"^t "^ S"^^' time.
1 M -H- P^ just as I was asking
him again
^ ] to put a thing straight ; to
set upright.
1
^ just is; is so; yes; that's it.
] to sit properly.
I 1^ to speak literally or exactly.
I '^ genuine goods.
j£ ] a correct death, one for which
all [)reparation has been made,
also called IBS ^ a fox's death.
] ^ all right ; as it ought to be.
1 in PJf ^ ^^^ 't be as you say.
] ^ ^^^^ true rule ; the true laws
of a science.
/J^ ] $M imnioral, disregarding
law ; the opposite of | 2r A
a respectable, honest man.
] ^ the main hall ; the chief
ofKcer.
IIP I village elders.
3^ ] upright men of olden time.
^ 1 ^ Ptt to propose a primary
and secondary ; a candidate and
his alternate.
1 ^ W to sit facing the south;
i e. to be emperor.
^ I to have an audience.
I ^^ principal and secondary, as
amongthe nine ranks; j£and -^
sometimes also denote classes, as
chief and subordinate ; the tariff
and transit duties are so distin-
guished in the customs rules.
I ^ ■^ heads of departments.
] are six official virtues.
'^ to put to death, as a criminal.
\^ -^ an upright man.
] your wife.
] J^ write the characters out
in full.
] ji^ ^ ^ a degree earned by
talent, not bought.
I W^ the Mohammedan faith or sect
^ 1 l5^ A 'isk some person
about it
7V 1 P^ "'■ TV 1 tE ^^^ the eight
true entrance gates, or correct
paths {margci^ of the Budhists
into nirvana, meaning thereby
the rules of correct conduct in
life, as I ^ correct views, ]
^ pure life, &c. ; that which
will infallibly lead to beatitude.
Read ^chivg. The center of a tar-
get; the frontage of a room to the
sunlight; ] J^ first month of sum-
mer in the Cheu dynasty ; now the
first of the year, so applied by Duke
Yi'^ ^ ^ "f ^"5 ^"d confirmed
by Ts^in Chi Hwangti, b.c. 221.
1
76
CHING.
CHING.
ch'ing.
BM 1 to resume business after new
year.
^ ] in January next.
I 0^ a target ; it is made of
cloth with a movable bull's eye
called tih ^, which falls out if
it bo hit.
TOrf ^ From ^ to strike and JE cor-
j£jL feet as the phonetic.
c/idnff^ To rule ; to render service to
the go? ernment ; a standard,
that which regulates ; government,
administration ; laws, regulations ;
the measures of a government, or
its departments; a treatise, a guide
to the knowledge of a subject.
] I^ politics, govenimental affairs.
] A ^hose who carry them on.
^ ] family regulations.
t 1 <)r ^ ) ,and # ] or =^ ] »
are opposites ; — a good rulej
an oppressive rule ; a merciful
or a harsh government.
i^ I in official employ ; under
orders.
^ I the seven regulators, i. e. the
sun, moon, and five planets.
I ^ official orders.
] ^ official admonitions, exhort-
ing the people to keep order.
I I a councillor of state.
\ \ to criticize government ; to
discuss politics.
t ] a farmer's cyclop^ia ; also
a supervisor of agriculture.
) From disease and correct ; it is
unauthorized by Kanghi, but is
in general use.
chang
The causes of disease ; a chro-
nic malady, originating in organic
disturbance.
^ I external or unusual diseases,
p^ I functional or internal ailment.
^ ^ 1 scarlet-fever.
^ 1 or 1 ^ a malady; as ^ ]
and ^ I a dangerous or sud-
den attack.
JK 1 ^^^ jR 1 * curabU; and in-
curable disease ; an attack in
the season, or oat of season.
lil:'
From word and correct, or to
ancend ; the first form is most
used.
To inform truly ; to prove,
H-H*- J to testify, to substantiate;
c/idng^ evidence, proof; legal testi-
mony ; to remonstrate with,
a meaning which is confined to the
first form, as in |^ ] to take to
task for, as a superior.
1 A or ~f ] a witness.
] ^ to bear witness to what one
has seen.
f^ .^ 1 ®^ eye-witness.
] II to verify, as by I Jg testi-
moiiy, evidence.
] ^ full, adequate proof.
1 i^ to prove, as by quoting
authorities.
^ I to take testimony, to get
proof
Rice which has become black
by damp, and thereby spoiled.
|^-> An important feudal state
|-* in the Clieu dynasty (b.c.
ciu&ny^ 77-4 — 500). now the prefec-
ture of ^ M iff "* Honan,
of which province it occupied
about a half; its capital was the
present situated ] ^ lying south-
west of K'ai-fung ; the names of
eighteen princes are recorded; a
plain, a prairie.
I ;^ earnest, prudent.
^ 1 ^ K l.^^*^ emperor of] Cheu
and [the duke of] Chiitg ex-
changed pledges ; — one res-
toring the land for the other's
sou.
Old Bounds, fing, ding, and «hing. In Canton, ch'ing, ch'eng and shing; — m Swatow, ch'ing, seng, s'ia, t*eng;an<i
*'"i*» — *'"- ^'>noy, oh»^ng, t'^ng, t^ng, aeng and ch^ng ; — in Fuhchau, ch'eng, t^ag, ting, and t'lng ; —
»7i Shangiuii, ts'iing and dz&ng; — in Chifu, ch'ing.
M\
From grain and to lift up, al-
luding to thegradual lengthen,
ing of the blade when growing;
fjvi I the second form is obsolete.
ra J "^'^ 8tyl«» to designate, to
^h^dn call ; to say, to talk about;
to remark, or report, — in
which sense it often indicates a
quotation; to compliment, to com-
mend : to plead an excuse, to feign ;
to take up ; to weigh, to hefl; an
excuse; a name, an apjjellation.
1 US to praise, to laud ; to eulo-
gize.
] ^ to speak in praise of to
others ; to commend.
I P^ or I ^ termed, called ; to
designate, to style,
j^ ] a general term for.
] ^)| to feign sickness ; to ma-
linger.
1 |5fc ^"' state ; to say with care.
1 W ^ to take up arms, to fight.
& 1 # ^ ^ :^ one styles
his own father Lia-fu.
^ ] to report to, to inform about .
I A to praise people.
] /f to find out the number of
pounds.
Read ch'ing''. To weigh ; to
adjust; for which ^ is mostly used;
to compare things; a steelyard or
dote bin (word corrupted through
CH'ING.
Cantonese from ^ ^); suitable,
agreeable to one's wishes ; corres-
ponding to, satisfied with ; com-
pared with ; a suit, as of clothes,
j ^ to weigh goods.
1 ^k ^M^^ g^^® S^^ ^^^ ^^ii*
weight.
] ^ a fair price.
M. 1 ^^^1^-1'''' ^^^^ ^^' ^aste
or tare, as in weighing goods.
] A !i& i'' suits one's notions; it
agrees with men's ideas.
;[; ] unfitting ; as :^ ;^ ] ^
his dress does not fit him.
/f» 1 •S' ^ ^^^ <lishonors his rank
and station ; I can't judge of
his qualifications.
-— ' ] ^ ^ to divide with regard
to equity.
pj" jy ;fg ] symmetrical ; they
will counterbalance each other.
.Mt.
From man and honest.
?o spy out, to explore ; a
^ch tm spy, a scout, one sent to
reconnoitre.
1 ^ a spy ; one who ] ^ ex-
plores and searches.
] to go as a scout.
** From red and pure; the se-
cond form is unusual; like the
, next.
A deep red color, made by
twice dyeing ; to dye red ;
met. wicked doings which
flush one, or cause a blush.
I ^ ^ ^ a guilty face dis-
closes one's faults.
] ^ red tail, refers to a notion
that the bream's tail turns red
when it is frightened.
^^■^ From ^ a cave and JE^ to see;
cifc^i t. e. to look straight ahead, as
;. „ one must when looking through
« ' " & hole.
To look at; a carnation color,
like the tall of a bream; dyed the
second time.
To stare at sternly ; to look
at in anger.
ch^Cmg
CH^ING.
f W|J From tree and sage.
cl '-j-^ The tamarix {Tamarix sineti-
''ch^dng sis) described as a willow
with reddish bark, very grace-
ful and delicate in shape ; it feaiB
neither snow nor hoar-frost, but
is very sensitive, and indicates
rain by its branches moving ; it is
called ] j^, and H § tiP ^^
third spring willow, from its
flowerinoc late.
CH'ING.
77
.!l^
From insect and sage.
\-~i^ A bivalve shell, the razor-
''ch^diiy sheath or Solen ; the name
also includes some narrow
kinds of clams and mussels ; it is
reared on the southern coasts ;
1 .^ and ^ ] are terms for
dried clams and fresh cockles, and
common shell-fish in various forms
for s;de.
] $5 the muscle which holds
the solen to its shell.
\3rt Composed of ^JC ^ stem, denoting
C/'y/Si )^ flourishing and J branch or
fClidnff man; q.d. a ^ J or complete
man, one arrived at full age.
To finish, to effect, to com-
plete ; to do one's duty, to become,
to fulfill one's part; to bring about,
to make, to rise to; to accomplish,
to terminate; to be completed; to
assist ; to pacify ; entire, perfect,
completed ; determined on ; whole,
filled, overwhelming, full; comple-
tion; duties to be done ; the results
of; the quality of a thing, as of
timber, metals, &c.; doubled; a
compact or covenant ; a rest in
music ; a tract of ten square It; a
tenth; name of a district on the
K. Wei in the south of Kan-suh.
1 ^ ^ impracticable ; unable
to do.
1 Ml *^ l>ri"g about ; successful.
^ I ^ it makes no sense.
j H ^ IS wh'^t thing do you
ever finish 1
M \ or ff I or ] Y done,
succeeded ; it is carried out, or
into effect ; all finished.
1 in 1 ^? well done from first
to last.
^ 1 ^ incomplete, uneducated,
unfitted for actual life.
] "J* ^ to act the visitor, reserv-
ed, formal.
] ^ married ; consummated the
nuptials.
] ^ he will (or has) get sick,
as from grief.
] A thoroughly accomplished, a
complete man; /(* ] J^ to act
like a brute; incapable, careless.
I A .^ ^ to assist people in
their good objects.
^ ] trustworthy, a sincere man.
||^ ] a good harvest, to get in
crops.
^ :^ ] the last day of the year ;
the year's harvest.
] "g" a full hundred.
— ] ^ one tenth of- the number.
2l I five tenths; one half.
^ ] what percentage is taken ?
1 /E ^ whole piece of cloth.
] the entire day.
^ 1 "^ ^ to preserve one's
patrimony.
^ 1 *^ ^ to congratulate one
on getting into his new house.
^ ] to sue for peace or pardon.
li ii Kit f^^ ^ 1 ^^0 I ^^■•'^'' to
cheat you ? — here ^ | forms
th(i question.
] ^ void, vanished ; to become
nothing; to disappear, as paper
when ] ^ burned to ashes.
^ ] the Great Perfection ; a
title of Confucius.
t jt*. Prom earth and completed ; q.d.
Th\# a finished work of earth.
Chiang ^ citadel ; a place walled in
^ for the defense of the people;
wall of a city; a city that has
a wall; a provincial capital; in
Peking, a municipality ; a sepul-
chre ; to wall in or fortify for
protection ; to mend, to repair ; an
encampment or lodge, as among
free-masons ; completed, done.
78
ch'ing.
CH'ING.
CH'ING.
5£ ] to build a wall.
1 ^ base of the wall ; above it is
the ] j^ or foot of the wall.
1 ^ tower over a cily gate.
1 P5 P ftt t'>« city gate-
1 JH ^^ 1 ]K *^" the city walls.
— ^ 1 one citadel ; one city or
its wall; oue fort.
_fc 1 °'" jfe 1 "•■ A I to enter
the cily; to go to town.
P^ I to bar the gates as on an
enemy's approach.
>if ] to guard a fort or city.
S 1 '"" ^ 1 ^^ bele^uer a
city, to surround a fort.
^ *S ] the Forbidden City, in
wliich are the Imperial palaces
in Peking.
^ ] the Emperor's dwelling.
^ ] five municipalities of the
city of Peking, under special
ofiBcers, subordinate to the Cen-
sorate ; their courts are called
eh^inff ; and to hold court is
^ ^ , to sit in the municipality.
^H^ 1 theGreatWail;t.e. the
long rampart of ten thousand li
^ I the happy city ; i.e. a tomb
or cemetery.
^ I a great array of torches, as
in a procession.
^ ] Wsfik tlie golden city has
majestic moats; i.e. the imperial
citadel is well guarded.
^ I a great general.
M- M^ 1 't is hard to open
the castle of your gjief.
f- f^ From a covering and completed
MT as the phonetic.
c/t'dng ^ house for storing records ;
an office where archives,
books, and papers, are stored.
5r4^ Fioi.. . ...o iiud perfect; it much
-|V|\ resembles kiaP g^ precept.
Kh^dng Guilehss, sincere, honest,
truthful, real; perfect in vir-
tue, without falsity; unalloyed;
to judge candidly ; as an adverb,
really, verily, certainly, in fact.
I ^ sincere regard, pure*minded
reverence.
^ I to return to allegiance,
j ^ sincere; earnest about a
thing.
^ ] capable of sincerity ; disci-
plining one's self.
1 *C> 'St -^ A sincerity of heart
depends on a man himself.
^ 1 -^ 1^ employ the upright
and dismi.ss the treacherous.
I /f ^ I really am ignorant
of it.
M 1 M 14' entire sincerity will
move the gods.
4* ^ ;^ ^ — ] the inculca-
titiu of integrity is the whole
object of the Due Medium.
J^ 1 W ^ devoutly repeat the
worslwp.
j^ I to be eiurnest in a work, to
do it heartily.
t-l^l? The name of a small feudal
(JlxClP state lying in Ihe west of
^cJMng Shantung, included in the
present ]|[ Zji ^fj near the
Grand Canal.
1^ I an ancient town in the
present Hwai-k'ing fu ^ ^ jfif
in the north of Honan.
^^j£^ Clear, limpid ; still, pure.
Cl.Q^ ] j|5 pure, transparent.
jCA dn ^ \ Vi^ bright, as the clear
rncwn.
] ^ a limpid stream.
I j^•J an ancient region in the
north of Kwangsi, in the present
W^^M "^''"' the Willow River.
] M 81 =^ diswict in ig j-H ^
in tlic east of Shensi, along the
Yellow Kiver.
1 ^ J&l*. t-he district in Kwang-
tung in which Swatow lies.
AIUL Like the preceding.
i\^K Still, limpid.
fCh^dng \ ^ }^ ^ prefecture in the
east of Yunnan ; its chief
town lies on the north side of
Sien Hu \^^ or Fairy Lake.
Zli^ Composed of [* a seal over jlj
C-^"^.^ a hill, and "fl* two hands rever.
fCh^dnff encing, altered in combining
them ; q. d. small hills assist
a higher peak ; it is like the
next.
To aid, to second ; a deputy,
a coadjutor, an assistant ; used
chiefly in official titles.
1 49 * prime minister ; — an an-
cient term.
Jl^ ] a deputy to a cliiJuen, or
district magistrate.
jSt 1 iSi ;^ the civilian premier
and the military guardian, —
are the names of door guar-
dians written over doors as a
charm.
The original form is composed of
P a sral over •^ a hand, and
fCh^dtig "tr two hnvds reverencing, as
when receiving a seal of oflBce ;
«sed witli the last.
To receive, to accept ; to
succeed to a post, to exercise a
function ; to take a charge, to
carry out a plan ; to be honored ;
to take in hand ; to catch, as water
from a spout; to receive orders, as
a shopman; to anticipate; to with-
stand ; to go wit4i, as an escort ;
to contest, to compete wilh ; to
assist, as a deputy ; to support, to
carry on ; to uphold ; in rfutoric,
the opening up of a proposition ;
next, second to; to stop.
] i^ to adopt, to take an heir.
] ^ to take in, as a job; to
contract for.
1 ft^ ft "b I hear your represen-
tations, or advice.
^ ] adulation, flattery.
] ^ to take a business off" an-
other's hands.
X> %% 1 ^Wi ""Skilled in
dealing with the multitude.
^ ^ I -^ -^ if we do not now
acce|)t the guidance of the an-
cients.
I ^ /(* 'j^ he is inadequate to
do the job; he cannot accom-
plish it
CH'aNG.
CH'lNG.
CH^lNG.
79
] ^ to contain, as a ship's hold.
1 ^ j|S ^ ^^ cannot support, or
heai- up so much.
^ f^ Si 1 ^^^^y ^^^^^ "°^ ^^^^
to resist us.
m ^ 15$ 1 t i& ^ I ^!ii
answer for that matter; I will
bear the brunt.
^ ] a stone base or plinth.
'P M.^ ] ^*^i^'^ disputing about
the division of an estate.
1 ^ to receive [a dispatch] and
forward it ; the oflScer in a Board
who does this.
I— J From M mouth and X* to flat-
^ " iT -^ ter; as a primitive, it sometimes
• (^ imparts the ideaofpresumingon.
To state to a superior, to
complain to a plea, a statement ;
to hand in a petition ; to offer, to
present to ; to show, to discover.
1 _t ^o lay before a superior, as
in a ] ^ plea, petition, or ac-
cusation.
] ^ it has come to light.
jH ] to present a plea to a high
oflScial ; to memorialize.
lip ] I now send this statement.
] ^ or ] ^ this paper is lor
your inspection.
I ^ to put in a re jo: ader or demur-
rer ; to accuse a party in court.
] ^ signs of general prosperity.
] j^ to send a letter or report to
an equal.
] i^ to send [an essay] for revi-
sion, as to a teacher.
1 ^ the days on which papers
are received by a court, at the
most six in a month.
^p,pl From grain and a statement.
cjJtl An order, a series; a minute
fh^ang measure, the hundredth jjart
of an •?[• inch, now known as
a Jf^ ; a rule, a pattern ; a regula-
tion; a limit, a period ; a task ; an
allowance; a measure, a percen-
tage, a part ; a touch in assaying
silver ; to measure, to estimate ; to
use as a pattern ; a road, a post, a
journey ; to travel ; a Taoist word
for a leopard, which was its local
name in the Tsin state, b. c. 300 ;
an earldom in feudal times.
3^ 1 '^ to give one for his travel-
ing expenses.
j^ ] to start on a journey.
P^ I a day's travel, a stage.
B& 1 or I ^ a road, a journey;
the way gone; met. one's career
or course in life.
'^ \ ^ -jj 1 wrongly estimated
his strength.
H ^ i^:^ 1 they do not pat-
tern after the ancients.
^ ] to travel fast.
'^ l§ 1 I ^'^ thinking of the
quickest road to get home.
^ 1 ;^ to travel an extra dis-
tance ; a forced journey.
^- ] a tenth.
'iU \ 'ht^ ^ ninety-nine to a
hundred it will do ; — t. e. it is
most probably so.
I ^ a form, a pattern to work by.
Jb,' "— ] -J* ^ P,i| have you been
well these few days (or lately) ?
^ ] J£ what touch is it ?
I ^ a percentage on one's ac-
counts ; also the quality or melt-
age of silver.
T- 1 a job of work, as in building.
^ J^H ll^ 1 each looks forward to
his future preferment ; whence
/^ ^ "M 1 '^^^t rank do you
now hold ?
Ypt A brilliant stone worn at the
cJ-~(^ girdle ; it will shine if it be
^ch^dng buried six inches, and seems
to denote a carbuncle or
diamond.
^ ] ^^f^f- it cannot com-
pare with the beauty of the
diamond.
"^X^ To disrobe so as to leave part
("j^^ of the body naked ; spreading
(fih^dng garments ; to carry in the
girdle.
5® I half-naked.
] ^ under-clothes, garments next
to the skin.
To drink till fuddled; half
cf=IIt sobered, andashamed of being
(fih^dng tipsy; stupid from drink; a
sickness arising from drink.
^ ] to get over a debauch.
S *C» ^n 1 sorrowing so as to
look like one stupid from drink.
ipl From earth and a statement ; an
^rr authorized cliaracter used in tlio
- T^ soiuhern provinces.
iCivdnq . ,
An amphora or earthen jar
of a pear shape, having no ears or
handles, and with a small mouth ;
used to hold oil, spirits, or water.
jfJC ] a water jar.
— I jg a jar of spirits.
^ ] aa oil biggen ; it holds 30
catties.
In Fuhchaa, used for ^dMng jM
A floor or arena for drying grain ;
an area befoie a house.
M M 1 '•' P^^^<^ ^^^ refuse, a com-
post-heap.
A dike or ridge between
fields, made higli and broad,
on which the laborers can
passfrom one field toanother.
S^.M I ffl i2 i^ ^ in
midsiunmer the diked (ields
look like clouds of waving
green.
<^Jfi^ 1 From heart and proof; the se-
'ISfeA. coiid contracted form is most
/flE. To repress, to correct, to
Cj\ii^j curb, as officials do mis-
,ch
'^9 creai its ; to correct one's scl f ;
to punish ; to reprimand, to
reprove; a warning, a caution;
puni-shment, as a corrective.
^ I to govern strictly, just as the
law requires.
I ;§; to restrain one's wrath.
>J» ] an admonitory hint.
HJ I to exhort and warn.
1 ^'J •'•^ "^^^P i'^ order ; to train
by t;ood laws, as a teacher does.
tK S): ] ?^ to strictly carry a
sentence into execution.
^ ] x^ '^ I certainly shall
punish and not pardon them.
86
CHING.
CH'ING.
CHOH.
C ^^i From progress and a plea.
jLr^- To act on an impulse, to act
jC/< dnff with effrontery ; presuming,
froward ; relying on one's
pretensions or power ; to [wnneate ;
iriiscible, precipitate, hasty ; to free
from ; to go to an extreme, to ex-
haust; jik'ased witli.
/|p pj "D^ ] utterly inexhaustible.
75 p]" XU ] this can be removed,
as a misfortune.
^ ] careless, de8ultory;displea8ed.
^ I ;^ i^ a reckless fellow.
] ^t ^ JoJ acting simply for his
own selfish ends.
I ^ lib confident in one's abili-
ties, ovcrweeninnr.
II I boastful, vaporing; to brag
of one's self.
I 58. *^" nnirder one in a passion.
1 J^ ^ relying on his power and
intimidation.
1 ~P ^ e.iger for battle.
1 5S M JyP Ht to browbeat the
villai^i-rs.
] ^ f r id to rob and pillage
without restraint.
<-/i pt A bye-|)ath ; to go in a path ;
l^E*. a guUoy or way wo^i by the
^ch'diiff rain.
c t$}fy To gallop a horse ; to hasten
V^{^ on. to press forward, as when
'ch^dtiff defeated ; animated, excited.
J|^ ] to ride on fiist, to drive
rapidly.
1 1^ elated ; hilarious, .is one on
a fleet horse.
] 1^ •'"' aniniated style; lively,
forcible writing.
c I pH OUcure, or half brought out,
I ""T^ as a meaning or idea.
^ch'dnff jt •= i^ 1 his words (or
ex|)i'e8.sions) are difficult to be
understood.
ch^dng*
FroBp grain and even; it is used
for fch'ing ffl, but only in this
tone.
To weigh ; to adjust by
weighing: a steelyard; a
weight of 15 catties.
— j£ ] a steelyard.
1 JlJ iP it is weighed accaratcly.
] ;^if tlie beam of a steelyard.
1 %^ tl'*i poise or weight.
] f^ ihe hook.
rI Si ] to weigh full weight, or
10 taels to a catty ; the weights
themselves.
] "^ to weigh teas.
*Ii> ill 1 the heart is like a ba-
lance — to discern right and
wrong.
I Zp ^ ^ even balances and
full measures; — a just, honest
dealer.
Many of these characters are heard pronounced like chioh. Old sounds, diok, dok, djak, dak, tak, fcok, tet, and tot.
In Canton, chenk, t'euk, chut, chnk, and chok ; — in Svoatoto, ti^, chiet, chiak, chwat, chwak, to, and t6k ; —
in Amoy, ckiuk, ti6k, t6k, chuk, and chwat ; — in Fuhchau, chiok, ti6h, ch'iiik, chwok, ch6k, and
tauk; — in Shanghai, tsek, tfl'eh, ts^k, and z6k; — in Chi/u. tsoh.
80, truly, right, exactly so ; a way, is all over with him ; I can't find
a manner ; to add; a move in chess. anything of him.
Originally the same as ^ chu'*;
it has gradually been altered
from that to denote the differ-
ences in their meanings.
To cover over; to jml on,
as clothes; to cause, to order,
to send ; to stick to ; to place ; at,
in, present ; must, ought ; after a
verb, it gives force to the mejining,
and i<!<licates a transition or com-
pleted action, as j^ | I met one,
I came across him ; ^ ] having
been washed ; between two verbs
it ra.ikes the present participle,
"sVS 1 :^ gliding and going, J.fi.
gliding on ; before a verb, it is an
auxiliarv. let, make, ]X'rmit, as |
Ttf&^mm^ l«t Ting
proceed to T^ieutsiu to attend to the
afiair ; when used in a reply, yes,
^ ] "J* I have found it
] ^ certainly ; entirely right.
1 !^« to give attention to.
^ ^ I I could not sleep.
1 ffe ^ lj""g lii™ Jiere, tell him
to come.
^ I ^ he turned away his face.
1 ^ impatient, anxiou&
7f ^ 1 tt don't be discomposed.
H + •: 1 ± :^ ± ] •'^^'ong
all the moves [in playing chess],
move forward your men is ihe
one.
^^jli^J.i^P^ this matter
is not yet finished.
^ ^ 1 ^ there's no remedy ; it
^ ^ ] that's the way ; this is
the sort
1 _t § add a little, as salt.
In Cantonese. Correct ; suit-
able, useful.
j pS I isitrightornotwillitdo?
I ^ chea[), good for the price.
] y^ useful ; it will serve.
Jy ] it sets well, as a coat.
2/1 J^ !§ 1 ^'^"' ^'"*" ^ set it to
him ?
In Fuhchau. Seized, taken with,
as a fit ; to hit a mark.
] gi^ I hit his pulse; — I shamed
him completely.
OHOH.
CHOH.
CHOH.
81
To set fire to, to flare up,
to blaze out.
^hao — j^ ,S)t ] it will catcli
fire presently.
|l5 ] y ^ be ligbted up the lamps.
>/^ ] y the fire has kindled.
^ -t From 'J to ^orap with a dot to
•y denote something solid inside ;
shuo occurs in Shi king for 2J the
pseony.
To dip or lade out with a
spoon ; a little, a spoonful \ the
tenth of a hoh^ ^ or gill ; a hymn
of Duke Cbeu's liturgy ; to adopt,
to follow.
— 1 J^ ^ *s much as a spoonful.
^ ] acoLander; a skimmer.
^ ] a ladle for dashing on water,
^b ^ {j^ 1 ^^^ Northern Peck
resembles a ladle.
^ ] at the age when a lad plays ;
i. e. ten years to sixteen; a place
in Lu where Chw^ang kuug
gained a victory.
^ ] an ancient place in Lu
where a great battle was fought
in the Cheu dynasty.
r/lw From ^vood and ladle ; nsed for
fY~J ■) ^^^ ^^^^ ^"^^ f ^5. also read ^piao.
shivo* A handle, as of a cup; a
ladle^ a spoon ; to lead ; to
tie, to bind to.
^ J ] the handle of the Dipper.
i%
iK2
shwo'
To burn; to cauterize with
moxa; to singe ; to over-
roast; clear, distinct.
0^ ] dazzling, glorious,
lustrous; splendid.
] ^ to burn the moxa.
1 ] ^ ^ ^^ flowers -are so
exuberant.
j ^ ] ^ to perceive clearly
at a glance.
] ^ to scorch a terrapin's (or
Emys) shell to use in divination;
this shell is selected because it
has 28 segments, answering to
the Chinese zodiacal signs,
] ^ raised a blister.
Also read *_pao, and inter-
changed with the next.
chWiX* ^ shooting star.
] Jj;^ a meteor that rushes
across the sky.
A f I Used with the last.
I ^) A board or plank laid down
shw<^ to bridge a stream.
15^ 1 IM $^ /t^ t^^ P^^"^
lies across the rushing creek.
From woman and ladle.
>. A go-between ; to consult
shw(^ concerning surnames, as a
match-maker.
i^ ] an intermediary for
marriages.
'^ From voine and ladle; nsed
ly^ with choh:, ^ to ladle,
jc/w To pour out liquor, to fill a
cup; a glass; wine, liquor; a
feast, a party; to deliberate upon;
to choose the right and act on it ;
to adopt, to imitate ; to avail of.
^ ] my slight repast, — said
by the host.
^ I a marriage feast.
I^j- ] to drink healths.
^ ] a newyear's entertainment.
^ 1 (or "S" I ill Cantonese,) the
return feast given by the bride-
groom.
^ I a feast given on a birth ;
the J2' 1 , the tfj ] and the
'[» ] , are the main feast, the
servants' course, and what is
left for muleteers, (fee. ,
] ^ to pour out wine ; to enter-
tain guests.
-m- I .IP # i^ after this
glass, we will be well acquainted.
^ ] or I 1^ to consult about.
] fi ^ '^ a^^ ^^ satisfactorily
settled.
■^ ] M fr they consulted about
it and then acted.
1 Jl^'1^ y^ liS) to rule according
to public sentiment; to hear the
people's voice.
^ I 1^' fr ^ take water from
the distant pool.
.cho
ft-g From rat and a spoon; it is
' >l also read pao'
\cfio -^'^ animal described like a
large maimot, the 1 ^^
found in Sz'chHien, also called |^
B. ''*"^^ S^ M the great rat ; it is
most probably, the North China
squirrel (Scinms Davtdianns)
which lives in rocky hills and
holes, and its hair is used for
pencils ; also an animal that can
fly like the flying squirrel, or the
Aiwmalures of Africa.
"T jTpk From hatchet and stone ; used
'tj/l with the next.
^cJiP To cut with a sword; to
chop, to cut up fine ; to am-
putate, to hew ofi".
"^SlX^ ^^ ^'^^t in twain.
"Q/l ) 1 ^ to scale fish.
I 15 f^ ^ 35^ [Cheu-sin]
cut off the shins of those
who crossed the ford in early
morning.
From carriage and connected.
^^j To rest, to hold up, to stop;
c/jVi' a carriage which has been
repaired; to reunite, as a cart
1 X to suspend work, to rest.
Wii^^ ] I'Ow working and
then resting.
H ^ ^ 1 cio not remit or in-
terrupt your studies.
] H llfl llf to cease work and
take a holiday.
Ancient name of a city in
J/»rt) the state Tsi, now in Tsi-
^chao nan fu in Shantung.
M,% Mournful, grieved ; unsettled ;
I^^X) o"t of breath.
choh^ © if^ji 1 1 undecided; sorry.
From ^^ head contracted and
,) pi to issue,
dio/i' Tbe cheek-bones; the aspect
of the face, as a physiogno-
mist looks at it.
1^ I the cheek-bones.
JH ] high cheek-bonea
82
CHOH.
CHOH.
CHOH.
7^^
r> J
c/40
From yf to step out and Jt
10 stup; it is used ia the
► contracted form aa the 162d
radical of a large aud homo-
geueous group of characters
relating to travel.
Going on, and stopping; to
run fust and slop.
|-t| Composed of ^ early and \^
, *T^ -, a itpoon above.
ch(j* To establisb, to make firm ;
stable and lofty; to snrpah« ;
tall or raised above otliers in jjerson
or talents; eminent in; distant,
profonud ; reached, as a time.
j|g I fine-looijing, excelling all ;
supereminent in ability.
i^ fk- ^ 1 a: [like] the sUte-
liiiesg of a flag-staft".
] ^ meritorious, as officials who
are mentioned at the quinquen-
nial examination.
1 ^iiiS^ [this doctrine] ex-
eels in profundity and difficulty.
1 j|^ A ff smxjrior to others in
any way ; tall, stately.
.c/iO fes
From man and to surpass.
Tall, lofty; bright; to mani-
fest, to exhibit ; extensive.
03 ] clear, luminous.
^ ] ^ ?E there is a plain road.
1 C^ S ?J§ how brilliaut is yon
Milky Way!
w.
From u-ood and surpassing ;
the second form is least used;
, the first is also used for chao*
A table, a stand ; name of
a tree.
] -^ a table.
ij^ j chairs and tables.
{^ ] a low writing-stand,
jig ^ ] to eat by one's self.
^Yl^ j «i side table; a sofa table,
on which are placed flowers, &,c.
^ I "pi to carry a table-top ; —
a euphemism in Peking for
wearing the cangue.
/V III] ] the Eight Genii table,
is one for eight sitters.
.cho
_L|-f From hand and Ic'j, perhaps re-
H^jTC ferring to the act of a policeman.
f./^,^ To seize, to arrest ; to gripe,
to lay hold of; to grasp ; to
catch.
I fS *^'' ^ 1 ^ arrest a crimi-
nal ; to catch, as a thief.
] ^ to catch rats, as a terrier
does.
] ^ to gripe firmly ; to seize.
^ I the subordinate troops who
guard the fioutier; — an old tenii.
In Catdonese. To guess ac-
curately ; to apprehend, to see
through.
thoughts.
Jra 1 ^ ,S. to guess the intention;
to hit une*s fancy, as in a gift.
To soak; to steep in water a
little, to dam pea
^ ] a man of the 8hang
dynasty, famed for his power
of slandering others.
In Fuhchau. Scurf on the
bands ; dirty crust on dishes.
^T-| From metal and leg.
•AC> To bind the feet with gyves;
^cho fetters; a hoe.
From I4 month and ^\ a pig
tied by two legs.
^c/io To peck, as a fowl ; to preen
or plumothe feathers; a bird
pickiirg up food ; in penmans/iip,
a quick stroke to the left.
I ^ to dress the plumage, as a
duck does.
] Tfv ,% ^^0 woodpecker ; the
|1] 1 7fC or black woodpecker
{Dryocopus viwiitis) also called
:k^ ^ great crow.
] ^ to eat, .as birds do.
] ^ to break its shell, as the
inciosed chick does.
I^j ] to rap, as on a door, when
coming in.
In Cantoneae prononnced te'ung.
To thump one's self with a brick,
as beggars do.
] 5S ^ ^^ pound one's skull.
P^.
Sometimes used for the last.
A multitude of people dis-
^c/iO puting.
1 ] the notes of a bird,
probably of the magpie.
In Canttmese. To coax, to
beguile one to do a thing.
Used with the next.
} 1\) push ; to beat ; to peck
^viio or pierce wood ; the sound
of rapping; a reverberation.
] I"] to knock at the gate.
Interchanged with the last.
) To strike ; to ram ; to afllict ;
ho to castrate, for fornication in
the palace ; an old terui for
eunuchs.
\ ^T y rapP'i'g o'l it «g-'^''i
aud again ; knock after knock.
From water and a pig tied oy
two legs for the sound.
'liQ To drop, to trickle, to fall
drop by drop, a stillicidum ;
to strike on the water ; name of a
stream southwest of Peking, which
gives its name to ] jH-j in Shun-
t<ien fu; butChoh-luh ] ||, the
capital of Hwangli (n. c. 2080),
was the present (^ ^ ^ in Siien-
hwa fu, northwest of Peking.
M 1 SI T 4K flK the rain has
wet my dress.
\% 1 ^ dropping, as a spring
trickling down the rocks ; spat-
tering aad dripping.
To work in gems ; to cut, to
) carve, to dress up jewels ; to
^cko work on ; to choose, as good
expressions.
JH I to cut and jx)Hsh gems.
I JQ a lapidary.
^ ] in ^ ^'1^® cutting and
polishing ; met. the labor of
making a fine compasition.
2 ^ 1 X^^^^^ un wrought
gem is a useless thing, or cannot
be put to any use.
J
CHOH.
CHOH.
CHOH.
W
^ 1 f ^ ^ to improve and polish
the style and rhythm.
$X \ ^ "^ he carefully selected
his assistants.
To accuse, to report against,
o to vilify.
cho 1 1^ to slander, to insinuate
errors agcainst one.
5OT) I «^'
•^^ L >• the
From E[H a vessel and Jp the
which is to cut it out from
^ the wood.
1 11 To cut to pieces, to hack,
", to chop, to hew; to hash,
to mmce ; to rive ; to carve
out.
] ^j to hew and trim, as a log.
] :|'^ to dig out a coffin — from
a log.
^ 1 :^ ^ ^'® carefully hewed
them square.
1 JM ^'^ ^^"P '^^ pieces.
] I^ m to make mince meat balls.
I
From water and worm as the
phonetic.
^clio Muddy, drumly, turbid ;
unstrained ; thick, impure ;
vicious; dull, stupid; degenerate;
name of one river in the east of
Sz'ch'uen, and of other streams ;
another name for the Hyades.
1 and ^ are opposites; foul and
limpid ; corrupt and pure.
■^ I a corrupt, wicked age.
1 ^ dull of apprehension ; a foul
Bmell, odorous.
1 j5SJ ''"' turbid stream ; the rabble,
the canaine, the unwashed.
] |@ unstrained liquor.
1 S'J $i ^^^^ ^"t muscular ; a
rude, vigorous man, as a peasant.
1 what settles in turbid water
A sort of cymbals, or small
)X^\'> bell plates, anciently used
jC/iO for stopping the drums in an
army ; a small brazier, a
band-stove ; bracelets, wristlets.
^ .Ip or 2^ ] ornaments for the
wrist : armlets.
r From hand and a flabellur^.
\y To pull up ; to select, to lead
jC/k> on, to raise ; to promote, to
employ in office; to excite;
to remove ; to reject, as good reso-
lutions.
] ^ H ^ [like") hairs that can-
not be counted if one pull them
out, — these cannot be numbered.
1 ^ 0^ j i^ to select and use —
for governmental employ ; to re-
coipmend one for such use.
1^ I A ^ to select men of real
worth.
] f^ to quench one's scruples, to
vitiate or restrain virtuous feel-
ings.
To rinse, to dip ; to wash ;
great, bright, as a fame ; sleek,
jC/'w glossy; to drink; to ramble
about ; fat, as a deer.
] 'Jj^ a small lake in Sin-ch'ang
bien if ^ |^ in the northwest
of Kiangsi.
^ ] or ;f^ I to cleanse ; to re-
form, as the heart.
] ] bare as a sandy hill ; sleek,
as a deer; bright, as trappings.
fi!3 I!! ] 1 graceful and clean,
lithe and sleek, as a youth.
] JS. ^ M ^ I'^'S washed my
feet [in the Yangtsz',] and the
water has run a myriad li.
A heavy rain.
1.5 I^ M 1 1 ^^^^ ^^^'^ came
jc/io down most violently and co-
piously.
Ypw Grass starting ; the budding
I I I ) forth of plants. ■
iCho \ ^ growing lasty, fatten-
ing, as cattle.
^ ] ;H; ^ the grass is
sprouting.
A garden spider, the j ^Ift
c;j)|JL| which makes its web on the
x:lio grass, and has a door to go
in and out of it
Read k^uh, and used for ^^. A
grub in timber.
-fclXl From hand and to mue as ibo
#1^1 1 1 phonetic.
^cho Stupid, unhandy, unskillful,
the opposite of "Pj c<ever ; a
depreciaUjry turni used by [teople
of themselves; clumsy, unwork-
manlike; bad, unsuccessfid, as a
speculation ; gradually becoming
worse.
] -^ my stupid son.
] ^ my poor penmanship.
1 f^ ™y ^^^^'^ composition.
I 1^ an unskilled lij), «. e. a bad
speaker, a slow or stupid fellow.
] '\^ slow of apprehension.
*^ 1 <^'' i^ 1 to keep nnim. to
pretend to be stupid or ignorant ;
to act the ninny.
] ^ ^ ;j^ stupid in the extreme
] pf an unwise plan, a silly
scheme.
] ^ a bad speculation, a losing
adventure.
-f-* "1 From mouth or to hlon\ and to
»^^ I connect; the last form is auh-
w
) qiiated
^A^ I. To drink with a noise; to
^X/V) taste; to sip, to suck; lo
^fs* kiss; to prate inccbsanliy
]^/^)j and praise people; to sob.
(Plio I "j^ to kiss one's cheek.
^ ] to detain one to lake
a cup.
1 ^ to live on meager fare and
simples.
^ ] to slobber in drinking, to
swill down.
'\% 1 'N" f"^ il I'e hastily sucked
the jtiice, thii'king it was gin.
1 J^ f^ 7^ lie ate pulse and
drank water.
1 ^ fi ^ crying and weeping
bitterly.
Jf^0t Noise of strife and scolding ;
J()5C) angry, irate.
^clio i§ ] good-looking, accord-
ing to some authorities.
Looking out from a holej
,) coming out of a cave.
.C/iO
84
CHOH.
J.5tj^ 1 From wood and to connect or
^Ittf weigh out.
J.7V I ^ small king-poet above the
riTljy, girder which connects with
clio ^^® upper tie-beam; a club,
a cane.
] :^ a shillekb, a cudgel.
^ 1 115 Pf J^ swing the club
and then call the dog— of course
be will not come.
ill tn ^ 1 ^*^ ^•'^ painted his
rafters and carved his joints ; re-
ferring to sk foolish parveuu-
CH'OH.
Eead tofi. Used for J^ to leave.
raence [your writing] as a draft,
finish it by careful polish, and
ead it with pleasure.
■^R^ From, field aad to conneeL
)P4) Baised dykes, ax feet wide,
cho to go from one field to an-
other, as is the case over
southern China.
{^ ] pathways through tlie field
and oounUy.
,C/IU
CHOH.
The wine or spiiils used in
libations; to worship by
pouring out libations to the
lares, or the gods, several
times in succession.
^ ] to offer libations.
A needle or awl ; sharp, like
a needle ; the sharp end of a
BtsS] to offer, as a present.
The mcxith stuffed witli food
when chewing ; to eat fast or
vulgarly.
Several of these characters are heard pronounced ch'iolft Old sounds, Pok. In Canton, eh'Sulc and ch'nk; —
t>. Swatow, eh'iak and ch'6k; — m Amoy, ch'i6k, tt>k, ch'(!kk, and chak; — in Fiihchau, ch'iok, tauk, and
chdk; — »n Shanghai, tt'ik and ts6k; — in Chifu, ts'oh.
Disobedient, disobliging ;
From silk and excelliTig as the
phonetic
ch^o' Slow, leisurely; lai^e, spa-
fh^aa ciuus; liberal, generous; in-
definite, vague ; many.
1^ ] not hurried, taking it easy;
ample, wide, as a house; well
versed in ; to render liberal and
generous.
] ] ^ ample room for ; not used
as it might be; — said of one
capable of higher things ; also,
shadowy.
I ] ;^ Ig; more than enoi^b; —
appliod also to brotherly kind-
ness-
I ^ a nickn^une; a pet or
fancy name; to nickname.
^^ \ ^ beautiful, delicate, as
flowers or young girls.
1 Wi guileless, pureminded, loving.
A *voman who excels ; beau-
tiful ; used with the last
chW \ Sf,^ delicate, shrinking, like
a girl uaacquainted with the
world.
Eead tiK A sick womaa
•chW
From fire and excellir^; it is
interchanged with choh, %^ to ,
roast.
Light, bright • heat, calorie ;
one defines it, hut, boiling, as
water.
I ^ sparkling, glitteriag,
as melted iron.
Distant ; going to a distance ;
to hasten, to walk fast ; used
ch^o with the next.
jJQ I jg^ a spanking breeze —
after a ten days' rain ; — name of
au ode of Su Taug-p'o.
Bead ticM*
Step over.
To overpass ; to
fh'«
From /eot and excelling ; alio
read chao'
To Stamp on with the foot ;
to j*imp <ner; to get ahead
in running; to stride; to excel.
] H to "alk lamely.
1 ag! distant, as in walking far-
] i@ .is t^ unusual ability.
I ^ i^ ^o writhe when trodden
on ; to stretch out, as when run-
ning.
the
name of a statesmjui in the
^c/i^o kingdom of La.
Bead ^rk A country.
I ^ was one of thirty-six Tnrfan
states, or tribes west of China.
^c//u
\pi To piewse, as with a dart ; to
harpoon, to spear fish or tur-
tles ; used sometimes for fso/'i^
^ to take a pinch, to take up
in the fingers ; and also for ch'uh^
^ to gore, to run ag^nst ; to
punch ; a harpoon.
I ^. a fishing-prong.
] ^ to spear.
I >^ ] take a pinch, as of
snuff.
^ SC 1 ^ ^^ struck the turtle
with the iron fork.
gljffl^ 1 1$,^^ don't burst
the windows in with your hands.
From spear and/abrfium ; uaod
with the next.
,ck*wo To stab ; to punch, to stick
into; to aflBx a stamp, to
seal ; a die, a stamp.
CH'OH.
CHU.
CHU.
85
I 1^ an official seal, such as is
used by petty officers, or con-
stables ; the seal of a company
or corporation.
^ ] to affix a stamp.
I -^ a stamp in common charac-
ters, not an official seal ; as
^ ] -p B. name for cards.
] f^ 1^ to deceive one.
^ 'li^ "? I gi^6 it a punch with
your caiie.
IS ^ 1 fM ^^^ anchor's flukes ran
[into tLe bow], and stove it in.
SMJt To pierce ; to dart through
P^X^ one, as a shooting pain ; to
^ch^wo build and beat an abobie wall;
a fish-prong with a cross piece.
From tooth ».nd foot; an allusion
perhaps to the harsh noiso made.
c/uvo To grate the teeth ; an augur
or tool to make a hole.
1 or |§ ] pettish, ill-temper-
ed, the latter also means dirty,
vHe, me.in.
■ J^ t^ ] cross-grained, nar-
row-minded, discontented.
« I ^ I «
Old iouiids, t6, tu, tot, de da, djofc, t'o, and, t'ot. In Canton, ehii, and a few cho; — in Sxvatoiv, chu, tu, and ta;-
in Amoy, chu, cho, tu, and fc'u; — in Fuhchau, chio, chwo, chii, tu, t'ii, and tiiii j — in Shangliai,
tso, tsii, tsz', dzo, tsu, aiwJ dzu; — in Chifu, chu.
,C/iii
Formed of /fC ^vood and ~—
one, i. e. the one tree, referring
to the heart-wood of the cedar,
which is reddish or fiery.
Red, especially a vermilion
color; it is considered a lucky color.
] jfX scarlet.
j 1^ silver, so called from the
name of the mine.
^ i^a I ^ to make a contract
of marriage.
I ^ the scarlet bird, a fancy
name of a position in geomancy.
] P^ the gentry, literary gradu-
ates ; so called from an ancient
custom of painting their doors
red.
I ^ H^ 5^ to dot the foreliead
[of an idolj red; this is sup-
posed to vivify it with the god.
*£ 1 ^ ^^^ ^^^ comes near
vermilion will get red ; — like
Prov. xiii. 20, He who walketh
with wise men will be wise.
] ^ the "red dressed," — denotes
the attendant of the God of
Literature, or his star.
/rt- A ]iigmy is ] ^, applied
( I^^V "to men who are undersized.
^cha ] :^ a sort of king-post, or
short pillar in a roof-truss.
(^ I name of an ancient
musician.
^c/iu
The trunk or bole of trees;
a classifier of trees, posts, pil-
lars, stinnps, stalks of shrubs,
&c.; low, degraded, kept
down ; in the lowest place.
^ )^ ^ 1 there were seven
mulberry plants,
] /fnl a tree broken off.
1 ;^ a trunk of a tree.
] ^ ' — P^confined to one corner,
as a clerk who caniwt leave his
home; met. kept in obscurity.
] ;f ^ a hard w(X)d, good for naves.
] ;^ a grove, a forest of large
trees.
A small stream in Shantung
flowing north from Tai-shan
into the Kiver Sb'.
1 ?S -^ PhI tl^e region of
the rivers Chu and Sz' where
Confucius taught.
From gem and red.
A pearl; a bead; a string of
beads ; small and round like
a pearl or bead ; pearly, fine,
excellent ; round and bead-
like; beaded. '
— jfl ] or — ig ] one pearl.
I ^ the Pearl River, which flows
by Canton; the application to
the entire stream is not known
to the people.
c/iu
,clm
^ ] a name for amber.
j]^ ] or ^ j false pearls; while
^ ] are real pearls; and the
Budbists say ^ ^ ] the red-
true pearl, for tlie ruby or spl-
nelle, the Sanscrit j)adinca-<x^a.
0^ ] P"P'l of the eye; but others
say it denotes the crystalline
lens.
^ 0^ ^ I your eyes have no
pearls ; i e. you're half blind ;
you can't distinguish things.
^ ] or ;^ ] a Budhist rosary
of 108 beads, referring probably
to the 108 compartments m
the -plrahoi or sacred foot of
Budha, wherein are pictured
his attributes and attendants.
^ ] a necklace worn by ofikiais.
pearf«, gems; jewelry, bi-
1
jouterie.
— ^ ] a, necklace, a string of
beads.
fU i% 1 I^eacls shaped like a flat
squash, made from a sort of
smooth, gray grass-seed, resem-
bling those of Job's tears.
1 H BE ^1 I»e''^^b% fat-cheeked;
handsome, elegant; polished, as
a fine composition.
i^, @ iS I mixing np fish-eyes
and peails; t. e. indiscriminat-
iiig.
86
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
5^ I ^1^ a continued firing, a
cannonade.
"M ] <^'" ^ ^^ 1 ^^^^ night-shin-
ing pearl, spoken of by Taoists;
it may mean the pyrope or car-
buncle ; a brilliant gem, which
the Emperor is said to possess,
and shines like a lamp.
1^ ] seed pearls, used in making,
the ] JQ t^ <»r pearl powder
sprinkled on nlcers.
^ I a sun-glass to ignite moxa;
it is made of crystal, and was
e.irly brought from India.
] ^ H "^ ^ three thousand
rich men, who had pearls on
their shoes.
From stone atid red; this ia
oftea incorrectly written ahu
, J^ a small weight.
Vermilion ; made of vermi-
lion; imperial, because the emperor
uses red ink for his autograph in
official writings.
^ ] vermilion, — either the pow-
dered preparation, the color, or
the paint.
|g ] f^ a cake of red ink.
I J^p cinnabar.
] ^P ^ ^^^^ mandarin orange
(^Citrus nabilis), named from its
vermilion colored skin.
] ^ the Emijeror's i)encil, an
imperial autograph.
j ^ t^'® Emperor's approval ;
an official endorsement
I ^ the essays of graduates who
are successful ; so called because
they are copied in red.
] f]]^ the vermilion or autograph
order.
Tl fL^ An unauthorized character,
(/J^^ j)robably altered from one of
^chu the last two, used in Canton
for the cheeks.
W 1 ^ full rosy cheeks.
tt J-^ To hop, as a wren ; to get
clt^jC ^" ^>y ^'^V'^ ; "s<id for ^ in
jC/ta lljl ] embarrassed, unable to
get on, uncertain what to do.
I I hopping .ibout.
.cIm
From insect or frog, and the
next character contracted.
* The spider; called in Pe-
king ] I ; whence a lazy,
good for nothing fellow is
called ill the name
of the burrowing spider or
Atyphus.
1^ ] ^ a spider's web.
] t^ filaments of the web.
]^ ^ 1 ground spiders, like the
Eimra.
i^ I H flD ■& ^ ^ everything
prospers where there are plenty
of spider's webs.
From words and red as the
phonetic.
To seek for in order to
punish, to make judicial in-
quiry ; to punish capitally, to put
to death, to kill; to reprove; to
involve for another's crime ; to
eradicate, to cleaf away.
I ^ to involve in punishment
1 f^ or 1 M *° utterly exter-
minate, as a family or rebels.
I 152 t*^ ^^^ °^» *^o execute.
{^ ] to be decapitated : executed.
] |i] to reduce to subjection, to
punish.
I ^ iS to expose and reprove
his crime.
I ]^ to dig up and clear oflf
plants or grass.
I >j>C ^ )|0^ to desire inordinately;
insatiable, as a conqueror.
J[^ B. 1 ^. to overcome hatred
with kindness, or evil with good.
^ ] a divine judgment, as to
bo killed by lightning, or some
remarkable casualty.
^t^ Name of a feudal state which
Jx\^ existed b. c 700 to 4G9,
^chu under ten rulers; now the
district of Tseu hien ^ ^
in Yen*cheu fu in the south of
Shantung; >J» ] was a small
principality sonthwest of it, near
the present Tiing hien ^ Jj[^ in
the saMie prefecture.
1 M ^^s a city to which the
I)eople of Cbu ^^ were removed ;
it is near Hwaiig-cheu fu ^
il'l-j ij^ in Hupeh, on the Yang-
tsz' liiver.
14^ To curse.
I'I'/JV % j to imprecate evils on
^cha one.
^4^ Red garments; to dress ; ele-
c'PgV gant.
^chu ] m short dresses, under-
jacktets.
] ^ a red coronet, is a
term given by one author.
~ SA^ From plant and red.
c^^ A small tree, the ^ | ^
^cha Baymia mfo'carpa, allied to
the Xanthoxylon, growing
in the eastern provinces ; its
bitter seeds are used by the Cljineso
in coughs and tonic medicims; the
ripo capsules are deep red, and the
seeds black; which herbalists say
should be gathered on the 9th
day of the 9th moon to be most
efficacious.
1 1^ 1^ is the fruit of the jjj ]
^ a sort of dogwood, (Comua
officinalis) used as a vermifuge
and in fevers.
^Jb^ From words and this.
c|l^ To discriminate, to distin-
^clui, guish; an t«/)erf?fe of num-
ber placed before its noun,
not one only but many; all, every,
several ; as a preposition, it marks
origin or place, to, in, respecting,
in regard to ; at, upon, from, —
modified by the preceding verb; it
stands for the pronoun at the end
of a sentence; a final particle im-
plying doubt or asking a question;
it is sometimes introduced only for
the rhythm ; frequently occurs in
names of places.
§ I ^ wrote it on his girdle,
j^ ] g§ I met him on the road.
A i£ ^ 1 ^^''^^ '"^^^ reject him ?
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
87
] ;^ ^ j^ I give you much
trouble.
I ^B jlt ^ all are like this.
] ^ all of, the whole.
] "^ or I ;§■ all you gentlemen 5
you, Sirs.
IS 1 ^ ^^^^ ^^ '*' ^^'■^•
in /|c 1 E* be only depends on>
or thinks of himself.
j ^ feudal princes ; a prince ;
the digin"ty or post of a prince.
'£pik 1 R'J.>i:vR-f^ifthe
king alters his mind, then he
must recall me.
'M ] denotes a doubt whether it
is so or not ; as ;^ |^ :;g' ] ;
/^ j^ I did not know wiie-
tber there was a way ; be said,
there was.
was not Wau Wang's park 70
li square '?
1 1 fH M *^^ ^ ready wit; able
to argue ; quick and fluent.
^ ] before ^yii |^ denotes per-
haps, or, probably ; as ^ ] t^
;^ If |k this was probably
what he wished to say.
D ^ Jl 1 ^^ys ^^^^ months.
] ]|^ all sorts ; every variety.
fj; ] in this, going to this.
] jj; a certain robe worn by em-
presses in the Han dynasty.
j ^ siuts^ai graduates ; i. e. the
whole body of them.
1 ■? W ^ ^^^ classes of authors.
1 ^ o'" "tt" i?^ ^re two old names
in Annam for sugar-cane.
^h 1 or 1^ ] peaches or plums
preserved either in sugar or salt ;
an ancient mode of preparation.
A kind of oak fiirnishing a
durable timber, found in
Honan ; the acorns are
sharp pointed, and acrid to
the taste, whence they are called
^ I ^ bitter acorns ; silkworms
feed on the leaves ; it is not impro-
bable that a kind of oak is referred
to by the same name in other parts.
From dog or heast and that;
ifc is interchanged with the
next when used as a verb.
A hog ; any animal of the
genus tSas ; to dig a trench
or }X)ol.
] •? Of ] ^a. pig.
] "^ or ] ^^ a sow ; it is used
for coarse in Fuhehau, as ] f §
^\- coarse needles.
I ^ a boar.
[Jj ] a wild hog, differing perhaps
from thjj ^- ] , Sus leucomystax,
common in China.
^ ] a hedgehog.
^ ] the porcupine, found in
Shensi.
1 ?i[f or ] ^ pork-fat, lard.
I ^ or ] ^ hog's bristles.
1 §k*i* i)ork-chops.
1 il ?i or I liH 7X pig's foot
I fl !^ the ])ig-basket plant, or
pitclier plant, the Nepentli£s dU-
tillatoria.
] ^ a kind of China-root ; or
perhaps a Lyco2')eril(m or puff-
bdl._
1 PM .H f4 ^ boar's head, with a
carp and a cock, — to worship
Plutus.
:i
From water and hog as the
phonetic.
,c/w
A place where water stag-
nates ; a pool or small lake,
a puddle ; to dig out, as when
making a pool, or confining its
limits.
1 M ^ •'^" affluent of the Grand
Can al i n Tsi-ning cheu ^ ^ jjlj
in Shantung.
^ HJ- 1^ ] the pools'and marshes
in the wilderness.
i^ -It g Jf0 1 ^ to raze the
palace, and dig a pool there —
so as to obliterate it.
;^ ] a marsh in K wei-teh fu, near
Yii-chMng hien J^ ^ |j^, once
drained or restrained by the
Great Yii.
*c/jw
One says an edible worm or
larva like a silkworm.
$^ ] a term for a toad.
A dead tree still standing,
fj^^ ] dead, rotten trees.
^ /fi ^f I ^^1 the trees are
dead.
The original form of this cha-
» racter, which is now used as tho
3d radical of a small group of
miscellaneous characters, ori-
ginally represented a flame, as
of a candle.
As fire appertains to the
heart, tbis character has come to
mean the ruling power of the will,
or the clear intelligence of the heart,
for which the next is now used.
A point, a dot, such as is put
on the top of the character wang
T. to vivify the ancestral tablet;
in 2'><^n^na7is/ii2}, read ^tteii, for ^^
a dot.
''chu
The character originally repre-
seuted a lamp-stand with the
jiame rising.
That which gives ligBt; a
ruler, a lord, a master ; a host ; the
chief; the head; to rule, to make
one the chief; to indicate, to show
what is to be; certainly, with au-
thority, as a lord's will.
I \ the host ; the head of the
house ; a master.
^ ] a pater-familias ; used by
children and domestics.
^ ] a landlord, the owner of
real estate.
I ^ the master of a wedding.
1 5^ or ] _t; or I -^ our sove-
reign ; used in speaking of him.
^ ] or ^ I t^<^ emperor ; a
sovereio-n: the chief ruler of a
country.
J- 7^ ] the emperor's sisters.
•^ J^ ^ ] the emperor's aunt.
1^ f^ I ^^^o is lord here? who
manages this?
1 'jS f'i^ ^ I'll make you my
lord in your house ; 1. e. I am
going to visit you.
88
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
1 JH a patron, one who bnys
much.
yg* y^ I sbe has a head ; she is
married; also umxl by traders,
[the goodsj are 8|X)keii for.
t|^ I the Lord of Heaven ; God
is so called by the Roman Ca-
tholics, and 5^ I ^ is the name
for their sect and the Greek
church ; but ^ and J|^ j ,
are both used for God by the
Mohammedans.
3'C "^C /S- 1 ^^^ heavenly Father
and merciful Lord.
] ^ the controler, the superin-
tending power; — a term often
applied to God.
] a term for the Sabbath or
Lord's day.
)j|^ ] the ancestral tablet ; inti-
mating that the deified lord
resides in it.
can't venture to take the con-
trol; I dare not assume the
direction.
1 'M ^^*^ ^^'^^' ^^^ ^^^ resolu-
•tion.
1 M 1^ "^ ^ ^^^ decision is
not with me.
/g" 1 ^ I have a plan.
1 ^ t^o g'vo directions, to ma*
nage ; an overseer.
^ ] to be or take the head, re*
garded as chief; it is of the
greatest moment.
jK I a district magistrate.
j£ ] ^ and ^Ij 1 ^ the chief
.ind deputy literary examiners
at the kujin. tripos.
1 T? to guard, to protect.
*£^ 1 ^ Is •* ^i^^ certainly bring
you good luck.
1 T M ''' indicates rain.
I j^ to govern ; to rule as an
autocrat ; a Budhist term for
an abbot.
^ 1 o' ly* 1 ^ a rich man.
'Q j free, voluntary; as I libe.
|£ I a donor, as to a temple or a
charity.
(I. |> From hand and to rule ; it oc-
T'~T* curs naed for chu* -^ a pillar.
'c'/j« A prop or post ; to shore up ;
to pierce, to stick ; to point
sideways ; to oppose.
1 i^ '"^ F^P or stretcher, as to an
awn jug.
1 IS ""^ 1 ^^ crutch,. a stick;
to lean on a staff.
A sort of overalls or leathern
gaiters for the knees.
?
From d^er and to rule as the
phonetic.
A large beast like a deer,
found in Tung-cliSven fu in
the north of Sa'ch'uen ; he guides
the herd, indicates their course
by shaking his long tail, which
brushes away the dust ; if other
deer see it, they follow his track.
This animal has been identified by
some witii tlie Chinese elk or (ailed
deer {Elaphurius Duvidcanus);
but a comparison of native books
shows that it is more probably a
general term for a large stag, the
ruler oidter, and not any species ;
it is drawn with B|)ots and having
one stumpy horn ; the large red
deerofMoiigt)lia(c<Tmswiart//)may
be the one; a tly-whip or switch.
I ^ a chowry, used by fairies ;
some authors suppose that the
chowry from Tibet is furnished
by a (leer, instead of the yak.
^ ] 1!d Ijl to converse while
wliisking away the flies.
^ 1 IH^ ri^ f^ unceasingly twir-
ling the chowry — to drive off
the musquitos.
IR Ib 1 tk^ respectfully listen
to your guiding remarks.
1 From stone or worship and
lord ; the third form is unusaal.
A stone tablet dedicated to
ancestors in the family temple.
] |5 ^ stone shrine or niche,
• \^ I in which the tablet is placed.
*cha "
An islet ; a low place,
a wash in a river, a deposit
appearing above the wa-
ters ; an affluent of the K.
V/«« Hwai in Honan near Hii
cheu,
M| I the precious land, an ancient
name for Ceylon {Ratna-dwipa,
prolxibly derived from its pearls
and gems.
^% Jt 1 iffi ^ the isles of
fairies are far away in the sea.
2]Q ;;& ] in the rivers are islets,—
which were slowly formed ; and
so must you persevere.
To cook, to dress food; to
boil in water; to steep, to
decoct ; boiled, cooked.
] ^ boiled through ; to
cook thoroughly.
I |5 or ] ^ to dress a dinner,
to prepare food.
1 ^' to make tea ; to prepare an
entertainment.
1 mi^
get salt.
to boil sea-water to
(:^|-f From words and /itrf^er.
la
Hsu
To curse, to announce to the
gofls and implore calamities
upon others; curses and
oaths before tlw gods to bring
punishment on others, or for evils
suffered.
1 ^ oaths and curses.
j ^ an imprecation sealed by
blood.
P ^ 1 A to curse and rail at
others bitterly.
] ^ cursing and railing.
] ^ 5^ to take a dreadful oath ;
lips filled with curses.
'Pi
'■tsu
I the ancestral tablet.
From place and further.
A defile or torrent among
hills which hinders progress ;
separated by obstacles ; to
hinder, to imi^ede, to oppose, to
discommode; to cause delay ; dan-
gerous from some impediment ; to
suspect, to doubt ; to grieve.
CHU.
1 it to stop, prevent progress.
^ ] a hindrance, stumbling-
block ; something in the road.
[^ ] an iinpediment, as a hill ;
far separated and thus hindered.
I >p^ to prevent from accomplish-
ing, to retard, to try to defeat.
] 1^ hardships, straits ; every-
thing working- against one.
1 Jii "'" ^m 1 to stand in . the
way of, to block, to oppose.
] ;^ '[^ to hinder business, as
an untimely visitor does.
ill jll fl^ 1 the hills and rivers
sunder us widely ; — as friends.
1 M ^ jR >^ '1 liead wind de-
tained me (Su Tung-p'o) at
Kwapu.
In Cantonese. A sign of the
past tense, used after other verbs.
^ \ he has gone ; left.
^^ ] ^ 1^6 has brought it.
C L-Ia From fire and to rule as the
^JT-I.* phonetic. .
*c/iu 'I'hat which guides tbe flame;
a wick ; a stick of incense ;
to light.
] ^ to burn incense sticks, to
worshij) the gods ; but — - ] ^
is one incense stick.
j^ I a lampwick.
5". ] ^ three incense-slicks;
this number is usually lighted
at once by worshipers in refer-
ence to the trinity of powers.
M
Insects like the Ptimis, which .
eat books or clothes ; moths .
*'chu in furs ; insects like the car-
penter beetle, especially re-
ferring to the fly ; to eat, as such
insects do ; eaten, bored.
1 ^ spoiled by insects.
] ^ all eaten through.
^ ] "J* it is all worm-eaten.
C iOtl^ From rain and jioivlng water;
^^Ek like the next.
*-chu ^ seasonable rain, ] ^ one
which fills the channels, and
starts the ve^fetation.
ctia
CHU.
c VfcL Like the last. Water run-
•^\ ning off in streamlets ; mois-
'c/m tened, well watered ; to fer-
tilize by rain.
] ^ ^ ij^ timely showers cause
tbiiigs to grow.
1 ^ saturated with water ; en-
riched by favors.
From liorse and to rule, as the
phonetic.
To rest one's horse ; . to stop,
to sojourn, to live at for a
while ; a stopping-place, a
hostelry.
1 >£ to lodge, to tarry over, to
put up at with one's carriage.
1 1^ or ] IK or ] JL to be
stationed at, temporarily filling
an office at a place ; appointed
to live at.
] 1^ places where the Eiiiperor
halts in a progress.
] ^ to live on guard -«• in the
provinces ; applied to the Ban-
nermen stationed out of the
capital.
CHU.
89
it
) From nnan and to rule; it is
easily mistaken for ^icang fjE
, ) to so.
cm' '^
To halt, to stop ; to cease ;
to detain ; to dwell; to live in ; to
endure, to erect ; when following
another verb, it usually forms the
present, tense, or shows that the
action has just stopped, as J^ ]
hol<l it ; ^ ] rested a little ; but
it also forms the imperative, as
^ 1 stop it up ; ^ ] liH stop
walking, hold up your going, —
according to the context ; a classi-
fier of birds.
^ 1 £^ P ^^6ep guard over the
passes.
I ip stay your steps'; stand there.
I ^ hold up ; stay your hand. .
S' ^ 1 ^ I «aii't help being
angry.
Ig, ;j^ ] I am not equal to that,
I can't endure it.
{^^5:^1)^ I where do you live?
J§ ] living at.
I P he ceased talking.
I *y 5^ he stopped crying.
^ ^ ] unreliable ; an unsafe
dei)endance.
] ^ a custodian of a temple;
the resident or head-priest.
The noise of calling fowls ; a
distorted mouth ; occurs used
for c/ieu'p^ the bill of a bird.
] ] to chuck for fowls
when calling: them.
From wood and to rule aa the
phonetic
A pillar, a post, a stanchion,
a joist ; a main dependance,
a support; a statesman; a chief
agent or manager in ; to uphold ;
to rely on; a row or line, as in
writing; clusters of stars in Auriga
and in Centaur.
] lig^ tlie leading ideas in a paper;
the heads, as of a sermon.
I i^ the base or plinth of a pillar.
Jt, ] at the SoutL, denotes a
house of five pillars.
^ ] or ^ ] a high statesman.
^ 5c 1 ""^ ^^"^^ bears up the
state, the Atlas of his country.
1 ^ ^ ^^^^^ supported on pillars,
a pillaied pyrch.
M ] ;^ '^iM^^ ability or service
of beams and pillars; i.e. useful
officers or statesmen.
JQ the nuts of a lute.
; ] the red pillars ; a poetical
name for a ^ lute.
^ a kind of oflScial cap.
From water and to rule; it is
used with the next, and occa-
sionally for chu* ^ to manifest.
Waterflowingoff in stream-
lets, or shooting over a ledge ; to
lead water in chaiuiels, to flow out;
to soak, to saturate ; to fix the
mind on, to direct the thoughts to;
to collect ; to comment on, to re-
cord ; to strike ; ; belonging to.
I ^ to remember, to ponder.
I ;^ attentive ; to think on much.
^ 1 -^ fii <& I ^^^ that idea
already.
1
chu'
90
CHU.
CHU.
CHU.
J^ ] to fix the thoughts on
heaven.
I g to set the eyes on ; to gaie.
1 M to hit the nail on the head,
to describe exactly.
'^^ M 1 I ^™ extremely ob-
liged for your thoughtful regard
— for me.
>kWWIl^ ] the rain pours violently.
and direct it that ; to have
one's hope realized, or design
appreciated.
1 ^ j!f^ 5^ to set the arrow on
tne stving.
^ ^ DJJ ] look out above and
uiiiul what's below ; pay heed
to what goes before and comes
after, as the arrangmcnt of your
sentences ; regard the orders of
the sovereign, and listen to the
people.
chu^
> From words and to rule as tho
phonetic.
To define, to explain ; to
open out the sense ; to write
about, to record ; an emendation
or gloss; used in some cases for
tirif/'' 5£ to determine; destined. •
] P^ a clear explanation; written
cleaily an<l fiuly.
I ^ to illustrate the meaning
of; notes-
] J5^ an explanation.
] 12, to note particulars, to keep
a record.
1 f^ or ] 33j£ to write an essay
on.
^ ] to add to the commentary.
1 Jjlc '"*" <*P^"' ^"^^ explanation,
as of the classics.
birlh and of death.
A^) From slip and yes ; it is also
"*j| read 5 t'eu and ft/ti.
dm'' Short boards used in beat-
ing adobie walis ; a wall to
screen otf a privy or a bath ; a
cess->pool ; the vTcoeptacle of dirty
water from a b-ilh.
From plants and this ; it is (be
origimil form of choh^ ^g to
-»" >' cause, and is interchanged with
chu^ ftX. and chii} jj to narrate.
Bright, clear; conspicuous;
to set forth, to manifest ; to write
an aecount, to narrate; to fix, to
settle ; to publish, as a book ; the
space between the gate and the
screen wall inside ; the revolution
of a year.
^ ^ $^ 1 ^^ name is increas-
inj^ly known.
1 jS "'" '^ I ^ narrate in a re-
cord ; to write occurrences, as
in a journal ; to write a history.
] it ^ to pretend to his'goodness.
^ I or ^ ] to manifest, as
Christ did the will of God.
■^ From hamhoo and this or help-
fill; the firat also meads a deli-
^ cate sort of bamboo, and tho
second is defined the hermit-
crab or its temporary abode.
Chopsticks; to take up food
with them.
^ ] ivory or bone chopsticks ;
tho ]^ ] are usually made of
bamboo.
— - ^ ] a pair of chopsticks.
^ — ] put down your chop-
sticks, — in pledge of a glass.
IS ^ # J[^ 1 cooked millet
cannot be taken up with the
chopsticks.
^ jg "1^ ] '*■ '^ "°'' ^^^^ put-
ting tho choi«tick8 into it; i.e.
uneatable.
^ 1 19 3|^ take up your chop-
sticks and ibegin — to eaU
BE t'i* ^ 1 ^^® has jade cups and
ivory chopsticks; i.e. he is .very
■extrax'iigant and lavish.
m
From strength nnd furthermore.
To assist, to help'; to succor;
•c/.«' lieneficial, strengthening.
tsu^ ^ ] to succor, to aid.
] jk it :$. helped him to
finish the alfair.
1 ft» " W ^ :^ I >^>" lend
yon a helping hand.
c/ia'
Jf ] or |§| ] to cheerfully aid
— by a donation.
] J^ '"^ guard of honor, an escort.
^ ^ Jte ] I can't do it by my-
self; I am not' able to effect it
alone.
] M 1^ M. whoever helps Cheu-
sin (the Nero of China) will be-
come truculent ; i.e. a companion
of the cruel becomes cruel.
From feathers or to fly and
t/u.-i; the second form is rather
pedantic.
To fly upward; to soar into
the sky, as a phoenix. "
1^ ] the phceni.K soars on
high; — denotes a bride go-
ing to her husbiuid's house.
1 ^fM^ ^yi"g pha?ni-x and
soaring argus; -r-a newly mar-
ried pair.
;> From metal and longevity as
tlio phonetic; occurs read c/iu/i,
f./^n'i To cast, to fuse metal for
running into molds, ancient
name of a small feudal state in
the present Shantung, north of
the River Tsi ; use<l lor c/iuh^ jJJ
to wish happiness, to bless.
1 S5 to cast cash or coins.
Jo X 1 §S the founders cast
vessels.
|§ ] to found ; to melt and cast,
as a boiler.
M^ 1 fo ^ all the iron you
could get would not suffice to
cast your faults.
I ^ ^ ^ such virtues should
be cast in gold — to preserve
them.
P^*> A horse with the near hind
^^^f^ leg white, or one having
chu^ white knees; to ease one leg,
as a horse does, by standing
on three.
iS fit §^ 1 liamess up my dap-
pled lightfoot.
] Jg^ a name for cMn^ f^ the
fourth diagram, referring to the
mode of shackling a horse's two
legs to teach him to amble
CHU.
CHU.
CH'U.
91
From a shelter and a man ; but
" » •*■ the original forTn represents a
■-♦ strong room to contain stores or
C'iU preserve tliem, for wliich tlie
next is uow used; some of' tlie
compounds sliow traces of its
meaning.
The s[)ace between the throne
and the retiring door behind it, is
called ^ ] , where the attendants
stand within call.
j^l^) From precioMS and to siore up as
Jnr*' the pliouetic.
g^y> To store up- to board; to
lay by for^ safety ; to put in
its place ; a store of, a hoard ; an
accumulation, a treasure.
^1 to keep in store, as the
government does.
^ 1 or ) ^^ to warehouse;
kept in the warehouse.
^ 1 ^;^^ there's not much left.
I ^ it is put in the treasury.
] ^ to store up grain.
In Fuhchau. Containing ; to
hold ; holdiiig j contained in.
I 7jC it holds the water.
j ^_^ so full as to touch the
nose, as a bowl of riee.
y^*-»^ A coarse kind of hempen
/p J cloth ; suitable only for bags
chu^ and wr-appers or poor clothes.
^, I fine and ooai'se hemp.
/!->) From eye and to store; it is
J similar to c/iw' J3b to fix.
chu^ To stare at.
] g to fix the eyes on^ as
when stupidly amazed.
5 A lamb five months old.
i)t^JC 1 the fatted lambs
chu^ are ready.
chu*
chu^
That which is known ; know-
ledge. This character is con-
tracted to 1^ unless it is used
for the personal name of the
late Emperor Hienfung.
To inter valuables v/hh the
dead ; to temporarily place a
thing; metals in their ores,
which are to be known by the
aspect of the surface soil,
whether ] ^..or ] ^ or
] ^. ores are beneath.
""^tl •* From 7fC wood and "^ to give.
A shuttle; thin, as the
cnu wheels of a cart, which cut
into the mire ; long, said of
the head;, a low, scrubby oak, for
which ^1^ is another name, and §^
another form; a water trough or
flume.
M A 1 "M" long-lived people
have long, heads.
^ 1 ^ ^^le is full of learning
as a filled shuttle.
] Ifi ^ ?§ the shuttle and reed
are empty ; a time of want ;
these two parts of a loom seem
to have been once differently
named, as the chu/v^l^'^ is said
to be the shuttle, and the other
the reed, and made of earthen.
3& "^ ^ 1 Mencius' mother cut
the web in the loom, — in token
of her grief and disappoint-
ment.
■'■ The nut to which the strings
of a lute are fastened, and
c/iu- by which they are tuned.
M
.e¥u
Old sound's,- t* e; t'u, t'ot, t'op, do, du, and dot. In Canton, ch'ii, cli'o and s}i&;-^in Swatow, cli'6, k'li, tii,
cL'u, and tiu; — in Amoy, ch'u, ch'o, k'u, tu, and t'u; — in Fuhchau, ch'e, ch'u, kii, yii, and tii; —
in Shanghai, ts'vi, ts'ii, tso, ts'6 dzu, dzu, and tsz' ; — tu Ghifit, ch'u.
Ill Cantonese. A final particle ;
a moon. tb stop or wait.
Ftorn Tc'nife attd garment, allud-
ing to the tailor's craft.
To cut out clothes, i.e. to
begin' the making of gar-
ments, which is the first step in
civilization ; to begin ; the first ;
at first, the early part; Incipient.
1 1 or '^ ] when it began ; at
the first.
I ^ Tfl to make a great show at
opening the shop.
] ^ a new comer ; the first visit.
^ ] at the begmning.
I i^ 5^ i& ''*'' ^^^ creation.
] ^— the first day of the moon.
1 'hJ or I f^ the first decade of
1 M ^ which day of the [first]
decade did you come ?
I Jp; to commence study.
{ij ] the first part of next moon.
A ^ 1 'lii ^ ^ man's nature
originally was good.
1 7^ tha first-time.
I |M IS. to open a new port for
trade; to found- a mart, as Raf-
fles did Singapore.
'^ j^ I be careful how you begin
a work.
1 ^ the firstborn.
i'Jt^ [Tfl ] do you stop a while.
^ ] ^^ a novice, a raw harjd.
The character is intended to
represent j|l^ grrass bound in
' two ^. sheaves or faggots ; the
second form is unused.
^ch^tt To cut grass; hay, dried
jjfs'tt grass for animals, fodder.
^ ] "-' y^ ^ bundle of
green grass.
f ^ ] fodder for cattle ; to fodder
them.
92
ciru.
CH'U.
CH'U.
1 ^ a scarecrow, a straw ra.au ;
effigies burned at a funeral.
I 1^ ^ grass and reed cutters ;
7iiet. the people.
1 ^ foi"" domesticated animals
wbicL are reared, inz. the horse,
sbeep, ox, with the dog.
I ^ a name for the magpie.
0^^ To scold peo[)le ; a colloquial
V /E word, imitating the sound
^chhi of scolding or reproving.
■rp From wood and a c mer ; q.d.
mjf tlio stick that keeps tho corner.
g/iu The wooden pivots on whicfh
a door turns; an axis, a
center, that on wbicb a thing bin-
ges ; what is indisi^ensable, fun-
damental, cardinal ; tbc source of
jxjwer ; a spinous tree like a buck-
thron, or hornbeam, called ^ jf^
or thorny -elm.
] ^ ^^6 controiing jxjwer, as the
boiler in a steamer; the moving
spirit, tbe guimng mind.
\ ^ ^ it tlie stiition of chief
authority.
1 ^ *^'^ 1 ^ the central part on
which a machine works; the
gist of an affair.
^ ] a term for the moon.
"^ ] or heaven's pivot, is tbe
star Dtibbe a in Ursa Major.
I ^* the secret pivot; an old
term for a general ; in tbe Sung
dynasty, ] ^ ^ denoted the
privy council.
I Jg the pivot's wall ; — a name
for the Censorate.
t^ ] the jxjwers or maclrine of
government in the capital and
provinces.
^Ip' A feline animdl called ] J^,
c^lffll i»arked like a fox; it is big
^siiu as a dog, and was once used
in sacrifice; it is probably the
cheetah or ounce, but may also
denote the lynx.
TT^ A kind of stone, the ] %f.
(Jt^ whose description aUies it to
^s/iu the jasper.
cl
^pk From u'ood and prayer for rat h.
'■^^ A tree with glossy bark and
^shu fetid leaves, who.«e timber is
fit only to burn ; it is another
name for the ch'eu^ ^c/ihm ^ ip^
or fetid Ailantus ^landulosa, com-
mon in northern China ; it is also
applied to the Euscapfufs, or blad-
dernut of Japan.
1 t?^ .^ -^ useless material, as
the ailantus and scrub oak, nei-
ther of which furnish very good
timber; — a depreciatory phrase
used by officers whun s[)eaking
of themselves.
I H^ the ailantus hen, is a
beetle with gray elytra and red
wings, common on this tree; it
makes a humming noise, and is
called the ^ ^ -f- or red
damsel ; it seems to bu a si>rt of
"Cerambyx.
Pleased, gratified-; for which
the next is also used.
I ^Kf to make antics and
p<rform like naummers, for
which slaves were -Dnco employed ;
it now means to play cards.
MFrom hand and anxiety it is need
with till! last, and much reaem-
I blfs 'ia ^ to capture.
At ease, pleased ; to gcatter,
to spread ; to ascend, to
momit as acarriage; to discuss and
settle.
] ^ ^ to set forth one's views,
to express one's ideas.
II ^ -^ ] V.ie dragon ii. e. fleet)
courser distanced all the others.
1 ^ /^ ^ ''6 f"lly ^understood
and made known the six cl.is-
sies.
From i('i>7)ia>i and carnation as
the phonetic.
shu A pretty woman ; a beautiiul,
accomi)lishecl female; timid;
to adorn, to dress up, ;is a woman
d(X'S.
I M l>eautiful ; a bright face.
^ \ ^ ~^ ^bat elegant, hand-
some man.
] ^ a pretty face, a handsome
lady.
|f^Q^ From place and a periton.
(|xj> The steps going into a pa-
^ch^u lace ; the vestibule or porch-
the space between the door
and an inner screen ; to Uike (jff
as a dress; to exclude, to root out,
•to remove; to divide or subtract ;
to do away witli; to pass, as time;
to take away; to be kept out; lo
exchange ; to o{)en; to vacate ; as
a.pre]mitioii, besides, excepting,
exclusive of; and is used in re-
gimen with loui' ^ outside.
1 ilK t<* J'«y a-'^ide mourning.
Ifj ] or I ^ to divide by one
or more figures, as in division.
] ^ to eject, to pi.sh away.
] ^ to remove disease or its
causes.
] ^|i if, when, premising, thence-
alier.
1 jlfc -^ ^h besiiles this; not
including this.
I "|»" take it down.
1 T J^ taking away the tare ;
not reckoning the case.
^ ] tho outer porch.
1 ^ to cleanse or prepare a road.
] '^ to remove from office, to
d I grade.
1 ^ 1^ X besidi-b \\hat is now
received, some is still owing.
Q ^ It I the days and months
glide by us.
1 ^ 'S ]S ^^ suppress the evil
and quiet the good.
A sniall branch of the Yang-
tsz' River that flows into it
between Nanking and Iching,
which gives its name to ChHi
chcii I j^ a city and prefec-
ture in the eaU of Nganhwui.
A^ A mat roUe<l up.
(ji^J> ^ I a coarse mat ; a disease
jl7/« that makes one repulsive; a de-
formed person, a hunchbiick.
^s/ltl.
CH'LT.
ch'u.
CH^U.
93
-*X* A stuall medicinal plant, ^
iVA^ ] ' otherwise called -^^ % or
jC/j'w groimd elm ; it bears white
flowers with a yellow center;
it is perhaps allied to the
Hedysaram.
From inxect and pm'son or all;
the second form is little used,
y aud also means a Luge cater-
pillar.
A toad is called ^ ] ;
parts of it are used medi-
cinally ; it is seldom eaten,
and sometimes grows to a
Luge size ; it has many
local names.
Name of a small stream flow-
ing from the Hang shan *|'§
ijj inTa-tungfii in the north
of Shansi, into the Sang-kan
and Yung-ting Rivers, and
thence into the Pei-ho at
Tientsin.
^G/ru
and all
the
-From man
phonetic.
To collect, to lay up for need ;
furnished with ; to assist ; to
be second to.
I stored, bonded, warehoused.
I accumulated, in store.
or I ^ the heir- apparent
1 :
] ^ an imperial pleasure-ground
1^^
From shelter and to stand wait-
ing ; the second is a common,
but unauthorized form.
A place for killing and cook-
ing animals; a kitchen;
a case for holding books,
clothes, crockery, &c. ; a
quiver.
] A or ] ^ or ] *jgp a cook.
1 & a kitchen.
^ 1 a scullion, a cook's mate.
1 /S ^ public cooking-gliop, a
restauraiit.
jg ] a large kitchen ; with an
>'-6attoir attached.
^ 1^ j a gauze safe. (Peiingese.)
-^ P ^ ] a, clothes-press ; one
wardrobe.
jtjtfr A screen which is put up to
('iTfi^ make a temporary kitchen.
O^^ Undecided, as if one's feet
fJj-Rl "vv'tsre fettered.
^c/iu ^ ] at a loss how to pro-
ceed; sometimes used to in-
timate a desire fgr advice, or for
help to relieve one from perplexity.
Similar to the last.
Puzzled, in a fix ; uncertain
^c/i^u what to do.
tl tl*?^ 1 he scratched his
head, uncertain what to do.
From foivl and dried grass.
A chick which can pick its
own food ; a fledgeling ; the
callow young of birds ; to
rear a brood.
The second character also
denotes the name of a bird, the
^1 I , a variety of the peacock.
1 ifk -it- 4* ^^^^'^ '^^^ brood inside
of its hole, as the kingfisher.
I ^% a little chick.
] ^ 1^ the birds are very callow.
fa Jlf — E 1 ^'s strength
was not equal to lift one fledge-
ling, as of a duck.
Art f 1 ^''OD^ metal and to help or
-lAl-n furthermore; the second form
is not naiich used.
A hoe, a mattock; to culti-
vate the 'fields, to hoc and
delve, and thus assist the
growth.
] sf a hoe.
^ 1 or \ \^ !to hoe up, as
weeds ; to hoe the ground.
gg ] a stout farmer.
^ 1 rii It the business of agri-
culture, as of those who ^ |
^ "? 6^ shoulder the hoe.
•^ |M W 1 he took his classic
and went off to his hoeing.
^ 0E H ^ unfitted for each other,
unsuitable, like putting a round
handle into a square hole.
1JX>%
rCliU
From ^uoinan and dried grass.
A pregnant woman; a widow.
M^ \ M he tind to the
widows.
The stalk of the small spiked
millet; the straw of the pa-
.c/t'u nicled millet.
m
Yrotn plough B.nd to assist; q.d.
the plowman aids the land.
A kind of corve Or socage of
the Shang dynasty, consist-
ing of a certain number of day's
work on the ting's land as a way
of paying rent, and thus assisting
goverimient; to assist in working
land to pay taxes.
A species of mullberry, ] ^
the Broussonetia pi-ipyfera,
*'ch^u from whose bark the Coreans
and Japanese make paper ;
a coarse kind of cloth is also made
of it by them, but the paper itself
is much used'^for garments.
I ^ paper money ; such as is used
in worship and then burned.
1 ifiS paper from the mulberry.
I ^ a slip of paper, a.s that for
notes.
I JH money given by friends for
funerals.
^ ^ "4" 1 ^ specially send you
this short note.
] !^ bank-notes, paper bills; this
term wais common in the Yuen
dynasty.
A bag or satchel for holding
clothes ; a valise, a portman-
teau; to cut out clothes; to
pack aiWay clothes.
% a high pall, or catafalque.
ch^u
over a bier.
1^
Froih wood and noon ; q. d. the
sound of the ■pestle heard at
noontide.
A pestle; a beetle or beater
with which to ram down
earth ; to beat with a pestle.
5,^ I a board or block, and the
beater; — used by washermen.
94
CHU
CH'U.
CH'U.
$t ill tS I ^®^'" *^® washing
boards resounding among the
bills in autumn.
^ I to pound with a pestle.
I 1^ to beat very fine.
^ ] a mortar and pestle ; use<l
as a metaphor for brothers, dear
friends, married people.
^ ^l] ] the " diamond club," a
Budhist term for the vudjra or
Bccpter of ludra; name for a
kind of mace used by priests
when exorcising or praying, and
as a symbol of the all conquer-
ing i>ower of Budha, who over-
comes sin by prculjiia or wis-
dom.
^5^^ Originally composed of ^^ a
^J^ coppice, and J£.,to iralk in its
'c/t^U center ; q. d. it is hard to walk
in a thicket.
A chister or clump of trees,
a bramble-bush ; spinous, sharp ;
ttsed with the neyt for painful,' dis-
tressing ; orderly, Svell-done, pro-
perly-finished; a large feudal state
in the Chen dynasty', existing from
B. c. 740 lo 330, under the rule of
twenty princes; it ocenpied Hu-
kwaiig and parts of Honan and
Kiangsu, having K'ing-cheu fu on
the 11. Yangtsz' for its capital; the
name is still- applied to the two
Lake Provinces.
] ] new and clean, as garments.
^ I suffering; distress, anguish.
^ j grievous, hard as work ; toil
ami drwlgery.
^ ] perspicuous, as style ; weU-
done, clear, fresh; spruced up,
tidy.
J[ ] a ferule for punishing tru-
ants.
^ ] was the region about the
Mei-liiig, in the south of Hunan'
and Kiaugsi.
In Cantonese. A form of the
past tense, like *'yuen ^ done.
^ ] £j I have done eating.
]^ ] tlio job is done ; it's all
made right.
Interchanged with the last
in the sen&e (>f grieved, mi-
V//w serable, pained.
The base or plinth of a
\^ pillar; the stone on which it
*cA'u rests; a jx'destal.
I f^ Bo M [a l»alo '•ound
the moouj and a moist plinth,
are signs of rain.
From man or to ttand, and to
store; the first is rather the
commonest.
■flC^ I To stand aixl wait a long:.
■^ ^ time ; to hope and wait for.
'^^*" \ "^^^ •^'^'"^ "^*'"-
^ ] to hoixjfully expect,
^ t-)nging find waiting.
] -IQ I wait on tiptoe ; I eagerly
look — for a reply.
^ ffiH 1 ly^ leaning on the TMling
and looking afar at it.
The teeth set on edge,-a8 by
a very sour thing.
'cii^n
Small streams which fliw off
aside, when a large river
*c/i'u overflows its banks.
cA^^jr Clear, limpid, .is water ; or
spirits settled on its lees.
•^
From plant and to store tip.
A plant like a rtettle, the
'ich^u Bsehnerianivea, calletl7'«?/iic,
c/iuti)a,caloi, andChina grass;
it is one of the hemps of China,
of which To\)es, grasscloth, coarse
linen, and sackch)th (|^)are made.
] H^ hemp roots ; they are ground
\\ith rice-flour to be used for
food.
] ^ the nettle-hemp fibers, or
plants, grown chiefly in the cen-
tral provinces.
1 JS * gr«'isscloth shop.
pen gannents were worn to rags
and their hair unkempt; — a
time of misery.
C iJ^ 1 The second or abbreviated form
l^tftl is composed of jt to atop and
( » /La seat; q.A. cue stops on
' fj*^ } reachinjf his seat ; /g is added
in the full form as the phonetic ;
it much resembles jfc'ien J^
devout.
To be at, to rest, to dwell •
to repress, or stop one's seM";
to be apiK;a6t;d, to rest from ; to act,
to occupy the place of ; while in ;
to occiil)y as a country ; to distin-
guish, to decide, to judge ; to attend
to, to do what is pro{)er, to place;
wlien preceding a verb, it sometimes
denotes the past tense, or increaecs
its force, as ] ^ executed; or
1 fp ^" govern.
1 <^ *■" .i"*^o® one's abilities; to
decide an officer's demerits-
] •j^ an unemployed graduate. .
I ^ or ] -^ a yoong lady, a
maiden.
t ^ j^ when I was married;
during my married life.
] ^ to be poor.
% M. 1 ^^^^ ^ ^^■^*'' <^""^*^ ^^^i^
1 M li^ cither course is hard.
I ^ limit of hot weather ; name
of the 14th term, from August
23(1 to September 8th.
^ p^ p^ 1 ^^"^ him over to the
Board to decide his sentence.
1^ I not easy to judge.
;fQ ] friends living together.
] ^ ^ to be an officer near the
emperor.
I J^ (o sentence after trial.
] -^ placed, put safely.
I -g ^ to manage, to do for
one, to settle him; — implies a
great difficulty in the oase.
] -Jlh to enter on life.
] ^ ^ I can't bear him; I
can't live, or get along, with
him.
] 5E t'> visit with death ; I mean
to be the death of you ; to com-
])as8 one's dcjith.
3^ flf 1 ] iit^re we bad ample
room to dwell in.
1
CH'U.
CHUH.
CHUH.
95
Bead c/i'w' A place, a spot ; a
circumstance, a condition, a point
of a matter; used as a relative
pronoun, as ^g ] ^ §^ the
money of these two persons; when
added to a noun, it sometimes
makes the plural, as ^ ^ ] the
high authorities; and at other times
denotes the concrete, as j£ J^, "fi^
^ I we now see its spirituality.
glj ] elsewhere.
I ^ a location, a place; the
soot referred to.
] or :g: 1 or ] ] every-
where ; in all regions.
^ I a failing, a shortcoming ;
an idiosyncrasy.
^ 1 7 JlJ li« went everywhere ;
he goes all about.
^ I a good ; in good circum-
stances; a benefit; an advantage.
'^ fS "^ ] ^6 ^^^ a place where
he hails from; he is not alto-
gether a loafer.
"^ I I the officer, — said by
those of low grade ; I who
■write ; the writer.
good points.
j^ ] and Kjjr ] are terms in letters
for You or Sirs, and We, when
the names are not mentioned.
Eough, hispid ; not smooth.
From sickness and to remove.
A soar ; scarred ; stupid,
not comprehending things.
^ ] ^ ^ thick-skulled; not
quickly taking the meaning of.
Old sounds, tok, dok, and t'ok. In Canton, chbh; — in Swatow, tek, to, sok, chek, and tok ;
chwat, and tek; — in Fuhchau, tiiuk, chuiik, and tiik-; — in Shanghai, tsok and dzok ;
It,
■elm
The original form represented
leaves drooping on two stalks,
in which way the Chinese draw
tlie bamboo ; it is the 118th
radical, called sometimes | i^
]J^ i. e. bamboo flower top, and
the characters under it mostly
refer to kinds or articles of
bamboo.
The bamboo, of which the
Chinese reckon sixty varieties; mu-
sical instruments made of bamboo.
\ ^ tabasheer.
I ^ bamboo seeds, said to ripen
mostly in years of famine.
I ^ bamboo sticks or poles.
1 ^ ^^® siliceous skin of the
bamboo.
I ^ bamboo roots ; whangees,
or bamboo walking-sticks ; um-
brella-handles.
] ^ bamboo splints or threads-
] fiK ^liavings for cushions.
1 fii in ribbed, ridged, corru-
gated, like bamboo joints.
^ ^C 1 ^^^® -Ncindina domestica,
much cultivated for its red seeds.
in which bamboo leaves have
been steeped ; hence the I3th
day of the 5th moon is called
1 'g^ Q because this liquor
was drunk on that day.
] ;j|f a foreign name for Iiish
linen.
] ^ TV ^ ^^^E hamboo pillow.
^ ] the spider-wort. (Commeli/.
na viedica.)
j^- I large tubular fireworks;
fire-crackers.
1 Ba '^ ^ bamboo arrows have
a hard skin ; viet. a person of
clear mind and fixed purpose.
^'6 1 %igBI^ the lowly bam-
boo always bows its leafy head.
] ^^ the " bamboo reporter," a
poetical name for family letters,
derived from a scholar in the
Han dynasty, who always in-
quired about his bamboo grove.
A^
,chu
A sort of bamboo ; the com-
mon name of India in Bud-
hist books, ^ ] or If ]
^ or ] ^, from the word
India; this character was first
altered from the last to designate
a surname, and when adopted for
India was read tuh^ as a contrac-
tion of ,^ in the word ^ ^ Shin-
tuh or Scinde ; it has also been
written # # or f| ^ or ^ ^
or pp jt and % ^, all differ-
ent forms of the same sound or
,chu
u.
in Amoy, tidk, chiok,
in Chifu, chiih.
Grieved ; pain and distress
manifested in the face.
M >C» 1 ] ^^^^ ^t heart
and caft down.
From wood and the next cha-
racter contracted.
,c/m
An ancient musical instru-
ment of wood used to start
the band ; it was made like a tub
with a handle in the middle, or a
chapper hung on the side that hit
it when turned.
From to worship joined to mouth
of man; i.e. to implore by words.
(./^^> To help the master of cere-
monies; to ask the gods for
blessing, to pray for mercies; to
supplicate the gods; to recite pray-
ers; to be obliged for; to tie or
bind ; joined to, allied to, akin ; to
afflict, as by taking away one's
friends; to cut off; to reiterate, to
repeat as prayers; the origin; an
ancient name of ^ ^^ |^ in Tsi-
nan fu in Shantung.
•^ ] *g^ an officer who recites
the ritual.
^ M -^ 1 may your [MajestyJ
live for ever.
96
CHUH.
CHUH.
CHUH.
^ I •^ ^ to felicitate one every
happiness, as when Beventy.
I ^ ^^"^ 1 )Bf ^ ^^y pr-'iyers, to
implore, to ask tiie gods ; to re-
peat ] 35^ or forms of prayer.
] 7^ to pray for Llessings.
] ^ to congratulate another on
Ills birthday.
J^ ] an acolyte in a temple.
] ^ 3SC J^ ^ ^"^ "ff *^^^ ^^^^
and tattoo the body.
IP^ n M. ] ''® ^^^ cursed and
prayed.
of you not to wander or ramble
about there.
1 Sfe * god of fire worshipetl in
summer ; he is the deified son
of H^ J^ an early monarch.
Read ^ch^eu. To curse,
1^ f^ ^ 1 ^^ey go on cursing
still.
m
^chu
Sisters-in-law call each other
) 1 ^» '^iit "ot JD direct
address.
Read fihhu. The mind not
at ease ; disquieted.
S >^> JS. ] ^^ *"^ moved is
my heart.
Hint ^^om ^. carriage and ^fl . to
JpHj^ support contracted ; it is iuter-
cheu chanped vrith ^H '° ^^^ ^^''
meauiug.
That which supports the cart,
the end of the axle; a pivot, that
which turns as a center of [Kjwer ;
the a.vis of motion ; a catch, a
bolt, a spring, whatever causes a
thing to work ; weak or crippled
in walking; a roller, as of a map";
a classifier of maps or pictures
rolled up, — -;»nd often denotes the
chart, map, or drawing itself^ the
reed of a loom.
$ 1 or ] -^ an a.xlc-tree.
] 5i a catch, a bolt.
'^' ] one who manages — the
country, or an aff"air.
35. A j '"^ water-wheel turned
by five men.
^ ] a eulogistic scroll su.si)ended
near a coffin before its burial.
f^ I the axis of sii8{x;nsion.
$^ ] or ijjl: ] the heaven and
the earth ; their revolutions
and movemeots as th^ axes of
the universe.
^ I a roller, as for a map; rolls.
1^ I the rivet of shears.
^ ^ ] three mounted pictures,
or on rollers.
^1 ^ ion — ^ '"^ thousand
drawings .ire not equal to one
book — well studied.
|^|t|'> The after part of a vessel,
|lj[l|. the stern quarters where the
^chu Eteersiuau stands ; the tiller
or scull.
Read yiu. The bow of a vessel.
] |j5 a sort of scow for trans-
port ; the stem and sterol of ai
vessel.
From & dulcimer with it'ood
Tiiider; occurs used for ehuhy
j[(ll a sister-in-law.
To Ix-at down hard as a
thrashing-floor; to ram down
the earth ; to make chunam pjive-
ments or adobie walls; to raise, to
erect ; to build dykes or intrench-
ments ; to gather ; to flap the
wings.
] ^ :@ to build mud walls.
] J^ ^fi ^^ make a jetty or land-
ing-place.
] ^ iji^ to build stone piers,
builds, or sea-walls.
^ I ^& ^ *^^ '''^"* a. fort.
1 i|| to raise the banks.
^ 1 S' @ ^*^ strengthen, and
repair, the dykes or foimdations-
^>
From I'amhrio nud to cfraip.
A kind of crooked dulcimer,
jC/iiM slia|)ed like a rude harp,
having five strings ; it was
afterwards made with thirteen
strings (hat were struck with ham-
mers.
'cJm
] J5^ the old name of Kuh-ch'ing
^'^''1 ^ M IS "" the R. Han
in the northwest of Hu{)eh.
^ 1 U. is the capital district in
Kweicheu province.
From viouth and belonged to ;
«/iu/i, ^ also occurs used for
► this ; tlio second abbreviated
form is common.
To bid, to order; to engage
or ask another to do; to
commit to another's charge
by request or injunction ; to enjoin
\\\\on.
] Il{^ to charge one to do; to
instnict.
1 f£ to commission, to give in
charge.
Hi I to bribe, to fee in a case.
^ ] to suborn.
] § a will ; a written injunction*
PT 1 «r PJ pf ] pff to repeat
an order, to reiterate it, to din
it in the ears.
Jthfl The obedient and respectful
Ty^t dejwrtment of a wife; a wait-
(t7/u ing attitude, .'is of one reoiv-
ing instruction.
^r* To cut up the ground.
WiJ\y ii^ 1 to hoe and dig.
To look earnestly ; to fix the
eyes on.
'chu ^ |)|J j^ ] to gaze at from
alar with earnest attention.
] ^ to look at from afar.
From foot and worm.
Sj) To walk sedately; to limp
or halt ; a tr.ice.
5^) ] to hesitate in walking;
to pace off", to step haltingly.
^ ] to amble, sis a horse ; to
walk with a halting step.
gj§ ] the rut of a wheel.
:?^ ^ ] a si)ecies of Ilyoscyamus;
the name probably alludes to its
rejection by sbeep.
,chu
CHUH.
In Cantonese. To knead with
the feet, as in working or mixing
things ; to press on.
I tij ^ to crush out the bowels,
as when trampled to death.
A kind of medicinal plant,
) called also ^ i^ ^| t>r yel-
,chu low Azalea, and ^ ;^ ^ or
tiger's flower ; it is regarded
as poisonous ; it may belong to the
Apocynex or oleander family.
From fire and xvorm ; the
contracted form is also read
^rJi'iing, to dry by tbe fire.
The illumination of torches ;
a candle ; a torch ; to light
a candle ; a light ; to give
or shed light upon, to il-
lumine.
^ ] or 3§ I a wax candle,
a bougie ; a tallow candle in-
closed in wax.
^ ^ ] hard candles, like those
made from the tallow tree;
harder than ^ ^ ] tallow
candles.
tK Wi, 1 ^^^ water candle, the
Typha or cat-tail rush.
"^ ] painted candles, such as are
placed before shrines or used in
worship ; they are also made of
wood, and called ^ ] or «how
candles.
] ^ '*■ wick, when it is partly
burned; its form is sometimes
taken as an* omen of luck.
] ^ or ] J or ] fg" a can-
dlestick.
] ^" snuffers.
^ Yli 1 refers to the part of a
marriage ceremony when the
pair are seated at the nuptial
table before the candles.
MWtT^ ] ^ '^^le lighted nup-
tial chamber.
>]> >^> ij^ \ take care lest you set
the house on fire.
^ •^ ^ 1 ^* shines everywhere ;
met. he sees the casec clearly ;
he assists his relatives.
m
'HUH.
1 M ^ ^^ [^^^ emperor's good-
ness is like the sun] which shines
upon all without partiality.
M fliJ ^ 1 \y^^ ^'f"^ 's as preca-
rious as] a candle in the wind ;
said of old folks.
] [Jj an iron frame for candles.
BJJ I a clear understanding of.
I ^ fg the splendor of lamps
and candles, an illumination.
J^ an auspicious comet or
bright star like a candle; one
appeared n. c. 7G in the constel-
lations ^ and ^ or Pisces
and Aries, bright as Venus.
A name for a short legged
spider the ] 4^, so caHed
from its looking like a pigmy;
a flea; the caterpillar of the
sphinx moth.
Composed of /jv rice between
wliat looks like two hoivs, but
. is intended t» represent the
< steam of offerings ; it is often
<^^'^" described as :^ ^ 7^ double-
bowed rice. It forms a kind of
sub-radical of many characters
under lUi. ^ a boilei", with
which this once was written.
Gruel, congee, mush, porridge;
a thickened, decoction made of rice
or millet boiled very soft.
^ ] or ^ ] or ^ 1 to boil
congee.
1^ 1^ ] a kind of rice porridge
with bits of jx>rk.
jtf. ] bean and rice porridge.
I -^ the gruel of congee.
] |. humble, diffident.
^ ] a preparation like the thick-
ened fried tea of the Tibetans.
] H ^ IS 4 H % three bowls
of congee and tliree of rice too ;
— the same rule for all.
From PP to call and *}]] re-
gion; the second and unusual
> form is also read icheu. .
To call fowls ; the sound
made whc n chnci\-ii!g fowls.
^
CHUH.
97
chu
^'^^ From x^ to walk and J^ api^r
~J^^ contracted.
iichu To drive or push out ; to ex-
pel ; to order away ; to fray
away ; to exorcise ; to take up in
order, as the heads of a discourse ;
to press, to urge, on, to hurry up;
in earnest, sincere ; successively.
1 |ii ^'^ 1 -^ to turn out, to
drive away, to expel.
I ^ to order off with abuse.
] daily, day after day.
1 - 1 r: or 1 f@ 1 f@ to
take up one by one ; to arrange
orderly.
H ft H M« 1 ^'" ^'*^^^ ^^^'^^
thrice and was thrice dismis-
sed.
M y^Wi 1 to gad here and there,
as companions urge or coax
one.
I ^g minutely and carefuMy.
] ^ M ^ to advance ste]) by
ste[), to gradually become fami-
liar with or learned in.
^ ] to eject, to deport, to turn
out by force, to evict.
^ '§^ 1 1 he was really sincere
in that ; in this phrase it is also
read ti/i tih.
Sores arising from cold.
J;^ I chilblains on the hands
or feet.
A weed, called also ^ ^
3 goat's hoof; it is diflicult
chu to extirpate, and seems to
be a sort of Rumex or dock.
^ff4t^g^# 1 I^ve"t
about the country gathering
the docks.
From ^ a pig. with a cross-
mark to denote that two of its
7 legs are tied ; it is used only
I as a pr'mitive, but conveys no
meaning to most of the com-
pounds.
] ] the appearance of a
sl.jick ed pig trying to get
1.3
98
CH'UH.
CH UH.
CDEi^XJU.
CHUH.
Old sounds, t'ot and t'nk. In Canton, cliok, chut, and ch'at ; — in Swatow, cli'ut, tut, and tiok; — ttv Amoy, ch'at, t'nt
t'iok. ch'o, and chiok; — in Fuhchaxt, ch'ok, t'6k, hiiuk, and ch'biX; — in Sfutnghai, taob, kidk,
and ts'ik; — in Chifa, ch'uh.
^ch a
The original form represents
Btalks tlirusting themselves out
of the ground.
To go fortli, to go out; the
opi)osite ot" .;«//, ^ out — in;;
abroiul — ut Lome ; to issuo or ni;i-
iiifest, to proceed from; to surpass;
to ej(x;t; to leave finally; to spring
from, to beget ; its force is often
mcKlified by tlio next verb, and it
frequently serves as an auxiliary
verb to denote coinploLion or pro-
gress of .a;i act ; as ] ^f lor sale;
or ] "^ to let; when joined to ^
after a verb, implies its negation.
I 5^ to come out, as from tbe
room; this phrase succeeds other
verbs to denote the present tense,
'■'3 ??j 1 ^^ *•" writing it.
{4*» # '^i; i 1 ^ 'J« you examine
it for me.
^ ^ ] 2j5 tbey cannot be distin-
guished.
1^ ^ I ^ I «'»"''• express it
well ; I don't luiderstand it
clearly.
P^ ^ ] — if> 5|j$ he will then
have f^oue only lialf-way.
^ ] ^ to carry into practice ;
to brinj; fortli fruit, as of a belief.
l^J 1 ^^ ^^ create a disturb-
ance.
] BK to act for others.
] A 0^ M t*^ take the lead of
others.
] "^ A •'"1 informer.
1 i 'M> t*' &'^'® directions about.
] j^ to enter on public o65ce.
] ^ to enter on life, to begui the
world.
flli fit ^ Ji I k ''^'^^ J»d he
spriii}^ from ?
1 i^ *"" 11^ t" marry a husband.
1 ^ t*' become a [niest.
] i^ to retire from a post, having
fiUetl the term.
A ^ 1 ^ SHri)assing others in
talent, j)reeminent.
] ^ 4£ ^* appears in a surpris-
ing degree ; very unusual, in-
constant.
^» /p ] I cannot recall it to
ujiiid ; it is inconceivable.
tt^ *& ^ 1 '*' ^^'^ '^^ ^^^^ [™y
own] idea.
I ^\k to travel abroad ; to go out.
1 P^j <^r ] t§ to go out of the
house.
fiU 1^ I i'- when were you bom*
1 ^'c ?ii '"" 1 ^ ^ ^*^® t^° 1
smull-[H)X. I
] ^ to retire respectfully, — to j
ciusen.iture; | ^ >> ^ Pjt :
how often did the medicine i
oporatc? I
I JJ^ and /^ ^ doors for entering
and leaving the stage. j
] ^ famous; ;:^ | ^ do not j
let my name a^ipear; incogni- i
to ;sulj rosa.
1 iCi' |>erq'iisite8, extras ; to fee
for services ; douceurs.
— ifc 1 4^ — 'fit I ^ one finds
the capital, the other the service.
§ A. /^ 1 reckon your income
before you sixiiid your money;
estimate your expenses carefully.
"MWt^ W[ \ o"^' cannot reckon up
the defects ; too many bad qua-
lities to estimate.
"b 1 ^D llj ^'s words are stable
as the hills.
IS§ f-i^ 1 *C» *^o ^^ yo*i ^^^® about
it.
] ^ he brings honor — to the
family.
] }g or ] "^ to speak out loud;
to say something.
1 iiJt A Ha to gft out of the mire
■ into the fat ; i. e. to rise from
pov.Tly to affluence.
M 1 Bj M^^ ^^t the horse-hoof
appear, to let the cat oat of the
bag.
] ^ to fume, to fret ; to avenge
another's cause.
] S^ to bo despised ; to draw
odium on one.
.ch'u
From black and to issue aa the
phonetic.
To degrade ; to dismiss from
office; to blame; to exj^el
or drive away.
"^ I thrice dismissed from offico
— as :^ T M ^^ Lu in the
Cheu <lynasty was, and then
recalled.
1 P$ {® ^J to degrade the inef-
ficient and promote the intelli-
gent.
] j^ or ] jS to cashier, to
derjrade, to dismiss officers.
1 J^- to exi)el dishonorably.
In Cantonese. To wrench or
sprain.
] ^ ^ to sprain the wrist.
In.
chUi
Used for the last.
Crimson silk; to baste: to
sew badly; to stitch coarsely;
withdrawn, as notes from
circulation ; something in the
way.
jg ] to bend and to straighten ;
elevated, joyous, and then de-
pre.ssed, dull ; uncertain,
j^ ] orjg ] short up for money.
l|f 13 ;> ] impediments in the
way of trade, as a want of capi-
tal, or banditti.
FromfieJd and black, referring
to loamy soil good for pastur-
nge; oMiers say from field
atid ^ increase contracted ; it
ia iuterclianged Tfith Wio next.
To rear, to feed, to raise ; to
domesticate ; to herd together ; to
entertain, as a guest; to bear with ;
CH'UH.
ch'uh.
CH'UH.
99
1
to restrain ; to detain ; to obey, as
a child ; cattle, domestic animals ;
to board ; to store up.
1 ^ IrI ^ ^^ restrain tlie prince
from committing wrong.
1 ^ y^^^ brute !
^ ] the 26tb diagram, relating
to wind
] ^ to rear, as slaves, children,
or animals; but ] ^ is to pas-
ture or rear only the p^ ] six
domestic animals, wliich men
use in sacritice or food.
] ^ to assist the people.
1 ^ E to gather persons in a
palace, as catamites.
1 /[M to cultivate virtue.
M ] hard to stand ; not easy to
serve, as an unjust prince.
Used with the last.
To collect ; to lay up in
store ; to bring up ; to rear,
as vegetables.
5^ or ] fpt to r.ccumulate, to
hoard, to lay by.
] ^ to husband one's strength.
1 ^ to l)reed horses.
I =^ |i^ to bring up slave girls.
1 ^ ^^ strengthen suspicions.
^ % H 1 I ^ave » g"f^f^ supply
of vegetables — for winter.
] i^ ^ f? my anxious thoughts
are not yet removed.
^j^ ] selfishly to lay up things —
unknown to one's parents.
/•i* Bent down.
j p5) ] ^ unable to extricate
^ch^u one's self, compelled to stoop.
t>^UA From heart and to rear as tlio
ijV^g phonetic.
(;/<iy^ To nourish ; to foster ; to
hate; to excite.
] g^ to encourage or develop
pride.
1 ^ to stir up wrath ; angry,
ivratliful.
^ |jj "^ ] he cannot' (or does
not) like me.
I.-- JL. * From hand and to rear,
j^;) To drag along by force ; to
c//w' shake rudely; a spasm or
cramp of the tendons,
^[jj ] to be taken with a
cramp or numbness ; con-
vulsed.
.>/-^^ Water flowing into a reeer-
■i|^> voir or pool; to flush from
^c/M excitement.
] 'J^ waters running to-
gether.
.K|D» Afraid, timorous ; to entice ;
|/|V) to commisserate.
^ch'u ] 'J'^ apprehensive
1 it ^ ^ '"^ wretch who
is tempted on by avarice.
From horn aud worm as the
phouotic.
To butt, to gore, to push with
the horns; to run against; to
op[)Ose, to excite, to offend ;
stirred, moved, excited ; to render
one's self obnoxious; among the
Budhists, denotes sensation, touch,
perception.
] 3&>l to irritate, to exasperate.
] ^ startling; to recollect sud-
denly.
1^ I to bntt, to run <it each
other, as rams.
] 3li to insult; to sin wilfully.
] \[\ ^ ^ ^'•'^st, herculean
strength.
^ ] ^ the oxen are butting ;
also a[)plied to fellows fighting.
] ^ '^ to suddenly meet a
chance, — as for solving a
doubt.
] @ ^>ij* interesting and sLart-
ling, as a style or a nairative.
^ i!^ ] ^ the ram rushed
against the fence, — and was
caught by his horns.
1 W, ^1 "01' ^" single out ono
idea, and bring out — its bear-
ings and results.
] ■^:, '^ ii^ the circumstances
excited his feelings, — as of
joy or sorrow.
] ^ ^ ^ when he attacked
[a subject,] he mastered it.
] ^ to take cold.
] ^ a waistband used by ancient
princesses.
^\h Choked with anger ; violent
35j/\) from raging passion ; a man's
^c/i^u name.
] ^ filled with wrath.
;ij^ ] ^ a region beyond sea, to
which Chwen-hiuh's son was
appointed.
Read ''ts'an. A dish or platter on
which square pieces of sweet flag
were anciently served as a relish.
1^ ] a dish of sweet flag.
^ From straight thrice repeated.
[) Rising above others like an
jC/i'« overtopping tree ; lofty as
a peak ; luxuriant growth ;
straight and upright ; to stand or
set upright, as a pole.
] ^ ^ M upright, without any
deception.
^7^ llj ] 1 t^e lofty hills rising
like galleries.
iS 1 1 fi^ ^''^'■y straight like a
flag-staff.
From door and three men inside;
it i.'3 considered to be a Budhistic
form of c./uDi;/'^ a multitude.
A cix)wd standing in the
doorway.
] 1^ or pfif ] , or ptif ] ^
a fabulous Budha, called .4 /r/10-
h/i^a or ^ nil 1^ the motion-
less, or impassive Budha ; it is
also defined as the kingdom of
joy {ab/m^ati), where this Budha
dwelt; and a numerical term
equal to one followed by seven-
teen cyphers.
— ~*^ The step with the right foot;
J 3 ;f ] first the left, then the
cA'ci' right foot; this makes j/«?j^
^ to walk ; in these three
characters there is an en-
deavor to depict the appear-
ance of walking.
.cli'u
n
100
CHUI.
CHUI.
CHUI.
Old sounds, ti, tui, tut, tup, di and
chui, tui, cho^, Bui and
in
>^ From to go and awiound of earth.
f!l^ To follow 'after, to pursue;
chui to expel ; to escort ; to come
up with, to overtake; to trace
out, to follow to its source ; to
advert, to ; to sue for ; to reflect
on, to look back on; retrospective;
a wild ancient tribe.
] ^ to chase, to try to overtake.
1 Pj "^1 ]^ ^^ catch up with.
] ffe ^ hurry liim back;
run and call him back.
1 /fi Jlj I could not catch him.
] ^ to feel remoi-se.
^ ] a close chase.
»^ 1^ ] j^ carefully attend to
those gone, and follow departed
— ancestors.
1 ^ to obtain posthumous honors
for one's parents.
1 ^ ^^ reflect on.
] ^^ to lay the blame on others.
1 M "^ 1 M ^^ ^^^ ^°^ *^®^''-
^ /f> 1 HI the money cannot be
recovered.
^ 1 ^ ^ 1^6 t^^ evidenced
his inherited filial duty.
^ ^ to sift to the bottom.
/p ] H^ let it drop; it need not
be again spken of.
^ :^ ® nj 1 future [evils] may
perhaps be averted.
1 iS 'S ^^ recall past days.
] £a soldiers in pursuit.
Read Jut. To engrave; a graver.
] 3^5 ^ ^ to engrave and carve
the ornaments.
In Canton, chui and ch'ui; — in Swatow, tui, chui and chne; — in Amoy,
dut.
twat ; — in Fuhchau, twi, tui, chw6k, toi, chwoi, chw'i, and ch'oi ; —
Shanghai, tsS, dziie, and tso" ; — in Chifu, taei.
1 ^ T> ^ it ^ to stick a
cM
Also roatl ,tut.
^iQ Flour cakes or dumplings;
chui soft and sticky ; adhesive ;
to .adiiere ; in which sense it
is used in Kiangsn. ^ ] ^
it will not stick, as glue.
chui
The original form rudely repre-
sents the short tail feathers of
some birds; but must not be con-
founded with fkia ^ excel-
lent ; it now only serves as the
172d radical of characters re-
lating mostly to birds.
Short tailed birds, as pigeons,
■ fowls, sparrows, &c.
U ;a ^ 1 the doves fly
round and round.
Read Jsui The wind waving
the groves,
tfj If^ -i ^ I the wild woods
dread the temj)est.
Used for the last.
A pigeon or turtle, noted for
its filial, gentle temper ; also
called b^ I or j^ 1^, and
many other names.
fp ] the snipe.
The character pflp is sometimes
used for this as another form.
.chu
An awl, a borer, a sharp
pointed tool ; the apex or
tip ; to bore, to pierce ; a trifle ;
unimportant.
^ ] a Chinese pencil.
^ ] -^ a mere penman ; a
copyist, a hair-awl, one useful
only to wield a pencil.
^ J3 ^ 1 '^'^y Jo"ger use the
pencil? — the sword is better;
a saying of Pan Ch'ao, who
became a great general.
1 7J -i ^ •''" ^^^'^ ^'P» * ''""^
matter, a trifle-
^ i^ jt 1 "ot even a spot to
stick an awl in ; no land, not
a f(Kjt of real estate ; miserably
poor.
] ^ the point of a weapon.
] ?L '"■ 1 n^ ^i to bore a hole.
1 ^ 'T* ^il '''•^ ^^^^ wont go in.
1 'J^ X '" ''■''■'' slioe-soles.
chui
bullock is not equal to giving a
cock or a pig; — referring to the
one being offered to deceased,
the other to living parents.
1 $4 Ix ^e pierced his thigh
with an awl ; said of Su Tsin,
a diligent student of old.
1 i^' i^ ^'^^ '"^^^^ placed in the
bag — cannot be kept down,
but will work itself out ; — a
genius cannot be repressed.
From rat and r.wl contracted,
referring to its habit of boring
and gnawing.
The common rat or moiise
was formerly called ^chui
in Honan, and the name is
retained in books.
A black horse with white
and dark gray s^wt*
,^ ] J|| a dark gray spotted
horse, the charger of Hiang
Yu ^ ^ of Tsin, n.c. 220.
^ 1 ^ |i there were gray and
white spotted, with white and
yellow spotted horses.
^ ] jS, a yellowish kind of carp.
From hand and to hang doxcn;
sometimes used for jc/i'ui ^jg
to beat, and for the next.
To beat with a staff"; to cud-
gel ; to torture by beating.
I ^\% to beat a criminal.
I ^ the bit of a bridle.
P'rom ivood and to hanff doron ;
similar to ich'ui f|K A mallet.
A cudgel, a club, a stick ; to
l)eat : to extort a confession
by beating.
^ ^ ~f in the agonies of
tori II re.
fChui
^ch^ui
ch^ui
Read Vo. Trees and shrubs
gr()wiii„' exuberantly.
CHUL
CHUI.
CHUL
101
(,^^^ From hamboo and hanging down.
-^& Drooping bamboos ; joints of
^c/tui the bamboo ; a riding switch ;
to punish with the bamboo, as
in a yamun ] to flog.
^ I to bamboo.
^^ ] to whip and beat.
".^ To press things down, as with
stones ; to add weights on
chui ' a thing ; to pound ; to ram
doAvn ; to make a thing sag ;
sagged, loaded ; hanging down.
] ^ }iX ^ keep it down with a
stone.
^^ ] a steelyard weight — is
sometimes so written.
^ Jp ] a stone weight to press
thinsfs down.
I
From silk and to connect
also read choh^.
it IS
To baste or sew together ; to
connect ; to carry on ; to put
a stop to ; mixed ; variegated.
] ^ to mend or sew clothes ; also,
to oversee the robes of state ; a
kind of audience marquee of the
ancient emperors.
^ ] to sew a rip, to mend and
patch.
] J5j^ small flags or pendants hang-
ing on a large flag.
^ iiil ] \^ propriety leads one to
stop irregularities.
] ] ^ on good terms with ; no
estrangement.
] ^ li^t^ ^^ connect them by
sacriflces.
S|!J ] to add surroundings, as
when taking a photograph.
> From silk and to pursue.
.. A cord J to let down, as by
pend by a rope.
1 T^ ^K ^^^ ^^ down into the water.
"^ \ HU tB ^^ ^^^ ^^^ down by
night and got away.
I ;^ to let down over the wall, as
a letter.
t|?|^ ^ A swelling of the foot, as from
/j^iw, rheumatism, or having been
chui'' cramped, or from wet.
t^^
Mournful, sorrowing ; the
moan of grief ; in great straits.
chup ] f^ embarrassed, anxious.
1 1 ^ m ^^^ looked so ter-
rified and sad to behold.
'^ 5 T From earth and falling ; the
second form is oftener read tui^.
^) \ Grand, extravagant, waste-
ful ; to settle down, to fall
chuf ^^ itself; to slide, as earth ;
to sink, as into hell ; to tmn-
ble into ruins ; to crumble,
to topple ; pendents, as from a fan
or a chatelain.
1 ^ °^ 1 T '^^ ^^^^ down ; it slid
ofi^.
] jig to sink to the bottom.
^ ] troublesome, unmanageable ;
difficult to arrange.
] ^^ a falling of the womb; a
miscarriage.
# P ^ >if^ j it is the skillftd
riders who get the falls; met.
presumptuous confidence.
] 5j)^ it all fell down, as from too
great a strain.
^ ] Ij/k \'^ [their designs] have
not yet collapsed.
In FuhclMu. To mark a price
on ; at, after.
^H^^) From a pearl and to place.
S^ To pledge, to pawn ; hanging
c/nn Qj-,^ connected with ; a wen,
an excrescence ; a useless
appendage ; a parasite ; tautology,
repetition ; unsuitable, irrelevant ;
to obtain.
jf{ 1 to go from a father's to a
father-in-law's house to live be-
fore marrying his daughter.
1 ^ a son-in-law who lives with
his wife's parents.
■M 1 *^^' A. 1 to go and live at
the house of a wife's father.
f^ I to act improperly.
^ ] reiterated, verbose.
^ ] tiresome talk.
] 1^ I am mortified with your
importunity.
1 In or ] -g reiteration, verbiage.
:g ] or 1 ^ or 1 ;^ a post-
script ; to add a postscript.
,cA wf
Old sounds, t'i, t'ui, t'ut, di, dui, dup. In Canton, ch'ui and shui ; — in Swatoio, t'ui, ch'ui, ch'ue, and sui ; —
in Amoy, ch'ui, t'ui, and sui ; — in Fuhchau, t'ui, sui, t'oi, and chw'i ; in Shanghai, ts'z', dzue,
and tso ; — in CM/u, ts'ei.
From mouth or key and to
gape; the second form is anti-
quated ; interchanged with the
next.
To blow, as by the breath
or wind ; to play on wind
instruments ; to puff" ; to
breathe, as fishes do ; to speak in
praise of, to puff" up; a puff", a
blast, a gust.
] H^ to flatter, to magnify unduly.
1 '^ a sumpitan'; a pitchpipe,
W. 1 a blow-pipe.
] M to extinguish, to blow out; as
1 Wl ^'^^^ *^^t the lamp.
1 -j^ to blow water into meat, as
butchers sometimes do ; to brag,
to draw a long bow.
1 P§' "? to Avhistle ; whistling.
102
CHUI.
^'L
1 M ^ "fj (.^^ ^^^ ^] *° ^''°^
away the dust.
] ^ ^ Jfg [why] blow aside the
fur to find the scar? — nobody
is perfect.
] ^ injured ; — as by ] j®, the
wind blowing on one.
] ^ blown to tatters, as a flag
by the wind.
M 1 M ^ the wind raises the
waves high.
1 ] ^T ^T *^^® clangor of in-
struments ; great huzzas and re-
joicings.
1 R^ "ffe to recommend another.
Read ch^m\ The wind; the
noise of drums.
I Pg jjlaying and singing.
^ ] i)racticing on the drums.
^ I the drums sounding, a band.
Used for the last.
To dress food ; to cook, espe-
*'"' cially by steam uig.
j 0g to cook or steam rice,
j^ j a very early meaJ.
] ^ a boiler, a shallow kettle.
^ 1 °^ "6" 1 t^^c manes of a
raotlier.
] ^ at Peldng^ to bake cakes.
Two streams ruaning from one
fountain.
M
^chUii This character is now obso-
lete, but at Amoy its sound
is retained in the colloquial
word for water, for which
tJC is written.
From earth below prnilmt
leaves, which the second form
represents.
,cUui
To suspend, to hang down ;
to drop, to let fall, as the
hands; to hand down, as
from olden time ; to reach
to tlic future ; to make known ; lo
regard, to condescend to inferiors ;
to bow ; nearly, presently, almost,
near to in place; approacliing i:i
time ; suspended ; reaching lo ; a
botmdary, for which the next is
W
properest ; a lodge or station for a
guard near the hall ; aii ancient
place in Tsi (now northeni Shan-
trmg.) and one in Honan.
] ~|» ^ let it hang as a tassel.
] ^ Ifn ^ drop the hands and
get it ; — to ac(iHirc a thing
easily.
^ I f^ -jit his name will reach
to future ages.
1 SR "^' ] ^ t<* regard kindly ;
a condescending interest in.
1 ^ becoming old.
1 Ji tft f^S ^^' make one's ex- ;
ample fell long after. |
5c 1 M ^ lieaven sends down
rain and dew. '
] i^ '" great danger ; immi- i
neiit.
] 5^ to liai>g down the head
I <||il^ your kind compassion.
I 'fil to pity, to frel for.
j Z^. your great favor ; the Em-
peror's bouTity.
] ^.HiJ ^Tfl^- ^hey let fall
their roU's and fJilded their
hands, and the enijnre was go-
verned; said of Yao and Shun's
wise sway.
|^f% A frontier, a Ixiundary, the
(| ^tT line between two countries; '
^cl^ui a dangerous place, like the
edge of a cliff. i
^ ] the froiitier, the Iwnler.
j^ ] the remote marches.
1 ^ dispatches from the frontier,
This is often used with the next,
but not rightly.
jCA'y/i A hammer ; a mallet, a club
or thing beat with ; to ham-
nter ; to j)ound.
^y ^ ] a sledge-hammer.
^ jll 1 " melon hammers," gfilded
balls c"arried in processions.
— • ^ ^ ] a pair of brass maces,
/fj I ^ don't beat me.
SH ] Wi l^lc $& the iron hammer
meets the iron anvil ; met. two
fierce bullies fijrhtinc:.
CHUI.
Read ^tui. To work gems.
From metal and to hang down ;
( l^f* '"^'■changed with the last ; some
-•^7^ regard them as identical.
iC/l lit
An ancient weight of twelve
lidjiff, or about a |x)imd avoir-
duj>ois ; the weight on a steelyard
or in a clock; heavy; a forging
hammer.
^i|j ] or ^ ] tlie poise or weight
on a steelyard.
^ I the weight on a money
yard.
1 ^ ^o work out wrought iron, as
on an anvil.
Interchanged with the l.ist and
next ; the first also means to
reject.
A wooden mallet, a Iwetle ;
a Itlugdeon, a l)eater, a
club; to beat, to pommel,
to kn(K'k ; a frame for silk-
worms to wind their cocoons on.
] '^^ to tlrum with a ^ ] or
drumstick.
ffj- ] a nndler.
^ ;{;§ ] a [)ile-hammer.
JH ] a triturating pestle, such as
ai)othecaries use ; a term for
large fingers.
I'sed for the last ; and {or ^chui
jm to strike.
m
^rlt^ui
^vJt iti
To beat, as a bell ; to strike
with the fist, to pommel; to
throw at or .iway.
1 IS t ^ ^o discard kindness
and right.
] ^ to cast stones at.
] ^ to shampoo ; to knead the
back.
— * 1 ^T M kncK'ked him down
with a lilow of his fist.
] 4T ~^ "l^ ff^^ ^' ^"'" ^ thump,
hit him a settler. {Pekrur/ese.)
] ^ blockhead like, stupid.
anil beat the bed ; met. so an-
xious as to be unable to sleep.
1 |fej iSn JS, *'0 pound the breast
and stamp — in anger.
CHUL
M ] %^ M gi^e a good beat-
ing to the disobetlient — boy.
1 ^ ^ yI to beat out gold-leaf.
Heavy.
Eead shut', and also written
^ . The name of a man,
otherwise known as jfc "p, ^
clever maker of arrows in the
time of Shun, who appointed
him to be minister of works.
I
(<Jiui
The large warts or splints on
a horse's leg; a thick indura-
ted scar ; the buttocks ; the
spur or hallux on a cock.
M> ^ii^it;iit name of Fuh-slian
bien ^g (Jj ]|j^ in Tang-cbeu fu
CHUJ.
on Shantung promontory, estab-
lished by Ts'in Chi Hwang-ti.
The front tresses of a maiden
which are parted on the fore-
head, and fall down the tem-
ples, called ^1] ^ ^ or
the cold-brushed hair.
^ ^ ;?; f# 1 M when
the ringed and lofty coiffure has
once been arranged, she cannot
again let her tresses fall ; i. e. a
girl once married is fixed for life.
The wind blowing things
over nearly to the ground.
... f^ ^ E ] the pliable
wUlow bends to the blast.
chuP
CHUN. 103
From bone and to pursue.
A projecting forehead.
J^ I the vertebrae on the
neck ; others say, those on
the back.
Also read (chtcen.
To dig and search for ore;
to dig a hole in which to
secrete things; noise of a
mouse.
From /p stone and ^ to /all
contracted ; also read shuk).
To fall of itself, to come to
the earth ; to crash down.
M 1 Jfe a star, or meteoric
stone, fell to the earth.
Old sounds, tan, ton, dan and don. In Canton, chun ; — in Swatow, cliun and tun ; — in Amoy, tnn and chun ; —
in Fuhchau, tung ; — in Shanghai, tsang ; — in Chifu, tsnn.
To incidcate, to teach care-
fully, to impress on one ; to
reiterate and enjoin ; care-
fully, earnestly, really,
1 1 f^.^^t^ dit^ Heaven
thus impress its commands —
on Shun ?
PJ [^ ] ^ to repeat and reiterate
one's orders.
] j"^ mutual hatred.
1 ] ^-f ^^ M to pray for rain
with earnest supplications.
I§ f^ 1 1 I taught you with un-
wearied care.
.chun
,chun
Incoherent babble, never end-
ing nonsensical talk.
] ] maundering, driveling.
Eead fun\ Discontented,
grumbling; the feelings re-
strained by fear.
From cave and to sprout.
To inter -with respect.
] ^ to lay a coffin away
,chun
for the long night, i. e. to
bury.
I "^ ^^^ ^ douceur sent
to help in a funeral.
The cheek-bones ; flesh dried
for winter's use; the flesh
under the cMn; a meat
dumpling; occurs used for
tini' »j'||[ honest, earnest.
1 ] ^ ^ his benevolence was
undoubted.
1 |)^ trustworthy, earnest in do-
ing.
% I ^g the offids of a bird.
>-!*■ Also read (^fun, and used with
^JL^ <^'«« ^S difficult.
^chun Unable to progress ; hard to
get on.
'^ 5® 1 5^ always bafiled in life,
never reaching one's aims.
yfi^T* ^™^5 unmixed, simple or
c y^\ uniform ; right.
,c7mn
^ ^n-jt From / ice and ^ excellent ;
y 1-4^ originally the same as the next,
c J but now usually distinguished,
'^ "'* though often interchanged.
To permit; to approve; to
allow, to grant one ; to decide ; to
answer, as a petition ; in official
papers, to acknowledge, to receive,
as a dispatch ; on or upon, as a day.
] T^\ to gi'ant the plea or de-
murrer.
^ ] the petition is granted.
1 f^ to prepare for.
I fj to permit to be done ; to con-
firui a decision.
] ^ -f" Q to get permission for
ten days.
] ig to set a day.
^ 1 the case has been decided.
] jj{^ and ^ ] received — rejected ;
allowed — dismissed ; come to
hand — not received.
"M I ;^ A M '# ^^^en I pre-
viously received your Excel-
lency's dispatch.
104
CHUN.
q;uun.
CHUN.
^ I pass by, wink at; condone,
as sins.
^ '^ 1 5i 6^ not at all certain ;
not sure ; undecided.
g I We grant the request.
I ^ his memorial is granted.
] -^ to rely upon ; a certain or
definite promise.
C Jt##» From water and a harrier hawk ;
used with the last.
*chun To equalize, to adjust; to
level, to measure; that by
which things are made even ; a rule,
a guage, a plumb-line, a water-level ;
a thing to mark time ; exact, true,
as a watch ; even, just.
I glj a rule, a mode ; a right way.
I 1^ a marking line.
1 ^ ^ regulator, as a dial ; a fixed
mode.
] fl^ E'J *^^® proper time has come.
$i\ JlJ ] he hit the target.
\ Vx ^ "J^ how much will you
take oft? — i.e. make an offset
and settle the account
1 ^ ] RS ^ **■ exact or not ? as
the running of a watch.
— ] ^ perfectly so ; true every
way, as a plan or machine.
^ j ^ 1^ tt) compare (or equa-
lize) the items, and settle the
account.
^ ] to exactly leani — his haunts
gjll ] to look carefully,
jgfc ^ 1 "J* it will then be fixed.
^ ] to follow the measure or rule.
JJ. 1 or ] 5^ end of the nose.
^ ] a big or Komau nose, which
Europeans are said to always
have.
*^Xja A target, a mark ; a mound,
X"^^ a pile of earth ; a
'chun place for archery.
park
A bundle of straw ; grass or
hay tied in faggots.
chuii*
Old sounds, fan, t'on, dan. In Canton, ch'uu ; — in Swatow, ch'un ; — in Amoy, ch*un and t*an ; —
in Fuhchau, ch'ung ; — in Shanghai, to'&ng ; — in Chi/u, ts'an.
chun
year,
The original form represent* P
the sun under ^ plants contract-
ed, denoting the quickening ef-
fects of the sun.
Spring, the begiiuiing of the
when all nature is excited;
vernal; wanton, lustful; obscene:
joyous, glad; prosperity; return to
health ; to rejuvenate ; met. times,
periods; budding, starting; wine,
liquor.
Jffi 1 new spring ; i,e. a new year.
1 ^ the vernal equinox, — the
4th of the 24 terms. ■
% 1 gouig out to meet the spring
by officials, accompanied by a ]
it clay ox, bonie by men who
afterwards break it in pieces.
1 ^ cheering, delightsome, as a
view or a gay procession.
1 f^ ^ springs and autumns
eminent ; i.e. advanced in years,
about sixty.
^ ] the spring-time — of life, is
applied to youths under twenty.
i^ ^ HI 1 he can reprieve one
from all diseases.
^ P I j^ mouth filled with the
venial breeze ; i.e. persuasive in
speech.
H 1 ^ W^^^ bright green wil-
low in spring.
] J J^ the first moon.
>J* p^ ] the tenth moon.
g| ^' ] ^ how old are you ?
] ^ M tIj ^ ^^^^^ expect you to
be at ray spring feast.
1 i6 or 1 ^ lewd thoughts,
lustfid desires.
From wood and spring ; not the
same as ftihwamj 1^ a post.
A long-lived tree, and hence
a symbol of a father; in
northern China, the ^ ] denotes
the Cedrela odoratct, and ^ | the
AiUmtus glandulo^a ; silkworms feed
on them, and the fragrant leaf-buds
of the former are cooked for greens.
^ 1 or 1 ^ your father.
] ^ 3fe X^ ™*y y°^ parents
both be vigorous.
^ ] jjc ^ your respected father
keeps his vigor well.
^c/i'mh
Both these are regarded as sy-
nonymous with the last hy some
authors; the second form Is least
used.
dcun
A kind of tree like the su-
mac {Rhus) or Aiiffia, pro-
ducing a varnish or giuu ;
the wood is used for musical in-
struments ; the seeds are black and
grow in a cyme; leaves turn red
after frost ; its common name is ff
j^ I'M ^^^^ varnish tree, to which
cliiss of plants (the Anacardiacce)
it probably belongs.
A salt water fish, with cirri,
called ] -^ and ^ )^ at
^ch^un Amoy, probably a si>ecies of
mullet; at Canton, the ]
■ffi is a sort of roach or Leu-
<m
m
.cUun
Also written |^ "i ^^^ books.
A hearse used by great men
in old times ; the |[| ] had
dragons painted on it ; a kind
of mud shoe on which to slide
over the ooze.
CHUN.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
105
! ^ I a mud sledge or scow to
get across mud flats.
An unauthorized, ideographic
character composed of ^ Jiesk,
^ not, and ^ perfected ; it is
sometimes written ^5 as a
synonym.
In Cantonese. Tlie eggs of
crabs, the roe of fish, or bird's
j"^ ] " thunder-lord's eggs," are
aerolites; others say, truffles.
\ I hen's eggs.
From insects and spring.
To crawl, to wriggle like
c/i un worms ; to move, to rise up
against just rule; stupid, fool-
ish ; uncompliant, doltish, lump-
ish ; rude, contrary.
] ^ inapt, foolish.
I ||& ^ ^ to stir up evil, to act
insubordiiiately.
^ ] silly-looking.
] ii| doltish, dull, inapt,
j^ ] or ] ^ heedless, unwise,
headstrong.
'cUun
c/vun
^ch^un
Corpulent, fat.
Yrorafoot and spring.
Blended, mixed, as colors.
1 i^ obstinate, self-willed ;
mistaken and perverse.
Froin man and spring.
Eich ; one m the enjoyment
of life.
I )^ substantial, well-off.
Old sounds^ tong, dong, and t'ong. In Canton, chmig and ch'ung ; — in Sioatoio, tong, chong, teng, anc? cheng ;
tiong and chi6ng ; — in Fuhchau, teiing, tiing, t'ung, chiing, cheung, and ch'ung ; —
in Shanghai, tsung and dzung .; — f?j Chifu, ts'ung.
in Amoy,
^
Composed of P mouth to repre-
_ sent a square, with a passage
, through it to connect the sides.
^cnung °
The middle, the center ; the
heart or core of, in the middle of;
half; within, in; inner; medium
in size or quality ; to accomplish,
to fill ; to estimate a quantity ;
complete, exact, undeviatmg.
^ I ^ useless, ineflScient, effete,
uuserxiceable ; often remarked
by people of themselves.
^ I ;^ there are such ; more are
to be had.
] ^ middle aged.
I ^^ halfway, incomplete; as ]
?^ W ^ died before he had
completed it.
1 ^ between, inside, among.
] J£ m the center ; indifferent to.
I ^ A i>i' common, mediocre,
he has only ordinary abilities.
^ ] in the midst ; while going
on.
] ^ the center or heart of;
1^ ] in my mind.
1 5c ^ ^ ^^® noontide of pros-
perity had then come.
^ I the viscera, the vital organs.
\ \ or \ ^ \ sea arbitrator
or umpire ; an agent ; a days-
man ; an intercessor.
j;; ] and "^ ] terms for goods ;
superior-middling and inferior-
middling ; better than ordinary,
and worse than ordinary.
I ] % 6^ rather ordinary, not
the best.
1 ^ ^ -^ ^ J guess that there
are twenty peculs.
] j'I'l ancient name for Honan.
I [I] an old name for Lewchew.
1 ^ a name of Peking, used by
the Mongols.
] 1 or ] ^, or 1 ±, or 1
JS China, the Middle Kingdom ;
the first is also used by met. for
the Government, the power or
the people of China.
I ^\i native and foreign ; China
and other countries ; at home
and abroad.
I J^ the exact medium or Doc-
trine of the Mean ; name of the
Classic by Tsz'-sz' -^ ,^,, who
, was the grandson of Confucius.
Read cJiung'* To hit the center ;
struck by, as a fit ; to attain, to
accomplish ; fit, suitable.
I j@ to get drunk; affected or
giddy from liquor.
] ^ to catch cold.
] ^ a sun-stroke.
] -^ is fitly done; all right;
it meets the exigency.
] ^ ;i^ it suits me ; it is what I
wanted ; it is my wish.
^ ] to reach the high degrees,
as 1 ^ ^ to become a Han-
lin.
] ^ :^ unattainable.
] B. ^ |p struck with a paraly-
sis.
in \ ^^ ^ 1 to giiess aright.
^ ] guessed [the weight or size]
correctly.
] j^ hit by a bullet.
^ ] "J* approved (or guessed) at
a glance.
I !"•{• to make a lucky hit ; to
succeed in a plan ; to be taken
in or deceived.
1 #. ^^ 1 E I ^ave been de-
luded, he has fooled me.
14
lOG
CHUNG.
CIIUXG.
CHUNG.
From heart and center.
Loyal, patriotic, faithful ; de-
voted, sincere ; attached to ;
Bcdate ; to maintain one's in-
tegrity ; unselfish, Irouest,
earnest; upright
p a loyal, devoted minister.
^J_ faithful to the last.
JP^ to be depended oa
^ faithful and upright
B^ 7^ B- ^'"^cre reproofs grate
on the ear.
it ^ Sit J"OHt faitliful and
true ; an unchanguig regard,
i *£• 1 ^ ^ recall his entire
devotion.
Inner garmenls, ivhich the
c>^f^ character indicates ; nndcr-
^churtg clothes ; the center ; the heart
or mind ; rectitude, a right
moral nature ; goodness, sincerity ;
equity, a fair, just judgment, a
full knowledge of, conversant with.
/f^ ] insincere.
Il^ /C ^ 1 inflexibly upright ;
just
"b" '^ I^ ] yo"^ words are de-
ceptive.
] "l^ the mind ; to bear in mind ;
to cherish.
Jjf ] to distinguish justly ; to
weigh opinions.
^±^f r# ] rfi^ the High
Shangti lias conferred a discri-
minating heart on mankind.
1 Si ^ ?! thoughts which arise ;
the train of thought.
^ ] accommodating, friendly;
amicable.
1 3§ or ] 'If the feelings.
m^ ] a desire or intention of bene-
fit ins: one.
From silk
phonetic
and tctnter as the
The end of a cocoon or ball
of silk ; the end, the termina-
tion ; a finis ; a euphemism for
death; to the last, all of; the utmost,
extreme ; to end one's days ; met
dead, the deceased ; a cycle of
twelve years ; a space of a thousand
square // / before a negati\e, it is
equivalent to never ; as ^ j J^
"1^' ^ it never snowed at all.
1 ^ »ot at all, none of, not the
least.
] ^Jj ^ ^ he paid not the least
heed to it
] D^ o'" I ^ t^*e whole day.
] ^ ^ ||i] during the time of a
meal, an hour* s time.
4^ ] the end of the year.
■^ ] the beginning and end,
first and Ia.st.
1 jh t" ""^"P lialfvvay, not to
complete Jin undertaking.
] ^ ^^ tlio great affair of
life, — usually refers to marriage.
I "jtj- thiou<2h all ages; forever.
P^ I near his end.
^ ] the end of one's days.
] ^ it is absolutely necessary ;
I nuist have it.
1 fk M 'Sk^^^ t^^ to change
one's nature.
^ — W ] faithful to one [hus-
band] to the last
^ ] a hajjpy death — is one of
the five happinessea
^ I ^'c ^ to follfil one's natural
life.
IDC if 7 1 tbey have disagreed
at last ; again have fallen out.
"^ ] to render the last dues to
the dead, refers to a filial pre-
paration for a parent's funeral.
>^^ A long-headed green grass-
f tt>j^ hopper, the | ^ or Truaxilis,
^chung callcfl 5j^ tIv Jj at Canton,
and ^ ffiPl fL. •'^t Nanking.
\ ^ \ti ^ may you children
be numerous as the grasshop-
j:)ers.
^3^j| To scrape things ; to oppose.
f P J 'fS 1 to fight and quarrel,
^chung to injure each other.
In Puhchau. To kill ; to be-
head, to execute.
] ^ to kill a thief
] Bn to decapitate.
A,
rJiung
The second form is unused.
An agitated, quick manner,
resulting from awe or fear.
fiE ] restless, nervous,
fidgetty ; explained aa net
knowing what to do with
the hands and feet
iK^ Like the last The
c \X^ agitated with alarm.
iChung ^ ^ ji | you should
impressed and startled.
mind
be
An ancient measure, equal
to four ^ or pecks ; Olivers
^clmng say 34 ^, and others again
to ten 'fu |£ or G40 gills; a
small cup ; to bring together ; to
bestow, to confer ; gifted, endowtvi
with, .08 a talent J heavy ; weeping;
to reixjat ; name of a small ancier.t
state in the present Sii-cheu fu in
the northwest of Kiangsu.
jg I a wine goblet
] f^ ardent feeling, warm affec-
tions.
^|[ I imbecile, childish.
"f* ] 1^ 0^ ho drained a thousand
cups in a tlash.
§^ ] a kind of ancient lute.
^ I ^ whom I love best; a
dearly beloved.
1 ^ lit II » genius ; one gifted
with varied talents, hko a pro-
phet or sage ; ] |S is also the
luck of a grave, the distinguish-
mg favor of heaven to a country
or spot.
MFrom metal and lad.
A bell with a flaring mouth,
^chung generally without a tongue,
and struck with a mallet ; a
clock ; things hollow or sonorous
are often so called.
^J I or j|j^ ] to strike or ring
a bell.
I ^ § J a watchmaker's shop.
I ^ « Hi!} the clock has struck
one.
^ ^ ] a clock ; usually denotes
one that strikes the hours.
I j^ a belfry.
CHUNG.
J 1 -^ to ring a hand-bell.
I /fC 1 to knock a wooden bell;
— to intrust business to a fool ;
to be disappointed ; to demand
extortionate prices or gratuity.
I ^ ] the bell that sounds
through hades; it is struck thrice
hourly for a year to drive away
demons.
A sort of rodent found in
western China, marked with
^dniui/ spots like a leopard, and
large as one's fist ; it may be
an animal allied to the Jupuia or
banxring of Java.
>j >tV^ From foot and child ; it is also
iP^B read ch^unc/^.
^chung To walk in a staggering
way, head downwards, as if
fault or tipsy ; a shambling, mi-
certam gait ; a toddling walk ; to
faint and halt as one goes, like a
paralytic.
I "^ ;;jc to fall into the water.
1 T ^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^*
ff^iL I to go along stagger-
ing and nodding.
^^^ Composed of '^ to inclose and
P^ ^^ a j)i(j tied, as the primitive ;
'^^^l,,| this character is very often writ-
ten like ^viunr/ ^. dull, hut the
dictionaries distinguish them.
. A tumulus or barrow, made
high, as if it inclosed some-
thing, for which the next is now
used 5 the peak of a hill ; eminent,
great; honorable; first.
1 ^ a high statesman ; the
premier, the president of the
Board of Civil Office.
1 -J^ a mound or earth-altar on
which to worship the powers of
earth, or Ceres.
] -Hp the eldest son ; originally
confined to a prince's heir.
] ;g' an old term for a sovereign,
jjj ] i^ jj§ the crags on the hill-
t(jps caTue crashing down.
1 ;[i^j a stone erected to mark the
limits of a grave or land.
'■chmuj
CHUNG.
Interchanged with the last, and
made to restrict its meaning.
A sepulcher, a tomb ; a bar-
row or momid, such as cover
graves.
^ ] an abandoned grave, at
which no one worships.
\^ ] to rifle graves.
^ ] to dig a grave and prepare
the tomlj.
^ ] a public •cemetery, which is
open to all applicants.
0^ ] a \'aulted tomb, one that
can be entered ; it is made by
some families to retain > their
coffins till lucky times.
i^ 1 <^^' 1 ^ ^ sepulcher; a
burying-ground.
^ I to ram down the earth solid
in the bottom of a grave.
^11^^ the old barrows are
just like a row of hills.
A small hill shaped like a tu-
nuilus over a grave ; the last
'■chung is sometimes wrongly writ-
ten in this way.
^iP^^T ^^^^ flamhig up brightly ; to
p Sp'^ kindle.
'■chawj ^ \ a coal to start the
tire.
From disease and heavy ; it is
like the next.
'■chung A swelled leg ; a dropsical
disease of the legs.
Yrom flesh and heavy ; the se-
cond is like the last ; and also
denotes a swelling of the legs
arising frorti damp.
To swell, to tumefy ; a
boil, a swelling ; inflated,
swollen; boastful ; the galls
or protuberances on trees,
to swell up.
pufly, dropsical,
a dropsical swelling.
1 1^ a bruise, a contusion.
1 j|li ^ M swollen up and turned
black and blue.
I ^ swollen and painful.
CHUNG.
107
"1
'■chtuuj
^chuvg
%
Also read chung*.
Careless, reckless.
Ill 1 '^ever finishing any-
thing, without foresight, heed-
less ; — this phrase is written
in many ways.
'From foot or to stop and heavy;
the second form is unusual.
The heel ; to follow at one's
heels ; to imitate, to do after
another ; to act in the same
way ; to rule as a prece-
dent ; to reach ; to visit.
I -^ ^ reached your country.
1 P^ to go to his door — on a
visit.
] 3^ to follow one's steps or in-
structions.
^ 1 W ^ they came on unin-
terruptedly ; arriving succes-
sively.
1 1^ j^ ^ in doing it he excel-
led the other in pomp (or brag).
From rjrain and heavy.
A seed, a germ, a kernel;
chimg j^j^gj. -which produces its se-
cond or double ; a sort, a
class, a kind ; to select or use, as
seed ; ancient name of a small state
near Tibet.
I ^ a kind, a description; a
class,
\^ \ to sow seed ; such as ^ |
grain, seed corn, rice or wheat.
^T 1 to beget, to sire, as animals.
jg ] to leave heirs or issue.
^ 1^ ^ I he gave the people
the best grains.
11^^ everything went
wrong ; but ] j also means
short hair and careful.
<^ I to propagate a kind, as
fruit ; to introduce a sort else-
where ; to transmit by descent.
^H ] mixed kinds ; illegitimate,
in which sense it is used in re-
proach ; a bastard.
1^ I the source of misfortune and
sorrow.
108
CHUXG.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
Read chung^ To sow or plant
seeds; to cultivate, to raise; to
propagate; to spread abroad; to
beget
1 ^ to raise yegetables.
I ^ to bequeath happiness, i*. c.
to be a source of prosperity to
one's descendants.
] iftS t^ ^^ ^^^^ trees.
;?^ ] to disserauxate, as doctrines,
vaccine virus, which is used
to ] 5^ vaccinate with ; also
called 1 :ft 5i ^'^ Peking.
^'
chung^
Some »8y it is composetl of "X"
inclosing f^ east ns a phonetic,
and explain it timt man is the
aK>st important thing in tlie earth.
I leavy, weiglity ; the opposite
of 1^ light ; trifling j momentous ;
severe, heinous ; decorous, grave ;
secluded, or jKicuharly appropriated
to government or imperial use ; to
regard as cUfhcult, to consider .as
important ; to honor, to give weight
to ; very ; a sign of the compara-
tive; crowded, near together.
I ^ •j^ to elevate the social rela-
tions.
] ^ an aggravated offence,
g ] to thhik much of one's self,
self-respect.
1 ^ grave, important*
1 jfj still better ; "^ ] heavier.
] ^ to beat severely.
1 ^ an important post, a respon-
sible office held by | |5 a high
minister.
"^ I a chaste woman,
jy ] .^ ^ he therefore honored
that state.
3 I are three imiwrtant things
in goveniment, n'*. ^ |§ settle
the rites, -^J ^ luake laws, and
^ 35^ examine the literati.
1 ^ *'*' ri'in^ for the planet Jupiter.
^ /f» pj" 1 M *^^® sword must
not always be appealed to.
1 ^ to repose confidence in, to
regard.
I
^ ] ;^ gpj don't mind the un-
inii)()rt iint expressions.
] ^ frequently ; but ^ s ] is a
series ; several layers.
"^y, {^ ] not to rely on the basis,
(Usregard the fundamental law ;
to discard trustworthy men.
I -j^ J^ it weighs ten eatties.
•H i? 1 Il5 three crowded fleets
of \ esKfls.
iS- 1 All llj l"s favors have been
groat as the hills.
] j;^ reserved, secluded, or impor-
tant sjx)ts, like pfilace-groiuids
not t)pen to all; also dangerous
places, as a ginnx)wder room.
icX 1 %^ to be understood in the
strictest sense, to be rigidly in-
terpreted, as a law.
'7 J£ 1 ^ the att'air is of no hn-
])ortunce ; he is not mucL
Read ^rJhing. To double, to re-
j)eat, to tlo over ; to add ; a time ;
again; a thickness; a cla.ssifier of
thicknesses or layers.
^ I thrice ; three thicknesses.
:/L 1 <*•■ :^ 1 ® the nine-en-
trance palace — the Emperor's.
— ' ] — ] laid one upon the
other regularly.
^T A 1 S ^^ ^^^^ through the
. besieging army.
I ^J a second set of blocks, a new
edition.
I Ig" duplicated ; two at once.
1 ft or I ] # A reiterated;
pilijig one on another, as moim-
tain peaks ; often, duplicated.
1 ^i iii the double-odd festival
on the 9th day of the 9th moon.
] ^ a second husband ; /. e. she
will marry again.
^J? ] to write out a copy.
Read ^fung. A variety of rice.
From boJi/ and heavy.
A woman with child.
chutig'
c/iuti(/
To offend by harsh words;
carefid in speaking.
cliuiig
/|4|* The second of three, the mm
yy in tlie middle; the second
dnin(/^ lK)rn of brothers ; used for
fJ» in the second month in a
sejihon; inferior; a sort of
musical instrument.
] ^ the ciglith moon, middle of
autunui.
] ^ a father's younger brother;
an old title, like chief adviser.
Il^ ] tlie two oldest hrotliers | as
(61^^ are terms for the
four eldest brothere.
I ^ the style of Confucius ; he
wjLS regarded as the second
brother, the hill .Vt /g \l] being
held as the oMer, though Mang-
l)'i ;2l & ^"'^ really his brother.
.£QL^ From fye and /V vian
^K> thrice repojited ; the Hrst is a
corrujited form, and the third u
^ very commoa contraction.
y
A compauy of at least
three ; a concourse, a ma-
jority, a quorum ; a sign of
the plural «f jiersons; an
adjective of number, much,
many,, .ill, and precedes the noun ;
a classifier of Budhist priests; the
people, as apart from their rulers.
:^ ] to get poj)ular favor.
I "^ all you gentlemen ; the com-
pany here.
5^ ] or ] A the public; the
crowd ; mankind.
] @ JW ^ ^^■^'■y ^y^ ^^^"^ '^^•
] ^ all living things ; a Budhist
term,
— 1 f^ a priest; ^ ] ff how
many bonzes are there t
1 i^ o'' 1 ^ public opinion.
1 M ^'opious showers.
] 5^ a great crowd and an abun-
dance, s.iid of a mart.
1 ^ ^ i^ *^® ^'^^^ cannot with-
stiind the many; we (the mi-
nority) are no match for them.
|ij ] extra, not ordinary, no com-
mon thing or man.
] 3^ at Canton, all the wards or
neighborhoods.
1 ^ a great many, a multitude.
CH'UNG.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
109
Old sounds, t'ong, dong, and dzong. In Canton, ch'ung and shung ; — in Swatow, t*6ng, ch'ong, ch'eng, chan, fang, and
chong ; — in Avioy, cli'iong, tiong, and tong ; — in Fuhchau, ch'ung, tiing, and chung ; —
in Shancjhui, ts'ung and dzung ; — in Chifu, ts*ung.
From J\ man and ^^ to no%t~
rish contracted ; the second
form is not common nor regard-
ed as correct.
To fill ; to fiillfil, as a duty
or station ; to satiate ; to
satisfy, as hunger ; to carry
out, to continue ; to stop up, to
stuff full ; to act in place of, or in
the capacity of; high, long; suffi-
cient, fine ; extreme 5 to fatten.
5^ ] to fill an office.
] ^ to fill up, to gratify, said of
things and desires, literally and
figuratively.
in ^ 1 ^ ^o ^6 imbued with
principles of humanity and jus-
tice.
] Jg^ or ] ^ well supplied, as
soldiers with rations ; in vigo-
rous health ; enough of.
] ^ to fill a station ; to act for
another.
1 M overflowing; abundant, as
resources ; stufted full.
1 ^ W I0 ^^ ^^^ ^^^ name and
residence of another — to de-
ceive, as at the examination.
P ^1^ 1 '^ banished to the fron-
tiers or beyond the wall ; such
persons are often employed for
camp-followers.
1 % ^M ^^ fil^s ^^6 ^^^ ^^'itli
mc4ody.
] ^ to foist in, as poor goods in
a lot.
] ^ to become public property,
to revert to the state.
] J\^ one who fattens aiiimals.
^ ] eaten to excess, injured by
repletion.
!^ ^0 1 lEp noticed him as if
their ears were stopped ; — said
of the coldness shown to the un-
fortunate.
j^ ] *^ ^ to assume the style
of an official.
] ;^^ to be a policeman.
^ch ling
The murmuring of water is
1 ^^' spoken of a bubbling
spring at the foot of a hill.
The mind excited; moved,
perturbed.
Sorrowful, mourning,
^ '& ] 1 grieved to the
utmost, heart-broken.
m
A wide smooth expanse of
water.
^cltuny \ )g$ '^JL 1^ vast and deep,
as the great lakes of China.
"^ From ice or water and middle. ;
the first is most used.
To shake, to agitate; to
collide ; to strike against, as
^cl^ung things do in the water; to
dash against ; to rush at ;
young, immature, delicate;
peaceful 5 deep, hollow; used for
the next, to rise in the air ; to send,
as a letter ; to infuse or steep, by
poxiring on hot water.
] ^ or ] ^ to fly or glance
towards heaven.
^ 3I 1 5C or ^ .1 ^ ^ liis
wrath waxed furious, — as if
it filled the sky; the second
phrase refers to the Dipper.
1 ^ 1^0 ^% to rush on an enemy
and break his ranks.
^ tJ'C ] ] like the noise of cut-
ting ice.
I ] is also the tmkling noise
of ornaments hitting each other ;
and the loose look of reins hang-
ing down.
D •? -fB I the day will be un-
propitious or untoward.
] ^[j on good terms, harmonious.
1 ^ to disagree with, to beg to
differ from, to offend in word ; —
a polite phrase.
to talk rather im-
pudently.
] r^ or I ^ young in years.
] A a sovereign who is a minor.
I ^ to defeat ; ruined, collapsed,
as an affair.
] ^ a rhetorical term for a wide
digression in a discourse.
I 0^ overpowering or malign, as
in geomancy; to provoke the
bad influences.
I ^K to precipitate over, as a fall
or cascade.
^ I sent [the letter oflF] on
such a day.
] ^ to infuse tea.
J*
flhrng
From wings and middle ; used
with the last.
To fly up, to mount to the
skies, as an eagle.
his mind can reach
t. e. he has aspirhig
talents.
the clouds
ti A labiate plant {Leonunis
sibirical) which has several
flhing names, as ] ^ and ^ g
■^; it is used in female
complaintSj and is common in
Kiangsu and further south; more
than one plant is probably desig-
nated by this name.
From mind and lad.
Unsettled, irresolute, dis-
turbed.
] 1 ^4 •^ hesitating, waver-
ing ; many passing to and fro.
Read chiv jng''. Stupid looking.
From to 170 and heavy or lad ;
the second form is unusual.
A common path, a thorough-
fare ; a place of great con-
course ; to move towards, to
rise on or rush against ; to
^cUung
/.it:-
Ml
cUung
110
CH UNG.
Bnstain ; to move ; to excite ; tow-
ards ; abrupt ; a machine employed
ill seiges to protect the sapjiers,
probably a portable shed or mant-
let.
5j^ ] a canal, a sluice ; an open
drain.
^ j to meet, to collide, to rush
against
] ^J to overthrow, to upset.
t^ ] the pulse in the middle
finger.
^ 1^ I it can be resisted; not
impregnable.
^ ] ail old name^r a general.
] ^ to rush agamst.
\ ^ to butt against, to meet
suddenly.
-^ ^ — • 1 tlie characters ISC'
and icu ;ire opposed — tlie jjeople
whose horoscope h.is them had
better not marry.
1 t^ *^ 1^ frequented, trouble-
some, wearisome, and difficult —
are four terms applied to pro-
vincial {)0sts to indicate the re-
lative importance of the office.
] ^ a post much traveled, is
applied to the first of these four.
1 ^ ^ W. t" ^"" ^^ t^^e horse's
head, — to im})ede the way, as a
beggar might ; to come in con-
flict, as with a bully. '^
From net and iad
also read
^cliUiny A spring-net to catch birds ;
others say a rabbit hutch, or
a frame to entrap them.
^ RH ^ 1 t^^e pheasant
shuns the snare.
Tlie original form represents n
snake coiled np with its head
projecting from the center ; it is
repeated thrice to intimate the
grout number of insects, and in
many of the cliaracters gronpod
under it, bj* t!ie 142d radical,
it i.4 duplicated without change
of meaning.
An ancient term for all animals
with lc;,^s, whether ^ f<.'atheiy, ^
hairy, j^ shelly, ^ scaly, or \^
CH UA'G.
naked; there are supposed to be
360 species of each class ; it now
usuaMy denotes the smaller sorts of
animaLs, as snails, frogs, worms,
hisects, «&c.; a |>erson, a comrade,
one of a craft ; a demeaning term
for a son,
I H^ or I -gjj comprises the order
of entomology in Chinese zo-
ology.
"jg' ] insects generally ; all small
animals.
^ I a snake.
1 1^ worms in the bowels.
— • (@ >J> 1 one small bug; — an
affected phrase for one's son.
1^ 1 >I> vi t*^ cane worms with
liltU' skill ; — to get one's living
by light literattire.
j|^ ] a pheasant; a poetical name.
i^ ] the peach bug, a name for a
wTen or the tailor-bird.
] ] the irritation of great heat,
})erhaps referruig to prickly heat.
Head rhmg^ To eat, as insects
like motlis and white ants do into
things.
$rfl Tender and sprouting, like
(TT^ the blade of gr.iin; delicate.
^ch^iiiii/ i,)] I small and dehcate.
|-|-g From dish and middle.
(JnL A covered coj), such as tea is
^chuny made in; a bcwl, usually
with a cover.
^ I a soup bowl.
i^ :^| ] in Canton, a butter-dish.
^ ] a covered tea-cup, in which
the tea is infused.
|@ ] a wine goblet.
From a shelter and a dragon ;
the second form is common but
unaiithorized.
To think much of, whether
of one's self or others; to
place high ; kindness, grace,
regard for; fav^a* of supe-
riors ; to esteem, to prefer ; to con-
fer favors ; tf) indulge unreason-
doting on, as a wife or girl.
CH UNG.
] IS a special favor, as of the
king.
,g, ] loving-kindness, tender af-
fection ; the emperor's regard.
] ^ to delight in ; ardent love,
for a concubine.
^ ] or ] ;^ a favorite concu-
bine, who rules her husband ;
and hence j^ I is to take a
concubine.
1^ ] to find grace in one's eyes ;
to win a husband's love.
^^ \ ^0 receive favors from
hc'a\'en or the emperor.
It Ifl I S^ do me the honor of
coming to see me.
# ^ ] i^ S t^oii't give place
to favorites and thus get con-
tempt.
t-l-t P'rom hill and honorable.
5^4"^ High, eminent, lofty ; estim-
^chuny j^jjjg q^^ honorable in the
highest degree ; greatly ; no-
ble, exalted ; worthy of worship ;
to honor; to extol, to adore, to
reverence, to approach with respect ;
to be mjide honorable or exalted ;
to collect ; to go to ; entire ; a small
ancient state, and since used in
many proper njimes.
1 "l^ to regard as preeminent.
] f^ to worship.
i?jt^ ] to reverence.
] ^ early in the day, the entire
morning, as before breakfast.
ipS «l ^ ] ^^y yo»r prosperity
be the very highest.
1 ^ I wish you great peace, — a
phrase in letters; it is also a
district in Kien-ning fu in Fuh-
kien, famed for good tea.
^ ] to regard with great respect,
as if from the Throne ; to revere.
] ^j a noted peak in Yung-ting
hien in Hunan, west of Tung-
ting Lake near the Li-shui, to
which Hwan-teu was banished
by Shun.
j OJ] jlj^ Ch\mg-mmg district, the
island in the mouth of the Yang-
tsz' Kiver.
CHUNG.
CHUNG.
CHWA.
Ill
i^P Name of a small feudal state,
(TJ^j) anciently written like the last,
xh^ung which lay in the present Hu
hien ^ j|-^ in the provincial
prefecture of Shensi.
y|NJ^> Hollowed out by an ax;
l^JJ bored; a sort of shell for
ch^unff^ firing balls, fired in the muz-
zle ; a blunderbuss, a gingal ;
a mortar-gim, a petard ; a pistol ;
small arms.
1 ^ cannon ; fire-arms generally.
] :^ or ] "^ cannoniers ; those
who fire salutes from the ^ |
•^ or petards in a yamun,
^ ] short guns, like a mortar ;
a kind of 1 and petard used in
salutes.
1 ~f ^ ^'^ peck, to chip off, as
with a chisel.
H 1 ffi 5i^ when three petards
are fired, he goes on his circuit ;
— said of the municipal god.
•5 To leap, to skip, to hop
about.
chimcf'' j^ Cantonese. At once,
altogether ; to push, to hit.
] ^ to run upon, to thump
against.
**^ I ^ ^ W ^^ ^ ^^'P ^^ ^^^
three pecks ; ?. e. I don't know
why he is all at once so angry.
In Shmghai. To grab, to lift.
j ^ a pilferer, a shoplifter.
^ '-J^j^. 3 From heart and io pound in a
-^^f^ mortar.
^cUiin(j Simple, foolish ; one natural-
ly unteachable and obtuse ;
one not amenable to law.
I ^ stupid, uneducated.
■rttjl-'i From to rap on and col/ecfed.
^Vv To come in upon one ab-
chung ruptly ; to invite one's self
to a meal ; to nod.
^ ] to come without an invita-
tion.
|j|[ j y^ to bolt in on one.
] ^ to drop in at a meal, to som
on one.
Ul, I to intrude on rudely.
{^ ^ ] I reeling, when tipsy.
] ^ ~J* nodding, sleepy.
^&J> From to go and man^
^<ml^ Leisure, or at ease, without
chuvy pressing occupation; in re-
tirement.
t.^ti>5 From 'hand aiul heavy-
43^ To push, as a stick into a
clhing'' rat-hole ; to poke at.
1 ;ffi. ?K 5i 'tkar out the cbain. as
bv miming a pole into it.
1 ^ 2j$ l><>ke it down.
^ 1 ^ ^ don't stir up a wasp's
nest; — don't meddle with dan-
gerous things.
Otd sounds, ta, tap and tat. In Canton, cha ; — in Swatoiv^ kwa and clia ; — in
in Shanghai^ tso ; — in Chi/u, tswa.
From wood and error.
(■/|5lHJ ^ switch, a horsewhip.
^chioa ^ j a lash, a whip.
Like the last."
A switch made of a twig,
^cliwa ^^ggj -\v]ien riding.
MTo beat a drum with a pair
of drumsticks ; to knock on
^chwa a bell.
] W M ^^^ °^^ name for aa
orphaned girL
yang drum — thrice ; alludes to
a story of Ts^ao Tsaa
M ^ i^ '^^ 1 C^^ newyear's eve]
the night-watchman dreads to
add another tap, — because it
makes another year.
MFrom hair and to siL
To dress the hair, as women
^cJiwa do; an ancient funeral coif-
fure, which originated in the
state of Lu, when the women
went out to receive the bodies of
Amoy, k-wa ; — in Fuhchau, kw6 ; —
their countrymen killed in bat-
tle.
I © in old times, a woman's
mourning coifi'ure ; now applied
to the hair coiled hastily on the
head, ajul not made into a
bow.
1 tin ^ ^ they disheveled their
hair and mourned with each
other.
The thigh; the ham of an
\chwa ^"^
112
CHWAL
CHWAI.
CHWANG.
Oid Mounds^ tui. In Canton^ ch'ai, an</ ch'ui ; — in Swatow, ch'ui and chui ; — in Amoy^ chui ; — in Fuhchau ch'oi •
in Shanffhaiy t86° ; — in Chi/u, tswai.
From hand and /or.
To thump, to pommd with
^c/av^ai the fist ; to pocket, to put into
tlie breast pocket
I i5 ^ put it in the bosom.
K S E I& ^ PiT 1i. 1 '^ten
you have eaten your till, there's
no need of pocketing anything.
I ^ to knead dough, in making
bread. •
] ^ — ;$ § to carry away a
Ix^ok.
1 — at ^ 6^ ^ "» PeJdngese,
to cherish evil bchemes, as a
hypocrite does.
Kead ^clK To split ; to knock
to pieces.
M tt
To be distinguished from hoh^
niiiice meat.
chivai Ugly, repulsive ; obese, gro&s,
and therefore unable to stir
about.
] 1^ an overfat hog.
I ^ overfat pork.
^ — ^ ] he is only a piece of
fat, he is very gross and obese.
as A m j^ ^ f@ 8^ 1 that
man is too pursy, h| is only a
lump of fat.
C J^|It FrcTO hand and beginning ; it is
MMfw* also read ^ch'ui.
^chw^iii To estimate, to measure; to
*cA'ui try to find the origin or
cause of, to essay; to feel,
to ascertain ; to push away, to ex-
clude ; to detect, to ascertain.
1 ^> "'^ I Jl^ ^ ^^^ ^^er, to
guess, to conjecture after much
inquiry ; to examine thoroughly.
^ ] unable to detect.
] 1^ to study and imitate, as a
good author.
] ^ to penetrate the meaning ;
to measure, as a hilL
y |0 ) From mouth and extremely.
HqJC To lap with the tongue ; to
chivai' taste, to sip; to suck, as fiies
do ; to eat, to gnaw at ; to
swallow fast, without chew-
uig.
] J^ to suck the blood, as gnats
do.
'^ Di fpl 1 ^^^^^ a"^ beasts eat-
ing together, as on a carcase of
carrion.
41 4?i fe& ] ;^ the flies, gnats,
and mole-crickets ate it up.
Bv^) Also read cAn', and much like
chw'ut Fat that is flabby and soft
like a hog's ; flesh that is
soft like marrow or suet.
^ I^ T 1 the fat along a hog's
bellv.
^ '^^ 1 ^ ^ the sow's belly
sweeps the ground.
Old sounas, tung and dung, fn Cantoti, choiig, and one ngong ; — in Swatoic^ cbeng, tfong, ch^g, chwang, chiang,
and chang ; — in Atnoy, cb6ng, gong, and tong ; — in Fuhchau, chong, ch'ung, maung, koog,
and taung ; — in Shanghai, tsoug and dzong ; — in Chij'u, tswang.
From gra.tit and robust ; often
contracted like the ne.\t.
^chiraiiff Suckers sprouting vigorous-
ly ; sedate, serious, stern ;
correct in conduct ; used for
1^ highly dressed out; a farm-
stead, for which the next is also
used ; a thoroughfare, a high road.
1 j^ grave, stem, as an ofBoer is
deemed to be.
f^ ] a strict propriety, said of
females; a close observance of
etiquette.
] ^ dressed in the tip of fashion.
]^ 1 I^ K' ^ level highway.
] ;^ or ] ^ serious and res-
pectful.
f^ I h}TX)critical ; put on.
i^ ] a prosperous appearance.
1^ ] -^ a large restaurant. {Pe-
kiiifjese.)
] -^ or I j^ a famous philoso-
pher of the Rationalists in the
Cheu dynasty; he has the re-
putation of being a great sor-
cerer or magician.
I » *> Much used for the last ; it is
\-r properly read ipattg, meaning
c'—^-^ even, level.
^chwany
A cottage, a grange, a fanu-
house ; a work-shed, a place
where rural labors are carried on ;
a place of business ; a store, a de-
pot ; a firm or house ; a dead-
house or public lararium ; a divi-
sion of a township like a parish ;
a hamlet, a vtflage ; ' in Ki.angsu,
occurs used as a classifier of affairs,
as — I ^ f§ one affair or en.
terprise.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
113
] J3 or ] ^ A a farmer, a
peasant.
1 "T men on a farm, not the |
^ or hired laborers.
^ I a tea depot in the hills,
where the leaf is gathered.
^ ] to store a coffin, as iu a
dead-house. {Cantonese.)
Q I a farmstead.
-^ ] a cotton warehouse.
1 -^ or :f^ I a grange; a vil-
lage.
] P a mercantile house, a firm.
f^ ] a resident partner, one who
manages the store or packs off
the goods.
cist
From woman or rice and a
phonetic ; the second form is
the most common.
To adorn the head and
paint the eyes; to rouge;
to feign, to appear in a
disguise; to gloss; oma-
^ckwang men ted, dressed up.
tjfc 1 ^^ arrange the hair ;
to dress up ; the +jfe ] ^ is a paper
toilet burned on the 7th evenmg of
the 7th moon to the Weaver.
] 1^ the style of dress; a cos-
tume ; the fashion.
] ffe dressed out, adorned; met.
glossed over, falsified.
^ ] plainly dressed, not rouged.
I ^ or 1^ 1 a bride's trousseau ;
a marriage portion.
1 ^ or ] ^ the place of dres-
sing; met. your ladyship; used
in letters.
|g \ over-dressed, flaunting in
colors, bedizened.
1 i^ or ] [ij ^ 6^ dressed in
a character, as an actor.
^M \ i^^ \^X 6^ <^essed up
to look like a sheep.
1 H§ pedantic, put on, as an ac-
tor; like ] ^1 # ^ te is
pretending; he is playing a
part.
"HI I a dowdy looking coiffure.
p^ j the gift dressing-case, was
a name for a palace built for a
concubine by an emperor.
tt-J^ Used with the preceding, but that
^^w, « is confined chiefly to dressing the
f^'>' body.
^chwang rp^ ^^gg . ^ ^-^^ ^^^ ^^ ^j^ .
to busk, to prink ; to put in-
to, to pack, to load or store in ;
to catch, as rain in a tub; to
receive, to contain; to imitate, to
adopt ; to pretend, to aifect ; to
send or forward ; style, costume,
fashion.
^ ] traveling dress; equipage
and baggage.
^ ] in deshabille, common attire.
\ y^ ^ ^ well-dressed, in good
taste.
I ^ or ] ^ to enshroud a
corpse.
] Wk ^^ P^k, as a cart ; to stow,
as cargo in a ship.
^U ] to unload, as a boat.
1 tl' to load a gun.
I ^ a store-room.
] M^%i'^^ ^ M) to P^t the
best goods on top to sell by ; as
] 1^ is a style ; a sort ; a pat-
tern of a thing.
©■ f^ >© 1 to dress hke a Chi-
nese. {Cantonese.)
1 1^ -^ to coimterfeit a trade-
mark or sign ; to carry the
mark of the shop or calling, as a
blacksmith his apron, or a groom
the smell of the stable.
] ^ to pretend not to know or
hear.
I /^ H^ ^ he pretended not to
notice, or hear the man.
^ ^ ] there's no place for you to
hide in.
or ]
to put in order, to
furnish up ; the latter refers to
the Milky Way, to which new
things are likened.
] jji^ fl^ to make and dress up
idols or images.
1 ^ to mount scrolls, to hang
pictures.
1 j^ to pack a box ; to arrange
[paper] trunks — to bum to the
spirits.
5^ ^ 1 f i^ [these spring flowers
are] Heaven's dressing up.
From wood and to pound ; it is
^11^ not the same as ^hun ^ the
, Ailantus.
^cnwang
A post to tie a horse to ; a
stake driven in the ground ; a log,
a stick ; a club, a bludgeon ; to
strike ; used with Jj for Jcien fij:,
a classifier of affairs.
^ I to drive piles, as the ;^ |
fir joists or piles.
I ^ >||j« he beat his breast.
\^ I a buoy.
^ I -^ half a post, is a name
for a boy of fifteen.
I a post to hitch a horse to.
^- ] ;/\; 1^ an important affair.
^ ■^ 1 "J* S' frame to strap a
horse to shoe him.
^ ] to pull up stakes ; to have
done with, to return home with
one's things, to leave a service.
f^i; ^ ^ ^ 1^ 1 you bring the
ox and I'll pull up the stake ; —
I'll do the hardest part.
;f j^ ^ ] an abattis outside of the
moat.
^ Jj- ] an upright windlass for
hoisting boats up a lock.
Ji
^^^A -A short mean-looking dress ;
^>y:y clothes u
^hwai^ company.
f^Vr^ clothes unfit to appear in
, To tread on ; to step on, as
flrafj^ a stool.
^hwang
l^db A bird allied to the cuckoo
oW«^ in its habits, called |^ \
^chwang or the Sz'ch^ien cuckoo ;
others describe it as more like
a thrush ; in Kiangnan the people
say it appears in April, and sings
^ ^ ij^ ^jj the yellow wheat will
soon be cut
From great and robust^ as the
phonetic.
^chwang Large ; powerful, as a robust
horse ; short and stout, as
people ; to make great.
16^^ (7^ some [of the sticks]
are big and some are slender.
114
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
ll I ) From scholar and spiint as the
*H 1^ pkonetic ; one old form is jj^ re-
," _ ) ferring especially to animals.
Stout, Strong, robust, bold,
hardy, healthy 5 full-grown, manly ;
manhood, at the ^e of thirty .; fer-
tile ; fuU and flourishing ; abun-
dant; and hence a classical term
i(X the eighth moon or harvest j to
cauterize; to wound; to inspirit,
to animate.
] ^ lusty, strong; like | ^
which is also applied to exu-
berant health.
1 K ^^^ \'igorf)US ; in its prime.
I "^ an able-bodied man, one fit
to sen'e for a soldier.
] H Yohmteer trooi)8; same as
I ^ tlie militia.
I ^ manhood; in strong health.
>J? ] young and hearty.
] ^ a healthy, somid frame.
■0^ H 1 cauterized it three times.
^ \ fat, as animals; m prime
condition.
] ^ firm, set, willful, resolved ;
used in a good sense.
1 '(& BS incite his courage, ani-
mate his heart.
^ ] name of tlie 34th diagram,
which refers to thunder.
^ I or 1 i o'l® accomplished
in manly sports.
From dog and « splint as the
phonetic.
chvoang* Form, appearance ; to appear,
to make plain ; to declare in
writing, to state, to accuse ; « re-
monstrance, an accusation, a com-
plaint; a certificate.
I gfp an attorney, a lawyer, a
notary.
■^ ] to indict, to accuse^ to go
to law ; to bring a ] g^J or in-
dictment, or lay a plaint
I ^ ^ pettifoger, one who ^ |
prepares the complaint.
^ 1 *^^ "^ j f'M'nij style, man-
ner, arrangement.
\ ^%% ui»«sually engaging,
a captivaling mtinner.
Itt ] pj ^ il can be spoken of
though it lijis no form ; though
it be St) un.subsCantiul it can be
described.
1 3kj appearing like, as if.
JU ] the fashion of; an emb<Kli-
ment of.
1 7C ^^^ highest graduate of the
HauHn, the senior wrangler of
the empire.
^ f^ I to carry a case tn the
, Throne tlirough the (k-nsorate.
^ 1^ # 1 iiol^ihjg goes right
witli me ; I am uttcriy discon-
tented.
3^^L> From heart and rvst'xc.
iu^> Simple, 43tupid; doltish, nn.
c/<itx(V j>olished; half crazy, half-
witted.
J^ ] dull, obfituiate, arising fix)m
a coarse, uneducated life.
] ^ crazy like, acting wildly.
=^ ] to fcigii to be silly.
ijg ] half-idiotic, acting very
stupidly,
7^ ] hasty, immethodical, quick
but heedless.
I j^ a rattle-brain, a mad-cap.
ifiai\tonese^
From hand and lad.
To grasp in the hand and
chming' \y^^x. ; to pound ; to thump ;
to knock -or run against, to
dart upon ; to tap on, as a hoop ;
to strike accidentally ; to uitrude ;
to cheat.
I ^ to meet unexpectedly.
fe I o'" j ^ to meet; to run
against each other.
I ^ to thump foreheads, as two
persons hitting each other in the
dark ; face to face, hob-a-nob ;
an intimate confab.
I BM to collide, to run into.
1 P it" t<> J'P'ir an ominous word.
1^ ] to go in «n a pretense, as a
thiei" into a yard to look about.
^ ] j^ * sun-shower,
1 ^ to strike the boartls, i, e. to
nijule fl, discord'; <lis;ippointed ;
blundering; ve.xatioJis. {Can-
l^j ] ~f J beg })ard(>n for my
rudeness; a ix)lite phrase.
I !§^ to swuidle, to embeezlc ; to
peculate.
I f ^ to push at the door, to beat
on it.
1 5£ to brcK-ik agaiivsteach otlier.
] /^ fll tpj to meet a priest, a
bad omen ; as ] ^ to meet a
ghost, — is worse; tliis last in
Canton, means to meet a foreign-
er.
] ^ knocked or pushed him over ;
he hit and ujwet it.
P^ ] reckless, desix^rate, .is a bird
struggling to get out, or a bluid
man m a strange place.
> From dog and /ad.
Savage people classed with
chicang ^jjg y^^g ^ ^j. gjityrs, said to
live near Hainan^ they dress
with leaves and feathers, and make
htits; some of the Miao-tsz' or
Laos tribes are probably intend-
ed by this contemptuous epithet.
A war chariot that rushes on
the raiiks of the enemy ; it is
chwang'' used with the chung ^, be-
cause it attacks the flanks.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
CHWANG.
115
Old sounds, t'ung, dung, tong and ehong. In Canton, cli*ong, ch'eung and shong ; — in Swatow, chong, t'eng, ch*^ng,
chang, chwang, t*ong, and swang ; — in Amoy, eh'ong and song ; — in Fuhchau, ch'ong, ch'aung, tung,
and song ; — in Shanghai, ts'ong, zong, and song ; — in Chi/'u, tsw'ang.
The original forma depict the
lattices used for windows, of
which there are several shapes ;
the first form is composed of /V
hole and fl§. bright, contracted.
An aperture to give light
ill a room ; a -vvindow ; a
^chwhing gash ; a blind, a shutter ; a
school ; a student.
I ^ latticed paper windows ;
glass sashes.
1 p^ a window that opens on
hinges.
I |_^ ^ window curtains.
^ ] a sky-light ; a dormar win-
dow.
^ i^ ] "f he was ten years at
his studies.
[^ ] or 1 ;^ or ] 5i ^ chums,
fellow-students, classmates.
^ ] a poor student.
JU, ] ^ an outer or double porch
door to protect from cold ; com-
mon at Peking:.
k^— » The origin;
i9<i ing ; it is <n
\\ form of tlie preced-
also read (is'ung.
^diuf-any The vent or flue of a furnace
or fireplace.
1/1/ From hand andyhllowing,
cOlAt, To beat, as a drum or gong;
^ckw^ang\^Q motion to.
1 :^ S^ •'" sound the gong
and drum.
Composed of pj a mortar, with
■fl' tiro hands grasping a 7^^
chw^anq V^^^l^ between them ; it is also
read i,rh'ung and (Shung, and is
to be distinguished from ich'un
^ spring.
To pound paddy or millet
with a pestle in a mortar to re-
move the husk or skin ; to beat
or ram down firmly.
] tJ^ to hull rice.
] ;^ to make mud or adobie
walls ; and ] ^ /jfj) is to pound
chunam walks, as in Canton.
1 ^ ^ ^ ^ what an inordi-
nate length this paper (®r docu-
ment) has I
] ^ to pound and hoe, — a poetic
name of the white egret heron,
from its habit of bobbing its
head when seeking its food.
From sickness and granary.
A sore, a boil, an ulcer, an
i.^'^^ an^ abscess ; an eruption ; used
for the next, a cut, a wound.
1 ^. the boil has broken ; as a
i/^ ^ I a sore that comes to
a head,
':^ 1 or ^ ^ 1 ^° ^^"^^ ^ ^''^■
^ ] or i^ 1 to give away a
sore, by means of a charm.
iH |:^ I a bubo ; venereal ulcers.
1 5ll ?® @ *^^^ starved and
wounded everywhere meet my
eyes ; used by an emperor when
speaking of the suflferings of the
])eople.
j JS '^^ 1 ^ ^ scab, a scar.
^Ij j^ jjj^ 1 ^0 scrape the flesh to
make a sore ; — to meddle and
cause a serious business.
From Jj a sirord and — * one
cut ; the third form is usually
read chw'ung\ except in this
sense.
A wound made by a knife
or sword ; to wound ; cut,
gashed ; a prop or inclined
support, for which the se-
cond form is only used.
^ j he received many
gashes.
] Wi. ^ s^^® °^ baffling wind.
^ j -^ to tack in sailmg.
^ ] a wound with a sharp wea-
pon.
#
.^
Supposed to be intended to repre-
sent the left half of a stick just
ch\mo ^"^^^^ '" ^^^ ^^* ^'^^^ ^^^ ^ ^'^
• ^ both regarded as derived from the I
lower half of Jjjj. a tripod ; its
phonetic power is taken from ^g
and f^i and it forms the 90th
radical of a few cliaracters chiefly
relating to walls and beds, or their
connections.
In Shanghii read bo"', as if
another form of ^ a side. A pre-
position of place ; also used for j)an
J^i as a classifier of shops, firms, &c.
■^ i|2 ] on the eastern side.
— 1 iM ji^ a grog-shop.
From covering or splinter and
troofl ; i. e. something to re-
cline on ; the first is the common
form.
A bed, a couch; a lounge,
^chw\ing a sofa, a settee ; boards for
a bed ; a well-curb ; a sled ;
a framework ; a measure of
eight cubits, q.d. as long as a bed ;
a classifier of bed-clothes.
— • 5M I ^ bedstead.
j 11) the bed and bedding.
Ill ] to make up a bed.
] j^ a couch, a divan, a settle.
J2 ] to go to bed.
•j^ I a double bedstead.
^ ] the jaw-bone; also bedsteads
inlaid with ivory.
^ j a son-in-law.
fpj ] bedfellows.
^ ] a couch or divan for guests
in the hall.
^ ~f ] 1' he is fixed on the
bed ; he will surely die, they
have given up hope for him.
^ 7]C 1 to draw an ice-sledge,
f^ — • 1 or ^ — • I one coverlet.
]W^'^ married life, conjugal
affection.
116
CHW ANG.
chw'ang.
CHWEN.
M ^ ] a kind of dais or large
divan in the hall, to receive
guests in.
^ ,^ ] to sleep in the twist-bed,
a kind of punishment in prisons,
done by squeezing numbers into
a small place.
From rain and strong ; it is also
synonymous with (ts'unr/ fcf;
A great rain, sudden and
heavy.
%'Mf^Jf 1 the sky sud-
denly (larkened, and there
was a great shower.
I
A curtain for a carriage,
placed to screen the side win-
jcAu;^an^ dows ; a sort of distinguish-
ing pennant ; streamers hung
from the roof.
] |jj§ pendant scrolls of silk before
a shrine.
ff^ ] ^ the Honam temple op-
posite Canton.
Read ^t^tinff. Screening.
:^ ^ ] ] he set up the shading
curtains.
I
fChw^ang
To sow seed ; to plant seed
in the ground.
1^^^ To eat immoderately, to
^chw^ang ] ||| to eat rudely, to gorge
one's self regardless of deco-
rum.
Grain that is half grown or
withered; one says, to cut
fcltivung the stalks of grabi.
Evil, wicked ; to obstinately
op{X)se with a wicke<l teuiper.
'chic'ung ^ j to harbor evil against
one.
> To wound Slightly.
] pj to break the skin, as
chw^atio* with a knife or a contusion.
] ~r I^ ~r to hurt or cut
the skill.
•1^^ $$ 1 I run a splinter
into me by accident
1^ I the arrow-head hit
him.
7»3<fe' To nib or wash things by
jj^^j sand or brick-dust, a.s by put-
ckw^ang* ting sand in a bottle to clean
it.
> To see indistinctly; to look
straight ahead.
chw^ang^
From knife and granary ; on©
of the original forms represents
a board cut in by a knife ; the
second nuusual form is composed
of ^» a cut and ^ a pattern.
tion of; to create, to trans-
form ; to invent ; to take measurers
for ; to reprove ; the first, couj-
niencement.
♦^ ] to invent, to make first
] ^ to begin, to do first ; at the
beginning.
] ^ ^ to found a family, to get
an estate.
1 p ^n ^S a ^'ery clever inven-
tion, a beautiful contrivance.
I f^ M if to get on well, as in
business.
^ ] to found, as a state \ to ori-
ginate ; to commence, as a set-
tlement.
] 1ft J[U ^ fro™ the first ages
and afterwards.
^ I to reprove, to reprimand •, to
punish, as a teacher does.
' Sad and wounded in heart.
•j^ I to sorrow ; to pity ; sick
chw^ang^ at heart
] '|ntj a distres-sed heart.
1 i'A disappointed.
►•-♦■
Old founds, tan, dan and zhan. In Canton, cLun, chan, sun, and shan ; — »n Swatow, chwan ; — in Amoy, chwan and
tw'an ; — in Fuhchau, chi6ng, ti6ng, and chwang ; — in Shanghai, ta^" and dz6° ; — in Chi/u, tswen.
1 1 ^-^ ^6 ^^ o"'y o'^c occupa- j ^ sent specially, as on a mis-
he does that especially ;
The original form was 3>
composed of ^ and j^ tender
care of, to which tj* an inch
has been added ; the second
form is common, but net well
authorized, and was originally a
form of ^ (twan.
One, single, only, particular;
devoted to, attentive; bent on, to
attend to one object ; to take upon
one, to engross, to assume, to pre-
sume ; self-willed.
j ^ I specially address this ....
tion
I came purjx)S{;ly for that.
I — . devoted to one thing, parti-
cularly.
1 PI ^ 0.S tlie speciality of an
oculist.
I ^ under the rule of one wife
or concul)ine.
] ^ or g ] to take \^x>u one's
self, in disregard of rule or place.
] j^ having the sole power ; to
act without reference to others.
sion.
j ^ wise in council, ingenious,
ready wit ; one designated to a
special agency, a referee.
^ A 1 ^ engaged (or hired)
for a single purpose.
] ^ ^ I came for that very
purpose.
^ Sfc ] I woidd not dare to taKe
the direction.
] *6 i5[ i§ » ^^^^ resolve; a
settled inflexible will.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
117
db j^ "] From tile or stone and only.
^J^ I A brick ; a square tile, used
for pavements or floors; a
block or piece shaped like
c/mmi ^ ^r'«'^' ^s ^ ] pig ir<)n ;
* in tbetea tradedeiiotesbrick
tea, of which there are several
sorts; pressed cakes; to cover with
brick.
1 ^ ^ brick-kiln.
^ I a stone tile or flag.
P^ ] square red tiles ; or 3;^ ]
large tiles for flagging.
^ HM 1 bricks burnt red.
y'C iJt ] y^^^ great brick or dolt I
{Ca7itonese.)
^ ] at Peking, the very large
bricks with which the city wall
is built.
i^ 7C 1 cakes of the dried lung-
yen fruit.
JJi 1 ^1 '~E throw him a brick to
get back a gem ; — said in com-
pliment to literary persons who
correct compositions, and of per-
sons making a little present in
hopes of a largo reward.
W I ^^ i^ 'M 1 common or
blue bricks.
^ ] ^ a brick pear, — a local
term for a niggard.
] ^^ a brick pavement.
Jl M 1 to pave the ground.
^ ] golden tiles, a poetic term
for a rich man.
^ JJt 1 t^ make adobie bricks
in a mold.
Uniform ; to be attached to
only one ; lovely, amiable.
^chwan \ \% to accord with; to
blend ; mild, unresisting.
^ 1 H ^ [these moun-
tains] are so delicate and
beautiful in their tints.
An ancient place situated in
the present Wei-hwui fu in
^hwan the ejisL of Honan.
] P^ an ancient city lying
west of K'ai-fung fu in Ho-
nan.
A sort of large fish found in
TungtingLake, and sent as
presents; the soup is excel-
lent; a salmon-trout?
name of a brave man who
tried to kill the king of Wu,
B. c. 540, and put a poisoned
dagger into the belly of this fish
to do it with.
Bead ^tw^an. A kind of grunt-
ing-fish found in the southern seas,
wliich betokens a drought; it may
denote the drumming fish found
about Hainan I.
From head and only.
^ To carry the head high; res-
^c/ncan pectful, sedate; obscure, dull;
only, alone.
j ^ rude but respectful.
I J^ an early sovereign of China,
a grandson of Hwangti, b. c.
2513-2435, so called to denote
his ability and rectitude.
] ^ and ancient town, now called
Mung-yin hien ^ |^ || lying
in the southeast of Shantung.
|i^. From foot and whole.
cJtjL*, To kick, to trample down; to
^chwan bend the body, to cuddle up;
to lie along; to crawl.
J^ •? 1 ^ to curl up the legs,
as when lying on a short bed.
1 ^ to crawl, as a baby.
To cut flesh in pieces; to
mutilate ; to cut wood in two.
chwan p^\^^•, j-g^d ^ohwen, in the sense
of ^ to assume; s.\\di (,ti6 an^
to cut out, as a tailor.
From carriage and single.
To turn, as a wheel ; to re-
chwan volve, to transmit, to shift,
to turn over to ; to forward ;
to transport, to carry; to circulate;
to comprehend ; to alter the condi-
tion of ; to go back ; to interpret.
] ]^ turned his flag, he has left
his parly.
] "X i '^ to interpret the local
dialect.
] ^ serpentine, winding, as a
road.
1 fi Wi the rule of the metem-
psychosis.
J^> ^ 1 Ife I ^ill try to bring
him round.
] }g' to be in better luck ; bet-
tered ; to transport, as goods.
1 m 0}- 1 01 F0I ov 1 4 f^ in
a twinkling, instantly.
fi >!:> H ^ ^ pT 1 4 my
heart is not as a stone that can
be rolled about.
I Iff >(C I^ too much changing
and confusion, very troublesome.
] '^ J^ A to sub-let to another.
] ^ to convey a hint; to send a
message.
] 1^ >^ a ball-and-socket joint.
] ^ to petition by proxy.
j ft ^ ii; tbey will then all act
still more badly.
I |§ to turn the subject.
1 'M SE t^ t"^'^ ^ corner.
] ® the wind is veering.
] j[g the crisis or turn of the
disease.
Bead chw^n*. A revolution, a
turn ; to move away ; becoming
more, still more ; a disjunctive pre-
position having the force of — on
the other hand, on the contrary;
the middle term in a syllogism,
the minor premise ; the carpet of
a carriage.
H ^ — ■ 1 ^^^ revolution of
the sun.
^ ] to turn over, as a box.
1 HI ^ § to look behind one.
] ^ -^ A tnrn it over to some-
body else to do.
?£ f fl 5£ 1 the axle turns too
with the wheel; i. e. I have no
leisure, I am driven day and
night.
In Pekingese. To benumb; to
finish a thing.
1 ' ^ ("I" I f^ ^1) in Cantonese.
to deprive the tongue of taste,
as by eating hot things.
118
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
^7^ ] ' I cannot Iwuig it about ;
it can't be dome.
') From mouth and titming.
Warbling vmce, like a bird ;
chtvuH delicate modulatiwiB j a tone,
a note.
Jg( ^ ] a sweet voice.
^ ] a nightingale's song.
^ Ml 1 ^^^ warbling cf the
mango bird.
) From bamboo and pt^.
The square and involuted
chwan f^j-m Qf Chinese characters
invented in the Cheu dy-
nasty, called I ^ or I :g or
seal characters, from their use ; any
Complicated form of characters, re-
sembling birds, fishes, or other
things; to engrave this kiiid of
letters ; to call or name ; bands
on bells.
^ ] to receive the seals.
] ^ a st'al.
^P ] name on the seal.
M:kA 1 ^^ hisExceUency
Yeh, named Ming-shiln.
^ I at present styled.
1 is ^ curling like rising smoke,
jll^ ^ \ the slimy marks of a snail.
J.^L> An ornament on the top of
^|\ the tablets or badges held by
chwari' courtiers in ancient times at
an audience ; it resembled a
seal character ; to engrave such
ornaments.
^ ^ ^7 1 ^"^ gems ought not
tor be engraved.
\^^ To turn over the soil in
X^JS ploughing ; to plough to-
chwan* gether.
I
) From hand and mild ; inter-
changed with the next.
chu'un* To regulate, to correct ; to
dispose in order ; to compose,
to record ; to collect, as literary
materials ; to edit, to revise and
publish ; to grasp ; a pattern, a law,
a statute ; a maxim ; an act.
] jjg to narrate, a.s annals.
^ ] to indite the state records ;
— the duty of the Hanlin gra-
duates.
^ ] to write a book.
1 IfiU ^^ compose and prepare a
work for the press.
Read swcm\ and used for stcan'*
^. To reckon ; to count ; also
used for siien* ^ to select.
o
^BtL^ Used with tlie preceding.
R-^'* To exhort by precept ; to dis-
chwan course in praise of.
I ^ to write an account of,
{18 an obituary notice.
H^ j eulogy of a deceased man.
^ ] his own work or writing.
Itt > ^ From eat and miUl ; the fe-
cund form is nearly obsolete.
' r To feed persons; to pro-
I vide for; dressed animal
cliicuii* food ; a meal ; a relish, a
delicacy
^ I to set out a dinner.
tj^ ] a banquet, a sumptuous
feast.
^5 ] a delicacy; a well-dressed
dish.
^ \ vegetable and animal food.
W iS ^' 5fc ^ 1 give wine to
your elders to sitstaiu them.
Read siien'. An ancient weight
! or piece of silver of six taels.
To provide and make ready
a meal ; to narrate, to detail,
swan^ to particularize.
1 ^ ^ the dining-hall.
rS dFL ^ 1 ii ^e detailed all the
p)i:itvS down to the days of
Confucius.
Read siean*. A sort of bamboo
platter used in worship, having
carvings on it.
/nU> From man miimild; also read
c/iwaii' The governor or master at a
village feast, in which sense
it is analogous to J^n d§t or ^,
the one who is honored or ol>eyed ;
to number, to arrange in I'lice;
tools ; articles, gear.
I '1^ to give a banquet.
] }$ a feast
tHE' Valuable.
>^ % 1 precious;
cliwan* like a pearl.
desirable,
Also read hiien^ and sometimes
'/>anff, for 1^ to bind • it closely
chivan^ resembles /ohy ^ to tie.
A bright white color ; to spin
thrown silk or the floss silk sorted ;
to bind ; a name given to a pack
of ten bundles of a hundred feathers
each ; to roll, as pap< r ; fine cotton
cloth wliich is doubled when put
up.
I — • ^ ^ to bmd a pig, as by
the feet.
] fj- ^ to strap one's bags and
baggage.
] ^ knee-pads, worn by women.
^^.\^^ij they have not
strength enough to tie a hen;
— said of the cowardly gentry
by the people.
CHWEN.
CHWEN.
chw'en.
119
Old sounds, t'an, dan, and yhscn. In Canton, di*un, slmn, slmn, and shun ■; — in Swatow, chw'an, chun, hun, and
ch'un ; — t« Amoj, chw'an, cli'an, swaji, and ch*iin ; — in Fuhchau, sung, ch'iong, chw'a, cliw'ang, tiong, and
cliw'ong ; — in Shanghai, ts'e", ze** and dze'* ; — in Chijht, tfiw*an.
JII
chw^an
The seoond is the originnl form,
and is intended to rejiresent the
course of rivulets blending to
make a creek ; it forms the 47th
radical of a few incongruous
characters.
A motiiitain mnlet, a river's
fountains ; a stream ; to rnn
through the ground^ to flow out;
the province of Sz'chu'cn, and
often prefixed to goods, medicines,
&c., from that region.
] ^^^ M- "'i"it<irruj[Aed flow;
continually going on,
^^ ] hills and streams ; the cham-
pagne, the country.
pg ] the province of Sz'chu'en,
so called from the \^ ^ Miu
River, the ft ^ To Eiver^ the
M 7jC lUack Kiver, and the
1^ 7jC White River, four rivers
in that region near each other.
/-'■ ] or Three Rivers, a jDTcfecture
in Honan, during, the T^nng
dynasty, now Yung-tsih Hen ^
M 1^ in K^ai-fune: fu.
^jjJ^tJ From hoJe and tush, nlhiding to
through walls,
^ o
"^1 11 % the gnawing of rats in boring
v\'
chw^an
To perforate, to tlig or hore
through ; to run on or through, as
cash on a straw ; to chisel a hole ;
worn through ; to hreak, as a boil ;
to leak out, as a secret; to put
garments on the body only, not on
the head.
1 ^ ^ ^ she dresses m gold
and tires in silver; — elegantly
dressed.
"^ ^ \ ~X ^^^^ matter has be-
come known,
I J^ to string beads.
I ^ 'd^ H^ a maid of all work ;
an errand-boy.
I ^ to bore into, as a wall, in
order to steal.
] ^ went through, as a shot.
^-se 1 ^i^y 6yes are bored through
with looking — so long for him,
as a Avife for her husband.
] ^ US ^o dress ; to put on a
garment.
] tfB IpJ P^ ^'^ ^ ^*^^ acquainted
in the public offices.
^ ] fM '^ thoroughly conversant
with the classics.
IS ^ ] |;^ at a hundred paces,
{Hwang Chung] pierced the as-
pen leaf •
"g^ ] a poetical name for a bee-
hive, fi'om the cells.
1 lil ^ t^i6 pajigoliii or scaly
ant-eater, {Mollis tetradcictyki)
regarded as a type of a crafty
follow.
] ^ T^E 311 '^<^ pervert the origi-
nal principles of a doGtrine, to
corrupt the trutli.
In FahchavL
hand.
To stretch, as the
From three children <or orphans
and body, lirere defiired to mean a
Iwuse.
Embarrassed ; timid, weak,
like a petty prince; sighing, groan-
ing ; unapt, unfit for,
1 11 enervated, enfeebled,
] [5^ an old name for Hwa-yung
hien ^ ^ j|^, just north of
Tung-t'ing Lake.
] ^ 7 ^ fi -^ inadequate t8
the management <©f affiiirs, su-
peraiuuiated.
1 M lofty, like a mountain peak.
x
? Water jnannuiing'; the soimd
^ of water; flowing tears; a
chw\in river in tlie Avest of Sz'chu^en.
] ^<^ 3, current ; met. drop-
ping tears.
In Cantonese. Saliva; pHegm.
P ] phlegm.
P£ ] to expectorata
I ^ to daver, to drool
— j^* I the whole body is slimy,
said of eels.
To scold, to rail at ; to see,
to manifest.
] \^ to vilify, to scold.
From wood and a pig ; it is some-
times wrongly used for ^yuen ^^
7 f a citron.
fhw an
A round beam or the plate
which sustains the eaves; in
the north, it denotes the small and
short rafters which sustaui the wide
eaves ; and the lathing which con-
nects the large purlines, and sup-
ports the tiling; a classifier of
houses.
several buildings or houses.
painted rafters.
lumber for rafters.
short rafters laid close.
at Canton, the round plate.
From man aud single.
To transmit, as doctrines ; to
^cnw an deliver, as orders ; to trans-
fer; to hand down, to per-
petuate ; to promulgate, to propa-
gate ; to interpret or explain ; to
carry forward, as a balance; to
narrate, to record ; to :send, as by
aai expTess^ to send for, to sub-
poena.
^ to 'deliver to one.
^ to propagate doctrines, to
missionate.
^ to tell the news ; to declare
in one's hearing.
1^ a rmnor'; a legend, tradition.
^ to issue a summons, to pro-
lumlge orders.
1 ffe ^ order him to come, as to
a court.
120
CHW EN.
CHW EN.
CHWEN.
] "g to send a verbal message.
1 U* ^" transmit an order or in-
formation,
1 IW ^^ &^^^ * ^"^ ^ intimate.
^ ] /^ Jfj be refused to come
when summoned. •
I ^ a sort of court crier, one
who assists the magistrate in his
examinations.
] j^ l^ P^*^ from one to another.
J^ ] receiv-ed from one's an-
cestors or predecessors.
^ ] secretly transmitted, as a
recii>e is ] ^ handed down in
a family.
1 ^ to transmit the throne.
I |tfr to make known to mankind.
gg ] a sort of custom-house cer-
tificate.
] jjjl the fourth on the list of
Haiilin graduates.
H S 1 <^i' ^m 1 to send a
a telegram.
] 1^ to arouse or spread alarm
by beating gongs.
Eead chweri*. A record of;
precepts handed down ; chronicles,
traditions.
^ ] a family history; genea-
logical annals of a family.
35^ ] a story of.
JlJ I biographies, narratives of
people.
In Fuhchau. To hand things ;
to move.
M
From ■^ boat and §5" lead
contracted for the plionetic; the
abbreviated form is common.
A ship, boat, bark, junk, or
whatever carries people on
the water ; a sort of apothe-
cary's mortar; a long tea-saucer;
to follow the stream; to drift, as
a boat.
"— ^ ] one Vessel, one boat
] ^ ships, Vessels.
— ^ ] or — ^ ] a squadron,
a fleet.
T I or ^ ] to embark.
J^ ] to go ashore ; it also means
to go on board, when used at
the spot.
^ Jg, 1^ ] look at the wind be-
fore you hoist sail.
I ^ the whole crew.
] ^ the captain.
] ^ one sailor ; sailors ; a crew.
] g3c tonnage dues or taxes on
native boats.
^ ] or ^ ] a man-of-war.
^ I a ferry-boat, a passenger-
boat.
}!^ 1 or ^ ] to pole a boat up
stream.
^ ] a flag-ship ; a ship with an
officer ii^ it.
j^ ] a revenue-cutter, a cruizer.
^Ip ] custom-house guard-boats.
^ /|i 'tfe 1 * three-masted ship.
i)|^ i^ ] a steamer; either B^ ||
j a side-wheel vessel, or \^
]|^ ] a propeller.
^ ] or f^ ] to weigh anchor ;
the second j)hra8e .ilso means,
like fy ] ^■., to be a sailor.
] i?| ^ 'ft Jil t'^® ^P could not
stand tlie wind.
^ ^ 1 o'' ?1 1 or Ijjft 1 a sail-
ing vessel ; the first term is the
Malay word h/jxil, and has come
into use through the Fuhkien
traders.
5^ ] the stars y t] in Perseus.
1 BM *& * harbor-master
^ ] to go with cargo, as a super-
cargo.
^ ^ ] a light frame made like
, a boat, ill which a man is
hidden, who plies it round and
round to entertain j)eople.
<^n^/ To pant, to breathe quick
"itO and short, as in asthma ; the
^chw'an breath, the life.
1 1 M ^ to rest and take
breath, as when tired ; but ^ ]
is panting from shortness of breath.
] ^ T tbe panting fit was over.
^ ] my failing breath ; my poor
life; old, ready to depart
] 5^ to wheeze and cough.
] jijV hiccup, shortness of breatL
^ ^ ] J^ the bufl['aloes in Kiang-
nan [tearing the heat], pant
when they see the moon ; —
7rte^ imaginary fears.
The original form represents two
men sleeping back to back ; it is
^ tlie 136th radical of an iusigni-
chw un ficant group of characters.
Opposed to, contradictory; per-
verse, incongruous, hiconipatible.
j ^ or ^ ] opposing ; to be
disobedient.
j ^ erroneous, in disorder.
1 l*!^ or ^ ] talkative and mis-
taken ; either from heedlessness
or many cares.
] ^ to deceive purposely.
■ft" ^ ^ 1 ^^'^ ^^^ ^ S^^^^
many untoward haps in my life.
From to po and head of.
To hurry ; to go to and fro ;
c^
^chwan ^^ hasten, to walk rapidly,
] ^ to go quickly.
^ 1 ^ 1^ to cause (or see that)
lie soon returns.
^ Bj 1 flE a troop of cavalry
going out on an expedition.
The late and old leaves of
(he tea-plant, which require
'c/nv^un a strong drawing.
5S^ 1 .W^ii5«endlmn
some old tea instead of wine.
^^y^ From ^ to talcvlate and Jj^
"^y^ pervei'selif.
tsiv an To rebel against a sovereign
and usurp his throne ; to abo-
lish a dynasty ; to seize a criminal.
I -^ to seize the throne.
] 3^ to murder the ruler.
1 jH^ to plot and rebel,
fi ifc. ^ ] ^ the drops of blood
[from his tongue] formed the
character rebel; said of-fj^-^Q
a minister of Kien-w3.n, wliose
tongue Yimg-loh cut oflT (a. d.
1404), and this was his way of
asserting bis loyalty.
CHW EN.
CHWEN
FAH.
121
chvran
Properly read fan^.
A small mortar to hull grain.
In Pekingese. To husk rice
in a mortar with a wooden
pestle is ] tJ^ ; it removes
the chaff without breaking
the grain, as a stone pestle
does.
f|l> From metal and rivulet.
I An armlet, a bracelet; an
chw art? ^^ name is ^^ |^ or warder
off.
Wi 1 P^'^^ ^^^ bangles ; i. e.
female ornaments.
T^llj> A ring made of jade; this is
J^jW now superseded by the last.
chw'an'
^|lj) To number, to reckon; to
^1^ mutually yield, as politeness
chw^cm* rec[uires.
i l l ) From two mouths connected; it is
t ig contracted from an older form of
■ two mortars with a line drawn
chw an through tliem ; interchanged with
^chw en -^ to strmg.
To string together, as cash ;
to connect ; leagued or banded for
some evil end ; a string of.
— • 1 ^ a string of cash.
] j^ it is strung on.
] J!^ ^ string of fire-crackers.
I fp| f^ ^ to band together to
make disturbance.
I If or ] 1^^ to join hi swind-
ling or entrapping one ; a black-
leg's crafty plan ; to cabal.
j ll ^^ ^^y * scheme to swindle
one.
35^ J^ ^ ] ^^ argument is well
supported throughout.
^ ] irrelevant, incoherent.
] ^ to league together ; to join,
as forces.
In Pekingese. To miss a line in
reading or copying.
^^ 1 T y^^ ^^^6 skipped a
column in reading.
1 PI ■? t^ g^d about, not to stay
at home.
chw^an
for^ij^
m some cases.
Used
To flow in opposite direc-
tions; to turn the feet in-
wards from the door, a usage
among the Laos when dying ;
batons of office laid across
each other.
^^^ A bird, more commonly called
^l>>*^ ^ .^ ^^6 stupid bird, which
chw^an' seems to be allied to the
wood-pecker ; one says, a bird
in a cage.
%
-5 A hare running away through
the grass ; to scamper, like
chw^c^* a rabbit.
Old soundSf pat, pap, bat, and bap. In Canton, fat ; — in Swatow, hwat and h^an : — ■ in Amoy, hwat ;
in Fuhchau, hwak ; — in Shanghai^ feh and vfeh ; — in Chifu^ fah.
From hair and to eradicate.
The hair on top of the human
head; also applied to the
hair-like feathers of some
birds ; numerous, as hairs ; niet.
grass, reeds, moss, vegetatien.
gg ] human hair.
— ;j^ 1 or -— j^ ] a smgle hair
of the head.
fill 1 to shave the whole head.
I ^y red hair, i. e. a small child.
■^ ] to let the hair grow, said of
girls or priests.
M BM ^ 1 disheveled hair.
1 ^ to become bald.
yQ ] and ^ ] frog's spittle
(Confervce) ; applied to some
kinds of mosses.
] ^ a kind of algae used for
food.
Ml "^ ^ the hair and beard
were all white.
^n 1 :^ ^f ™ old couple, a long
married pair.
] H^ a silk cap or net used by
bald women.
'^ A 1 ^0 [his crimes are like]
his hairs for number.
^ ] ^ 'ih the desolate and bare
northern regions.
^ 1 ^ i^ completely miserable,
feeling very wretched.
^ 1 to bind up the hair in a
knot called j ^, such as is
worn by a Taoist priest.
^ ] ^ the temples are becom-
ing grisly.
Composed of / ^ to straddle, with
t^ how ana y^ an arrow ; others
make it to consist of ^^ to tread
groKs and ^ a bow.
To shoot an arrow ; to send
forth, to throw out; to issue, to
start ; to have, to show, as a dis-
ease, perspiration, &c. ; to cause to
go out, to dispatch ; to expand, to
prosper ; to go to ; to advance ; to
ferment, to rise ; to leak out ; to
show forth ; to manifest, to ele-
vate ; to pay out, as money ; to
attack and suppress; sometimes
has a passive sense, as ] )pg to
be blest, i. e. he shows the efiect of
the blessing, meaning fat, in good
liking ; the spring, because then all
things bud out ; a shot, as of a bow.
16
122
FAH.
FAH.
FAH
] ^ to increase, as plants.
1 ^ ^ to succeed, to get on;
to rise, as dough.
I ^ to make money, to prosper ;
used as a wish, may you have
good luck.
] ^ for customers ; t e. to sell
1 ^ by retail, or ] fj by
wholesale.
1 "iff to have a customer.
] ^ to take an oath.
1 Wi ^^ S^^ moldy, to become
damp.
] >& ^ give in charity, to show
pity.
] HL to give a bill of goods ; to
issue a permit ; to advertise for.
] "y to have many descendants.
] [pj to return ; to send back.
f^ ] to send, as a messenger or
a letter.
] [U to send off, to dismiss.
1 ^ ^ S^^ aiigry ; irritated.
] 3^ to display ; to appear.
] UjJ breaking of the dawn; to
explain, to make clear.
I ^ to march out troops.
1 Jf4 ^ y" ^^^^ be a kiijin or
tsiihss'; a form of a wish.
^ ItJ" 1 ^ to buy one's way to
office or promotion.
1 1 *^^ ^ 1 blustering, raw,
as the wind.
H l)v] 1 ^ I want a present or
bukslieesh.
^ ^- ^ 1 ^ yoii'll get no
wine-money out of me.
^ ^ 1 ^ what will be the end
of it t what will come of it t •
I ^ to make a way for one's
Bcli', to become well-known.
Bead />oA, The motion of fishes
struggling.
1 ] f^ quick, perpetually mo-
ving, as a fish's taU.
^ A large sear-going vessel, like
) a raft for size ; an ark.
t-' " Head i/ei. A fruit resembling
a pumelo; the end of the
plate in a roo£
c/«
^
Interchanged with the preced-
ing ; the second form is not
common.
A bamboo raft, or some-
thing similar, for crossing a
river ; a pontoon.
iX, 1 fire rafts.
^ ] ^ to tie together a
raft,
bamboo rafts with a bent
1^
stem.
From man and iance ; to be dis-
tinguished from tai* J\ a gene-
ration.
To reduce a dependency to
order, to chastise rebels ; to destroy,
to desolate ; to cut down ; to brag,
to bring one's merit to notice ;
meritorious deeds ; fine ; to beat a
drum ; a midsman ; the stars i in
Capricorn, and i v in Orion.
1 TJC or ] ^ to fell trees.
1 ^ to boast of one's goodness.
] H^ to punish an offense.
I ^ to dnim, in order to call one.
^ j 7f I) ^ to kill recklessly;
famous for prowess.
^ S 1 ^ ^ ^ be was men-
torious, because he did not brag
of himself.
S. 1ili S 1 to set forth our
prince's deetls.
^ A f^ 1 to act as a go-be-
tween.
From door and to reduce as the
phonetic.
/a* The left-side door in a great
palace gateway, or the left
side of a gate.
1 ^ the leaves of a double door ;
degrees of merit ; meritorious
BerNnces, such as entitle one to
pass through the gate.
1 f^ i, ^ ^ distinguished fami-
ly, one of the gentry; in the
Mongol dynasty there was an
order of nobility called ,^ g^
] ^ from certain insignia
which the members were al-
lowed to show at their gateways.
/fAA To subdue the ground, which
I ^ j the composition of the cha-
fa' racter indicates.
^ I to })lough, to turn
o\er the clods and prepare
the soil for seed.
^ ] -^ people who build tuud
walls.
From mortar and market.
To ix)und rice for the purpose
of hulling it.
Composed of "a to mil at an<i J}
a siiord with which to .itab; q d.
actions that deserve punishment.
A fault, a peccadillo, a petty
offense; a crime; a slight punish-
ment, a penalty commutable by
money ; a fine; to forfeit, to fine,
to flog.
* 1 to reprimand, to find fault
with, to punish corp<>n;.llv, ;is a
pupil or subaltern.
1 tS ^" forfeit a glass ot wuie —
by Ix'ing made to drink it.
1 \% to forfeit or be mulcted one's
salary.
] Jg a fine; moneys accruing
from fines.
JJ and ] are opposites ; — to con-
fer ; to mulct.
^J ] punishments of every grade.
or rations, as a soldier.
^ fr ^ 1 I (Wu Wang) will
reverently execute Heaven's
punishment.
^ ] ciursed, punished ; mider
disgrace.
^ ] fj); I'll punish you ; ». e.
you've offended me, you've not
done it right.
The original form is from jE
correct turned to the left, to de-
i/"
note its opposite.
To be in want of, defective
empty, poor; exhausted, weary
needing rest, and thus like t^ie
next ; a temporary deficiency, em-
barrassed; to ftiil of; to injure;
without, wantuig; a leather screen
to protect archers ; a sort of shield.
FAH.
FAH.
FAN.
123
IQ ] wearied, tired out.
] A M ^. ^^^ ministered to his
wants.
^ 1 or ^ ] absolutely desti-
tute, impoverished.
^ ] insufficient, unsupplied, out of.
^ ^ 1 ^ I may not venture to
impede this affair.
/fi ] K^i no want of clever men.
^ f# ] T I'^6 walked till I am
tired out.
Weary, without energy; las-
situde, arising from heat ;
lean, lank.
From woman and destitute.
Handsome, beautiful, femi-
nine; whatever is matronly
and lady-like.
From water and to put away,
i. e. to reduce to a level, as
water is ; the second form has
J^ a fabulous benipjn animal
that punislies the guilty, added
to it, and occurs only in Budhist
books.
A law, a statute, a rule, some-
thing that restrauis one ; a set of
regulations, precepts ; in scientific
usage, the rules for, or science of;
a legal infliction ; a sect, a religion ;
an art; skill; the code of the
Budhists, so called from the first
syllable of dharma or law ; the sect
of Budhists; to follow a rule, to
imitate an example ; and hence,
excellent, natural, like, accurate;
a working factor in a sum.
^ ] or 1^ I the statutes of a
country.
1 i^ the net or power of the laws.
^J ] penal laws.
!§ ] a code of politeness.
•jj ] a means, a way, a style.
^ 1 ^ ^ their doctrines and
law are unlimited — in their ap-
plication.
1 ^ or ] "^ "g" P France;
the French.
^ 1 ^P lil to rigidly maintain
the laws ; ^ ] also denotes
an executor of the laws, a ma-
gistrate.
I jig or ] ^1] a set of rules; a
plan ; regulations, patterns.
^ ] to lay a spell, to exorcise.
j^ 1 "F °^ ^ 1 '^^ ^^^^P' ^° ^^"
medy ; it can't be helped.
I 7jC to spurt water by the mouth
or asperge it ; applied to the act
of priests when they sprinkle a
charm.
j^ ] -^ think whether there's no
other way, or no plan.
;j|C ] hydraulics.
^ ] to unravel ; to relieve from
danger, to plan a rescue; to
solve a mystery.
1 p^ the Budhists.
1 ^ ^ priestly or clerical dress.
] f^ accurate, life-like drawings.
] ^ a spiritual, ethereal body that
can pass through things ; also an
image of Budha.
] ^ a praying machine, used by
the Mongols to repeat prayers
as it revolves by the wind ; but
f§ 1 ^ also means to preach
or hand down Budhist doctrines.
I H^ rules or way of legerdemau),
the black art.
^ $!( Wt 1 ^ '^^^^ show you how
to do it, as a flugelman does ;
it is used too by priests when
they explain the tenets of their
faith, which they exliibit in
themselves.
An unauthorized character.
O The enameled ware of the
y" Chinese.
1 i%. ii% ^ cloisonnee or en-
ameled jar
,^y-l^ Chilly; to open sluices to
^l\.:} let water upon fields.
fa' I J^ to irrigate, to water.
Old sounds, pan, pon, pam and bam.
and one bwan ; — in Fuhchau,
Composed of m field and 5k the
claws of a beast, as it seems to be
designed to represent their foot-
steps.
The tracks of a wild beast ; a
time, a turn ; to repeat, to dupli-
cate ; to send, to dispatch to ; to
change ; to reckon ; an ancient tribe
of Mongols or Huns near Kokonor
beyond the frontier of China ; abo-
In Canton, fan ; — in Swatow, hwan and hwam ; — in Amoy, hun, hwan, hong,
hwang, and a few pang ; — in Shanghai, ie^ and vh^ ; — in Chi/u, fan.
rigines of the country in the south,
now applied to any uncivilized peo-
ple, and in contempt along the
southern coasts, to Europeans and
other foreigners ; in some ports,
it means a dollar, alluding to the
effigy.
] ^ foreign talk.
] A or ;^ ] at Canton, a fo-
reigner
^ I a counterfeit or copper dollar.
+ j the native savages or people ;
the name Turfan, on foreign
maps applied to the regions west
of China as a proper name, is
derived from this.
/^ ] eight tribes of Miaotsz' in
Ting-fan cheu ^ | j\\ in
Kwei-chau province.
#. 1 several tunes.
124
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
H 1 M "^^ times and times,
repeatedly.
3^ ] incessantly, continuously.
■g I to alter.
^ 1 ^ i» to go abroad to trade.
Kead jw. Warlike,
j ] ^ ^ an old and courageous
wanior, like John Hunyades.
Eead ^pan. Name of a district.
1 ^ |j^ Pan-yii hien, which in-
cludes Whampoa and part of
Canton city.
1 j\\ nn old name of Kao-cheu fu
^ '}^\ M '" ^^^ southwest of
Kwangtung.
From winifs and to repeat h the
phonetic; occurs used for (/'an ^
to turn back.
(/""
To fly to and fro, to flutter
about: to return ; to change,
to turn over 5 to revise, as a case ;
wrongly used for the next, to trans-
late; fickle, vacillating.
I ^ to resuscitate, to come to ;
to come back to life.
1 1& ^ turn it over.
] ^ to rejudge a case ; an appeal.
1 S"M 1 SS to go to and
fro, changeable, uncertain, un-
settled, vacillating.
] JSl ;^ * boisterous wind.
]^ ] to soar and sail, as a hawk.
] ^ to flutter and flit
1 J^ t*' change color, to get
angry or blush.
] ^ 5f to turn somersaults, to
perform gymnastics, as an acro-
bat.
1 331 ^ W to turn things over
and over, to throw into disor-
der.
^ ^ — • 1 runnmg about on
your busmess ; to attend to an
affair.
] ^ overturned ; WTong side up.
^ ] ~f turned it over ; upset it,
as by accident.
•^ 1 M ii — 1 ® at each dash
of rain there's a gust of wind.
In Pehinyese, often wrongly writ-
ten ^ to show that it is colloquial,
but this last is properly read po*.
To tiurn over, to toss about.
] ^ to turn over the leaves of a
book, to comit them, or see their
contents.
From silk and to re/>eat as the
phonetic. Used with the Inst ; it
,. is also erroneously wriiteu p^
<./ from tlie power of the radical.
The wind fluttering a fliig;
to agitate, to display, to open out ;
to translate ; to ()|X!n out the mean-
mg in the colloquial, to uiterpret ;
loose, easy ; flutterijig.
] m '^ an official translator or
interpreter.
^ ] |g to speak foreign lan-
guages.
From na/tkin and to repeat; used
with the next.
^j'un A duster or cloth to wipe
goblets ; a marker or cUstin-
guishing peimant to signal-
ize the presence of an oflScer ;
tripartite streamers hung in temples
before the shrine, generally bear-
ing legends, and beautifully em-
broidered ; to return.
5g ] — U a pair of ornamental
banners.
] j^> ^ forthwith (or suddenly)
changed it.
] 11 waving, fluttermg; flymg
abroad.
^ 1 5i to carry the white ^ |
or three-tier banner, on which
the name of the defunct is writ-
ten, to show its spirit the way
to the grave, where it is burned.
From ^ag and to repeat. Used
with the last, and more fre-
quently.
A Streamer; a funeral flag
or banner.
^ ] flags and pennons ; banners
of all sorts,
fg s% 1 the banner used to call
fplr:ts to their tombs or tablets,
especially of those who died
abroad.
c/"«
j)[^ ^ ] to hoist the green ban-
ner, refers to the same usage;
this is simply a full leaved bam-
boo, which ia waved over the
family gra>e.
5j?* A screen or hood for a cart,
<T IH ^'•*^1^'<1 1 1^' which keeps off
^j'an the dust and mud ; it appears
to have been a sort of mat
dashboard thrown over the
front.
L^> From hand and cap it is inter-
^T|* clinnged with //ie«' |"|» to pat.
(Jiin Soaring; flying.
±i)k\^^^ 1 ^m.^it
was then only a wren, but wiien
it flew away it became a [big] bird.
Eead p'en\ To brandish or clap
the hands ; to sweep clean, to brush
off; to reject, to lightly regard.
1 ^ to clear away ; to reject, to
ignore.
] ^ to risk life, as in rescuing one.
JUSfL From Jire and to repeat as tlie
tVoi phonetic.
^/un To roast meat for sacrifices.
1 i^ T> M T^ 1:. i. M ff
when the roasted flesh was
not brought in, [Corducius]
went away without taking ofl'
his cap.
^ 1 ^ ^ either roasted or gril-
led.
] ^ an ancient kind of burnt of-
fering on the great altar when
worshipuig Heaven.
tt^l^ Meats used in sacrifices, and
if] 03 distributed by the emperors
^/un of Cheu to their kinsmen.
I [^ sacrificial meate.
t-JI^ A tomb or grave.
J tH 1 F^ ^ ^ the worship at
^/an the tombs ; religious cere-
monies at graves.
A sort of precious stone found
ui Lu, called J^ ] , which
Confucius admired ; it waa
probably a veuied agate.
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
125
A plantigrade foot, like that
of a badger ; the paw of a
^fun bear, called ^t ] , which is
regarded as one of the /\ ^
or eight delicacies.
From plants and a turn ; occurs
used for the next.
Plants growing luxuriantly ;
floiu-ishiiig ; plenty ; numer-
ous ; the increase of; to inclose,
to fence in, to shield.
I ^ abundant, full.
] 1^ numerous, as progeny.
1 ^ ''J" 1 !S| flourishing, as a
garden or field ; to increase.
] )&.^ numerous, increasing popu-
lation.
j^ J^ 1 ^ ^^'^ descendants are
many and prospering.
E9 ^ -f* 1 [Fu and Sh&i] are
screens to the other states.
From grass and spring of water;
it is also used for ^^ a cart-
,. cover.
A fence or hedge ; a bound-
ary, a frontier ; to protect, to fend
off; to inclose ; in the Peh Sung
4b 7^ dynasties, applied to certain
feudatories near the frontiers, which
only rendered homage, but were
regarded as Chinese subjects
] ,1^ a defense, an outlying juris-
diction or fief
] ^ a wattle ; a bamboo or hur-
dle fence.
I j^ the frontier.
] Jg an inclosing wall.
] ^ a neighboring, allied, or
feudatory state ; Corea so calls
herself
] rI or 1 • ^ the fenduig-off
commissioner ; i. e. the treasurer
of a province, so called to show
the importance of the revenue,
ff^ A fH 1 serviceable men are
as a fence — to the state.
] E officers near the throne ;
this, and | ^ a screen, are
also applied to a high officer
who protects the throne, or de-
fends the frontier.
A dust basket or fan to se-
parate chaff; a refuse basket
called ] ^, made some-
what like a sieve ; to cover,
to screen from view.
3S A very small sized deer, oc-
g| curling among the mountains
(^faa of Koko-nor, having a yellow
belly, and called laen-rh on
the, spot ; the Pan Ts'ao regards
it as a variety of the dzeron {Anti-
lope guttarosa), but it is most pro-
bably another species.
I
m
Jan
From Jire and head.
Heat and pain in the head ;
trouble, annoyance; perplex-
ed, heated; important, not
indifferent; to intrude on, to trou-
ble, to ask ; impertinent, urgent ;
grieved, sorry.
^ 1 to trouble one, as with an
errand.
^ 1 or ] ^ or ^ 1 i^^ I
give you much trouble, or I will
be obliged to you ; i. e. please
do this ; I'll thank you to do
this ; — polite forms of request.
] ^1^ perplexed, vexed, grieved,
annoyed.
I ^ to annoy, to interrupt.
I 'rff J^t fo please take this let-
ter ; — written on the envelop.
] ^ or ] ^ troublesome, im-
pertinent; vexed with trifles.
^ I M'l ^ ^"^ excess of ceremony
is confusing.
/?> ii^ 1 I can't bear to be trou-
bled so.
1^ ] ^-^f very annoying ; unusual-
ly troublesome.
7A
.J[-^ An aquatic grass, on which
cA^ wild geese feed, the ^ | ,
probably a triquetrous sedge,
like a Carex or Cyperus.
One form is composed of 3^ silk
C^f^ and -^ each, and defined to be
/^(^^ an ornament placed on a horse's
i neck or mane.
Much, numerous ; the opposite
of ^kien ^ limited ; troublesome ;
thick, as giass ; a variety of affairs ;
manifold, multitudinous.
] ^ g'litityj pomp; extravagant
show.
] 7l troublesome from excess.
] ^ or 1^ ] overburdened ; con-
fused ; perplexed with cares.
] 1^ harassed by many carea
] ^ expensive, costly, using more
than is needed.
I H and ] ^ troublesomely
hcird and troublesomely weary-
ing, are terms aplied to certain
district and prefectural posts.
Bead ^p^an. A saddle-girth.
From /ilants and troublesome as
the phonetic.
An edible kind of celery or
borage, anciently called ^
^, whose leaves are eaten when
green, and pickled for winter ; the
leaves are ted to young sUkworms,
and a decoction sprinkled on their
eggs hastens their hatchuig ; some
consider this plant to be a species
of woolly Artemisia, but the uses
and description seem to point out
a more edible plant.
■^ I'U ^ 1 she collects the celery.
y^t ^'^^"^ thrown upon plants to
J^ff^ cover their roots when first
j/'a/i set out ; to water plants.
I J'^ to drip or run over.
From two trees hound and inter-
laced by branches, to form a
hedge ; it is now superseded by
^Jan the next, and occurs only in com-
bination.
A screen ; a hedge ; a fence.
-t-^t^ Composed of hedge and great,
-IjlS. but the original form is like the
^>^ last.
J /an
A railing ; an inclosed place,
a spot hedged around ; a cage ; ob-
structed, hedged up ; mixed.
I 11 a cage.
^ '^ W M Jh -^ I the flitting
green bottle-fly has stopped in
the hedge.
126 FAN.
From slone. and a hedged plat as
tlie plicneiic.
Styptic mineral or metallic
st.lts fit for dyeing or paints
iiig ; alum ; to dye with
alum ; to tan leather in lime and
copperas.
1^ ] alum ; ] ;g" alum shale.
^ I or ^ I copperas, green
vitriol, or sulphate of ii-on.
H I *^^ jfX 1 ^^"® vitriol, or
sulphate of copijcr.
^ I acetate of cojjper.
llj j a tree in Honan, whose
leaves furnish a dyeing salt.
I l:S paper sized with aJum.
1 ife Ji3^ • tanning-shop.
^M ^ ^'ras\\ grasshopper, callerl
(-^^ -^ ] , the common Gryllus.
^fan ^ I the cockroach, or per-
haps a sort of Ciinex, which
stinks when it is struck ; it is said
to have been eaten.
A
The original form bad . two
inside to denote a pair, and wa.s
* derived from an old form of ^
denoting to bring all together ;
others derive it from 75 '/'•** »Dd
iJ -" one ; others from still dilTerent
forms ; the second is unautho-
rized, and mostly used by the
Budhists.
All, everybody; common, vulgar,
usual ; generally, for the most
part ; among the Budhists, the
world ; laic ; mortal, earthly, hu-
man.
] J\, men, people, mankind ; used
by Budhists as a demeaning term
for the laity, the world, secular
persons, who cannot attain to
immortality like j|Jj \ ethereal
men, or to high happiness like
j^. J\^ holy ones.
] jljj tho world ; in secular life.
] ^ everything ; all affairs.
^ \ whoever ; in general
Ml or 1 i^ all, everything,
everybody ; altogether.
M 1 ^ ^ ^ giv*' yo" much
trouble about these things.
FAN.
^ ^ 1 M I 'lo"'' know how
many there are altogether.
^^ ] clever, not common, above
the average.
] ^ or I ^ ^ ^ or I ^
common sort of people, the
vulgar.
"^ 1 to come into the world, as
a divijie being.
^ I to descend from heaven to
this world.
i@L I ^^ think of leaving the
priesthood and marrying ; —
said by priests.
:h ] 1^ ^ people generally
have it
j^ ] A i^ ij whoever performs
good deeds.
S ] fe ^J do the whole in the
same way as the pattern.
J^ ] /^ to shuffle off this mortal
coil, to turn into a spirit, or go
among the genii.
I JJ^* of human ori^n, — t. e. not
a god.
M
i/«^
From kerchief and all as the
phonetic.
A sail for vessels ; canvas ;
to sail ; sailing.
] ;f{] canvas, sail-cloth.
] j|g sailing vessels, not steamers.
\^ j ^ spread sail, to set out on
a voyage.
^ Q ] to hoist the lofty sails.
^ 1 i^ ^ l^oist high the gay
sails.
Jh "^ I M *^ get another's help, I
to raise the wind ; refers to a
fair wind filling the sail.
^ ] a sort of laminated sea-
weed.
M '''
roni wind and horse ; one form
the last when used as a verb.
ifan A horse racing ; a boat sail-
ing swiftly.
*5 1 1 flu i- or ^ 1 fr a
ve&scl sailing ; the ships are
sailing away.
Jjf ] a horse frightened and run-
ning.
FAN.
A^^ An osier basket shaped like
il) I"* a fish-basket, with a small
^/an mouth and covered with silk ;
in olden times, brides placed
millet and dates in one, and
^ carried it on meeting their
husbands.
-tt^ A large tree, • whose bark is
(f[/L called TJC t? TfC ^J^^cause it
^/an floats; one defines it to be
the bark of firewood ; it may
be a kind of cork tree.
^ |y* Composed of ^ a retreat and
^^'V X a hand ; the hiuid is the agent
*/CW ^'^ turning; inteicluinged with the
next, and with ^ to revert.
To turn back voluntarily ; to
return, to recur to ; to turn, as
the leaves of a book ; to send back,
to send for ; to resume ; to take
back ; in revenge for ; perversity ;
a rei)etition ; to be or act contrary,
to rebel, to plot against ; to revise ;
the reverse of; to turn around ;
again ; as a conjunction^ but, on the
contrary, opiK)sed to; used in
dictionaries to denote the union of \
an initial and final when expressing
a tliird soimd.
^ ] discordant, unmatched.
J[B ] to reflect light ; refraction.
1 or I ^ to turn back to,
to revert to.
] >^ to slander, to backbite.
•f^ I to rebel, to excite sedition.
^ I to retluce insurgenta
] P to retract, to disown, to
deny one's words.
I ^ rebels to government ; the
seditious.
1 ^ la ^ ^l^e stomach rejects
footl.
] $f to turn over ; turn it around.
1 $i M >Sl *® change counte-
nance.
] IQf to turn a cold shoulder ; the
contrary idea.
] ^ on the contrary ; upset,
fg ] to drive the people to revolt
] ^ a renegade, a turncoat
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
127
carefully ask your
uninterrapted bless-
1 >C. S F^
own heart.
] ^ a relapse of an illness.
] ^ iftP % ^^^ °^^ ^^ ^ ^^^~
fereiit from then.
I ^ ;^ ||| on the contrary it
was (lis greeable.
j and jg are used in opposition,
as a direct and indirect argu-
ment in logic ; ] |^ is negative,
adverse, ironical ; j£ |^ is posi-
tive, favorable, serious, direct.
] -^ to spell or combine the
sounds of ciiaracters, as "^ j^
/-n yu-en, which gives ^ /'an.
I ^ back and forth ; to retract ;
tautological ; over again.
] |§ f ^ a disjunctive particle.
] H ^ P>') ^ j|E by a contrary
wind the grain all rose up.
C .^t^ From to go and contrary ; used
with the laat.
*fan To return, to go or come
back ; to revert to ; but, on
the other hand.
-^ 1 M ^"^^ many days wiU
you be gone %
1 -^ i^ 5C ^^^''' '*" *^ Heaven.
] fS r^'*^ ^^^^] *^'^ ^"^ return.
"jfO 1 ^ M ^'^ ^'^'^ contrary, he
sufFdred by it, or was involved.
1 j^ to return, as home, or from
a visit ; to revert to.
] 1^ to sail or row back ; to back
water in rowing.
m
>«
From earth and contrary as the
plioiietic.
A decLVity, a hill-side ; a
bank ; a dike.
^ ] a terraced bank or slope.'
^ 1 the place where Shun built
his capital, now Pu-cheu fu f^
*)\\ J^ in the southwest oomer
of Shansi.
Used with the precedinpf, and oc-
curs used for its primitive.
V"» A banlc, a dike : the steep
rocky descent of hills.
hill-side terraces ; fields bank-
ed up to retain the water.
I ] a plateau or level parterre
in a valley.
Jk
fan'
From to eat and
phonetic.
return as the
A meal ; cooked rice, because
it is the chief dish at every
meal ; food in general ; the bottom
of the thumb ; to eat a meal.
P^ 1 or :t 1 or |3 ] to eat, to
take a meal ; ] ^ after eating.
^ 1 ^ poor? beggared ; I have
no food.
ft 1 6vf a beggar, a needy per-
son.
— $^ 1 or ~^ ^ 1 one meal.
P^ i^ 1 Pill '^^^^ yo*! l^ad yoiu-
rice % — i.e. Are you well ? How
do you do ? — to which the re-
Ply H W ii or fl j§ 7 I've
no need to inconvenience you ;
I've already eaten.
•^ ^ I do not grab the rice.
^'' \ cooked millet.
] J^ ^ f tC 7K [Confiicius said,]
with my meal of coarse rice and
with water to drink, I am happy.
tI^ 1 or 1^ ] rice ready to eat.
1^ ] ]©^ the southern name for
the white-bait {Leucosoma^, from
its diaphanous body.
1 ^ SM the cobra de capello, so
called from its spoon shaped
head.
^ -^ -^ ^ ] [like] the bleaching
woman's meal — given to Han
Sin, which was nobly rewarded.
^ ^ ] to cook beans and glu-
tinous rice for mourners ; — a
Cantonese custom.
] 1^ rice shears ; — a term for
the molar teeth.
55 ] in ancient times, the cook
of the second meal of noblemen.
From pearl or to buy and to re-
turn.
To turn a penny, to buy
cheap and sell dear, to traf-
fic, to deal in, to carry about
for sale.
fan'
iV
1 ^ or ] {-^ a peddler, a chap-
man, one who buys at night to
sell in the morning.
] ^ to peddle, to retail ; a ped-
dler.
] ^ a warehouse, a large shop.
] ^ A P to deal in human
beings, especially cliildren.
A 1 -^ a broker in children.
^^ ] to kidnap people for sal&
I ■^ J^ to trade in cattle, as a
»^ 1 "? jockey does.
] ^ house of a broker in women ;
a sort of marriage-broker ; it is
not a disreputable busuiess.
) To regret ; penitent ; hasty,
precipitate ; wicked.
fan^ ] '\% to regret an act.
' ) From disease and to turn.
To vomit food ; to faint and
fan^ relieve the stomach ; in Tso,
bad people were so called.
; > A plain, a field ; in Honan,
used in the sense of a farm-
yaw^ stead, a hamlet.
] B^ fields and plats.
From spirits and an officer.
Liquor kept over night :
newly distilled spirits ; that
l"fF" J ^'^^'^'^ i® made of refuse
grain.
In Cantonese. Ill-luck, as upon
children ; ill starred ; things or
agencies that injure children.
^ 1 to exorcise the demon which
makes sickness.
1 ^ to meet with misadventures
that affect the foetus.
I ||^ elfins or gnomes which bring
evil on a household.
-JCJ^) From forest and all as the pho-
J^ netic
fan* A Hindu word denoting still-
ness or retirement, now used
for the Sanscrit or Pali languaff^".
as a contraction of ] ^ ^
Brahma ; the country of MagadLia
whence Budha came.
128
FAN.
FAN.
FAN.
5E, Budhist prayers and charms.
■^ Brahma's chapter, is the
syllabary in twelve parts, ascrib-
ed to him.
^ the sound of chanting ;
Sanscrit sounds.
?^ or I :§ or ] "g Pali or
Sanscrit (i. e. Brahma's) cha-
racters or writing ; while | |§
is Sanscrit word or speech.
^l] a Budhist monastery, hi
wliich the j ^ is the great
hall of idols.
J^ a Brahmin.
3^ J or ;^ 1 I Brahma is
80 called by some Chinese Bud-
hists; and ] ^ is Brahma-
loka, the eighteen mansions in
heaven.
Read </wn^- The soughing of
wind through trees ; to spread
abroad widely.
*/l~l ' From water and t, joint,
\ L^ Water overflowing ; to inun-
fav^ date ; agitated, in motion, like
a flood ; weak in mind, and
unable to compose the thoughts ;
name of a river in Shantung and
in Honan.
] ^ an inundation, overflowing
everything.
m
fan"
Sometimes used for the preced-
ing ; it is also read ^fwxij ; the
second form is most used.
To float ; driven to and fro
by the wind; floating; to
transport ; unguided, reck-
less, careless, objectless ;
extensive, universal; to overflow;
name of a river in Shensi.
j5^ ] floating about; superficial.
I ^ light, buoyant, as a cork or
spume.
] ] it ^ driftmg with the cur-
rent.
] ^ customary; unacquainted
with.
1 e" vague talk, untrustworthy.
] -^ sailing or riding in a boat.
\ ^ excessive, as a flood.
] ^ to sprinkle abundantly.
1 5[^ the plunging and dashing
ot waves on a shore.
] ^ ^^ wander at will, purpose-
less.
1 1 Tf^ ^ Ifl * superficial ac-
quahitance with ; I only recently
knew him.
Read '^fung. To throw, as a
horse his rider.
1 Si -^ J^ * horse that spills his
rider ; mrt. a stubborn boy.
m
/«»'
J From dog and a joint.
To rush against ; to offend,
to transgress; to resist, to
oppose, to violate ; to invade,
to attack a territory ; to attack
impudently, to assault unprovoked-
ly ; to encounter that which injures
one ; possessed by, as a spirit ; to
be exposed to ; a cruuiiial ; a pri-
soner at the bar, a culprit, whether
proven guilty or not ; adverse ; op-
posing.
1 f^ to transgress, to commit a
crime; guilty.
1 ^^ to break the laws.
1 ^ a criminal, one under arrest ;
a Q ] is one in custody.
^ ] to invade, to incroach on.
/^ 1 t^ !§ I have oflfended you ;
— a polite phrase.
^ ] to be exposed to ; infected
with, as mischief.
'|<^ ] an unintentional violation.
■^ ] to oflfend, to resist law.
m ] an intentional offense, deli-
berate resistance.
1 J;;^ impertinent to superiors.
^ t5« H ] it will b(; hard to
stand their united wrath.
1 It8 IJ^ ^-"^ encounter malaria.
'%% \ T J^ T the air is very
damp.
] 1^ to improperly use the Em-
peror's personal name or that of
Confucius.
] ;f; _t. it won't pay ; I can't af-
ford to do it.
1 BM '^ ^'^ whole thing is spoiled.
1 iS S *° estimate the risks.
] Wij ^ ^ [Yen Hwui] never
retaliated when assaulted.
?Rr :^ ^ 1 ^ ?JC river water
does not nm with well-water ; —
I want nothing to do with you,
I have no quarrel with you.
-4-|-*J From herb and to float.
v^^ Plants, grass, herbage; a
Jan Y\xA of wasp, having a sort
of crown on its head, for
which the next is also used.
] 5S a sort of ancient cap.
From iR insect and jjfil a rule
contracted, referring to the eco-
nomy of a hive.
A bee or wasp.
bee has the cap of honor, the
cicada hjis the fringe.
'^ From ^L carriage and y5 a, rule
contracted ; this last is also an-
,. , other form of this character.
Jctn
A law, a rule, a pattern ; a
custom, standard, or usage;
a mold ; to hnitate.
^ ] a founder's mold ; a pattern,
an exemplar.
^ ] the great guide ; — a chap-
ter in the Book of Records,
j ^ a constant rule.
J5JJ ] a rule for guarding or pro-
tecthig.
Jg, ] a graceful, winning air.
1 @ ^ >^ ^^o "O*- overpass the
restraining law.
jJH ] or ^, I your good self,
your person ; — used in letters.
m
fan'
From fevxnle^ hare and horn^ —
an instance of ideograjjhic com-
hinatlon.
The young of rabbits, which
the Chhiese affirm are born
at the mouth ; to litter, as
rabbits.
> Plants floatuig on the water.
1^ ^ 1 f^ the femnrt and
/aw' chui-a float on the stream.
FJLN.
FlN.
FAN.
129
—
Old sounds, pun, bun, and p'un. In Canton, fan ; — in Swatow, nun, pun, and p*un ; — in Amoy, hnn ; — en
Fuhchau, hung, hong, a«c? pwong ; — in Shanghai, fang and vang ; — in Chifu, fan.
Jan
From 7j ^ni/6 and y\, to enter,
because the edge must go in to
divide a thing ; it is also ready'a/i'
and used witli ^ a part.
To separate; to divide or
sort out for distribution ; to appor-
tion, to part ; to share, to partake
with ; often used for [^ to order ;
to distinguish between ; the second
place for tenths in decimal nota-
tion ; a nominal money, the tenth
of a mace called a candareen ; the
tenth of a Chinese inch.
^ ] to divide alike.
] ^ to distinguish between ; to
separate, to open.
] ^l] t© discriminate apart or be-
tween ; to divide.
] Jl^ to sort out for distribu-
tion.
] "^ utterly routed; scattered,
dispersed.
\\^-^Wn 1 tS: divide it
into ten parts and it will then
all be distributed.
] :^ to bid good-bye ; to wave
adieu.
1 ^ purposeless, undetermined.
I -E to station troops.
] '^ or I ^ to divide an estate.
^ 1 ^0 ii tliere is still some
hope left.
1 BG ^'^ S^^'^ ^ gratuity ; to pay a
boims.
^ii.l E(or 1 |)£) to secretly
receive ill gotten gains ; to par-
take with a thief.
] 0^ to clearly distinguish ; plain,
lucid.
] f^ sent off, as a petty officer to
his post.
] Jjj^ a magistrate deputed by a
prefect ; a sub-prefect in districts
where there is a chi-hien.
1 ^ :^ ^M^ argue a point.
17
— • I ^ n divided it will make
two.
I fS IrI 5^ the carpels of an or-
ange all taste alike ; met. friends
of one mind.
] ^ to condole with, to sym-
pathize.
"^ I ^J exceedingly good ; best.
# M 1 "if /fl ^ the rain fell
more or less everywhere.
Jan
From silk
plionetic.
and divided as the
A horsehair sheath ; a varie-
gated ribbon ; mottled, as a
cloud ; confused, perplexed ; many
things at once ; ill-assorted ; hurry,
bustle, excitement; to mix up.
1 1 ^ -^ distracted by many
cares.
1 ^ confused multiplicity.
] 1^ all in confusion ; a hubbub,
a crowd.
1^ ] I a slow, drizzling rain.
1 1 f^ disorderly, confusedly.
I ^ mixed, unassorted.
] ^ gaiety, bustle ; a gay time.
M ^ ^ 1 1^6 is never confused,
or diverted from his purpose ; —
said of a just or decided man.
Used with the last, denoting
a large towel or napkin,
called ] ijl^, and hung in the
left side of the girdle.
Misty, foggy; snowy.
]^ ^ ] ] the sleety snow
falls slowly and abmidantly.
From plant and'to divide, because
a flower disperses fragrance.
Jan
Jan
Jan
Perfume of opening flowers;
fragrance ; numerous ; ami-
cable; used with ^ confused.
I I harmonious, joyous; frag-
rant.
\^ \ in confusion, as a state.
] ^ rismg like impalpable dust.
] 5^ odoriferous.
J^^ Vapor, misty exhalations,
c^yy miasma; aerial omens, shad-
Jcin owy signs, will-o'-the wisp;
applied to rebels, which por-
tend decay in the state.
1 fii seJ'ialj smoky, or misty va-
pors.
1 1% dai'k portents, infelicitous
omens; an apparition.
P ] demagogues ; seditious ris-
ings.
^ \ " sea-mist," i e. pirates.
^ I portents, dreadful omens.
M 1 iE iil the rebel miasma then
burned most furiously.
Jan
n
Jan
m
Jan
zk
Jan
Jan
From wings and to divide.
To fly; I ] flying and
soaring.
^ 1 flying 5 the act op ap-
pearance of flying.
The light of the sun issuing
forth.
The hair and to part.
The hair falling off is | | ,
said of animals, or of the
moltuig of birds.
To direct, to order.
1 Pft to give orders to in-
feriors, to charge straitly ; a
command, a direction.
Long flowing robes,
j ] 1^^ ^^ a Ml, wide
skirt spreadhig gracefully.
A'
130
FAN.
FAN.
FlN.
From forest and divide as the
plionetic ; it is similar to ^ to
mix.
Double beams on the ridge
of a roof; the ridge-pole ;
a hemjx'ii covering for a cart ;
confused, disordered ; tangled, ra-
veled.
fl^ ?!K 1 ] ^ "^ confusion ; tur-
bulent, riotous, as a coimtry.
fn 1$ fl 1 ^ to hatchel the silk
and tangle it; mtt. to manage
badly, as bLate atfairs.
Birds flying in flocks ; a kind
of i)ie of a dark color, whose
long tail feathers are used in
soldiers' helmets.
Read ^jxin.
is] :a,|;
cent.
The wild pigeon
its neck is irides-
J&n
To cook or steam rice, and
throw water on it when
j' half done, so that the grains
«r-, |- will separate; then steam
'^T' -' it agaui.
Jan "^
1 is t<^ half-cook the rice,
leaving (he grains hard.
P^ .^ 1 1 wash and then steam
it once and again.
The chief river of Shansi,
the I i^^ which joins the
Yellow Kiver at Lung-miln
in the southwest ; it is about
250 miles long, and gives its name
to several places in the province.
] fg spirits distilled in Fftiicheu
from sorghum ; it has a wide re-
putation.
1 1^ I was a petty ruler duriirg
tlie T'ang dynasty, named ;|[5,
whose name is now synonymous
■with earthly happiness, as he
lived to a grc.it age and had ini-
mennis descendants ; the phrase
1 1^ |,!| 0f the king of Fftn-
yang in Honan nodding his head
' ■— because be did not know all
his posterity, — is a birthday
Jan
VjfS
A hill of earth, rising steep
and high.
S H 1 ;i B let us go
up this steep hill.
From wood and divide ; occurs
used for 3sf a beam.
A lofty tree, a kind of elm,
with small seeds and white
bark ; it is probably alUed to the
white elm.
^ ?^ iL 1 t^® ^1™ ^t the east
gatc^
] ;j|f If a famous temple erected
by the founder of the Han
dynasty.
From i\ Jire and ip(f a hedge
contracted ; used for ^f[ to lose,
in the phrase ] ^ ^ [ele-
phants] lose their li\ e«i — for their
tusks.
To bum a thing ; to make pre-
parations for consuming it ; to set
it on fire ; to destroy utterly.
] ^ to light uicense slicks.
] ^ cremation, now employed
only in burning priests' corpses.
1 •ffc '*> burn up, as written paper.
1 ^ J^A li. [Tsin] burned the
l)<)()ks and ininnned the scholars.
(•Jj ^ # 1 llJ ^ ^^""'t set the
woods on fire in spring.
I ^ :^ to burn paper-money to
the dead.
^y) it to
ram; though some define
mean a ewe.
Ffom wood and /rnt/rant.
A kind of wood burned for its
perfume.
From earth and strenuous ;
tlie contracted form is in con-
stant use ; occurs used for the
next.
A grave ; a tumulus or
''dn tomb ; a heap ; an embank-
ment or water-dyke ; a
sprite ; rich soil ; loaui ;
great.
] j^ a plot of gromid for burials.
I
the grave or mound,
or ^ I to worship at the
tomb, to sweep the grave.
] ^ a cemetery, the yard around
the tomb.
^ I a neglected grar*, no longer
Avorshiped.
] j^ the moimd is growing, — as
a heap of refuse.
^ I bhick loamy soil.
I ^ rich soil.
1 ^ ^ custodian of graves, who
li\es near them. {Pekint/ese)
j£ ] the three powers, — heaven
earth and man, — wliich ^ di-
vide everything among them;
also the monuments or records
of the three first nders, Fuh-hi,
Shin-nung, and Hwaugti.
This is regarded as another
form of the last in its mean-
ing of a sprite, shaped like a
half-formed ram ; a sheep
with a big head.
3 j^ :^ ] -^ a lean sheep with a
big head.
From plants and strenuous.
Trees or plants producuig
abundance of fruits; flowers
growing together.
I -^ seeds of the temp.
] ^ very fruitfid.
A branch of the River Jii
<-%^^ in Honan ; small streamlets
^/dn caused by the overflow of a
river ; the bruik of a river.
From dr-um contracted and
strenuous, because such drums
inspirit troops.
A bass drum, five or six
feet long ; one like it is now
used at funerals.
Aromatic; a perfume from
opening flowers.
'^^ I ^ flowery emitting
tluir sweetness.
^ ] I deliciously frag-
rant
Fan.
Fan.
Fan.
131
The seeds of flax or hemp.
though the seeds of flax do
not look at all like cloth, still
cloth is made from them ;
— the roughest and most
unlikely material may prove
to be useful.
The ornament on a bridle,
like a pompon of hair, near
the horse's mouth ; also call-
^^^ ff ^ j^erspiration fan.
■^ ] the red tasseled bit,
commonly called ^^ jj^ or
kick-breast.
Eead /df«' A bag full of
grain.
A gelded pig or barrow ; the
Chinese generally geld hogs ;
to draw out or deprive.
] ^ ^ :^ ^ it is lucky
to break the tusks of hogs.
Pimples or boils caused by
fever ; fever sores.
1 B?B ^^^^^ boils, which cause
great itching and iritation.
C v|»t1 From rice and to divide as the
J»Sr? phonetic.
'fd?t Eice broken to pieces ; meal,
flour, povpder, of any kind ;
a pigment in powder ; to adorn, as
with pigment; to whitewash or
color ; sometimes applied to pus ;
in fragments, fine, comminuted.
^ ] rice-flour; ^ ] a cosmetic.
] U^ or I ^, or 1 ff , or 1
jfj^, vermicelli.
1 ^ a tailor's chalk-bag.
^ J3h ^ 1 to rub on the rouge
and daub the paint ; said of a
slatternly belle who dresses for
an occasion ; also of bad goods
spruced up,
I ^ the pus is sloughing off".
J^ ] -^ a kind of jelly made from
agar-agar.
] 1^ smashed to pieces ; ground
small.
1 ifX rouge ; rosy, as cheeks.
] *^ or ] )|^ a painted board
on which boys learn to write.
] ^ adorned, beautified ; painted,
as a well-dressed lady.
^ ^ 1 ^^^^ it to a powder, as
paint-stuflfs.
] g^ a bad woman, implying a
reference to her character.
I ^i or 1 ^ ^U to whitewash
a wall.
1 f ijj to paint and furbish up ;
met. specious, for appearance
sake, as ] f ijj ^ ^ a pretend-
ed peace.
IIH 1 ft ^ trap to catch one with
a pretty or lewd woman.
J3^ 1 ^ a gay rake, a dandified
fellow.
*^*IJI^rl Court robes embroidered in
[fl/J colors, as if spotted with
Ycln grains.
^ I adorned with gay
colors.
A kind of mole or gopher,
also called ^ ^ the plough
yd?i rat ; and ^ field rat ; it
is supposed to be transformed
from the shrike ; it is also called
l#, M or fg M tlie hiding rat, and
M ^ M. ^^^th rat, from its well-
known habits.
^f~V J From heart and to divide as the
.^ phonetic.
fan'' Anger, resentment; irritated
at ; indignation.
1 ^ angry, wrathful.
— ' ^ ^ 1 tasty wrath, sudden
fury.
1 1 'T* ?if implacable anger.
1 '1'^ deep malice, bitter hate.
] ^ cross, displeased.
/f» 1 or ^ /^ ] one cannot
overlook it ; cannot but be angry.
fan^
From earth and to divide; some
writers make a distinction be-
tween these.
Dust; dust raised by the
wind ; others say, a bank
of earth; to mix up; to
bring together ; to dig.
1 ^ M il5 to collect the officers
at the capital.
I ^ to dig the ground loose.
►s^:) 1 The second form is the authentic
'^'^ ' one, and is sometimes marked
_^ > to distinguish it from c^j but
■* ' -^ ' the first is much used ; it is a
^
/(hi
sj'nonym of (pin ^ neat, but
•i"' has become obsolete in that
sense.
A part, a portion, a share, a
dividend ; the duties of a post ; its
rank ; the position of one in society,
the part he acts, his lot ; a sort, a
khid.
j^ ] the duties of one's station.
^ ] my duty, my office; my
interest in.
^ ] j^ — ' one third of a thing.
I M i;^ ^ great portion ; extra
large, too many ; it is very big.
j^ ] to divide the shares.
^ ] contented with his lot.
^ ] a share ui a shop.
] ^|> more than it should be ;
unusual.
] ^ to divide pro-rata, to pay
proportionally.
— ] ^ ^ — I ^ each sort of
goods has its own price.
] "? or ^ ] a proper part ; the
lot coming to one.
^ ] attached to, liking for.
— • I jj^ if^ one lot of presents ;
one share of them.
^ I to overstep one's place, to
go beyond his functions.
Prostrate, fallen, as on one's
back ; to overturn, to ruin, to
fdii^ subvert ; to move or excite.
— * "s 1 ^ one word can
spoil an affair.
From heart and strenuous.
Impatient zeal ; ardor ; strong
feeling ; urgent impulses.
^^ ] excited, aroused; to
stimulate one's ardor.
I ^ or ] ^ to exert one's
strength.
1 ^ perturbed, deep feeling.
132
FlN.
FAN.
FANG.
A species of Lhornback or
skate, with spines iii its long
tail to defend itself; it is a
kind of Rhina or Myliobates
found on the southern coasts,
and supposed to be trans-
formed from the osprey.
'J From rice and different ; but
one out of the many different
foi-ms depicts carrying off refuse
fdtri' with both hands.
Ordure, filth, muck, dung;
to manure ; to remove dirt, to clean
up; to hoe earth around plants;
vile, bad, the offscouring.
I ]|5 ^ necessary ; a dung-hole.
] p^ tlie rectum or anus.
] j^ a manure yard, a jakes.
^ ] or J^ I to manure.
I f ij- poudrette prepared and dried
for sale. i
] fP^ a dust-pan, a dust-hod.
] ]^ refuse, sweepings.
^ ^ in 1 i to spend money
as if it was dung.
] ^ a manure pit, as in fields ;
a cess-pooL
The old name of a stream in
Pu-cheu fu vf ^ )^ in the
southwest of Shansi, whose
headwaters spout up as a
fountain.
jpA ] the vapors which rise, like a
fountain, from valleys after rain.
-#-5*) From Jie Id and to Jiyvpivard.
'^^ Impetuous action, prompt,
J'dn^ urgent, lively, i^ijirited; to
excite, to arouse, as thunder
moves the earth ; to press on to, to
^read abroad ; to rcmo*'e or brush,
as dust.
j H undaunted, courageous to
rashness.
] ^ energetic, putting forth all
his strength.
I J^ martial, warlike.
1 ^ to shake and lift up the
dress, in order to walk up.
I ^ to fly rapidly ; viet. to put
forth great effort.
] M fi ^ :5t to diffuse the lustre
(or knowledge) of great virtue.
j ^ ^ fH determined, active
and unwearied.
] ^ or I ^ to rouse one's feel-
ings, to exert one's energies.
To fill a bag with grain till
it bursts ; the cord of a bow.
An unauthorized word in Can-
tonese, written under the radical
.„ , and not j it seems to be
y*'* derived from, or is another form
of the Shanghai word kw^ng ^H)
to sleep.
To sleep ; to feel sleepy.
/Q» 0^ ] to nod and doze.
i1* 1 ^ y^^ ^® ^^ asleep.
Old »ou7ids, pung and bung. In Canton,
hwong and hong ;
fong ; — in Sivatow, hwang ; — in Amoy, hong, and one pong ; — in Fuhchau^
— in Shanghai, fong, bong and vong ; — in Chi/u, fang.
The original form is thought to
resemble two boats lashed toge-
ther ; it is the 70th radical of
characters mostly relating to
flags, as iti s superseded in most
of them by one of its compounds
yen* j5\ a banner.
Square or angular, not round ;
a region, a place ; manner, art ; a
rule ; a means ; a way, a road ; re-
gular, correct, what pertains to a
position ; to compare, to lay to-
gether ; to possess ; to disregard,
to disobey; as a preposition, to-
wards, to ; then, thereupon, in con-
sequence of, in that case ; to issue
sideways ; a prescription ; occurs
used for ^ to oppose, to avoid
doing; a list of vassals or
retainers ; a thin board ; unfilled
grain; great, correct; a classifier
of cakes of ink, slices of meat, &c. ;
a center ; used for |JJ to cross a
strQam.
pg ] square, jectangular; the
four })oints of compass; every-
where, for which ^ ] is also
used ; the vicinity.
5. 1 the four quarters and the
center.
] ^ a location ; the aspect of, as
a house ; the bearmgs of.
I (nj direction of; towards.
] ][£ correct, as deportment.
•^ ] personal appearance ; proper
carriage, correct bearing.
lUj- j^ ] call the local — oflScers,
i. e. the police or constable.
] H^ a plan, a mode of action.
] pj suitable ; it will do.
;fg ^, — • ] each dislikes the
other, holding to his owu view.
;fe" ] f^ there is a way ; some
jilan or remedy can be found.
I 1^ a description of a house or
land ; it usually accompanies
the deed.
] {H convenient ; all ready ; used
to denote alms, as ^7 ] ^ to
to bestow charity ; to consider
others ; to oblige ; to do good to.
i^ ] to examine the places.
^ ] a good prescription; the
best remedy.
^ ] liberal, on a large scale;
generous minded.
MWi ] ^ the pigeon occupies
it, I. e. the other's nest.
-J
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
133
I ^ then, jnst at that moment ;
now.
] J^ about to do ; just then.
1
■^ the present time, now-a-
days.
\ "sj* the heart, from its supposed
size.
^ f^ ^0 1 ^® ^^^ "'^^ know or
appreciate what belongs to his
post.
] ^ a polite phrase for declin-
ing, I must oppose your orders,
I must excuse myself; as _^ ^
] >^ we cannot but disregard
the orders.
] A to compare or measure men's
ability.
^ I A foreigners ; people from
other provinces.
-(pj ] A where's the man from ?
states.
iU It iU 1 ^^^ to t^e gods of
the land, and this to those of the
four points.
] ^\t out of the bounds, in the
streets, or in foreign parts, ac-
cording to the scope.
^ ] to change the aspect, as of
a grave.
^ ] to begin a course of life ; to
turn over a new leaf.
^ ^ ] to become as an ox, i. e.
reduced to miserable shifts.
M — ] one cake of ink.
— ] :|^ in Peking, a solid mass of
broken bricks, d^ chih square by
2^ chih high, measuring 225;^
cubic chih.
Jl 1 ^ 6^ this came from the
imperial room or quarter.
^ 1 in fit [I am obliged to you]
for many acts of kindness
^ ^ ] she has her right portion,
— as a mother like Mencius'
had in his fame.
^ ] ^ a great teacher.
^ ] ^ ^P how old are you now *?
] j^ equations ; j^ ] cubic in-
volution ; and ] Q plane men-
Buration ; — are all mathematical
terms.
. t- I .- From earth and place ; inter-
- J^/f changed with ^ to guard.
^/af^ A lane, an alley or short
street, a wynd ; a hamlet ; a
neighborhood ; in Peking, a
ward or subdivision of each of the
five ^ or municipalities ; a burgh,
a covmtry-house ; an honorary por-
tal : a small shop, where the things
sold are made ; a grocery ; to guard ;
to impede ; an obstruction.
] Jif; the street altar to the gods
of the land.
f^ ] an honorary monumental
gateway.
] ^ a street ; a neighborhood ;
villages, hamlets.
^ ] a model, a person or thing
worthy of imitation.
^ *^ ] a restaurant, an eating-
shop.
i^ ] a store-room, a go-down.
^ ] a bookstore, a book-stall,
-f^ ] a workshop, an atelier.
^ I the heir-apparent's palace,
name of two honorary ofiices in
the Chen-sz'-fu, conferred on
members of the Hanlin Academy.
^ ] your monastery ; said to a
priest.
iW ] Sk Budhist term for a convent.
M
Jang
From woman and place as the
phonetic.
An impediment ; to hinder,
to oppose; to injure, to dislike.
] ifi|. a difficulty, an obstacle ;
something to be afraid of, or
which stops one.
>]^ '6 ] ^ lookout for yourself,
don't get any damage.
^ ] or ^ I harmless ; no matter
about that ; it is all the same
whether it be there or not.
] ^' to envy worthy people ; to
malign the good.
X.""^ A wood used by cartwrights
, 4V/ ''^^'^ ^"^ boats ; the white board
^janj used to entice fish to leap
info a boat ; a frame for dry-
ing fish ; a boat-builder.
I -^ a support ; a strip of wood
used to underpin and strengthen
the girders in a roof,
] •^ scantling stuff, thin pieces ;
a general term for lathing and
facings.
1^ ] 7fv a kind of sapan-wood OP
logwood.
tt-f^ Fat, especially the grease or
fat of a goose.
^ I the fat of meat.
115
The ancient name for Wu-
kang hien |^ J^ j|^ in the
^fang northwest of Chehkiang, is
[sometimes written ] ^ _^,
but [5$ M -R ^^ more correct.
, \l 1 fe a district in Sz'-
ch'uen, north of the capital.
ttP^ Fragrant, odoriferous ; beau-
cy^ tiful, as flowers; agreeable,
Jang pleasant ; virtuous, excel-
lent.
] JJ fragrant plants, used in
perfumery.
I !^ sweet smelling plants ; fresh.
] ^ a good name, a virtuous
reputation.
^ 1 W ift to hand down a fair
name to after years.
j§ ] to perpetuate the memory of.
j 5>^ the fragrant records, as of
good men of old.
] H^ fragrant or great virtue.
Z>.Z^ A square bell, like a cow-bell,
cu^/J worn by camels; a sort of
Jung boiler or shallow kettle ; name
for a fanam, an old Madras
coin, worth about one-tenth of a
rupee, used in imitation of that
word.
nAn open basket with a bale
or handle, holding about a
fang peck, which the original form
rudely represents ; it is now
written ^kwhtng ^, and this is only
used for the 2 2d radical of a sniall
group of characters, mostly relating
to vessels and receptacles.
«-^
134
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
From house
phonetic.
and place as the
c^fang A room, a chamber ; a dwell-
ing; an office or bureau in
a public court; the room where
a particular department is carried
on ; a division of a gm'emment, as
the Upper House, the Senate ; one
living in the same room, a wife or
concubine ; what is done in it, i. e.
sexual intercourse; a branch of a
family ; in plants, a spathe, calyx,
or receptacle ; the nest or comb of
a bee ; the 11th of the zodiacal con-
stellations, the stars (3 y 6 o in
Scorjjio ; it always marks a Sunday
in the calendar.
— • ^ 1 one division in a room,
made by the framework ; at the
south it denotes a room.
1 ^ o'* ] M rooms, buildings, as
in a single yard.
] -^ a house, of which jE ] is
the building facing the south or
north in the court ; and ^ ]
the rear building or row of rooms.
^ ] -^ to build a house.
B- 1 ^^ Pw ] small rooms at the
ends of the main building. •
^ ] the female apartments of a
large building, where tlie ~f 1
or women live ; it is styled _£
I in a yamun.
1 y ^ ^^PM.^^ow many
women have you in your house-
hold ?
] y^ the owner of a house.
PI 1 o'' S^ 1 ^^^ ante-room for
visitors in a yamun; a porter's
lodge or room.
/^ ] six imder-bureaus in a ya-
mun ; as the ^ ] , or jj j ,
the treasury.
^ ] or ^ ] my wife, also term-
ed JE 1;-as(i 1,or ] -f
is a concubine.
[pj ] to lie with a woman.
^ ] to take a second wife.
^ 1 '^ hI the loved one of the
room, the concubuie who has
won her husband's favor, the
odalique.
^ ] or ^ I the eldest and
second brothers in a househokl,
used after they have grown up
or are married : also applied to
very lucky or less lucky aspects
of a grave.
HlI^ From a spot and square.
5 1 -f-J A bank, a dyke, a levee ; a de-
iJong fense, a screen, a protection ;
to keep oflF, to ward off, to
protect from, to defend, to guard
against ; to repress, to forbid ; to
provide against ; a match for.
1 f^ ^'^ ^ 1 ^^^ ready for, to
prepare for ; guarding ; prejjar-
ed ; as ^ I is unaware, not
expecting.
1 ^ "'* 1 Wi^^ provide against
dcjirth, or a bad year, by laying
in stores.
1551 ] an embankment, or other
obstruction.
I m to watch against, to guard,
as the captain of a picket.
I J^ remedy against colds or
flatulency.
I ® .R the name of an ancient
state in Chehkiang, lying in the
northwest part of the present
Wu-kang hien.
^ ] and ^ ] are civil officers
like a sub- prefect, in some of the
provinces.
^ /^ ] cold cannot be avoided ;
I. e. who could have guarded
against it? suddenly, unfore-
seen.
\S "^ ^ ] equal to (or a match
for) a hundred braves.
l-'rom ra, fish ^ndfat J5 con-
tracted, alhiding to its delicate
flesh.
A freshwater fish, also called
jj^ f^^ a kind of bream com-
mon in central Chma, about a
foot long ; some sorts have a red
tail, or it is said to turn red from
fear; another kind has long red
dorsal rays, and the dorsal fin is
like a bat's wing.
mm^^\^m 1 ^ in ^
^ the village proverb says,
The carp and bream out of the
Kiver I-loh taste as sweet as beef
or umtton.
C^-L^ From words and place.
Ba/ To search out, to go and see
7""^ about ; to inqiure into, to in-
form one's self, as an officer
does ; to ask advice, to consult ; to
learn the character of.
] Pp^ to inquire of, to ask.
] |j3 to hear of, to have or seek
hiformation of.
] ^ to hunt up and seize, as a
ra.scal.
] "f* ^ jh ^^ coming to the
tlirone I take counsel.
] ^ to examine a matter offi-
ciidly.
^ ] -^ a special commissioner
sent to learn the facts.
] ^ ^o leara the connections, &c.,
as of a girl for a wife ; to inquire
about one's relatives.
1 pS to visit and ask, as a
friend.
5f j^ f-j- ^ 1 ^^ S^ "^ disguise to
search and learn the facts, as a
detective.
From sun and place as the pho*
netic.
'jti/i(/ The first light of the morn-
ing; bright; lucid, as a
style ; to apjjear, to begin ; to
occur ; happening, just then.
] ^ dawnuig, bright.
I ^ i)^ the early morning
gmi.
] j^ -(pJ Jj^ when was [this in-
vention] found out?
From man and to liberate or
place; they are similar to the
next.
To imitate; hke, resem-
bling ; a model ; to copy
after.
4Q ] much alike.
] S^^ to like and then imitate ;
to make like.
FANG.
FANG.
FANG.
135
'fang
] ;^ to follow the pattern ; hence
^ ] ^ is to line a copy-slip,
by which boys learn to write.
1 '^ ^ "M- ^^ (lelmeale the
scenes of the ancients.
] cIH ^ brass circle or frame for
laying on the paper to write
within it.
From a step ^mH place ; the se-
cond form is obsolete, and both
are interchanged with the last.
Like, resembling ; seen but
vaguely ; indistinct ; equi-
vocal, seeming.
] ^ somewhat like, not
milike ; doubtful and still possi-
ble ; — eight forms of writing
this phrase are given in the na-
tive dictionary.
'{^ timid, undecided ; agitated,
as insects are.
^ roving, unsettled, doubtful.
m
!/""//
Indistinct.
1 ^% apparently similar, but
which cannot be seen dis-
tinctly ; looking alike.
1^ 1^ ;fg ] the two look exactly
alike, as twins.
To spin ; to reel ; to coil or
fW4 twist into thread or ropes;
"fang the threads of a net ; lines,
cords ; to tie up.
] ^j; to spin thread for weaving.
] ^ to twist hempen thread.
]\\ ] fine Sz'ch'uen pongee.
] j^ to make silk or sewuig thread.
] ^ reeled pongee, well- woven
and firm.
From vessel and square
occurs used for this.
; -^
fang "Pwo boats or rafts , lashed
alongside like a double
canoe J a pilot or steersman, who
knows the channel; a galley to
carry fifty men, square and clumsy.
^ ] a handsomely furnished boat,
a fiower-boat.
f^ 1 ^D ^ ^^^ boat [floats] as
lightly as a leaf.
^ 'M 1 finely adorned pleasure
boats.
1 4* pJ^ f^ drinking and convers-
ing in a boat.
] To mold and work clay into
I shape ready for the oven;
( -*yu* I" sticky clay fit for the potter's
4fuf ' 1 A ^' ^ M the potter
"^ makes the compote dishes.
] \H ^ potter, a worker in
clay.
-i-^ > From to part and place.
'i^ To let go, to loosen, to libe-
fang j-j^^^g . ^^ reject, to cast off ;
to banish, to send away ; to
stretch, to extend ; to indulge, to
relax ; to lay down ; to open out,
to scatter ; to emit, as light ; to
fire, as a gun ; to fly, as a kite ; to
start ; to let, as blood ; to issue,
as a permit.
] ^ ^0 give loose rem ; to let
others do as they list ; heedless
of rules.
] ^^ to loosen somewhat, to slack
off.
] >^ be easy about, unsoHcitous ;
it is also used for a lost heart,
one not able to resist evil.
] ^ hands off I let go! .to have
nothing to do with.
/fi ] ^ don't part with it, keep
tight hold ; don't loosen it.
] ^ /{^ ^^1 caut let go of it.
] ^ impudent, audacious ; to cast
off restraint.
j ^ willful, wild, extravagant.
^ I to dischage, as a prisoner
at the end of his term.
1 Wn to pardon and release.
] ^ to let living things go, a
Budhist good work, for doing
which there are | ^ '^ " let
live societies."
^ 1 i£ ^ to disregard the ro-
yal commands.
j f lay it down ; to let it down,
] l£ jkS S P^^t it down there,
j "g to speak one's mmd.
I ;^ to let a culprit escape.
1 M- to get on credit; and reckon
the interest.
] ^'Ij to shave notes.
■^ 1 fR don't make a rude noise
in eating.
I ^ 13 f-^ reaches quite to the
ocean.
1 -^ P to get souls out of tor-
ment.
1 '^ to let off fireworks,
1 38 courageous, in good heart,
1 R'fi to close or end an examina-
tion — as for sints^ai.
I ^jg. f^ to bitrn incense lamps
in the road — on the full moon
of the 7th month ; in some
places, the priests ] y^ ^ burn
floating lanterns inste£id.
I ^ sent as special commissioner
from the capital, — usually to
superintend the examinations.
] l6 ^ T ^'^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^"*'' ^^
a caged bird; liberated, as a
prisoner,
Eead ^fang. To lay boats along-
side; to imitate, to accord with.
^ ft •6- ^ ^ t 1 ^^o^^S
into ancient records, the Em-
peror Yao was named Fang-
hiun.
In Fuhchau. A last, a hat-block.
136
FEI.
FEI.
FEI.
m
Old sounds, p6i, p'i, bi, pit, and bit. In Canton, fi and fei ; — in Swatow, hui, pue, and hut ; — »n Amcy, hui and
h66 ; — in Fuhchau, p'i, Li, hie, p6, and h6 ; — in Shanghai, & and vi ; — in Chifu, fi.
] ^' j^ ^ it does not appertain
to his functions.
The original rudely represents a
bird soaring ; it is the 183d ra-
dical of a few characters all re-
lating to flying.
To spread the wings and fly
away ; to flit, to go swiftly ; to let
fly ; flying, swift ; to act with dis-
patch ; sudden, quick, overtaking
one in a moment ; airy, high up.
] ^ flown • to fly away.
1 ^ quick as possible.
1 in J^ ^^ '"^ ^ig^ ^^ ^ '^^P^*^
advancement.
] )^ to soar and sail, as a hawk.
] ^ hasten to announce ; a fleet
messenger.
W. \ Wi^ ^^^^ ^ ^^^ courier.
\ %^li t^^e flying dragon in
the sky ; »'. e. the present emperor.
I J|. to bo taken on high ; an
apotheosis.
1 311 to let loose a falcon.
1 1^ ^ i^ ^y °^^^ ^® ^ivea and
run on the walls ; — an expert
thief.
§§ g H ] I could not fly, even
with a pair of wings.
^f ^ ] the pheasant has
flown.
1 ^ sudden calamity, an unex-
pected trouble.
] J^ to urge a racer to his utmost
speed.
1 ^t i ^yi"S bowmen.
] IjH a fabulous bird, changed
from a warrior who helped
Cheu-sin, n. c. 1120, and is now
regarded as the god of the Wind ;
also, a kind of water plant or
rush.
I ^ jJJ I ^vTite in great haste.
] ;§|J to let fly a sword — out of
the mouth, which sorcerers are
said to do.
] jifj, to run as fast as possible ;
fleet as an Asaliel.
In Cantonese. Clever, shrewd.
From insect and not ; occurs used
for the next.
^fe An offensive insect produced
in moist places, which de-
vours grain and clothes ; the cock-
roach and some sorts of Civwx are
probably both included ; a fabulous
monster indicative of pestilence.
] ^ an old name for the mason
or ground bee.
The original form is intended
to represent the wings of a bird
opposite each other, as it folds
them; it is ihe 175th radical of a
few incongruous characters, most
of which should have been ar-
ranged under their other radicals.
An adverb of negation, not so,
not right; when in regimen with
another negative, it answers to
without — not, and makes a strong
assertion ; to turn the back on,
opposed to good ; unreal ; shame-
less, vicious, low ; false, bad ; to
blame, to reproach.
^ ] right and wrong ; yes and
no ; pro and con.
— ■ ^ "^ I nothing worse than
a little gossip.
7(^ ^ -^ \ I can't say whether
it is so or not
] ^ it is not so.
1^ A ^ ] to talk of people's
failings, to backbite.
1 19 indecent, improper.
speak nor act without observing
propriety.
^ I is it not so ? — t.e. it is true.
tj^ ] ^ 13 it certainly must have
a cause.
|ft ] or ^ ] really.
I ^j not so easy, rather difficult.
4t I 4t ^ neither doing wrong
nor yet good ; said of a woman.
1 -tfe* ^^ 1 ^ ^'■^^y '^ ^ ^^^ ^^•
1 P^^ ^P l'^ if ^^^ is "ot eating he
a useless lout.
^fe
/J^ ] j^ it is rather a diflBcuIt
matter.
^ ] unintentional.
] ^M^m ^^ ^ it i^
not that I don't wish to write,
but my hand pains me.
1 Jlfc R'J ^ if it is not this, then
it is that.
A train trailing on the ground ;
long robes dragging
Dark red or purplish colored
silk, of which officers of the
fifth rank make their robes.
] ^ a deep lilac color.
From leaf of a door and not,
A door with one leaf; met. a
rustic house.
■fi^ ] IfO f^ waiting as she
leans on the door.
] a kind of movable bars in a
fenca
c/^'
Aromatic.
1 .1 o^^
odoriferous.
sweet and fragrant.
From rain and not
form is from j^ ra
j fragrant and
] exceedingly
A-
another old
I and ^ to
Rain and snow driving along,
filling the air.
^' ^ 1 ] the snow is falling
in clouds.
From horse and not.
The outer horses of a team of
four ; an extra horso fastened
to the axle with long traces ;
a colt three years old.
E9 4t 1 1 t'^® ^°"^ horses went
on quietly, witiiout stopping.
r
FEI.
From woman and self, q. d. a
woman made equal to one's self
^e A partner ; the secondary
wives or concubines of f mon-
arch ; royal women next the qiieen,
called J^ ] , and ^ ;^ ] , and
other names ; the heir-apparent's
wife was also called ^ ] ? in old-
en times.
^f^ ] the goddess of sailors, the
Amphitrite of Chinese mytho-
logy-
^ 1 imperial concubmes.
^ 1 a class of women like ladies
m waiting.
^ 1 a crafty concubine ; « — a
term of reproach.
\ ^ ^ Fei-tsz* laughed — to see
the lichis come f — a legend of
the Tang dynasty, whence this
name is given to the fruit.
IE
From 1^ flesh and [j a limit ;
i. e flesbiness should not become
obesity-
Fat, fleshy, plump ; the oppo-
site of sheu* :!^; oily, rich, unctuous ;
fertile ; abundant, rich, as crops ;
manure, tilth ; to fatten ; to benefit
one ; fattened.
] ili robust 5 fat and stout.
^ ] a fat person, a paunch-belly.
{Cantonese )
] ^ corpulent
] ^ plump, in good liking.
^ ] to whip up the fat — horses ;
met. a rich man, one who keeps
his carriage.
Ip^ ] fertile, rich as land.
1 ^^ fat and rich, as meat.
I -^ fat and sweet, as pork.
:B i ^ 1 P^^3 ^^^ ^^^^^ ^
lean, so that the people be
fat.
^ M EL \ ^'^ o^ly looks to his
own benefit.
J2^ ] or '^ ] to manure land.
%1* \ 2* ^0 enrich one's self, to
line one's nest.
] 3^ fat as a pig ; of which | g|^
W^ is another form.
d'^
^ 1^ fS 1 ^1^6 CBxiB are light
and our horses are hearty; —
a hostler's card.
] ^ a sort of coarse native soap
made from the ] ^ -J* or soap
berries, seeds of the Gleditschia.
] ^ a small feudatory lying in
the present Yung-ping fu -^x. ^
jj^ in the extreme east of Chihli.
Name of an affluent of the
Poyang Lake.
] 7J1C a small stream running
into Lake Ch'ao by Lu-cheu
fu in Nganhwui ; also the old name
of. Mung-ching hien ^ |^ '^j^ in
the northwest of that province.
] ^ streams diverging from one
fountain.
BjQ A stinking grub, like the
c rtl Cimex ; a sort of snake,
j/e ] J'^ the large grubs of
some kinds of beetles, found
in compost heaps, also called ^-j^ ^
or ground silkworms,
a cockroach.
Jqfe; The sea-qualm or Medusa,
^\ found in the northern sea ; but
(^fe others define it the Scarabeus
or tumble-dung.
Bead ^ pan. A clam or large
muscle found on the southern coast.
rrfti From woman and not.
t j>^ To pace to and fro, as one in
iJ^ uncertainty.
1 1 J^ jM hesitating and
lingering.
^ ] a water goddess or naiad ;
one who roams along the river
banks.
ttJl^ The calf of the leg ; to avoid,
c/jI/ P ^o skulk ; to cover or hide
f^fe each other, as animals do in
a herd • diseased ; to change ^
altered.
] ^ the calf of the leg.
>J\ A ^ ] ^^^ which protects
the men — or troops.
vki.
137
] *^ ^ to suckle, as a cow her
calf.
"g^ ^ ^ ] all the plants are
changed, or diseased — from the
frost.
m
The south corner of a room,
where a table was spread
^ye with offierings, when it was
not known where the god of
the land was abiding; hence it
means hidden, concealed; low,
base.
C^^ From marks and not as the
— '^^" with the next.
phonetic ; occurs interchanged
ye
Streaks, or veins ; graceful,
elegant, adorned, polished,
applied to the deportment, or
to a composition.
WIS-? 4'T>pr^.>^o"<^
elegant accomplished prmce can
never be forgotten.
] ^ elegant, graceful, pohshed ;
said of things or persons.
] ^ -55t ^ truly it is a finished
composition.
Ve
^ From a square basket and not ;
occurs interchanged with 5p not,
and the last.
A bamboo square covered
basket, for which the next is now
used; the stately march of horses ;
a graceful gait ; illegal ; banditti, va-
gabonds, seditious, disorderly peo-
ple, by which term officials stigma-
tize whoever opposes their rule ;
banded robbers, brigands, or op-
pressed people ; no, not so, is not ;
without ; variegated.
] 1^ or 1 ^ vagabonds, wan-
dering people, vagrants.
^ ] insurgents, open rebels.
1 ^ a band of villains ; a sedi-
tious club or cabal.
-J2 1 local robbers, a nest of
thieves.
^ ] a party or association of
seditious subjects.
t^ 1 or f;|; ] filchers, marauders,
highway robbers.
18
138
FEI.
FEI.
FEI.
^ 1 a brotherhood or clan of
seditious, a sworn sect.
1 ^ /S ofl ^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^ ^^^ P^^
tract the time.
1 f^ particolored, inharmonious
colors.
1 '^ Sif '^ it is not now, and
yet it is as if it were now.
Jt ^ 1 A Kl intimacy with bad
men is disastrous.
Read j/rfM. The emperor mak-
ing gifts to his officers.
I ^ imperial favors.
t A^ Bamboo baskets, round or
1^^ oval, and havhig a cover and
ye short legs.
^ 1 baskets of all sorts.
Ye
To cut off the feet, an an-
cient punishment ; others
say, to cut off the knee-pan.
1 iPf > H lie ^^^«^n t^e penal-
ty is to cut off the feet, set the
fine for it.
A red marshy plant, the stem
and roots are good for food
if gathered at the right time ;
the plant belongs to the
Ci-ucijh-o, and has a large root like
a tumip, wliich is acrid at certain
times ; the description seems to
apply rather to a plant like the
Crambe tatarica, or Hungarian
bread, than to a sort of turnip or
wild radish ; pot-herbs, greens ;
sparing, frugal; trifling, unworthy,
mean ; fragrant ; beautiful ; san-
dals, in which sense it is used for
the next.
I ^ a formal offering, a trifling
present, said by one of his gift,
which is also termed ] {|^ [oJily]
a thing like a timiip.
1 fJt ^ coarse food and drink.
^ ( ] exuberant, fragrant.
] ] odoriferous ; mixed, blended.
] ^, ^^^\ 'Ji fl^^P depression.
] •j';^ mournful.
1 vW poor* shabby, of no worth ;
— as one's present
] ^ ™y poor respects ; — written
oil ;i jifesent of money.
^m^ 1 ^ ^:i T tl ^hen
gatiieriiig the turnips do not
tiuow them away because of
their roots ; i.e. do not reject the
good because of the bad.
Interchanged with tlie last.
Coarse hempen or grass san-
dals or cheap shoes; they
are poetically termed /^ ^
i. e. not worth borrowing.
'fe
m
Ve
These characters are inter-
changed, but the first is
properly applied to the tree
and its timber, which is fit
for furniture ; and the se-
cond to the ] -^ or long,
hazel shaped luits of the
Tnn-eyd nudfent, a species
of Taxineae or yew, found in
Northern China, and used by the
people to cure the worms ; the first
also means a e piec of wood fas-
tened to a bow to strengthen the
center ; to a.ssist ; to lean on ; used
for ^ a basket.
^ I to zealously assist
JW ] .R ^ '" order to assist the
pt'ople in their virtuous works.
] JL benches or stands made of
the yew.
i|§_ I the Cephalotaxus dnipacea,
an evergreen tree like a yew.
(JvJl* Desirous of speaking, but
l^p unable to do so from trepida-
^Je tion, ignorance, or otherwise.
/p ] /l(^ 115 he could not
speak out, and the other therefore
did not learn it.
^ ] the heart's anger repressed,
mdignant but silent.
From words and not as the pho-
netic.
*/i/ To backbite, to slander ; un-
just, wicked aspersions; a
slanderer.
^ ] to hate and slander another ;
angry defamation.
] ^ slander and flattery.
1^ ] heart-burnings ; malice m
the heart.
1 1^ '-0 slander, to defame.
m
From moon and to go out.
The moon in a crescent form,
y<? five days old, nuil not yel
very bright
] 0|J the moon waxes unguier.
From covering and to issue.
A house fallen in ruins ; to
throw aside, to abandon ; to
■■ set aside, to de{)ose; to de-
stroy ; to aniuil ; to disinherit ; to
stop, to fail ; void, null ; spoiled,
useless, corrupt ; discarded, de-
graded ; degenerated ; come to
nought; large.
] -^ thrown aside.
^ ] or ] ^ useless, worn out ;
a good for nothing fellow.
1 Ij.^' to waste one's time.
•^ ^ M 1 to turn back, to back
out, to give up when half done.
] ^ jt ^ to set aside the eldest,
• and place the younger on the
throne.
^ ^ R'l 1 things spoil if care
be not taken with them.
@ i|^ I % the state is all going
to ruin.
] ^ lost his labor ; he has missed
his aim.
] ^ lazy, unthrifty.
] ^ to abandon, to discard.
] \ cripples, infirm people ; su-
perannuated.
J^rtTJ From disease and to issue ; in-
*jgf^ terohanged with the last in this
■'-^ sense.
feV
An incurable disease.
] -^ a disability that unfits one
for all labor ; maimed or imper-
fect in body.
/^T-^^ A mat made of rushes foi
^^^ sjircading on beds or floors.
Z*^' 11 IS J^ 1 to weave rush
grass into mats.
•From wealth and without.
To scatter wealth ; to use, to
spend ; to lavish ; to hurt, to
injure ; expense, cost, outlay ;
wasteful, squandering ; trouble, an-
xiety for, kindness to others ; vast.
'^ ] or 1 19 or ft 1 to lay out
money, to spend on ; what is
needed.
ja I [" you go to] over much ex-
pense ;" — politely said to a
host; another phrase, ^ ]
" you have lost your outlay," is
used when receiving a present.
I :^ vexatious, fussy, trouble-
some ; needless labor.
^S 1 to waste foolishly, unneces-
sary outlay.
] -fj to use eflfort.
:jg ] ^ very difficult to bring
about.
1 >li» ^^ 1 ^ occupied your
mind ; I've put you to trouble ;
i. e. I thank you for your trouble.
>J> ] a douceur, a fee, a vail given
to waiters.
M ] traveling expenses.
1^ ] extra expense ; wasteful.
S ■? B M ^ 1 the princely
man is kind but not wasteful.
1 flO ^. [doctrines are] wide and
subtle too.
^ 1 W^ ^t requires great care, as
a wearying job.
1 fl^i'J Wilis if you pass the
right time, then you will be
hungry ; like Proverbs xx. 4.
] ^ ^ you've wasted your
breath — in trying to convmce
him.
Eead pH. An ancient town, now
P'i hien ] f^^ a district in the
southeast of Shantmig.
Small pimples, eruptions on
the skin,
/e'^ ] -^ or ^ ] prickly heat.
^ 1 o^'"'^ T 1 ^ to
have prickly heat.
1 IS ^ prickly heat emulates
boils.
Fti. ' ;
From water and not ; it is vdry
frequently read Juh^
To bubble up, as gushing
or boiling water ; to rusii
over the rocks, as waves do ;
bubbling, perturbed ; ex-
cited, angry ; to sprhikle.
^P ^ like boiling water and
gruel ; said of a disturbed king-
dom.
i^ H 1 I'J ^ if it bubbles more
than thrice, [the tea] is bitter.
Mi M 1 ^^/ the raging waves were
blown over the rocks ; — applied
to quarrelsome, noisy brawls.
7jC ] |lj 1^ the water is bubbling,
the hills are falling, — general
anarchy.
|J| ] greatly raging, as waves.
] 7jC a stream in Shantung, whose
waters are thought to lengthen
life.
W ] 7jC boiling, bubbling water;
— a medical term.
l^ ] the caldron is boiling; met.
a country in rebellion. ,
li
Read pi\ The name of Duke
Tao of Ching, who ruled B. c.
586 ; and of a ruler of Lu. The
second form alone is used iia this
^ A kind of ape, the | ] ,
found in Chin-India and the
J'e" southwest of China, of which
strange stories arc told ; it is
probably a hairy variety of ^ho mia
or orang, of a black color, with
very large lips ; it is described as
carniverous, and four or five feet
high.
]^p(J^ From Y^ a paio and four 3C
|-*-\I hands clasping the C;,' head.
J^ An old character, denoting an
animal like the last, which
was brought from India, B.C. 1100,
said to be twelve feet high.
•^-|||> To speak rapidly; to talk
pyp very fast and thick.
Y±l.
139
though others say the primitive
Ip an apron.
Fiom wood and a sort of nettle.
A chip or shaving ; to plane
or shave wood ; a wooden
case.
) From grass and a market which
gives the sound.
To overshadow, as by luxu-
riant foliage.
C 1 iii* ^ the umbrageous
flowering crab or service tree ;
— used as a ii^mle for grateful
remembrances.
] exuberant, full of leaves.
Eead fuh^ A knee-pad worn
when sacrificing.
;^ ] jijf ^ how royal-looking
were the red knee-covers I
tt-r^-* From ^ flesh and iff a market.
One of the five tsang or or-
gans, the lungs, " called ^ |j^ the
metallic viscera, which rules the
breath ; they have altogether eight
lobes, and are attached to the ver-
tebrae ; their office is to direct the
motions of the body ;" to plane or
cut wood.
^ ] to sacrifice the lungs, as was
done in the Cheu dynasty at
autumn.
] . ^ the lungs, the lights.
] ;|^ an abscess in the lungs.
@ it ] 3^ I can see through bis
lungs and liver, I can look into
his designs.
P 31 1 fS we must give me-
dicine for the lungs.
1 W ^ secret thoughts, private
opinion on a subject.
I /Q a reddish khid of jasper, an-
ciently used in courts as a sort of
ordeal stone to test plaintifis.
g W ] 5if ^6 keeps his own
counsel.
Read p^ei * Luxuriant.
^ B^ ] ] the leaves were very
abundant.
140
FEL
FEU.
FEU.
I.^^ ) 'FroraJ'eather and not.
A beautiful bird, the cock
/«' bird of the ] ^ ,^ or blue-
green kingfisher {Halcyon
smymcnsis and H. pUeata,) whose
plumage is used in feather work.
I ^ ^ is applied to chrysoprase,
green pyroxene or Sausserite,
and even to malachite ; but the
precious ] ^ is a silicate of
aluminum, called y«JjVe, and re-
garded as very valuable.
'5 A rhemnatic sickness; A
fiery swelling, an ulcer like a |\
fe^ carbuncle; a dropsical swel-
ling or fattiness in the feet.
vV
) From grass and to punish re-
fractory states ; also read y'aA^
Je' Luxuriant, as ^ ] a plant
covered with leaves.
A%
Read pai. Regular, and in fine
order, as banners.
From mouth and dog ; alluding
to the cry of a dog.
The bark of a dog ; to bark,
to yelp, to howl, as canine
animals do.
1^ I 1^ a dog which barks at
everybody.
IK ;^ ^wj I ^ Chih's dog bark-
ed at Yao ; a simile for dissatis-
fied grumblers, who cannot dis-
eriminate between good and bad
people.
Old sounds, pu, ba, put, and but.
ho*^ ; — in Fuhchau,
From net and not, but the primi-
tive is properly a contraction of
^ whether.
A net to catch rabbits; a
screen or intervening frame-
work.
1 »^i •' ^^"oden screen within the
ouuT gate.
'^ ] ^^ ^ ] M tbe port of Chi-
fu in Shantung, the headland
of this name is famous for a visit
of Chi Hwangti, about bc. 220.
From water and trustworthy.
To float, to drift ; to float or
s/"^" cross a stream with gourds ;
s/" to overflow, to exceed ; to
run over; light, unsteady,
giddy, volatile ; unsubstantial, fleet-
ing ; time gone by, clouds scudding
by ; a forfeit ; excessive.
1 ] abundant, like a rushing
torrent ; rising, like vapor ; vain.
^ frii 1 W <lo"'t' trust reckless talk.
] ^ ^ ^ Qife] passes away
like a dream.
1 IB S^ acccounts put in the
blotter
] \)^ floating property, not fixed
or certain, uncertaui gains.
1 ^ light-minded, no stability or
dignity.
In Canton, fau ; — in Swatow, p'n, ho, h"6, and hni ; — in Amoy, ho, and one
p'eu, p*i and p'aiQ ; — in Shanghai, yii and fu ; — in Chi/u, fu.
rain and snow in
M S 1 1
abundance.
1 1 i!?C i!?C floating and mi-
steady ; weak and giddy.
1 2$ 'it ift to roam about the
world.
]^ ] levity, no steadiness; mi-
trustworthy.
^ ] JSft A [tlie business or
duties] are more than the men
to do them.
j |j^ or ] ^ a bridge of boats,
or raft ; a ixjutoon bridge.
] ^ an excess over the set num-
ber, more than the limit.
] ^ floating and sinking, unset-
tled ; met. alternately this and
then that.
] W J^ % *P insincere court-
eous manner ; a heartless but
decorous way.
i^ ^ 1 ^ having no settled re-
sidence.
1 BM 5? 6^ the one on top, that
one floating.
^ -L I ^ thin ice on the
snow.
] S3 ^^ ] Wi ^^'^'^ ^or a
dagoba, and a pagoda or tower,
imitating the word Budha.
^- 1 "js^ ^ ^o take off a foaming
bumper.
5c
Im :S I 6^ their relations
(or friendship) are not very
cordial.
1 M ?K ■? ^ <^^^ld of the billow,
an icUe, thriftless unreiiable
man.
A kind of large ant
I ^ gnats or ephemera
produced from water; but
the P&n Tsao describes them
like a Scarabcus, with yellow-
black elytra, slender and having
a horn.
*][: 1 M ^^ pT ^ T> g a the
ant pushed against the tree, and
it was laughable to see its es-
timate of its strength.
Steam or vapor ascending
with a noise.
1 ^ steam.
] A one who steams food.
Jea
A river in Sz'ch^uen, about
800 miles long, the ] [J^ or
1 Jl or M ^ p: which
joins the Yaiiglsz' River at
Fu-cheu ] jH"! as it is called
on the sfwt.
] ^g the bubbles on water ; foam,
spume.
FEU.
FEU.
FOH.
141
. .^ The greater plantain, rib-
c^'^ grass, rib- wort, or ripple-
j/ew grass, a common roadside
herb.
1 "^ the plantago, better known
as ^ "^ I^ rut grass, and ^
^ ^ cow's tongue, as it is
said to spring up in cows'
tracks ; it is eaten as greens,
and the mucilaginous seeds are
used as a diuretic.
] 1^ ill * peak in Mih hien near
K'ai-fung fu in Honan.
•/^J^ New and lustrous silk clothes ;
c/K^ white garments.
i/'«" if;^ ^ ^ 1 ^i^ silken robes
are clean and bright; such
are now worn by the Em-
press when she worships the
goddess of silk.
The original form delineates an
earthen vessel to contain spirits ;
it is the 121st radical of a na-
tural group of characters re-
ferring to vases
Earthenware vessels in ge-
neral ; a wine- jar ; a mea-
sure holding four huh ^
or eight bushels ? a vase on which
the ancients marked time.
^ I or ^ I to beat time on the
vase.
^ I earthenware in general.
j^. ] the hanging jar, a name for
a poor man.
15
'feu
''feu
From mouth and not, because
"the thoughts are not discerned
in the mouth."
To deny, to refuse ; not, not
so, ought not; at the end
of a sentence, construes it into an
alternative interrogative, whether
or not'? else, otherwise.
^ ] is it so •?
^ ] the king said. It is not.
Pi It 1 ] yes, yes — no, no ;
undecided, as men ; indefinite
measures.
rT 1 or ^ ] pj" f7 will it do
or not ?
Eead *joV. Closed, obstructed,
which is the meaning of the 12th
diagram ; to bar the way ; wicked,
as mankind.
B^ W 1 ^ disturbed and gloomy,
like the world.
] ^ this evil world.
-^ ] a hard lot, unsuccessful in life.
1 I'J J^ .i if il- ^6 ^^^ ^^en
frown it away.
J^ ^ ^ ] you must decide
whether it be yes or no.
-^ ] has it happened or not ?
offer it in my stead ?
* ^H # 11^ 1 I don't know
whether they have been received
or not.
^1 A ij^ to praise and blame
people.
feu'
The original form represents a
mound of earth ; it is the 170th
radical of a group of words rela-
ting to conditions or forms of
places, and is in the contracted
form always put on the left of
the primitive ; occurs used for
the next.
A mound or tumulus of earth
only ; fertile, abundant ; fat ; to
make rich, to increase in size ;
great.
^ ] plenty of things.
] yfijJt iJ^ M t^ enrich and develop
the condition of the m]num-
bered multitudes.
^ ] abundant, as a harvest.
JUi'
PI
The ] ^ is properly a
gryllus, the small grasshop-
per of the fields, rather
smaller than a locust.
\mM^mm i ^ the
locusts sing in ine grass, and
the grasshoppers leap and skip ;
the first of these is described as
of a grass green color, which
however is also applicable to
the Tintxalis.
j^ full and complete.
p ] a Budhist monastery, refer-
ring to the inoense burned there.
\ 11^ ^L 1 ^^^ *^° spans were
very fat and large.
^ ^ tm [t^e people] increas-
ed in wealth, and this removed
their complaints.
Old sound, bok. In Canton, fok ; — in Swatow, pak ; — in Amoy, pok ; — in FuJichau, pwoh ; —
in Shanghai, vok ; — in Chifu, foh.
^H I to bind securely, as a
prisoner.
1 'St J^ T*^ hang it mider the
cart, as a basket.
] ^ tie it tight, as when | |^
tightening the girdle.
^ ] I^ it is tied too tight.
From siVc and to scatter ; it
closely resembles chwer? $|| spin.
To bind, as a sheaf; to tie
up, to tie fast ; to strap and
secure ; to roll up securely ; a strap
under the axle to drag another
cart ; a roll.
^jl ] to tie to a whipping post.
iH I ropes to bind things.
1 _t — tE li t)ind it with a
hoop above.
I ]^ a restricted rule, a fixed
limit; impeded, as the circula-
tion.
142
¥U.
FU.
FU.
One who can help ; to assist ;
a husband ; a man, a scholar, a
dLstinguished man; a pronoun,
denoting men ; added to other
noun, denotes a workman, a strong
man, a fellow ; as ;;;jc ] a water-
man ; an artist ; ah exalted lady,
an officer's wife.
] ^ or 1 ^ husband and
wife.
^ ] an old term for officials, now
mostly used for a physician.
I -^ a sage, a rabbi, a great
teacher; a hero.
] S '"y husband.
j i ^y deceased husband.
] A ^he wife of .nii officer of very
high rank ; Shaky a's mother is
so styled by the Budhisls, and
it is politely used when speaking
of the wife of a gentleman.
Ita 1 A your concubine.
^ ^ 1 ^ great and good man,
an eminent leader.
^ ] j;^ '^ the head of all men,
the chief of all braves, — the
sovereign.
^ ] a porter, a coolie.
^ ] a chair-bearer.
^ ] chapmen, peddlers.
^ ] a cartman.
J|| ] attendants, servitors of all
kinds ; a groom.
§jS ] a mean fellow, a base man.
^ ] a desperate man.
pC ] a beast of a man, a low
wretch.
"§" 1 ^ an old term for a cen-
turion.
^ ] I the old worker ; — used
by common people.
I \% a sort of wild apple ; the
A 10 Ilia.
FUT.
Old sounds, pa, bn, put, bwt and pole. In Canton, fu and p6 ; — in Swatow, hu, p6, p6, and pn ; — m Amoy hu, bu
and pau ; — in Fuhchau, hu, u, and li6 ; — in Shanghai, fu and vu ; — in Chiju, fu.
^ 1 ^ M ^"® ^^^6 to cope with
ten thousand.
# 1 A^:^1i]fc li J^ifi
am not moved on account of
this man, what can move me ?
1 M. ~P M- l>"st>ands and chil-
dren, — a fortune-teller's term.
$5 ] ^ tliis lonely isolated fel-
low Sheu.
From yZ great and — * one, q. d.
a iiiiiii with a pin in his liair to
show tliat he is of age ; — the
— " being a contraction of Jt <*
pol:' of ten feet, intimating liis
full 8tati;re, or of ^ to lean on.
Read ^/u. An adverbial initial
particle ; — now, therefore, foras-
nuich ; however ; an interjection.
H. I moreover.
^ 1 if then.
•^ ] so, ah ! now, then !
I K i.-f' HOW, that man's son.
^ 1 that thing, therefore.
^ ] alas!
] in ^ now, as to the humane
man ; now, oonceniing virtue.
From clothes and help.
The lapel which folds over
the side; overalls or outer
drawers.
] ^fi a case to protect a
scabbard, made of coarse
cloth.
c/"
A reddish stone that looks
like a gem, but hifcrior in
beauty and value ; a second
class gem, like veined jas-
per or red-white cornelian.
?i^ I t^L n ^h*^ pebbles are
mingleil in with gems, —
the vile and the good are
confounded.
An ax used to decapitate
high officers and princes,
j 1^ a headsman's ax.
To spread out ; name of a tree.
1 ^. ^o lay down or spread
out in every part, as a mat
on a floor.
c/"
Brait of wheat; at Canton,
lU ] is the refuse cake of
tlie ground-nut or hemp-seed,
used for manure.
] -^ bran from g^ain.
] 10^ horse-feed, as bran, beans,
straw.
^ I -^ fruit of the Rhus semt-
aLita, which produces the ^
■fin ■? °^ gall-nuts.
From claws over a child, repre-
senting a bird brooding, as she sits
on the nest.
To hatch, to brood on eggs ;
to trust to, depended on ; trust-
worthy, because the time of hatch-
ing can be known ; sincerely, truly ;
trust, confidence, belief; accordant ;
what is fully proved ; fully estab-
lished in.
. ^ ] mutual trust, as in trad-
ing.
f^ ^rI 1 ^ be aTi example of
loyalty (or trust) to the future
statesmen of Cheu.
] fg to rely on.
^ ^ >S: 1 every one reposed en-
tin- confidence in them.
1 ^ (also written ^ ^) the
calyx, which bursts at fiower-
ing.
FJa ] the Gist diagram, referring
to confidence.
From wood and trust.
A float or raft ; the ridg(^j)<)lc'
in a roof; a drumstick ; a bar-
row or hurdle to carry dirt.
1 fT- ^ \% *^ ^^^^ ^^'^^ ^^^^
seas on a riilt.
J^ floating charcoal; anything
light.
W a door-screen, or a door to
screen from the street.
FU.
FU.
FU.
143
Pt^% From man and trust.
c I "X^ A prisoner of war ; to capture
i/" alive, to take prisoner ; spoil
taken in war.
1 captives.
P^ ] I a poor prisoner.
1 t^ ^o tdk^n captive.
] ^ to carry off spoil.
^ 'tS iS 1 [t^i6 princes] left no
prisoners behind them.
• IL '*' From herh and trust ; it occurs
, jTa used for /-J- starved.
s/" The white pellicle lining the
culms of a water plant called
] 1^ ; a rush ; met. related ; friend-
ly; the female hemp.
^ I j^ ^ distantly related ; not
intimate.
^^Xf The outer purlieus of a city,
especially the place where pa-
rades or trials of horseman-
ship are held; a border, a
suburb.
jG. n % % E 1 all books are
like the suburbs of the five Ca-
nonical Books.
M
s/'"
Bran of rice ; the capsule or
pericarp of a seed ; the calyx
or glumes of gramineous
flowers.
P /4» The top or instep of the foot ;
clt i 4 ^op of the toes ; occurs used
^fu for the next.
] '^ a sort of gaiters or
stockings joining the trow-
sers.
M- ^ \J 1 ^^ '^^ ^n^o the mud
and dirty one's feet.
Q-Ka Used for the last.
clMV To set in state, with the
^Ju legg under one; to bow or
curtsey.
1 1 ^ ^^^ *^^^P obeisance of a
bride to her husband.
^ 1 :^ the women bowing low
sat down.
H ] to sit crosslegged in a devo-
tional attitude with the hands
raised, when performing (utkatu
kasancC) the great meditation.
sy^'« sti'ck
From tree and bo wrap.
A drumstick.
sA ^ ] to take the drum-
ft 1 M li to hold the
stick and drum.
Eead j)ao. Bushy ; plants
growing thickly like a clump of
canes.
] ^ the ancient name of ^pj" ^'['j
Ho-cheu in Kansuh.
m
From tree and to give.
The lower part of a railing ;
c/'* a calyx or receptacle of a
flower; a raft to cross streams;
handle of a knife ; a sort of mat
bran-bag used to drum with; to
wash in lye and bleach.
1 ^ a raft ; a scow, a ferry-boat.
A spring-net, now called
1^ ^, shaped like the
hood of a carriage, for trap-
ping pheasants.
^>i- %% "f 1 the pheasants
have got caught in the net.
To think on with pleasure;
c>Ci> gratified, pleased with, as a
^fu friend.
Etr* From town and deer.
\^ A small department in the
c/" west of Shensi, bordering on
Kansuh, anciently called ]
Pl^j: ; it lies on the headwaters of the
Eiver Loh '/^ -^pj" in the moun-
tains.
Original form of the next.
c^^7 The fourth of the eight dia-
^'u gi-ams is ^ to tremble ; and
this character exhibits it;
whence it means to display, to show
the energy of spring in the budding
or starting of plants.
From to spread and disperse ;
the second composed of inch and
Jirst, is seldom used, and is also
read pu^with the same meaning.
To state to the sovereign or
a superior ; to lay, as a mat ;
to spread out, to difiuse;
to disclose, as the feeluigs ; to an-
nounce, to send out orders, to pro-
mulge ; to show forth ; to divide and
arrange; to apply, as a plaster;
extensively.
1 l§i ^^ 1 ^ to distribute, to
make known ; to widely circulate,
as news.
] fiC IS -t^ to make knovm or
difiuse moral books, or exhorta-
tions to good habits.
^ ] or ^ ] ^ insufficient, not
enough for the purpose.
] ^ to spread abroad doctrines,
to diffuse a religion.
I ^ to memorialize the throne.
1 "^ to proclaim, as the Emperor
does.
1 ^ to put on, as a plaster or
ointment.
1 ?|< to extend one's researches.
Heaven's angry afflictions ex-
tend through this lower world.
From flesh, tiger, and field;
tlie etymologists regard it as a.
contraction of ij.u ;j0 the skin.
The epidermis, the skin ; the
soft flesh, muscle ; minced meat ;
pork ; skhi-deep, superficial ; to
skin, to flay ; to receive ; beautiful,
admirable ; large ; the breadth of
four fingers, or two tJ* tsun.
e. the
^ ] hair and skin _
whole body.
JUL ] muscle, flesh.
I j5^ superficial writing,
jf^ ] the skin.
J^ ^ 1 J& to accomplish his great
merit.
1 ^D '^ j9h the flesh was like
solid fat.
] '^ he personally received —
the wound.
144
FU.
FU.
FU.
An herb, the Jj^ | , used to
(1^^ make besoms; it is also cal-
fu led duck's tongue, and broom
weed; the Kochia scqparia.
^^ Hasty, urgent ; occurs used
c>^ for ;W; gratified.
(J "• i^ 1 ir^tiible, a hasty dis-
position.
From bamboo and to give as the
phonetic.
M
^fu Bamboo slips in pairs, made
to give one half to each
party ; a seal in two pieces, which
when joined proves its genuineness
by matching; the impression of
such a seal ; to correspond with, to
agree with ; to testify, to verify, to
compare ; a speU or charm to pre-
vent evil, such as are often hung
in 1 ^ or charm-bags on the
lapel as amulets.
1 ^^ written charms to exorcise
spirits, to convey sores to others,
to ward off infection, <fec.; uican-
tations, spells, amulets.
J£ 1 a seal conferring unlimited
military powers, which J£ ] J^
^ should always be at hand,
— and the officer ready for his
duty.
• 1 ^ a warrant or commission,
half of which is given the officer ;
credentials, a tally.
/P is I the parts do not match ;
the circimastances disagree ;
there is a discrepancy between
the statements.
^ ^ ^ 1 ^^® writing does not
. tally ; i. e. it is like a forgery.
^ ] or ^ ] to write or draw
si)ell.s or incantations.
] 3Q favorable uifluences, aa
genial dews, springs, (kc.
1^ ] an effectual charm.
x^n'i^mmnm i they
cannot make a plea of traveling
about, to screen themselves —
from their wrong acts.
^ ] the demon of sickness ; sick-
' ness, as defined by geomancers,
including ill-luck, misfortune.
I I ^ From herb and to give ; occurs
y|-A* used for ^ bursting.
f^fu A herbaceous plant with
round and downy leaves, and
red seeds shaped like ear-rings ; —
a Medicago t — it is also c^ed
^ g a devil's eye.
Bead ^ftu A scale ; buds burst-
ing, as in the spruig.
] ^ the outer scale of a leaf or
bud; a glume.
Bead ^pu, and used for ^
sweet flag. The name of a place.
^f^ \ ±^^ ^ore to
be dreaded than [the roblnTS of]
Hwan-p'u in Lu ; this place be-
ing a fenny spot where bandits
skulked.
From water and to give ; it is
tised for f^ a raft and the next.
i/u A float made of boards for
crossing streams by pushing
it across, a thing smaller than a
raft
] i|g bubbles on the water.
>S^ A ^ 1 the common people
got across on floats.
Vi*/^ Similar to the preceding.
To cross a stream on small
floats fastened to each other.
From bird and a chair.
f:j\j A sheldrake, widgeon, or mal-
iJ^ lard, including some sorts
with a crest ; a small species
near the Yangtsz' is called ^ ]
the capped duck; and another is
named the t^ ] the deep duck,
from its habit of diving.
^ ] a poetical name for the com-
mon duck,
m ] a pair of shoes, in allusion
to a man who stole a pair which
had been offered to the goddess
of the Little Orphan I. in the
Yangtsz'.
1 ^ ^^ ^^^ ducks and widg-
eons are on the Eiver King.
] ^ to walk slow, like a duck.
is ^ ^ ] drifting along hke a
duck, as an idle useless lout ;
applied also to men of ability
who prefer retirement to their
duty to the state.
From herb and mallard, as the
phonetic.
An edible tuber, described as
a variety of the water-chest-
nut or Eleocharis, called | j^,
which people eat in times of scarcity.
j|L.^ A flower, the ] ^ :|^ or
c /^ IlibiiiCus inutubilisy common in
^fu southeni Cliina.
] ^ ^ a branch of the Wu
(Black) Kiang in the north of
Yunnan,
j ^ ^ a flowery (i. e. pretty) face
of a girl ; — a fancy name for
a looking-glass.
P^ ] ^ the poppy, so called in
imitation of the Arabic ufyun
for opium, introduced into China
alK)ut A. D. 800 by Arab traders.
] ^ the lotus flower.
-I^-l-' From insect and man ; in Canton
|||T[* it is sometimes wrongly used for
y'i fill a butterfly.
A species of water beetle
like the Dytiscus, called ^ | and
j J^ ; the popular notion is that
it can recover its stolen young, and
the mother and young always
somehow rejoin each other ; coins
rubbed with their blood will also
one day come together again ;
hence copper cash are often called
^ ] , from their resemblarice to
tlie shape of the insect ; and ^ ]
by an extension of the idea, is
sometimes used a& a name for
dollars, rupees, and other coins.
^ 1 P3 iIj two tiax) or bills of
Peking money.
^
From hand and man as the pho-
^•y To lend a hand, to help one
along ; to aid, to assist ; to
uphold, to protect ; to defend,
to shield, as in days of
calamity.
FU.
FU.
FU.
145
I ^ to aid, to succor, to help.
] ^^C to sustain, as one who is
weak.
j :J^ to uphold, to steady.
I ^ a support for the hand, as a
cane ; the ] ^ ^;^ is a board
in a sedan to lean on.
1 >K *" lean on a staff; hence a
poetical nanjeforthe adjutant is
] ^ the old man on a staff,
because the bird has such an old
bald head and looks so demure.
] H^ to return home with a
colHn.
] j/^ to bear up under calamity.
M W 'T* 1 though he had fallen,
he would not help him up; —
refused all assistfince.
^ -J" \ ] the young and help-
less children.
1 ^ 1^ described as the coun-
try where the sun rises, refers
probably to Japan, and is re-
garded by the Japanese as an
old Chmese name of their
country.
llj ^J 11^ t^® ^i^^s produce
mulberries ; this ancient name is
. probably the same as the last, as
applied to Japan.
A sort of divine tree, said to
grow where the sun rises,
called ] ^ a name indi-
cating its affinity to the
mulberry ; the wood is excellent ;
the name is probably derived or
altered from ^fe ^ ^ or Japan.
M
A storm.
] JH ^ great tempest.
1 Wa ^^^^ wind blowing
down from the sky in a sud-
den gust ; the Budhists liken the
ascent of the departing soul to it.
From dru/n and to give.
The noisy clamor and joy of
an army ; joyful cries and
drumming of soldiers.
"t^ ^ 1 ^ t^^ itroops in front
cheered and rejoiced.
7«
From a shelter and to give as the
^1 phonetic.
A library , a record-office ; to
collect, to store ; a storehouse
a treasury ; met. a thesaurus
or encyclopaedia ; a palace, the hall
of a regulus or prince ; and thus in
polite phrase, a gentleman's house ;
department or office in government ;
the officer over such a department
or bureau ; a prefecture or subdivi-
sion of a province, first instituted
in the T'ang dynasty ; the officer
placed over it, a prefect.
1 Jt or ;g; ] or r^ ] are polite
terms for your residence, your
mansion.
^ I or ] ^ his Honor the ^p
] or prefect; applied too to a
^ ] or sub-prefect.
}f. ] a prince's palace in Pekuig.
^ A ] the Board of the Impe-
rial Clan.
] ji^ the treasury ; a depot.
^ ^ 1 ^ l^e is still in govern-
ment employ.
y^ ] the six treasuries are the five
elements, grain, and all jdants.
From hand and to give ; occurs
used for the next.
To pat, to slap, as in good
humor ; to quiet, to lay the
hand on ; to permit ; the han-
dle of things ; a sort of drum.
1 >t!j» l^y yo^ir hand on your heart,
— and ask yourself.
] J^ to tap the stone — in keep-
hig time.
1 f5c W ^ [you, my parents,]
indulged and reared me.
^ ] to pat and stroke, as a cat ;
to soothe.
^ 1 '^ t^ to thrum and tap the
lute and guitar.
From hand and without or a
treasury ; the second form is not
^ common ; interchanged with the
last.
To keep down with the hand,
to hold ; to quiet, to tranquil-
ize, to soothe ; to stroke, to
y«
pat, as a dog ; to cherish, to provide
for; to console, to cheer up; to
manage, to coiitrol gently but firm-
ly, as a good magistrate ; to thrum,
as a lute.
1 15 :5^ to fully pacify the
country
^ ] or ^ ] to gently manage.
] ^ to rear, as a child; to
nurture, to educate.
1 ^ A 'M* to bring out men of
ability.
] 5 or ^ I or 1 ^ the go-
vernor of a province.
] ^l] to draw the sword.
] \^ to manage and drive, as a
spun; — applied to a firm and
gentle sway over the people.
] ^ and ] :^ the Governor's
left and right — troop or escort.
From flesh and treasury as the
phonetic.
'y^«
The membranous or mferior
viscera, called 7^ ] , are
reckoned by the Chinese to be
the stomach, gall-bladder, large
and small intestines, bladder, and
three functional passages.
Jl^ ] the lungs ; met. the inten-
tions, the real opinions.
This must be distinguished from
the last.
Rotten, corrupt, spoiled ;
crushed to powder ; carious,
unsound; inert, hiapt, slow.
1^ sloughing flesh; gangren-
ous ; proud flesh.
^ foolish, obstinate and doltish.
'JH putrid, as a sore ; spoiled, as
meat.
M the punishment of castration.
^ an utter defeat.
^ a learned fool, a vicious
pedant.
^ ■] bean-curd; low policemen
and underlings are nicknamed
^ 1 1^ because they live on
and are no better than this curd ;
and also the teachers in low go-
vernment schools.
10
146
FU.
FU.
FU.
•i ] ^ M. remove the proud
flesh, and thus produce healthy.
1 ^ soured bean-ciu-d.
475 _^ ] a Mongol name for cheese.
^ ] an old saw, an aTicient, woni-
out proverb, not applicable to
the present day.
From 7iian and storehouse ; the
second is also rend I'iuu^; it is
ratiier obsolete.
To stoop, to bend dosvn, to
bow ; to look down from a
height, to condescend to, to
reg.ird the lowly, — said of
superiors, and much used ui prayers
and petitions; to consider; un-
equal.
a!i<i kneel.
] {^ to look graciously on.
j and jj]] are correlatives, to look
down — to look iip ; a l^rm for
all ranks, as ] ilj) ^ % ho.
treats cvfrybody with kindness.
1 tt ^ b" ^^^'^ down his head
and kept silent.
1 ^ llil M *<^ examine the lay
of thu land or its capabilities, as
a strategist or geomancer.
^2/1* The middle of a bow, where
J 14 i'' isfrrasped; better known
V« as ^ ^2. the hold of the bow.
^ ^ J» Stars in Ursa Major, es-
/ Ii'ItL i)ecially one near 6 M?grez
'J'u ux the square of the Dipper.
^"j^-t Composed of ^ to use and ^
pH father contracted.
J^ To begin, the first ; an ap-
pellation or style taken by
men, by which their friends call
them ;- it is also called (heir -j^ §^1
great designation, or ^l] ^ thu
other name; large, fine, good;
eminent, great ; nnmerous ; I, my-
self; a small lordship mentioned
in the Shi King.
] ] all, every kind, all sizes.
It f«^ "a 1 ^^*^ '8 7°^^ ''^y^®'
Sir?
^ 1 II ^ ^^ ^^ j"*"^ ^^^ ^^^P"
ped, he is still a very young
man ; ^ ] is also a |)olite term
for asking another's age.
1 ^ J? j"''*^ ^ month from the
tiuR'.
] T^ to Ix'gin ; a beginning.
fijj /j^ ] the appellation of Con-
fucius.
] [3 a large, wide field.
•^ I a grandee's coronet.
Bead '/)u, aud used for g| a
gjirden.
] ;^ field plants.
In Cantonese. A ward in the
provincial city, of whicii there are
eighteen ; a league, as -f- J|^ ^ — >
j ten li make one station or post,
which are a league apart; som 
